《Reborn In The Three Kingdoms》
Chapter 1: Strange Necklace (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 1: Strange Ne (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
"Another boring day at school"
Said Lie Fan on the way home after a long day at school when suddenly he step on something
"Huh, what''s this ne?"
Lie Fan sees that he step on a ne lying on the ground and takes it
"Hmm, what a strange ne does someone drop it ?"
The ne is shaped like two sword crosses with a dragon in the center and looks very old.
"Well it looks cool let''s bring it home"
"Mom, I''m Home!"
Say''s Lie Fan when he arrived at his home.
"Wee Home Fan''er, go wash yourself up then eat the food is ready."
Say Yue Shuang to Lie Fan replying to his greetings while setting up the table
Lie Fan hurriedly goes upstairs and put his backpack on his study desk then go take a shower. After 10 minutes of showering and singing, Lie Fan get out of the shower and takes a shirt and a short from the wardrobe and wear them then go downstairs toward the dining room
Lie Fan enters the dining room while asking his Mom
"What''s lunch for today Mom?"
"Today is Hot Pot and Stir-Fried Shrimps with hot sauce."
"What!?,Did you just say Shrimp?!"
Shout a little girl who was running from upstairs, entering the room opening the food cover on the table showing a te full of shrimp with red sauce beside the Hot Pot
"Lie, Yue, stop shouting for a sec okay it''s too loud! And Hey Wipe your drool before it drops on the Shrimps!"
Shout Lie Fan to his little sister Lie Yue who looks at the shrimp with her mouth drooling (A/N: yes Lie Fan has a little sister:v)
"Okay sorry Big Bro,hehehehehehe."
Lie Yue wipe her mouth and then answer her big bro with a cute giggle
"Okay now you two go wash your hand first then we can eat together"
"Okay, Mom!"
After Lunch, Lie Fan goes to his room and begins reading The Romance of Three Kingdoms book 350 times. When reading the novel Lie Fan heard a sound in his head
"Has found the perfect Host, beginning to link the system with the Host.1....,2....,3.... initializing sequence."
"What the hell! Who is talking to me!",
Lie Fan panicked turning his head left and right searching for the source of the voice when he heard the sound.
"Hello, Good Afternoon Host I''m the strange ne that you take from the street"
While searching his room he heard the voice again then hearing that it was the ne who was talking he calm down a bit
"Hmm?!, you''re the ne?! Then how can you talk in my head!"
"Because when you take us we begin processing your soul and memories connecting us so we can talk to each other telepathically", says the so-called "system" to Lie Fan.
"Then what do you what with me?"
"We will reincarnate the host to a world that the host wants to and give you help or assistance to conquer the world that you pick!"
"Wow, That''s amazing! It''s like those novels I read! It''s like my fantasye true!"
When he heard that he can reincarnate to another world then got a system Lie Fan was excited cause its like those novels he reads then he realizes something
"But if you reincarnate me then I have to leave this world and my family behind?"
"Yes Host that''s right"
Hearing that Lie Fan became angry
"But I don''t want to leave my family behind, I don''t care about this world but I care about my family!"
"You have to Host or we will force you to reincarnate and send you to the worst world that you can imagine with the system locked forever!"
"The worst world that I can imagine? Damn, a world without women is the worst that I can Imagine!"
Hearing the system threat Lie Fan shivered while imagining a world without women and full of men, he can''t imagine breaking through a shield with a sword change to sword fighting
"Fuck!, fine then but I want to say goodbye first to my family"
"Okay, Host we give you 15 minutes for your preparation and your separation from your family.",
Hearing that Lie Fan agrees the system gives an absurd time condition for saying goodbye
"WTF!, just 15 minutes?! Whatever it''s enough anyway. But, when I reincarnate will my family remember me?"
"No Host, we will erase the memory of everyone that knows you or see you"
"What!, but that means..... ugh it''s better that way so they will not be worried when I''m gone."
Hearing that makes Lie Fan sad even though he knew it''s better that way he exits his room and goes downstairs into the living room where his mom and sister are watching television together.
"Hey, Mom, Yue I want to say thank you for everything and sorry if I have done something bad to the two of you"
"Hmm? What are you saying thank you and sorry for Fan''er? Are you sick?"
"Yeah, Big bro why are you suddenly apologizing and saying thank you?"
Yue Shuang and Lie Yue ask Lie Fan when they heard what he said and think that he acts weird
"I''m okay, suddenly I just want to say that to you mom and Yue."
"Okay then We ept your apology and We forgive you Fan''er/Big Bro"
"Okay then I''m gonna go back to my room"
After getting hugs from his mom and his little sister Lie Fan goes back to his room while some tears slide down from his eyes
"Okay then system before we begin it''s a little weird just calling you system every time"
"Okay, what name do you want to give me Host?"
Hearing that Lie Fan began thinking about what name that''s good for the system then he suddenly remember a figure that he admire from the past
"Hmm, how about Sun Tzu?"
"You mean like the strategist that make the art of war? Okay I agree with that name"
"Great!, now then Tzu I want to reincarnate to the three kingdom era,17 years before the yellow turban rebellion begin in the Eastern Han Dynasty"
"Are the Host sure about the world you choose to? You can''t change your choice!!"
"Yes! That''s the world I choose!"
"Okay Host, the reincarnation will begin in 3,2,1 start!", reply Sun Tzu.
''Goodbye Mom, Yue. I will miss the two you''
.
.
.
.
.
Somewhere in a ce that the system knows
"Huh it feels a little weird here, and why did I can''t see anything in here! Tzu, are everything okay?!"
"It''s okay Host, your reincarnation is working well and now you''re inside your mother, you will be born in a month from now"
"Oh, I see I''m in- What?! Inside my mother?! But why can''t I just reincarnated when I''m born or something like those novels I read!"
"We as the system give 1 month of waiting time for the Host to adjust to this world and universew as we are a foreign object entering this world"
"What world and universew! I know you''re messing with me Tzu!"
"No Host We...."
Lie Fan and Sun Tzu began squabbling about who''s right and wrong until Lie Fan admit defeat due to his brain cells not enough to argue with an advanced futuristic entity
"It''s really happening! So what do I do now while waiting to be born in a month inside my mother? Counting sheep?"
"You can start by looking at the system Host, learning how the system operates and what benefit we provided for you"
"Oh yeah let''s do that, so how do I use the system?"
"Just say status host, you will see your status and other things that part of the system just like those novels you read"
Hearing what the system said and ignoring his mocking tone, Lie Fan use his system to check his status
"Status!"
?STATUS
Name:?????(Lie Fan)
Title:-
Age:???? (18 years old)
Level:1
Current EXP:0
Next Level:1000
Cultivation: None
System Point(SP):0
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:5
VIT:5
AGI:7
INT:12
WIS:6
Willpower(WILL):9
ATR Points:0
System Evaluation:
"WEAK!!!"
¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª¡ª
"This is amazing! It''s like I''m in an RPG game, and it''s looked like I can get equipment And supplies to from the system Neat! And Tzu what''s this evaluation! I haven''t even been born yet damn it!"
"We evaluate ording to the Host level and attribute, not when you are born"
"You?!!!! Fine whatever, so about this cultivation thing what did the cultivation do Tzu?"
"The cultivation it''s for adding the host attribute points like a passive skill but with no level restriction of the cultivation level, the higher tier the cultivation the more points will be added when upgraded to next level"
"So, the cultivation will give plus to my attribute points. But, the more expensive the cultivation the strengthening will be greater?"
"Yes Host"
After checking the Status window and a bit of daydreaming when he conquers all of china and be emperor Lie Fan remember something important that happens every time at novels with a system
"*Cough* so Tzu is there no starting package like in the novels I read hmm? You will give something like that right?
"There is Host just open the status window and you can see in the top left there a small symbol of a present, press it and you will get your starting package. In the future when Host finished task given by the system the rewards will be sent there",l
"Hell Yeah!, Status open!",
Lie Fan yell excited because of the starting package to check what goodies he got and to check does Sun Tzu is stingy or not
DING!
[Congrattion Host you just got your starting package, Do you want to ept it?]
[YES/NO]
"Yes, of course, I ept it!"
DING!
[Congrattion Host for epting your starting package, it has been added to your inventory]
"Inventory Open!"
[You have sessfully opened your starting package, You got the following items]
[100.000SP]
[10.000 Tael and 100.000 Kg of rations]
[1 Weapon Token]
[1 Set of the Crouching Tiger Armor]
[1 Mongolian Horse]
[The Art Of War Cultivation]
Lie Fan was happy that he got many things from the starting package that Sun Tzu gives to him and his evaluation of Sun Tzu improve from stingy and bad system to average and bad system
"So what do I do now to wait a month for I born to this new world?"
"You can start to cultivate the cultivation that you got from your starting package host"
"Okay then let''s do that!", reply Lie Fan with opening his inventory and checking the cultivation that he got from the package
?Art Of War (Legendary)
Cultivation made and used by the legendary Sun Tzu the Master of strategy. The effect when using this cultivation:+5 STR,+5 VIT,+5 AGI,+8 INT,+6 WIS Per level of the cultivation]
"Wow!, Legendary cultivation! not bad so let''s check how much is this cultivation in the shop"
Seeing the cultivation he got Lie Fan became excited and decide to check the price of the cultivation he got
?Art Of War (Legendary)
Price:1.250.000 SP
"What?!, 1.250.000 SP! Damn, that''s expensive. Thank god I got it for free from the package."
"Okay, then I''m gonna enter the state of cultivation, wake me up 10 minutes before I''m born."
Seeing the cultivation he got is so good, Lie Fan decided to begin cultivating while waiting for the day he is born entering a deep state
"Okay Host We will wake you up, Timer starts now"
Chapter 2: Reborn (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 2: Reborn (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
30 days,23 hours,50 minutester
*Titititit*
An rm sound was heard inside a nk space, apanied by a robotic sound that tried to wake up someone
Sun Tzu: "Host Please Wake Up its gonna be any minute now for you to born"
Lie Fan: "Wait... 5 more minutes Mom....."
When Lie Fan said that suddenly he opens his eyes wide, remembering what happened before as the one who wakes him up is not his mom but the system or Sun Tzu
Lie Fan: "Ah I''m sorry Tzu I forgot that I have a system and reincarnated to another world, I dream about my mom while cultivating so its an automatic respond"
Sun Tzu: "It''s okay Host while I''m a robotic entity I can understand humanplex emotion and losing something or someone important is hurtful"
Lie Fan: "Ah *Sniff* Thanks Tzu at least now I have you apany me and here I thought that you''re a Cold-blooded and Heartless System"
Lie Fan was touched by Sun Tzu thinking that he misjudged him and he vowed that he will treat Sun Tzu better at least like a frie-
Sun Tzu: "Now Host I''m just exining that I can understand how human feel doesn''t mean that I care and feel sympathy toward you"
Lie Fan: "Damn you!! and here I just vowed to treat you better *Ptuih* someday you gonna regret this!"
Sun Tzu: "I will never regret it, now host the remaining time for you to be born is 1 minute. please prepare yourself mentally as physically you can''t"
Hearing what Sun Tzu said, Lie Fan began preparing his mental while at the same time thinking that this still feels surreal. He never thought that taking home an old antique ne make him live the life he always dreams of even though he''s sad to leave behind his family
Sun Tzu: "It''s beginning host in 3... 2... 1..."
_______________________________________________
*Wah* *Wah* Wah*
Old Lady: "It''s a Boy!"
The sound of a baby crying was heard throughout a mansion apanied by a shout, Making people who wait in front of a room where the crying sound was heard overjoyed
Gruff Man: "Congrattions My Lord your Son has been born! He will be a Great Man with how loud he cried!"
Dignified Man: "Ahahahaha! Of course he will! He is the son of me, Lie Shang Lie Caihui! or do you think he will be someone weak huh Ling Dao Ling Raozhi?"
Ling Dao: "*kneel* This one doesn''t dare think about that my lord, forgive me for offending you"
Lie Shang know that Ling Dao is sincere when he congrattes him but he can''t help but tease this loyal subordinate and old friend of him and start to Laugh when he sees that Ling Dao kneeled begging for forgiveness and helping him to stand up
*Creak*
Old Lady: "My Lord the Lady invites you toe inside to see your son"
Hearing that Lie Shang hurriedly enter the room then he saw in the bed a beautiful woman who looks pale but have a very radiant smile looking at the small human full of love and happiness
Lie Shang: "Yu Yan My Wife how are you feeling? if you need something or feeling pain just tell me I will prepare it for you myself"
Yu Yan who heard her husband said that while looking with eyes full of concern and tenderness shake her head indicating she is fine and doesn''t need anything
Yu Yan: " I''m fine, look at our son how cute and handsome he is I''m sure he will be as handsome as his father. What name will you give him Husband?"
Lie Shang: "Hahahaha! Of course, he will be as handsome as his Father. His name will be Lie Fan Lie Boyan!"
All the people in the room except Lie Shang and Yu Yan began saying, wee young master Lie Fan to the world may he live a long and healthy life
While Lie Fan who was the main character was observing everything that just happens from the process of him born to his father giving him the name same as his old name feeling weird and warm at the same time
Lie Fan: " So this is My Father and My Mom, they have a very top ss appearance hehe I will be handsome in the future"
After themotion and everything, Lie Fan was taken from his Mom''s hand by a maidservant after drinking some *Cough* Milk and taken to what it looks like the nursery room where he will stay until he reaches teenage
Lie Fan: " Tzu what is my father position? he looks like an important official with how dignified and elegant he is"
Sun Tzu: "Your Father was the Prefect of Huai An with military rank Senior Major that has a separatemand of a 3.000 Soldiers."
Hearing that his father was a Prefect he was ecstatic as it will help him prepare for the future when he is old enough to begin then he thought of two important question
Lie Fan: " What year is this Sun Tzu? and where is Huai An? I never read or saw of this city in the novel or game that I yed."
Sun Tzu: " You were born 17 Years before the yellow turban rebellion begin so the year was 167 AD (A/N: Yellow turban rebellion began at 184 AD). Huai An is a port city county 100 km east of Xia Pi with a poption of 150.000+ people live there and it''s one of the port cities in Xu province beside Dong hai."
Lie Fan: " In Xu Province and Near Xia Pi that''s pretty good, Maybe I can scheme to take the whole Xu Province from Old Tao Qian and stop Liu Bei from inheriting it. Why would I let it happen when I can be the one who has it."
Lie Fan spend the rest of the day thinking and nning his future steps from defeating yellow turbans to the coalition against Dong Zhuo as those are the big events that will happen as he doesn''t have the power to change the timeline yet until he was asleep exhausted by the thinking he''s doing
The Next Day, Lie Fan was woken up by his Mom picking him up from his crib to wash him and change him to new clothes then bringing him outside to enjoy the morning light and air with the scenery of the city
Yu Yan: " Fan''er look one day this will be inherited by you, grow up to be a great man like your father or even better than him"
Lie Fan: "GaGuGa (Yes Mother)"
*DING*
When Lie Fan was enjoying his baby time with his Mother suddenly heard the system sound and received a notice in front of him
[Host just received a Quest!
Have a Higher Status and Power than your Father!
Time Limit: 20 years considering the host triggered the quest when he is a baby
Reward: Golden Package 1 time only
Failure to do so Host will be Terminated!]
Lie Fan: " *Hiss* What is this quest! My Mom just said it to encourage me yet you make it into a quest and mock me at the same time Tzu?!"
Sun Tzu: "As the system, we will do the best to help Host achieve your goals and encourage you to do so or else"
Lie Fan: "Gahhhhhhh I Hate You Tzu!!"
After saying all the bad and foul words he knew toward Sun Tzu, Lie Fan began to think of a n that can help him grow faster and when to show to his Father and Mother that he can talk normally and do mathematics like a genius
Lie Fan: " System I want to ask is there any maximum level for the cultivation?"
Sun Tzu: "Yes there is Host as your cultivation is made by a Historical Figure who is known and admired by many, your cultivation maximum level is 8"
Lie Fan: "8 huh, is there any higher level cultivation Tzu? what''s the maximum level it reaches?"
Sun Tzu: " There is Host, Cultivation made by gods is higher level than a historical figure like Sun Tzu or Xiang Yu. God Cultivation is made maximum level of 12 is the highest."
Hearing that Lie Fan began to open the system mall and check the cultivation section to look at the cultivation and what price it is
?Great Chariot Under Heaven made by Yellow Emperor
Price: 5.000.000 SP
?Jade Create The Heaven made by Jade Emperor
Price: 10.00.000 SP
?Yin Yang Separation made by Pangu
Price: 7.500.000 SP
Lie Fan: "What?! Pangu, Yellow Emperor, and even Jade Emperor this is great! but what with this price it''s too expensive!"
Sun Tzu: "It''s expensive because it was made by Gods and they have its special characteristics you can get as bonus. The price was made high so that host can work hard and receive more lucrative quest reward as the weaker host the better the rewards"
Lie Fan: "Hmm okay make sense but that means I have to do many quests *Hiss*"
Thinking about how many amounts of the quest he had to do so he can get the cultivations he wants make him sweat
_______________________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 1 Day(18 years old)
Level:1
Current EXP:0
Next Level:1000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 3)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:5 ¡ª> 20
VIT:5 ¡ª> 20
AGI:7 ¡ª> 22
INT:12 ¡ª> 27
WIS:6 ¡ª> 21
Willpower(WILL):9
ATR Points:0
Chapter 3: Prohibition & 10 years Later (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 3: Prohibition & 10 years Later (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Lie Fan: "I don''t know how long it takes to buy even the lowest level God Cultivation, let''s just cultivate first and began learning the Medieval Han market, Politics structure, and World Tension"
Sun Tzu: "Host I''m sorry but you can''t cultivate for the time being."
Lie Fan who was deep in his thoughts deciding what to learn first suddenly stunned when he heard what Sun Tzu said bing angry
Lie Fan: "What?! Why?! yo-you want to scam me are you?!"
Sun Tzu: " No Host, with your cultivation now your body is stronger than average human kid may be stronger than an average adult so I decide to prohibit you from cultivating so that you can be adapted to your body strength and train physically to make your body stronger through natural way so you can better adjust the strung you use at the same time your roots be stronger too."
Lie Fan: " But why 10 years? why not just 1 year or something"
Sun Tzu: " So that you''re not gonna be targeted by other people because of your ''Natural Talent'' even though it''s not."
Lie Fan: " I see okay then but what benefit I will get? I just can''t be stronger like this it takes way too long."
*DING!!*
[Host Received Quest!
Train your body through the natural way for 10 years and have power stronger than an ordinary soldier!
Reward: Special Sorry Package
Failure ofpleting the quest and the host can''t ever cultivate again]
Seeing the quest issued by Sun Tzu make Lie Fan happy and angry at the same time because he thought that this shitty system is deliberately doing this to make his life harder than it already is but seeing he will receive a reward make him endured not shouting to Sun Tzu
Lie Fan: " Okay Then if I''m gonna do this, lets do it hard and fast "
___________________________________________
10 years have passed after the day where Lie Fan received the quest just like that and many changes began to appear to his body obviously as he was a baby before and now was an 10 year old child and gonna be a teenage boy soon
In a courtyard of an Mansion, Lie Fan was training his body with his knowledge from his past life like military training style he know of and body builder style but not extreme where hes gonna have all full muscles like maybe Zhang Fei or Dian Wei *Cough* while learning and sharping his skills of using a Sword, Bow, Spear, and small Halberd trying to be versatile in his weapons choice
he too doesnt forget to learn calligraphy and read all kind of books he can get like art of war, strategy, philosophy, poems, etc. making his parent very happy and doting on this genius son
Lie Fan : "Damn it, I just need a little bit more and the quest will bepleted but every time in go up will turn harder for it to level up again *huft*"
Sun Tzu: "It''s okay host, Im sure you can do it if not well you know what will happen."
Lie Fan: "You?! I dont want to hear your sarcasm Tzu! just why i got the annoying system type
Lie Fan leave the Courtyard while grumbling and walk toward a spacious yard where there were two boys who look like having apetition of shooting bows and a girl that was reading knitting a picture while sitting under the tree
The 2 boys are a twin, one is very big and look Intimidating named Chao Bo and the other one was a little skinny but look smart were Chao Bai. The girl name was Ying Yue look very pretty while her age still 10 years old, when she grew up many people in the mansion believe that she going to be a beauty that can topple a country
Lie Fan : "Hey Chao Bo Chao Bai stoppeting against each other every day its getting boring always seeing both of you doing it!"
This trio were Lie Fan friends that he made when he was 5 years old and began training his body as he think that its the reasonable age for his body to take all the exhaustion and pain while training.
He meet the twins when he was beginning to train his body and saw that this two boys always peek at him so he callout to them and ask what are they doing, at first the twins where scared as they thought that they are going to be punished as they were servants child and peeking at the Young Lord, but after Lie Fan consoling them and asking to be their friend they find that the Young Lord was an kind and not arrogant began to hit off and always train together from there.
As for Ying Yue, Lie Fan meet her when he identally shoot an arrow toward her while she was cleaning the mansion courtyard. Fortunately the arrow does not hit her and Lie Fan who was shocked to ran toward her who was trembling and going to cry, Lie Fan who saw this panicked an began to apologize and consoling her in every way he knew like when he was doing it to her sister. Ying Yue saw this and began tough as Lie Fan making some funny faces after that incident everyone in the mansion saw that Ying Yue always following him around like a chick with her mother and they became friends
Chao Bai: " Hah! Young Master I find it boring too but Chao Bo here always urging me and I can not decline as he is stronger than me!"
Chao Bo: " Hahahaha! Its okay Young Master just took it as we are training and will help Young Master! "
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! oh well just took it easy we are still kids you know dont be too serious!"
After saying that Lie Fan who want to pats Chao Bo amd Chao Bai in the shoulder suddenly heard a grumble
Chao Bai: "Said the maniac who always train every chance he get...."
Lie Fan: " Whats that youre saying? need some help in your training hum?"
Chao Bai: " Oh no no nothing haha!"
Chao Bai began to have cold sweat when he heard what Lie Fan said and remembering the training he got from him when he provoke Lie Fan
Ying Yue:"Okay now Young Master stop bullying Chao Bai, look how pitifull he is *giggle*."
Ying Yue who was silent all the time said that words when he saw Lie Fan going to bully Chao Bai again to stop Lie Fan and tease Chao Bai at the same time
Lie Fan:"Ah! If its isnt our Beautifull Ying Yue, hows your day?
Lie Fan who heard what Ying Yue said turn around towards the tree and began to tease this littledy who growing up will became a beauty
Ying Yue who heard what Lie Fan said be to turn red and shy looking down to her feet feeling happy while replying to his teasing
Ying Yue: "You-You-Young Master stop teasing me!! Im not beautifull"
Lie Fan and The twins began tough when they saw what happens and heard what she say while Ying Yue became mad when heard theyugh and stood up from her ce and shouting going to teach them a lesson
After ying and teasing the trio for a couple of hours, Lie Fan and his friends separated. Lie Fan ate lunch with his parents, Lie Shang and Yu Yan. Lie Shang was very proud of his son because his son is a genius! he can walk, talk, read and write at a very young age while His son to is a prodigy in martial arts and began training at age 5
After Lunch and talking with his parents about misceneous things like how was his day, his training progress etc. Lie Fan go back to his room and continue training his body like doing some push ups, sit ups, and doing some weightlifting with a barbell he made using a steel staff and some heavy stones for 3 hours and when he decided to stop finally he heard the system sound he is longing to hear
*DING!!*
[Congrattion Host forpleting the Quest, your reward has been sent to your Inventory]
Lie Fan:"Hell yeah! finally its done! Im gonna open it while having a nice rxing hot bathub."
After receiving his reward, Lie Fan walk toward his bathroom and order some maids to put hotwater well with some coldwater of course then when its done he order them to leave and take of his clothes then enter the bathub rxing himself then open his reward in the inventory
[You have opened your package reward, you got the following items]
[100 EXP pills (1 EXP Pills=10.000 EXP) can only use one pill per week or the effect will weaken]
[50 Training pills (Boosting the host for easier and faster) ]
[Receive The Book of Knowledge]
[500.000 Tael and 1.000.000 Kg Ration]
[10 Health Pill]
[Vision Map]
___________________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 10 years old
Level:1
Current EXP:0
Next Level:1000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 3)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:20 ¡ª> 36
VIT:20 ¡ª> 32
AGI:22 ¡ª> 28
INT:27 ¡ª> 32
WIS:21 ¡ª> 25
Will:11
ATR Points:0
Chapter 4: Vision Map & Book Of Knowledge (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 4: Vision Map & Book Of Knowledge (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Lie Fan:"Wow the loots is amazing! whats this? a Vision Map?"
?Vision Map
Map that containplete geographic of china.with the map you can see who''s troops is marching and how many,city poptions,and strategic locations for building fort,port,etc. only the owner can see it, other see this as a more detailed map
Lie Fan: "Fuck!, this thing is to OP! Im notining that i got this and with this map my hegemony to be the emperor is easier."
Excited Lie Fan began to check the others rewards he got, '''' the exp pills is amazing but can only used it every one week and the Training pills can make me train my body easier as i need to collect system points for more advanced cultivation this can be my long term training n.''''
Lie Fan: "How bout this book of knowledge? sounds OP to!"
?Book of knowledge
A book that been used by the famous Li Bai from the Tang dynasty where he kept everything that he learn in here including poems,strategy,etc. this book will help the owner to remember everything that they see,because it will write it in the book by the book himself. The owner just need to say or remember the event and the book will show the page that they want and the book have an infinity pages
Lie Fan: "Woooo!!! This is amazing! this package is worth it with my 5 years of training in pain!"
Sun Tzu: "Congrattions host, I hope you can use it well especially the book of knowledge and Vision Map to hel-."
Maid: "Young Master is there something wrong? i heard you shouting, is the water to hot?"
Lie Fan:"No its okay! i just identally bump my toes! Tzu you have to teach me how to use this map and the book to the limit it can be used."
Demand Lie Fan to Sun Tzu while looking at the two things in his inventory while rxing after answering the maid whoe here because of his shout that produced by his excitement
Sun Tzu:"Okay Host,please listen carefully because I don''t want to exin again so keep up."
Lie Fan began to learn how to use Vision Map and Book of knowledge with Sun Tzu help and began understand the function and after learning it he realise that its simple and easy to use especially the Book Of Knowledge who he has put some information that he remembers especially about the three kingdoms timeline so he when he forget he can search it
After some nice rxing bath and learning, Lie Fan go to his room and eat one EXP Pills to get his first level up in this world and eat the training pill to and continue training his body and weapon skills
Lie Fan: "Wow i can feel some changes in my aura thanks to the exp pills and my body feels easier to train in and I canprehend my weapon skills faster! this is definitely worth it! wait if i used the training pill while cultivating can it be faster?"
Sun Tzu: "Sorry host but no as the training pill is just used for physical purpose while cultivation is linked to willpower and level of your enlightment."
Lie Fan: "Damn thats dissapointing but its okay at least i feel pleased with the reward. lets just continue my cultivation then go to sleep as i havent done my cultivation for 10 years!"
___________________________________________
While Lie Fan is training and cultivating somewhere in the mansion inside a study theres two person, a man and a woman who is Lie Fan father and mother is discussing some important things
Lie Shang: "The Country is bing more and more chaotic, the people is hungry and in famine while the goverment is corrupt with heavy taxes and bandits roamed everywhere!"
Yu Yan: "What about The Emperor? the country is in chaos and he doesnt do anything?"
Lie Shang: "The Emperor?! hes just an buffon who sit at the throne only thinking about money and indulging in wine and womens while doesnt care about the people! he only listened to those corrupt eunuches who is leaded by Zhang Rang!"
After saying that Lie Shang was so angry that he m his table with his hand while thinking why do they got this emperor
Yu Yan: "*Sigh* I hope that no war will happen, I want a safe environment for our childrens."
While saying that Yu Yan remembered Lie Fan and carassing her stomach while looking outside the study window seeing the stars that shining at the ck sky
Lie Shang: "Its okay dear, I will protect you and our children. Here in Huai''an is my territory, I know everything like the palm of my hand."
Lie Shang walk toward Yu Yan and hug her while carassing her stomach where his second child will be born. Lie Fan doesnt know this as he havent been informed by his parents who decide to keep it a secret to suprise him
___________________________________________
The Next day Lie Fan wake up from his sleep and open his window, letting in the morning air and the light from the sun to enter his room then enjoying the fresh morning air
Lie Fan: "Ahhhhh the air in here is so fresh, theres no pollution in it. Its a good day for reading some books and training, no sign that its gonna rain."
*knock* *knock*
Maid: "Young Master, have you wake up? do you want to take a bath? if so we will prepare it."
Lie Fan: "Yes of course please prepare it, I will train at the courtyard while waiting. Please tell me when its ready."
Maid: "Yes Young Master, enjoy your day."
After that Lie Fan went out from his room and go to his courtyard to begin his training as usual, before training he eat a piece of training pill he has then take a sword from the training weapon stand and began his training for 2 hours. when its halfway done suddenly he was interupted
Chao Bo+Chao Bai: "Young Master!! Good Morning!"
Li Fan: "Ah! Chao Bo Chao Bai! Come lets train together its been long since we spar againts each other!"
Chao Bai: "Please Young Master training every day is boring, why dont we just y somethings like tag or hide and seek or some marbles."
Chao Bo: "Dont listen to him Young Master! Training is good for our body so we can grow stronger!!"
Lie Fan: "Hahahaha! Chao Bai dont be tozy what Chao Bo says is true!e on! lets spar!"
Lie Fan and the two continue training for one hour when Lie Fan was informed that his bath is ready. Saying goodbye to the two who decide to continue training, Lie Fan go to his bathroom and enjoy a rxing bath.
Lie Fan: "Tzu what year is this year?"
Sun Tzu: "its 177 AD, seven years before the start of the yellow turban."
Lie Fan: "Seven years huh..... I need people that I can trust when the rebellion began. I cant ask my father soldiers as its going to be his men and they will never really obey me as Im still a kid"
Lie Fan was thinking of a solution how to get men he can trust for the future when the ''plot'' or ''event'' began, while thinking he finish his bath and then go to the family dining room to join his parents for breakfast while walking suddenly he got an idea from inte novels that he think will work.
When he entered the dining room, he saw his father and mother sit side by side together waiting for him with the food already served.
Lie Fan: "Good morning Father,Mother how was your sleep?"
Yu Yan: "Morning Fan''ere sit, breakfast is ready and thank you for asking My sleep is delightful."
Lie Shang: "Good Morning Fan''er, your father sleep like a baby Hahaha!e sit."
Lie Fan go to his seat and began to eat with his parents while talking about things like the weather,the food taste, etc. While talling Lie Fan find the perfect chance to ask his father for some people
Lie Fan: "Father I have an request that I would like to make."
Lie Shang: "Ohohoho,e tell me your request what is it? do you want some new book? new sword? or do you want a teacher to help you study?"
For Lie Shang his son is always sensible since young age and a genius boy who literally can do literature and martial arts. When Lie Fan was 4 he began learn calligraphy and reading with a Teacher his father had assign him to but after just 6 months his teacher resigned because he said that Lie Fan is a genius and he cant teach him anything anymore as its better if he is learning by himself through reading and experience
Lie Fang: "No its nothing like that no, can you help me recruit some kid from the orphanage? 50 kids will do. kids from age 8-10 its better if maybe not from the orphanage, kids that are abandoned will do"
___________________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 10 years old (28 years old)
Level: 3
Current EXP: 3.000
Next Level: 8.000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 3) -> (level 3,5)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:36 ¡ª> 45
VIT:32 ¡ª> 39
AGI:28 ¡ª> 35
INT:32 ¡ª> 40
WIS:25 ¡ª> 28
Will:11 ¨C> 15
ATR Points:10
Chapter 5: Recruitment & 5 years later (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 5: Recruitment & 5 yearster (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Lie Shang and Yu Yan hearing what their son request they were shocked and in disbelief while looking at each other and thinking that this is the first time that their son asking for something so weird and shocking at the same time
Lie Shang: "50 kids? orphans? what for Fan''er? do you need them to be your servants? I can just assigned some for you."
Yu Yan: "Yes Fan''er your father can just assigned you the other servants why need 50 orphaned or abondoned kids?"
Lue Fan: " No Father Mother its not to be my servants, I want to take them in as my personal guard for the future and train them myself."
Lie Shang: "Personal Guards? If you need them I can assign some soldier to guard you Fan''er."
Lie Fan: "No father I doesnt need your soldiers, I want to train them myself so that they can be loyal to me first and then to this Family because I feel that the world is turning chaotic every year we been through."
Hearing what Lie Fan said shocked Lie Shang and Yu Yan as the two of them know what their son said is true about the world be more chaotic at the same time astounded with their son as he can feel that the world is turning chaotic and feel that their son already like an mature man
Lie Shang : "Well I can agree to your request and give me one week or so to recruit but promise me that you will not do anything rash with this okay?"
Lie Fan: "I promise Father! Thank You!"
Yu Yan: "Aw look at My Fan''er already thinking about protecting his family *giggle* I wonder where he got that from hmm?"
Hearing what Yu Yan said make Lie Shang and Lie Fanugh with Yu Yan following them then they continue eating their breakfast with an sweet and happy atmosphere.
After finishing breakfast, Lie Fan go to the spacious yard in front of the Mansion where he found Chao Bo and Chao Bai in there doing some exercise he taught
Lie Fan: "Hey Guys! I have an important announcement!e here!"
Hearing what Lie Fan said, Chao Bo and Chap Bai run to him and began hurrying Lie Fan to tell them
Lie Fan: "Its like this as the two of you has been training with me since we are little, I want to invite no recruit the two of you as my aide or second inmand of my personal guard! what do you say? you wanna join?"
Chao Bo: "HAHAHAHA! Of course we are going to join you Young Master! right Bai''er?"
Chao Bai: "Yes of course! we will always serve Young Master! but will your guards ept us to be your aide? we are still kids."
Lie Fan: "Its okay my personal guards only consist the two of you for now, in one week or so there will be 50 orphan/abandoned kids that will join you two and we will train them together!"
Chao Bai: "50 kids?! can we really train them Young Master? we are still kids to you know...."
Chao Bo: " Hahahaha! its okay Bai''er with Young Master we can do anything!"
They continue to discuss how to train the 50 kids so they can be a good Personal guard while training their archery until afternoon
After discussing and traing with the twins or his twins aide now (lol) he take a bath then have a lunch with his parents while his father promises that his request will be done in one week as his recruitment can goes smoothly because of the people conditioned that worsened and many decide to abandoned or even sell their kids as a servant so they can eat
After lunch, Lie Fan began continuing his cultivation and some easy training like push ups and sit ups while taking one training pills
_____________________________________
With this 5 Years passed just like that in the blink of an eye, Lie Fan who have received his 50 kids to be his personal guard began training them with the help of the twins with all kind of training especially formation training, sword skill, archery, and all including Lie Fan and the twins learn and training their riding skill
In this past 5 years Lie Fan has grown into an handsome and tall young man who have an charismatic andmanding aura thanks to leading his 50 personal guard who he has trained since 10 years old. His power has grown stronger thanks to the training pills he has and the EXP pills he that he used.
Lie Fan was with his family now in a garden, drinking some tea and having a family time. the family has a new addition with an baby girl, a sister for Lie Fan. His sister name is Lie Wannian or the family called her Nian''er.
Lie Shang: "Fan''er how was the training yesterday? any good progress?"
Lie Fan: " Its going great Father, all of my personal guards know can use horse skill fully and half of them can shoot bow while riding their horse, the other still training for that."
Lie Shang: "Thats good! knowing this can make me feel easier with your safety more as the country is bing more and more unstable."
Yu Yan: "Just like what your father said Fan''er mom is happy and feel easier but don''t try to do anything reckless you hear me young man?"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha of course mother I will be as caution as the oriole and will protect you and father."
Lie Wannian : How about me? Big Brother will not protect Nian''er? >_<* "
Lie Fan: "Of Course Big Brother will protect Nian''er! Nian''er is Big Brother cute little sister princess and Big Bro will protect you forever!"
Nian''er: "*hihihi* Big Brother is the best!"
After an heartwarming family time in the garden, Lie Fan take his leave and walk to his personal guard training ground. While walking Lie Fan identally crashed with a maid when he take a turn left.
Lie Fan: "Ah! I''m sorry its my fault eh? Ying Yue!"
Ying Yue: "No no I''m sorry Young Master its my fault!"
After 5 years Ying Yue has turned more and more beautifull Lie Fan can say surely she can enter the rank of top beauties with the like of The Qiao sisters, Zhen Ji, Diao Chan, etc. Ying Yue now is assigned as one of Lie Fan personal maid but as Lie Fan doesn''t like being served with a maid when changing clothes or taking a bath, he assigned Ying Yue to protect his sister as in the past 5 years Ying Yue has trained in archery and sword to protect herself.
Lie Fan: "So how was your day Ying Yue? you''re looking more and more beautiful whenever I saw you"
Ying Yue: "*blush* You-You-Young Master Im not that beautiful, Young Lady and Lady Yu is more beautifull than this servant but thank you for yourpliment."
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! you deserve praises from many people with your beauty don''t be to humble. How about we eat together sometime just the two of us?"
Hearing that make Ying Yue blush even more and turning like a red ripe tomato, after nodding her head as a yes to Lie Fan she run away toward the garden to serve Nian''er. seeing that makes Lie Fanugh out loud but feels little bit sweet at the same time and continue his way toward the training ground.
After arriving at the training ground Lie Fan heard shouts and sounds of metal shing againts each other, entering the training ground he saw 50 of his personal guard is having an one on one spar againts each other with Chao Bo and Chao Bai supervising them and giving pointers to show where theircking or doing it wrong.
Seeing Lie Fan entering, Chao Bo as the number one aide of his thanks to his prowess in martial arts shout anmand
Chao Bo: "Everyone stop your training! Young Master is here!"
Everyone: " We see Young Master!" *one foot kneel*
Lie Fan: "Rise everyone, continue your training as usual I''m just here to see your progress."
Everyone: "Thank you Young Master!" *stand up*
Lie Fan: "Chao Bo! Chao Bai!e here I have some thing to talk about!"
Hearing Lie Fan order, Chao Bo and Chao Bai give onest pointer respectively and go toward Lie Fan to hear what he has to say
Lie Fan: "I have some ideas than i need to talk to you two and give me your opinion if we can do it or not."
The Twins: "Yes Young Master! what is it?"
Lie Fan: "Its like this, the country is bing more and more chaotic with people suffering famine and high taxes while bandits roamed everywhere! I will ask permission to my Father for us to head outside and hunt some small bandits group to gain real battle experience for all of us, what do you two think?"
Chao Bo: "I think its feasible and I''m sure we can do it if The Lord allow us!"
Chao Bai: " I agree with what Chao Bo said young master, as long as we are cautious and everyone can follow Young Master order we can do it!"
Lie Fan: "Oh? what makes you so sure?"
_______________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000
Next Level: 512.000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 3,5) -> (level 7)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:45 ¡ª> 75
VIT:39 ¡ª> 68
AGI:35 ¡ª> 60
INT:40 ¡ª> 75
WIS:28 ¡ª> 58
Will:15 ¨C> 20
ATR Points:10 ¨C> 40
Chapter 6: Permission & Patrol (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 6: Permission & Patrol (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chao Bai: "We are so sure because if Young Master the one leading us we can win every battle and Everyone skills especially Chao Bo is on par with the Lord personal guard thats why I believe at least we can defeat small to medium sized bandit groups or robbers!"
Lie Fan: "Really? how can you know that everyone skills is already on par with My Father personal guards?"
Chao Bo: "Yesterday we have a spar with the Lord personal guards at the barracks after having our breakfast Young Master, I can eveat take on 3 of the Hahaha!"
Hearing that make Lie Fan shocked, that means this group of young man he trained can defeat experienced veteran guards especially Chao Bo can take 3 on 1 and can defeat them but that doesnt mean they can defeat them in a war as in war they will be defeated easily as theyck the experience and mentality but even that it still shocking.
Lie Fan: "Thats great! then I will go to my Father and ask for his permission meanwhile continue the training as usual until you received order from me."
Chao Bo+Chao Bai: "Yes Young Master!"
After watching them training for a minute, Lie Fan leave the yard and ask a servant to prepare his horse as he is going to go to the prefecture government office as his father already went there after their family time.
While waiting for the servants to bring the horse he got from the system that he summoned when he was 12 and said that he got the horse from a merchant who wants to get close to him when he went to the market as the reason from where he got the horse, he opened his status and decide to add the attribute points he have while waiting. He added 15 to his strength, 5 to vitality-agility-widom each and 10 to his intelligent.
When he put thest point to intelligent, the servant arrived with his mongolian horse he named Pangu thanks to its ck colored body and some white in its leg while having a powerful body and slightly wild apperance.
Lie Fan walked towards Pangu while thanking the servant and stroke its mane tomunicate with it then ride up and go to the prefecture goverment office
After 20 minutes of riding, Lie Fan finally arrived at the goverment office and after giving his horse to one of the guards to take care of it for some time, He enter the goverment hall where he ask a servant to lead him to his father office.
When he arrived he thanked the servant and enter his father office after given permission by his father and see that his father is busy working at documents that need to be approved by him as the prefect of the city.
Lie Fan: "Father,I have something that I need your permission for something."
Lie Shang: "Hmm? permission for what Fan''er?"
Lie Fan: "I want to take my personal guards with me including Chao Bo and Chao Bai to patrol the city and surrounding area againts robbers and bandit groups."
Lie Shang: "What?! why do you want to do something so dangerous, just leave that to my soldiers and the city guards while you just continue your training."
Lie Fan: "Father If me and my guard just do our training when theres the time we have to fight we will lose as we doesnt have the experience and I do this to for the people and our city!"
Hearing what Lie Fan said Lie Shang think thats true but he doesnt want to endanger his child when the soldiers can do that and especially if his wive know that he gave permission *gulp* lets just say he will be ignored and not received his ''night'' needs
Lie Shang: "What you said is true Fan''er but think of the consequences, what if you get hurt? what will your Mother do if she know?"
Lie Fan: "Getting hurt in a battle is an experience that I to willing to take father, while for Mother keep it a secret from her at least until she know herself and will appease her myself."
Lie Shang: "*Sigh* Okay you have my permission but if theres something wrong or you need anything report it to me understand?"
Lie Fan: "Yes Father Thank You!"
Lie Shang: "When will you start? today or tomorrow?"
Lie Fan: "We will just patrol the city for today and maybe just catch some robbers or hooligans in the city, we will hunt for bandits tomorrow."
Lie Shang: "Okay then be carefull and good luck maybe if you have enough merit i can promote you to be a captain in the military."
Hearing that make Lie Fan ecstatic while thanking his father continously after that he take his leave to prepare his personal guard to begin patrol the city. He leave the Goverment office, take Pangu from the guard and go toward the prefect mansiom where he and his family lives.
After arriving at the Mansion, he ordered one of the guard protecting the entrance to call for Chao Bo and Chao Bai to tell them go meet him and his courtyard then he go to his courtyard to take his armor that he got from the system and going to use the weapon token he had to summon a weapon that he can personally use while waiting for the twins when he arrived at his courtyard.
Lie Fan: "Sun Tzu use the weapon token I got in my inventory please."
Sun Tzu: "Okay Host."
*DING!!*
[Weapon Token has just been used]
[Congrattion Host for receiving the Heaven Breaker Halberd]
?Heaven Piencer Halberd
Halberd thats been forged with fire that so hot it can melt even the heaven and made of heavenly alloy that fell from the sky it said that its so sharp that it can pierce heaven itself
(+20 Power, +10 Vitality and +10 Agility when its used)
Lie Fan: "Wow thats awesome! with this halberd now my strength is already same as 5 rank general, as long as the bandits its not historical figure like Bo Cai or Guan Hai i can handle them or even overpowered them."
In awe with the weapon he received, he summon the weapon who is a little bit taller 2 cm than Lie Fan who height is 185 cm, and hold it in his arms to take a few sing with it to familiarize with the halberd. After familiarizing with the halberd, he go toward his room and put on the set of armor he got from the system
?The Crouching Tiger Armor Set
A set of armor that been made by a famous cksmith in the past, the crouching tiger symbolise the patience and power a tiger has when hunting its prey
(+10 Power and +10 Vitality when its used)
After finishing wearing his armor, he heard foot steps from outside indicating that Chao Bo and Chao Bai has arrived. He take his halberd and went outside to meet them.
Chao Bo+Chao Bai: "We see the Young Master!"
Lie Fan: "Stand up, Chao Bo Chao Bai my Father has given us his permission to hunt robbers and bandits. For today we are just going to patrol the city and will begin hunting bandits tomorrow, prepare all the guards to take their weapons and ride their horse! meet me at the mansion gate!"
Hearing that Chao Bo and Chao Bai got excited when epting the order and ran out from Lie Fan courtyard to prepare the guards.
After waiting for 10 minutes in front of the Mansiom gate, Lie Fan saw a group of 50 riders with Chao Bo and Chao Bai at the front riding towards him. When he saw that with his Halberd in his hand, he joined them and split them ito three groups with group one leaded by Lie Fan himself with 18 guards, group two leaded by Chao Bo with 16 guards, and group three leaded by Chao Bai with 16 guards then began their patrols.
Lie Fan lead his group towards the city market when he saw a group of 7 men is harassing a man in front of looks like a restaurant while being looked at by others.
Lie Fan: "Hey all of you stop! what are you doing!?"
Hooligans: "Heh none of yer business kid! get lost before we teach you bunch of kids a lesson!"
Harassed Man: "Please help me! im the owner of this restaurant and this people is asking for protection money! i don''t want to pay and they have been harassing me since yesterday!"
Lie Fan: "Its okay sir we will help you and what do you say again? bunch of kids? you regret what you said."
Lie Fan get off from his horse and give his halberd to his man to hold, he punch the man who mock him in the face knocking him off his feet. When the hooligan friends saw that they together attack Lie Fan, even though Lie Fan Man saw that they just stay put as they now that their Young Master can defeat 5 of them let alone this bunch of hooligans.
Lie Fan deflect a punch and punch one of them while kicking another in his guts, one of the men manage to use a staff he had and smash it toward Lie Fan back which does nothing to Lie Fan and Lie Fan uppercut that men knocking him out. the other 3 seeing that their friends is being manhandled began to run away, seeing that Lie Fan ordered his guard to chase them and neutralize them.
Lie Fan: "Take them to the city jail and put them there!"
5 of Lie Fan men salute him and take the 7 hooligans bringing them to the city jail. The restaurant owner seeing that he has been saved thanking Lie Fan profusely and said that he can eat at his restaurant for free as his thanks. Lie Fan refused that and says to report to him or other guards when this happen again then ride his horse continue patroling with his guards untilte afternoon.
_______________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000
Next Level: 512.000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:75 ¡ª> 90
VIT:68 ¡ª> 73
AGI:60 ¡ª> 65
INT:75 ¡ª> 85
WIS:58
Will:20
ATR Points:40 ¨C> 0
Chapter 7: First Battle & Visitors From Sea (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 7: First Battle & Visitors From Sea (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Lie Fan managed to subdue more hooligans in the market and some robbers earning the appreciation from the merchants and the people of Huai''An. He finished his patrol because its alreadyte afternoon and ordered his guards to go back to the barracks to tell the twins that they dont need to report to him and go to rest in preparation for tomorrow.
After arriving at home, Lie Fan give Pangu to his stable boy his father had hired today for him then going back to his courtyard and ordered the maids to prepare his bath for him. Lie Fan enter his room, taking of his armor and put them at the armor stand then put his halberd at the empty weapon rack making this halberd its first weapon to be stored there.
After putting his weapon and armor, he enter his bath and take a nice rxing bath who refreshing his tired body. After taking a bath, Lie Fan joined his Family for dinner which make his mother and sister asking him where has he been as they were looking for him. Lie Fan just says that he go outside to the market and enjoying the city while looking at the wares that being sold in which his mother and sister believe, while his father give him a stern re as its just the first day and he is almost found out.
After dinner, Lie Fan talk with his family for a while teasing his sister then he make his leave to go rest as he is tired.
The next day, Lie Fan wake up with high spirit. He told his maid he will not take a bath this morning then he training his weapon skill with his halberd for a while then go have a breakfast with his family.
His sister Lie Wannian told him that he smells bad and he has to go take a bath. His father and mother says that to and telling him that training is Important but taking a bath is important to. Hearing that make Lie Fan cry without tears as why he doesnt take a bath because after this he will go out and hunt bandits.
After breakfast Lie Fan told a servant to tell his stable boy to bring Pangu then go to his room, change to a ck clothes and wear his armor then taking his halberd leaving his courtyard going to the barracks riding Pangu.
Arriving at the barracks he saw that his personal guards is already in formation with their horses, wearing their armor, and their weapons like bow and swords or spear is ready leaded by Chao Bo and Chao Bai.
Everyone: "We salute Young Master!"
Lie Fan: "Hmm Good morning everyone! Who is ready to hunt some bandits?!"
Everyone: "HUAHHH!!!!!!"
Lie Fan: "Great!e lets march!"
Lie Fan with his personal guards ride their horses toward one of the city gates which is the west gate as yesterday while patroling he heard rumours about a vige 25 to 35 Km away from Huai''An that filled with a small or medium sized bandit groups that mask themselves as a normal vige then rob people who travel past that vige and his father cant send subjugation squad as his soldiers all used to protect the roads and exterminating bandits who is much near to the city.
After showing his insignia to the Gate Guards, Lie Fan and His personal guards left the city riding their horse for about 30-40 minutes of which then they saw the vige from a distances then they stop to strategize.
Lie Fan: "Okay now soldiers that vige is full of bandits! I to heard that they have locked up some women and men so we have to save them as well, now Chao Bai i want you to take 3 people who are fast and go with you to scout that vige."
Chao Bai: "Yes Young Master! you, you, and youe with me give your horses to the others."
Chao Bai then left with 3 guards to scout the vige, while waiting Lie Fan raise up the morale of his guards and reassuring them as this is their first battle after all. After waiting for 30 minutes, Chao Bai and the others finally back.
Lie Fan: "How is it? can you predict how many bandits are in there?"
Chao Bai: "Young Master from what me and this 3 saw and heard, looks like there about 50 to 75 bandits with 15 people taken as prisoners in the biggest house in the vige. Theres about 4 watchtowers with each guarded by 2 bandits."
Lie Fan: "That means we need to lure them out as we can kill them much faster that way. Chao Bo you lead 20 guards and use speed on our side and snipe them especially the bandits at the watchtower while circling around the vige in the mean time Chao Bai and me will lead the other to charge in to make chaos inside then you join in."
Chao Bo: "Yes Young Master! Come 20 people follow me!!"
After receiving his order Chao Bo lead 20 people toward the vige preparing their bows then began shooting at the bandits which alerting them and making the bandits leaving their house, seeing that Lie Fan and Chao Bai lead the rest to charge at the bandits who is now grouping.
The bandits who saw that began to panic and some were shooting their arrows but it missed while the bandits at the watch tower were already sniped to death by Chao Bo group. Lie Fan lead the charge at the front with his halberd when he reach the bandit groups he began swing his halberd at the right side beheading 3 bandits at once thanks to his strenght while his group to killing the bandits seeing that Chao Bo group to enter the fray.
The Bandits became more and more panicked as they were never attacked like this, their numbers began to shrink from 75 to 30 in which they began to fight back. Lie Fan seeing this get off his horse and began rampaging with his halberd killing bandits left and right, some of his guards get off their horse as well especially Chao Bai and Chao Bo who then go towards Lie Fan to protect him.
After fighting for more than 1 hour since the start of the attack, Lie Fan manages to defeat the bandits with 5 who surrendered and the rest were killed. Lie Fan then order his guards to release the man and women who were taken prisoners while the rest to search the houses and warehouse for loots.
Chao Bai: "Congrattion Young Master for your first win in battle, one of the many!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha Thank you Chao Bai, are there any casualties on our side?"
Chao Bai: "Theres no casualties but just a few of the men get small injuries like small cuts and bruises thanks to the bad aim of the bandits."
Chao Bo: "Same here Young Master! theres no casualties and injuries as my group were sniping them faster than they shoot at us Hahaha!"
Lie Fan: "Good! after we finish taking the loot, rewards are going to be given!"
Chao Bo+Chao Bai: "We thank the Young Master for his generosity!"
After 45 minutes, Lie Fan guards manages to round up all the valuable things from the bandit vige. there were 55.000 taels, 20.000Catty of foods, and jewelries worth 15.000 taels shocking Lie Fan as small sh medium bandit groups have this much how about the big one or the super mega big one. Lie Fan then take 10.000 taels and split them among the 15 people he freed which making them feel touched and full of gratitude.
Seeing so much things need to be taken, Lie Fan then ordered his guards to take the bandits wagon which there were 5 of them. 1 being used to transport the freed prisoners while the rest take the loot back.
After 45 minutes of loading, Lie Fan and His groups then leave the vige which before that burning them so it will not be used by other bandits as their hideout.
After more than 1 hour of riding thanks to the wagons, Lie Fan and his group finally arrived at Huai''an who they saw looks panicked.
Lie Fan: "Hey you! whats going on here?"
Gate Guard: "Ah Young Master! theres some foreign ships near the harbour trying to dock! The Lord already gone there with his personal guard and Captain Ling Dao."
Lie Fan: "Foreign Ships?! how many?!"
Gate Guard: "Theres 5 ships Young Master!"
Lie Fan: "I see okay thank you, Chao Bai you take 15 guard and let the people we freed enter the city then bring the loot to the barracks! Chao Bo and the rest follow me to the port!"
Everyone: "Yes Young Master!"
After giving the order, Lie Fan then ride towards the port of Huai''An with Chao Bo and 35 guards attracting peoples attention toward them.
After riding for 20 minutes they finally arrived at the port, after seeing the ship structure and the symbol that were on the ship Lie Fan realise who is arriving at Huai''An.
Lie Fan: "The Japanese? that should be the Yamatai symbol ording to history, what are they doing here?"
While looking at the ships, Lie Fan heard his father sound calling him
Lie Shang: "Fan''ere here!"
Lie Fab hurried toward his father and began asking him some questions
Lie Fan: "Father do you know who they are?"
Lie Shang: "No i don''t know they suddenly arrived here making people panicked thats why I ordered all soldier except the gate guards toe here."
Lie Fan: "I see, Father let me handle this for you."
_______________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000
Next Level: 512.000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:90
VIT:73
AGI:65
INT:85
WIS:58
Will:20
ATR Points:0
Chapter 8: Yamatai & Affection (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Chapter 8: Yamatai & Affection (REWRITTEN & REUPDATED)
Lie Shang: "What? are you sure Fan''er? this can be dangerous!"
Lie Fan: "Im sure Father, with my guards and Chao Bo, I''ll be fine."
Lie Shang: "Well okay then Fan''er but be carefull okay, If it be dangerous I''m going to order the archers to shoot."
Heeding his father word, Lie Fan lead Chao Bo and 30 of his personal guards get off from their horses walk towards the port dock where one of the ships just dock.
From the ship a group of people some in samurai armor and some regal clothes lead by a woman who from the way she walks and bearing looks like a Merchant.
Lie Fan: "Halt! who are you and what business you have here in the Port City of Huai''An?!"
Merchant Lady: "Hello your excellency, Im Tsumugi Mio leader of the Tsumugi Merchant Guild from Yamatai, We are here to trade with your city with permission from Priest-Queen Himiko."
Lie Fan: "For Trade? and How can you speak ournguage?"
Tsumugi Mio: "I Have learned thenguage and writing of your people when I smuggled in using fishermen boats."
Lie Fan: "Smuggled inside a ship! you do realise that its a crime right?!"
Tsumugi Mio: "Yes I know thats a crime so thats why now with permission from our Queen Ie with my merchant fleet to trade here."
Hearing that Lie Fan agree and tell them to wait while he assigned Chao Bo and his guards here then go back towards his Father to ask his permission for letting the Yamatai entourage to dock and they can discuss with his father.
Lie Shang immediately agree with Lie Fan, letting Lie Fan lead Tsumugi Mio and its entourage meeting his father to discuss the trade.
Lie Shang who meet with Tsugumi Mio then take them to the City Hall for further discussion in afortable and proper ce, after Lie Fan escort his father and Tsumugi Mio he then take his leave as he need to reward his guards from the loots that he got from the bandits and take care of the 5 bandits he had capture.
Lie Fan with his guard ride their horse for 20 minutes to reach the barracks where he saw the rest of his men with Chao Bai guarding the wagons full of loots.
Chao Bai: "Young Master the 15 people that we freed has been registered as the citizen of Huai''An and we have split 10.000 taels among them."
Lie Fan: "Good Chao Bai, now that means there were 45.000 taels left hmm..... go take 25.000 taels and give each of our guards 500 taels while you and Chao Bo take 750 taels each from the 20.000 taels."
Chao Bai: "Thanks you Young Master for your generosity! We will continue to workd hard for Young master!"
Everyone: "We thank the Young Master!"
Lie Fan: "Its no big deal, you all deserve reward for our first battle! now you all are dismissed for today go take a rest! Chao Bai the rest 18.500 taels give it to the people who need it."
Chao Bai: "Yes Young Master!"
After dismissing the guards and ordering Chao Bai to donate the rest of the taels, Lie Fan then ride Pangu back to his home where when he arrived his Mother is waiting for him at the mansion gate. seeing his mother waiting with ashen faces make Lie Fan want to turn back to the barracks but its tote.
Yu Yan: "Fan''er!! how can you hunt bandits outside?! dont you know that its dangerous?!"
Lie Fan: "Im sorry mother but I do that because I care about the people! those bandits kill,rob, and rape the people we should have protected!"
Yu Yan: "*sigh* you are the same as your father when he is young, now go back to your room take a bath and
then have a lunch with me and your sister as your father is busy thanks to the Yamatai people that came to trade."
Heeding his mother word, Lie Fan get off Pangu and hand him to the stable boy then enter his home walking toward his courtyard. when he arrived at his courtyard he saw Ying Yue waiting there looking distressed with pale face but that doesnt make her beauty wanned, but making people who saw it want to protect her and consoled her.
Lie Fan: "Ying Yue? what are you doing here?"
Ying Yue: "Ah! Young Master you''re back! are you hurt?! why theres so much blood marks on you?!" *sobs*
Ying Yue who heard Lie Fan calling her quickly run towards him looking more and more distressed even cried as seeing in Lie Fan armors and hand theres blood marks thanks to the bandits he massacre but Ying Yue doesnt know that checking every inch of Lie Fan body.
Seeing the distressed Ying Yue makes Lie Fan heart feels warm and sweet touched by Ying Yue gesture. In the past 10 years of friendship between Ying Yue and Lie Fan has blossomed into what we known as childhood love, but it hasnt progressed into that thanks to Lie Fan always training and learning in preparation to the yellow turbans as Xu province is going to be one affected badly.
While Ying Yue is shy and discouraged as she is just a servant daughter turn into a Maid for Lie Wannian thanks to Lie Fan suggestion so she just buried her feelings and resolved to seeing him everyday is already enough for her.
But after hearing that Lie Fan take his personal guards outside the city to hunt bandits make her scared and anxious, even though she knew Lie Fan will be okay thanks to his skill and Chao Bo Chao Bai will protect him but she still afraid that if anything happen bad to Lie Fan.
Lie Fan: "Hey hey Im okay this is just the bandits blood no need to cry okay."
*wipes the tears with his hand*
Ying Yue: *blushed* "is it really the bandits blood? you''re really okay Young Master?"
Lie Fan: "Yes Im okay Ying Yue really, no need to panic."
Ying Yue hearing that feel relieved and finally let go of her fear and her hand that holding Lie Fan armor, but when she look up she saw Lie Fan looking at her with eyes full of affection and warm that makes her shy and blushed so red making her looks like a tomato.
Ying Yue: "Why are you looking at me like that Young Master?"
Lie Fan: "Ying Yue do you know that you look very beautifull right now?"
Ying Yue: *blushed* "You-Young Master stop that Im not beautifull."
Lie Fan: "But you are beautiful Ying Yue and I know you know to how we feel for each other, I have been a fool for so long ignoring you always training and learning but never took care of you."
Hearing that makes Ying Yue feels so happy that she thinks this is a dream but if it is she doesnt ever want to wake up from this dream.
Ying Yue: "Re-Really Young Master? do you care about me?"
*hold her hand*
Lie Fan: "Not just care, I love you Ying Yue will you want to be in a rtionship with me?"
*Cries tear of joy*
Ying Yue: "Yes Of Course! I love you to Young Master!"
Hearing Ying Yue answer makes Lie Fan feel so happy and excitement that he hug Ying Yue while spinning her around withughter full of joy.
Ying Yue: "Ahh! Young Master put me down its embarassing what if someone see us?!"
*putting down*
Lie Fan: "So what if someone see us? what are they going to do about it? and no Young Master, call me Brother Fan from now on."
*touch her nose*
*blushed*
Ying Yue: "Bro-Brother Fan"
Lie Fan: "Hehe now that youre my woman, lets do what man and woman in rtionship do." *Naughty smile*
Seeing Lie Fans perverted smile and hearing what he said makes Ying Yue shy making her ran out from his courtyard to hide from the w of Lie Fan.
Seeing Ying Yue runaway makes Lie Fan dumbfounded and with wryugh me himself for not holding Ying Yue tighter, after that Lie Fan enter room putting his armors and halberd then go to his bathroom where its already ready thanks to his mother order to prepare it for him.
After a nice and rxing bath Lie Fan then go to dining room to join his Mother and sister for Lunch. when he arrived he saw that his mother and sister already waiting for him so he sit at his chair to star eating.
Yu Yan: "Fan''er why do you look so happy? something good happen?"
Lie Fan: "Hehehe nothing Mother, by the way Mother I heard from Father that in the past you and grandfather manage a Merchant Caravan?"
Yu Yan: "Yes thats true, when your grandfather still alive we manage the caravan together but after I married your father the caravan have no one else that can manages so your grandfather decide to shut it down. Why do you ask?"
Lie Fan: "Its like this, I have some ideas that I have perfected that will make us a lot of money so I want to ask your opinion seeing that you have the experience Mother."
Yu Yan: "Ohhh what idea is it? seeing that you''re so confident makes me wanna know."
_______________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title:-
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000
Next Level: 512.000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:90
VIT:73
AGI:65
INT:85
WIS:58
Will:20
ATR Points:0
Chapter 9: More Soldiers and New Henchmen?
Chapter 9: More Soldiers and New Henchmen?
Lie Fan: "I have researched details about improving the quality of copper mirror sincest year so we can see our face more clearly, I have make some good quality wine that the market going to love either noble and peasants, andstly I have found a way to make an more efficeint technique that harvest salt so Huai''An can sell salt!"
Yu Yan: "Fan''er if what you said about the copper mirror and the wine is true then thats great but have you forgotten that the only one who can sell salt is licensed merchant that granted by Imperial Court? "
Lie Fan: "Ah I forgot about that mother, maybe we can just sell the copper mirror and the wine first while the salt will be on hold until further notice. I will send the paper containing the n for copper mirror and wine to you tomorrow"
Yu Yan: "Okay then Fan''er let mother see the n first, if its good then mother will contact our own private workshop and distillery to produce them. "
Lie Fan: "Thats great Mother! then I''m entrusting all of this to you Mother, maybe we can even restart your merchant caravan so our n can have more money!"
Lie Fan and Yu Yan continue discussing about the pros and cons. When Yu Yan said that its going to need a sum of money, Lie Fan said he will take care of it with plundering bandits and take all the money they have while at the same time making Huai''An more safe.
While discussing with his mother, Lie Fan realise that he needs more men as 50 guards alongside Chao Bo and Chao Bai taking on big group of bandits can lead to many of his guards injured so after discussing with his mother he will ask some men from the city army from his father.
After saying goodbye to his mother, Lie Fan walk towards his father study room to speak with him. While walking there he saw his sister is ying in the garden with Ying Yue and some maids, He stop for a while watching them y with a smile not knowing that Ying Yue already saw him but to shy to say hello thanks to Lie Fan teasing her before.
Wannian: " Sister Yue why does your face turn red? are you tired from ying with me? >_<"
Ying Yue: "Wha-What?! No no Sister will never be tired ying with Nian''er, Sister feels hot thats why sister face turn red!"
Lie Fan hearing and seeing thisugh out loud as he know the reason why Ying Yue act like that, Wannian hearing her Big Brough turn around and saw him which she then run towards him to hug him while asking him to y with her.
While Lie Fan wants to y with his sister, there are urgent things he need to so he declined his sister invitation while promising her that he will y with her tomorrow. Seeing that her brother says no, Wannian throw cute little tantrum in which she run towards her y room followed by the other maids and Ying Yue who wants to follow is stopped by Lie Fan and hugged by him
Lie Fan: "Yue''er doesn''t need to follow Nian''er, stay with me here for a minute"
while saying that he blow Ying Yue ear, tickling her and making her turn red like a ripe tomato
Ying Yue: "Young Mas- I Mean Husband release me first what if Madam and Master saw us!"
Lie Fan: "Its better if they saw us! then I can tell them youre going to be my wife Haha!"
While Lie Fan and Ying Yue is flirting and hugging, they doesn''t realise that Lie Shang is passing by and shocked by what he saw then hurriedly proceed to his study ehile thinking its good to be young
After spending some time with Ying Yue to improve their affection, Lie Fan says goodbye to Ying Yue and proceed toward his Fathers studies not knowing that his father saw him and Ying Yue
Entering his father studies room, he saw his father sitting on his chair holding some scroll but looking outside.
Lie Fan: "Father! Are you okay? something on your mind?"
Lie Shang: "Huh! Oh no Son *Ahem* its nothing just thinking the weather outside is good today, what makes youe see me?"
Lie Fan: "I want to ask some of your soldiers father, maybe 50 to 100 Men to help me eradicate the bandits near Huai''An and the surrounding area"
Lie Shang: "Why do you need that many? 50 guards alongside Chao Bo and Chao Bai is enaough for you to handle small to middle sized bandit groups near Huai''An"
Lie Fan: "I want to eradicate the big groups to father, while eradicating this bandits can make Huai''An safer we can have more money from those bandits loots that can be used to invest in some project that Mother and I working on."
Lie Shang: "I see Hmm..., Okay I will give you 100 Men from the northern army camp take this token with you ti retrieve them, they are still some fresh soldiers so please train them for me while at it Haha!"
Lie Fan: "Will do Father! Thankyou for epting my request!"
Lie Shang:" A Father have to always support his son doing good things Fan''er, you will understand this feeling when you be a Father" *smirk*
Sawing his Father weird smile, Lie Fan is confused but just ept it as his father reminicing some old memories. Saying goodbye to his father, Lie Fan hurriedly go to the Stable to retrieve his horse Pangu and ride it towards the Northern Army Camp.
On the way there many people of Huai''An saw him and bow to him with respect saying hello to him, this show that he is revered and respected because of eradicating the bandit group and patrolling the city to keep it safe.
Arriving at Northern Army Camp, Lie Fan enter the camp after showing the token his father gave to him and ask where is themander of the Northern Army is in which he was taken to the main tent by the guards.
Entering the tent he saw an 40 years old Man wearing an armor is studying a map.
Lie Fan: "Hello Commander, I''m Lie Fan son of Lie Shang the Prefect of Huai''An"
Commander: "Ah Hello Young Lord! I''m Lu Xiaomander of Northern Army, what brings you to this humble tent"
Lie Fan: "I''m Here to take 100 Men that was assigned by my Father to me, here is the token in which my father gave me to show that I have the permission to do that"
Receiving the token, Lu Xiao inspect it to check if its real or a counterfeit just because Lie Fan is the son of his lord doesnt mean he will give soldiers just like that to him. After checking it and found that the token is real he escor Lie Fan towards the barracks where he can choose the 100 Men from the newbie barracks
Lu Xiao: "You can choose the 100 men personally Young Lord, outside of this barracks is prohibited to be choosen."
Lie Fan: "Of Course thank you Commander Lu"
Lie Fan began to check the soldiers one by one, checking their identities with Sun Tzu help while he can still only check name and origins as attribute is still locked until he reached certain conditions making Lie Fan angry and sad at the same time.
While checking the 100 men one by one, he found one soldier with an name he found familiar
?Status
Name: Zang Ba, Zang Xuangao
Age: 20
Origin: From Hua County, Taishan. Son of Ex-Prison Warden in Hua County, know of his bravery rescuing his Father from corrupt officials
Seeing the name makes Lie Fan shocked as he know Zang Ba from the Romance of the three kingdoms novel as a general from Tao Qian then serve Lu Bu andstly serve Cao Cao, If he is the same one as he think he is then he thanks the heaven for his luck receiving a future general that can be relied on.
Lie Fan: "You! whats your name?"
Zang Ba: "Young Lord my name is Zang Ba Zang Xuangao, I''m from Hua County and enter Huai''An Northern Army to train as my skill in martial arts!"
Lie Fan: "I see that you have a good physique and Strong arms, you will be the Captain of the 100 men I have choosen from this camp!"
Zang Ba: "Thank You Young Lord!" *One Knee Kneel*
After appointing Zang Ba, Lie Fan takes the 99 Men and Zang Ba towards his own Army Camp outside of Huai''An to arrange their ce and began training alongside his 50 guards,Chao Bo,and Chao Bai the formation that they will use in the future.
_______________________________________
?STATUS
Name: Lie Fan
Title: -
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000
Next Level: 512.000
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:90
VIT:73
AGI:65
INT:85
WIS:58
Will:20
ATR Points:0
Chapter 10: Bandit Purge and New Quest
Chapter 10: Bandit Purge and New Quest
Lie Fan trained Zang Ba and the 99 Men he got from the Northern Army Camp exactly like his 50 guards which include wordmand for changing formation, He trained them for 2 months to make them at least adapted to hismand and formation style. Under his leadership some of the newbies were progressing faster than most in which show their potential as soldiers.
Zang Ba showed great progress at his martial arts skill alongside riding and archery, which make Lie Fan even more sure of his guess that this Zang Ba is the Zang Ba he read from ROTK novel and games. Zang Ba have dueled againts Chao Bo and Chao Bai respectively, he can defeat them after 200 moves and can take a 2 on 1 with Zang Ba manage to hold his position for 100 moves.
Lie Fan trained himself as well for the past 2 months, raising his attributes slowly but surely while learning tactics and formation from the Book of Knowledge as well.
Lie Fan spend 10.000 taels to buy high quality armor and weapons for the 99 men while for Zang Ba he spend 25.000 taels, equipping his soldiers with the best quality is one of his priority especially to fight againts enemies that have more number than them.
Ying Yue always visit Lie Fan for the past 2 months bringing food and clean clothes for him, making the single dogs aka Lie Fan mens crying tears of envy seeing their Young Lord is visited and cared for by a young beauty.
After training for 2 months, Lie Fan decide to began exterminate bandits near Huai''An first after that the surrounding county while at the same time expanding his prestige to the surrounding area.
Lie Fan: "Everyone, todays the day we start exterminating bandits and hooligans in Huai''An and its surrounding area, Chao Bo you take 30 of the newbies and lead them patrolling Huai''An exterminating criminals in the city, Chao Bai and Zang Ba will be with me taking 120 men to exterminate bandit group around Huai''An. I want that in 1 month we manage to exterminate and destroy this bandit and criminal groups! Chao Bai Zang Ba meet me at the Camp gate after you two gather the men"
All Three: "Yes Young Lord!"
At Lie Fan order, Chao Bo takes 30 Men and began Patrolling Huai''An while Chao Bai and Zang Ba takes the 120 Men to meet Lie Fan.
Lie Fan lead 120 Men alongside Chao Bai and Zang Ba began looking for bandit groups, asking people and merchant caravan that they meet or passed by as bandits always like to plunder in an isted area where goverment army can''t saw them or in side road area.
While looking for the bandits Lie Fan and his Men encounter an Caravan that was attacked by a group of 25 bandits, Seeing that Lie Fan ordered his Men to help the caravan and leading the charge to attack the bandits.
Using his halberd Lie Fan slice some bandits with ease as they are without armor and his strength stronger than them, seeing Lie Fan leading the charge makes Chao Bai and Zang Ba alongside his soldiers blood boils following him decimating the bandits in matter of seconds.
The Fighting stopped after a short 10 minutes battle, Lie Fan get down from his horse and ask the leader of the caravan are they okay. The leader of the caravan named Gong Xiu thank Lie Fan profusedly for saving his caravan, giving him 10.000 taels but Lie Fan refused as he says this is his duty while he refused to be seen as an Honorable Lord to raise his prestige in the eyes of the people.
After Helping Gong Xiu, Lie Fan and His men encounter more bandits groups that either attacking some merchant caravan or viges around Huai''An while theres no casualties from his men there are injured soldiers especially the newbies which Lie Fan think is good enough considering they are still young blood tasting their first kills then kills more people without rest.
Lie Fan lead his men eradicating bandit groups for several weeks, camping outside with his men to take some rest then continue exterminating banfits while helpingmon people they encounter like helping fixing their carriage or wagons.
After eradicating some pretty big bandit groups, Lie Fan receive notification from his system aka Sun Tzu after god knows how long thw systemying dormant
*Ding*
[You Have Just Received Title "Bandit Vanquisher" after exterminating 20 Bandit groups]
?Bandit Vanquisher
Someone who destroy bandit groups and live to tell the tale
+5 Strenght +5 Agility +2 Renown
[For receiving your first title, the renown feature has been unlocked]
Lie Fan: "Finally some new thing from you Sun Tzu you stingy system!"
Sun Tzu: "Host new feature will be unlocked faster if only you work harder so its not my fault"
Lie Fan: "You!!! Fine whatever at least there is some benefits, this title that I got the attributes will it be permanent or not?"
Sun Tzu: "The attribute bonus is permanent so if you got new title the bonus will stay, this title represent how you show yourself to the people so it will change ordingly to how you act"
Lie Fan: "I see okay then thank you Sun Tzu this is some got rewards for my hardwork this past several weeks, by the way since the Quest that i have to surpassed my father when will I get new mission huh?!"
Sun Tzu: "New Quest will be announced when I deemed it worthy host so just keep doing what you want"
Lie Fan: "Huft! Fine whatever talking with you always make my head dizzy"
Lie Fan continued his journey to exterminate bandits, he still got one more weeks before he will go back to Huai''An. While resting with his men, Lie Fan saw a Carriage that was shot by arrows almost looks like porcupine. Seeing that Lie Fan lead his men to help the people inside the carriage.
When they reached the carriage and open the curtain, they saw bodies of man and women shot by arrow and sh wound. Seeing this bloody things make Lie Fan sick in his stomach and think that this was not the work of ordinary bandits as they will never let their carnage "walk" from the area they pige area in which was confirmed.
*DING*
[Host Just Received a Quest!
?Bloody Carriage
Investigate the cause of the bloody scene you just saw and exterminate the one who caused it
Time Limit: No Time Limit
Failure of this Quest -3 renown]
Lie Fan: "Finally a Quest! but even without the quest we still have to investigate this as maybe this will be a prelude to something big, maybe the yellow turbans as ording to the timeline there is 2 more years left before the big breakout but the bandits and oppurtunist people joined their cause to take money and spread chaos"
After receiving the Quest, Lie Fan ordered his men to bury the bodies and burn the carriage then follow the carriage trail.
After approximately 1 hour, Lie Fan and his men arrived at the location where the fight happens. There are several bodies in which Men wearing Yellow Scarf and Ordinariy people clothes, seeing the yellow scarf Lie Fan is sure that the Yellow Turban in Xu Province may have begun their rampage. Zhang Jiao the leader cannot control all of his subordinate especially the one who is not really believe in his cause as the number of the yellow turban is very big.
After burrying the bodies, Lie Fan send Chao Bai and Zang Ba with 5 men respectively to search the area to look for clues as where is the yellow turban group gone to or their hideout maybe nearby.
Lie Fan wait for 1 hour when Chao Bai arrived and said that he found where is the yellow turban hideout is 5 Km north of the fight scene but theres only watchguards and no other people, hearung that Lie Fan ordered his men to be prepared to march as this is a good chance to ambush the yellow turbans as he dont know the number the yellow turbans has while waiting for Zang Ba to arrive.
Zang Ba arrived 10 minutes after Chao Bai and Lie Fan march with his men to assault the hideout and take control of the hideout using it to ambush the remaining yellow turbans going out to plunder or looting.
After 1 hour of marching, Lie Fan saw the Yellow Turbans hideout hidden in the forest where they make some wooden fence as perimiter and watch tower made of wood.
Silently Lie Fan ordered his Men to began their assault to take control of the hideout.
_______________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 12 (10 from the patrol Lie Fan do and first bandit extermination)
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:100.000
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:93 -> 98
VIT:75
AGI:70 -> 75
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 11: First Fight Againts Yellow Turbans
Chapter 11: First Fight Againts Yellow Turbans
Chao Bai and Zang Ba respectively lead 50 men assaulting the stronghold, the guards of the Yellow Turbans stronghold was in panic as they were attacked unprepared and sniped by Lie Fan Archers killing them.
The battle end before it began, Lie Fan ordered his men to clean up the ce and throw the bodies away as to prepare the ambush. Lie Fan ordered some of his men to wear the deceased yellow turban soldiers clothes and put them at the watch tower as a facade at the same time to inform him if the main group of the yellow turban will arrive.
Lie Fan to ordered his men to cut some trees and make wooden spears where it will be put inside some hole they made some meters aways from the main gate so when the yellow turban enters they will fall into it and killing or injuring them in the process while causing mass confusion then his infantry and cavalry stationed outside of the stronghold can attack them while the Archer hiding inside can snipe them.
Chao Bai and Zang Ba was stationed outside alongside the infantry and cavalries where Chao Bai lead the infantry and Zang Ba lead the cavalries, Lie Fan will lead the archers inside and will go melee if some of the yellow turbans manage to evade the pitfalls.
After the preparation is done, Lie Fan ordered his Men to gather around as he want to give some speech to rise their morale.
Lie Fan: "Men! this is our first Official Battle serving the Great Han Empire! eradicating this foul beast is an great aplishment for us! yes I say beast not men as they just kill,rape,and pige everything in their path! Killing them is protecting our family,our hometown,and the Great Han Empire! Who''s with me?!!"
Everyone: "HOAHHH!!!"
Seeing the morale of his men through the roof give Lie Fan confidence that his men will live through the battle, as the yellow turban group is peasants or some army turned rebel is different in equipment and experience.
Lie Fan ordered his men to their position to wait for the main group of the Yellow Turbans to arrive, while waiting Lie Fan check some gunpowder bomb in the system store in which he found it and the price was 100 SP / Bomb. He decide to buy 3 just in case the number of the Yellow Turbans is more than they can handle.
After Waiting for an hour the sentries that Lie Fan assigned give signals that the Yellow Turbans is arriving, seeing that Lie Fan ordered his archer to stay in position as when the yellow turban arrived and enter the trap area then they will began to shoot and the sentries will give signal for the Infantries and Cavalries waiting outside to charge at them.
The Yellow Turbans doesnt know what is waiting for them and they areughing happily as the harvest they got is enough for them to live luxuriously and enough food for them to eat for a month.
Entering their stronghold without a single suspicion, while walking happily suddenly some of thw yellow turbans fall and was stabbed by the wooden spesr Lie Fan soldiers made. Seeing their friends fall, the other began to panic and thats when Lie Fan ordered his Archer to shoot while he take out his bow to fire alongside them.
Suddenly raining arrows make the Yellow Turbans who were in panic to be shoot causing more confusion in which their rear was attavked by the Infantries and Cavalries that Lie Fan stationed outside, Lie Fan stopped shooting with his bow and take his halberd to enter meleebat fighting with the Yellow Turbans.
5 Yellow Turbans saw Lie Fan alone and charge at him at the same time in which Lie Fan deflect their sword with ease and decapitate 2 Yellow Turbans with one single sh, seeing that the other 3 decide attack him in which 1 of them manage to sh Lie Fan shoulder injuring him.
Lie Fan who was shed was feeling pain for the first time but adrenaline makes him focus on the fight and using his halberd stab 1 of the Yellow Turbans using his strength lifting him up and throw him at the other 2 yellow turbans them sh the 3 yellow turbans.
The Fight continues on as Lie Fan side has the upper hand thanks to the ambush that was nned beforehand and slowly the yellow turbans number is diminishing until there was 10 yellow turbans in which surrender and was captured to interrogate them.
Lie Fan ordered his men to count the bodies of the yellow turbans to cunt theur numbers and tell Chao Bai and Zang Ba see if there is casualties on their side, While waiting for the report Lie Fan go to the medic camp and have his injury treated so then it will not be infected.
The soldiers that were ordered to count the bodiese to report to Lie Fan that there were 240 bodies of the Yellow Turbans in which including the 10 who surrendered there was 250 yellow turbans, the number were much more that what Lie Fan predicted think that maximum it will be 200 Men. While still in shock of the number of the zyellow Turbans, Chao Bai and Zang Ba entered the medical tent and reported that there is 5 death, 25 heavy injuries, and 20 Lighy injuries.
Lie Fan ordered Chao Bai and Zang Ba to take the bodies of their fallen brothers and clean them to bring back to Huai''An to be burried while the injured to be treated as soon as possible to prevent more death.
After ordering his Men, Lie Fan enter the warehouse of the yellow turbans where they keep their loot alongside the new ones the yellow turban just bring to be counted. Lie Fan tell Sun Tzu to count the Moneys and Rice the Yellow Turbans have.
After waiting for some minutes, Sun Tzu reported that there were 75.000 taels, 50.000 catties of rice, and jewelries worth 20.000 taels. Hearing the report Lie Fan was shocked but happy at the same time as this was the biggest loot the got after exterminating other bandit groups in which all totaled he only got 30.000 taels and 20.000 catties of rice, while the yellow turbans doubled the number which show that The Yellow Turbans is a menace.
Done counting the loot, Lie Fan ordered his men to take all of them and put in the cartiage that the Yellow Turbans has and tomorrow they will began their journey back to Huai''An.
Lie Fan was tired after the battle and entered one of the Yellow Turban Commanders room from the looks of the decoration and take a seat to rest his body, while resting he got notification from the system.
*DING!*
[The Quest Bloody Carriage was Completed, The Host Receive 5.000 SP, 30.000 EXP, +5 Renown, and Strength Potion]
?Strenght Potion
Permanently increase your Strength By 10, can only be used 1 potion per month
Lie Fan: "Hahaha the reward is pretty good Sun Tzu, this strength potion can help me advanced my strength enter 100 pretty good"
Sun Tzu: "This is just amateur level reward Host, please trigger more Quest to receive better rewards"
Hearing that makes Lie Fan angry but he just ignored Sun Tzu and drink the Strength Potion the potion worked immediately, his muscle grow tighter and he feels his body grow powerful showing that he entered new power rank
Putting the other rewards in his inventory, Lie Fan began to take a rest leaving Chao Bai and Zang Ba to coordinate the aftermath and interrogate the 10 Yellow Turbans who surrendered for information about the Yellow Turbans in general.
The next morning Lie Fan woke up thanks to Chao Bai and Zang Ba knocking his door, Lie Fan tell them to enter and the two of them report the result of the interrogation. There are more Yellow Turbans in the surrounding area where they are amassing forces and supplies to began their rebellion againts the Han Dynasty, while many people especially themon people joining for the cause many other people such as bandits and corrupt armymanders use this as stepping stone for riches and power.
Hearing The Report from Chao Bai and Zang Ba make Lie Fan alert because if The Yellow Turban amass a big army and attack Huai''An in will be hell on earth as if he cannot even protect Huai''An then his reborn is for nothing. Remebering the Vision Map he has, he take it out from his sleeve to hide the system inventory from Chao Bai and Zang Ba to see how big is the army yellow turban has amassed
-------------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Current EXP: 479.000 -> 509.000
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 12 -> 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:100.000 -> 99.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:98 -> 108
VIT:75
AGI:75
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 12: Back To Huai’An
Chapter 12: Back To Huai''An
Lie Fan opened the map and suddenly many icons showed up like strategic ces, army numbers and etc, He zoomed in at Huai''An county in which showed that there is 7.500 yellow turbans scattered, while in Xu Province as whole there are almost 1 Million Yellow Turbans Member.
Seeing the number Lie Fan began to think that sooner orter yellow turban rebellion will began maybe because of what he had done there is some butterfly effect changing the timeline he know, he try to not affect the bigger picture as this is only the first big event he''s going to tackle.
While processing all of this new information and think for some countermeasures he can take againts the rising yellow turbans number around Huai''An, Lie Fan oredered his Chao Bai and Zang Ba to prepare the men as they are going back to Huai''An Immediately to prevent attracting attention from the other yellow turbans group.
Chao Bai and Zang Ba supervise the soldiers as they were preparing to go back to Huai''An and ordered them to make some torch to burn the stronghold down so that bandits or other yellow turbans will not use it as an hideout again.
The preparations was done under 30 minutes and Lie Fan lead his soldiers out from the stronghold while some of the soldiers began burning the houses and fences of the stronghold, luckily thanks to the yellow turbans almost all of his soldiers have horse to ride speeding up their march to get out of the area as the smoke might attract other bandits or the yellow turbans as their group is to small to take on other yellow turbans group in the area as theres no good ce to ambush like in the stronghold which was a luck that it was almost undefended in the first ce.
From the Stronghold to Huai''An is almost 100 Km, Lie Fan send some scouts along the way to see if theres any bandits that can be taken care off and on the lookut for the other yellow turbans group roaming the area as he doesnt want to be ambushed which make the rhythm of the battle will not be on their side.
Thanks to the horses and wagon they got from the yellow turbans, Lie Fan and his small army march pretty fast but with ying bandits along the way the journey to Huai''An takes about a week.
When arriving at Huai''An at first they causes the guards panic as they thought some banditse to raid, but when they saw the g is Han they stopped panicking and opened the gate that was closed to let Lie Fan with his army enter the city.
Lie Fan tell Chao Bai and Zang Ba to lead the wagons carrying moneys,rice,and jewelries to the warehouse owned by his family to be used by his mother to advanced the n they make before. After putting the loot at the warehouse, he tell them to take the soldiers back to their camp to let them rest and have a feast tomomerate their rist victory over the yellow turbans
Lie Fan after giving his orders to Chang Bai and Zang Ba goes to the Prefect Pce to meet his father to report to him the result of his expedition and the growing yellow turbans threat.
Arriving at the pce, Lie Fan get down from his horse Pangu and give his halberd to a guard holding the halberd for him so he can enter the pce. Walking in Lie Fan saw the ce where his father always work and delegate his order for the betterment of Huai''An, entering the prefect office he saw his father sitting at the main chair reading some report.
Lie Fan: "Father your unfillial son has returned from his expedition!" *One knee kneel*
Lie Shang: "Aioo Fan''er has returned!e quickly get up, lets go the the meeting room and talk about your expedition. You must be tired after all that let me tell the kitchen to make a feast for you today! Hahaha!"
Lie Fan and his father walk together towards the meeting room where his father always greet his guest and envoy from the Emperor, while walking there he tell the maids to bring tea and some snacks to be enjoyed while Lie Fan reports his finding.
Lie Shang: "Come sit Fan''er tell me what happened during your expedition to exterminate bandits"
Lie Fan: "Father, me and my soldiers manage to destroy 30 bandits groups with many sizes around Huai''An so for the time being area around Huai''An will be safe from bandits but.."
Lie Shang: "But what Fan''er? isnt it good that people will feel safe and live peacefully thanks to your hard work exterminating this bandits"
Lie Fan: "Of course its good father but there is signs of something big going to happen as while I''m hunting for bandits, I encounter a big group of 250 people wearing yellow scarf that we cant exactly call them bandits as what they are doing is more ruthless than what bandits does calling themself the Yellow Turbans"
Lie Shang: "Yellow Turbans? Father has heard about this yellow turbans from military report but Father just thought they were just some big bandit groups? like the mountain bandits"
Lie Fan: "No father they were not just somemon bandits, I have interrogated the surrendered yellow turbans and found that they were a big movement that wants to rebel and overthrow the Han dynasty as they think that the Heaven has forsaken the Han Dynasty"
Lie Shang: "What?! overthrow the Han dynasty?! I need to hurry and report this to the Emperor, thank you for your hardwork Fan''er you can go rest now"
Lie Fan: "Father wait! I think its already tote to tell the Emperor, I think that the whole empire officials and generals already knwo about this movement but ignore them thinking as just an movement that can be easily crushed but the information I got from the yellow turbans their numbers are growing more as the prisoners told me around Huai''An it self theres about 7.500 of them and still counting!"
Lie Fan thought to himself the hide the real numbers of 1 Million as low ranked soldiers cant know that many Military information especially the numbers of yellow turbans across the Han Empire
Lie Shang: "7.500 just around Huai''An! Good god how can they amassed many people?! do they have enough equiment and supply to support this big numbers?"
Lie Fan: "Father I expect that this 7.500 people not all of them believe in the movement and just wanted to use it to amass riches and power for themselves, they pige and rob viges,caravans,and even military supply caravan to support themselves. As for equipment, almost all of them aremon people so they only use what theu got like pitchforks to fight or makeshift spear"
Lie Shang: "Huhhh thats good thats good, but we still cant understimated this Yellow Turbans, Father will alert the armymanders to train the soldiers and recruit more people so we can defend ourselves. For your services to Huai''An, Father give you military title Chuangzu (Detachment Commander) to make your own detachment which numbering 500 soldiers which your 150 soldiers will be incorporated to that number and you have the right to recruit your own soldiers"
Lie Fan: "Thank You Father for your trust!"
Lie Shang tell the servants to take some papers and ink so that he can write the announcement to be announced to all officials in Huai''An and take the insignia alongside the badge to represent the rank Lie Fan just got
After writing the announcement, Lie Shang and Lie Fan enjoy some father-son time together in which after that Lie Fan take his leave to go back home to meet his mother and sister but the one he wanted to meet the most is Ying Yue, wanted to hug her and whisper sweet nothings to her sewing her blush as not seeing her for a month almost like a year for him.
Arriving at the Lie Mansion, Lie Fan saw his sister Wannian and Ying Yue ying at the garden trying to catch butterflies. Hearing foot steps, Wannian and Ying Yue turn around and saw Lie Fan looking at them shocking them for a minute in which Wannian run towards her big brother hugging his thighs while Ying Yue just stood there not knowing to run and hug Lie Fan like Wannian but nobody know of their rtionship yet
Lie Fan picks up Wannian and hug her while spinning around making Wannian giggle while shouting that she misses him, themotion attract Lie Fan mother Yu Yan toe to the garden.
Yu Yan saw that her son hase back and wanted to call for him but Lie Fan does something shocking her, Lie Fan put down Wannian the walks toward Ying Yue then hugging her saying that he missed her this past month in which makes Ying Yue face turn red like ripe tomato and frozen standing there not knowing how to react
Yu Yan: "Fan''er?! Yuer''er?!"
-------------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:99.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:108
VIT:75
AGI:75
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 13: Plan to Raise Money and Generals Meeting
Chapter 13: n to Raise Money and Generals Meeting
Hearing his Mother sound, Lie Fan stopped hugging the already frozen Ying Yue and turns around to see his mother shocked face with her hand covering her mouth which makes Lie Fan a bit embarrassed as he haven''t told his family about his rtionship with Ying Yue. Even though he knew his mother and father will approve but Ying Yue is still afraid as she thinks that she is only a maid and her status is not worthy of Him.
True enough hearing Yu Yan''s sound, Ying Yue turns pale and hid behind Lie Fan as she was embarrassed but scared at the same time afraid that Yu Yan will not agree to their rtionship and force them to separate.
While the two of them thinking about how will Yu Yan react, they saw a big happy smile on Yu Yan''s faceughing happily while pping her hand
Yu Yan: "Finally the two of you are together! Fan''er why do you not tell your mother that you are in a rtionship with Ying Yue"
Lie Fan: "Umm Haha sorry Mother, Fan''er forgot to tell you because there are many things that I need to do, you are not angry are you?"
Yu Yan: "What why would mother be angry, Of course, I''m happy that the two of you are finally together! you do not know how much Mother wanted the two of you to be together all this time, Mother doesn''t want to push you as you are a big boy, not a Man now so you must have your own choices"
Lie Fan: "Thank You, Mother! Come Yue''er no need to be shy you heard what my mother says,e say hello to your Future Mother inw"
Hearing what Lie Fan said, while Ying Yue is happy in her heart hearing that Yu Yan agrees and even wanted the two of them to be together, she is still shy so slowly she moves out and says hello to Yu Yan
Ying Yue: "Hello Madam thank you for your approval"
Yu Yan: "Haiyahh why do you me call madam, just call me mother from now on okay Yue''er?"
Ying Yue: "Yes Mad- I mean Mother" *Blush*
Watching his Mother and Ying Yue interact makes him smile, happy that Ying Yue is recognized by his mother and can meet Ying Yue openly now. Wannian on the sideline watching all of this doesn''t know what happened but seeing her big brother hug Ying Yue makes her run and hug Ying Yue too.
The Four of them spend some warm time together in the garden where Lie Fan was ordered by his mother to take a bath as he just got home from his expedition and to meet her alongside Wannian and Ying Yue in the dining room so that he can fill his belly, His mother ordered the kitchen to make all of Lie Fan favorite food and snacks celebrating the return of her son and the start of the rtionship between Lie Fan and Ying Yue.
Lie Fan goes to take a bath while Yu Yan with Ying Yue and Wannian walks toward the dining room to wait for Lie Fan in which Yu Yan talks with Ying Yue, asking her and teasing her that she dares to hide this from her for months even though she wanted this to happen.
Lie Fan enjoys the warm bath that has been prepared for him, spending some time to rest his tired body after a long expedition which reduces the ache his body.
Ending the bath, Lie Fan wears the clean clothes that have been prepared for him and go to the dining room to join his family and Ying Yue there.
Entering the dining room, he saw his mother Wannian, and Ying Yue waiting for him. He joined them and the food is served by the servants, seeing all of it as his favorite food Lie Fan began to eat rapaciously without care for others to satiate his appetite. Yu Yan seeing her son enjoying the food smile happily while serving Wannian and Ying Yue some food.
Yu Yan: "Fan''er after eating let''s go to the study and talk about our n okay?"
Lie Fan: "Okay Mother, I have some new ns that maybe is more fitting to our current situation"
Yu Yan: "That''s great, eat slowly Fan''er the food will not go anywhere"
After eating, Lie Fan and his mother go the study to discuss their n that Lie Fan told his mother before going on his expedition
Yu Yan: "Fan''er mother already see your schematics of the Copper Mirror and Wine, Mother thinks it is feasible but we need money while almost all of our money is now invested in rebuilding mothers caravan"
Lie Fan: "About the funds don''t worry Mother, I have some sums of money that was taken from the bandits we can use that as our starting fund to invest it. For the wine, as we have our wine distillery we just need to invest in people we trust and the ingredients, for the tavern or restaurant we can just buy a modest one and make it owned by our n so that all the profits directly go to us."
Yu Yan: "That''s a great idea Fan''er, about the copper mirror we need copper and Huai''An copper supply is not many so we need to buy some copper but those merchants give pretty hefty price"
Lie Fan: "We can send some people to search for copper mines around Huai''An, I see some potential copper supply when Im looking for bandits around Huai''An. I suggest that we buy some small workshop and smithy making it our own to produce and sell the mirror ourselves, we can brand them as state property so other merchants will think twice to undermine our business"
Yu Yan: "Okay Fan''er Mother agrees with what you just said, give Mother the area you think there is some copper supply so we can mine them and Mother will begin to buy the ingredients we needed to make the wine and buy mediocre taverns and restaurants so we can raise money to fund the mining and smithy operation for the mirror."
Lie Fan: "Okay Mother I will send a map with the locations I think there is some copper supply we can mine and will the Chao Bai send the money we got from the bandits to you"
Lie Fan and Yu Yan continue discussing their project brainstorming ideas and loopholes they can use to their advantage, especially in thew, they were discussing for almost 2 hours when they stopped as they were informed that Lie Shang is back and looking for Lie Fan
Going out of the study, Lie Fan goes toward the meeting room where Lie Shang greeted important guests and friends that came to visit him in his mansion, Lie Fan and His Mother have agreed that they will inform Lie Shang of the n so that he can help them to regte somews that at least protected their business.
Arriving at the meeting room, Lie Fan saw that Lie Shang is receiving the Military Commanders of Huai''An army from the Military, City Guards, and Navy. They saw Ling Dao, Lie Shang''s right-hand man, and can see that they were having some heavy and serious discussion judging from the bodynguage and heavy atmosphere in the room
Lie Shang: "Ah My Son has arrived,e sit here beside me"
Hearing what Lie Shang said, all the Commanders in the room get up and salute the two of them in which Lie Fan tell them to be at ease and not let Him disturb what they were doing then goes to take his seat.
Lie Shang: "Fan''er, Father has already informed the Commanders of what you have informed Father about the Yellow Turbans. We all agree that because you were the one who found out the real situation, we wanted to include you in our discussion on how to counter the growing threat of the yellow turbans as you were the one most informed here than us"
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan Thanks Father and all Commanders here for your trust in me, I will help and share all information that I know of"
Lie Fan began to share some Yellow Turbans Information that he knows of, not too many to not make others suspicious as to how interrogating low ranked soldier he can get this much information.
He tells them the name of the leader of the Movement in which Zhang Jiao assisted by his brother Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang, there''s around 7.500 Yellow Turbans around Huai''An scattered to small and big groups which were a massive threat as Huai''An only have 3.000 soldiers, 250 City Guards, and 300 Marines (Navy Soldiers) in which their numbers is almost 2x time of the defenders if they decide to group up and attack Huai''An
He also told them about the brutality he witnessed and how the yellow turbans are using Heaven doesn''t support the Han Dynasty anymore as a pretext to makemon people join his cause which was supported by the condition of the Han Empire now which famine and hunger happened across the country and the Emperor doesn''t care about his people
-------------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:99.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:108
VIT:75
AGI:75
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 14: The First Preparation againts Yellow Turbans
Chapter 14: The First Preparation againts Yellow Turbans
Hearing all of the Information that Lie Fan shares, Lie Shang and the Commanders is shocked even though the information is a bit too detailed but they ignore that as the threat that the Yellow Turbans represented is big enough to make themunch military alert and prepare the soldiers to War
Ling Dao: "Young Lord if what you said is true then we need to recruit more soldiers to defend ourselves at least to 5.000 so we can counter them and defend Huai''An"
Navy Commander: "I agree, as for the Navy training more marines is hard as not everyone can swim and be ready to face sea sickness so raising them to 450 is already a limit we can train"
City Guards Commander: "The City Guards will recruit more people and raise ourselves to 500 to patrol the City more often and double our patrol routine outside the city"
Lie Fan: "I agree with what all the Commanders said but it is my Father the Prefect of Huai''An who will decide what is our next step"
Lie Shang who was listening to their conversation and thinking that what he had in mind is already been said by themanders suddenly was put on the spot by what his son said which startled him who was still thinking
Lie Shang: " I agree with all of your proposals, I approve that The Army, City Guards, and Navy recruit new people to the numbers that each one of their respective Commander just stated, Also I would like to announce that My Son Lie Fan thanks to his contribution were given rank Chuangzu this Morning when he meets me as a reward for his contribution and allowed to make a separate Squadron as his army and can recruit up to 500 men in which his 150 soldiers were included in that number.
I have drafted the announcement and will announce it at tomorrow morning''s meeting to all Officials and Commanders but seeing all the High Ranking Commanders are here I will tell you first"
Hearing what Lie Shang said, The Commanders congratted Lie Fan and Lie Fan returned their salute with a smile and wave saying that their ranking is much higher and have more experience than him so he will need their help in the future.
Hearing what Lie Fan said made all the people thereugh making the tense atmosphere slightly cooler, after a bit of banter Lie Shang ordered the servants to serve them food and wine as its already nearing dinner time
Lie Fan was given toast after toast from themanders and his father making him a bit drunk, they were eating and drinking tillte and all of themanders go back to their home Lie Shang tell the servants to bring Lie Fan back to his room
Lie Fan was taken back to his room by the servants, when they were on the way they meet Ying Yue who joined them bringing Lie Fan to his room
Arriving at Lie Fan''s room, he was put on his bed by the servants and Ying Yue prepare some warm water with some cloth to wipe Lie Fan''s body. She told the other servants to leave and then she closed the door, she take the cloth and wipe Lie Fan''s body gently while sometimes watching Lie Fan face in which her face is blushing due to some things she saw and touched wipe his body
Lie Fan who was wiped by Ying Yue opened his eyes and saw Ying Yue with a gentle smile wiping him with moonlight shining her making her appear as a Fairy that descended from the moon. Seeing this Lie Fan suddenly get up, take Ying Yue''s hand, and pull her to him theny on the bed with her
Ying Yue who was shocked because Lie Fan suddenly get up still can''t process what just happened until she feels the soft texture of the bed and the arm that wrapped around her then she realise what just happened
Ying Yue: "Husband what are you doing? let me go it''s not good to be seen like this"
Lie Fan: "Aiyoo it''s okay no one going toe it''s already midnight, you don''t need to go back to your room and just sleep here with me"
Ying Yue: "Wh-Wha-What?! No, we aren''t married yet how can we do those things" *blushed*
Ying Yue answering what Lue Fan just said suddenly heard a snore and when she looks up she saw that Lie Fan is already asleep, she tried to wiggle out from Lie Fan''s embrace but failed so as there was no choice she decided to sleep with Lie Fan
The next morning when Lie Fan woke up he smelled something fragrant and feel something soft beside him, opening his eyes he see Ying Yue sleeping beside him which shocked him at first but suddenly he got a bit dizzy and remembered what happened yesterday night
Remembering what happened Lie Fan is happy and sad at the same time happy that he can sleep with Ying Yue but sad because nothing happened. Lie Fan tries to get up slowly to kot wake Ying Yue but failed as Ying Yue opened her eyes, the two of them just stared each other for a second and Lie Fan kisses Ying Yue forehead as a greeting
Lie Fan: "Good morning wife, how was your sleep?"
Ying Yue: "Go-Good its good, husband you''re already up let me prepare the bath for you"
Lie Fan: "No need wife, I have to go to my army camp and recruit some new soldiers, You wait for me at home okay?"
Ying Yue: "Okay husband be safe and don''t forget to eat breakfast"
Lie Fan and Ying Yue get out of his room separately to not be seen by others, Lie Fan goes to the stable and takes his horse pangu to go to his camp to recruit new soldiers and began preparing for the yellow turbans
Leaving Huai''An, Lie Fan goes 2 Km north of Huai''An and arrived at his camp located at a strategic geographical location with a mountain in their back and on the east of the sea, entering the camp he called for Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba to meet him at the Command Tent
Lie Fan enters the Command Tent and takes out the Vision Map in which he put small gs and wooden figures as symbols so his Commander can understand the map when he is talking as they can''t see what he sees.
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba enter the Command tent saluting Lie Fan and walk toward their position and wait for Lie Fan''s instruction
Lie Fan: "Everyone yesterday I was Appointed by My Father and given the Military rank Chuangzu which he allowed me to make 500 Men Army, our original 145 men are included in that number, But we will just recruit 500 new men, and train them as hard as our originals men so we will be having 645 men in which the 500 men will be paid from the government and our originals paid from my own money"
All Three: "Congrattions My Lord!"
Lie Fan: "My first official order is to separate the Camp into three divisions each led by three of you, Chao Bo will lead the Archers numbering 150 men, Chao Bai will lead the Infantries numbering 200 men, and Zang Ba will lead the Cavalries numbering 150 men, and the 145 Men from our originals will be led by me as a special division. All of you will be given the title Commander of each division, began recruiting immediately per our original requirements, Dismissed!."
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba were happy that they finally received their first official military rank and led their respective division, They thank Lie Fan profusely and leave themand tent to begin executing the orders given to them.
Lie Fan stayed alone in the Command Tent, watching the Vision Map to observe the movement of the Yellow Turbans around Huai''An as that was the main threat that wille down upon Huai''An first.
Lie Fan: "Sun Tzu, is there any talisman or statues, etc that can have area effect to boost physical training?"
Sun Tzu: "The one that you can buy is the ''g Of Qilin'' which boosts training by 15% with an area of 300 Meters"
Lie Fan: "How much is it?"
Sun Tzu: "They are 30.000 SP"
Hearing the price Lie Fan gnash his teeth as his SP is not many and looks like Sun Tzu will start giving big Quest when the Yellow Turbans start after some contemting Lie Fan decided to buy the g Of Qilin which appeared on his hand
The g Of Qilin is colored white with a picture of green colored Qilin, looking at the generic g Lie Fan feels that he was scammed but he decides to trust Sun Tzu and Call the guards to position this g in the Training Area to see the effect as soon as possible
-------------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:99.700 -> 69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:108
VIT:75
AGI:75
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 15: Training The Soldiers
Chapter 15: Training The Soldiers
After ordering the guards to put the g of Qilin, Lie Fan take a map of the area around Huai''An and put dots on them after seeing in the vision map area that has Copper supply. Lie Fan decides to just put 4 dots as to many is not good wasting manpower that is scarce for now, Lie Fan calls for some messengers and tells them to deliver this to his Mother alongside the letters to tell her that the money is on the way to her so she can begin the project.
Sending the messengers to his mother, Lie Fan began to make a training schedule for each division to strengthen their basics to maximize the power of each division, Archers with their bow skills, Infantries with their Sword and Spear alongside shield and formation movement, and Cavalries with their riding and polearm skills.
After each division masters their basics, then Lie Fan will train them in other skills toplement their weakness Archers will be trained in closebat skills and riding skills.
Lie Fan makes 5 days of training, 1 resting, and 1 learning movement order (like g sign, drum sound, etc), pretty tiring schedule but he has to make his army a specialized unit that is trained in allnd warfare skills so his 500 men can show their worth even inrge scale battle.
After finishing drafting the schedule, Lie Fan exits the tent and goes to the training camp to see the effect of the g of Qilin personally while training his skills there as well to raise his attribute points.
Entering the training area he saw his original 145 men in training formations, he see some improvement in the training speed thanks to the g which he thinks is pretty good considering the amount of SP he had spent to buy it.
Taking a wooden halberd from the training weapon rack, Lie Fan calls the 145 men to listen to his order
Lie Fan: "Today we are going to test our skills! each one of you take the weapon you''re most skilled at and paired yourself forbat training!"
Listening to Lie Fan, 145 Men scattered and take the weapon they are most skilled at. Some take swords, others take spears, and some take mace, some special ones take ive (Cavalry soldiers).
Pairing themselves, each man began to fight using the wooden weapons as if they were really on the battlefield and the ones they were facing were not their friends/alliesrades but enemies. You can hear the sound of the weapon hitting human bodies but they continue this training as Lie Fan lead them by telling them the parts that were hit was considered gap or opening in their skills and use the pain to remember to cover those areas.
Lie Fan watches his men training while giving some pointers from the sideline, he continues doing so for 30 minutes and then he tells them to stop and tell them to enter a group of 5 in which every group will have a fight against him 5 on 1. Hearing what Lie Fan said at first everyone was confused as to why would they do that but as he was their Young Lord who lead them to glory so they began to group up.
after each of them is in a group, Lie Fan called the first group that will face him. The first group consist of 3 using swords, 1 using a spear, and 1 using ive, Lie Fan told them to discuss their n on how to fight him in 1 minute and then they can begin to attack. While waiting for them Lie Fan informs the others they can discuss their n while watching the fight as maybe they find a way to defeat him.
The first group finished their discussion and prepared to attack Lie Fan, the first one to attack was the ive user who attacked Lie Fan with a downward sh which Lie Fan parried using his Halberd handle, seeing this the spear user thrust his spear toward his abdomen while the 3 sword users attacked him from behind.
Seeing this Lie Fan kicked the ive user in his abdomen and then take a step to the left then sp the handle to snap it in half then turned back and deflect the sword user.
Lie Fan then continue fighting with the 5 of them, the sound of wooden weapons colliding in the area. After a couple of minutes of fighting, Lie Fan defeated the first group, then Lie Fan take a rest for a couple of seconds and then tell the second group toe up.
This continued until the afternoon after which Lie Fan win almost all the fights, he does this to train his stamina and make his soldiers experience fighting against generals.
Lie Fan ordered his men to take a rest and have a lunch that was served for them, after that they will continue practicing archery until evening and take a rest after that.
Lie Fan left them to enjoy their food and goes to the Archery range to train his archery for an hour, he wanted to master the bow so he can snipe enemy generals from miles away like Huang Zhong and Xiahou Yuan who were famous for their archery skill.
Checking his attribute points, Lie Fan saw that his Strength, Vitality, and Agility has raised by a bit, not much but at least it was rais.
After that he goes back to the Command Tent and makes some ns for when the Yellow Turbans broke out in full rebellion he can take advantage of the war to raise the Lie n''s prestige and receive titles from the Emperor as before the rebellion of the 10 eunuchs and Dong Zhuo enters the Capital Luoyang the Emperor''s decree still have credibility and some power in the eyes of the Lords and Nobles.
While making the ns, Chao Bo enters the Command Tent to report that his order has beenpleted and now they have to wait for the result.
Lie Fan: "Chao Bo, how do you think generals win their battle?"
Chao Bo: "By having the skill to lead a massive army, know how to train their soldiers, and have the patience when facing their enemies, that''s how they will win the battle"
Lie Fan: "That''s partly true, but the one most important thing for the general to win his war is Information, knowledge about his enemies. how did they lead their armies, what is his weakness that can be exploited, and any information you can find is a weapon that can be used. Just like what Sun Tzu said know yourself and your enemies then you will win battle stylee, that''s what we need to information"
Chao Bo: "My Lord is wise, this humble one admired the broad knowledge you have"
Lie Fan: "What broad knowledge this is just somemon sense that great tacticians always abide by, that''s why this a secret order that I will give to you. I want you to go and recruit orphans or street urchins from age 10 until 13 male and female to be trained as skilled spies, I wanted them to be schrs or painters or courtesans or anything that can help us gather information."
Chao Bo: "My Lord is wise! Chao Bo will do his task and will keep this secret until I died"
Chao Bo received his order and left the Command Tent, Lie Fan get up from his chair and go out to take fresh air then goes back to Huai''An to take a rest.
Riding his horse Pangu, Lie Fan goes back to Huai''An to go back home. On the way to Huai''An, He sees a Merchant Caravan going to Huai''An as well. When the leader of the caravan saw him, he told the caravan guards to be alert as he think Lie Fan is a bandit that wanted to bait them into an ambush.
Lie Fan: "Hello I''m Lie Fan, son of the Prefect of Huai''An Lie Shang. May I know who is the leader of the caravan?"
Leader: "Hello My Lord, I''m Mi Yu the leader of this Caravan owned by the Mi n Of Donghai"
Hearing that it was the merchant caravan of the Mi n, Lie Fan was excited as this can be used as a foundation to befriend Mi Zhu who was one of Liu Bei''s earliest advisors and the money machine that supported Liu Bei when he wasndless.
Lie Fan greeted them with respect and said that he was astounded to meet the famous merchants of the Mi n as Huai''An is only a City Port with no specialties to offer even though Huai''An has a Port it is only used as a waypoint for ships going to Northern part of the empire and ce for Fisherman to docked their ships.
-------------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:108 -> 110
VIT:75 -> 80
AGI:75 -> 77
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 16: Mi Clan and New Crop System
Chapter 16: Mi n and New Crop System
Mi Yu who was just a second-rate family member of the Mi n were honored by the respect that Lie Fan gave to him as his position at the Mi n is only a Merchant Caravan leader and doesn''t have much Influence, he can see that Lie Fan is sincere and honest with how he expressed his respect and admiration.
Mi Yu: "Mi Yu thanks the Young Lord for his words, we are but a humble merchant n that seeks small fortune every day"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! If the Mi n is an ordinary Merchant n then the Royal Family ismon beggars as Mi n wealth rivaled the Empire''s wealth or even more!"
Mi Yu: "Young Lord praise is too big for us Humble Merchants, how can we have the same status as the Emperor? As we are going in the same direction why don''t we go toward Huai''An together"
Lie Fan hearing what Mi Yu said agreed as this is a good way to increase rtions with the Mi n, no matter what rank Mi Yu has in the n he still needs to report to the head of the n of his financials report.
Lie Fan and Mi Yu while on the way to Huai''An talked about many things especially the Famine that befall the Han Dynasty which caused Crime and Banditry to rise heavily over the past 3 years, Lie Fan who was talking with Mi Yu about Famine suddenly remembered that in ancient China they don''t know about the Four Crop Rotation System.
This practice reduces the reliance of crops on one set of nutrients, pest, and weed pressure, along with the probability of developing resistance against pests and weeds. This included fodder crops and grazing crops which allowed Farmers to breed livestock all year round, there is some disadvantage in this system as he needs to educate some Farmers that influence their social group to teach this to other farmers as he doesn''t have the time to teach them all personally.
Lie Fan knows that Crop Rotation is not an easy task as he needs to know if the crop he chose can respond to several fixed conditions (soil type, topography, climate, and irrigation) in addition to conditions that may change dramatically from year to the next (weather, seasons, and Markets), but He has the Book Of Knowledge in which can help him understand the theory of this Crop Rotation and what crop best used for every situation he will encounter.
Mi Yu who was next to Lie Fan saw that he was silent and not responding to him which makes Mi Yu think that he has offended him.
Mi Yu: "Young Lord Mi Yu apologized if I have offended you in any way"
Li Fan: "Huh? What are you apologizing for, you have done nothing wrong"
Mi Yu: "Young Lord is not responding to my question and ignored me when I called you just now"
Lie Fan: "Oh sorry about that, I was thinking how the People have suffered from famines and now banditry is rampant everywhere while the Emperor doesn''t do anything to help them"
Hearing what Lie Fan said makes Mi Yu astounded as there is a Noble Family in Xu Province who still care about themon people (AT: Tao Qian is not yet appointed as the Governor of Xu Province)
While talking they arrived at Huai''An where Lie Fan invited Mi Yi to visit him if he ever needed help or just wanted to have conversations and think of him as his friend here in Huai''An, Mi Yu was grateful to be treated as his friend and promised to visit him sometime if he has the time.
They both part ways and go to their respective destination, Lie Fan goes back to the Lie Mansion to meet his Father and Mother as both of them can help him spread the Crop Rotation System to the Farmers as one is The Prefect and the other is a Trusted Ex-Influential Merchant
Arriving at the Lie Mansion, he got down from Pangu and give it to the stable boy. Entering the Mansion, he goes toward the dining room as this is dinner time, and his family is having dinner right now.
Entering the Dining room, he saw his father, mother, and little sister eating while talking about day-to-day topics. Everyone raised their head to see who enter the dining room and saw Lie Fan was the one entering.
Lie Shang: "Son! Come sit and have dinner with us, you must be tired after doing your first official duty as a Military Commander haha!"
Yu Yan: "Fan''ere here and take e sit beside Mother"
Lie Fan goes toward his mother and sits beside her Wannian was on the other side of his mother waving at him while her mouth is full and looks like a hamster in which he waved back at her and makes some funny faces causing Wannian to giggle
Lie Fan: "Mother where is Yue''er? Why is she not eating with us?"
Yu Yan: "Aiyoo look at you now, the one you care and ask about is your wife, not your mother. Ying Yue is still shy to meet me and you Father, let her adjust herself first okay"
Lie Shang: "Hahaha! Atta my boy you got yourself some beautiful woman as your Wive, you are just like your old man when I''m young!"
Lie Fan who was teased by his parents was a bit embarrassed but only for a short time and responded to both his Father and Mother. While eating Lie Fan tells his parents that he wanted to talk to them after this and to meet at the study to talk privately.
Lie Shang and Yu Yan thinking that Lie Fan has something important to tell them agreed and they continue eating while conversing happily with one another.
After eating, Yu Yan takes Wannian to her room first while Lie Fan and Lie Shang go to the study and wait for Yu Yan there. On the way there, Lie Fan tells Lie Shang about the n he made with his mother about the Copper Mirror and Wine in which Lie Shang promised that he will help them and increase patrols around that area to minimize trouble there.
While talking they arrived at the study and take a seat while continuing their conversation about the n Lie Fan and Yu Yan made, Lie Shang wanted to know the full details of the n so he can know what needed to be done that was within his power so the officials and merchants will not be too suspicious.
While the two of them were talking, Yu Yan enters the room and takes a seat beside Lie Shang Lie Fan can begin to exin to them about the Crop Rotation System
Lie Fan: "Father-Mother, What do you think about our agricultural sector now?"
Lie Shang: "It''s in the red line thanks to the famine and drought that happen for the past 3 years now, while the drought is not too severe but the famine is impacting the Nation as a whole"
Yu Yan: "Just like what your Father said, the Drought is not too severe now thanks to the rainy season that has started but the famine is not easy to handle as the Emperor doesn''t give much help and Officials were ignoring the people suffering"
Lie Fan: "I agree with what both Father and Mother said, what If I told you that I have a way to at least reduce the famine that happens around Huai''An?"
Lie Shang: "How Fan''er? If we managed to do this the City granary that has been used to help the people can be filled again"
Lie Fan began to introduce the Four Crop Rotation System, he told them the benefits it can give and how much it will help end the Famine that happens around Huai''An and also makes Huai''An rich in Crops and livestock as they can be bred all year round, at the same time he to exin the need to teach the Farmers what needed to be done and help them know what type of crops is good for every rotation.
Hearing this makes Lie Shang and Yu Yan shocked as if this were imnted correctly then not only what Lie Fan said can be done also they can enrich the n and control the prices of the already bloated crops in Huai''An. The crop tax that was sent every month to the Emperor will increase in numbers which raised Lie Shang and Lie n merits in the eyes of the Emperor.
Lie Fan, Lie Shang, and Yu Yan continue to discuss the matter of the Crop Rotation System untilte at night when they ended the discussion with Lie Shang going to share this idea with the Agricultural Department and Yu Yan will use her contacts of influential Farmers that have bignds to be taught of The Crop Rotation.
Separating from His Parents, Lie Fan goes back to his room to sleep as he was tired from today''s activity, especially his training.
-------------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:110
VIT:80
AGI:77
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 17: Wine Business Commenced
Chapter 17: Wine Business Commenced
The next day Lie Fan woke up a bitter than usual maybe because he overworked both his brain and body yesterday, he got out of his room to take a breath of fresh air when he opened the door of his room Ying Yue stood in front of the door carrying a tray filled with fragrant food
Lie Fan: " Good morning Wife you look beautiful today,e inside I see that you brought me breakfast you''re truly a virtuous wife"
Ying Yue: "Husband is talking nonsense, Yue''er hasn''t-used to makeup yet how can she look pretty and who will take care of you if not me"
While bantering, Ying Yue enter the room and put the tray on the table and put down the food she brings and served it to Lie Fan
Ying Yue: "Husband this is your favorite food, eat it while it''s still warm"
Lie Fan: "Aiyo Wife my arm is tired from yesterday''s training, can you feed me?"
Ying Yue: "Okay Okay it''s still morning and you already starting your antics" *blushed* *p Lie Fan''s chest gently*
The Couple were flirting and enjoying a sweet time together as Lie Fan is busy preparing for the Yellow Turbans rebellion so he doesn''t have much time to spend with Ying Yue, they always steal small moments like this to quench their longing for each other.
Enjoying their time together, Lie Fan began to think that if one beauty like Yue Ying with a gentle and loveable personality can make his life colorful what If he can marry the legendary Three Kingdom beauties like Diao Chan and Cai Wenji who were located at Luoyang right now.
While daydreaming of owning a harem for the first time, Lie Fan feels a bit guilty towards Yue Ying as the monogamy beliefs from his past life are rooted inside of him while the Passion of a Man drives him towards having a harem
Lie Fan: "Wife, If in the future I have another wife or concubine what will you think of me then?"
Ying Yue: "Yue''er doesn''t care how many Wife or Concubines husband will have, as long as Yue''er still has a ce in my Husbands heart is enough for Yue''er"
Lie Fan: "Having you in my Life is a blessing for me Wife, You will always have a position in my heart, and the position of main wife is reserved for you and you only"
Lie Fan hearing Ying Yue''s answer hugged her tightly while feeling happy and a bit sad at the same time as it was the belief of the ancient time that a man can have more than one wife and all women have to ept that but he promised to himself to love all the women he will have in this life and will not force them to be his wife or concubine
After enjoying some time together, Lie Fan goes to take a bath while Ying Yue takes the tray back to the kitchen to be cleaned while not knowing that all the servants in the mansion already gossip about the rtionship between their Young Lord and Ying Yue which make some younger maids jealous but they can''t do anything as they have tried to seduce Lie Fan and was scolded in return.
After enjoying his bath time, Lie Fan decide to visit his mother and asked about the progress of their project, especially the Wine which is their stepping stone for other projects. Asking the servants about the location of his mother and he was told that his Mother left the Mansion this morning along with some entourage to visit their wine distillery on the west side of Huai''An.
Lie Fan thanked them and go to the stable to fetch his horse Pangu and ride toward the west side of the town to meet his Mother and see the process it was the same as the instruction he gave that was copied from the book of Knowledge
Lie Fan searches for the Carriage that his mother used as it will show him the Wine Distillery that their family has, after searching for a couple of minutes he sees the Carriage which was guarded by Lie n''s guards.
The guards saw a man approaching and recognize that it was their Young Lord, they salute him and helped Lie Fan with his horse while he enter the distillery. When he entered he was weed by the scent of grapes and ingredients that were used to make Wine, he enter the backroom and saw Yu Yan watching the workers making one of the wines from his list the easier one which was fruit wine that has low alcohol, taste sweet, and refreshing to drink in summer with variants of vor can be made.
Lie Fan: "Mother how is the progress of the wine business?"
Yu Yan hearing the sound of her son turn around and with a smile greeted him back while answering his question
Yu Yan: "It''s going smoothly and no problem has arisen, the tavern and restaurant that we bought have been remodeled ording to the list you provide and this is thest batch of fruit wine that we need."
Lie Fan: " Splendid! How about the beer and Milk Tea that were included in there? I know milk tea is not wine but I just put it there as it''s the only nonalcohol drink I can think of"
Yu Yan: "It''s already done and has been stored in the storage, why don''t you have a taste of each beverage if all of them are ording to what you described?"
Lie Fan: "Sure Mother we can do that, hey you get me the best batch of each beverage and bring me a bowl and two cups"
The worker that was pointed out by Lie Fan hurriedly enter the storage room and takes out the best batch of each beverage and then take a bowl and 2 cups putting it on the table
Lie Fan open the beer and fruit wine first, smell each one of them, and confirmed from the smell that it was like the one he drink from the future. he takes adle and pours the fruit wine onto the bowl and takes a sip tasting it, he tastes fruity sweet and still feels the alcohol but it feels refreshing especially if it were served cold.
Next, he tasted the beer, and using thedle he pour it onto the cup and take a sip, he tasted a familiar taste he cant describe it but its the same as the one he had drunk before. Next is the Milk Tea, he takes thedle and pours it onto the cup, he tastes the sweetness and refreshing taste that will be liked by Nobledies and children.
Lie Fan: "All of them taste exactly like the one I described! we have seeded in making a new type of wine and tea!"
Hearing what Lie Fan said made everyone happy and cheered loudly, Yu Yan ordered the workers to immediately separate each batch and send them respectively to the tavern and restaurant that she had bought and renovated
Lie Fan and Yu Yan then left the distillery and go to the restaurant they had bought to prepare for the grand opening as the wine and milk tea had been sent.
Arriving at their restaurant, Lie Fan saw that the medium size building is decorated elegantly with modern and ancient culturebined making it a unique view of that street.
Both of them enter the restaurant and meet the head of the restaurant that was appointed by Yu Yan there, they asked about the preparation and remind him that every type of customer can enter as long as they can pay for what they order
Lie Fan: "When the grand opening began, do a promotion where if they manage to do a bullseye at darts then they can get a free drink of their choice"
Yu Yan: "What a great Idea Fan''er, that will make themon people interested to try and not intimidated by the elegant style of our restaurant"
Lie Fan: "By the way Mother, what is the name of the restaurants?"
Yu Yan: "The name of the restaurant is Serenity Inn, which was in line with how our beverage taste refreshing and makes people feel calm"
Lie Fan feels the name is pretty good so agrees with the name his mother choose, seeing that everything is ready then the grand opening will be done in two days, His mother will be the one who acts as the spokesperson and leader of the new Lie n''s state Enterprise as his mother have more experience in the business world than him
Lie Fan: "Mother, when people asked who made this new beverage just say he doesn''t want to be known and only wants to focus on his research making new beverages"
Yu Yan: "Okay Fan''er, Mother understands what you mean now let''s go sightseeing with Wannian and Yin Yue what do you think?"
Lie Fan: "What a great idea Mother, let''s do that!"
----------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:110
VIT:80
AGI:77
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 18: The Start of a New Agriculture Era
Chapter 18: The Start of a New Agriculture Era
Leaving the restaurant, Lie Fan and his mother decided to go home and pick up Wannian and Ying Yue to go sightseeing in the Market.
Going Back to the Lie Mansion, Lie Fan gets off from Pangu and enters the mansion while calling for Wannian and Ying Yue.
Lie Fan: "Wannian! Yue''er! Come on out let''s go for a walk in the market with Mother!"
Wannian: "Coming!! Come on Sister Yue, Big Brother is waiting for us, it''s been a long time since we go out and have fun!"
Ying Yue: "I''ming Young Miss, slow down no need to run less you will fall"
Lie Fan saw Wannian and Ying Yue holding hands while walking fast toward him, seeing the smile on Wannian face bring a smile to Lie Fan and seeing his little sister close to his future wife made him sure Ying Yue is the right choice for his main wife
Lie Fan grabs both Wannian and Ying Yue''s hands cing him between the two of them, Wannian is happy that she can find hands with her brother while Ying Yue is a bit shy as this is the first time that they hold hands together in public
Lie Fan helps the two of them to enter Yu Yan''s Carriage and orders more guards to follow them as protection for his family them get on his horse, Yu Yan sees Wannian and Ying Yue enter the carriage greeting them with a smile. Escorted with Lie''s n personal guards, they arrived at the market without any disturbance on the way
Yu Yan, Wannian, and Ying Yue get off the carriage and walk hand in hand with Wannian in the middle with Lie Fan in the back they enter the market
Wannian: "Wow Mother look there are so many people and things in the market!"
Yu Yan: "It''s because the market is the ce where people meet and buy many things, does Nian''et want to buy anything?"
Wannian: "Food! Lots of food and candies!" *raising both of her hands*
Yu Yan: "Okay Mother will buy many food and candies for Nian''er, what about Yue''er is there something you wanted to buy?"
Ying Yue: "Yue''er doesn''t need to buy anything Mother, I''m here just to apany Mother and Young Miss"
Yu Yan: "Aiyoo just apany me and Nian''er? How about Fan''er?"
Ying Yue:*blushed* "O-of Course Young Mast- Ahh!"
While Ying Yue was flustered trying to answer Yu Yan, Lie Fan suddenly hold her hand and walk beside her which shocked her when she turn around what se saw is Lie Fan with a teasing smile on his face
Seeing what happened in front of her Yu Yan just smile and bring Wannian to walk ahead of the two of them giving them some space together
Ying Yue: "Husband why would you do that? What would Mother think of me now?"
Lie Fan: "Why can''t I do it you''re going to be my wife and only one person allowed to hold your hand and that''s me, For Mother it''s okay she understands and support us"
While talking to Ying Yue Lie Fan was ying with Ying Yue''s small and smooth hand which make some people who knew Lie Fan because of his exploit shocked that the son of The Prefect went out holding hands with a woman in broad daylight
Ying Yue feels the gaze of these people and tries to release her hand from Lie Fan''s but is stopped by him, Lie Fan looks around and all the people who were looking at them stopped continuing their own business.
Lie Fan: "Wife you don''t need to care about them, they are just jealous that I got you first"
Ying Yue: "But how can''t I care about what they think, wh-"
While Ying Yue was replying to what Lie Fan said, one of the guards cut her as he informed Lie Fan that a messenger from Lie Shan tells them that his Father is waiting for him at the City Mansion for an urgent matter
Lie Fan: "Sorry about this Wife, tell Mother and Wannian that I have to go to meet Father okay?"
Ying Yue: "It''s okay Husband, I will inform Mother you go meet your father"
Hearing what Ying Yue said, Lie Fan kissed her hand and then got up on his horse Pangu which was brought by the guard that informed him
Riding towards the City Mansion fast, Lie Fan arrived in 5 minutes in which he saw many carriages outside the City Mansion causing him to be confused, he goes down from Pangu and leave it to the servants to be attended
Entering the City Mansion, he goes straight away to the meeting room as he has a feeling that with that many carriages outside the Mansion then his father will be there to
Arriving at the meeting room he saw some officials and people who look like farmers talking with his father, entering the room he greeted all of them in which turning everyone''s attention to him
Lie Fan: "Hello Everyone nice to meet you I''m Lie Fan, I''m here to meet my father so please excuse me for my manners"
Lie Shang: "Fan''er you have arrived! Come, sit beside me Father called you here to exin in more detail to the Officials from the Agriculture Department and the Farmers here about the Crop Rotation System you told me and your mother before"
Everyone heard that Lie Fan was the one who founded this new way of raising crops and was astounded as Lie Fan is Only 15 and a half years old, they were praising Lie Shang as he has a genius son not only good at martial arts and cares about the people he have a genius mind
Lie Shang: "No need to praise me, we are here to discuss the Crop Rotation System. Fan''er please exin to these good people here"
Lie Fan: "Thank You Father, Everyone the Crop Rotation System is a system where we nted four different crops that are grown each year in a four-season cycle, We first need to know what type of crops is good in which season the what type of crops that can be nted after the first one."
Lie Fan continues exining the new way of nting crops in which he also told them the benefits it has such as increased soil fertility, increased crop yield and soil nutrients, Limits Concentration of Pests and Diseases by Reducing Soil Erosion, Weeds less stressed, allowed for the use of all of thend each year, Crops for feeding animals and the dung from the animals could be used to fertilize the soil andstly increase the Farmers prosperity as they can sell crops all year round
The Officials from the Agriculture Department and The Farmers who were listening to Lie Fan were shocked as this is a delicate system that needed extra attention but at the same time bring many benefits to them
Farmer 1: "Young Lord can you teach us how to decide the best crops to nt in each season after each crop?"
Lie Fan: "I have made a list of crops that can be used in each season and theirpatibility with each other, but this can''t be used as a master proof list as we can''t predict season and markets"
While saying that Lie Fan takes out two scrolls from his sleeve which were originally taken out from his inventory but everyone sees them as he is already prepared for this meeting, he gave each scroll to the head of the agriculture department and the farmer''s representative
Lie Fan: "I want that the Agriculture Department and The Farmers to work together to achieve the result we needed from this new system we have, I hope we can have more food and crops in theing years!"
Hearing what Lie Fan said made everyone in the room cheer along with Him, Lie Shang seeing this was proud of his son as not only is he talented in martial arts he too was a genius of the mind which makes him never worry about what will his son be in the future
After a bit of discussion as to when will they start and whosend they gonna try it on first, the Officials from Agriculture Department and the Farmers left the meeting room in excitement can''t wait for the day they will start this new ingenious system
Lie Shang: "Son your contribution to Huai''An is immeasurable if this Crop System of yours can be done, what do you want as your reward if this system works?"
Lie Fan: "No need to talk about rewards right now Father, We can talk about it after the Crop Rotation System works in which 100% will work"
Lie Shang: "Hahaha! Father likes your confidence, if it works then we can report these to The Emperor and receive much more rewards at the same time maybe stopped the Yellow Turbans from rising!"
Hearing what Lie Shang said made Lie Fan stunned at first then he remembered that his Father is loyal to the Han Dynasty which his way of thinking can be understood but The Yellow Turbans need to happen if they want to rise
----------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:110
VIT:80
AGI:77
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 19: Progress and Industry starts
Chapter 19: Progress and Industry starts
Lie Fan: "Father we can''t report to the Emperor first as we need evidence that this system can operate forever and real data of the cycle we need for each crop harvest"
Lie Shang: "What you said is true Fan''er but how long do we need?"
Hearing what his Father said Lie Fan began to think of reasons that can be used to halt his Father from reporting to The Emperor at least when the Yellow Turbans Rebellion started it will get off his mind
Lie Fan: "We need to wait for at least 3-5 years Father this is a delicate project"
Lie Shang: "That long?! Well you are the one who knows this better than anyone else so Father follows your judgment Fan''er"
Seeing that his father believes in his reason and supported him, Lie Fan is happy as this means that his force in the future will have an early advantage in the food supply while having a monopoly on Crop Rotation System
Lie Fan: "Thank you for believing in me Father, Why don''t we take our leave now as it''s already evening and Mother with the others are already waiting for us at home?"
Lie Shang: "Ah it''s evening already? Then let''s go home and have dinner with our family then"
Lie Fan and Lie Shang together got out of the meeting room and go back home to the Lie Mansion where Yu Yan, Wannian, and Ying Yue were waiting for them together
Arriving at the Lie Mansion, both of them walked together toward the dining room as they were informed that everyone is already waiting for them in there. Entering the dining room Lie Fan and Lie Shang goes to their respective seats and began to enjoy dinner alongside Yu Yan, Wannian, and Ying Yue who are not too shy anymore to join them,ughter can be heard from the dining room as well.
After dinner, everyone goes back to their rooms and takes a rest after a long activity in the day
In his room, Lie Fan received a letter in which from Chao No saying that his mission ispleted and he will report to him tomorrow morning in themand tent of Lie Fan''s army camp. After reading the letter, Lie Fan burned it and then change his clothes and when heid his body down on his bed he immediately falls asleep.
The Next day, Lie Fan woke up and go take a bath first then continued by having breakfast with his family which was a daily morning routine for him every day
After breakfast, Lie Fan goes to the stable and gets on Pangu to go towards his army camp as Chao No will meet him at themand tent there to report to him about the mission that Lie Fan gave him beforehand
Arriving at the camp, Lie Fan gets off from Pangu and enters the Command tent in which he saw Chao No waiting for him there
Chao Bo: "My Lord I have finished the task you gave to me and I have managed to recruit 15 people with 10 Men and 5 Women who were recruited ording to the criteria you told me"
Lie Fan: "Good! Where do you put those people? In the camp or somewhere else?"
Chao Bo: "I have rented each one of them a room at an Inn in the city"
Lie Fan: "Okay that''s good, from tomorrow they wille here to train with the orders, especially in the sword, bow, and riding then I will train them personally in codes and how to act and persuade people"
Chao Bo: "I will ry your orders to them, My Lord!"
While talking suddenly Lie Fan remembered the recruitment of his squad and ask Chao Bo about the progress
Lie Fan: "How goes our recruitment for each division?"
Chao Bo: "It''s going steadily My Lord as we have high and strict requirements so in total we only have recruited 150 men in which we still need to recruit 350 men, I think we will be done in about week or so then we can begin to train them"
Lie Fan: "Okay that''s good, go continue your duties for now"
Chao Bo: "Yes My Lord!"
Chai Bo gets out of the Command Tent to resume his duties while Lie Fan takes out the book of knowledge and began to learn codes, acting, and persuasion skills to teach his Intelligence squad tomorrow
While reading the Book of Knowledge he read across medicines in which he remembered that the medical skills in this era are not that good and only Hua Tuo can be considered a medical sage as his teaching was still used even in modern society, remembering that Hua Tuo will be killed by Cao Cao Because he gave the advice to operate on his head to treat his illness which at the time were not amon thing to do and thinking that Hua Tuo wanted to kill him he ordered Hua Tuo to be executed
Adding Hua Tuo to the list of people he needed to recruit or have as Hua Tuo was the only one with a genius medical mind that can understand simple medicine and dared to try anything for the advancement of medicine in modern society.
While reading and absorbing all the knowledge he needed, Lie Fan was Interrupted by his guard who told him that His Mother called for him to meet her at Lie n Warehouse
Receiving the message Lie Fan put back the Book of Knowledge at his inventory and ride out toward Huai''An to meet his mother at the Lie n Warehouse
Arriving at the warehouse, he saw his mother talking with a group ofmon people while giving some money to each of them
Lie Fan: "Mother! I''m here just like you asked me to"
Yu Yan: "Fan''er you''re here, I introduce to you this group of people who will be the ones helping us mine the copper we need and help us smelt the copper also"
Lie Fan: "Greetings everyone, thank you for helping us, and when you need to eat lunch you can go to My army camp to eat"
Everyone: "Thank you Young Lord for your generosity to us"
After giving some pointers, maps, and wagons to the miners, Lie Fan and Yu Yan go to the smithy that they buy to check the equipment and make sure that their smith is ready and can keep this a secret. After spending 1 hour checking the smithy, they continue to the workshop where the copper mirror will be built there.
Lie Fan and Yu Yan spend their time in the morning and afternoon checking their enterprise, Serenity Inn and the tavern called Dragon''s Fang already has their grand opening yesterday and many people be loyal customers overnight as the new type of beverage attract customers like sugar to ants
Seeing the restaurant and tavern full of customers makes Lie Fan and Yu Yan full of confidence that their money will return in no time and reapsrge benefits every day, they don''t forget to put guards in each door to minimize suspicious people entering the restaurant and tavern especially from the backdoor.
Lie Fan: "Mother looks like the first part of our project is very sessful, with this we can find the second part which will be for the copper mirror"
Yu Yan: "Of course with your ns and Mother''s personal touch our n will be sessful, we only need to protect the recipe and have a monopoly as long as we can"
Lie Fan: "I agree Mother, don''t worry I have positioned some special squad that will protect our business and in the future maybe we will open a branch at Xiapi and Langye where there are more customers we can reach"
Yu Yan: "That means opening a new market for us, Mother will train new people who we can trust as a head branch of each city"
Lie Fan: "Okay Mother, I trust whoever you choose Mother"
Lie Fan and Yu Yan decide to go home after checking that everything is working the way it''s supposed to while riding home Lie Fan saw the Mi n Carriage and decides to go say hi to Mi Yu
Lie Fan: "Hello Mr. Mi Yu it''s me Lie Fan"
Hearing Lie Fan''s sounds, Mi Yu opened the Carriage drapes and saw Lie Fan riding his horse
Mi Yu: "Hello Young Master Lie Fan, what a coincidence that we meet here today"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha Yes you''re right, tomemorate this why don''t you join me and my Family at dinner today?"
Mi Yu: "Mi Yu doesn''t want to disturb Young Master''s time with his family"
Lie Fan: "Aiyoo it''s okay,e join us you will meet my father to and can make friends with the prefect of Huai''An"
Mi Yu hearing that thinks it''s reasonable and ept Lie Fan Invitation, he ordered his driver to follow Lie Fan and The Lie n Carriage going toward Lie n Manor
----------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:110
VIT:80
AGI:77
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 20: Intelligence Squad
Chapter 20: Intelligence Squad
Arriving at the Mansion, Yu Yan goes in first to prepare the dining room to greet their guest while Lie Fan brought Mi Yu to the meeting room to wait for dinner, Lie Fan also ordered a servant to tell his father there''s a guest that needs to be apanied by Him
While waiting for his Father, Lie Fan talked with Mi Yu aboutmon things and the Huai''An situation
Lie Fan: "What do you think of Huai''An Mr. Mi after spending some days here?"
Mi Yu: "Huai''An is a lovely city, the people here live happily and I heard that it''s thanks to Young Master that eradicate many bandits around the city which make Huai''An almost free from bandits'' excursion"
Lie Fan: "Haha small things to do, eradicating bandits has many benefits not just protecting the people but keeping merchants and logistic caravans safe from bandits raising the city''s prosperity thanks to the numbers of merchants who keep raising visiting Huai''An for the safety"
Mi Yu: "Young Master is too humble, at young age Young Master already made many contributions to the City and the people"
While talking, Lie Fan and Mi Yu saw Lie Shang enter the meeting room booth of the stand-up to greet him
Lie Shang: "I''m sorry I''mte, I don''t know that a merchant from the prestigious Mi n ising to My Manor"
Mi Yu: " Lord Lie is joking, I''m just the Caravan Leader of Mi n whoe here to trade and not from the main n"
Lie Shang: "Aiyoo It doesn''t matter what your status is, you are the only one who arrived at Huai''an which means you represent the Mi n here"
The Three of them continue talking about many things until they were interrupted by a servant that tells them that dinner is ready and they can join the others there. Hearing that they get up from their chairs and walked together toward the dining room, on the way there Mi Yu praises the scenery and how beautiful their gardens are, Lie Shan replied that his Wife was the one supervising the garden
The three of them enter the dining room together and saw Yu Yan, Wannian, and Ying Yue who were waiting for them. Yu Yan as the Lady of The House stand up and greeted Mi Yu who was considered their guest of honor, she introduced Wannian her daughter, and Ying Yue as Lie Fan''s future wife
Sitting down together, the servants began to serve the foods and drinks for dinner which received praise from Mi Yu as there was so much food that was served just to receive him
Mi Yu: "I don''t know that Young Master Lie already has ady to be wedded to, congrattions Young Master"
Lie Fan: "Thank you for your blessing, Yue''er and I was a childhood sweetheart marrying her have always been one of my dreams"
While talking Lie Fan holds Ying Yue''s hand which causes Ying Yue to blush but smile happily as she is introduced as Lie Fan''s future wife
Lie Shang and Mi Yu hit off right away as the two of them talked about many things because they have simr experiences from their past, they drink wine and beer that was served with Lie Fan sometimes joining their conversation by saying a word or two.
Mi Yu was happy and promises to talk about them to the head of their Mi n, hearing this Lie Fan and Yu Yan''s eyes shined as their goal have been achieved. Even though Mi Yu''s position in the Mi n is not high in the hierarchy but he is still part of the Mi n and a mention to the head of the n can bring some benefits as merchants only trade or form rtions with someone they can trust
Lie Shang and Mi Yu drink wine and beer until they were drunk, Feeling drunk Mi Yu decides to say goodbye and was escorted by servants to his carriage while Lie Shang was brought by the servants to his room. Yu Yan apanied Wannian to her room, Lie Fan decide to take a rest as tomorrow he have a full schedule saying goodbye to Ying Yue with a hug and a kiss on the forehead making her blush while smiling happily
The next day, after doing his daily morning routine Lie Fan says goodbyes to his family and rides his horse Pangu going to his Army Camp to train the Intelligence Squad,st night before going to sleep he copied the codes that will be used by his intelligence squad on a scroll putting it in his inventory while riding on his way towards the camp
Arriving at the Camp, he saw Chao Bo waiting for him at the front of the Command Tent, getting down from his horse he hurriedly walked toward Chao Bo
Lie Fan: "Chao Bo, why wait for me outside and not inside?"
Chao Bo: "My Lord, Chao Bo waits outside as the people you ordered to bring were already inside a new tent that was put up for them, and I will lead you there when you arrived"
Lie Fan: "I see, okay then lead the way"
While walking towards the tent where all the recruits were, Lie Fan takes out the scroll from his inventory from inside his sleeve and holds it while following Chao Bo
Arriving at the tent, he saw that it was an ordinary tent that was used for cing supplies and barracks for his soldiers Lie Fan was satisfied with it as it was not shy and hidden in in sight
Entering it, he saw 10 boys and 5 girls all young aged between 12-13 and when they saw Chao Bo entering the tent alongside Lie Fan all the kids stand up and greeted both of them
Lie Fan: "Hello kids no need to get up, I''m Lie Fan, and will be your Teacher to teach you the skills that you need in the future"
Boy 1: "Teacher before training can we have breakfast first?"
All the Children: "Yes Yes can we eat first, Teacher?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course, you can no need to call me teacher and just call me Big Brother okay?"
Hearing Lie Fan allow them to have breakfast first all the kids jump with joy saying thank you Big Brother, Lie Fan sees that smile and feels a bit guilty as they will be trained as a spy and maybeter on as an assassin but he decided for now to train them as a spy first then when they are a bit older he will teach them assassin skills.
After enjoying their breakfast, Lie Fan begins to teach them how to read and write alongside memorizing the Codes that they will use in the future. The 15 kids were enjoying their time as they learn how to write and read for the first time, Lie Fan teach them to use the alphabet words alongside Chinese words where the alphabet words will be used when they send letters and leave messages as a method for theirmunication.
Chao Bo who at first was observing Lie Fan teaching the children were pulled in by Lie Fan to learn the alphabet words as well as he will act as their leader for a while until from the 15 children one of the rises up as the leader
Spending their morning learning theoretical skills, in the afternoon Lie Fan teach them how to hide daggers or knife in their body and how to use them to protect themselves, and how to ride a horse properly. In the evening continued with how to act themselves in certain situations and how to influence others with words.
Lie Fan was giving them a packed schedule even though the 15 children sometimesin that they were tired but still follow what Lie Fan told them to do, he was training their bodies and mind to adapt to harsh conditions to discipline them
After training they were given dinners, tables full of food attracted the 15 children immediately they eat while saying thank you for the food
Lie Fan: "Eat slowly everyone, our training is finished for today and you can enjoy your free time ying but remember tomorrow our training will continue so don''t sleepte okay?"
Children: "Okay Big Brother we remember!"
Lie Fan: "Okay then enjoy your food, Big Brother will go outside with Brother Chao Bo to take some fresh air"
Hearing his name called by Lie Fan, Chao Bo joined Lie Fan outside the tent before going out he waved at the children
Lie Fan: "Chao Bo, bring more bedding for them as it''s cold at night and their schedule for training is 5 days training, 1 day resting, and 1 free day they can enjoy their time. Make sure that they bonded together as families to make them more united, at their free day you can take them out to y in the city and your duty can be delegated to Chao Bai or Zang Ba"
Chao Bo: "Chao Bo listened to The Lord''s orders, My Lord will you train the girls as courtesans?"
Lie Fan: "Of course not! They will be used to spy on another Noble n and inside our n as protection against the enemy''s spies. They will be the backbone of our most trusted members and it''s their job in the future to recruit and maintain the Lie n Intelligencework".
------------------------------------
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old (33 years old)
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:110
VIT:80
AGI:77
INT:88
WIS:60
Will:22
ATR Points:0
Chapter 21: 1 Year Later
Chapter 21: 1 Year Later
After talking with Chao Bo, Lie Fan enters the tent again to say goodbye to the children as he has to go home now and he will meet them tomorrow morning
Going back home Lie Fan meets with Ying Yue who was waiting for him in front of his room, Ying Yue saw that Lie Fan havee back and got up from the chair she was sitting on to greet him
Lie Fan: "Wife, What are you doing here, it''s already midnight and the weather is cold"
Ying Yue: "Yue''er waiting here because I miss you, my husband"
Lie Fan: "Aiyoo Wifee here and let your husband give you a hug"
Hearing what Ying Yue said brought a smile to Lie Fan''s face and while responding to what she said he opened his arms to bring Ying Yue inside his arms
Feeling Lie Fan''s warm body, Ying Yue blushed while putting her hand on his waist to hug him and thinking about howfortable it is being hugged by Lie Fan
Lie Fan: "Wife, I''m sorry that I still can''t marry you as there are many things that needed to be done, and with the Yellow Turbans raising their numbers every day I have to prepare many things to keep you and Everyone safe"
Ying Yue: "Husband it''s okay, Yue''er will wait for her Husband until you finished everything you need to do"
Lie Fan: "Even if it takes 2 to 3 years? Will you still wait for me and not resent me for it?".
Ying Yue: "It''s okay, Ying Yue understands their Husband and will not resent you for it, Ying Yue has waited a long time to be together with their husband, waiting for another 2 to 3 years is nothing"
Lie Fan: "I promised that after everything is done, Our marriage will be the biggest Huai''An ever seen!"
Lie Fan was touched by what Ying Yue said and promised her and himself that their marriage will be marvelous and will be remembered for ages at least as the First Wife of Lie Fan
Lie Fan and Ying Yue enjoyed their time together, hugging each other without worries and enjoying each other warmth while watching the stars together.
Noticing that time is alreadyte, Lie Fan tells Ying Yue to for back to her room and take a rest. Ying Yue was reluctant to release her hold on Lie Fan but understand that tomorrow her husband is busy with many things so she release her hug and kissed Lie Fan on the cheek inviting a blush to grow on her face then she run without looking back
Lie Fan who was stunned by the kiss holding his cheek while watching Yong Yue run, after a couple of seconds realized what just happened but already toote as Ying Yue is nowhere to be found.
Smiling Lie Fan enters his room andy down on his bed reminiscing what just happened until he feels tired and sleep takes him out
So a year has passed since that day, and Lie Fan continues his daily routine of training the intelligence squad, supervising his enterprise with the help of his mother, and training his army that has reached the maximum numbers needed alongside Chao No Chao Bai and Zang Ba
he also doesn''t forget to train himself and buy strength potion from the system store spending 1.500 SP per bottle which he spends 18.000 SP to buy 12 bottles as the potion have a 1-month cooldown before it can be used again
His Intelligence Squad now named The Oriole has mastered all the basic skills that Lie Fan teaches to them, they can use daggers and swords, can write and read, master riding skill, and remembers all the code they will use in the future
In Oriole, a 14 years old teen named Xu Kai emerged as the Leader and Big Brother of the group so slowly Lie Fan teaches him leadership skills and molds him into a spymaster, Chao Bo was promoted as their supervisor which will observes their work and guarding their internalwork
Xu Kai was always seen following Lie Fan everywhere, from training to when Lie Fan was supervising his enterprise making others believe that Xukai is his page as he was seen sending letters and holding things for Lie Fan. In truth, he was trained by Lie Fan on how the world works which gave him much needed experience in dealing with different types of people.
Lie Fan has made Serenity Inn and Dragons Fang his Intelligence Squad base as he wants to expand them across all big cities in the Han Empire, making them much easier to have a hiding ce and 24 hours of free mobility in sending messages across the country.
The Lie n Enterprise is doing very well in the 1 year, profits are exploding rising through the roof while theirpetitors can''t do anything thanks to Lie Shang maneuvering themerce and tradingws in Huai''An.
Many Noble ns in Huai''An choose Serenity Inn as their gathering ces thanks to fruit wine and milk tea that are only avable there alongside some delicacies that Lie Fan introduces to the chefs from his past life
While Dragon''s Fang is a gathering ce for themon people, mercenaries, and guards due to its rtively cheap price and high-quality drink such as beer and fruity wine it serves as information haven to for Lie Fan as rumors always be discussed
The sess of Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang gave much-needed funds to invest in the Copper Mirror project where thanks to the copper mine they found a year ago with the funds avable they began to produce high-quality Copper Mirrors
Wives, Concubines, and Misstress of Rich People and Nobles n want to buy it as they can see their face so clearly. Due to the demand, Lie Fan and Yu Yan control the price to rtively expensive prices which don''t stop the demand and it keeps raising.
Lie Fan''s monopoly of mirror trade in Huai''An and control of the mirror market, Caused many merchants involved in this trade decide to change their craft. Many merchants and noble ns at first wanted to steal the recipe to make them or bribe the smiths and craftsmen but were blocked by Yu Yan and Lie Shang.
Mi Yu who was still in Huai''An at the time was astounded by the cleanness of the Mirror and decided to buy one to gift to the Head of the Mi n, upon hearing what My Yu said Lie Fan gift him 3 Copper Mirrors in which 1 is for him and the other 2 as a present to the Head Of Mi n. Mi Yu who received the gift was happy and promised to say good things for them.
The rapid rise of the Lie n''s economic power and with Lie Shang as the Prefect has established them as the hegemony of Huai''An with other noble ns following their leadership, many Noble ns want to marry their daughter or niece, or sister to Lie Fan but was rejected by Lie Shang and Yu Yan
Lie Fan''s army which numbered 645 men with aposition of 145 Men was his old personal squad and 500 Men were Greenleaf that was recruited ording to Lie Fan''s standard.
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba as themanders of each division trained the Greenleaf with a hardcore schedule and after 5 months of training each of them lead their division to attack bandits, especially the Yellow Turbans numbers raised from 7.500 to 9.500 even though it was scattered around Huai''An but it was a big threat reducing their numbers back to the originals
Lie Fan has reached each of hismanders to understand the art of war and the importance of surprise attack and ambush, reckless charging is for the stupid in his eyes and he doesn''t them to do that if they can minimize casualties tactics is the one they will use
With the year now 183 AD, Yellow Turbans begin to cause coordinated chaos across Xu Province and provinces around it. Lie Fan is now meeting with Lie Shang alongside themanders of the military of Huai''An to decide what they will do next
Lie Fan: "Everyone I think that We just need to defend Huai''An and its surrounding county that we can assist until the Emperor decides to call the army to crusade against the Yellow Turbans or the Yellow Turbans Rebellion broke out."
Lie Shang: "Father agrees Fan''er, thanks to your information a year ago Huai''An is peaceful now with almost no bandits or yellow turbans daring to break out, Huai''An with 3.000 soldiers can defend themselves while the viges surrounding it can fall prey to them so what should we do?"
Ling Dao: "My Lord, I propose the Young Lord will be the one to help those viges as his army is the only one have flexibility in the structuralmand of the Military in Huai''An right now"
City Guard Commander: " I Agree with what Commander Ling Dao said, the city guards will help the army raise the gates and protect it if the Yellow Turbans ever divide to attack us"
Lie Shang: "I Agree, Fan''er is experienced in dealing with the Yellow Turbans now, that Fan''er listened to this order you will help protect the viges around Huai''An city and help protect Huai''An if it was attacked"
Lie Fan: "This Commander received the order and will follow it through!"
Navy Commander: "The Navy of Huai''An will help the Young Lord in helping to guard Coastal Viges as we are faster to reach them through the sea"
Lie Shang: "Reasonable suggestion, you have permission to do just that. This meeting is concluded for now as I and Fan''er have another meeting to go to, you''re all dismissed!"
Receiving Lie Shang''s order, all themanders left the meeting room while Lie Shang and Lie Fan prepare themselves for another meeting
Lie Fan: "Who are we going to have a meeting with Father?"
Lie Shang: "We will have a meeting with the Agriculture Department"
Lie Fan and Lie Shang waited for 15 minutes in the meeting room when the officials from the Agriculture Department arrived and take their seats for the meeting
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old -> 16 Years Old
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 17 -> 24
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:69.700 -> 51.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:110 -> 250 (20 from physical training)
VIT:80 -> 95
AGI:77 -> 88
INT:88 -> 100
WIS:60 ->70
Will:22 ->30
ATR Points:0
Chapter 22: Result Of Crop Rotation
Chapter 22: Result Of Crop Rotation
Lie Fan and Lie Shang waited for 15 minutes in the meeting room when the officials from the Agriculture Department arrived and take their seats for the meeting
Department Head: "Thank you for giving us your time today to meet with us, My Lord"
Lie Shang: "It''s what I as the Prefect of Huai''An should do"
Department Head: "We want to report our yearly harvest using the Rotation Crop system that Young Lord suggested a year ago, we have umted 75% more thanst year''s harvest! The Rotation Crop system Young Lord suggested works wonders for us!"
Lie Shang hearing the report was shocked at first then Laugh happily as this is great news, Huai''An can go through the Famine and even have leftovers to store in the Granaries
Lie Shang: "Great! Great! This is tremendous news and a good one to hear, Fan''er you are truly a heavenly son bestowed upon me from the heavens!"
Lie Fan: "Father is jesting, Fan''er is only doing what others should have done in the first ce"
Lie Shang: "Hahaha you''re too humble Fan''er, began to distribute them as rations but in small numbers steadily, don''t let the merchants and other officials know about this and keep it a secret until I allowed it, do you understand?"
Head Department: "I understand My Lord, this one will make the others stay silent and let the farmers talk about its gods blessing that ournd is fertile and bring us more harvest"
Lie Shang: ''Good, With this harvest do you think we can afford more soldiers? If yes how many?"
Head Department: "We can afford maybe 500 to 1.000 more, My Lord I suggest that we raised the merchant''s crop tax as a cover to raise more soldiers"
Lie Fan: "Father I agree with what this Sir said, we can raise it to maybe 5% from the current one and people will not be suspicious because we recruit more soldiers"
Lie Shang: "Okay I heed what both of you said, I will inform the Tax Department to Immediately issue this to the merchants"
Lie Shang and Lie Fan''s resumes talk with the Head of the Department of Agriculture Department for over 1 hour, projects such as increasing more granaries in the future and what type of Livestock they want to breed so the crops will be raised as well
Finishing their conversation, The Officials from The Agriculture Department take their leave along with his subordinates leaving Lie Fan and Lie Shang in the meeting room
Lie Shang: "Haha Son! You heard what he just said, do you think this data is enough for us to report to the Emperor?"
Hearing what his father said, Lie Fan decided to begin swaying his father to decrease his loyalty to the Han as the current Emperor is foolish, and with the Yellow Turbans rising sooner orter the Han dynasty will fall
Lie Fan: "Father, the data is still not enough and why does Father in a hurry want to report this to the Emperor?"
Lie Shang: "Why of course it''s because without The Emperor''s support how do you think your Father has this position now?"
Lie Fan: "Father do know that the court now is not in the hand of the Emperor but those so-called 10 eunuchs who can influence the Emperor''s mind and The Emperor always listened to what they said?"
Lie Shang: "Of course, Father knows about those rumors, You don''t need to believe in those rumors Fan''er"
Lie Fan: "It''s not a rumor Father, Mi Yu has told me about it and confirmed that it''s not a rumor"
Lie Shang: "Really? Then we have to kill those bastards! How dare they poison the mind of The Emperor?!"
Lie Fan: "We can''t prove if they poison the mind of The Emperor or The Emperor use that as an act to do whatever he pleases"
Hearing this Lie Shang was silent for a long time, Lie Fan was afraid that his Father was too much in shock as he can''t believe The Emperor is like that due to his benevolence in the past that give Lie Shang a chance to rise in the ranks.
Lie Fan leaves the meeting room to give his father a chance to think about wherever he will stay loyal to the Emperor or loyal to the family, walking out of the City Estate he holds Pangu''s leash walking down the busy street.
While seeing the happy and content smiles of the people of Huai''An, Lie Fan feels that this can turn 180 degrees quickly if he can''t stop The Yellow Turbans and the events that wille after so that''s why he decides to hurry up as there only one more year before 184 AD where the Emperor began to calls the lords of thend to crusade against the Yellow Turbans
While walking he arrived at the Serenity Inn and decided to have lunch there, he tied Pangu''s leash onto the designated area for horses and enter the restaurant
Seeing that it was Lie Fan who enter, the head of the restaurant showed Lie Fan to the VIP room so he can eat in peace. While walking toward his designated room, Lie Fan sees how crowded Serenity Inn is with many noble ns eating and drinking without care.
Entering his room, Lie Fan''s food was served without him ordering as they already know what Lie Fan will order and they began to report rumors or interesting information that they heard. It was said that the 10 attendants (Eunuchs) began to grow more arrogant and enrich themselves alongside their rtives while The Emperor is believing whatever nonsense they said.
There''s also a rumor of a man Named Sun Qian from Beihai arriving at Huai''An who is said to be traveling the province to experience the life ofmon people and learn the way of the world, it was said that he was a student of Zheng Xuan a famous schr and politician. Hearing the familiar name, Lie Fan begins to try to remember who he is until he remembered that he was Liu Bei''s first diplomat and a very great advisor to have at the early stage.
Even though he is younger than when he is serving Liu Beiter on if he managed to recruit him under him then he can form a rtionship indirectly with Zheng Xuan also and at the same time finally have his first advisor. Lie Fan ordered them to search where Sun Qian''s residence in Huai''An and to inform him immediately if he ever visited Serenity Inn at top speed then Lie Fan continue enjoying his food while thinking about the best way to recruit Sun Qian.
After finishing his food, Lie Fan leaves Serenity Inn and goes back to his home to take a rest and enjoy some quality time with his family and Ying Yue. Arriving at the Lie n Mansion, he enters and saw Ying Yue with Wannian walking in the garden. Wannian is 6 years old this year and has grown into a cute huggable doll Lie Fan has promised himself to destroy her suitors when she grows up in the future, turning his head to Ying Yue Lie Fan began to admire her beauty and how gentle she is when talking especially with him and his family
This past 1 year the rtionship between Lie Fan and Ying Yue has grown from just hugging to kissing each other cheeks, Lie Fan wanted to kiss Ying Yue''s lips but Ying Yue is always shy and managed to run away before it happen, after admiring them from the entrance Lie Fan walk towards Wannian and Ying Yue
Lie Fan: "How are my two favorite people today?"
Wannian hearing her brother''s sound turned her head and run toward him hugging his leg
Wannian: "Big Brother! Wannian misses Big Brother! Do you want to join me and sister Yue ying in the garden?"
Lie Fan: "Of course,e big brother will teach you how to make a flower crown"
Wannian: "Flower Crown?! Wannian always wanted to be a princess!"
Wannian pulled Lie Fan''s hand and take him towards the flowers where Lie Fan began to take some flowers and make them into a crown, Wannian and Ying Yue watched him from his side and were amazed at what Lie Fan made
Lie Fan made the crown from some pink and yellow flowers and then put it on Wannian making herugh happily and saying that she is a princess now while running around the garden. Ying Yue watched Wannian running with a smile while Oblivious to Lie Fan making another one just for her which was made from red and yellow flowers, when he put it on Ying Yue she was stunned as something was put on her head but when she know it was a flower crown that Lie Fan made for her makes her shy and happy
Seeing Ying Yue''s reaction Lie Fan hug her from behind and watch Wannian run around happily, seeing wanniancks of friend Lie Fan decided to search for a dog for her in the future so she have someone she can y with
While watching Wannian and hugging Ying Yue, Lie Fan who was satisfied with how things are going suddenly was interrupted by a guard running towards him
_________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 15 years old -> 16 Years Old
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 24
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:51.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:250
VIT:95
AGI:88
INT:100
WIS:70
Will:30
ATR Points:0
Chapter 23: The Beginning Of Chaos
Chapter 23: The Beginning Of Chaos
Seeing the guards running from the entrance, Lie Fan releases his hold on Ying Yue and tells her to bring Wannian inside her room and okay there. Feeling the suddenly heavy aura, Ying Yue hurriedly do what Lie Fan said and take Wannian toward her room
Lie Fan: "What happened? Why are you running like there''s a ghost that wants to catch you?"
Guard: "Young Lord there''s an emergency! a big vige 3 km from Huai''An is said to be plundered by Yellow Turbans numbering 1.000 men!"
Lie Fan: "What?! Is this information valid?"
Guard: "Yes Young Lord! We received this letter from His Excellency the Prefect ordering you to immediately head out with your Squad"
Lie Fan: "Alright then hurry and go to my Army Camp Tell mymanders to meet me in front of Huai''An with all my soldiers, use the fastest horse Lie Manor has!"
Guards: "Nuuoo!"
The guard turned around and ran toward the stable to get the fastest horse there and hurriedly rode toward Lie Fan''s army camp, While Lie Fan goes back to his room and takes out his armor from his inventory and changed to it then takes out his Halberd, going out of his room he met his Mother who heard themotion asking what happened
Lie Fan: "There''s no time to exin Mother, an emergency just happened and I have to hasten to meet my army, I will exin to youter"
Yu Yan: "Okay Fan''er keep yourself safe okay!"
Lie Fan moves quickly while hearing what his mother said from behind his back, a stable boy has brought Pangu to the front of the Manor, and Lie Fan rides on towards the City Gate with his halberd in his right hand
Arriving at the city gate, Lie Fan saw that his army haven''t arrived yet so he wait there while checking the movement of the Yellow Turbans using the vision map. He saw that they are still plundering and looks like they decided to encamp there as the map showed the vige is not burned by the Yellow Turbans, he checked what route is the fastest to go there with 645 Men traveling together.
While checking thendscape and situation, he heard the rumbling of people alongside horses near him and when he looked up he saw Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba leading his army from the front with 645 soldiers following them. Lie Fan rode towards them and tells them all to follow him, Infantries and Archers will be left behind a bit as he takes the cavalry''s units and his unit as they are faster. He told Chao Bo and Chao Bai what happened and told them to lead their division to follow him and Zang Ba, walk faster or jog to follow them but no need to run as to spare their energy.
Lie Fan and Zang Ba lead the Cavalry Battalion and Lie Fan''s Guard Battalion, they make the horses run as fast as they could to arrive in the vige on time. Arriving at the big vige they saw what looks like 600 Yellow Turbans were building camp outside the big vige and the rest 400 men were sacking the vige and capturing women to apany them
Lie Fan seeing that decides to shoot arrows first at the 600 Yellow Turbans who were building camp as they are vulnerable and don''t have protection, Lie Fan alongside his Guard unit takes their bow and on Lie Fan''smand releases them at the same time so 146 arrows where shot and falls toward the 600 unsuspecting Yellow Turbans causing casualties.
Seeing the Yellow Turbans panicking hemands for another wave of arrows and releases 2 more times causing massive casualties, The Yellow Turbans were beginning to sober from their panic and arming themselves. Seeing this he told his army to charge at them following his lead, 297 cavalry charged at the Yellow Turbans.
Lie Fan: "Zang Ba! Take your battalion and attack from the right nk while I lead my battalion to attack from the left nk"
Zang Ba: "Yes My Lord, Cavalry battalion follow me!"
Zang Ba leads his battalion separating them from the formation and making a charging formation on the right while Lie Fan leads his battalion to the left side assuming the charging formation when the yellow turbans saw the charging cavalries they panicked because almost all of them were farmers and peasants before joining the Yellow Turbans
Lie Fan and Zang Ba lead their battalion from the front and when they reached the Yellow Turbans and the massacre begins, Lie Fan swings his Halberd wildly from left to right killing many yellow turban soldiers while his battalion follows from behind him showing their prowess from experience and training they have
Zang Ba with his spear stabbed many yellow turbans in the head or upper body area while his cavalry battalion is advancing slowly that the Lie Fan guard unit but their effectiveness is more or less the same. There are no casualties in both battalions but light injuries such as bruises, and the yellow turbans seeing theirrade being killed left and right make some of them decide to run away making them easy targets for both Lie Fan and Zang Ba battalion.
The 400 Yellow Turbans who were ransacking the vige heard the fighting sound outside the vige and some of them walk out to the massacre scene where Lie Fan sent decimated the yellow turbans, the yellow turban who saw this immediately ran back inside the vige and report to hismander
YT Soldier: "Commander! There''s an unknown army attacking our brothers outside and we are losing!"
???: "What?! Who dares to attack the army of heaven that was led by me!"
YT Soldier: "I don''t knowmander but please help our brothers!"
???: "Everyone follows me and let''s save our brothers!"
Lie Fan and Zang Ba alongside their battalion have gone through the Yellow Turbans campsite and killed more or less 300 Yellow Turbans not counting the one injured, when they make a turn to head back towards the ce when they arrive here they saw Chao Bo and Chao Bai battalion arrived bringing the 450 reinforcement
Lie Fan approach them and orders Chao Bo Battalion to line themselves behind Chao Bai Battalion and prepare to receive the regrouping Yellow Turbans, he positions his battalion alongside Zang Ba Battalion at the left side and right side of the Chao Bai and Chao Bo Battalion formation
After positioning his army, Lie Fan calls hismander to be at the front of the formations to receive the Yellow Turbans.
Lie Fan: "Haha today is a great day to kill locusts who gue the country"
Zang Ba: "What My Lord said is the truth, I still can''t forget the thrill of charging at yjos Yellow Turbans Haha!''
Chao Bai: "Hey I wanted to try that My Lord! Why don''t we just charge at th-" *smack*
Chao Bo: "Brother have you forgotten what My Lord teach us, use the tactics that minimize our casualties and don''t be a hothead when leading your battalion okay!"
Chao Bai: "I know I know I''m sorry, I wanted to sh locust to"
Lie Fan: "Haha Chao Bai is like a child as always on the battlefield, you have great strength inside of you don''t forget to use that"
While talking among themselves, they saw the Yellow Turbans finish regrouping and counting their numbers more or less it''s 600 men left from the 1.000 army they have previously thanks to Lie Fan and Zang Ba''s surprise attack.
???: "Who are the fools that dare to attack the army of the yellow heaven led by me Liu Pi?!"
Lie Fan hearing the name feels familiar with it for a second then remembers a Yellow Turban general who raided and controlled Runan alongside Gong Du andter joined Liu Bei but was killed when defending him, Liu Pi appearing here is a bit weird for Lie Fan as he was born in Runan but Lie Gan can''t think about this as he has to fight against Liu Pi first
Lie Fan: "I''m Lie Fan, son of Lie Shang Prefect Of Huai''An, you rebels dare to pige a vige that was under the jurisdiction of Huai''An?!"
Liu Pi: "Hahaha a son of a noble is leading an army! A battlefield is not a yground boy! Come fight me if you dare!"
Chao Bai: "You?! How dare you insult My Lord?!"
Chao Bai who wants to charge Liu Pi was held back by Zang Ba and Chao Bo who was beside him while Lie Fan isughing at what Liu Pi just Said
Lie Fan: "Whether I''m a boy or a man is not for you to decide, I ept your challenges! Come and face me hyah!"
Before Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba can react to what Lie Fan said they saw Lie Fan goes out to duel Liu Pi with Liu Pi riding toward Lie Fan. Both army cheers for their respective generals who will duel as this will decide their morale for the rest of the battle
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 24
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:51.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:250
VIT:95
AGI:88
INT:100
WIS:70
Will:30
ATR Points:0
Chapter 24: Capturing Liu Pi and Meeting Sun Qian
Chapter 24: Capturing Liu Pi and Meeting Sun Qian
Lie Fan and Liu Pi meet head-on with Liu Pi attacking Lie Fan first with his spear trying to stab Lie Fan''s upper body, Lie Fan in return blocks it with a swing of his halberd and does a horizontal sh towards Liu Pi.
Liu Pi who managed to block it feels that Lie Fan has great raw power and decides to distance himself and rely on agility, seeing what Liu Pi does Lie Fan decides to move closer and do a thrust toward Liu Pi''s abdomen where it grazes Liu Pi armor as he managed to dodge it.
Liu Pi in turn do a upward sh and managed to hit Lie Fan''s armor but only grazing it, seeing that Lie Fan''s armor is high quality and can''t be prated easily Liu Pi began to feel dread as he can''t fight one on one against Lie Fan and win as he is weaker than Lie Fan so he decide to retreat and send his brothers to attack him
Seeing Liu Pi''s bodynguage trying to run away, Lie Fan swings his halberd hard making Liu Pi''s spear fly upward as he can''t withstand Lie Fan''s strength. Seeing his weapon flying away, Liu Pi began to panic and decided to turn his horse around to run away but before he can do that Lie Fan used the handle of his halberd swinging it toward Liu Pi''s head and knocking him out making him fall from his horse
Lie Fan gets off his horse and checks that Liu Pi is still breathing and decides to capture him as a prisoner and maybe recruit him as he is a good selection for a middle-grade to low-grademander.
The Yellow Turbans who saw that were stunned as their leader was defeated and don''t know what to do for a while, noticing this Lie Fan orders his cavalry and guard stallion to charge towards them while his archer battalion opened fire and his infantry battalion advanced towards the yellow turban after the cavalry and guard stallion finish their charge
The Yellow Turbans were scared seeing the Lie Fans army advancing toward them, some of themanders decide to run away with their unit but were targeted by the charging cavalry, and the rest began to put up a fight but they don''tst long as they can''t hold on against Lie Fan''s trained army. Some decide to surrender and some put up a fight till theirst breath, after 15 minutes of battle then it stops as the Yellow Turbans can''t put up a fight any longer
Lie Fan: "Are there any casualties in each battalion?"
Chao Bo: "The Archer Battalion doesn''t have casualties My Lord as we indirectly participated in the battle but from the rear"
Chao Bai: "The Infantry Battalion doesn''t have any casualties to My Lord, but some of our men were lightly injured like sh wounds on their arms and bruises on their bodies"
Zang Ba: "The Cavalry Battalion also doesn''t have any casualties My Lord, but we lost some horses in the fighting, and fortunately the soldiers riding them only receive minor injuries"
Lie Fan: "Okay Good! Round up the surrendered Yellow Turbans and search for surviving people in the vige then let''s go back to Huai''An"
All Three: "Yes My Lord!"
Chao Bai lead his Infantry Battalion to do a search and rescue mission in the vige while Zang Ba alongside his Cavalry Battalion round up the prisoners of war and Chao Bo lead his Archer Battalion as a scout unit watching if there were any reinforcement for the Yellow Turbans heading this way
Lie Fan takes some rope and tide Liu Pi with it then tell his Guard Battalion to keep an eye on him and if he wakes up call for Him, Lie Fan joins the search and rescue mission which raises his prestige in the eyes of the people, Lie Fan promise to bring them to safety and protect them along the way.
After spending 1 hour, Lie Fan was told that they managed to rescue 30 people, 24 adults, and 6 kids with aposition of 13 Males and 17 Females. Lie Fan ordered Chao Bai to give them some food and take them to their makeshift camp to wait there, Zang Ba who was rounding up the prisonerse to Lie Fan and report that they managed to capture 115 Yellow Turbans with 10 of them being lightly injured.
Deciding that they have wasted enough time there, Lie Fan orders the battalions to organize themselves to go back to Huai''An. Lie Fan with his guard battalion surrounded the survivors and protected them from each side while the prisoners were surrounded by The Infantry and Cavalry Battalion with the archer battalion protecting the rear.
They spend 2 hours before they saw Huai''An silhouette, the survivors were cheering as they finally feels safe. Arriving at the City Gate, Lie Fan tells the city guards to call for theirmander as he wants to put 115 Turbans into the dungeon, the number of people in front of the city gate attracts the attention of many people who were passing by.
While waiting for the City Commander, Lie Fan tells the survivors that they are safe now and can enter the city to go toward the refugee zone that has been designated, Lie Fan then continues asking the kids if from the surviving adults are among them their parents
The kids say none of them are their parents, Lie Fan hearing it decides to take them in and gives them a purpose in life by joining The Oriole as he sees that they are between 12-14 years old.
After talking with the survivors, the City Guard Commanders finally arrived and helps Lie Fan to put 115 Yellow Turbans into the dungeon, Lie Fan told him not to torture the prisoners as he have other uses for them while The City Guard Commanders were a bit confused but agree to what Lie Fan said.
After sending the prisoner and survivors, Lie Fan brings his army alongside the still unconscious Liu Pi and the 6 kids with him back to their Base spending 30 minutes before they arrived.
While driving at their base, Lie Fan saw a man in hister twenties and a carriage standing in front of their gates like he was waiting for them. Lie Fan orders his army to enter their base and take a rest while Chao Bo brings the kids to the Oriole tent, then Lie Fan approaches the man.
Lie Fan: "Hello sir I''m Lie Fan to whom I owe the pleasure of meeting?"
Sun Qian: "I''m Sun Qian, Sun Gong Yu from Beihai student of Zheng Xuan that Young Master Lie is looking for I presume?"
Lie Fan: "Ah it''s Master Sun Qian, I have heard your name and admired your talent so I was looking forward to meeting you"
Sun Qian: "It looks like Young Master has just finished a battle, why don''t Youn Master take a rest first and I wille back tomorrow?"
Lie Fan: "No need No need, I''m not tired at all! Why don''t Sir Sun Qian join me in my tent and have a cup of tea?"
Sun Qian: "Okay then I follow what Young Master Lie wants"
Lie Fan who was still excited that Sun Qiane to his door out of his own free will led Sun Qian to his tent with great spirit, his soldiers seeing Lie Fan receive Sun Qian with such respect was amazed as they never saw Lie Fan treating someone with such respect before
Entering his tent, Lie Fan tells Sun Qian to take a seat and Lie Fan pours some hot water to make a tea.
Lie Fan: "What brings Sir Sun Qian here to my Army Camp?"
Sun Qian: "While I''m at Serenity Inn, I heard that the Young Master was looking for me and I was intrigued as I''m just a humble schr searching for the true meaning of the world"
Lie Fan: "Sir Sun Qian is too humble, the student of Zheng Xuan is by no means amon man. I heard that Sir Sun Qian is a promising future diplomat and politician so that''s why I wanted to meet you and invite you to join Huai''An under me serving as my advisor"
Sun Qian: "Oh? Why does Young Master want to invite me I''m just a diplomat and politician with no fame whatsoever"
Lie Fan: "Before I answer Sir Sun Qian''s question, what does Sir Sun Qian think of the Empire''s condition right now?"
Sun Qian: "In Chaos with bandits everywhere while Famine and gue are happening everywhere while The Emperor and the imperial court were under the iron grip of the 10 Eunuchs whose regime was despotic and Ignore the suffering of the people while enriching themselves"
Lie Fan: "Not only that, corrupt officials also were rampant across thend making the already suffering people step like ants and I wanted to free them from that suffering"
Sun Qian: "Young Master does have a noble goal, but Young Master''s heart is inclined to rule and have a big ambition to be fulfilled right?"
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true! Now Sir Sun Qian know why I wanted to invite you to join me right?"
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 9
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 24 -> 30
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:51.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:250
VIT:95
AGI:88
INT:100
WIS:70
Will:30
ATR Points:0
Chapter 25: Sun Qian Advice and Liu Pi Submit
Chapter 25: Sun Qian Advice and Liu Pi Submit
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true! Now Sir Sun Qian now why I wanted to invite you to join me?"
Sun Qian hearing what Lie Fan said was silent for a couple of minutes, thinking if he wants to throw his dice at Lie Fan while his teacher says he can join the Imperial Court but he was not optimistic about joining The Imperial Court with how everything is going on there right now
Sun Qian: "Young Master has eyes that can see through the court intrigue and politics alongside the hearts to help the people, Sun Qian is honored to be able to serve Young Master Lie with his mediocre talents in these troubling times"
While Lie Fan was ecstatic that Sun Qian agree to join him, a long-forgotten sound of the System report interrupts his moment of happiness
*DING*
[Host Justpleted an Achievement!
?History Recruiter
Recruit a general or advisor that influences the trajectory of historical forces or the fate of an important historical figure]
[Host Received 2 level up, 300.000 Taels, 10 strength potions, 100.000 SP, Rising Dragon Cloak and unlocked hidden system function of Charm attribute and Eng Shen Eye]
?En Shen Eye
A hidden third eye that was bestowed upon the host by the God Eng Shen, allowed the host to differentiate truth from lies and see through deceptions and disguises also allowing the Host to see other people''s important Attributes that embody their soul
?Rising Dragon Cloak
The one who uses this cloak on the battlefield will boost the morale of their army and Intimidate their enemies
Seeing what he received, Lie Fan was more excited and he praise Sun Qian seeing what he received from the system
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! With Sir Sun Qian at our side, it will be like adding wings to a tiger!"
Sun Qian: "My Lord praise is too extreme, Sun Qian is just a humble schr"
Lie Fan: "With Sir Sun Qian now at my side, I wanted to ask sir what do you think we should do now?"
Sun Qian: "With what''s happening right now, I suggest that My Lord send messengers to the nearby city Xiapi and Langye to inform their Governor about the excursion that happens with The Yellow Turbans, raising vignce as to prevent Xiapi and Langye to fall if the Yellow Turbans decide to rebel"
Lie Fan: "But If we inform them then they will report to The imperial Court and they will receive the reward not me"
Sun Qian: "We use them as the ones who informed the Emperor of what happened so the 10 Attendants and General He Jin will not suspect us with how long My Lord has withheld this Information. When the rebellion began that''s our chance to reap benefits as I know that the Governors are arrogant and their armies arezy so they will lose against the massive Yellow Turbans army"
Lie Fan: "Hmm, I see your point we do as Sir Sun Qian suggests, I hope sir can draft the letter and I will pass it to my Father for him to send to the Imperial Court"
Sun Qian: "As My Lord Wish"
Lie Fan: " Oh one more thing, If I recruited the Yellow Turbans general I captured do you think it will affect me and My father in any negative way?"
Sun Qian: "Rumors can spread that we harbor a fugitive or a rebel and hide it from the Emperor, but if My Lord persuades him to use a mask or something to hide his face at least until The Yellow Turbans Rebellion ends then nobody can say anything as My Lord has made great Contributions"
Lie Fan: "I see okay then Sir Sun Qian can continue your time to draft the letter, I excuse myself to change first"
Lie Fan walks outside towards the bath area to wash his face and hands while Sun Qian begins to draft the letter showing his skills as one of Liu Bei''s best diplomats and politicians in the future, writing about how Huai''An Army received many casualties to battle against the Yellow Turbans while across Xu Province the same thing is happening to other small cities and ask the Governors to report to The Emperor to crusade against this bandits
Lie Fan who has finished cleaning himself, walk back towards his camp but is intercepted by his guard who tells him that Liu Pi has awoken. Hearing that Lie Fan changed his direction and goes towards the tent where they kept Liu Pi there, entering the tent he saw Liu Pi who was tied while sitting in a chair with the Guard Battalion keeping watch over him
Liu Pi: "You?! How dare you tied me up like this, do you not fear Yello Heaven''s Retribution?!"
Lie Fan: "I don''t fear a belief that was created by another, what I fear is the one who created it and using it for his selfish purposes"
Liu Pie: "How dare you insult Master Zhang Jiao like that! Master Zhang Jiao cares about the people and is sad about how That bastard dog Emperor behaves!"
Lie Fan: "Zhang Jiao doesn''t know the way of peace, I was the one who know the way of peace"
Liu Pi: "Hahaha! You''re delusional! If what you said is the truth then show me!"
Lie Fan orders his guard battalion to leave him and Liu Pi alone, after All of the Guard Battalion soldiers leave then Lie Fan takes out his Rising Dragon cloak from the system but In Liu Pi''s eye, Lie Fan receives it from the air stunning him and Liu Pi began to waver
Lie Fan: "You see this cloak? The Jade Emperor gives it to me in My dreams and tells me that I was chosen to bring peace while warning me to never expose myself as evil forces are looking to take it away from me and bring chaos to thend"
Liu Pi: "Wha-What so all along Master Zhang Jiao is a liar?!"
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true, you still have a chance to pre-empt yourself"
Liu Pi: "Tell me master how do I redeem Myself from this sin?!"
Lie Fan: "Come join and serve me until I quell the Chals that happen in thisnd, making peace rise again and the people will live safely"
Liu Pi: "This humble one will follow Master until hisst breath to help achieve peace in thend and y down your enemies that prevent it!"
Liu Pi was shocked at Lie Fan''s show of spiritual power that in truth was just Lie Fan taking out his cloak from his inventory thinking that he found a new purpose in his life that is serving Lie Fan who was more modest in how he acted and more kind than Zang Jiao
Lie Fan: "Good Good! Your sins will be redeemed in this Life, but you have to swear an oath that what happens here will never go out of this tent"
Liu Pi: "I swear in my life and soul that if I Liu Pi ever speak a word of what happens here may the heaven strike me down and feed me to the dogs!"
Lie Fan: "Okay good! From now on you will have to wear a mask until we defeat your former master Zhang Jiao and called me Lord, not Master"
Liu Pi: "Yes Ma- I mean My Lord!"
Lie Fan released Liu Pi and takes some cloth and give it to Liu Pi as a temporary mask while Lie Fan will order his artisans to make a mask for Liu Pi
Leaving the tent, Lie Fan brings Liu Pi with him to meet Sun Qian in his tent to ask about the letter then the three of them will go back to Huai''An to talk to his father
Entering his tent, he saw Sun Qian waiting for him while drinking the tea he served for him
Lie Fan: "Sir Sun Qian, let me Introduce to you Commander Liu Pi who has changed his ways and now decide to serve me"
Sun Qian: "Ah yes pleased to meet you my name is Sun Qian, Lord Lie Fan''s new advisor"
Liu Pi: "Nice to meet Advisor Sun, I''m Liu Pi former Yellow turbansmander and now served Lord Lie Fan who has the benevolence to forgive my sins and let me join his ranks to redeem my sins"
Lie Fan: "Now that we have known each other, Sir Sun Qian is the letter done yet?"
Sun Qian: "It has My Lord, we can submit it to The Lord Father and be sent to the Governors Of Xiapi and Langye"
Lie Fan: "Good! Let''s go back to Huai''An now while there''s still time and we take a rest first then tomorrow we give it to My Father at the same time introduce the two of you to my Father"
Sun Qian and Liu Pi heed what Lie Fan said, the three of them left Lie Fan''s tent to go back towards Huai''An. Sun Qian enters his carriage while Lie Fan takes his horse Pangu and another horse for Liu Pi to use, then the three of them go back to Huai''An to meet Lie Shang
They arrived at Huai''An in the evening and when they enter, the people of Huai''An received Lie Fan with joy and excitement because the news of what Lie Fan has done had spread across all corners of Huai''An
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 9 -> 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 30
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:51.700 -> 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:250
VIT:95
AGI:88
INT:100
CHR: 88 *New*
WIS:70
Will:30
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 26: Butterfly Effect
Chapter 26: Butterfly Effect
Lie Fan smiles and waves his hand at them While keep walking forward alongside Liu Pi and Sun Qian''s carriages, the City Guards help Lie Fan by escorting him along the way to prevent bad things happened to Lie Fan
They were escorted until they arrived at the Lie n Manor where his Family is waiting for him in the garden when Lie Fan and his group enter the Manor
Ying Yue who saw Lie Fan is okay and unharmed cried with tears of joy and run up to him hugging him while whimpering in his chest, Lie Fan who was hugged by Ying Yue hugged her back and lifted her head wiping the tears that had fallen from the Crystal like eyes and kissed her lips in front of everyone there
Ying Yue who was kissed by Lie Fan was shocked and embarrassed as they were seen by many people, but slowly she epted it and close her eyes receiving Lie Fan''s kiss and following his movement
Yu Yan and Lie Shang wo saw that was shocked where Yu Yan close the Wannian eyes with her hand and Lie Shang decide to cough to tell his son that there were people here
Lie Fan who was immersed in his kiss with Ying Yue heard his Father cough, realizing where he is right now he stopped the kiss and saw Ying Yue''s crimson face who put her head to his chest to hide while his Father and Mother smile at him
Lie Fan: "Ahem, I''m sorry I was so emotional seeing Ying Yue''s tears, and it happen before I know it"
Lie Shang: "Hahaha! So Fan''er has a day where he is embarrassed. By the way Fan''er, who is the two gentlemen behind you?"
Lie Fan: "Oh right Father let me introduce to you Liu Pi a newmander that I have recruited for my army and Sun Qian my advisor that I have just recruited also"
Lie Shang: "Look at you already recruiting people left and right, you''re just like your father when I''m young Haha!"
Yu Yan: "Wee to the two of you, please take care of my Son in the future"
Sun Qian: "Sun Qian is honored to meet Master Lie and Madam Yu, Young Lord Lie Fan can protect himself but I will try to give him guidance when he needs so"
Liu Pi: "Liu Pi is grateful for the generosity that Young Lord Lie Fan has given to me and will protect him for the rest of my life"
With the introduction done, Lie Fan invited Liu Pi and Sun Qian to eat together with his family and they all walked together toward the dining room where Lis Fan was behind the group holding Ying Yue''s hand
Ying Yue: "Husband how can you take my first kiss in front of everyone like that?! Even in front of your guest!"
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry I can''t stop myself when I saw you crying and hugging me like that, I wanted to imprint you into my body and mind when I saw you like that"
Ying Yue: "Oh you with your honeyed words, How do you feel? You''re okay, right? No injuries or anything?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course I''m okay, your husband is the best general here in Huai''An! okay okay let''s stop talking about this and follow the others they are ahead of us"
Everyone arrived together at the dining room and each take their seat then the servants serve the meals, Lie Shang first say wee to Sun Qian and Liu Pi who will serve his son, and thanked the gods that let his son back safe after his first major battle while hoping that the gods always protect his son
Yu Yan as the Madam of the house tells everyone to begin to eat their food, Wanniang who is beside Yu Yan sees the many foods served and tells her mother she wants this and that which Yu Yan happily gives a bit of each for her
Lie Shang began to talk with Lie Fan, Sun Qian, and Liu Pi about the battle with the Yellow Turbans today asking what happen and who strike first, Lie Fan began to tell his father the course of the event what happened in the battle, he exins how the Yellow Turbans was unprepared when be attacked them first and Lie Fan them mowed them down using cavalry as the first waves
Lie Fan spends 10 minutes exining what happen with Liu Pi adding some word here and there, Lie Fan also tells him that Sun Qian and Liu Pi was recruited by him after the battle with the Yellow Turbans.
Lie Fan also exins that Sun Qian is the student of the famed Zheng Xuan proving that his talent will never be mediocre making Sun Qian embarrassed and answered with he is just a weak schr while Lie Fan was the one helping the people and he does nothing only can do observe the world
Lie Shang: "You''re the student of Master Zheng Xuan?! Hahaha My Son unexpectedly caught a big fish as his first advisor well done son"
Lie Fan: "It''s Heaven''s luck that I was allowed to meet Sir Sun Qian, With him joining us is like giving pair of wings to a tiger"
Lie Shang: "Haha! Well said Son Well said,e let me give you a toast"
Le Fan and Lie Shang toasted each other in which when Lie Fan says then tomorrow morning he wanted to talk with him alongside Sun Qian and Liu Pi, Lie Shamg agreed without thinking and said that tomorrow he will wait for them at the study
After a delightful dinner, Lie Shang and Yu Yan take Wannian back to her room and Ying Yue dismissed herself as there were other duties she need to attend to making Lie Fan who heard that sad, Lie Fan led Sun Qian and Liu Pi to their rooms and tell them to meet him tomorrow morning in front of his room
Lie Fan does back to his room and before going to bed assigned the attribute points he received thanks to the rewards he got to Willpower as it was his weakest attribute right now then he lies down in his bed to sleep
The next day Lie Fan was woken up by Liu Pi and Sun Qian who knocked on his room, he gets dressed and opened the door greeting the two of them then walked together towards the study to meet Lie Shang
Arriving at the study, they saw Lie Shang waiting for them in the main seat with eating some cakes (AT: Chinese traditional cakes) Lie Shang at the same time also sees them and told them toe in
Lie Fan: "Father, yesterday Me and Sir Sun Qian hase up with some sort of n that can help us and at the same time report the condition of what happened to the Imperial Court"
Lie Shang: "Report to the Imperial Court? Why would we need to do that everything is under control"
Lie Fan: "Sir Sun Qian told me that this happened not only in Huai''An but almost in all counties in Xu Province"
Lie Shang: "What?! If that''s the truth then we do need to report to the Imperial Court then what is your n you talked about"
Lie Fan then began to proceed to exin what Sun Qian hase up with yesterday and with big benefits for them and no losses for them, he also tells him that Sun Qian has drafted the letter and it only needs Lie Shang''s approval alongside his seal to then they can send it
Lie Shang: "Hmm, it''s a feasible n and we yed both sides with none of them knowing that we yed them, but is it a good thing to do deceiving the Imperial Court?"
Sun Qian: "Even if they found out which they never will, The Yellow Turbans is a more important thing to tackle first My Lord"
Lie Shang: "Okay then give me the letter and I will send it to the Governor of Xiapi and Langye urging them to report it to the Imperial Court"
Sun Qian gave the letters to Lie Shang he signed the letter and give his seal on the letter, Lie Shang called for his page and told him to send it to the Governor Of Xiapi and The Governor of Langye fast as it was an urgent matter
The page receiving the letters hurriedly walks out toplete Lie Shang''s order, Lie Shang then invites Lie Fan and his retainer to eat breakfast together before doing their official duties not knowing they have done something that elerates history
Lie Shang''s Page gives the letter to official messengers along with Lie Shang''s order and when it arrived at the desk of Xiapi Governor and Langye Governor. Sun Qian''s predictions happen they report it to the Emperor with their name hoping to receive the reward
When this letter arrived at the imperial courts it shocked them and all ministers begged the Emperor to send troops to destroy the Yellow Turbans before the rebellion happen, not knowing that when the 10 attendants hear what happen they send a message to the leader of the Yellow Turban. when it was exposed in the future they were shocked as all along there was a mole in the Imperial Court
With this happening, Lie Fan doesn''t know that what he had done has made a butterfly effect on the course of events that will happen
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 30
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP:151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR:250
VIT:95
AGI:88
INT:100
CHR: 88
WIS:70
Will:40
ATR Points: 10 -> 0
Chapter 27: Rise Of The Yellow Turbans
Chapter 27: Rise Of The Yellow Turbans
A month has passed since the letter was sent, Lie Fan apanied by Sun Qian and Xu Kai was observing the training of his army as Lie Fan petitioned his father to release the 115 Yellow Turbans because he wanted to include them in his army
Lie Shang at first said no as they will never be paid by the government but Lie Fan promised that all their expenses will be paid from his funds, Lie Shang finally agree and allow him to recruit them but with notes that they are not allowed to enter Huai''An until the Yellow Turbans is put down and Lie Fan agree to that demand
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian, what do you think of the Army we have now?"
Sun Qian: "My Lord, Sun Qian''s talent in strategies and military tactics is mediocre but even I can se that even though the lord''s army is only 760 men but all of them are trained and have experience inbat what weck in number is bolstered by Quality of our men"
Lie Fan: "That''s true even though our number is small but we have the experience and if I say my army is number one in experience in all of Xu Province I deserve that number"
Xu Kai: "Of course, with Big Brother''s Intellect and talent no one can beat you especially now that Huai''An is like the back of Big Brothers'' hand with us The Oriole have been inserted in important ces and when our next brothers and sisters finish their training we can send them to Xiapi and Langye"
Sun Qian: "Haha what Little Xu saying is true, this is the first time I have ever heard of a restaurant and tavern was used as an information gathering and spy headquarters"
Lie Fan: "This is an Idea I thought of when I''m thinking about Sun Tzu''s art of war which information is a vital thing we need to win a war, Now that Mother has begun to sed people to open our branch at Xiapi and Langye then ourwork will slowly begin to expand at least covering Xu Province first"
While Lie Fan, Xu Kai, and Sun Qian are talking suddenly there''s amotion in front of the camp where there''s a messenger who was shot by an arrow in the shoulders while riding his horse enters the camp and falls off his horse when he almost reached Lie Fan
Lie Fan seeing that orders his soldiers to help the messenger while he walked towards him apanied by Xu Kai and Sun Qian
Lie Fan: "What happened?! Why are you like this?!"
Messenger: "Young Lord *cough* Huai''An is being attacked by The Yellow Turbans numbering 6.500 men, Lord Lie Shang ordered me to hurry and help defend Huai''An as our army is defending against them right now"
Lie Fan: "What?! How could The Yellow Turbans attack right now?! They will not rebel at least until next year!"
Messenger: "I don''t know why Young Lord but you have to hurry and de-def-defend Huai''An *cough*"
After saying that the messenger died and Lie Fan can''t think about why would the yellow turbans rebel right now so he immediately ordered Everyone to prepare for war and in 5 minutes they will immediately reinforce Huai''An
He asks Xu Kai to protect Sun Qian alongside the Oriole members who were still there and uses a carriage to follow them from behind cause Sun Qian is their strategist and the mind of the army
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, Zang Ba, and Liu Pi each prepare their battalion with Liu Pi newly appointed as Vice Commander of the Guard Battalion as the 115 former Yellow Turbans were put there and their riding skill has been trained with Lie Fan spending 25.000 taels for the horse and equipment
Lie Fan enters his tent to equip his Armor and his Halberd, Lie Fan then left the tent with his Horse Pangu in front of his tent brought by Liu Pi who waited for him alongside his Guard Battalion
Leading his Guard Battalion alongside Liu Pi Lie Fan meets up with the others at the front of the Camp and when he sees that everyone is ready he told them to march as fast as they could together to Huai''An
They spend 20 minutes crossing 2 km to reach Huai''An and when they arrived 250 meters outside of Huai''An they saw a sea of yellow soldiers attacking Huai''An with Huai''An army defending against the invaders
Lie Fan approach Sun Qian''s carriage and ask him what they should do, Sun Qian says that their number is too small to have a head-on fight so they should go around and attack the Yellow Turbans from the rear to cause panic with the cavalries do a speed and run attack to pick of Yellow Turbans soldiers
Lie Fan hearing that agrees and sends his orders to the respective Battalion Commanders on what they should do, so Lie Fan led his army go around the Yellow Turbans and began attacking them from the rear
Lie Fan lead the Guard Battalion to attack from the left nk while Zang Ba lead his Cavalry Battalion to attack from the right nk, Chao Bai and Chao Bo lead their Battalion from the center nk. The Yellow Turbans don''t know what will hit them until it''s toote as Lie Fan and Zang Ba battalion slice through their formation from the rear causing mass confusion
Lie Fan like a madman swings his halberd left and right, killing countless Yellow Turbans easily as they don''t wear armor or only leather armor with Lie Fan''s strength can be sliced effortlessly. Seeing Lie Fan rampaging across the battlefield, Liu Pi alongside The Guard Battalion morale raised and follow Lie Fan slicing or stabbing the Yellow Turbans and never stop riding
Zang Ba on the right nk meets with the Yellow Turbans Archer so his breakthrough was easy and causes massive casualties in his Battalion, the Center nk where Chao Bo and Chao Bai''s battalion finally collide with The Yellow Turbans who managed to turn around but toote.
With the Yellow Turbans rear attacked, slowly the confusion goes upward toward the front where the Yellow Turbans who siege Huai''An began to panic as their rear is exposed. The Huai''An army saw the panic and sees the Yellow Turbans'' rear is attacked they assumed that Lie Fan was the one who''d do that so their morale rose and began fighting back fiercely
Lie Fan who led Liu Pi and his Guard Battalion continue piercing the Yellow Turban''s formation until he reached the center rear where he saw the Yellow Turban:s Commander, Lie Fan began to charge toward him to neutralize the head of the Yellow Turban''s army
The YT Commander saw him and turns his horse then rides toward him with his alive to duel him, seeing that Lie Fan readies his halberd, and when they reach each other both of them swing their weapon which shed against each other.
Lie Fan began to attack the YT Commander aggressively shing and stabbing towards him so fast and powerful that in their fourth sh, the YT Commander is overwhelmed and his head was decapitated by Lie Fan
While Lie Fan managed to behead the YT Commander he was shot with an arrow in his right shoulder shocking him as he finally feels pain in this world 16 years after his birth where everything feels easy with the system''s help, his life shes before his eyes even though the wound is not serious but this is the first time he feels the pain
Seeing their Lord was injured Liu Pi leads The Guard Battalion to encircle Lie Fan and push towards the left to break out while Liu Pi sound his horn with a code to signal all to regroup back
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba heard the horn and lead their Battalion to fall back towards their temporary headquarters where Sun Qian is, the Yellow Turban who have lost theirmander don''t know what to do whether to pursue or continue attacking Huai''An
Lie Fan and Liu Pi reach Sun Qian''s first with Xu Kai who was trained in first aid hhelpsbandage and stitch Lie Fan with the arrow taken out slowly, Sun Qian who saw Lie Fan was injured orders Liu Pi to stay beside him and if Lie Fan insist to join the battle once again to stop him
When Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba arrive Sun Qian orders them to enter a defensive formation to prepare against the Yellow Turban''s counterattack, and what Sun Qian predictses true as some of the Yellow Turbans numbering between 500 to 700 men charge towards them
Seeing that all of them are infantry, Sun Qian ordered the Archer and Guard Battalion to fire their bow at his count with the infantry battalion protecting them and the Cavalry Battalion to be mobile and picking them off
Seeing the Yellow Turbans enters the shooting range, Sun Qian orders the Archery and Guard Battalion to fire releasing 410 arrows at the oing Yellow Turbans, inflicting massive damage as almost all the arrows hit their target and that''s when Sun Qian order Zang Ba to lead the Cavalry Battalion to charge at the Yellow Turbans
The Yellow Turbans saw that Cavalries is approaching and some of them decide to run away, decreasing their resistance power to counter the oing cavalries making them like a pack of sheep meeting wolfs tearing them apart
Lie Fan who was given first aid goes front began to think about how the world began to deviate from history as the Yellow Turban rebellion began one year early thanks to a letter he sent forgetting that some members of the 10 attendants joined the rebellion.
After Lie Fan was given first aid, he left the tent and joined Sun Qian with Liu Pi following behind him to protect him
Lie Fan: "Thank you Master Sun Qian for leading the army in my absences"
Sun Qian: "That''s what I should do My Lord, I think now is best for us to go around again and signal for the Huai''An army to go outside and attack the Yellow Turbans while my Lord take a rest first"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 30
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 250 -> 260 (Drink a Strength Potion)
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 100
CHR: 88
WIS: 70
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 28: Aftermath and Envoy From Luoyang
Chapter 28: Aftermath and Envoy From Luoyang
Sun Qian: "That''s what I should do My Lord, I think now is best for us to go around again and signal for the Huai''An army to go outside and attack the Yellow Turbans while my Lord take a rest first"
Lie Fan: "Okay then I follow what Master Sun Qian suggests, order the Cavalry Battalion to fall back and we will go around back to where we are before signals the Huai''An army to open the gate and began open fieldbat"
Liu Pi sounds his horn once again to signal Zang Ba to fall back, and Zang Ba who saw that maneuvers his army to go back the same way they charge at the Yellow Turban inflicting damage along the way
Lie Fan: "Zang Ba is a good cavalry general and in the future, he will be one of our cavalry battalion pirs"
Sun Qian: "My Lord was bestowed heaven''s luck to receive many great generals"
Zang Ba mowed down the Yellow Turbans with his Battalion terrorizing the Yellow Turbans, in 3 minutes they arrived back at the temporary headquarters and Lie Fan orders them to go around the Yellow Turbans
The Yellow Turbans see Lie Fan''s army doing around thought that they retreat so their morale rises and decide to continue attacking Huai''An, Lie Fan sends Liu Pi to lead his Guard Battalion do a shoot-and-run using their bow diverting their attention while the rest of Lie Fan army''s on their march
The Yellow Turbans never faced an organized and experienced army so they were overwhelmed by Lie Fan''s tactics that considered a basic tactic for a general to master, while Liu Pi was attacking the Yellow Turbans Lie Fan observed his army to see if their maneuver is done
Seeing his army havepleted their maneuver, Liu Pi led the Guard Battalion to move toward their position while striking the Yellow Turbans for onest time. When Liu Pi arrived, Lie Fan began to sound the horn signaling the Huai''An army
Ling Dao who was leading the defense heard the horn and remembers what Lie Fan told him when the Yellow Turbans ever attacked he heard that horn it means Lie Fan''s signal to them that they have to charge out and counterattack
Ling Dao orders the drum to signal that they will strike out at the Yellow Turbans and he ordered his Lieutenants to lead the soldiers who were not at the wall to prepare in front of the gate ready to go outside
YT Soldier 1: "Haha look at this Han army, hiding behind their walls and everyone to meet us head-on!"
YT Soldier 2: "Of course with the Yellow Heaven at our side how can we lose against Han Emperor who los-"
*DUMM!!* *DUMM!!*
The Yellow Turbans hearing the drum sound were confused at first but when they saw the gate was opening they thought the Han Army is surrendering and cheered but they saw Han Cavalry goes out and trample their brothers shocking them, from above the wall heavy stone was tossed crushing the Yellow Turbans beneath it that want to climb up thedders who was kicked by the soldiers making it copse
Ling Dao ordered the infantries to reinforce the Cavalry assault and the archers to shoot arrows immediately at the middle of the yellow turbans, with this Huai''An army counter begin signaling the Lie Fan army to join in
Lie Fan from afar saw what happen and send his army led by Liu Pi to join the Huai''An Army attacking from the left nk, The Guard Battalion and Cavalry Battalion was the first one to sh with the Yellow Turbans smashing them to oblivion with the infantry battalion following them behind their back and the archer battalion raining down arrows
Lie Fan, Sun Qian, and Xu Kai watch the battle from afar protected by Ariole members, They see the copsing Yellow Turban Army with some beginning to run away deserting their army feeling the battle will end shortly
True to what they thought the battle ended in 30 minutes, Lie Fan dere his army to round up the surviving Yellow Turban soldiers and bring them toward the Huai''An army then goes back toward then he talked with Sun Qian
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian, the battle has ended let''s go back to Huai''An and meet my Father at the City Estate to discuss what just happened"
Sun Qian: "Sun Qian will follow the Lord, why don''t I ride a horse to so we will arrive faster?"
Lie Fan: "Okay, Xu Kai bring two horses one for you and one for Master Sun Qian"
Xu Kai: "Right away Big Brother!"
Xu Kai releases the two horses that were used for the Carriage and gives one to Sun Qian and the other one to him, Lie Fan sees that they were ready and ride toward Huai''An City Estate
Lie Fan and his retinue arrived at the City Estate under 15 minutester than usual thanks to the panic that the people of Huai''An feels bad the street was in chaos when he entered the City Estate Meeting Room he saw Lie Shang sitting in his chair with the upper-rank officials of Huai''An was debating and a golden robe official sitting right below his Father
Lie Shang: "Okay Okay Everyone Silent! What we should do now is calm the people and make sure the city economy is proceeding as usual!"
Lie Fan: " I Agree with what Father said, I hope all Sir can calm down"
Hearing Lie Fan''s words, everyone turn towards the entrance and saw him wearing his armor with his upper right shoulder bandaged shocking everyone
Lie Shang: "Fan''er?! Are you okay?! And how is the situation outside?!"
Lie Fan: "I''m okay Father a stray arrow hit me and the situation outside is under control we managed to defeat the yellow tub were with some casualties that were under control"
Lie Shang: "Hahaha good! good! You are truly My Son and Huai''An Future General! But remember to keep yourself safe in the future, no- cone here let me introduce you to Eunuch Lu whoe here bringing the Emperor''s edict but was prevented thanks to the Yellow Turbans'' sudden attack"
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan meets Eunuch Lu, I''m sorry for my inappropriate attire to greet you"
Eunuch Lu: "It''s okay Young Master Lie, you''re just back from a heroic battle to defend us all here in Huai''An your attire can be forgiven"
Lie Fan: "Thank You Eunuch Lu for your generosity, I''m sure all of us including My Father impatiently waiting for Eunuch Lu to read the Emperor''s edict"
Eunuch Lu: "Ah yes of course, *Ahem* Lord Lie Shang receive the Emperor''s edict!"
Everyone including Lie Fan and Lie Shang bowed to receive the Emperor''s edict as it was custom to do so and not doing it means viting the Emperor''s order
Eunuch Lu: "The Land was in Chaos and rumors of a rebellion rising in Xu Province with massive numbers, We ordered all able-bodied Prefect and above to lead some of their armies and meet at Luoyang to assemble with Imperial Army led by General He Jin to quell the rebellion."
Lie Shang: " Lie Shang received the order and will go toward Luoyang as soon as possible!"
Eunuch Lu: "That''s good, I will follow your Lordship towards Luoyang seeing the rebellion started faster than what we anticipated"
Lie Shang: "Of Course, Eunuch Lu can join us we will proceed toward Luoyang when everything here in Huai''An is in order"
Lie Shang ended today''s emergency meeting and told all officials to keep Huai''An in order and proceed as usual now the crisis outside their city had been resolved, then he alongside Lie Fan and his retinue led Eunuch Lu and his guards toward Lie n Manor to rest there first while waiting for them
When they arrived at the manor, they saw the Lie n personal guards fortify the security of the manor. Entering the Manor they were received by Yu Yan and Ying Yue who both waited for their other half Wannian was in her room ying with her toys there just to be secure
Yu Yan and Ying Yue at first wanted to hug their other half but saw they have a guest and from the looks of it an Important one so they keep their poise to receive their guest
Eunuch Lu: "Lord Lie is not only a just and honorable leader alongside having a tiger son but a beautiful wife also, Lord Lie''s life is blessed"
Lie Shang: "Hahaha Eunuch Lu is jesting, My life blessing is nowhere near the blessing the Emperor has"
Eunuch Lu: "Fufufu, What Lord Lie says is true but The Emperor will need generals like Lord Lie''s son in the future to guard the Empire against invaders and rebels"
Lie Shang heard that and agree with what he said meanwhile, Lie Fan silently told his retinue to wait for him in front of his room and used his hand to signal his Mother alongside Ying Yue to dismiss themselves
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan will always serve the Emperor and destroy those who dare to oppose the Han Empire! I hope Eunuch Lu will say good things for me in front of The Emperor"
Eunuch Lu: "Fufufu, not only Young Lord Lie is a tiger on the battlefield but a fox in diplomacy"
Hearing that everyone thereughs together, Lie Shang then led Eunuch Lu toward the guest room served for the highest and most important guests that visit their Manor. After telling Eunuch Lu to take a rest and call for a servant to order lunch when he is hungry, Lie Fan told his Father to follow him as he has something to talk to with him
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 30 -> 40
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 260
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 100
CHR: 88
WIS: 70
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 29: Luoyang
Chapter 29: Luoyang
After telling Eunuch Lu to take a rest and call for a servant to order lunch when he is hungry, Lie Fan told his Father to follow him as he has something to talk to with him
Arriving at the front of his room where Sun Qian, Xu Kai, and Liu Pi have waited for them, Lie Fan began to look left and right and then told them to enter his room
Lie Shang: "Fan''er what''s going on? What do you want to talk about?"
Lie Fan: " First I wanted to ask does Father have any friends in the Capital. Any upper-rank friends?"
Lie Shang: "Father is close with Wang Yun that old man, but I heard he was not in the Capital right now I don''t know why and there is General Zhu Jun''s father met him when I was called to the Capital we are not that close but can still be considered as a friend"
Lie Fan: "Zhu Jun?! That general Zhu Jun?! I don''t know that Father has high-ranking friends and even though I don''t know who Wang Yun is but he sounds important"
Lie Fan was shocked as his Father''s friends are important characters at the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Wang Yun who willter instigate Lu Bu to assassinateDongg Zhuo, and Zhu Jun one of three Important Generals that will lead the Han Army against the Yellow Turbans
Lie Shang: "Humph! Your Father is a charismatic person so of course many people will like me!"
Lie Fan: "Okay, second I want to ask Father will you go personally or not? I reckon that almost all people will not join and send someone as a representative alongside half of their army"
Lie Shang: "What do you think Fan''er, should Father go in person or not?"
Lie Fan: "I think Father should stay in Huai''An, it''s safer and it''s been a long time since Father even touch a sword and personally go out to battle. Father can fake sickness and appoint someone as your representative"
Lie Shang: "Hmm okay then, I will appoint you as my Representative and bring 2.000 soldiers from the Huai''An army alongside your army, Ling Dao will follow you to Luoyang as he has connections there and can help you enter which army"
Lie Fan: "Okay Father, you must keep yourself and our Family safe when I''m gone okay? I will bring all of my generals and Master Sun Qian also"
Lie Shang: "Yes I will do that, now go prepare yourself and your army Father will make the letter announcing your appointment"
Lie Shang left the room after saying that, leaving Lie Fan and his retinue which to discuss their course of action
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian, what do you think we should do when we arrive at Luoyang?"
Sun Qian: "First we have to make sure we joined up under General Zhu Jun''s army as he is your Father''s friend, second we will build some rtions with other officials or Officers maybe bringing them some gifts also, andstly prepare some gifts for the Emperor like the copper mirror My Lord has and some batch of fruit wine and beer is a good offering"
Lie Fan: "We will do as Master Sun Qian said, Xu Kai go and told the crafters to prepare 20 Copper Mirrors then to the distillery to make each of Fruity Wine and Beer 300 jar each, told them to make it as soon as possible and their pay will be doubled"
Xu Kai: "Okay Big Brother will do!"
Lie Fan: "Then let''s end this meeting, for now, Master Sun Qian can take a rest and Liu Pi lead Master Sun Qian to his room please"
Both Sun Qian and Liu Pi take their leave and when Lie Fan takes off his armor suddenly his door was knocked when Lie Fan asks who''s there the door opens and it was Ying Yue who then enters the room
Lie Fan: "Wife why do youe here? Somethings wrong?"
Ying Yue: "Of Course something is wrong! Look at you! You''re injured but still do many activities and now you wanted to go to Luoyang?!"
Lie Fan: "Wife this is what I should do, who will protect you and our hometown if not me hmm?"
Ying Yue: "I know you''re the best General we have, but can you take care of yourself do you know how scared I was when I saw you bandaged like that?!"
Lie Fan hearing that and seeing Ying Yue''s tear stop quarreling with her, moved toward her and hugged her while patting her back to keep her calm while thinking that in the future he needs to stop being arrogant and began to keep himself safe as he had someone waiting for him in home
Lie Fan: "Okay Okay I''m sorry it''s my fault, look at you my shy wife is like a tigress now it''s true what others said the most beautiful flowers have thorns"
Ying Yue: "*punch* You still can fool around! Come let me see your wound"
Lie Fan: "No need wife, Xu Kai has cleaned it and put some medicine then stitched it so no need to be checked again"
Ying Yue: "Fine, how long will be your expedition now Husband?"
Lie Fan: "I don''t know, a year or two maybe? If we can dominate the Yellow Turbans faster I will try to go home early"
Ying Yue: "Okay then, you must not forget that you have a wife you need to marry back home so keep yourself safe okay?"
Lie Fan: "I will follow your order madam!"
Lie Fan saying that caused Ying Yue to giggle and seeing that Lie Fan was mesmerized, a need to kiss her grows in his heart and Lie Fan follow what the heart wants
Ying Yue who was kissed stunned at first then enjoyed it and even reciprocated it while closing her eye
Lie Shang and Lie Fan spend a week keeping Huai''An in order due to the aftermath of the Yellow Turbans'' attack, Lie Shang then began to fake sickness due to overwork and announces that Lie Fan will be his representative bringing 2.760 Army with Ling Dao as the Vice General bringing some gifts as an apology towards the Emperor as he can''te in person
Eunuch Lu heard that there was a gift for The Emperor and began to urge them to hurry goes toward Luoyang, so the day after the announcement Lie Fan led 2.760 Soldiers leaving Huai''An with Eunuch Lu carriage and the tribute wagon in the middle of the army
Many Huai''An people say goodbye and saying prayers for Lie Fan toe back safe, Lie Fan''s family is also at the scene saying their goodbyes with Wannian crying doesn''t want her big brother to leave, Ying Yue putting on a mask to support Lie Fan as to not make him worry about her and focus towards his mission giving him a kiss in front of many people
Lie Fan gave Eunuch Lu 50.000 taels and 10 wines also 1 copper mirror as a gift for him and hinted to say saying good words for him toward the Emperor which Eunuch Lu promised will be done especially with the gifts he got whileughing happily
So a journey toward Luoyang began with a span of 700 Km, they spent a month on the road heading toward Luoyang, and on the way they encounter some small bandits groups and Yellow Turbans that they easily crushed without any casualties
When they passed the Famed Ho Gate (for Lie Fan of course), Lie Fan saw a massive wall structure spanning from south to north with Mountains on both sides. While resting there, Lie Fan spend some time alongside Xu Kai to learn about the weaknesses or loopholes they can take advantage of in the future.
After staying at Ho Gate, they spend some time to finally arrived at Luoyang. Lie Fan saw the massive Imperial city with people living there approximately 1 million people, only he knew what will happen to the once beautiful city will be burned and ransacked by Dong Zhuo but he doesn''t care about that as he can take the Imperial Seal so a win for him
Entering Luoyang, Eunuch Lu led them toward the Imperial Pce where grandiose and superb architecture and design that Lie Fan can finally see for real and not through books or games, Eunuch Lu told him that his army can be stationed outside the City where an army camp will be made there as a designated area for the official''s army
Lie Fan orders Chao Bo, Chai Bai, and Zang Ba to build an encampment outside Luoyang and bring a wagon of 100 Fruit Wine, and beer each with them and keep it safe, the rest will be brought by him to give as a tribute to the emperor
Lie Fan: "Eunuch Lu I thank you for leading as personally to greet The Emperor"
Eunuch Lu: "Fufufu, I have to report to The Emperor so our objective is the same and I''m here to fulfill our agreement"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha thank you then, but do Eunuch Lu think The Emperor will like our Tribute?"
Eunuch Lu: "The Emperor will love it, Your Fruit Wine and Beer is a drink that I have never seen or tasted before and it was marvelous I don''t know how those merchant''s ns have the mind to make these drinks"
Lie Fan and the group arrive at the Pce, Imperial Guards were checking them, and weapons was prohibited inside the pce so they have to leave them there. Lie Fan looking at the stairs already feels exhausted, after a couple of minutes Lie Fan finally reached the main pce where The Emperor usually conducts his court and saw many people inside
The guards seeing them ask for their name and rank to announce to the Emperor who arrived, Lie Fan introduces himself and where he is from alongside showing the letter his father made that appointed him as his representative
The Imperial Guard: "Lord Lie Fan, son of the Prefect of Huai''An Lie Shang has arrived alongside Eunuch Lu!"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 40
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 260 -> 270 (Drink a Strength Potion)
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 100
CHR: 88
WIS: 70
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 30: Emperor Ling and Han Army Assembled
Chapter 30: Emperor Ling and Han Army Assembled
The Imperial Guard: "Lord Lie Fan, son of the Prefect of Huai''An Lie Shang has arrived alongside Eunuch Lu!"
The noise in the meeting room quite down and Lie Fan alongside Eunuch Lu enters the Pce when Lie Fan enters he feels the solemn atmosphere in the room and all ministers and Officials observed him until he reached in front of the Emperor''s Throne
Eunuch Lu: "This humble servant haspleted His majesties order and brought the Representative of Huai''An Prefect Young Master Lie Fan to respond to your decree"
Lie Fan: "Greetings Your Majesty, Lie Fan son of Lie Shang Prefect of Huai''An arrived here to represent My Father to Answer your call bringing 2.760 Men !" *one knee kneel*
Lie Fan gives his greeting to Emperor Ling and when he looks up he finally saw the famed Emperor Ling who always listened to the 10 attendants, especially Zhang Rang the leader of the 10 attendants
Emperor Ling: "We are happy that many people have answered our call and even a Young Generation such as Young Lie Fan here to show their vigor to serve the Country"
Lie Fan: " It''s our duty to help The Emperor govern the country and reduce the Emperor''s burden"
Emperor Ling: "Hahaha you''re young but already have a honeyed tongue, Young Lie Fan can join the right side for military officials to continue our Court"
Lie Fan: "Please Wait for Your Majesty, as an apology for My Father''s Absence I have prepared a gift for Your Majesty"
Emperor: "Oh? What give do you prepare for us?"
Lie Fan: "At Huai''An our merchants have found a new type of wine, Fruit wine, and Beer with a refreshing taste, especially in summer alongside Copper Mirrors, this is not a normal Copper Mirror as Your Majesty can see Your Majesty Majestic, and prestigious look very clear. I have brought 100 jugs and 20 Mirrors each for Your Majesty"
Eunuch Lu: "Your Majesty the gift from Young Master Lie Fan have been seen by this servant and their marvelous invention that Your Majesty has to taste and see as Young Master Lie Fan says that only the most prestigious people can drink this as there''s only limited supply of them"
Emperor Ling hearing what Eunuch Lu said was intrigued and ordered the servants to bring some of Lie Fan''s gifts Lie Fan smiled slightly hearing some words Eunuch Lu said, the servants brought 1 jug of Fruit Wine and beer alongside 1 Copper Mirror to show to the Emperor
When everyone saw the Copper Mirror they were astounded as it was so clear they can see reflections inly, Emperor Ling who received it stand up and goes toward the Mirror surprised when he can see his face so vividly and said that his Queen and concubines will be happy when they receive this gift whileughing merrily
Emperor Ling: "What a wonderful invention this is, Even in the entire pce there''s no mirror as clear as this one, Young Lie Fan''s hometown is truly outstanding"
Lie Fan: " Your Majesty''s praise is too high for this servant-humble hometown, the Capital is the most outstanding city in the entire Han Empire!"
Emperor Ling: "Hahaha! Good I like what you said, servant bring me the wine I wanted to taste it now"
A eunuch arrived bringing 2 bowls and pouring the fruit wine first then the beer second, the eunuch bring the fruit wine first for Emperor Ling to taste, and when Emperor Ling tasted the fruit wine he instantly drinks it empty finishing it, after grabbing the bowl filled with beer drinking it also tasting the cool freshness in his throat
Emperor Ling: "Hah! This is the best drink We have ever tasted in our life, Young Lie Fan must have spent fortunes bringing these as gifts for us"
Lie Fan: "No such thing as the expensive price to buy gifts for Your Majesty, Your Majesty''s fortune is our Empire''s Fortune!"
Eunuch Lu: "Young Master Lie Fan was said to have spent almost 200.000 takes for Your Majesty''s gift, when I ask why he spend so much for Your Majesty he said that Your Majesty only deserves the best from his aides as Your Majesty is the fortune of our Country"
Everyone in the scene hears what Lie Fan said and curses silently as Lie Fan is still young but knows how to praise the Emperor while shocked as Eunuch Lu was praising Lie Fan knowing that he must have been bribed, all of them simultaneously agree with what Lie Fan said and repeat his words loudly
Emperor Lingughed loudly epting theirpliment telling them all to raise, and then telling the servants to put away the gifts while continues presiding the Imperial court meeting and walking back to his throne
Emperor Ling: "Young Lie Fan not only has a brave heart representing his Father to battle but brings amazing gifts as an apology even though is unnecessary, Wemend what he did and give him a royal boon where he can request anything from Us anytime but between Our consideration of course"
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan thank Your Majesty for his gift! I will not let down Your Majesty with my request"
Everyone including Lie Fan was shocked by the boon Emperor Ling give to him beyond his expectation while everyone is jealous about the boon, Eunuch Lu at the side smile at Lie Fan like he was saying that his request has beenpleted
After a bit ofmotion, thanks to Emperor Ling, Lie Fan was dismissed and he join the rank of military officials in the court to continue their meeting discussing The Yellow Turbans
Emperor Ling: "Now does any of you have ideas about what to do against the Yellow Turbans? Those fools you said have risen to rebellion in 4 provinces Ji, Jing, You, and Yu with Yan, Qing, and Xu Provinces in immediate threat as well!"
???: "Your Majesty this general has an opinion to tell Your Majesty"
Emperor Ling: "Lu Zhi can speak freely, please tell us what you want to say"
Lu Zhi: "I think now is the time for action! With Your Majesty''s infinite wisdom calling for all provincial officials toe bringing their army here and with the Imperial Army, we can start assembling The Han Army to crusade against the yellow turbans!"
???: "I agree with what Sir Lu Zhi said, Your Majesty!"
???: "I also agree and support what Sir Lu Zhi said, Your Majesty!"
Emperor Ling: "Even General Huangfu Song and Lu Zhi agree, then what do the three of you n to do to fight against the Yellow Turbans?"
Lu Zhi: "With the numbers we have now Your Majesty, The Imperial Army has about 275.000 and alongside the provincial army with a total of more or less 75.000 then we have 350.000 to quell the Main rebellion first destroying the Main armies and killing their leaders then the remnants will be easy to be exterminated."
Emperor Ling: "Hmm, what does General He Jin have to say?"
Lie Fan hears Emperor Ling call for his brother inw the famed general He Jin who will be fascinated by the 10 attendants, he saw a big man with almost gold-colored armor answering Emperor Ling
He Jin: "This General thinks what Sir Lu Zhi, General Huangfu Song, and General Zhu Jun said is true and Sir Lu Zhi''s strategy can be further down with the three gentlemen will leaeverych 40.000 armies to quell rebellions in each province while the rest 230.000 will be used to guard the Capital and act as reinforcement to the three generals also fighting the Yellow Turbans Main Army"
Emperor Ling: "Okay then we do as General He Jin says, Everyone receives your order!"
All officials whenever it''s civil or military go down on their knees to receive Emperor LLing''sedict while some military officials envied Lu Zhi, Huangfu Song, and Zhu Jun for their quick-wittiness
Emperor Ling: "The Han Army will be made with General He Jin as the General In Chief of the army leading 230.000 Men and General Lu Zhi, General Huangfu Song, and General Zhu Jun will be assigned as Imperial Generals with each leading 40.000 men to suppress the rebellion in Ji, Jing, You, and Yu Province bringing it back to peace while cleaning Yellow Turbans remnant that runs to Yan, Qing, and Xu Provinces. Each General will assign their army staff andmanders by themselves. Everyone will be awardees ording to their merit on the battlefield!"
Everyone: "We listened to Your Majesty Order!"
Emperor Ling: "The Morning Court is dismissed, everyone can continue to do their duties, and General He Jin please make sure that Our Army is ready in a month as I know calling back the Imperial army from the frontier takes time"
He Jin: "Yes Your Majesty!"
With Emperor Ling leaving the Court, it signaled the end of their meeting and everyone begins to gather up in their groups or clique, Lie Fan who was a Young nameless neer and he reach Luoyangte so he is treated like an outcast, while Lie Fan was thinking how to joined up or just start a conversation someone called him
Zhu Jun: "Little Lie why are you standing there alone,e here and join me I will introduce you to my friends"
*walk towards Zhu Jun*
Lie Fan: "General Zhu Jun thank you for inviting me, My Father has said great things about You"
Zhu Jun: "Hahaha that Old Lie still loves to boast about himself I see,e let me introduce you to General Huangfu Song and General Lu Zhi both of them are my friend here in the capital"
Huangfu Song: "Nice to meet you Lie Fan, I''m Huangfu Song you can just call me Uncle Huang in the future"
Lu Zhi: "Greetings Youngster Lie, I''m Lu Zhi in the future you can call me Master Lu"
Lie Fan: " Hello Uncle Huang, Hello Master Lu both of you can call me Little Lie like General Zhu Jun, I have heard both of your names in my hometown especially Master Lu as the top schr in our time now"
Lu Zhi: "I''m just a humble schr Little Lie, fame is nothing against the advancement of our life and The Han Dynasty"
Zhu Jun: "Old Lu you''re still as humble as ever, why don''t the four of us drink at My home while talking about what just happened?"
Huangfu Song: "Alright I agree we can do that"
Lu Zhi: "Hmm fine I have some textbooks I have to read but I guess I can read themter"
Lie Fan: " I was also invited to General Zhu Jun''s manor?"
Zhu Jun: "Of Course brat, you can just call me Uncle Zhu nowe on everyone follow me towards my home!"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 40
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 270
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 100
CHR: 88
WIS: 70
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 31: Preparation For The Crusade
Chapter 31: Preparation For The Crusade
Zhu Jun: "Of Course brat, you can just call me Uncle Zhu nowe on everyone follow me towards my home!"
Leaving the Pce, Lie Fan introduces Sun Qian, Xu Kai, and Liu Pi to the three in which Sun Qian was awestruck and pays respect to Lu Zhi as he is considered half master to Sun Qian because Zheng Xuan his master, and Lu Zhi his ssmate, and Zhu Jun also invited both of them to his home
Using each of their transportation, they spend 10 minutes until they arrive at the district where Important official''s households are and another 5 minutes to reach Zhu Jun''s residence
Zhu Jun: "Come everyone wee to my home! Little Lie this is your first time here so follow us closely or else you will be lost Haha!"
Zhu Jun lead all of them to enter his Manor and was greeted by a beautiful garden with a pond in the middle, they were led toward a pavilion where Zhu Jun says they can enjoy nature while drinking tea here
Huangfu Song: "Okay Old Zhu hurry and tell us why do you invite us all here, we still need to prepare for our army if The Emperor knows that we are drinking tea here there will be consequences"
Zhu Jun: "Heyy Old Huang enjoy your tea first, I invited you all here to discuss who will the two of you want to bring as your staff andmanders?"
Huangfu Song: "Some of my nephews are already old enough to go to battle and I will choose them as mymanders as for the staff I will just let those peoplee to me and offer themselves"
Lu Zhi: " I will just choose from the selections that were in front of me, I don''t know if Little Lie wants to join my army as one of mymanders?"
Before Lie Fan can even respond, Zhu Jun who hear that ps the table and with a loud voice respond to Lu Zhi''s invitation
Zhu Jun: "Hey Old Lu! How can''t you invite my nephew in front of me! Of course, he will join my army right little Lie?!"
Lie Fan: "Umm I don''t know Uncle Zhu, Master Lu is more in line with my warfare style using surprise and ambush tactics"
Lu Zhi: "Hahaha you heard that yourself Old Zhu, If Little Lie joins me you can''t be angry now"
Zhu Jun: "You Brat! Just wait and see if you dare to join Old Lu I will beat you up myself!"
Lie Fan: "Haha Uncle Zhu I was joking of course I will join Uncle Zhu''s army, I''m sorry Master Lu I have to decline your invitation"
Zhu Jun hears thatugh-out-loud with smacking Lie Fans back while Huangfu Song and Lu Zhi can only shake their heads at Zhu Jun''s antics
Lie Fan as the Junior in the gathering pour tea for each of them and toasts their victory and good luck in battle, they spend an hour talking about tactics and what strategies they will use, and where will each of them go to which province
Lie Fan asks Lu Zhi to teach Sun Qian a bit while he stays here, even though a month is just a short of time and Lu Zhi is busy but he hopes he can teach Sun Qian some of his knowledge and bring him everywhere he goes to
Lu Zhi agrees to Lie Fan''s request and brought a touched Sun Qian along with him, Lie Fan takes his leave to check on his army and promises all three that he will bring Fruit Wine, and Beers for them to taste before they leave for battle. Hearing that they can taste the drink that made Emperor Ling give a boon to Lie Fan makes them happy and praise Lie Fan as a good junior
Lie Fan left Zhu Jun manor alongside Liu Pi and Xu Kai, and the three of them headed to the designated area for provincial armies to camp outside of Luoyang in the East gate where they had entered before. Due to his big Luoyang, they spend 15 minutes reaching the east gate and another 10 before they reach the designated area.
Seeing the sea of armies with different banners raised, Lie Fan asked Imperialguards there where is the camp of the Huai''An army who had arrived today. The Imperial Guards pointed towards the south where they saw Lie''s banner raised and Lie Fan said thank you to the Imperial Guard
Arriving at his camp, all the soldiers saw Lie Fan and salute him. Lie Fan told them to be at ease and continue their duties, he walked towards themand tent where he was told that all 3 of his generals were waiting for him there.
Lie Fan entered themand tent and saw Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba talking about military tactics and martial arts, hearing that someone entered themand tent all three of them turn their head and saw that it was Lie Fan
All Three: "My Lord you have returned!"
Lie Fan: "Okay you three be at ease, I want to inform the three of you that our army is assigned to join General Zhu Jun''s army and will march with him in a month so I wanted the three of you to prepare our soldier carefully"
Chao Bo: "It''s okay My Lord, leave the soldiers to us while My Lord can socialize with Luoyang Nobles and Officials"
Lie Fan: "Humph you''re tongue bing more glib now Chao No, okay then I trust the three of you. Liu Pi takes 20 soldiers from the Guard Battalion as my guard to take our 100 jugs of fruit wine and beers as gifts to these people"
Liu Pi: "Yes My Lord!" *left the tent"
Lie Fan: "Xu Kai, send a letter to my father to inform him of our safe arrival and tell him that I rmend sharing our crops with the people in the surrounding county not just Huai''An, share a moderate amount each time as to prevent our granny to be empty as a way to prevent the people from joining the yellow turbans minimize potential threat around Huai''An and at the heart of Xu Province"
Xu Kai: "Okay Big Brother, I will send it with my trusted pigeon so it can arrive faster"
Lie Fan while waiting for Liu Pi and Xu Kai takes out the Vision map and puts it on the table to see the damage The Yellow Turbans have caused. Seeing that fire and fighting are happening in the 4 main provinces where Zhang Jiao''s ardent supporters are, Lie Fan searches for weaknesses and loopholes that can be used to fight the Yellow Turbans.
Spending a couple of minutes memorizing it, Lie Fan then takes his eye off the Map and raises his head remembering the new function he has from the reward before he tests it on Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba
?Chao Bo
STR: 212 VIT: 75 AGI: 88 INT: 90
?Chao Bai
STR: 227 VIT: 90 AGI: 65 INT: 68
?Zang Ba
STR: 235 VIT: 90 AGI: 77 INT: 78
Lie Fan was happy that he finally can see the attributes of his subordinates as he can use the Information to pair which general and strategist in the future when he became a warlord
He can''t wait to see Xu Kai, Liu Pi, and Sun Qian''s attributes but for now, he calms himself then says goodbye to the three and left the tent to find Liu Pi to see if the wagon bringing the fruit wine and beer is ready
Lie Fan sees Liu Pi ordering the 20 guards to put the pots of fruit wines and beers into the wagon, other armies around their camp are intrigued by the crates that were put in the wagon
When Lie Fan joined up with Liu Pi, Xu Kai returned and informed him that the task he was assigned by Lie Fan had beenpleted. While checking their stuff Lie Fan is using his brain to remember the ces where Yellow Turbansmanders that are good to be recruited is
He remembers Zhang Mancheng that will die in Wan thanks to their administrator who in return was killed by Zhao Hong who rece Zhang Mancheng as the headmander, both of them had great skills in martial arts and leadership in the ROTK games he used to y which makes them a great addition to be his bodyguard
He also remembers Bo Cai, one of thergest armies of the Yellow Turbans was under him and his skill is also very good both in martial arts and leadership at the game making him also a great addition to be his bodyguard
He also tries to remember where is the ce that Zhang Jiao will be cornered by Lu Zhi who will be demoted thanks to a Eunuch when a shout distracts him from the soldiers finishing putting the wines and beers in which he decided to not think about it for now
Checking that everything is ready, Lie Fan with Liu Pi, Xu Kai, and his 20 guards bring the 100 fruit wine and beers back to enter Luoyang for Lie Fan to socialize expanding his connection in the Capital, especially with the Eunuchs as they were influential in swaying the Emperor especially with now they will go to battle all military generals will be under the threat of bribes
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 40
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 270 -> 280
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 100
CHR: 88
WIS: 70
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 32: The Beginning Of Crusade Againts The Yellow Turbans
Chapter 32: The Beginning Of Crusade Againts The Yellow Turbans
Checking that everything is ready, Lie Fan with Liu Pi, Xu Kai, and his 20 guards bring the 100 fruit wine and beers back to enter Luoyang for Lie Fan to socialize expanding his connection in the Capital, especially with the Eunuchs as they were influential in swaying the Emperor especially with now they will go to battle all military generals will be under the threat of bribes
Entering Luoyang again, Lie Fan decided to rent a room in a luxurious Inn named Fragrant Flower and settled to stay there for the rest of the month paying 30.000 taels to stay for a month.
After storing his luggage, Lie Fan began to tour Luoyang, especially looking for the Dynastic Temple location to search for Wells located the south of the temple marking it in his Vision Map for the future where Doing Zhuo began to loot and burn Luoyang he can send the Oriole to search for the Imperial Seal
Lie Fan spends thete morning marking for we''ll in the south of the Dynastic Temple then return to Zhu Jun Manor to send his gift for Zhu Jun alongside Huangfu Song and Lu Zhi''s gift too.
Lie Fan begins to spend the month following Zhu Jun, introducing himself to the Capital social circle and meeting Military Generals and Civil Officials giving them gifts while building rtions at least to an acquaintance as having a social foothold in the capital is Important for his future agenda
He asks around for Wang Yun and Cai Yong''s locations but he was told that both of them left the Capital and don''t know when they will be back there are rumors they left the Capital because they lost a power struggle against the eunuch led by Zhang Rang.
Wang Yun was assigned as Inspector Of Yu Province so he was still in Yu Province, while Cai Yong everyone doesn''t know where he went but there''s a rumor that he hide in Wu Commandery
In the month of waiting for the Han Army to begin to march, Lie Fan also survey restaurants and taverns that going to go bankrupt to buy them as branches for Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang expanding theirwork to the capital
On the 8th Month of 183 AD, He Jin as the General In Chief announces the army to assemble in front of Luoyang East Gate to gather up and receive their order
Lie Fan alongside his retinue joined up with Zhu Jun on the way there, Lie Fan was assigned as one of the many generals in Zhu Jun''s army, he led his original 2.760 with 240 from the imperial army joining his rank to round it up to 3.000 Men, 3.000 Man Generals is in the middle-rankmander in the army making him the youngest general with high rank there
Lie Fan''s closeness with Zhu Jun doesn''t go unnoticedced and some of the younger generals envied him while some older generals despise him thinking that he be a general thanks to his rtionship with Zhu Jun
Arriving at the East Gate, Lie Fan and his retinue joined Zhu Jun''s army ranks while Zhu Jun go towards He Jin standing behind him alongside Huangfu Song and Lu Zhi as they are the main generals
He Jin: "Everyone! Today we are going to bring peace to allnds in the Empire! The group of rebels known as The Yellow Turbans have caused chaos to thend, piging and raping in the name of their movement to overthrow our Empire! You all are the guardians of the people and The Empire, let''s defeat those rebels in the name of The Empire!
Everyone: "HOAHHHH!!!!"
He Jin: "Our Army will be divided into 4 Army, the main army numbering 230.000 Men will be led by Me protecting the capital and attacking the rebel''s base in Ji and You Province, Huang Army numbering 40.000 Men will be led by General Huangfu Song heading towards You and Qing Province, Zhu Army numbering 40.000 Men led by General Zhu Jun heading toward Yu and Xu Province, and Lu Army numbering 40.000 men led by General Lu Zhi heading toward both Ji and Yan province"
Huangfu Song, Zhu Jun, And Lu Zhi step forward showing their majestic prestige when their name was called evoking cheers from their respective armies
He Jin: " May Heaven always bless us along the way!"
After He Jin was done with his speech, the army began to move and separate themselves ording to their leader, Zhu Jun''s Army was posted in the back and will be the first one to move.
Lie Fan led his army following Zhu Jun''s division and positioned his rank in the front so he can be in the same area as Zhu Jun who will lead his division in March toward Yu Province
Zhu Jun: "Little Lie this will be your first battle under the Empire army right so I gave you some advice, do your best to get as much merits so you can reach a higher rank faster haha!"
Lie Fan: "I will try and do my best General!"
Zhu Jun: "Hahaha that''s the spirit! Come now everyone let''s say start our march!"
Zhu Jun leads his army to go toward Yu Province, they spend a month marching towards Yu Province. Along the way, they encounter many Yellow Turbans from big to small groups, especially when they were on the outskirts of Yan Province and entering Yu Province
Lie Fan Army was appointed as one of the Vanguards of the Zhu Jun Army, so his army and the other vanguards were the ones who battled against the encountered Yellow Turbans and Lie Fan showed his talent when he battled the Yellow Turbans.
Sun Qian''s advancement of his military strategy and tactics mastery when learning under Lu Zhi for 1 month, demonstrated how an army can fight without having casualties with ambush and surprise tactics alongside Lie Fan''s martial prowess stunned the generals and Zhu Jun
Zhu Jun began to include Lie Fan in their military discussion on how they approach a certain situation, Lie Fan showed great aptitude for strategy and knows the locals see pretty well which makes him shine more than other generals with Sun Qian alongside him this duo was known as they think tank for Zhu Jun to increase his confidence in his strategy
After entering the heart of Yu Province, the yellow turbans'' resistance began to be stronger due to the number they encounter with Zhu Jun leading 40.000 men to eliminate them quickly there are casualties along the way but it''s under a minimum number, but they continue to match
Around Yu Province to search for cities or viges under attack
Lie Fan: "These Yellow Turban bastards are never-ending, Our army will be exhausted sooner orter if this continues every day"
Sun Qian: "My Lord this is the normal tactic of peasant revolt, using numbers to overwhelm the Imperial Army as they are less experienced and using makeshift weapons with no armor"
Lie Fan: "I know that''s why it''s a nuisance sometimes, what do you think General Zhu Jun?"
Zhu Jun: "I think it''s normal, their number is bigger than the revolt I suppress before but in the end, they will notst long as unorganized rebels will fail sooner orter"
Lie Fan: "Let''s see how long it wi- Look there!"
With Lie Fan''s shout, everyone turned their head to the area Lie Fan pointed out and saw a city under Yellow Turban attack, from the number it looks like 50.000 - 75.000 Yellow Turbans.
Zhu Jun: "My God that''s the biggest one we ever saw,e everyone to your battle formation!"
Under Zhu Jun''s order, every general began to position their army to their respective position in the battle formation. Lie Fan positioned his army at the front as he is one of the vanguards, while preparing their battle formation from their rear there''s an army approaching numbering 40.000 men and from their banner, it was Huangfu Song''s army
Huangfu Song: " Old Zhu looks like you need some help here, with your number alone fighting open field will cause many men to fall let me help you here"
Zhu Jun: " Old Huang I alone can handle this but what you said is true so I ept your request"
Huangfu Song: "Hahaha still as butter as ever epting help from others,e let me introduce you to Cao Cao, Cao Song''s son. he has a great aptitude for military strategies and tactics and this is Sun Jian, Sun Wentai from Wu a brave general nicknamed tiger of Jiangdong"
Cao Cao: " Cao Cao, Cao Mengde greets General Zhu Jun"
Sun Jian: "Sun Jian, Sun Wentai greets General Zhu Jun"
Lie Fan who wants to join his army overhears their conversation and turns around to see Cao Cao and Sun Jian, the first was the man who will be hailed as the Hero Of Chaos and the First Emperor of Wei in the future while the other will be the father of the Emperor Of Wu and the founder of the Imperial Seal. After remembering the faces, Lie Fan continue riding toward his army position to join them in battle, and before doing that he tells Sun Qian to stay at Zhu Jun''s side
Lie Fan: "Chao Bo, Chao Bai, Zang Ba, and Liu Pi when the attack order is given, let''s do our usual formation to attack, with Me and Liu Pi leading the Guard Battalion on the left side, Zang Ba leading the Cavalry Battalion on the right side, and Chao Bo Infantry Battalion in the middle while Chao Bai Archer Battalion on the rear"
All: "Yes My Lord!"
Everyone began to move towards their position to prepare and wait for Zhu Jun''s order for the attack to begin
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 40
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 280 -> 290 (STR Potion)
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 33: Battle Of Changshe
Chapter 33: Battle Of Changshe
Everyone began to move towards their position to prepare and wait for Zhu Jun''s order for the attack to begin
Zhu Jun and Huangfu Song merged their army for this battle, with Sun Qian and Cao Cao as their strategist they began to deploy their formations Lie Fan was appointed as the main Vanguard General leading their front soldiers
Sun Qian suggest using their cavalry to harass The Yellow Turbans as Lie Fan was an Expert at Cavalry attack tactics while Cao Cao suggests using the archers as well to disturb the Yellow Turbans as they are still focused on attacking the city
Lie Fan hearing that he was appointed as The main Vanguard General, begin to rally the cavalries to his side bringing a total amount of 6.000 Cavalry to harass the yellow turbans. Heeding Cao Cao''s suggestion, Lie Fan orders the Archers to position themselves under Chao Bo who will give them orders on when to shoot while the Infantry led by Chao Bai prepares to charge anytime
Lie Fan brought Liu Pi and Zang Ba alongside him to act as his Lieutenants but also bodyguards as he still remembers the promise he made to Ying Yue
Lie Fan: "Liu Pi and Zang Ba both of you keep following me wherever I go, the rest of you proceed as nned we will split up into 15 groups and begin harassing them using speed with precision and remember whatever happens don''t stop!"
Everyone: "Yes General!"
Lie Fan: "Good! now everyone groups up and charges at my order remember speed is the essence!"
Lie Fan takes his Guard Batallion and Cavalry Battalion as it is his elite Squad with the rest filled up from other cavalry troops, Lie Fan observes his men''s readiness and orders the charge when he sees everyone is ready
Zhu Jun and Huangfu Song alongside Sun Qian and Cao Cao noticed that Lie Fan has began to move out leading the charge to harass the Yellow Turbans, Cao Cao in particr was intrigued by Lie Fan as Zhu Jun keeps praising him in front of Huangfu Song saying his Nephew has a great military talent
Cao Cao knows that sooner orter the Han Dynasty will fall with the Yellow Turbans as it dominos that fall bringing the others along with it and he has a keen interest in knowing the great talent he can recruit
Sun Jian was also curious about Lie Fan as his chance to join Zhu Jun was extinguished as Lie Fan was picked up by Zhu Jun and became Zhu Jun''s favorite shadowing him a famed general from Wu
Lie Fan using Sun Tzu calctes the number of the Yellow Turbans army and Informed there were 65.000 of them which 30.000 was used to storm a small city called Changshe which only had 5.000 men to defend and they were doing their best to hold on against the onught
Separating from their main group, 15 Cavalries began to spread out and harass the 35.000 Yellow Turbans who were waiting for their brothers to break the city gate. The Yellow Turbans hear horses'' hoofs and when they turn around they was Imoaled or shed or stabbed by the Iing cavalries led by Lie Fan
The Yellow Turbans panicked at first as they were suddenly attacked but began to organize themselves as their Commander began to order them to defend against the enemies
Lie Fan and his Calvaries were butchering men here and there, casualties can''t be hindered as this is arge-scale battle and no tactics or strategies are 100% in battle
Seeing that the Yellow Turbans began to put up a fight, Lie Fan orders Liu Pi to sound the horn signaling the others to retreat and joined up with the main army to begin to charge
With the horn sounded by Liu Pi, All Cavalries began to retreat and The Yellow Turbans chased them but were under fire from arrows that Chao Bo has ordered to fire
Protected by the Archer Battalion, Lie Fan alongside the Cavalry Battalion arrived safely back to the main army, Lie Fan ask Sun Tzu to calcte the numbers of Yellow Turbans they have cut down they answered that they managed to kill 6.783 at the same time lose 473 Men and the arrows took 3.567 Yellow Turbans
Zhu Jun saw that Lie Fan has returned and raised the g signaling the army to begin their assault on the Yellow Turbans, the drum was sounded and the 70.000 Han Army began to enter the fray to save Changshe with 10.000 put in the rear as protection against other yellow turbans group
The Yellow Turbans saw the massive Han Army charging toward them causing mass panic as they began to realize the massive numbers of the Han Army
YT Soldiers: "Commander Bo Cai, what should we do?! The enemy outnumbered us and with 30.000 Brothers not counting the casualties still attacking the City! Should we call them back and fight the Han Army first?!"
Bo Cai: "This damned Han Army! Since when they were uniting as one?! Order the brothers to stop attacking the city and began to regroup to face the oing Han Army!"
The Yellow Turbans attacking the city were called back and under Bo Cai''s leadership began to mount up defenses to prepare against the oing Han Army
Lie Fan saw The Yellow Turbans entering defensive formation, no matter how strong the cavalry unit is piercing 60 thousand people is not an easy task so he split the cavalry into 2 groups each will go to the enemy nk and attack from there while the main battle will be handled by the Infantry
The initial sh between the Han Army and the Yellow Turbans was bloody with the Han Army having the upper hand at the beginning thanks to their superior equipment and experience
Lie Fan with his halberd killed many Yellow Turbans, with his strength he lead the cavalries attacking from the left nk prating the center and leaving through the right nk
The Yellow Turbans offensive is too weak to take on the Han Army, especially with Lie Fan leading the charge and his orders were on point. Bo Cai ordered the Yellow Turban to surround the Cavalry and halt their advance to minimize casualties
Lie Fan feels the Yellow Turbans begin encircling them and the Cavalry without speed and mobility is a sitting duck waiting to be ughtered, the cavalry unit from Imperial Army panicked seeing that they were going to be surrounded and not listening to Lie Fan''s order and break off on their own
With the Cavalry unit from the imperial army breaking off on their own, Lie Fan''s rhythm controlling the speed of their unit was messed up, and this opportunity for the Yellow Turbans to surround them closing in on Lie Fan and his unit
Zhu Jun seeing the precarious situation Lie Fan''s in sent Sun Jian leading 2.000 Cavalries to assist him, Sun Jian charge into the battle to help Lie Fan
When the raging tiger of Jiangdong enters the fray, Lie Fan who was fighting to get out saw Sun Jian''s cavalry and decided to change their direction toward him to pincer the Yellow Turbans
While fighting to get out, Lie Fan was challenged by the Yellow Turban Commander who enters the fray of battle
Bo Cai: "You Han Generale and duel with me! If you managed to defeat me I will set you free but if you lost then your head is mine Hahaha!"
Lie Fan: "Humph Fine! Come receive my halberd!"
Both the Yellow Turbans and Lie Fan''s unit stop fighting and give way for Lie Fan and Bo Cai to duel, Lie Fan does the first move and with an overhead sh targets Bo Cai''s head but Bo Cai managed to parry it then Bo Cai return it with a stab towards the heart
Lie Fan easily finds it and returns it with axe movement toward Bo Cai''s shoulder, Lie Fan and Bo Cai do 20 bouts of attack and defense but when Bo Cai wanted to attack again Sun Jian arrived and managed to break through, Bo Cai was rmed and decide to retreat running away
Lie Fan wants to run after him but decides not to and led his unit to regroup with Sun Jian''s unit and then retreat as his unit was exhausted mentally and physically
Lie Fan: "Thank you, General Sun Jian, for helping me and my units, you saved my unit from receiving more casualties"
Sun Jian: "We arerades in arms and General Zhu Jun was the one who saw your situation and ordered me to help you"
Lie Fan: "But it''s your skill and martial arts that make you breakthrough fast enough to reach us and I can see firsthand the skill of Tiger of Jiangdong"
Sun Jian: "Hahaha! Come let''s hurry back and let the main army finish up the Yellow Turbans"
When Lie Fan and Sun Jian return to the headquarter, The Yellow Turbans who have received heavy losses was retreating and split up with one group going southwest and the other going west
Zhu Jun: "This damned bastards! Splitting their groups into two forced us to do the same! Then, Old Huang, you took the southwest and I take the west side in line with our trajectory"
Huangfu Song: "Okay let''s do that, Cao Cao Sun Jian sounds the drums to let our army regroup first and then we will head southwest"
Cao Cao & Sun Jian: "Yes General Huang!"
Lie Fan: "I will see you back at Luoyang General Huang, General Cao, and General Sun! Thank you for helping us today I hope to repay it in the future!"
Huangfu Song''s Army began to regroup separating themselves from Zhu Jun''s Army and after everything is done they head southwest while Zhu Jun''s army headed toward Changshe first
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 40
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 290
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 34: Eliminating The Yellow Turbans at Yangzhai and Xihua
Chapter 34: Eliminating The Yellow Turbans at Yangzhai and Xihua
Huangfu Song''s Army began to regroup separating themselves from Zhu Jun''s Army and after everything is done they head southwest while Zhu Jun''s army headed toward Changshe first
Lie Fan punished the Cavalry Soldiers from Imperial Army first before heading towards Changshe for disobeying orders causing the unit to lose the rhythm of the battle, he caned every single one of them 10 times on his own but he controlled the strength of his swing to reduce the chance of injury cause he still needs them
Changshe Soldiers were still ted by the fact that the Yellow Turbans retreated and their city was safe when they approached the Changshe, Zhu Jun raised the banner of the Han army and wished to talk to their administrator or perfect to let his army stay the night outside the city
The Administrator of Hangshe named Yang Bao answered from atop the wall and says his gratitude for saving them while ordering his soldiers to open the gate and let their benefactors enter the city
Zhu Jun orders his army to raise their tents and take rest for today as tomorrow they will pursue the running yellow turbans at the same time tells the Quartermaster that the soldiers will have a fest for today, Zhu Jun then takes his generals with him and enter the city to be received by Yang Bao as he expected a feast will be done to wee them
Lie Fan: "General, Can I excuse Myself from joining the banquet? I need to make ns for our battle tomorrow with Sun Qian"
Zhu Jun: "Little Lie working too hard is not good but since that''s what you want then fine you can do it considering your merit from the start until now is too great Haha!"
Lie Fan: "Thank you, General! Sun Qian, Xu Kai, and Liu Pie follow me"
Lie Fan and his retinue separated from the group and entered a restaurant where they requested a private room and order some dishes along the way when they were led by a servant toward the room
While heading toward the room, Lie Fan used the Eng Shen eyes again to look at the three retinues he hadn''t checked yet
?Sun Qian
INT: 300 -> 413 WIS: 80 VIT: 70 CHR: 92
?Xu Kai
STR: 100 VIT: 85 AGI: 267 INT: 132
?Liu Pi
STR: 265 VIT: 75 AGI: 75 INT: 69
Sun Qian: "My Lord, what n do you want to discuss with us?"
Lie Fan: "I wanted to recruit that yellow turban leader today to join our side as I do with Liu Pi, what do you think?''
Sun Qian: "Hmm, what does My Lord reason to recruit him? As this will be a heavy task to do because we need the Yellow Turban leader head to be presented to the Imperial Court"
Lie Fan: "I feel that his strength is just like Liu Pi and he has an aptitude to lead troops unlike Liu Pi so he will be a perfect addition to my Guard Battalion"
Sun Qian: "I see, what do Xu Kai and Liu Pi think of the Lord''s intention?"
Xu Kai: "I think whatever Big Brother thinks is the right way so let''s do it! I will help Big Brother by recing the yellow turbansmander with another body when you managed to capture him"
Liu Pi: "If my Lord wants to save another astraymander from the wrong path like me then I will follow him;"
Sun Qian: "I think that even though it will be a heavy task, My Lord can do it as another general under the lord''s banner is a great addition, and with General Zhu Jun on our side a chance for us to be held ountable of what happened is small"
Lie Fan hearing all of their opinions feels satisfied as he remembers that the Yellow Turbans general that lead this troop fighting against Zhu Jun is Bo Cai one of the best Yellow Turbans generals as he has one of the biggest armies in the Yellow Turbans
After eating and talking about strategies for tomorrow, they return to the Army Camp and take a rest to prepare their body for tomorrow
The next day, Under Zhu Jun''s supervision the Army began to move out after collecting their tents and eating breakfast to pursue the Yellow Turbans that run towards the west
Zhu Jun informed Lie Fan that the administrator of Changshe Yang Bao said that the west of them is two cities named Yangzhai and Xihua, the two cities are connected through a bridge because they were separated by a river that runs through
Having 1 perfect same as they are a special condition, Zhu Jun advised using the rivers as a natural barrier to be used against The Yellow Turbans and Lie Fan agrees with it using archer attacking from the other side and pushing the Yellow Turbans toward the river
They spend 4 days before they catch up with The Yellow Turbans and they saw 30.000 Yellow Turbans encircle one city while the other city across is not attacked, Zhu Jun ordered the archers to cross the river using man-made rafts that were made when they were on the way here
Zhu Jun then orders the infantries and cavalries to assume their position and attack under his order waiting for half of the archers have crossed the river
Lie Fan thinks that it will be too long to wait for half of the archers to cross the river, so he asked Zhu Jun to send him with the cavalries under him to harass the Yellow Turbans and capture the Yellow Turbansmander if they can as they were positioned right behind their rear
Zhu Jun pondered what Lie Fan suggested to him and after a couple of minutes to think he support Lie Fan to do it, Lie Fan led 4.000 cavalries to harass the Yellow Turbans and capture Bo Cai if he canpleting his objective and lowering the Yellow Turban''s morale
The Yellow Turbans under Bo Cai don''t know of the Han Army behind them until it''s toote, Lie Fan and his cavalry managed to prate them from their rear killing many Yellow Turbans while Lie Fan led them towards the big tent where he assumed Bo Cai will be there
Panic and shouts were heard across the Yellow Turbans'' rear, Bo Cai who was inside the tent heard that, and when he stepped outside to check what happened what greeted him was Lie Fan''s halberd pommel right in his skull knocking him out
Lie Fan was surprised when he saw Bo Cai walk out and feels lucky as he hit Bo Cai in the skull and then got off his horse to take Bo Cai putting him in his horse while Liu Pi told him to take a random yellow turban soldier
Finishing what they were doing, Lie Fan then led his cavalry back to the way they came from. The Yellow Turbans who were beginning to fight back realize theirmander was taken and try to save him but were toote as Lie Fan managed to breakthrough heading back to the Main army
While the Yellow Turbans were confused don''t know what to do, rains of arrows suddenly came from the other side of the river killing many in the process
Zhu Jun saw that the Archers have all crossed the rivers and attacking the Yellow Turbans he send the Infantries to strike the Yellow Turbans
Lie Fan saw that the main battle will begin, and orders the Cavalry to attack as reinforcement for the Yellow Turban handingmand to Zang Ba
Lie Fan and Liu Pi arrived back at the temporal headquarters, get off their horse and take Bo Cai alongside the random YT soldiers inside Sun Qian''s tent
In there, they began to do an act where Lie Fan is torturing both Bo Cai and the random YT soldier asking who between them is themander and where is the rest of the Yellow Turbans
Bo Cai who was awakened was angry and talked smack toward all of them, Lie Fan who had enough smacked him and intimidated him where are the other Yellow turbans he answered that they are thest big group in Yu Province with the other remnants or small group doing their own thing
After spending a couple of minutes, Xu Kai entered the tent and brought the dead body of the YT soldier when no one was looking to cut the head alongside the other random YT soldier''s heads to be brought toward Zhu Jun while Bo Cai will be tied and gagged while being put inside Lie Fan''s army personal wagon
Lie Fan brought the head toward Zhu Jun and presented it to him, saying that he managed to extract some information beforehand repeating what Bo Cai said beforehand.
Zhu Jun doesn''t believe that Yu Province they were thest big Yellow Turban group so he decides to split the troops 15.000 will be led by Lie Fan to head south toward the bordermandery between Yu and Jing Province Nanyang while 25.000 will be led by him to explore Yu Province
Every general there including Lie Fan was shocked by the decision he make and some of the senior generals was protesting but it was dismissed by Zhu Jun saying that if they can lead and strategize better than Lie Fan they can seed in Lie Fan''s ce
Lie Fan was ecstatic at the thought of leading 15.000 men with him as the main general and feels thankful to Zhu Jun as he chooses him showing his trust and affection for him
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan thanks General Zhu Jun for his trust, I will repay it by defeating more Yellow Turbans!"
Zhu Jun: "You''re the only General that I can trust andpetent enough with this responsibility even though you''re young by age, don''t fail me Little Lie!"
Lie Fan: "I will not betray the trust you put in me, General!"
The other generals see that this will happen whether they like it or not and began to tter Lie Fan so that they can be chosen to follow him as they think it will be easier than following Zhu Jun touring across Yu Province searching for Yellow Turbans
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 40 -> 45
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 290
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 35: Heading South to Nanyang Commandery
Chapter 35: Heading South to Nanyang Commandery
The other generals see that this will happen whether they like it or not and began to tter Lie Fan so that they can be chosen to follow him as they think it will be easier than following Zhu Jun touring across Yu Province searching for Yellow Turbans
Zhu Jun''s son Zhu Hao was one of themanders that want to follow Lie Fan, his rtionship with Lie Fan is pretty good thanks to Zhu Jun acting as their intermediary so he was the first to be chosen by Lie Fan to join him
Lie Fan chooses the younger generations in general as he can control them better with the merit and prestige he got from battle than the old generations as they will act superior and disrupt the chain ofmand
After the meeting, Zhu Jun take a badge and give it to Lie Fan as the symbol that he has been raised to be his vice general signaling the new position he earned to control the army
The Battle at Yangzhuai is still progressing when Lie Fan walks out from the tent, The YT soldier''s head was taken and put inside a crate to be ended towards the Imperial Court alongside whose head it is and who yed him which put another record forLie Fan''s merit
Sun Qian was outsidemanding the army as Zhu Jun delegated him to do that guarded by Xiu Kai while Zhu Jun was inside receiving Lie Fan''s report beforehand, Lie Fan told him what happened a while ago inside the tent, and Sun Qian was overjoyed as this signifies Lie Fan rise to ranks and power begin
Lie Fan: "After this battle end, we will rest at the twin cities first for today while we discuss our n for tomorrow as Changshe Xu Kai received a rumor of tens of thousands of yellow turbans army was in Nanyang so we have to tread carefully"
Sun Qian: "Yes My Lord, I think with My Lord now is the Vice General I think we have to prepare if one day the Emperor sends those eunuchs to act as Military Inspectors to observe us"
Lie Fan: "Haha no need to be afraid, those eunuchs will tell report back to the Emperor anything we want if we gave them some money or jewelry as a bribe"
Sun Qian: "Then Sun Qian will focus on this battle first and after it ends we can begin to construct our strategies"
Lie Fan and Sun Qian observe the battle, with The Yellow Turbans losing theirmander and pincer attack from three sides causing massive casualties and confusion as there are no directions given to them with their chain ofmands is broken
The battle went on for 35 minutes and ended when The Yellow Turbans decided to surrender, from their original number of 35.000 reduced to 7.350 surrenderings, and the rest was killed in battle
Zhu Jun ordered the army to be stationed outside of Yangzhuai with the prisoners to be held in a massive trial where all of them were going to be executed but Lie Fan stops it and suggest that they were used as prisoner units where they will serve as an army and will be pardoned when the rebellion is over as they need the manpower
Zhu Jun was skeptical of Lie Fan''s suggestion at first as they need more rations and can they trust these rebels, but Sun Qian and Lie Fan reassures him that they were only peasants and if they give them food then they will follow him
Zhu Jun finally relents and acquiesce Lie Fan''s suggestion, the 7.350 Yellow Turbans will be split into 2 groups where one follow Zhu Jun and the other follows Lie Fan increasing their manpower in battle
After the trial, all soldiers were ordered to take a rest and guard the prisoners while the generals and officers entered Yangzhuai and were received by the Prefect of Yangzhuai and Xinghua throwing them a banquet
Lie Fan and his retinues in the full group decided to join the banquet to enjoy thevish foods and drinks that we''re served for them, Lie Fan while in the banquet tells Zhu Jun to be prudent when he reached Runan as he heard that it was under the control of Yellow Turbans
Zhu Jun promised him and at the same time remind him also to be prudent as this will be the first time he was leading a big army and told him to take care of his son even though older than Lie Fan but he trusted Lie Fan''s instinct and mind in war more than his son
Lie Fan and his retinue stayed at the banquet for a while and take their leave t prepare for tomorrow when they marched toward Nanyang to ensure a higher sess rate
Lie Fan and Sun Qian spend the night perfecting ns and strategies while looking at the Map of the area and what can be used to their advantage with the Vision Map even though only Lie Fan can see it
Lie Fan: " Xu Kai, explore the city, especially the underworld side, and search if they have any information about the Nanyang situation right now and report back if you found any"
Xu Kai: "Okay Big Brother!"
Lie Fan: "For my army tomorrow, Sun Qian you will hold the position of main strategist, Chao Bo will hold the position of Commander of the Archer Battalion, Chao Bai will hold the position of Commander of the Infantry Battalion, Zang Ba and Liu Pi will hold the position of left and right Commander of the Cavalry Battalion"
Lie Fan''s General was happy as they received official titles now, even though it will be temporary until the Yellow Turbans Rebellion ended but it''s still an official position nheless
Xu Kai came back after 1 hour and reported to them that there is a big group of yellow turbans numbering between 10.000 - 20.000 men trying to take Nanyang under their control
Hearing the number of Yellow Turbans, Lie Fan was optimistic about their chance as with the new manpower they received and the ns they have defeating the Yellow Turbans going to be easy
Dismissing his residues, Lie Fany down in his bed and thinks of Ying Yue and how is her situation in Huai''An eventually goes to sleep
The next day, Lie Fan was standing beside Zhu Jun who was addressing the army. He announces Lie Fan''s promotion and he will divide the army into two units with Zhu Jun leading 20.000 men plus the 3.675 Yellow Turbans while the other group will be led by Lie Fan numbering 15.000 men plus the 3.675 yellow turbans.
Zhu Jun''s army was lowered due to the casualties reaching 5.000 men who died from the first battle until yesterday''s battle after they did a census today
Lie Fan who named called takes a step forward and raises his hand as a greeting to the soldiers while saying that he promised to lead his unit to glory receiving cheers from the army
Zhu Jun and Lie Fan walk off the ramp, saying their goodbyes, and walk off toward their respective army to resume their march going toward their separate ways
Lie Fan gets on Pangu and joined by his retinues, Lie Fan led the march toward Nanyang. They attack Bandits and Yellow Turbans groups they encounter along the way toward Nanyang.
While on the way to Nanyang, Lie Fan tries to recruit Bo Cai the Yellow Turban Commander whom he captured from the battle before when they were taking a rest from their March apanied by Liu Pi
Lie Fan: "So your name is Bo Cai, Why didn''t you join me and be mymander rather than following the Yellow Turbans?"
Bo Cai: "I will never betray Brother Zhang Jiao! He is our supreme leader who will lead us towards prosperity and was chosen by heaven to lead us to peace!"
Lie Fan: "Do you trust Zhang Jiao that much if you know that in truth he lied about all that and his rebellion is only to fulfill his selfish desire?"
Bo Cai: "What proof do you have?! You Han generals only know how to lie and get richer from the poor!"
Lie Fan: "Because it''s me who was chosen by heaven to lead you all to the way of peace and since you don''t believe me, let me introduce you to someone who does"
Liu Pi who was signaled began to introduce himself and exin his origin to Bo Cai, Lie Fan''s power, and finally Zhang Jiao''s true purposes leading the rebellion
Bo Cai at first doesn''t believe what Liu Pi said and even spits on his shoes but when Lie Fan began to show his ''powers'' the same way he showed them to Liu Pi in the past, Bo Cai began to believe what Liu Pi said and making him beg for forgiveness
Lie Fan told him that it was not his fault as he was lied to making him fall into his evil ways and his only redemption is to join him in the quest to lead all people to the way of peace
Bo Cai hearing that cried and solemnly vow that he will follow Lie Fan and protects him till the day he died from natural or man-made causes, today Lie Fan got another bodyguard where he feels more safe in battlefield. He began to grow an ambition to recruit strong yellow turbans general as his bodyguards
After that, everyone began to see 2 masked men always standing behind Lie Fan like a bodyguard protecting him from danger and following him into battle never being separated from him
The soldiers began to call them the Yellow Ghosts as they don''t know their faces and always protected Lie Fan by appearing silently from any side
Lie Fan led his army marching toward Nanyang spending 10 days when they finally arrived at Nanyang Commandery, Lie Fan open the vision map and saw the Nanyang Capital City Wan location so he led them there
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 45 -> 48
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 290
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 36: Battle Of Wan
Chapter 36: Battle Of Wan
Lie Fan led his army marching toward Nanyang spending 10 days when they finally arrived at Nanyang Commandery, Lie Fan open the vision map and saw the Nanyang Capital City Wan location so he led them there
Reaching Wan at first they were thought to be Yellow Turbans and the Wan army was under alert closing their city gate and warning them to not step closer while their drum sounded to alert the people residing in Nanyang
Witnessing what happened, Lie Fan rides forward alongside his retinue and generals leading his army slowly approaching Nanyang while he notified his soldiers to rise the Han Army banner signaling that they were allies
When the Wan Armymander saw that he was relieved as it turns out reinforcement from the Imperial Army, he notified his soldiers that it was a false rm as the one approaching was their reinforcement
Wan Army hearing that cheered and under the order of theirmander the city gate was opened, the Commander get down from the wall and wait at the city gate to wee the Imperial Army while he notified his soldiers to report to the Grand Administrator of Wan
Lie Fan: "Greetings I''m Lie Fan, Vice General of Zhu Jun''s Army here to help battle the Yellow Turbans"
Nanyang Commander: " I''m Du Mao themander of the Wan Army, I''m honored that Vice General Lie arriving in Wan to help us"
Lie Fan: "No need for Gratitude, tho is the duty we shall uphold protecting themon people and the empire!"
Du Mao: "Vice General Lie Fan is too humble, Our Grand Administrator is on the way here why don''t the Vice General''s army enters the city and take a rest inside our training ground or barracks?"
Lie Fan: "I thank Commander Du for your generosity, My army is tired from the March and a rest is what we need before battling against the Yellow Turbans"
Lie Fan and his retinue apanied by Du Mao enter Wan City, Lie Fan ordered Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba to lead the soldier following Du Mao officers toward their training ground or barracks
When Lie Fan and his retinue led by Du Mao finally arrived at the Wan City Estate, they were weed by the Wan Grand Administrator who was waiting for them in front of the estate
NGA: "Greetings towards you General, I''m Wan Grand Administrator Qin Xie wee to Nanyang"
Lie Fan: "Greetings I''m Lie Fan Vice General of Zhu Jun Army, thank you for weing us, we heard that Nanyang needs some help and General Zhu Jun send me here alongside 18.675 men to reinforce Wan"
Qin Xie: "What General Zhu Jun and Vice General Lie Fan heard was right, there''s a 15.000 Yellow turbans army residing somewhere near Wan and was threatening to attack us if we do not submit"
Lie Fan: "Then the timing of our arrival is notte, Administrator Qin doesn''t need to throw a banquet to wee us. The money is better spent on more food and drinks for my soldiers"
Qin Xie: "Vice General Lie caring for his soldier is admirable! Wan is honored to serve food and drinks for the Imperial Army!"
After the greetings, Qin Xie invited Lie Fan and his retinue to enter the estate leading them toward the meeting room to discuss in a more private area
Lie Fan introduces Sun Qian, Xu Kai, Liu Pi, and Bo Cai to Qin Xie as his retinues, Qin Xie was intrigued with Liu Pi and Bo Cai as the two of them wear masks to cover their face while acting as Lie Fan''s bodyguards
Lie Fan told him why they wear masks because an unknown-faced bodyguard can be used for many tasks and go to many ces undetected that''s why he ordered them to wear masks
Qin Xie hearing that praises Lie Fan''s ingenuity as he can think of such a brilliant idea, Qin Xie and Lie Fan talk about somemon topics like scenery and poetry before entering more serious topics
Lie Fan: "Grand Administrator Qin, when does the Yellow Turbans threaten Wan? Is it already been a week or a month?"
Qin Xie: "Maybe one or two weeks, their leader Zhang Mancheng killed the previous Grand Administrator of Wan Master Chu Gong when our army shed against the Yellow Turbans. I seed him in this emergency time and with our low morale I decided for us to hold up inside the city"
Lie Fan: "If I may know, how many does the Wan Army number right now?"
Qin Xie: "We only have 5.000 from the original 8.000 men"
Lie Fan: "It''s more than enough to defend Wan, I n to station my army outside Wan and wait for the Yellow Turbans to ambush them.
I will lend my advisor Master Sun Qian here to help you coordinate the defense for when the Yellow Turbans attack Wan and when the Yellow Turbans was focused on attacking Wan that''s when My army will begin to attack them"
Qin Xie: "Vice General Lie''s n is a brilliant one, having Master Sun Qian beside me to coordinate the defense of Nanyang is increasing my confidence. Let''s do as Vice General Lie ns and If I remember correctly the Yellow Turbans will arrive in 3 days, I think it''s more than enough time to prepare"
Sun Qian: "My Lord if I may, Grand Administrator Qin can cut some lumbers and apply some oil to lumbers setting them on fire when we rolled them down from the wall causing massive damage to their numbers and morale"
Lie Fan: "Great Idea Master Sun! I think Grand Administrator Qin is acquiescing with what Master Sun proposed?"
Qin Xie: "Of Course! With Vice General Lie and Master Sun on Wan''s side, those Yellow Turban will never know what hit them"
Lie Fan, Sun Qian, and Qin Xie talk for about an hour perfection the strategy then Lie Fan and Sun Qian take their leave to return to their army to inform them of the n
When Lie Fan and Sun Qian arrived at Wan Barracks to meet with the rest of the Generals, he informed them of the n and where each of their position will be making sure that they remember the signal as it was vital for the sess of their n
He also tells them to capture the Yellow Turban leaders, from theirmander to higher-ranking officers as he wanted to interrogate them
Lie Fan ordered them to take rest for the day and from tomorrow they will organize the army to their position, making sure it was hidden in in sight to not attract the Yellow Turban''s attention
In the next two days, Lie Fan prepares everything that needed to be prepared while making sure his army is well-equipped and provided with enough food to strengthen their constitution
Grand Administrator Qin Xie is nervous about the battle but not afraid, he has a background in martial arts and adequate skills to protect himself. Sun Qian was beside him and advising on what was next to be done
Lie Fan was stationed west of Nanyang apanied by Bo Cai, Liu Pi, and Zhu Hao where from this position he will lead 1.500 cavalries to attack the Yellow Turbans
When the sun was right atop their heads, they were the Yellow Turbans finally arrived and Lie Fan uses Sun Tzu to calcte their numbers and confirmed that their number is 15.000
Zhang Mancheng the Leader of Nanyang Yellow Turbans feels confident and strode out to the front when they reach Wan to address the administrator of the city
Zhang Mancheng: "Qin Xie you coward! Your Father has arrived and demands you to give proper respect by opening this gate and kowtowing before me!"
Qin Xie who heard that was angry while Sun Qian is calming him down reminding him to not be instigated by what Zhang Mancheng said
Qin Xie: "Yellow Turbans scum! We will never submit to the likes of you and will battle to the death for our safety!"
Zhang Mancheng: "Humph! Then you just ordered your funeral for you and your city! Brothers show them what we are made of attack the city!"
Yellow Turbans: "Hoahhhh!!!"
The Yellow Turbans under Zhang Mancheng''s orders began to attack Nanyang, Qin Xie seeing that tells his soldier to prepare the lumber and rolled them down when the Yellow Turbans reached the wall to raise theirdders
The Wan Army began to shoot their bows under the order of Qin Xie, Wan Archery Battallion Commander an middle aged man giba the order to fire and he also shoot his bow with an uracy so urate that many Yellow Turbans Fall
The Yellow Turbans reached under the wall were crushed by the numbers and some were set on fire thanks to the oil applied to them with a fire burning strongly killing them
Zhang Mancheng saw the tactics Nanyang used and feel annoyed by it, he ordered his right-hand man Zhao Hong to lead the attack and bring some water to extinguish the burning Yellow Turbans soldier
Zhao Hong followed Zhang Mancheng''s orders and ordered his soldiers to begin to take some water to douse off the burning Yellow Turbans
Zhang Mancheng: "Since when these bastards know how to use tactics, Han Zhong, Sun Zhong go help andmand left nk and right nk respectivelymand the archers to shoot at those bastards when they wanted to roll down the numbers"
Sun Zhong and Han Zhong followed the orders and enter their position ordering the archers to prepare to shoot, when they wanted to order to shoot Lie Fan''s army who were waiting finally receive the signal and began to attack the Yellow Turbans
Zhang Mancheng who was watching the attack at Wan suddenly received a report of the Han Army attacking them from all sides making him panic and when he went outside his tent he saw many Han armiesing at them
Zhang Mancheng: "Brothers! Enter defensive formation and do not panic as that''s what the Enemies wanted us to do!"
The Yellow Turbans who were panicking ignored or doesn''t hear Zhang Mancheng''s orders, scattered to each side thinning their ranks as they fight at all sides
Zhao Hong: "Big Brother! What shall we do now?! The Brothers were too panicked and ignored your orders! Since when did a Han Army this bige and we never saw them?!"
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000
Renown: 48
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 290
VIT: 95
AGI: 88
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 37: Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong
Chapter 37: Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong
Zhao Hong: "Big Brother! What shall we do now?! The Brothers were too panicked and ignored your orders! Since when did a Han Army this bige and we never saw them?!"
Zhang Mancheng was thinking of a way to get out of there and was interrupted by Zhao Hong, making him furious as they are the high ranking officers, and if they panicked then the Yellow Turbans will be annihted
Zhang Mancheng: "Silent! You go and lead the brother''s attack Wan now! It''s our only way to win this battle if we managed to enter Wan!"
Zhao Hong who was yelled at by Zhang Mancheng began to calm down and run outside to lead a frantic frontal assault on Wan
Meanwhile, Sun Zhong and Han Zhong who were leasing the left and right nks don''t have a choice but to block the Han Army attack from their side
Lie Fan who led his cavalry to attack from the right nk, pierce the yellow turban sporadic formation like a paper especially with the Yellow Turbans number scattered on all sides
Liu Pi and Bo Cai were beside him killing the Yellow Turbans who before they thought of as brothers now facing their archnemesis killing many who try to hurt Lie Fan
Han Zhong saw Lie Fan when leading the defense against his Cavalry, seeing the expensive and high-quality armor he knew that Lie Fan is themander so he targeted him
Han Zhong leads 20 men to intercept Lie Fan, he sends the 20 men first to stop Lie Fan while he immediately attacks Lie Fan when there''s an opportunity presented
Lie Fan and his bodyguards had to halt their advances thanks to the 20 men Han Zhong send in a group to stop them, Lie Fan instantly kill 3 yellow turbans that try to stop him using his halberd
Liu Pi and Bo Cai were upied by the other Yellow Turbans, and Han Zhong see this as an opportunity to attack the Lie Fan using his sword from behind
Lie Fan who was still killing the Yellow Turbans who blocked his advance, feels something behind his back and use his halberd to attack whoever was behind him
Han Zhong saw his sword parried by Lie Fan''s halberd, moving back Han Zhong attacked again but Lie Fan already turn around, and before he finished his move Lie Fan swing his halberd cutting off Han Zhong''s head
*DING!*
[An Achievement has beenpleted!
Killing your First Yellow Turban General, showing your first mark in history!
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis obtained
The host received 100.000 exp, 100.000 taels, 5 strength potions, and 20 free Attributes]
?Yellow Turban Nemesis
The Yellow Turbans don''t expect they will receive an enemy who knows them too well and their rebellion is crushed by one Single Man
+10 Strength, +10 Agility, +20 renown
Lie Fan was happy hepleted another Achievement, but he decide to focus on the battle for now and continue advancing toward the Yellow Turbans headquarters
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba lead their respective battalion crushing through the Yellow Turbans. Chao Bai who was attacking from the left side currently dueling against Sun Zhong, Chao Bai who have innate strength since young was controlling the duel Sun Zhong can only defend
While Sun Zhong was preupied with Chao Bai, his head suddenly was pierced by an arrow and the one who shot it was Chao Bo who was leading the Archer battalion from the nk
The Yellow Turbans already lost 2 high ranking officers but their progress in attacking Wan is still stagnant win Qin Xie''s leadership alongside Sun Qian''s tactics Wan stand strong against their onught
Zhang Mancheng received a report that both Sun Zhong and Han Zhong is dead, leaving only him and Zhao Hong the remaining high-ranking officers which pushed him to help Zhao Hong in leading the attack personally to take Wan
Zhang Mancheng: "Zhao Hong! This is ourst chance to storm Wan! If we failed to take it then we have to say goodbye to our life!"
Zhao Hong: "Okay Big Brother! Brothers remember your families back home waiting for salvation! Destroy this bastard from Han!"
The Yellow Turbans'' morale rose for ast attempt to take Wan, Xin Qie seeing that ask for Sun Qian''s advice as the lumber they keep has been used all. Sun Qian advised to just hold on and whenever adder rose towards the wall, the soldier kicked it or set it on fire to reduce the number of yellow turbans ascending the wall and put wagons or carriages on the gate to make the gate heavier to be rammed open
The Wan Archer Commander also lead their archer battalion to shoot against the sear of the Yellow Turbans army, killing and injuring many of them
Lie Fan saw Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong leading the charge to Wan making him change their course and run after both of them as he wanted to recruit them to enter his bodyguard rank alongside Liu Pi and Bo Cai
He instructs Liu Pi and Bo Cai to knock them unconscious and then take them toward Xu Kai who was waiting back at their first position where wait to ambush Yellow Turbans
Liu Pi and Bo Cai obey the order and both of them make their horse ride faster toward both Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong in a fast speed using their weapon handle to knock them both
Zhang Mancheng heard a horse heading toward him and Zhao Hong, when he turned around he saw a yellow-masked man headitowardrds him while the other one toward Zhao Hong
He informs Zhao Hong of the iing enemy and both of them raised their weapons respectively to parry the attack
When they shed, the other yellow turbans around them wanted to help their Generals but Lie Fan and the cavalry arrived attacking them causing massive casualties where Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong can''t do anything but watch everything happening around them while fighting against Liu Pi and Bo Cai
Liu Pi and Bo Cai work well together like a well-oiled engine after training under Lie Fan''s guidance, Zhao Hong was the first one defeated and knocked out by Liu Pi hitting him in the side of the head with his spear handle
Zhang Mancheng seeing that wanted to help Zhao Hong but Bo Cai attacked him canceling his move to Parry Bo Cai''s attack, Liu Pi take Zhao Hong onto his horse and help Bo Cai attack Zhang Mancheng
Under the attack of the two, Zhang Mancheng was soon cornered and can only defend himself before being knocked out by Bo Cai who then seize him alongside Liu Pi who was carrying Zhao Hong take them back to Xu Kai
Lie Fan who was spearheading the attack began to shout telling the Yellow Turbans to surrender followed by his Men as theirmander has been taken captive
The Yellow Turbans panicked when they heard that and many began to surrender while some of them decide to run away but were killed by Lie Fan soldiers shot with arrows
The battle soon ends with the Yellow Turbans who surrender numbering 2.500 and the rest of them are dead, Lie Fan ordered the Yellow Turbans to be used the same as the former yellow turbans who now served as the Prisoner army
Lie Fan then do a census to count the number of his army and from 18.675 after the battle 15.451 remaining with 500 wounded and the rest killed in battle, the killed soldiers were buried with honor in Wan while the bodies of the Yellow Turbans were piled up then burned
Qin Xie and Sun Qian left the wall joining Lie Fan at the battle site, Qin Xie thank Lie Fan and Sun Qian profusely as without them sooner orter Wan will fall to the Yellow Turbans
Lie Fan says that this is his duty and he requested some rations for his soldiers before scouring Nanyang Commandery to clean up the remaining Yellow Turbans. Qin Xie agrees and says that he will inform the Imperial Court and The Emperor of Lie Fan''s bravery and merit in helping Wan
Sun Qian who knows Lie Fan has something to do apanies Qin Xie in documenting and allotting the rations for Lie Fan''s army, Lie Fan is relieved when Sun Qian finally takes Qin Xie away and he rides out toward Xu Kai''s location to cajole Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong to join his side increasing the number of bodyguards he is going to have
Arriving at the tent, Lie Fan enters and is greeted by the sight of Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong tied up in a pole guarded by Liu Pi and Bo Cai with Xu Kai interrogating them
Lie Fan: "Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong, both of you have done many bad things in the name of a movement that doesn''t even consider your safety and the people"
Zhang Mancheng: "You Pig! Release us and fight us one on one like a man! Yellow Heaven is guiding us and what we do is for the greater good!"
Lie Fan: "Really? Does the Yellow Heaven even exist? Has Zhang Jiao shown both of you this Yellow Heaven he speaks of?"
Zhang Mancheng: "Master Zhang hasn''t shown us The Yellow Heaven yet because he says before the Han Dynasty falls the Yellow Heaven will not appear!"
Zhao Hong: "Yes! What Big Brother says is true! You cant manipte us because the Yellow Heaven is always guarding us!"
Lie Fan: "Oh really? Then Liu Pi Bo Cai both of you take off your masks and introduce yourself to them who are you"
Liu Pi and Bo Cai take off their mask, and they introduce themselves as former Yellow Turbans General who has rescinded from their old ways and now joined Lie Fan''s side as the one where chosen by the Heaven Lie Fan
Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong were angry when they heard what both of them said, Spits and bad words were flying to Liu Pi and Bo Cai to the betrayal they had done to the movement
Lie Fan: "Both of you don''t believe the two of them? Fine then I will show you what makes them believe me and join under my wing to learn the true Way of Peace that Zhang Jiao hasn''t shown you yet as he was a fraud"
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Bandit Vanquisher -> Yellow Turbans Nemesis
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 512.000 -> 412.000
Renown: 48 -> 68
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 290 -> 300
VIT: 95
AGI: 88 -> 98
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 0 -> 20
Chapter 38: Meeting First Famous General
Chapter 38: Meeting First Famous General
Lie Fan: "Both of you don''t believe the two of them? Fine then I will show you what makes them believe me and join under my wing to learn the true Way of Peace that Zhang Jiao hasn''t shown you yet as he was a fraud"
Lie Fan showed them the power of system Inventory again, taking things out and putting them back in with cream on the top where he showed them the Book Of Knowledge writing the event happening right now by itself
Liu Pi and Bo Cai were amazed by what the Book of Knowledge do make their loyalty and reverence toward Lie Fan rise through the roof, Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong were shocked, afraid, and amazed at what was happening in front of them real powers that were bestowed by heaven to Lie Fan
Zhang Mancheng: "Master! We have sinned and been blinded by evil ways to do evil things under an imposter using Heaven as their will!"
Zhao Hong: "We promised to change our ways and protect you for the rest of our life to cleanse us from these sins!"
Lie Fan: "Your sins will be cleansed when the world we dreamed of reaches peace! From today forward you two will join the Yellow Ghosts to protect me and the world to reach peace!"
ZM+ZH: "We Thank the Lord for your generosity and way to salvation!"
Lie Fan used the Eye of Eng Shen to see the attributes of both of them to see their power level, and he include Bo Cai and Liu Pi also to see their growth
?Liu Pi
STR: 265->295 VIT: 75->83 AGI: 75->78 INT: 69-> 71
?Bo Cai
STR: 285 -> 308 VIT: 82->87 AGI: 80->84 INT: 70 -> 74
?Zhang Mancheng
STR: 280 VIT: 83 AGI: 75 INT: 76
?Zhao Hong
STR: 273 VIT: 71 AGI: 70 INT: 43
Seeing the attributes of his Bodyguards between the middle level makes him feel safer on the battlefield but he will never let his guard down even though he got tho bodyguards
Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong submitted to Lie Fan joining his side to protect Lie Fan from the growing danger in the unpredictable battle for hegemony, he feels the Yellow Ghosts need 1 or 2 more members to reach their potential as elite general bodyguards
Lie Fan ordered them to use a mask and tired yellow scarves on their head matching Liu Pi and Bo Cai, the mask they made Lie Fan yesterday from wood with 2 holes made for their eyes to see
Lie Fan ns to make a mask design for when they go back to Huai''An for his bodyguards so they have the same mask as a unit in the future bing one of his symbols in the future
After Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong put on their mask and change their clothes, Lie Fan now apanied by 4 bodyguards alongside Xu Kai goes back to Wan to meet with Qin Xie and Sun Qian
At Wan, everyone was in a festive mood as the Yellow Turbans that threaten their city has been defeated making them all feel safe after 2 weeks of terror
Qin Xie and Sun Qian were giving rations to Lie Fan''s Army when Lie Fan and his retinues arrived at Wan, Sun Qian inform him that tonight Qin Xie will invite them to a banquet to celebrate their victory
Lie Fan said for today everyone can enjoy themselves drink some wine and then introduce Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong to Sun Qian without saying their names first as they are in public
They busy themselves giving extra rations to the soldiers until the evening when they changed their clothes and then ride towards Wan Estate to join the Banquet
Qin Xie weed them when they arrived, he led them toward the banquet room where high-ranking officials and generals of Wan have waited for them to start the banquet
His arrival means the banquetmenced, food and wine servedvishly by beautiful maids that increase the aura in the room from festive to jovial with some of them already fancying the maids, especially the young generals who just returned from battle
Lie Fan was enticed by many young and beautiful maids, they were ordered to apany Lie Fan by Qin Xie and they were happy to do so with some of them taking a fancy to his handsome and youthful vigor while the others fancy the position he have
Lie Fan was not interested at first, he eats the food and received toast from many officials and generals including his army generals, but because he received too much toast he began to get drunk many maids decided to use this opportunity to tease him
Lie Fan who was drunk began to ept the teasing he got and even returned the teasing with one of his own, the wine clouded his judgment lowering his vignce as when his brain functions normally he would think that this is a ploy used against him
Qin Xie who saw Lie Fan ying with the maids feels happy as this is one of the gifts he prepared for Lie Fan. fortunately, Sun Qian was beside Lie Fan, and Lie Fan even though drunk still listen to his advisors so Lie Fan untangled himself from the maids and with his bodyguard''s help was escorted back to his room with Sun Qian saying goodbye to the host in his stead.
The next day Lie Fan woke up with a hangover and remembered what happenedst night, he was thankful that Sun Qian was there to stop him even though he love beautiful women that don''t mean he will do intercourse with all beautiful women he met
When he is done taking a bath and changing back into his armor, Lie Fan walks out greeted by Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong who guarded his door while Liu Pi and Bo Cai take a rest after their shift is done
Apanied by his bodyguards, he walks to the garden gazebo and meets Qin Xie there who was enjoying the scenery while drinking some tea
Qin Xie: "Good Morning Vice General Lie, how was your sleepst night?"
Lie Fan: "Pretty bad with the hangover haha! The banquetst night was very enjoyable I thank Administrator Qin for it"
Qin Xie: "It''s nothing for the heroes of Wan, with Vice General will continue securing the southern area of Yu Province is good for Vice General to take some steam off and enjoy a lovely banquet"
Lie Fan: " First May I know who is The General that leads your Archer Battalion Administrator Qin?"
Qin Xie: " Oh that man? His name is Huang Zhong a veteranmander here in Wan and not many people know him that close as he always keeps everything to themselves, why does Vice General Lie interested in him?"
Lie Fan hearing the name Huang Zhong now began to show a smile that only he can understand, Huang Zhong was one of Liu Bei''s 5 times generals and can match his prowess with Lu Bu and Guan Yu only because his old age hindered his true prowess
Lie Fan: " His Archery skill is magnificent and I would like to recruit him to join the Imperial Army Expedition I don''t know if Administrator Qin allows that?"
Qin Xie: " Hahaha of course you can! Wan is safe now and you can recruit other talented people to join the imperial army eliminating Yellow Turbans"
Lie Fan: "Then Thank You for Administrator Qin''s approval, I will take My leave, Administrator Qin, thank you for your hospitality, and may we meet again in the future under better circumstances"
Qin Xie: "Wait a minute Vice General! I want to inform you that I have sent envoys to the Capital to report your merit and the heads of the Yellow Turbans leaders were brought by them as well in the future, if you ever needed any help Wan is at your services"
Lie Fan hearing that thanked Qin Xie for what he had done and promised to ever remember him if he ever needed some help which can be used in the future when Liu Biao governed Jing Province as a stepping stone for an attack on Jing Province.
Lie Fan was happy as he can use this as a stepping stone to control Yu Province in the future with Yuan Shu losing Wan from his grasp as Qin Xie is still alive not like in history when he died under Zhao Hong''s hand and Wan falls under Yellow Turbans hand making Yuan Shu much easier to control Yu Province in the future
He also can meet the younger self of Huang Zhong who be famous when he is already old and under Liu Bei serving Shu Han, While the Younger Huang Zhong he believes be reclusive because of his son''s sickness which why Lie Fan wanted to meet him and he can cure Huang Xu then Huang Zhong will be very loyal to him personally rather than Han dynasty
After meeting and saying goodbye to Qin Xie, Lie Fan goes to wake up Sun Qian and his other bodyguards then together they go toward Wan Training Ground and barracks informing his generals and soldiers to prepare to begin preparation to continue their expedition in 3 days
In the barracks, Lie Fan alongside Sun Qian asks for Huang Zhong''s whereabouts and some soldiers show the room Huang Zhong has as themander of the archer battalion
Lie Fan knocked on the door and heard a voice telling them toe in, Lie Fan told Sun Qian and the others he will enter by himself as he believe that Huang Zhong doesn''t want to meet many people especially now that his son is sick
Entering the room Lie Fan was greeted by the sight of a middle-aged man, Lie Fan says his greeting to him, and Huang Zhong turned his head up and saw that it was Lie Fan so he stand up to return the greeting while Lie Fan used the Eye to see his attributes in which seeing his strength shocked him
?Huang Zhong
STR: 803 VIT: 200 AGI: 214 INT: 100
Huang Zhong: " Vice General Lie please forgive me for my rudeness I don''t know that it was you visiting me"
Lie Fan: "It''s okay Commander Huang, I''m here to recruit you t join me in eliminating the Yellow Turbans I don''t know if Commander Huang wanted to join me in doing this great cause?"
Huang Zhong hearing that was ecstatic and happy as this is one of his dreams to serve the country and reach a higher position for his family, but remembering how his wife is already gone and his son''s sickness his spirit to do so has been long hone in return to taking care of his only son
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis
Age: 16 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 68 -> 75
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 300
VIT: 95
AGI: 98
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40
ATR Points: 20
Chapter 39: Recruiting Huang Zhong and Yu Province Pacified
Chapter 39: Recruiting Huang Zhong and Yu Province Pacified
Huang Zhong hearing that was ecstatic and happy as this is one of his dreams to serve the country and reach a higher position for his family, but remembering how his wife is already gone and his son''s terminal sickness his spirit to do so has been long hone in return to taking care of his only son
Lie Fan sees the dilemma that Huang Zhong is feeling right now from his face and began to check in the system for something that maybe can cure his son''s sickness
?Medicine God Pill
A pill that was said to be made by the Medicine God that can cure all illness no matter how bad it is as long the person I still alive with immediate effect in 1 day
Price: 40.000 SP
Seeing the price Lie Fan feels its worth it with having Huang Zhong at his side, he can send him to duel against Lu Bu in the future when Dong Zhuo controls Luoyang
Lie Fan: " So does Commander Huang agree with my invitation?"
Huang Zhong: " I''m sorry Vice General Lie I can''t join the imperial army as I have to take care of my son who have a terminal illness since he was young"
Lie Fan: " If I may know what sickness does your son had?"
Huang Zhong: " He had a high fever when he was young which immobilized his lower body so he can''t walk for the rest of his life he have breathing trouble since then have to drink medicine every day"
Lie Fan: " I''m sorry to hear that, but what if I can cure your son will youe and join me?"
Huang Zhong hears that and says that it''s impossible as he already meets many doctors and no one can cure him, Lie Fan seeing Huang Zhong bes agitated take out the pill from his inventory and show it to him saying to let his son take this pill
Huang Zhong receiving the pill bes confused as to how can the pill cure his son as he already tried many pills before, Lie Fan says to let his son consume it first and in the next 2 days his son will be cured at the time Huang Zhong can''t refuse his invitation again
Huang Zhong agrees and began to feel hope as maybe this will bring a miracle to his son curing him of his ailments, Lie Fan left Huang Zhong''s room and goes back to their room in the inn to wait for Huang Zhong
They waited for 2 days for Huang Zhong where Sun Qian doesn''t feel optimist about their chances, while Lie Fan just says to wait for Huang Zhong, and true enough to his word a servant tells him that a man named Huang Zhong wanted to see him
Huang Zhong: " This Commander Huang Zhong is grateful for this life-saving favor that Vice General Lie bestowed upon my son and I swear to repay this with the great of my life serving Vice General Lie"
When Huang Zhong enters Lie Fan''s room, he immediately knelt and says his gratitude to Lie Fan for what he had done for his son
Lie Fan: " Come and get up Commander Huang, saving your son can be considered me doing a good deed for my life"
Huang Zhong: " No matter what it is, Vice General Lie has saved my son, and we The Huangs will repay this favor with our life and loyalty"
*DING!!*
[Congrattions Host Forpleting the achievement ''Vigorous Old Man'' by recruiting Huang Zhong to be your General
Received 70.000 SP, Phoenix Bow, and Unlimited arrow sleeve]
Lie Fan was happy that he received a reward but the reward is nothingpared to having Huang Zhong as his general, at the same time reducing Liu Bei''s generals to ater stage Liu Bei is overpowered having many great generals
Lie Fan positioned Huang Zhong as his Archer Battalion General, and Chao Bo will act as his vice general learning under Huang Zhong also as a way of increasing his skill
Huang Zhong was full of gratitude to be positioned as a battalion general in his first position even though he hadn''t contributed anything yet
Seeing that tomorrow they will begin to continue their expedition, Lie Fan brought Huang Zhong alongside Sun Qian and his bodyguards to show Huang Zhong his battalion and introduce him to the other generals in his army
Huang Zhong meets many generals from Lie Fan''s army and the young generals were skeptical about Huang Zhong''s abilities as he is already in histe 30 and will enter his early 40 but still stay as a Commander of a battalion
Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba knew their Lord will never choose the wrong people and began to develop rtions with Huang Zhong bing his junior and hoping to learn from him
The other generals were shocked but don''t follow in their footsteps except for Zhu Hao who knew that these 3 people were Lie Fan''s core generals seeing their reaction it looks like they have high trust in Lie Fan so he followed saying his greeting
Huang Zhong doesn''t care about what others think and after familiarizing themself with his position and the battalion he will lead, Huang Zhong asks Lie Fan if his son can also be brought along with them
Lie Fan doesn''t agree as their battle will be nonstop and afraid something will happen to Huang Xu so he tells Huang Zhong that he will send Huang Xu to Huai''An to receive care there until he can walk again protected by soldiers the way and Huang Zhong agree with Lie Fan suggestion
Lie Fan told the army to finish their preparation today and tomorrow everyone will wait outside the city for final inspection before they will continue their expedition, Huang Zhong take this leave to prepare his household as they will move out from Wan
Lie Fan agrees and heads back toward his room at the Inn to rest for tomorrow, the next day when the sunshine Lie Fan woke up and with little preparation, he left the inn alongside his retainer to go outside of the city where his army is waiting for him
Lie Fan meets Huang Zhong along the way with his household in which they were told to go first back to Huai''An apanied by 100 soldiers from his Guard Battalion.
Arriving at the position of his army, Lie Fan began to order for their final inspection to be done and if everything is ready they will move out
All inspection is done when the sun is right above them which means already mid-day, Lie Fan orders the match leading it in the front protected by His Bodyguards beside him is Sun Qian and Xu Kai with the generals each with their battalion
Lie Fan began to explore the southern Yu Province and even Northern Jing Province which borders with Yu Province, Yellow Turbans, bandits, and insurgents was encountered along the way and was obliterated by Lie Fan and his army
In this small battle or encounter, Lie Fan began to lead from the rear while his generals were given authority to lead his soldiers to battle so they have experienced one leading while strategizing at the same time
Sun Qian was happy with Lie Fan''s approach as this meant he be more mature and his impulse begging to fade away, so Lie Fan and his army spent 2 months cleaning Southern Yu Province and Northern Jing Province marking them entering 184 AD which was originally Yellow Turbans.
He was nning to enter Xu Province when he received letters from Zhu Jun to meet him back at Changshe to regroup and celebrate entering the new year
Lie Fan''s army which numbered 18.451 after the battle at Wan now numbered 17.750 some died on the battlefield and because of their wounds, Lie Fan''s position was now near Wan so his journey back to Changshe was not that far spending 15 days in the road
Reaching Changshe, Lie Fan saw Zhu Jun''s army from a distance and their numbers have shrunk from originally 23.675 to 19.736 ording to Sun Tzu''s calction showing that Zhu Jun received heavy resistance and not using his tactics which include yellow turbans as prisoners'' army
When they arrived, Lie Fan orders his army to pitch their Camps and secure the perimeter while he and his retinues alongside Zhu Hao goes toward Zhu Jun''s tent to report back to him
Entering the tent Lie Fan finally after almost 3 months meets Zhu Jun again face to face, Zhu Jun is still the same with an iconicugh greeting him and his son back
Zhu Jun: "Little Lie! Hao''er! Finally, you havee! Happy New Year to you two Haha! Come and tell me how your experience this past 2 to 3 months"
Lie Fan: "Hello Uncle Zhu it''s good to see you again, As I promised Brother Hao is unharmed ande back in one piece"
Zhu Hao: "It''s all thanks to Brother Lie Guidance, even though you''re younger than me but your experience is considerably higher than mine, I was ashamed of myself"
Zhu Jun: "Hahaha! Brat you were living in peace before and only know training your skill but did not gain any experience until it was toote! Little Lie on the other hand born in an era where bandits and rebels are roaming thend so he doesn''t have any choice but to take arms"
Lie Fan: "Uncle Zhu and Brother Hao are praising me too much, I''m only doing what was right no need to praise me"
Lie Fan, Zhu Jun, and Zhu Hao spend their time drinking some wine and eating some food while Lie Fan report to Zhu Jun what happened this past 2 - 3 month
They spend 3 days in Changshe recuperating their body and minds when suddenly an envoy from the Imperial Court arrived bringing them an urgent message from The Emperor in particr for Lie Fan
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis
Age: 16 Years Old -> 17 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 75
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 151.700 -> 181.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 300 -> 320 (2 STR Potion)
VIT: 95 ->105
AGI: 98 -> 102
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 40 -> 45
ATR Points: 20
Chapter 40: Appointed To Replace Lu Zhi
Chapter 40: Appointed To Rece Lu Zhi
They spend 3 days in Changshe recuperating their body and minds when suddenly an envoy from the Imperial Court arrived bringing them an urgent message from The Emperor in particr for Lie Fan
Zhu Jun immediately order all generals to enter themand tent to receive the Imperil Edict, whoever it is for everyone has to symbolically receive the edict when the envoy reads it
Lie Fan who was training his halberd and having mock duels with his Huang Zhong trying to get more strength goes to themand tent immediately apanied by his bodyguards, Sun Qian, and Xu Kai as the edict is addressed to him
When he arrived at themand tent, all battalion generals were already in there with Zhu Jun at the front with the Imperial Envoy who by the looks of it the envoy is a Eunuch which makes him raise his vignce
Zhu Jun: "Little Lie you''re heree and meet Eunuch Zuo Feng, he brings Imperial Edict from the Emperor addressed to you"
Lie Fan: "Vice General Lie Fan meets Eunuch Zuo Feng! Thank you foring to the frontline to bring Your Majesty Edict!"
Zuo Feng: "It is my duty as The Emperor''s servant to bring the edict, Vice General Lie now receive your edict!"
Everyone in the tent except for Zuo Feng himself takes a knee before the edict to receive or hear what the Emperor has ordered them to do
Zuo Feng: "Due to bad influence and not obeying Imperial Decree, General Lu Zhi''s position as General of his army has been revoked and to rece his position as the General is Vice General Lie Fan of Zhu Jun Army with his merits and excellent service in the battle to resume Lu Zhi position as the General Of Lu Zhi''s Army now Lie Fan''s Army"
Everyone in there was shocked by the news as Lu Zhi is one of the pioneers that started this campaign and this edict shocked all of them except Lie Fan who already know what will happen after hearing Zuo Feng''s name but doesn''t expect him was appointed to rece Lu Zhi
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan receives His Majesty''s orders and will immediately head towards General Lu Zhi''s Army position to resume his post!"
Zuo Feng: "Your Majesty has high expectations for General Lie, only 17 years old this year and has already contributed numerous merits this is one of the rewards Your Majesty bestowed upon General Lie"
Lie Fan: "It''s all thanks to Your Majesty Heaven bestowed Luck that I was able to contribute numerous merits to the Imperial Throne"
Zuo Feng: "Hahaha! I will convey what you said back to the Emperor, now may I have a private conversation with General Lie please everyone leave"
Hearing what Zuo Feng said, everyone begin to leave still in shock from the announcement they hear. Zhu Jun was skeptical about the whole situation but decided to obey first and talk with Lie Fan after this
Zuo Feng: "Ahem now that everyone has left the tent, General Lie Fan doesn''t want to give me something for the edict that I have brought and announced?"
Lie Fan knew that Zuo Feng will want him to give him something as a ''gift'' which was a bribe for him to keep his mouth closed but he doesn''t expect this fast
Lie Fan: "Of Course! I only have 50.000 taels in banknotes in me right now, I hope Eumuch Zuo is satisfied with this gift?"
Zuo Feng: "Satisfied pretty satisfied, I thank Young General Lie for his generosity. Then I will take my leave now to report back to His Majesty"
Lie Fan: "Yes, Of Course, may Eunuch Zuo''s trip back to Luoyang is safe"
Zuo Femg left the tent and after that Zhu Jun alongside Lie Fan''s retinue enter the tent and wanted to discuss what just happened with him
Zhu Jun: "What the hell just happened?! Old Lu will never disobey the Emperor this is lies!"
Lie Fan: "Calm down Uncle Zhu, I think Uncle Lu never disobeys and be a bad influence on the army but it''s because the eunuchs don''t get bribes from Uncle Lu so they ndered him in front of Your Majesty"
Zhu Jun: "Gosh damn it those bastards! How can they still think of enriching themselves while we are South here fighting a rebellion that threatened to overthrow the Empire?!"
Sun Qian: " General Zhu this is already the routine of the 10 attendants, they always try to take benefits in every situation, and I will not be surprised if some of them even coborate with The Yellow Turbans"
Zhu Jun: "Do you think so? The 10 attendants can be wiped out if that''s true and we can find evidence to prove that"
Lie Fan: "Even though it''s true I doubt that Your Majesty will kill all of them, especially Zhang Rang but we can try to search for the evidence, even if it''s not true we still need to destroy the Yellow turbans anyway"
Zhu Jun: "Then Little Lie please take care of Old Lu, that stubborn old man can''t change his ways, and use him as your strategist in your Army"
Lie Fan: "Of Course Uncle Zhu, please rest assured that Uncle Lu will be safe and happy"
Zhu Jun is assured of what Lie Fan said and say his congrattions on his promotion, telling him don''t get arrogant on the battlefield and that he can leave whenever Lie Fan is ready allowing him also to bring his retinues and original soldiers
Lie Fan takes his leave to prepare his generals and soldiers, he nned to depart as soon as possible to minimize bad things happening in Lu Zhi''s Army just lost the General in charge
Lie Fan spends 2 days preparing his army and saying goodbyes to the other officers of Zhu Jun''s Army as no matter what grievances they had with each other had been reced by respect with their time spent in battle
After saying his goodbyes and his army is ready, Lie Fan began to ride out while in deep thought that if the event that happened still the same as history then when Zuo Feng ndered Lu Zhi causing him to losemand when Lu Zhi managed to defeat Zhang Jiao''s army and right now besieged Zhang Jiao''s army in Guangzhong County
The Number of Yellow Turbans is massivepared to Lu Zhi''s army, so he ordered Sun Qian to make a letter to the Imperial Court requesting reinforcements as they have to face the main army of the Yellow Turbans as well him requesting Lu Zhi''s appointment as his strategist rather than he was sensed back to Luoyang
Xu Kai was entrusted with the letter and alongside Oriole members that were guarding them against shadows they were sent toward Luoyang, while Lie Fan and his army of 5.400 men with aposition of 2.400 men from Huai''An that he brought 360 died in battle and 3.000 from the Prisoners army that Zhu Jun doesn''t want to have so he told Lie Fan to brought it with him alongside his retinue toward Guangzhong County Ji Province
Due to the distance, they spend time in the road about 20 to 24 days before they reached Guangzhong County in Ji Province, Lie Fan use a vision map to see where is the exact location of Lu Zhi''s Army now and he saw that they were stationed outside of Guangzhong City
Lie Fan led his soldiers March there and on the way there they meet a small yellow turbans group numbering between 100-300 men where Lie Fan send his soldiers to defeat them quickly and efficiently
When he arrived at Lu Zhi''s Army, he saw that morale is low and there was a minimum of activity in the camp while the defenses arezy with almost no patrol in sight and some empty watch towers
Lie Fan''s arrival caused somemotion as they see that Lu Zhi''s recement is the Young General from Zhu Jun''s army and many of the officers feel indignant thinking this is a humiliation for Lu Zhi who was a senior general to be seeded by a young general they don''t even know
Lu Zhi who was ordered to wait for his recement heard themotion and walk out of his tent then shocked as Lie Fan was appointed as his recement
Lu Zhi: "Little Lie! So you were the one who will rece the old me, that''s good at least my recement is trustworthy andpetent enough"
Lie Fan: "Uncle Lu is jesting, I have sent letters to the Emperor for Uncle Lu to stay here as my strategist rather than be sent back to Luoyang"
Lu Zhi: "Haha good good! Little Lie is full of surprises now your mind is as cunning as a fox and knows how to interact with these snakes in the Court"
Lie Fan: "It''s nothing Uncle Lu, why don''t we enter themand tent and Uncle Lu can brief me about how is the condition right now with the battle against the Yellow Turbans"
Lu Zhi agrees with what Lie Fan said and invites him alongside his retinue to enter themand tent so he can inform them of the situation right now
When all of them entered themand tent, Lu Zhi inform them how he managed to defeat looks like the army of the Yellow Turbans Leader named Zhang Jiao in Julu Commandery then follow them to here Guangzhong County and managed to besiege him but because of Zuo Feng he was stripped from his post halting the advance of his army
Sun Qian: "Master does the Yellow Turbans know that you''re stripped from your post causing you to stop the advance of your army? If so then we need to hurry and prepare as if they fight back our army will lose in a morale battle"
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis
Age: 17 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 75
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 181.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 320
VIT: 105
AGI: 102
INT: 104
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 45
ATR Points: 20
Chapter 41: Fire Attack
Chapter 41: Fire Attack
Sun Qian: "Master does the Yellow Turbans know that you''re stripped from your post causing you to stop the advance of your army? If so then we need to hurry and prepare as if they fight back our army will lose in a morale battle"
Lu Zhi: "The Yellow Turbans don''t know what happened as I have ordered this news to be sealed and no one can talk about it until the recement arrives"
Sun Qian: "Okay that''s good them, My Lord we can begin to reorganize the army and mount up the attack while waiting for reinforcement"
Lu Zhi: "Reinforcement? What reinforcement?"
Sun Qian: "Master, General Lie Fan''s letters that were sent are also asking for reinforcements to be sent here as we know that Zhang Jiao has a big army even though it''s scattered right now"
Lu Zhi was happy that Lie Fan requested reinforcements as he know that Zhang Jiao''s Army is big but consisted of peasants so that''s why he can defeat him and cornered Zhang Jiao in Guangzhong
Lie Fan, Sun Quan, Lu Zhi, and Lie Fan retinue alongside Lu Zhi''s now Lie Fan''s Army officers discuss their strategies and tactics to be used against the Yellow Turbans
While in Lie Fan''s Camp, they were discussing tactics for how to defeat the Yellow Turbans in Zhang Jiao''s Camp all officers of the Yellow Turbans including Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang the Vice General of the Yellow Turbans army are gathering also
Zhang Bao: "Big Brother our number is massive! Why don''t we just send everything we got to attack the Han Army getting us out of his encirclement!"
Zhang Liang: "Third brother you have to be patient, the numbers of our army are nothingpared to the trained and equipped Han Army if we send everything then our casualties will be too many! Right Big Brother?"
Zhang Jiao: "What Second Brother just said is right Third Brother we need to be patient, and from what I see the Han army morale is low so we need just wait for another few days we can break out from here and join our brothers in the south"
All the Yellow Turbans officers including the Zhang Brothers cheered hearing what Zhang Jiao said even though all of them don''t know including Zhang Jiao that their brothers in the south have been defeated while the Han Army morale going to rise with Lie Fan has takenmand and Lu Zhi acting as his strategist alongside Sun Qian
Lie Fan checked the number of his army using Sun Tzu and was shown their numbers were 34.847 not including his original soldiers where in total their number will be 40.247 Men
Sun Qian and Lu Zhi tell him to fortify their position by building defenses to hold Yellow Turbans'' advances or attack while waiting for reinforcement toe to help them
Lie Fan sends his generals such as Huang Zhong, Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba to train their army battalion to raise morale and keep their physique ready for action
Three days passed by while both sides still doing nothing, Xu Kai finally arrived back at Liw Fan''s side and inform him that their reinforcement wille led by a man named Dong Zhuo with a numbered around 40.000 from the main army
Lie Fan: "Dong Zhuo? Do they don''t have another general they can send except him?"
Xu Kai: "From what I have learned Big Brother, Dong Zhuo bribe the eunuchs to choose him to be the reinforcement general"
Lie Fan: "Damn it! Dong Zhuo is a good general but he is too arrogant and tyrannical while greedy at the same time, he doesn''t listen well to orders or suggestions from others except for his people"
Sun Qian: "We can''t do anything now that The Emperor has ordered Dong Zhuo, now my lord should order the attack first on the Yellow Turbans distracting them and giving them no time to rest"
Lie Fan: "Then let''s do this, every morning afternoon, and night sound the drum and also let the cavalry run around outside making them alert every time until they don''t care about the drum sound even though we will attack them at the time"
Lu Zhi: "Little Lie tactics are pretty good, exhausting their soldiers mentally and physically let''s do that first then after 3 days we attack them"
Lie Fan called for Zang Ba and ordered him to prepare all the cavalries exining the purpose of his tactics waiting for the drum signal from the Camp, Zang Ba obey Lie Fan''s order and walk out of the tent preparing the cavalries
The Yellow Turban were rxing their guard after not seeing activities for so long so when they heard the drum sound and cavalries charging outside the camp the Yellow Turbans soldier who was outside the city using the tents was terrified when they heard those sounds
All of the Yellow Turbans get their weapons and began assuming defensive positions to counter Lie Fan''s cavalries, but when they saw the cavalries only circling the city including the camp then entering back to the Han Army Camp they were confused but with the drum still sounding they keep guard for 3 hours until finally they go back to their activities
Zhang Jiao was informed of the activity but told his officers to ignore it and continue waiting for the Han Army morale to hit an all-time low, but he doesn''t expect this to happen after the morning afternoon the night exhausting his soldiers
This continues for 4 days, and Lie Fan''s army spirit and morale are high while the Yellow Turbans soldiers were exhausted
Sun Qian: "My Lord I think this is the time for the real attack, we send our cavalries to attack and burn their tents causing real damage while reducing the Yellow Turban numbers"
Lie Fan: "Then let''s do that! Zang Ba lead your cavalries and began to attack them for real bring some wine and oils and sprinkle them everywhere in their camp while Huang Zhong with Chao Bo lead his archer unit to fire their fire arrows to light them up, Chao Bai lead the infantry to kill the Yellow Turban who ran out from their camp area make a line to let theme to you"
With Lie Fan''s order, everyone began to move out while Lie Fan stayed in the camp to observe everything from afar as this battle is not important enough for him to participate at the same time reducing the chance of him getting injured
The Yellow Turban who hear the drum and cavalries hoof sound ignored them as they thought it will be just like before but soon they regret as 5.000 cavalries rush through the camps killing yellow turbans while showering oils and wines toward their tents and other facilities with for began to sprout
With the screams and sound of weapons shing, Zhang Jiao and his high-ranking officers were alerted but it was toote when they wanted to lead their defenses there was a big fire covering their army camp outside the city
Zhang Jiao: "Hurry and open the gate, tell our brothers toe inside and tell the others to get some water to put out the fire damn it!"
Zhang Jiao''s orders were done and even though the gate was opened while the water was brought outside to put the fire out but it was toote as they lost too many soldiers and the camp outside that was made as the first line of defense was burned to the ground
Lie Fan: "Our tactic achieves massive sess! Now we have to wait for our reinforcements!"
Sun Qian: "My Lord, why don''t we begin preparing the siege equipment the cavalry always patrol the vicinity of the city to ensure none of the Yellow Turban will leave the city while waiting for our reinforcements"
Lie Fan: "Okay then we do as Master Sun Qian said, Uncle Lu do you have anything to add to Master Sun Qian''s suggestion?"
Lu Zhi: "Maybe why don''t we put some trap in the field to counter the Yellow Turban retaliation?"
Lie Fan: "A great Idea Uncle Lu! Chao Bai order the infantry to make many pit traps in the field with sharp wooden spears of some leftover weapons you found on the former Yellow Turbans camp!"
Chao Bai: "Yes My Lord!"
Sun Qian''s and Lu Zhi''s suggestion was implemented while they are waiting for Dong Zhuo to bring the reinforcement they needed to storm off the Yellow Turbans
When they waited for 4 days suddenly 10.000 Yellow Turbans left the city led by a Yellow Turban officer targeting the siege equipment that was being built
Thanks to Lu Zhi''s suggestion to make traps, The Yellow Turbans'' advance was halted and Lie Fan orders the Archer to shoot at them while the infantry made a shield wall waiting for the Yellow Turban''s arrival and the cavalry will do a pincer attack from both of Yellow Turbans nk
The Yellow Turban''s attack was finally put down and the surviving members were captured as prisoners'' army with the promise of freedom and meeting their families back
Zhang Jiao seeing the attack to destroy the siege equipment failed to feel exhausted with anger and suddenly he vomited some blood causing everyone around him to panic as if he dies so does their movement
Lie Fan and his army continued to wait for Dong Zhuo and after another 4 days they finally saw from afar 40.000 men marching towards them with the Han g and another g with the word Dong fluttering thanks to the wind blowing the g
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis
Age: 17 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 75
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 181.700
?ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 320 -> 325
VIT: 105
AGI: 102
INT: 104 -> 114
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 45 -> 50
ATR Points: 20 -> 0
Chapter 42: Dong Zhuo and Zhang Jiao’s Captured
Chapter 42: Dong Zhuo and Zhang Jiao''s Captured
Lie Fan and his army continued to wait for Dong Zhuo and after another 4 days they finally saw from afar 40.000 men marching towards them with the Han g and another g with the word Dong fluttering thanks to the wind blowing the g
Lie Fan: "Dong Zhuo is here now, everyone doesn''t have to heed whatever he says and just agrees with him, his temper is too big to control, and let me and Uncle Lu be the ones who will talk to him"
Lu Zhi: "What little Lie says is right, if you don''t want to be offended you can leave now"
Some of the Young generals choose to leave as they were afraid to be too hot-headed and caused some trouble when Dong Zhuo talked smack to them
Lie Fan and Lu Zhi apanied by Lie Fan''s retinue wait outside the Camp to receive Dong Zhuo personally as he knows to not offend this Man before the Anti-Dong Zhuo alliance starts in the future keeping history ording to his knowledge
Dong Zhuo who was leading his army alongside his trusted advisor and son-inw Li Ru saw Lie Fan''s group waiting for them in front of the camp inciting augh from him
Dong Zhuo: "Wenyou (Li Ru''s second name), look these bastards are receiving me as they know I''m the superior one here Hahaha!"
Li Ru: "My Lord is the greatest general in Han and with this Subordinate intellect The Lord is unstoppable"
Dong Zhuo: "Hahaha! Wenyou know how to say the right words! Now let me see this Lie Fan who was praised as the Youngest General to serve The Imperial Army!"
When the two parties met, Lie Fan was the first one to greet Dong Zhuo with his title and respect showed as to not offend this madman. Dong Zhuo returned the greeting while saying that Lie Fan is still young so it is okay to ask others for help sarcastically
Lie Fan who has heard more nasty words in the modern era doesn''t care and with the epiphany he got when he was injured he already began to show signs of his mental maturing, while some of his generals were angry but managed to hold back their tongue
Lu Zhi: "This Old Man hasn''t seen General Dong since the banquet at the Capital I don''t know if General Dong still remembers me"
Dong Zhuo: "Of course, I still remember Master Lu my son-inw Wenyou always told me that Master Lu is the greatest advisor living right now"
Lu Zhi: "Hahaha your son-inw praises too highly of me, Why don''t General Dong and Master Li join me and General Lie to discuss our strategy for the battle?"
Dong Zhuo: "Hahaha Of course! Master Lu may lead the way!"
Lie Fan and Lu Zhi lead Dong Zhuo alongside Li Ru to the Command Tent, in there the map of the city has beenid, and Lie Fan informed both of them of what have they aplished
Dong Zhuo: "General Lie is young but already very ruthless Haha! Looks like General Lie has learned the first rule of warfare and that is to be ruthless"
Lie Fan: "General Dong is the more experienced one than me, my ruthlessness is nothingpared to you who have defended our border against foreign enemies"
Lu Zhi: "Generals, please stop praising each other haha! So I propose our next step is to immediately siege the city while The Yellow Turbans'' morale is down"
Li Ru: "Why don''t we smoke the city while at it, causing panic and making them harder to breathe causing some sickness also"
Sun Qian: "Master Li Ru''s tactics are too poisonous and not ethical, what will the people inside the city feel!?"
Li Ru: "We are here to win a war and destroy a rebellion, the people inside the city is already a rebel when they opened their gate for the Yellow Turbans"
Sun Qian: "But the pe-"
Lu Zhi: "Enough! What Master Li Ru propose is ingenious while it''s too poisonous we can use it as I have confirmed that inside the city are Yellow Turbans soldiers and their families"
Lie Fan and Dong Zhuo agree to the n, while Lie Fan feels that the strategy will kill many innocents but this is a battle, and he can''t care about all life in the country in which Sun Qian can only sigh and ept the decision
The Next day under the order of both Lie Fan and Dong Zhuo the siege of Guangzhong began, siege equipment was carried out while fire arrows were shot inside the city to cause fire making the city full of smoke
The Yellow Turbans who at first defending the walls trying to shoot arrows at the Han soldiers slowly coughed and their line of sight is hindered thanks to the smoke that was caused by the fire
Zhang Jiao sees what happened and can predict what tactics the Han Army doing, In a panic he ordered Zhang Bao to lead some soldiers and put out the fire while ordering Zhang Liang as well to tell the soldiers put their scarves on their and noses to act as a mask
With the Yellow Turbans'' resistance weak, Lie Fan''s and Dong Zhuo''s armies used this chance to attack the gate and put updders to attack the Yellow Turbans atop the wall.
Lie Fan sends Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng alongside Xu Kai and some members of Oriole to slip into the city alongside his army and capture Zhang Jiao if they can or assassinate him and take his head back to Lie Fan to be sent to the Imperial Court
He does this to prevent Dong Zhuo from taking merits that are not his and halting his promotion for a bit, Lie Fan observes the battle with Sun Qian and Lu Zhi while Dong Zhuo was apanied by maidens that he brought personally enjoying their care only Li Ru observing the battle
Sun Qian: "My Lord, look at Dong Zhuo how can he still ying with those women while his soldiers sacrifice their life for his selfish purpose"
Lie Fan: "Let him be, We still need him, and while he doesn''t do anything that sabotages our n then whatever he does is not our business, Master Sun Qian is older than me but still can''t keep calm haha!"
Sun Qian heard what Lie Fan said and was ashamed promising that he will try to learn to be stoic facing people like this, they continue to observe the battle while Lie Fan gave some orders to attack here and there
On the other side, Bo Cai, Zhang Mancheng, and Xu Kai alongside Oriole members managed to slip into the city with their army managed to hook the walls after taking it over from the Yellow Turbans
After interrogating some Yellow Turbans they managed to capture, they know that the Yellow Turbans high ranking officers are inside the city estate with Zhang Jiao guarded by the officers
Bo Cai: " Why didn''t we pretend we are former Yellow Turbans leaders that managed to escape the Han army pursuit and ride here to join the Main army?"
Zhang Mancheng: "That''s a good idea, Little Xu and the others can wait outside after we managed to say helping them evacuate the city from the secret entrance we managed to find!"
Xu Kai: "Okay then I will wait outside, Brother Bo and Brother Cheng better be fast okay"
Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng acquiesce to what Xu Kai said and they managed to slip enter the City estate disguised as their former identities
When Zhang Jiao heard that there were Yellow Turbans officers from another province seeking refuge he told them to enter while telling Zhang Liang and Zhang Bao to lead the defenses he was safe here now with Yellow Turbans officersing here
Zhang Liang and Zhang Bao followed Zhang Jiao''s order and left him to be guarded by Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng not knowing that this will be thest time they will see Zhang Jiao
Zhang Jiao was happy that there are surviving officers from other provinces and when he asked them how they managed to enter the city, Bo Cai says that there were hidden entrances they managed to find so hee here to show him the location
Zhang Jiao was skeptical at first and decided to follow him but bringing 30 personal bodyguards, Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng saw the number of his bodyguard gritted their teeth, and calcted that with Xu Kai and the Oriole member''s help, they can defeat them
Leaving the city estate, Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng bring them towards a quiet and deserted street where suddenly Xu Kai and the oriole shot arrows at Zhang Jiao''s bodyguard while Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng pretended to guard Zhang Jiao but knocked him out and then kill the rest of the bodyguards.
Xu Kai was picking up the unconscious Zhang Jiao when his body book fell when He opened he found letters between Zhang Jiao and members of the 10 attendants, he thought that Zhang jiao bringing this with him everywhere as he doesn''t anyone to know about the contact
Seeing the sess of their mission, Bo Cai, Zhang Mancheng, and Xu Kai left the City from the walk that Lie Fan''s army controlled to evade Dong Zhuo''s army, Xu Kai goes back toward themand tent to inform Lie Fan while Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng bring Zhang Jiao to Lie Fan''s tent
Xu Kai: "Big Brother, We have managed toplete your order and the live package is waiting inside your tent"
Lie Fan: "Good! Master Sun Qian and Uncle Lu, I givemands to both of you as I have something urgent to do at my tent"
Dong Zhuo: "Hahaha! General Lie is still young so I understand what you wanted to do, no need to be shy in front of me it''s okay to feel that way when your adrenaline is through the roof Haha!"
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis
Age: 17 Years Old
Level: 11
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 75
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 181.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 325
VIT: 105
AGI: 102
INT: 114
CHR: 88
WIS: 74
Will: 50
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 43: Yellow Turbans Downfall
Chapter 43: Yellow Turbans Downfall
Dong Zhuo: "Hahaha! General Lie is still young so I understand what you wanted to do, no need to be shy in front of me it''s okay to feel that way when your adrenaline is through the roof Haha!
Sun Qian and Lu Zhi at the side sneered at what Dong Zhuo said, they know that Lie Fan will do something crucial to the battle unlike Dong Zhuo sitting there ying with women
Lie Fan hearing what Dong Zhuo said just smiled at him and turn around and walked away toward his tent apanied by Xu Kai who wasining about what Dong Zhuo said also talking that his Big Brother would never do that receiving a smile from him
Arriving at his tent, he can hear a muffled sound of a man trying to talk or shout and when he enters he finally meets Zhang Jiao the famed leader of The Yellow Turbans and the starter of the Han dynasty''s demise he instructed Bo Cai to take off the cloth used to gag Zhang Jiao''s mouth
Lie Fan: "I can finally meet the famed Sir Zhang Jiao, the great leader of the Yellow Turbans! I expect that Sir Zhang Jiao never even thought that your former movement members join my side"
Zhang Jiao: "Who are you?! How dare you kidnap the leader of the Way of Peace movement! And what sorcery or trickery did you use to trick my Followers to serve Han Generals like you?!"
Lie Fan: "Calm down first, You are the leader of Yellow Turbans let''s talk about you surrendering and you letting your brothers live or letting them die with you not surrendering rather than talking about sorcery or tricks that I do"
Zhang Jiao hearing the statement Lie Fan made can sense the intimidation and threat coloring the words thate out from Lie Fan, remembering his biological brothers still in there and his promise to their mother to protect them at the same time the movement he made for the betterment of the world he had to choose between the 2 of them
For Lie Fan, His death or surrender doesn''t matter as he will get the merits and rewards from the Court on the other hand he will lose his family or everything that he had built onto this point in time
Lie Fan: "I see that you were put in a tight spot, like between two hard rocks but maybe there is an alternative way that you can consider"
Zhang Jiao: "What is it?"
Lie Fan: "You could join my side as an advisor! Your brothers will be saved but you and your brother will have to change your name"
Zhang Jiao: "Joining you?! Haha, the Han dynasty will fall if not because of me but ambitious people like you! I can see your true purpose you don''t have to use a mask of justice in front of me"
Lie Fan doesn''t expect Zhang Jiao to know his true purpose, only his closest generals know and Sun Qian is still under the illusion that Lie Fan wanted to protect the Han dynasty but Lie Fan is slowly changing his mindset
Lie Fan: "So Sir Zhang Jiao already knew, so why don''t we build a better ce together? With my power slowly rising and Your intellect the peace of the world you envision will be achieved"
Zhang Jiao was contemting his choices unsure of what to choose when suddenly a soldier reported the battle from outside the tent with a loud voice
Soldier: "General! The battle is nearing the end as their Vice Generals Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang have been killed! Master Sun Qian ordered me to report this to you as their head was taken by General Chao Bo and brought towards Master Sun!"
Zhang Jiao and Lie Fan inside the tent were shocked as they don''t expect that the battle is nearing the end, especially Zhang Jiao hearing the death of his brothers
Zhang Jiao: "Noooo!!!! You promised me Han General that my brothers will be safe!"
Lie Fan: "That''s when I give you the choice and you spend the time contemting what to choose wasting the time to save them!"
Zhang Jiao: "Hahaha so I don''t need to choose anymore as my brother has died! Killed me and receive your reward from the bastard Emperor!"
Lie Fan: "Fine it looks like we can''t have a conversation anymore seeing the emotion you''re in, Bo Cai take my halberd in the weapon stand and bring it here"
Bo Cai heard his name called by Lie Fan and walked toward the weapon rack which contained Lie Fan''s halberd when he holds it he can feel the weight of the Halberd heavier than his weapon but Lie Fan can swing it so fast making Bo Cai admire Lie Fan more
Lie Fan: "Zhang Jiao anyst words you wanted to say before you joined your brothers in the underworld where your Yellow Turbans rebellion will enter also?"
Zhang Jiao: "Hahaha! I Hope the Han dynasty will fall and chreignseign everywhere causing many people to lose lost their families just like me Hahaha!"
Lie Fan: "Madman! The chaos you hoped will be quelled by me! So watch from your grave where I will be the new Emperor"
After saying that, Lie Fan swung his halberd to decapitate Zhang Jiao, and Zhang Jiao''s head flung to the side falling to the ground while blood spurting everywhere.
The death of Zhang Jiao and his brothers signaled the end of the Yellow Turbans, Lie Fan ordered Xu Kai to use the head and showed it to the Yellow Turbans so they can surrender. Xu Kai who obeyed the order before leaving the tent gave Lie Fan the book he found before when they kidnapped Zhang Jiao
Lie Fan receive the book and was delighted to see the content, letters of Yellow Turbans, and 10 attendant members were kept in there. Secret Information and a pact were made between them in exchange for money the 10 attendant members will get from the yellow turbans
Xu Kai takes Zhang Jiao''s head and alongside his brother''s head were shown to the Yellow Turbans, Yellow Turbans who saw the head of their leaders began to feel despair and surrender to the Han Army as they have lost their leader.
Dong Zhuo curses as all the merits are in Lie Fan''s hand and orders Li Ru to investigate where Lie Fan managed to keep the news hidden from him especially with the battle raging on as he got eyes everywhere with his soldiers
Dong Zhuo will never expect Lie Fan hides to have trained expert spies to keep the news hidden at first, when Lie Fan left the tent to go towards themand tent he heard the system notification
*DING!!*
[Congrattions Host for Completing the Hidden Quest ''Kill Zhang Jiao'' and The Achievement ''See The End Of Yellow Turbans''
Host receives 1.000.000 EXP, 500.000 taels, Lucky que, 5 potions of each attribute (except charm), +2 CHR, 5 anti-aging pills, and Horse God Token
Received the Title Yellow Heaven Subjugator ]
?Yellow Heaven Subjugator
The Man who single-handedly causes the downfall of The Yellow Turbans rebellion ending the dream of the Yellow Heaven recing the Pale Heaven to bring peace
+50 renown +10 STR +10 AGI +10 INT
+6 WIS +5 WILL
?Lucky que
A que that can be used for a business name que increasing the Fengshui of the store, bringing 30% more ie, and will always have customer
?Horse God Token
The token that was given by the God Of Horses to the host can be exchanged for 5.000 Mongolian horses will be delivered by horse merchants to the host when the token is used
Lie Fan standstill in shock as he sees the rewards he receives as they are the biggest ones he has seen, especially the Horse God Token and the anti-aging pills as this will prevent his physical appearance to grow older longer than others
Bo Cai and Zhang Mancheng were confused as to why Lie Fan suddenly stopped and stood still looking at the front, Bo Cai called for him making Lie Fan remember that he was still outside so he continue to themand tent
Entering themand tent, Lie Fan saw Lu Zhi, Sun Qian, Dong Zhuo, and Li Ru discussing what to do with the surrendered Yellow Turbans soldiers as they were massive in numbers
Dong Zhuo: "Hahaha 150.000 men surrendered to us! Why don''t we just kill all of them and be done with it!"
Lu Zhi: "General Dong is too crude, killing that many peasants will only make the people of the country hate the Empire releasing them back to their homnd is the only way"
Sun Qian: "I agree with what Master Lu says, we can give them some rations as their food to journey back to their home, and if this city is their home then we help them build some makeshift houses as a ce to stay while the Emperor will send officials to began to rebuild the city"
Li Ru: "Why don''t we use them first to rebuild the city without paying and giving food to them, this is their punishment for rebelling against the empire!"
Lie Fan: "I agree with Master Li''s n but we still give them some food aspensation, 150.000 Men the rebuilding of the city will be much faster and the Yellow Turbans have a massive warehouse storing enough food to supply them"
With what Lie Fan suggests everyone agrees and Dong Zhu began to see Lie Fan as an adversary or a threat to his growing power, After talking for a while the meeting ended, and Dong Zhuo with Li Ru left the tent to see his army while Lie Fan told Sun Qian and Lu Zhi to stay as he has something he wanted to talk about with them
Lie Fan: "What do Master Sun and Uncle Lu think if I recruited some men from the 150.000 Yellow Turbans as my army and send them back to Huai''An to be trained there and kept hidden from everyone?"
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Turbans Nemesis -> Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old
Level: 11 -> 13
Next Level: 412.000 -> 912.000
Renown: 75 -> 95 -> 145
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 325 -> 335
VIT: 105
AGI: 102 -> 112
INT: 114 -> 125
CHR: 88 -> 90
WIS: 74 -> 80
WILL: 50 -> 55
ATR Points: 0 -> 10
Chapter 44: Rewards and Promotion
Chapter 44: Rewards and Promotion
Lie Fan: "What do Master Sun and Uncle Lu think if I recruited some men from the 150.000 Yellow Turbans as my army and send them back to Huai''An to be trained there and kept hidden from everyone?"
Lu Zhi: "Why do you want to recruit more soldiers? The world will be at peace now that The Yellow Turbans have lost their leader"
Sun Qian: "Can My Lord describe to me what exactly your n is, there must be something wrong if you wanted to increase the number of your army"
Lie Fan began to describe and embellish a little that even if the Yellow Turban main leaders have been killed the other Yellow Turban will form their groups and be organized bandits because he found out that their number is more than 2 million after Xu Kai managed to found information consisting of their numbers in which was heard when he was spying Zhang Jiao
He also shows the letter Xu Kai found and gave to him containing information about the Yellow Turbans'' contact with the 10 attendants showing some members are working together
Lu Zhi: "Oh my 2 million?! We only managed to defeat 500.000-750.000 including their main army, and great job finding those letters that great evidence we got!"
Sun Qian: "My Lord finding these letters can help our case in bringing down the 10 attendants!"
Lu Zhu: "I also allow you to recruit the yellow turbans but up until 10.000 men maximum, no more or less okay?"
Lie Fan: "Thank you, Uncle Lu! Now let''s manage the prisoners and the city, the Zhang brother''s head has been taken and sent towards Luoyang with Xu Kai as the Envoy, Sun Qian you alongside my generals recruit 10.000 men with our physical criteria and have them go Huai''An led by Chao Bo discretely"
Lie Fan and the others began to organize the rebuilding of the city, at least the houses and important buildings such as markets and granary is being rebuilt so the people can live safely there.
Lie Fan spent 15 days organizing the rebuilding of the city when Xu Kai arrived at Luoyang and presented the heads of Zhang Jiao, Zhang Liang, and Zhang Bao to Emperor Ling and everyone at the Imperial Court also bringing a letter to reinstate Lu Zhi back to his position
Emperor Ling: "Hahaha! General Lie is still young but already contributed so much in his youth! Our Han Empire is truly blessed to have such a great general!"
Everyone: "It''s thanks to Your Majesty''s fortune that the Han Dynasty has received such a great general!"
Emperor Ling: "Great! Great! Call General Lie back to Luoyang to receive his reward! General Huangfu, General Zhu, and General Lu will be called back after they finished their respective task to head back to Luoyang to receive their rewards!"
Zhang Rang: "Your Majesty how about General Dong? He also contributed to defeating the Yellow Turbans"
Emperor Ling: "Hoo I forgot about General Dong, thank you Eunuch Zhang for reminding me to call him back also!"
Everyone at the court despises Zhang Rang as they know he was bribed by Doing Zhuo to whisper in Emperor Ling to choose him as the Leader of the reinforcement even though there''s another candidate to be chosen
In the Meeting full of officials, 2 people were intrigued by Lie Fan''s actions and wanted to meet him to see for themselves this figure that managed to contribute the most to defeat the Yellow Turbans
Xu Kai who received the decree immediately head back to Guangzhong to inform Lie Fan to go back to Luoyang, he spent 10 days riding almost nonstop to reach Guangzhong exhausting himself mentally and physically
Lie Fan was in themand tent alongside his retinue, Lu Zhi, Dong Zhuo, and Li Ru when Xu Kai arrived giving Lie Fan the Imperial Decree and informing them of what the Emperor said in the court
Everyone hearing the news was happy as that meant Lie Fan and Lu Zhi will be rewarded meanwhile Dong Zhuo was angry as he was only remembered by the bastard dog Emperor thanks to Zhang Rang
As only Lie Fan was the one called by The Emperor toe back to Luoyang Immediately, Lie Fan will return apanied by Xu Kai, his bodyguards, and Sun Qian alongside 100 men from the Guard Battalion as their guards along the way there
Sun Qian delegate his authority to recruit Yellow Turbans soldiers to Huang Zhong, Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba up to a maximum of 10.000 men, their rations will be provided from the Warehouse that Yellow Turbans had and sent in batches to a small vige near Guangzhong and when all 10.000 men are recruited Chao Bo will lead them towards Huai''An and the rest of the army will be under the leadership of Lu Zhi
The next day, Lie Fan and his group ride out from the camp to travel back to Luoyang spending 15 days to finally reach the outskirts of Luoyang. Every time Lie Fan sees Luoyang he can''t help but feel awed at the majestic city, capital for countless dynasties in China.
Lie Fan enters Luoyang with the sun above their head indicating it''s already afternoon and they still have time to meet the Emperor as he was noticed to meet him immediately, they ride towards the Imperial Pce immediately
Arriving at the Pce, Lie Fan was met with a 40-year-old man getting off a carriage Lie Fan who wanted to have a great social connection in the Capital decided to say hello to him as he never saw this man when he cultivate rtions before in Luoyang
Lie Fan: "Hello Sir, My name is Lie Fan, son of Lie Shang prefect of Huai''An, I''m General of the Imperial Army may I know your name please?"
Wang Yun: "Hello General Lie Fan, I have heard of your name and you''re Old Lie son! I''m Wang Yun the Inspector Of Yu Province, I thank you for freeing Yu Province from the Yellow Turbans alongside General Zhu Jun"
Lie Fan was happy when he heard the name, as Wang Yun is one of the people he searched for before he wanted to meet the famed beauty Diao Chan that will bring Dong Zhuo and Lu Bu into a rivalry that in the end Lu Bu killed Dong Zhuo
Lie Fan: "Ah! So it''s Master Wang Yun! I wanted to meet you when I''m in Luoyang before but I heard that you have left Luoyang to go to Yu Province"
Wang Yun: "Haha, yes that''s true but you can call me Uncle Wang may I know why General Lie wanted to meet me?"
Lie Fan: "Okay Uncle Wang you can call me Little Lie, Well I wanted to cultivate rtionships with famed schrs in Luoyang which means including you and Master Cai Yong"
Wang Yun: "I see, so what brought Little Lie to the Pce? Shouldn''t you be at the battlefield right now?"
Lie Fan exined the reason why he is not on the battlefield right now, he also insinuates that he knew why Wang Yune back to Luoyang and what he has founded as he also finds the same thing
Wang Yun was shocked at what Lie Fan said because anyone except him shouldn''t know what he found at the same time Lie Fan also found the same thing he found, Lie Fan said to Wang Yun to not report it today, and after hees back from the pce can he meet Wang Yun at his manor
Wang Yun agrees to Lie Fan''s suggestion as he thinks It good to have allies to convince the Emperor especially a General that has contributed many merits to the downfall of The Yellow Turbans
Wang Yun goes back inside his Carriage and heads back to his manor while Lie Fan apanied by his retinue enters the pce while his 100 Guard Battalion waited outside
Lie Fan meets Eunuch Lu on the way and informed him that he wanted to meet the Emperor while giving him 20.000 taels as a gift, Eunuch Lu immediately smiles and led him towards the Emperor right now.
Lie Fan and his retinue was brought to the east garden of the Pce where he saw Emperor Ling apanied by who looked like the 10 attendants member and Officials of the court
Eunuch Lu: "Your Majesty, General Lie Fan has arrived to receive Your summon"
Emperor Ling: "Hahaha! General Lie has arrived back! We should celebrate your aplishment in bringing down the Yellow Turbans'' leaders! When we heard what you did we were very happy to receive such a great General!"
Lie Fan: *one knee kneel* "I''m nothing but a lowly general that wanted to defend the integrity of Your Majesty and the Empire! I can aplish what I have done thanks to. Your Majesty virtue and luck that was bestowed by the Heavens!"
Emperor Ling: "General Lie is too humble, With your aplishment I reward you with 150.000 taels, an Imperial Manor in Luoyang, you''re promoted to the rank of General of the army with the title General Of The Left, and appointed as the Inspector Of Xu Province"
Everyone in there except Lie Fan was shocked by the Emperor''s reward to Lie Fan, as Lie Fan is still young but the promotion he achieved is the fastest with the age of 17 years old and already bing a general and an inspector of a province
Zhang Rang: "Your Majesty, I think that General Lie''s promotion is elevated too fast as he is still young, why don''t we aim to sign as the Governor of Xiapi or Langye?"
Emperor Ling: "Eunuch Zhang how can we see people of their age?! General Lie has contributed many merits with what he has done for Us! I think that bing an Inspectornat such young age will be closer to the people than some old timers!"
Emperor Ling is angry when heard what Zhang Rang said, even though he likes Zhang Rang but that doesn''t mean he can tell the Emperor that he is wrong so inciting his wrath and everyone there immediately kneel when they saw that Emperor Ling anger
____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 145
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 335 -> 345 (STR potion)
VIT: 105 ->115 (VIT potion)
AGI: 112 ->122 (AGI potion)
INT: 125 ->135 (INT potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 80 -> 90 (WIS potion)
WILL: 55 -> 65 (WILL potion)
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 45: Visiting Wang Yun
Chapter 45: Visiting Wang Yun
Emperor Ling is angry when heard what Zhang Rang said, even though he likes Zhang Rang but that doesn''t mean he can tell the Emperor that he is wrong so inciting his wrath and everyone there immediately kneel when they saw that Emperor Ling anger
Zhang Rang: "This servant doesn''t mean to anger Your Majesty, I just thought that maybe General Lie Fan is too young for such heavy responsibilities he will have"
Emperor Ling: "Too young?! General Lie has put his body on the line to protect our empire at such young age and manage to defeat the Yellow Turbans! And your reason is that he is too young, do you doubt the choice I make?!"
Zhang Rang: "This servant doesn''t dare to doubt Your Majesty''s choice, please punish this servant because I doubted the person Your Majesty choose"
Emperor Ling: "Hufff no need, Eunuch Zhang is only caring for the big picture it''s okay We forgive you"
Lie Fan observes the interaction between Emperor Ling and Zhang Rang, he can see that Emperor Ling is truly angry to be doubted but his anger is gone just like that when Zhang Rang plead for punishment showing that Emperor Ling truly favors the Eunuchs too much
Lie Fan kneels to give his appreciation for the reward he gave him and promises Emperor Ling to live up to the trust that he has put in him by making Xu Province more prosperous and clearing the remaining rebels in Xu Province
Emperor Ling told Lie Fan to stand up and told him that his official seal and token signifying his new rank will be given tomorrow as well as the address of the Mansion he got tomorrow so he need toe to the court for the official ceremony, and the mary rewards he got will be sent toward his mansion when he has officially stayed there.
Emperor Ling after saying this grows tired of the talking and told everyone to be dismissed as he wanted to enjoy his time feeling the essence of the garden.
Lie Fan alongside his retinue who was brought to the garden by Eunuch Lu was escorted back to the Imperial Pce Gate, Eunuch Lu on the way thereplimented Lie Fan nonstop for the promotion he got, and in return, Lie Fan promises to send him some Fruit Wine and Beers alongside some copper mirrors to him making Eunuch Lu happy and promises to inform him if anything happens inside the pce
Lie Fan says goodbye to Eunuch Lu and alongside his retinue left the Imperial Pce to visit Wang Yun at his manor after asking Eunuch Lu for directions to discuss the letter that they have shown some members of the 10 attendants are colluding with the Yellow Turbans
Sun Qian: "Congrattions My Lord! You''re the youngest man ever that was promoted to the rank of general and Inspector of a province! Your vision of thend will be attained!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! I''m the youngest but that means many people will be displeased with the rank that I got now, I towered over many people, and above me is the Three Excellencies alongside Your Majesty which show the substantial power I had"
Sun Qian: "Yes! I forgot about that as I''m too ted with My Lord''s promotion, I suggest that after we have the Manor that Your Majesty gave to you we hold a banquet inviting every official in the Imperial Court as a sign of respect to their seniority"
Lie Fan: "Good idea! Master Sun can make the letters for the invitation and make one also for my family toe to join the banquet in Luoyang let Chao Bo guard them as he will be in Huai''An bringing back the men we got, Xu Kai you will send the letters when it''s done and examine every manor you manage to visit personally"
Xu Kai: "Okay Big Brother! Can I ask you something Big Bro?"
Lie Fan: "Sure what is it?"
Xu Kai: "In here I met many orphans on the streets, can I recruit them for the Oriole?"
Lie Fan thinks about the idea for a minute and belief it was a good idea so he allowed Xu Kai to do so under the condition that to be discreet when they talked with each other Lie Fan and his retinue finally arrived at Wang Yun''s Manor
A servant was waiting for Lie Fan when they arrived at the gate, he brought Lie Fan and his retinue to the study where Wang Yun is waiting for them and when they reached the study Lie Fan told his bodyguards to guard the door outside while he and Sun Qian will enter
Lie Fan and Sun Qian enter the study and saw Wang Yun sitting in his chair holding some letters while contemting in silence not knowing what he was thinking
Lie Fan: "*ahem* Uncle Wang , Lie Fan is here to keep his promise to see you"
Wang Yun: "Ah! Little Lie is here! Come and take a seat, it looks like you''re apanied by someone"
Lie Fan: "Yes this is my strategist and advisor Master Sun Qian, but I think Uncle Wang is more interested in this letter than I found" *gives the letters*
Wang Yun receives the letters and begins to read them carefully, Lie Fan and Sun Qian take a seat and give each other a look trying to signal each other which was kinda funny as Lie Fan can''t understand what Sun Qian trying to say while Sun Qian understand what Lie Fan is saying
When they were signaling each other a knock was suddenly heard through the door where Wang Yum who was absorbed in the letters was taken out from his review, he tell the people who knocked to enter and says sorry to Lie Fan and Wang Yun as he neglected them the guest
Lie Fan was saying it was okay when suddenly he smell a sweet fragrance, he turned his head and was wonderstruck by the beautiful girl who just entered the study as he can be sure that she is slightly more beautiful that Ying Yue
???: "Father, I bring some tea for you and our guest to enjoy"
Wang Yun: "Thank you Chan''er, Father forgot to give basic courtesy to our guest thanks to the important matters we are discussing"
Lie Fan: "Uncle Wang, may I know who is thisdy as I never heard that Uncle Wang has a daughter"
Wang Yun: "Ah yes, Little Lie let me introduce you to my step-daughter Diao Chan she is younger than General Lie by a year, I took her in when she was little and has taken care of her since. Chan''er this is General Lie Fan and Sir Sun Qian His advisor"
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan is humbled to meet Lady Diao Chan, Sir Wang Yun is very benevolent taking Lady Diao Chan in as your daughter"
Diao Chan: "Diao Chan meets General Lie, Father is a good person and cares for the people so taking me in is already proof of that"
Lie Fan: "Haha! What Lady Diao Chan says is true, this is a testament to the reputation I heard about Uncle Wang and what My Father told me!"
Wang Yun and Sun Qian as old-timers we should say, saw how Lie Fan first looked at Diao Chan, and the stars that were showing in his eyes made Wang Yun and Sun Qian sure of what they were thinking
Wang Yun even though is a good and benevolent person is still a crafty old fox, and he began to consider Lie Fan as a candidate for his future son inw seeing the prospect Lie Fan has now
Wang Yun still doesn''t know about Lie Fan''s promotion as it''s not announced yet, Sun Qian on the other hand was building a strategy where to hold Lie Fan''s urge as he is afraid that Lie Fan will be distracted by beauty and forgot his aspirations as history has shown many example of that
Diao Chan is still a tender 16-year-old girl and was attracted by the handsome and charismatic young general but thanks to her father''s teaching she managed to not show her true thoughts and continue conversing with Lie Fan
Wang Yun: "*ahem* Chan''er you can leave us now as Father still has important things to discuss with General Lie"
Diao Chan: "Okay Father, then I take my leave first General Lie and Sir Sun Qian"
Lie Fan: "Oh Of Course! I hope we can meet again in the future Lady Diao Chan"
Diao Chan giggled upon hearing what Lie Fan said and then left the study leaving a mesmerized Lie Fan, Wang Yun saw Lie Fan looking like that and coughed making Lie Fan wake up and turn his head back to Wang Yun
Wang Yun: "*ahem* then let''s continue our subject that brings us here together, how does General Lie manage to find this letter?"
Lie Fan: "My subordinate founds it when we managed to Capture the leader of the Rebellion Zhang Jiao and kill him inside his shirt there is a book with the letters inside it"
Wang Yun: "What?! You managed to kill the leader of the Yellow Turbans?! Why doesn''t this announced by His Majesty?!"
Lie Fan: "I don''t know for that specific reason, but I think Your Majesty wanted to announce it when I arrived at Luoyang and give my rewards"
Wang Yun: "Then I congratte Little Lie in advance for the rewards you will receive from the Emperor"
Lie Fan: "Thank You Uncle Wang, but why don''t we continue our subject at hand?"
Wang Yun hearing that began to tell his story of how he found the letters, he was assigned as the Inspector of Yu Province and tasked to help Zhu Jun''s armies eliminate the Yellow Turbans there
When he raided some Yellow Turbans campsites, he was investigating their letters when he saw the letters from Zhang Rang to the Yellow Turbans and suspected that themander of the Yellow Turbans camp is an important one as he managed to hold this
After getting the letter, he began to ride back to Luoyang, and when he arrived he wanted to report it to the Emperor immediately but then he meet Lie Fan at the gate where the rest that happened led to this situation now where they meet in his Manor
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 345
VIT: 115
AGI: 122
INT: 135
CHR: 90
WIS: 90
WILL: 65
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 46: Unexpected Figure
Chapter 46: Unexpected Figure
After getting the letter, he began to ride back to Luoyang, and when he arrived he wanted to report it to the Emperor immediately but then he meet Lie Fan at the gate where the rest that happened led to this situation now where they meet in his Manor
Lie Fan: "So that''s what happened, then do Uncle Wang thinks that we needed to report it now Your Majesty?"
Wang Yun: "Of Course! This is a travesty that a Eunuch that was favored by His Majesty is secretly in contact with the rebels!"
Lie Fan: "But does Uncle Wang think that Your Majesty will punish Zhang Rang? I think Your Majesty will only reprimand him and nothing more"
Wang Yun was silent for a while after hearing what Lie Fan said and after a couple of seconds he says that he still need to report it to the Emperor and that whatever happened after that is outside of his control as long as he had already done what he should do Lie Fan hearing that promises to help him however he can
Seeing the way Wang Yun is feeling exhausted by the situation they are facing right now, Lie Fan decided to take his leave and doesn''t forget to Invite Wang Yun to his banquet personally while giving some hints that he also invited Diao Chan as well
Wang Yun epted the invitation while acting as if he doesn''t hear what Lie Fan hinted at and promised he wille when his official invitation was sent to him which closed their conversation for today
Lie Fan and Sun Qian take their leave promising Wang Yun that they will visit him sometime when they left the study followed by his bodyguards and walk toward Wang Yun''s manor entrance Lie Fan sees Diao Chan sitting in the garden pavilion ying some qin.
Lie Fan stood still and watched Diao Chan ying the qin hearing the beautiful sound that she made, Sun Qian at the side let Lie Fan listen to Diao Chan ying the qin for a minute then nudge him to remind him that they are going to leave Wang Yun''s manor
Lie Fan woke ups from his trance and felt a bit bad when he remembers Ying Yue at home so he walk quickly while Sun Qian followed behind him leaving Wang Yun''s manor
Leaving Wang Yun''s manor, Lie Fan and his retinues divide to rent a room in an Inn to take a rest as tomorrow they have to go to the Morning Court to receive Lie Fan rewards as official recognition for the Merits he has contributed
Lie Fan in his room alongside Sun Qian they were making invitation letters for the higher-ranking official and important people while the rest will be invited from mouth to mouth, in which they make the letter untilte at night before taking a rest
The Next day, Lie Fan and his retinue go back to the Pce, and when they arrived received by a eunuch who led them toward the Imperial Courtroom and will be acting as their signal when will Lie Fan will go in to receive his reward
Arriving at the entrance, Lie Fan saw many officials already arrive and Emperor Ling as well sitting on his throne while listening to some domestic reports from the ministers which has just finished and now for the official reward ceremony for Lie Fan
Emperor Ling: "Now that our daily report is done, We would like to invite General Lie toe in and receive his reward!"
The eunuch hearing Emperor Ling signaled Lie Fan to enter the courtroom with a Guard introducing his name and rank while he enters the courtroom, Lie Fan walk to the front watched by all officials in the room until he arrived in front of Emperor Ling and take a knee
Lie Fan: "This servant humbly greets Your Majesty!"
Emperor Ling: "General Lie is the youngest general leading the battle but your merits are the biggest among all generals! With your aplishment I reward you with 150.000 taels, an Imperial Manor in Luoyang, you''re promoted to the rank of General of the army with the title General Of The Left, and appointed as the Inspector Of Xu Province as e recognition of your contribution to Our Empire!"
Lie Fan: "This humble General thanks Your Majesty for the reward that I received and promises to live up to Your Majesty''s trust!"
While Emperor Ling announces the award Eunuch Lues out and holds a tray filled with insignia that represents Lie Fan''s position now, tokens and seals as the Inspector of Xu Province alongside the General of the Army gave it to Sun Qian who was beside Lie Fan
Another Eunuch hold a tray filled with a certificate of a Manor alongside the address that was part of his reward and gave it to Xu Kai who received the rewards on behalf of Lie Fan
All Officials except the high-ranking official that yesterday was meeting Emperor Ling and knew about Lie Fan''s rewards were shocked as many people tried to be the Inspector of Xu province especially a revered and benevolent official named Tao Qian but failed as Emperor Ling still haven''t decided who will be the inspector
Lie Fan was put as the Inspector signaling the position is filled and everyone knew that this mean the rise of another talent, even though many were jealous they know that his position was almost above all except for some high-ranking positions, and Emperor Ling
Everyone began to think about how to curry favor with him as it''s better to be friends than enemies, but 2 officials that were intrigued by Lie Fan''s deed now admired him and wanted to make him an acquaintance but one of them is still cautious to meet other and the other wanted to talk with him after the court is done
Emperor Ling: "With the ceremony done, our meeting for this morning is done everyone is dismissed, and other rewards for the serving generals will be given without ceremony We wanted to rest now"
Everyone says goodbye to Emperor Ling and began to disperse, Lie Fan signaled Sun Quan to give the letters of invitation while he take the tray and give it to Bo Cai who entered the courtroom
Xu Kai: "Congrattions Big Brother! Now you''re officially a General and The Inspector of Our province!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! It''s nothing without everyone''s contributions and this position is to be used for the people who waited for us at Xu Province!"
Lie Fan led his retinue to leave the courtroom and when they waited at the step for Sun Qian, an official approached him wanting to have a word with him
???: "Hello General Lie, first let me congratte you on your promotion bing the youngest-ever General and Inspector in Han history"
Lie Fan: "Thank you for your congrattion, may I know who am I speaking to right now?"
Xun You: "Let me Introduce myself, My Name is Xun You, Xun Gongda from the Xun Family"
Lie Fan hearing the name was shocked and happy as he forgot about the influential Xun family with their 2 generations of greatness that is Xun Yu and Xun You, he always try recruiting them when he was in the modern world ying ROTK games and now he met the one who excels in Military
Lie Fan: "Master Xun You?! I have long heard the name of the prestigious Xun family with Master Xun You as the brightest in their younger generation today"
Xun You: "Haha General Lie''s praise is too much, I''m just a humble schr working in the Ministry of Writing"
Lie Fan: "Master Xun You are too humble, I would like to invite Master Xun to have tea with me after this do you have time?"
Xun You: "Of course I ept, I will wait for General Lie at the Pagoda Heart restaurant private room"
Lie Fan: "All right, Master Xun You can go first and I will follow soon after"
Xun You takes his leave and Lie Fan alongside his retinue waits for Sun Qian to finish handing out the letters to high-ranking officials, seeing the time Lie Fan decided to send Xu Kai alongside Zhao Hong to the manor he got as a reward to safely keep the rewards he got
Lie Fan waited for 15 minutes before Sun Qian finally finished and they began to walk out of The Pce and enter their carriage to go towards the Pagoda Heart restaurant where Xun You is waiting for them
Lie Fan: "Master Sun, while waiting for you I meet with a genius schr named Xun You from the Xun family, and I would like to invite him to join me so I need your skill to help me convince him"
Sun Qian: "May I know what makes My Lord interested in having him join us?"
Lie Fan hearing that decided to make up a story that he wanted to recruit Xun You as he doesn''t have an exnation to justify his motive
Lie Fan: "His talent is hidden right now thanks to him working at the ministry of writing but I have heard rumors when we cultivate rtions with officials before that he also has a genius mind at the military"
Sun Qian: "Just based on that rumor My Lord wanted to make him join us?"
Lie Fan: "Of course not, when I meet him I feel the same feeling when I meet Master Sun Qian and I always trust my feelings"
Sun Qian: "Haha then I will help My Lord to the best of my abilities"
When Sun Qian just finished talking, they arrived at the Pagoda Heart Restaurant and Lie Fan told the servant that an Official surnamed Xu is waiting for them and asked to be led toward his room
___________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 345
VIT: 115
AGI: 122
INT: 135
CHR: 90
WIS: 90
WILL: 65
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 47: Talking with Xun You and Lie Manor
Chapter 47: Talking with Xun You and Lie Manor
When Sun Qian just finished talking, they arrived at the Pagoda Heart Restaurant and Lie Fan told the servant that an Official surnamed Xu is waiting for them and asked to be led toward his room
The servant leads Lie Fan and his retinue to the private room where Xun You is waiting for them, he assigned Zhang Mancheng and Bo Cai to guard outside while He, Sun Qian, and Liu Pi enters inside
Entering the room, Lie Fan saw Xun You looking out the window while holding a cup of tea in his hand, and when he heard the sound of the door to his room opening he turned his head to greet them
Lie Fan: "Hello Master Xun You I''m sorry that you have to wait for us even though we are the ones inviting you"
Xun You: "It''s okay General Lie, Youre just promoted to be a general and Inspector of a province so many people need your attention"
Lie Fan: "Haha okay then as apologies today''s expenses will be paid by me"
Xun You: "Then Xun You humbly ept General Lie''s offer"
Lie Fan and Sun Qian take a seat while Liu Pi stands behind Lie Fan, Lie Fan called for a servant and orders the food as well as ddrinskto enjoy while they were talking about many topics
Lie Fan and Xun You talk about many topics like writing and military strategies, Xun You began to show his deep knowledge of military strategies which impressed Lie Fan and Sun Qian making Sun Qian know now why Lie Fan wanted Xun You to join him
Sun Qian also talks with Xun You About diplomacy and foreign rtions, showing his specialty where Xun You can talk toe to toe with him even a bit better than Sun Qian
After talking about some light topics with enjoying their food, Sun Qian began to probe Xun You''s allegiances to the Han Dynasty by talking about the condition of The Imperial Court now and the future of the dynasty
Xun You speaks of the badness of The 10 attendants and how in the future he would like to participate in the government more when their influence is gone for good or the Emperor suddenly wakes up from his hedonistic days and then demotes all the 10 attendants
Lie Fan can still feel the loyalty Xun You had for the Han Dynasty even though slowly it will go down along with the Han Dynasty''s downfall especially when he joined Cao Cao alongside his uncle Xun Yu where ultimately joined Cao Cao''s side while Xun Yu still clings to the Han Dynasty in which suicide by drinking poison that Cao Cao gave him the choice between food or the poisoned drink
Lie Fan: "Then does Master Xun You think in the future if suddenly the world is in chaos while our Emperor is ill then suddenly died and all hell broke loose between General He Jin''s faction and the 10 attendants who will Master Xun You choose?"
Xun You: "Of course General He Jin faction, eliminating the 10 attendants is good for the Empire"
Lie Fan: "Then what if I told Master Xun You that I have the evidence that maybe can bring the 10 attendants down?"
Xun You: "Really?! Does what General Lie says true?!"
Lie Fan takes out the letters from his sleeve and shows them to Xun You, Xun You takes hold of the letters and begin to read them in which seeing the content Xun You was shocked
Lie Fan begins to tell Xun You that Wang Yun has the same evidence also and he hopes that he can join him together with hang Yun to report this to the Emperor, even though maybe it''s futile at least they can shake the Emperor''s trust in the 10 attendants especially Zhang Rang who control the Emperors ears
Xun You agree to help in which he began to praise Lie Fan and told Lie Fan that if he ever needs anything he can ask him for help, Lie Fan hearing that began to try and probe Xun You at least to have a foothold in joining his side
Lie Fan: "Well there is something that I wanted to ask from Master Xun You"
Xun You: "What is it, General Lie? You may ask anything as long as I can help I will do it"
Lie Fan: "The truth is I think that the world will be in chaos soon and seeing the genius mind Master Xun You has why don''t Master Xun You join under my wings?"
Xun You hearing that was shocked as he can hear what Lie Fan is insinuating, especially the invitation to join under Lie Fan which implies the chaos will be so bad that maybe the Han Dynasty will fall
Sun Qian at the side began to help Lie Fan by persuading and hinting at the fact that right now the Emperor is ill, he got this piece of information when he overheard from the Imperial Doctors as Sun Qian wanted to give the invitation letters to them as they are an important part of the inner pce
Xun You began to tremble for the first time as he doesn''t have the maturity and mind of his future self in history so his mind is easier be influenced, Lie Fan and Sun Qian saw the way his body tremble showing that they managed to enter his mind
Xun You: "If what you said is true General Lie, why would you want to invite someone like me to join you as there are greater people you can choose from"
Lie Fan: "Yes there are many people to choose from but they are either too stubborn to change or too greedy, but you Master Xun You have an advantage over them that you''re still young and have a flexible mind"
Xun You contemte in silence for a while and after a while, he said that he will answer his invitation in the future after they managed to dethrone the 10 attendants from their position in which Lie Fan agrees as he knows Xun You needs time to think
Due to the heavy subject they just discussed, They decided to end their meeting and before leaving Lie Fan invited Xun You to join his banquet in which he agree to the invitation and will visit his manor when the banquet is held then they part ways
Leaving the restaurant, Lie Fan and Sun Qian enter their carriage and go towards Lie Fan''s new Manor he got from the Emperor in which Xu Kai and Zhao Hong should be guarding the seals and tokens representing Lie Fan''s new position
Arriving at the Manor, Lie Fan saw a big and luxurious Manor twice as big as his Family Manor in Huai''An. They enter the mansion and see the courtyard was so big, a servant was there to wee them and introduce himself as the butler that was assigned to Lie Fan by The Emperor
The Butler named Yu Tu began to give a tour of the rooms to Lie Fan and his retinue, Lie Fan felt like he is literally in a movie set of historical Chinese drama as they were almost the same design-wise making him happy as this represents the influence that he will hold in the future
After spending 20 minutes touring the manor, they finally arrived at the study where Yu Tu tell Lie Fan that Xu Kai and Zhao Hong is waiting for him inside when they arrived introduced as Lie Fan''s retinue delivering important belongings of Lie Fan
Lie Fan dismissed Yu Tu and enter the study with his retinue, there he saw Xu Kai and Zhao Hong sitting while guarding the seals and tokens. Xu Kai and Zhao Hkng seeing Lie Fan entering the study greeted him standing up from their chair
Sun Qian: "My Lord tho study is almost twice bigger than the one at My Lord''s ancestral Manor"
Lie Fan: "Of course! This will be our base of operation making a web of intrigue in Luoyang, Xu Kai you can begin recruiting new members for the Oriole and investigate the building we can buy for expanding our Sereniti Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern here in Luoyang"
Xu Kai: "Okay Big Brother!"
Sun Qian: "My Lord, If I remember correctly don''t you still have a boon where Your Majesty can approve whether you request as long as it was between his reason?"
Lie Fan: "Ah yes! I forgot about that part thank you for reminding me Master Sun, what should I request from the Emperor hmm?"
Sun Qian: "Hmm, how about 10.000 Yellow Turbans prisoners as part of abor rebuilding Xu Province even though they will be used as an army in the future?"
Lie Fan: "That''s a pretty good suggestion! Maybe we can ask for that seeing the situation right now Emperor Ling will allow local governments to raise an army to eliminate the Yellow Turbans'' remnant"
After discussing that, Lie Fan takes hold of the seal and token indicating him as the Inspector of Xu Province and began to realize that he finally has the strength to change history he knows before to a new page he will write
Sun Qian and Lie Fan began to prepare decorations and n what they need for the banquet they will hold the next month, They also send letters telling Lie Fan''s family to bring some batches of Fruit wine, and beer to be the main beverage of the banquet
With that a month passed by and some things happened, Lie Fan and Wang Yun alongside Xun You petition Emperor Ling about the evidence they found indicating that the 10 attendants are colluding with the Yellow Turbans.
Emperor Ling saw the evidence and was angry promising to punish them, especially Zhang Rang but they doesn''t see or hear any big action from the Emperor in which he only scolds them making Wang Yun and Xun You despair as they can foresee the Han Dynasty will be doomed if this situation doesn''t change in which Wang Yun began to investigate the 10 attendants deeper
While Lie Fan''s army under the leadership of Lu Zhi still stayed at Guangzhong rebuilding the town but they will finish it in 5 days and then return to Luoyang
In the passing Month, Lie Fan''s family finally arrived in Luoyang apanied by Chao Bo and they bring wagons full of fruit wine, and beers for the banquet which helped as their supply of these drinks are running low
___________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 345 -> 355 ( STR Potion)
VIT: 115 -> 125 ( VIT Potion )
AGI: 122 -> 132 ( AGI Potion)
INT: 135 -> 145 ( INT Potion )
CHR: 90
WIS: 90 -> 100 ( WIS Potion )
WILL: 65 -> 75 ( WILL Potion)
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 48: Banquet At Lie Manor
Chapter 48: Banquet At Lie Manor
In the passing Month, Lie Fan''s family finally arrived in Luoyang apanied by Chao Bo and they bring wagons full of fruit wine, and beers for the banquet which helped as their supply of these drinks are running low
His Mother, Sister, and Ying Yue were the onesing to Luoyang as his Father was busy handling official duties in Huai''An andmanding the army there to protect Huai''An from the Yellow Turbans remnant in Xu Province
When they firste to the manor, everyone was shocked by the size and luxurious design Yu Yan a former Merchant knew the number of expenses for this manor is enormous.
She hugged Lie Fan and congratted him on his promotion and is thankful that no harm has happened while he is on the battlefield, Wannian joins the hug by squeezing herself in the middle of the two Lie Fan immediately hugs her and carries her in his arms inciting a giggle from her
Ying Yue is watching everything from the side and when Lie Fan is done saying hello to his family, he walked towards Ying Yue and hugged her tightly quenching the thirst he feels for missing her even though he was distracted by a beauty before *ahem*
Ying Yue feels the hug and was happy as she was scared that Lie Fan''s feelings for her will change, she return the hug and smile happily after a long hug Lie Fan released her and take her hand leading everyone to enter the manor
Everyone was shocked when they see the big courtyard in front of them and Wannian was so excited that she begins to run and y in the courtyard, Lie Fan was happy seeing Wanniang ying and remembers the gift he prepare for her which he told the servants to bring it here for her
When Wannian was ying suddenly she heard a barking sound and when se turned her head she saw a little puppy being held by a maid and given to her, Wannian was so eager that she hug the puppy tightly when she achieved the puppy while it''s licking her face
Lie Fan and the rest watch Wannian happily y with the puppy who she named Snow thanks to its white fur, Yu Yan called for Wannian to bring Snow and co tinue the tour of the manor
After spending almost an hour showing the major, Lie Fan can see the satisfaction written all over his Mother''s face and the admiration including fondness at Ying Yue''s face directed at him, when they arrived at the dining room food was already served and they enjoy it together like family
Lie Fan then tells them especially his mother that the banquet preparation is already done and will be held the day after tomorrow, he wanted to introduce Ying Yue as his wife to be which his mother agrees as Ying Yue is the embodiment of a good wife minus the skill to lead a household if Lie Fan married more than 1 wife unlike his father
Ying Yue was happy with how Lie Fan wanted to introduce her to the social circle of the capital but she knew deep down that she is not the perfect candidate as the main wife without the mind to y intrigue she doesn''t care as long as Lie Fan love her
Two days passed and Lie Fan''s manor now full of guests arrived at his banquet, high-ranking ministers, Civil Officials, and Military Officials areing in one after the other.
Lie Fan and Ying Yue act as the guest receiver while he introduces Ying Yue to them, many officials are disappointed as the position of Lie Fan''s main wife is already taken they wanted to introduce their daughter/sister/nephew/cousin to him
When Lie Fan was weing another guest he saw Wang Yun and Xun Youe together, he cut the greetings short and bring Ying Yue to greet both of them as they are considered to be an important allies for his cause right now
Lie Fan: "Wee Uncle Wang and Master Xun You! Thank you foring to my banquet today!"
Wang Yun: "Hoho! Of course, I have toe as we are now on the same side and can be considered close as you''re my Friend son"
Xun You: "General Lie''s invitation is the highest honor right now and thanks to General Lie I managed to learn under the wing of Master Wang Yun"
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true we are now on the same side, but Master Xun You is jesting how can my invitation is that important"
Xun You: "Of course it is! General Lie is the rising talent of this generation and many are already saying that General Lie is the next Han Xin!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! Master Xun You praise is too high!"
Wang Yun: "Fufu young people nowadays are scarier than my time, by the way, Little Lie who is this beside you?"
Lie Fan: "Ah yes, Uncle Wang and Master Xun You let me introduce you to my soon-to-be wife Ying Yue"
Wang Yun and Xun You hearing that were stunned as they don''t expect Lie Fan already have a prospective wife, Wang Yun especially as he wanted to introduce Diao Chan intimately to Lie Fan with the hope of marriage so that''s why he brought her here
Wang Yun: "So that''s how it is! Hello Lady Ying Yue I''m Wang Yum but you can call me Uncle Wang like Little Lie"
Ying Yue: "He-hello Uncle Wang, thank you foring here today"
While talking at the front entrance, Lie Fan suddenly sees Diao Chan with a maid getting off the carriage that Wang Yun used and he began to panic even though he hadn''t done anything wrong yet
On one side he loved Ying Yue dearly and doesn''t want to hurt her heart but on the other side it''s Diao Chan whose beauty and elegance capture his heart at first sight, even though he knows having more than 1 wife is okay but he still panicked as he hasn''t told Ying Yue yet and doesn''t want his chance with Diao Chan extinguished before it even started
Ying Yue who was beside Lie Fan can feel that he is distracted and when she turned her head in the direction that Lie Fan is seeing she can see a beautifuldy who was more beautiful than her and more elegant, Ying Yue noticed that began to feel sad at first but then cheered herself up as Lie Fan still love and care for her with the action in thest 2 days as they never separated from each other
Lie Fan: "*ahem* looks like Uncle Wang brought Lady Diao Chan with you"
Wang Yun: "Of Course! Isn''t what you implied to me when you Invited me to the banquet to bring Chan''er here?"
Lie Fan was sweating when Wang Yun said that, he turned his head and take a peek at Ying Yue''s face and saw that Ying Yue''s face is calm but the eyes are wide and shaking making his heart hurt, changing the subject Lie Fan takes Wang Yun, Xun You, and Diao Chan enter the room where they held the banquet
Wang Yun and Xun You position near where Lie Fan is sitting, Ying Yue led Diao Chan to another room where thedies of the guest is hosted by Yu Yan as thedy of the house since Ying Yue is still not Lie Fan''s official wife
Sitting in his ce, Lie Fan first weed everyone and say his gratitude foring to this banquet while hoping in the future he can learn from all of them as he is still new in his position
Everyone gives apuse and congrattes Lie Fan on his promotion, Lie Fan drink a ss of wine as a salute to all of them and told them that the banquetmenced telling the servants to serve the food and more wine
Lie Fan: "Uncle Wang and Master Xun You, I''m looking for someone and maybe both of you know this person or can help me look for him?"
Xun You: "Who is it you''re looking for General Lie?"
Wang Yun: "This person must be important or skilled as you''re looking for him"
Lie Fan: " I''m looking for a gentleman by the name of Jia Xu from Wuwei Commandery, he was appointed as a Xiaolian to serve the Imperial Court as a Gentleman Cadet before, and know he is Chief Commandant of Pingjin do the both of you know him?"
Xun You: "Ah I have heard of his name, I heard that he is incorrupt and filial to his parents and I heard rumors that Yan Zhong the official who rmended Him praising him as extraordinary and even remarked that Jia had the brilliance of Zhang Liang and Chen Ping"
Wang Yun: "What high praise to be called the same as Zhang Liang and Chen Ping, even though I have never heard of him but I can help you by asking if he joined your banquet?"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha then I relied on Uncle Wang to help me search for him"
Wang Yunughed as well and said to wait for him while he gets up and begin conversing with others asking about Jia Xu or maybe someone who knows Jia Xu
Xun You: "What makes General Lie want to meet Sir Jia Xu? Is it because of the rumors saying that his mind is like Zhang Liang and Chen Ping?"
Lie Fan: "I wanted to meet him cause I think Sir Jia Xu''s talent is wasted by serving as Commandt Of Pingjin and better suited under me eliminating Yellow Turbans in Xu Province"
Xun You: " Does General Lie not optimistic about the condition of the Han Dynasty just like when you offered me to join your side as you feel the world will be in chaos?"
Lie Fan: " Yes! that''s one of the reasons and Master Xun You have seen yourself how the Empire is slowly corroding from the inside, Officials are corrupt, rebellion is everywhere with the Yellow Turbans being our biggest yet, epidemic and hunger everywhere, and Our Emperor with his hedonistic lifestyle not caring if the people with the 10 attendants enriching themselves at the expense of our government stability"
___________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 355
VIT: 125
AGI: 132
INT: 145
CHR: 90
WIS: 100
WILL: 75
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 49: The Poisonous Strategist Jia Xu
Chapter 49: The Poisonous Strategist Jia Xu
Lie Fan: " Yes! that''s one of the reasons and Master Xun You have seen yourself how the Empire is slowly corroding from the inside, Officials are corrupt, rebellion is everywhere with the Yellow Turbans being our biggest yet, epidemic and hunger everywhere, and Our Emperor with his hedonistic lifestyle not caring if the people suffer with the 10 attendants enriching themselves at the expense of our government stability"
Xun You was silenced by Lie Fan''s exnation as every single one of them is true and he already saw with his own eyes the ugliness that Lie Fan describes
He began to contemte the reason why he closed his eye and sense from all of this which he found the answer because of his loyalty to the Han Dynasty but now he doesn''t know if his loyalty is good enough for the Han Dynasty right now
Lie Fan can see that Xun You heart is beginning to shift toward the path he wanted and began to include how he wanted the world to be better for the people and everyone he holds dear because the foundation of the dynasty is the people
Xun you hearing that were surprised as what Lie Fan says makes sense the foundation of the dynasty is the people and without them, no matter how refined and incorrupt their government system is it will not function without the people or the lower sses of the poption
While Xun You was in reflecting on what Lie Fan just said and his offer, Wang Yun was talking with many officials looking for Jia Xu he take this as a favor he does for Lie Fan by having Lie Fan owing him a favor he can ask for his help in the future
Wang Yun was talking with many officials, especially the military officials as Jia Xu was amandant and with Wang Yun''s prestige in the court he finally found someone who knew Jia Xu but he was not that close with him as Jia Xu by nature is an Introverted person doesn''t like to make friends and he was shown where Jia Xu is sitting
Wang Yun goes in the direction he was shown and when he reached the location he saw ate 30-year-old man sitting with an honest-looking face on the corner alone, drinking his wine and eating some food while others are ignoring him this man
Wang Yun instantly knows that he is Jia Xu and approaches this person as he wanted to meet the man who makes Lie Fan looks for him even asking for a favor to help him
Wang Yun: " Hello there I''m Wang Yun, are you Sir Jia Xu the Commandant of Pingjin?"
Jia Xu: " Hello Sir Wang Yun yes I''m Jia Xu, may I know the reason that Sir Wang Yun is looking for me who was an ordinary official?"
Wang Yun: " I was here on behalf of the Host of the Banquet who would like to invite you to talk with him I don''t know if Sir Jia Xu has time?"
Jia Xu: " Aha-haa so General Lie wanted to meet me an ordinary official with ordinary influence! Of course, I ept the invitation from General Lie!"
Everyone around them was shocked that Wang Yun was talking happily with this person who was moody and cynical toward them before his words have no apparent malice, but it rouse a feeling of weary caution in those who heard what he says
Wang Yun leads Jia Xu to where Lie Fan is and when they arrived at his table they heard what Lie Fan said about how the Han Dynasty will copse, Wang Yun was astonished and a bit upset with what Lie Fan said even though it''s true while Jia Xu was intrigued by the words thate out from Lie Fan as he speaks from the facts that happening right now and not clinging to lofty ideals
Wang Yun: " *ahem* Little Lie the person you''re looking for is here, Sir Jia Xu may I present to you our host General Lie Fan"
Lie Fan hears his name called and turns his head to Wang Yun introducing him to Jia Xu, Lie Fan was scrutinizing Jia Xu''s appearance first and it matched the description he remembered from the history and ROTK games he yed
Lie Fan: " Hello Sir Jia Xu thank you for meeting me I hope it''s not too sudden for you"
Jia Xu: "Oh no no, I wanted to meet with General Lie Fan also but under different circumstances as I don''t like too much spotlight way shine on me"
Lie Fan: "Oh really! Come and have a seat with us, but if you do not like others joining in our conversation maybe Uncle Wang and Master Xun You can change ces first?"
Jia Xu: " Aha-haa no need, I was interested in Brother Xun You''s opinion on General Lie''s Statement from before"
Xun You was put on the spot by Jia Xu, Wang Yun is a bit cautious about Jia Xu''s purpose in asking that while on the other side, Lie Fan knew that Jia Xu is sly by nature, and even though hisment may seem harmless but it arouses people to feel cautious of him and be suspicious of him thanks to the tone he is using
His only way to make Jia Xu feels safe and be loyal to him by let''s say inviting his mother to live with them at Huai''An and trusted whatever Jia Xu advises or does unconditionally as he will feel trusted just like how Cao Cao managed to win Jia Xu''s heart minus the inviting his mother of course
Xun You: " While what General Lie says is true, as long as we can oust the 10 attendants from their position of power and change Your Majesty''s ways then the Han Dynasty will live on and the world will not fall into chaos"
Jia Xu: " Aha-haa Aha-haa Brother Xun You outlook is still too idealistic, that''s if you can achieve what you say but the fact is the 10 attendants are still in power while you failed to bring them down, and sooner orter another rebellion or even a coup d''etat bringing the Han Dynasty downfall and chaos will reign supreme"
Wang Yun: " Sir Jia Xu''s outlook on life is too boring, without our ideals to live by then what can we achieve and the Han Dynasty will live long even after we died"
Jia Xu: " Loyalty, fairness, nor patriotism are nothing if they stand in the way of our true goal of doing something. Experience has taught me to seeksting results rather than try to maintain lofty ideals that you have that can stop me from achieving long-term results by any means necessary "
Lie Fan hearing Jia Xu''s answer began tough out loud as he liked the answer Jia Xu says, pragmatic, practical, underhanded means, and poisonous are the type of things you can use to describe Jia Xu, and he needs a man like this that doesn''t afraid to dirty his hands
Wang Yun was made speechless by Jia Xu''s statement and Xun You was like receiving a new lesson that he have never learned anywhere either from the Academy or his family which loyal to the Han Dynasty
Lie Fan: "Master Jia Xu is truly a wise man that was like Zhang Liang and Chen Xi, his words are invigorating and opened many eyes! I don''t know if Master Jia Xu has ever thought of using your talent elsewhere?"
Jia Xu: "General Lie is jesting, my talent is used for the revitalization of the Han Dynasty"
Lie Fan: "Just like a bird can choose the trees they are building its nest, a talented people can choose the master''s their gonna serve"
Wang Yun: "Little Lie wanted to have this renegade serving you?!
Wang Yun was angry as Lie Fan continuously persuaded Jia Xu and liked the way Jia Xu handled the situation which irritated the Loyal Wang Yun where his shout attracted everyone at the banquet to their location
Sun Qian arrived at their location to know what was going on and receive Lie Fan''s gaze to bring all three of his guest to another room to wait for him there, while he distract the other guest attention and acted as if nothing happened merrilyughing with the other guest
Wang Yun, Xun You, and Jia Xu were brought to another room, when he passed Lie Fan he was told to tell Xu Kai to search Jia Xu Manor in Luoyang tonight if there was a sign of his mother living in the manor
Sun Qian was puzzled as Lie Fan never requested such a thing but he trust Lie Fan unconditionally over the passing days his loyalty began to solely belong to Lie Fan and not Han Dynasty anymore because Lie Fan slowly changed his outlook on the Han Dynasty portraying it as a sickly beast that will fall sooner orter
Thanks to Lie Fan''s high charm attribute and many topics to choose from thanks to his knowledge of the modern world he managed to divert every guest''s attention back to the banquet
After an hour everyone was told that the banquet is wrapped up saying goodbye and thank you to all the guests, Lie Fan goes to the room where thedies of the officials is being hosted by his mother and told them that the banquet has ended
Diao Chan and Ying Yue were sitting right beside each other but they aren''tmunicating with each other whatsoever, Yu Yan can see that something is going on between them and always try to pry from them what happened by bringing the conversation to them
When Lie Fan entered the room and told everyone that the banquet is over, Yu Yan can see that both Diao Chan and Ying Yue turn their head in his direction, Ying Yue showing her affection for Lie Fan and Diao Chan is intrigued and attracted to Lie Fan
Yu Yan began to understand what made them doesn''t talk with each other and as a woman can understand the feeling they have but as Lie Fan''s mother she feels happy that her son is attracting many flowers
Lie Fan saw Diao Chan and Ying Yue both looking at him, so he walked toward their spot to tell Diao Chan to wait there with his mother and Ying Yue as Wang Yun is busy
Ying Yue sees Lie Fan talking with Diao Chan first and not saying even a single word to her makes her feel sad but she holds this feeling as she knows that Lie Fan is destined for greatness and will have more than one woman as his wife
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 355
VIT: 125
AGI: 132
INT: 145
CHR: 90
WIS: 100
WILL: 75
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 50: Diao Chan-Ying Yue and Spying
Chapter 50: Diao Chan-Ying Yue and Spying
Ying Yue sees Lie Fan talking with Diao Chan first and not saying even a single word to her makes her feel sad but she holds this feeling as she knows that Lie Fan is destined for greatness and will have more than one woman as his wife
Lie Fan can feel the sadness that was radiating from Ying Yue and the furious gaze from his mother, he nced at Ying Yue full of love that he thought only Ying Yue can see.
Diao Chan from the side saw the interaction between the two of them and she knew the reason now why Ying Yue is giving her the cold shoulder since they first meet
When Lie Fan introduced Ying Yue to everyone as his soon-to-be wife Diao Chan arrivedte and because of the tension when Wang Yun teased him in front of Ying Yue making Lie Fan ended the introduction right there
Lie Fan left the room after informing everyone, leaving Diao Chan and Ying Yue together while Yu Yan as the hostess apany the guests leaving the two of them alone
Diao Chan: "Hello Sister may I know your name?"
Ying Yue: "Hello My name is Ying Yue, Sister Diao Chan and I''m 17 this year, Sister doesn''t need to introduce yourself I know who sister is"
Diao Chan: "Oh? Sister Ying knew my name but ignored me from our first meeting until now, is it because of a certain person?"
Ying Yue hearing the teasing in Diao Chan''s voice turned bright red and red at Diao Chan like a little cat showing her fang when its toy was taken from it
Diao Chan sees Ying Yue''s reaction giggles and knew the reason why Lie Fan loves her as her reaction is too adorable with her pure heart in which she apologizes to Ying Yue to cool her down
Ying Yue: "Sister Diao Chan misunderstand, I just feel a bit sick today so I decided to stay silent"
Diao Chan: "Fufufu Sister Ying don''t need to lie, I''m older than you by 2 years and I have seen the same things happening when there''s in ady''s gathering"
Ying Yue: "Then If Sister Diao Chan knew what I feel then you should know that Young Master and I will be married soon!"
Diao Chan: "Oh really? That makes me sad but I don''t know if General Lie ept another wife fufu"
Ying Yue: "I don''t care if Young Master has another wife than me, while I''m just a lowly maid that was lucky to be loved by Young Master but if you dare to approach him for other agendas or to hurt him then even if you''re a noblewoman I will fight you!"
Diao Chan seeing the sudden outburst from Ying Yue feels like having a little sister with her emotions out in the open easy to read and she doesn''t know what will happen to her in the future when Lie Fan has another mistress if they are sinister woman''s
Diao Chan put her hand on Ying Yue''s head and stroke her head lightly, Ying Yue was startled by what Diao Chan did and with her innocent heart began to feel that Diao Chan is not that bad after all
Diao Chan: "I will be honest with Sister Ying, Big Sister is interested in General Lie, he is the first Young Man who managed to impress my Father and even work together and he is not bad in the eye also fufu"
Ying Yue: "It''s up to the heavens and Young Master Lie whenever Sister Diao Chan can be with Young Master"
Diao Chan and Ying Yue began to converse with each other after addressing the issue they got, Diao Chan acted like a big sister to Ying Yue and began to teach her how to conduct herself like ady and how to speak like ady
Yu Yan after escorting thedies of the officialse back and was dumbfounded by what she saw as Diao Chan and Ying Yue is now talking with each other with a smile on their faces like they were close friends
Yu Yan go toward them and joined their conversation, Diao Chan was a bit nervous as maybe in the future Yu Yan can be her mother-inw if she can be sure that the feelings she had for Lie Fan are love not just a short-term interest
While in this room the atmosphere is in harmony withughter can be heard, in the study of the manor it feels tense as Jia Xu was sitting on the right side not caring about Wang Yun''s re and Xun You is conversing with Sun Qian about the statement that Lie Fan said that surprised him before
Sun Qian knew how Xun You feels as he already saw everything that happens firsthand and more bloody than what Xun You saw, since his first battle following Lie Fan and how his Master Lu Zhi was demoted just like that thanks to an eunuch slowly his loyalty began to shift from Han Dynasty and Lie Fan to just Lie Fan
Lie Fan arrived at the study and feels the tense atmosphere seeing it from the opened door, especially between Jia Xu and Wang Yun but when he wanted to enter Xu Kai arrive from behind calling for him
Xu Kai: "Big Brother! I have the information you wanted that Master Sun told me to search for!"
Lie Fan: "Really? That''s great so how is it?"
Xu Kai: "I and some oriole members managed to infiltrate the Manor as servants and an olddy is living in the manoring with him to the capital to cure her sickness and looks like he also has a family but all of them are living in his hometown when I asked the servants there"
Lie Fan: "Good Job Xu Kai you have done well, go and hire some group of mercenaries acting as Imperial Soldiers led by a member from Oriole of your choosing to transport them to Luoyang"
Xu Kai: "Huh? Why would we do that Big Brother? Aren''t you wanted to recruit him?"
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true but this man is cunning and sly by nature and also doesn''t like to be the center of attention so he will try to weasel out of my invitation either by pretending to be sick or going back to his hometown, by bringing his family here in Luoyang and inviting them to Huai''An is my safest bet"
Xu Kai: "Isn''t it too extreme doing that just to recruit someone to join us?"
Lie Fan: "No and Xu Kai you''re a leader of an intelligence group, you will do many unspeakable things in the future and this is just the tip of the iceberg, if you don''t want to lose then you have to do any means necessary to take down your enemy"
Xu Kai: "Okay Big Brother... I understand what you mean"
Lie Fan: "Good, hire the best mercenarypany you can find and pay them half first when our guest arrived safely then the other half will be paid"
Xu Kai: "Will do Big Brother, I''m sending the brothers to search for the mercpany while I continue recruiting and training new brothers and sisters"
Seeing Xu Kai leaving, Lie Fan enter the study and greeted everyone there with a smile in an attempt to ease the tense atmosphere, Sun Qian stood up from his seat and walked toward Lie Fan gesturing that he managed to put some seeds inside Xun You so they only need to wait
Lie Fan acknowledge what he said and told Sun Qian to take a seat, he wanted to make at least the people in this room on the same page especially Jia Xu as he is a bit cynical
Lie Fan: "Everyone, let''s all calm down and be on the same page as the 10 attendants are ourmon enemies now"
Jia Xu: "Aha-haa General Lie is jesting, it''s the enemies of all of you, not me so why was I included in this conversation?"
Lie Fan: "Why Of Course because Master Jia Xu is joining under me right? You don''t want something to happen inside your manor?"
Jia Xu hearing that was stunned for a second and continued acting like nothing is wrong but inside he was angry at himself as he is not cautious enough and not expecting Lie Fan also willing to use underhanded means
Wang Yun, Xun You, and Sun Qian heard the threat in Lie Fan''s sentence which puzzled them as Lie Fan was never been this aggressive this is the first time they saw Lie Fan acting like this even when facing the 10 attendants
Lie Fan: "I know why youe back to Luoyang Master Jia Xu, what If I told you that I have something that can cure the illness?"
Jia Xu: "I don''t know what General Lie is saying, but If General Lie had that kind of medicine then it''s better to hold it for yourself"
Lie Fan: "Haha! That''s true but I have sent people to bring the others to Luoyang, I don''t know if Master Jia Xu is impressed by my action?"
Jia Xu hearing that began to feel panic for the first time, as he never expects Lie Fan to be the same as him, he investigated Lie Fan and found out that he act honorably with kindness even when facing despicable people like Dong Zhuo but he never expects that all of that is a cover considering the age Lie Fan had
While he is impressed by the guts that Lie Fan had showing that he is not being muddled by the Confucianism teaching and with the talent he had Jia Xu knew he will reach a high position in the future even if the Han Dynasty still stand tall.
Lie Fan: "What about like this, I give Master Jia Xu some time to think about my offer at least until the others arrived at Luoyang maybe in 1 or 2 months, If you agree the illness will be cured and don''t try to run as many eyes are watching you"
After saying that Lie Fan tell everyone that they will continue discussing the n to bring down the 10 attendants another day, Wang Yun and Xun You take their leave after hearing what Lie Fan said while in their hearts began to realize the true Lie Fan that was hidden inside was much different than the facade he is using
Jia Xu also takes his leave and before exiting the study he turned around taking a nce at Lie Fan with respect and interest alongside fear because he controls his family
Sun Qian: "I don''t know that My Lord managed to hide everything so deep, from the way My lord acts looks like My Lord has other ambitions that I don''t know of?"
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 355
VIT: 125
AGI: 132
INT: 145
CHR: 90
WIS: 100
WILL: 75
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 51: Changing Perception Showing The Ambition
Chapter 51: Changing Perception Showing The Ambition
Sun Qian: "I don''t know that My Lord managed to hide so deep, from the way p ambitions that I don''t know of?"
Lie Fan: "Master Sun is one of my closest confidants, so I will trust you with my true goal that I have had all this time, my true purpose is to be bring peace to this country living safely like before leading it to a new era with my hand."
Sun Qian hearing that was rmed, he knew that Lie Fan wan to bring peace to thend but never thought that he harbored an ambition to be the new Emperor and he said that he will bring a new era.
Sun Qian: "My Lord this path is too treacherous and dangerous to be taken! We aren''t even sure that the Han Dynasty will fall!"
Lie Fan: "Trust me, Master Sun, Han Dynasty will fall but not by our hand, we will only give a push to the pawns to do the bidding while we wait and take the benefits starting with eliminating the 10 attendants."
Sun Qian began to see that Lie Fan''s maturity is too fast which only genius or talented people had shown which means that Lie Fan is not just an ordinary or lucky man, what Sun Qian doesn''t know is that his ambition all along whening to this world but he hides it as he still needs the Han dynasty to stay strong while he limated power.
Beginning with upgrading his safety on the battlefield, Lie Fan''s mentality is now focusing on bringing down the 10 attendants with means that this era has never seen before ying bigger chess where he will dictate the pawn to wee the Warlord era in his way.
Jia Xu''s cynical answers and statements about how he used every means necessary to achieve something pushed his perception to finally realize that in this era only the survivor will win and the survivor always used anything he can to survive no need to y by the rules anymore as no one has.
He can''t takes everything easy anymore and tries to act honorable as he holds the position to grow his powerbase stronger than Cao Cao and Yuan Shao will have, this era is different from his other life where you have to be polite and politically correct, this era is where the size of your fist dictates how you will enjoy your life.
Sun Qian can feel that Lie Fan''s aura is changing from like a Sun shining bright withpassion to bring help everyone now turning to a Sea that can help people and swallow people if you mess with it, he can''t understand if before is just an act that he used to talk with people like him who still uphold the teaching of Confucianism.
After talking both of them left the study and go towards the main hall where the banquet is being held before, they meet with Wang Yun and Diao Chan who were saying goodbye to Ying Yue and Yu Yan with Xun You and Jia Xu nowhere to be seen.
Lie Fan sees that Diao Chan and Ying Yue interact like they were close sisters saying goodbye to each other and promising to meet up together soon.
Confused Lie Fan walks toward them to apologize to Wang Yun also as he knew that Wang Yun is offended by how he agrees with Jia Xu
Lie Fan: "Uncle Wang, I''m sorry about what I said before I hope you forgive me, but that''s how I feel about what''s happening right now"
Wang Yun: "Little Lie every people have a diverse opinion, but I hope you know what you''re doing in the future as right now we are still in the same camp to bring down the 10 attendants."
Other people there except for Lie Fan and Sun Qian were surprised to hear the tone Wang Yun is using, a bit more alienated than before which showed that there was something that caused a crack in their rtionship.
Diao Chan: "Father is there something wrong? Why do you look a bit upset?"
Wang Yun: "It''s okay Chan''er now let''s go home, Madam Yu thank you for gracing us today with the Banquet"
Yu Yan: "It''s our good fortune that Sir Wang Yun graced us with your presence joining our banquet, be careful along the way"
Lie Fan: "Wait! Lady Diao Chan remembers to use more clothes in the future when going outside at night"
Wang Yun who was leading Diao Chan out take a halt and turned his head to look at Lie Fan not knowing what was inside his head, while Diao Chan smiled at Lie Fan''s concern and gives a shy smile at him saying thank you for his concern and she will remember his suggestion the continue walking towards the entrance holding Wang Yun''s hand
Ying Yue standing beside Lie Fan slowly raised her hand to Lie Fan''s waist and twist it with all her strength causing Lie Fan to shout attracting Yu Yan and Sun Qian''s attention toward him asking if there was anything wrong
Lie Fan says everything is okay and suggests everyone go back to their room to take a rest after doing an activity today, Yu Yan and Sun Qian take their leave while Lie Fan and Ying Yue was standing there
Ying Yue: "Looks like my Husband has forgotten about me when you''re in Luoyang"
Lie Fan: "It''s not like that Wife, you''re always the most beautiful in my heart"
Lie Fan hugged Ying Yue after dering his love, thinking that his little wife is growing fiercer and not as gentle as she used to be not knowing that it was Diao Chan who trained her to do that as a way to vent her jealousy
Ying Yue: "Really? Then what do you think of Sister Diao Chan?"
Lie Fan: "A beautiful Woman that''s all! And the daughter of Uncle Wang Yun and a sister to me!"
Ying Yue: "Liar! Sister Diao Chan already told me how you react when both of you meet before"
Lie Fan can only cry dry tears and doesn''t know how to handle this situation as this is his first rtionship in both lifetimes, so he used the way he learned from his past life to distract Ying Yue that is kissing her
Ying Yue who was talking suddenly kissed by Lie Fan shocking her, the feeling of their lips touching makes Ying Yue stand there frozen with Lie Fan leading their movement from just a chaste kiss slowly turning into a passionate one
Ying Yue''s face is turning redder and redder by the second and slowly closes her eyes to reciprocate Lie Fan''s kiss, but suddenly she feels something slippery trying to enter her mouth and that''s when she opened her eyes pushing Lie Fan so she can get out from the embrace and run away closing her face.
Lie Fan seeing that just smiles as he knows that the anchor of his consciousness that dictates his action is his family, as long as nothing happens to them then he will never do anything lowly like Dong Zhuo making them his inverse scale
Lie Fan goes back to his room after taking a bath and sits down on his bed happy that his perspective on this era will change but at the same time feels cautious as he doesn''t want to use the knowledge he remembered fully now rather than before he just remembered some pieces to act as a walking textbook guiding him in this era as history already beginning to change thanks to his actions
While thinking of that he finally feels exhausted and lies down on his bed to sleep, the next day Lie Fan woke up in the morning with his new perspective on this era he remembered that he ordered Xu Kai to check for buildings that are sold for expanding his business/Oriole Headquarters
He called for Xu Kai and asked if he had managed to find the buildings he asked him to search, Xu Kai reported to him that he had managed to buy 2 buildings located in themercial district where it''s strategic and full of people spending 85.000 taels
Lie Fan is happy with Xu Kai''s initiative and reminded him to keep watching Jia Xu''s activities to not lose him after that Lie Fan walks toward the dining room where his mother and Ying Yue are sitting there waiting
Lie Fan greeted both of them and give Ying Yue a special wink which evoked her face to turn red, taking his seat Lie Fan told his mother about the buildings that he has buy and asked for her mother to take over this matter like before in Huai''An.
Yu Yan happily agreed and told him that she will bring Ying Yue with her to learn about the trade as well in which Lie Fan ask if Ying Yue wanted to do that and she said yes, while talking with each other Wanniang finally arrived with a sleepy face walking towards her seat holding Snow the puppy
Everyone is enjoying breakfast together, smiling happily and talking about funny topics when Sun Qian entered the dining room and apologizes for interrupting their time to tell Lie Fan information that Emperor Ling has finally ordered the Armies toe back to Luoyang
Estimating the time, Zhu Jun''s, Lu Zhi''s, and Huangfu Song''s armies will arrive ranging from the shortest 1 month to and longest in 2 months ording to their distance to the Capital
Lie Fan nod his head at this information, he told Sun Qian to take breakfast first and to meet him in his study alongside the others as he have something to be talked with everyone
Sun Qian acknowledge it and take his leave, Lie Fan then continue enjoying his time with his family and urge his mother to speed up their renovation of the building and send the letters back to Huai''An to send batches of fruity wine and beers to Luoyang until they make the winery here
Yu Yan began to nag Lie Fan, she is worked like a horse by her son making Lie Fan embarrassed a little but then smile while replying that Yu Yan loves to do this thing
After breakfast is done, Yu Yan brought both Ying Yue and Wannian with her to check the building they have now in Luoyang while Lie Fan goes towards his study where his retinue that is present is waiting for him there.
Lie Fan is thinking that with the army called back to Luoyang it means that the central government is going to delegate its power to the local government to eliminate the Yellow Turbans which means that in 4 years maximum the battle between He Jin and 10 attendants will start resulting both of them died while Dong Zhuo will seize power
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 141.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 355
VIT: 125
AGI: 132
INT: 145
CHR: 90
WIS: 100
WILL: 75
ATR Points: 10
Chapter 52: Fueling The Fire
Chapter 52: Fueling The Fire
Lie Fan is thinking that with the army called back to Luoyang it means that the central government is going to delegate its power to the local government to eliminate the Yellow Turbans which means that in 4 years maximum the battle between He Jin and 10 attendants will start resulting both of them died while Dong Zhuo will seize power.
Improving his power base and securing Xu Province will be his main goal as that will be his seat of power, ming the fire of a conspiracy battle in the court is also important that the 10 attendants and those officials focus on each other leaving him more room to act freely.
While thinking of that, Lie Fan reaches his study and enters the room greeted by everyone there. Everyone except the generals on the battlefield right now is present, Sun Qian, Xu Kai, Chao Bo, and his Bodyguards.
Lie Fan: "Everyone Good Morning, please take a sit as this meeting will discuss our next course of action here in Luoyang."
Everyone takes their seat, except for Liu Pi and Bo Cai who was standing behind Lie Fan while Zhang Mancheng, and Zhao Hong standing beside the door.
Lie Fan: "So our next course of action is to strengthen ourselves while waiting for the chaos that happens by first Xu Kai you will expand Oriole members to reach 100 by the end of this year and train them expertly to be sent buildingworks in Luoyang and Xu Province."
Xu Kai: "100 Big Brother?! Right now I only managed to recruit 20 stray youths, with our original 10 members now our members are 30 people, I need to put on an all-nighter then."
Lie Fan: "Bring Chao Bo with you to help recruit more members, recruit between the age of 15 and 18 years old men or women it''s fine, they have to agree to likely never see their family again but they can send allowance to them, go check in the slums as people are desperate there for jobs."
Chao Bo: "Yes My Lord! Leave this to me and Little Xu we are experienced in reading people"
Lie Fan: "After both of you managed to recruit the quota I assign and trained them with adequate skills, Some will be sent to the pce and sent to high-ranking officials Manor, while the rest will be spread across Xu Province."
Xu Kai and Chao Bo heed Lie Fan''s order and discuss among themselves that today they will start recruiting more people but silently so do not to attract attention
Lie Fan: "Next Master Sun Qian please act as my mouthpiece, visit the officials of the court, and nudge them to think that the 10 attendants position is now too strong and they need to do something about it."
Sun Qian: "But My Lord, doesn''t everyone at the court already think like that?"
Lie Fan: "Yes they are but Master Sun Qian they are thinking individually or just a small group of 2 or 3 people, what if those people managed to unite under one banner of a certain Chief General who will lead it if there''s a rumor that the crown prince position appointment is influenced by the 10 attendants?"
Sun Qian: "Then they will fight in and outside the court, and both factions will slowly sabotage each other to assign the Crown Prince of their preference!"
Lie Fan: "That''s right! And what if the Emperor suddenly died of illness what do you think will happen?"
Sun Qian: "An all-out war between both factions! But Emperor Ling is still healthy and nothing is wrong with him My Lord from what We know."
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true, but yesterday at the banquet I heard a rumor that Emperor Ling is sick and there''s no cure for it except to prolong his life."
What Lie Fan said is true, when he hosted the guest when Sun Qian was bringing Wang Yun, Jia Xu, and Xun You to the study he heard this from a group of Imperial Doctors who attend the Banquet.
Sun Qian: "Then I Will do as you say My Lord"
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian can improvise your action, I trust your skill better when you act freely"
Sun Qian: "Okay My Lord."
Lie Fan: "Next I will pressure Jia Xu to join our side, with his family on the way here to Luoyang escorted safely and His Mother''s sickness can be cured by a pill I have sooner orter he will join us as his poisonous means is needed for our n to work"
Lie Fan began to announce more parts of the n, when Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang branch for Luoyang ha opened then they will have a more secure Information gathering means which his mother is working on currently
Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong will be sent to Qing Province where they disguise themselves joining the Yellow Turbans'' remnants there and climbing rank until they were in a high position to lead armies and then persuade the soldiers to have them join his side
Zhang Mancheng: "How many do we need to recruit My Lord?"
Lie Fan: "Between 5.000-10.000 is enough, also if there is a Yellow Turban officer that can join our side it''s good too, just do it slowly and cautiously to not alert the Yellow Turbans"
Zhang Mancheng: "Yes My Lord! When will we be going to Qing Province My Lord? "
Lie Fan: "Next Week both of you will go to Qing Province, if you can recruit more than what I want that''s okay but remember to pick the high-quality one"
After that Sun Qian suggested that they also include Wang Yun and Xun You in this n but Lie Fan disagree as both of them still have affection for the Han Dynasty, Xun You will be easier to lower his affection for Han Dynasty but Wang Yun will never stop restoring the Han Dynasty
Lie Fan thinks that this is enough for the first phase of their action, Sun Qian from the side agrees as many things that they do can divert their focus causing them to go wrong or even be found out by others
Ending the meeting, everyone began to do their task that was given by Lie Fan except for Liu Pi and Bo Cai who will continue their duty as Lie Fan''s bodyguards protecting him in Luoyang
Two months pass by after their summit, Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong already left Luoyang to go toward Qing Province and join the remnants of the Yellow Turbans, Sun Qian acting as Lie Fan''s mouthpiece began to nt seeds of anger and greed in the heart of court officials
Many Court Officials are beginning to fight back against the influence of the 10 attendants but they are managed to be squashed by the 10 attendants as they are fighting alone or in a small group, this infighting was noticed by General He Jin who arrived at Luoyang alongside the other armies in the past 2 months
The rewards that were given to the higher-ranking generals were the same as in history, He Jin be the Grand General and have high influence in the court where the 10 attendants feel threatened
So He Jin who was attacked by the 10 attendants first decided to make his faction fight against the 10 attendants whereas like in history Cao Cao, Yuan Shao, and Yuan Shu joined the faction bing core members
Especially when he heard that the Crown Prince position is put on the table and the 10 attendants wanted to use this opportunity to put the prince of their choice in the position of his Nephew Prince Liu Bian that was born from his sister Empress will be ousted from the position
Lie Fan received an invitation to join the faction but he refused with the excuse that he needs to go back to Xu Province and eliminate the Yellow Turbans'' remnant there he give full support to their cause, He rmend Wang Yun and Xun You join the faction but Xun You rejected the invitation while Wang Yun immediate joined up
The Imperial Court now has begun to be a battleground for the Eunuchs Faction and He Jin''s Faction to fight for power to influence the Emperor''s mind, Lie Fan was happy with the condition now as he is swimming in the current like a shark waiting for his food to arrive now
Yu Yan has managed toplete the renovation of the 2 buildings and officially opened the Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern at Luoyang, which be an absolute hotspot attracting many customers toe and try the new exotic Fruity wine and Beer that was imported from Huai''An
Lie Fan takes out the Golden que he got and put it on the Serenity Inn as its name que bing a customer ma with its benefits, Xu Kai and Chao Bo sent 20 oriole members which was adequate with their skills to infiltrate the Pce and Officials Houses while some be servants in the Inn
They haven''t reached the quota of 100 members, but they have recruited 40 people increasing their number to 70 and needing 30 more to reach 100. The 40 new members are still under training and with a limited rest time just to rest their body and eat then continue training
Lie Fan also visited Jia Xu a couple of times, where Jia Xu is still stalling for a time thinking about how to free his family but at the same time he wanted to cure his mother so on the third visit Lie Fan visited him Jia Xu ask for some gifts first before he considered joining Lie Fan
Lie Fan agrees and spends 5.000 SP to buy herbs that can be used to cure Jia Xu''s mother''s illness which needed time and not an immediate cure after that Lie Fan hasn''t visited Jia Xu and wait for him toe to him just like Huang Zhong and at the time Jia Xu family from Wuwei finally arrived at Luoyang
In the passing 2 months, Emperor Ling was persuaded by the 10 attendants to suggest to Emperor Ling to levy a heavy tax of ten grams from every 614 M2 of farnd to raise funds for rebuilding the pce.
Emperor Ling then ordered the officials in Taiyuan, Hedong, and Didaomandaries to transport wood and patterned rocks to Luoyang as construction materials to rebuild the pce as as a sign to symbolize their victory againts The Yellow Turbans
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 181.700 -> 176.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 355 -> 365(Training) ->385 (2 STR Potion)
VIT: 125 -> 145 (2 VIT Potion)
AGI: 132 -> 152 (2 AGI Potion)
INT: 145 -> 165 (2 INT Potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 100 -> 120 (2 WIS Potion)
WILL: 75 -> 95 (2 WILL Potion)
ATR Points: 10 -> 0
Chapter 53: Jia Xu Agrees and Going To Xu Province
Chapter 53: Jia Xu Agrees and Going To Xu Province
Emperor Ling then ordered the officials in Taiyuan, Hedong, and Didaomandaries to transport wood and patterned rocks to Luoyang as construction materials to rebuild the pce as a sign to symbolize their victory against The Yellow Turbans
To please Emperor Ling, there was information that some regional officials levied heavier taxes and forced the people to produce greater quantities of construction materials which led to greater resentment from the popce.
Lie Fan as the Inspector Of Xu Province uses the boon he got from The Emperor before to pardon Xu Province from the taxes which Emperor Ling only approve to cut half of the original taxes, This raises Lie Fan''s profile as a benevolent and virtuous Official that care about the people
Lie Fan now is meeting with Jia Xu apanied by Sun Qian in the study room at Lie''s Manor, Jia Xue here today to say give his gratitude to Lie Fan for the medicine he gave
Jia Xu: "I''ming here today to say thank you for the medicine that General Lie gave to my mother and now her symptoms are lighter than before"
Lie Fan: "That''s great, I''m happy that Aunty is getting better now that''s all Master Jia Xu going to say?"
Jia Xu: "Aha-haa of course not just that, I wanted to say thank you also for *ahem* bringing my Family here to Luoyang"
Lie Fan: "Hmm, then it''s okay if I invited them to my hometown right? Enjoying the seaside and nature there?"
Jia Xu hears that knows his time to decide whenever to join Lie Fan''s side is short and Lie Fan''s patience with him is already thin like ice but he still wanted to try and escape this hole that has been dugout for him
Sun Qian the side using his orator skill began to persuade Jia Xu, about the benefits of joining Lie Fan where he can have the ce to show his talent to the fullest and be trusted with whatever n hee up with
Jia Xu knows that his position as the Commandant of Pingjin is restricting the means he has to achieve something so he was moved by the way Lie Fan trying to recruit him but he doesn''t like it when the circumstances are not by his choices
Due to his cautious nature, Jia Xu is still undecided and Lie Fan knows that is why he always pressures him as Jia Xu''s true talent will not be shown for another 10 years when he finally joined Cao Cao
Sun Qian was an orator and a diplomat so he can see a bit of Jia Xu''s reluctance in his bodynguage, he continued persuading Jia Xu as Lie Fan will go to Xu Province bringing his army to begin cleaning Yellow Turbans remnant there and demoted even execute corrupt officials as he has the authority to do so
He will stay in Luoyang to oversee their ns here and Lie Fan needed another advisor at his side that''s why he is trying his best to make Jia Xu join Lie Fan''s side
Lie Fan: "I will be honest with Master Jia Xu, I will be going back to Xu Province to do my duty as their Inspector and I need someone to give me advice at my side"
Jia Xu: "Oh? Isn''t there Brother Sun Qian by General Lie''s side?"
Lie Fan: "Master Sun will be staying in Luoyang overseeing my n here, that''s why I wanted to invite Master Jia Xu to join my side as I needed talents to improve the livelihood of the People of Xu province"
After saying that Lie Fan gets up and now toward Jia Xu shocking Sun Qian and Jia Xu as there was never someone high-ranking bowing to the people below them, in the future only Cao Cao and Liu Bei will be the one who does so as the former knew that dignity is nothing if you can recruit talent while Liu Bei is apassionate and humble person
Jia Xu seeing this was moved by the first time someone goes to this extreme just to invite him and due to this he reluctantly epted Lie Fan''s invitation to save Lie Fan''s face
Jia Xu: "My Lord please get up, Jia Xu can''t ept your bow"
Lie Fan: "My Lord? Then Master Jia Xu epted my request for you to join under me?!"
Jia Xu: "Like the saying a good bird chooses the tree to build its best, then Jia Xu will choose My Lord as my tree to perch on"
Lie Fan hearing that let out a loudugh which shows the happiness he is feeling right now, Sun Qian on the other side congratted Lie Fan on recruiting a great talent to his side and wee Jia Xu as a fellowpatriot
*DING!!!*
[Congrattion to the Host forpleting the Achievement ''Poisons Is Released To The World'' for recruiting The Poisonous Strategist Jia Xu
The host received 75.000 SP, 200.000 Taels, and The Gu Jar as your reward]
?The Gu Jar
The jar was used as a container to seal several venomous creatures to create the strongest poison and no antidote can cure them
Jia Xu joined under him making Lie Fan''s powerbase to double up in their think tank capability, as no matter how Lie Fan remembered historical events he still needed to think about his next move
Lie Fan assign Jia Xu as his Chief Advisor where it was Sun Qian''s position before and now he be Lie Fan''s Chief Diplomat, Lie Fan assigned Jia Xu as the Grandmaster of Oriole and alongside Sun Qian began to fill in their n and course of action
Jia Xu was astounded by the preparation that Lie Fan made especially the Oriole where it was the first he sees a unit just for subterfuge and the ns that he made alongside the ambition Lie Fan had made his blood boil hearing it
With Jia Xu joining him, Lie Fan began to report to the Emperor the next day that he will leave Luoyang and bring his army back to Xu Province to do his duty as the Inspector of Xu Province
Emperor Ling praise Lie Fan for his hardworking personality and assign 10.000 soldiers to help him clear Xu Province from the Yellow Turban remnant, Lie Fan thanks the Emperor for his assistance and praised him for his benevolence and wisdom which Emperor Ling epted happily
After the Morning Court, Lie Fan meets up with Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi where he says his goodbye for now and also asks for a favor to protect his family in Luoyang while he leaves for Xu Province
The Uncleughs and agrees to do so as they already think of Lie Fan as their nephew, Lie Fan says his thank you and promises to give them more wine and beer with Copper Mirrors after he came back from Xu Province
After meeting the Uncles, Lie Fan meets up with Wang Yun and Xun You where he says goodbye and asks them to help Sun Qian if he ever needed assistance.
Wang Yun tells him to be careful along the way and Xun You promises to help Sun Qian even hinting that he already epted the Han Dynasty''s demise.
When leaving Wang Yun''s residence, he meets with Diao Chan and says goodbye to her where Diao Chan tells him to be careful and that she will wait for him here in Luoyang which is the first time Diao Chan makes the first move
Lie Fan smiles warmly and promises her, Diao Chan gives a pouch she just made herself and tells him as a protection for him which Lie Fan happily epts after talking for a bit Lie Fan says goodbye
Back at his residence after dinner, Lie Fan announce his departure to Xu Province to his family and told them to stay in Luoyang as it''s safer than journeying back to Huai''An as he knows the Yellow Turbans remnant resurgence will rise
Yu Yan and Ying Yue protested as his departure is too sudden, Ying Yue especially feels sad as they just spend time together and now they will separate again. Lie Fan understand how they feel and exin that this is his duty to do so
He also announces that after his duty in Xu Province is done, he will marry Ying Yue at Huai''An which Yu Yan immediately agrees pping her hand happily while Ying Yue''s face is as red as a tomato and shows a shy smile full of happiness
Lie Fan then called for all his revenues to meet him in the main hall, he finally meet up again with Huang Zhong, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba after months of separation in which he thanked them first for their loyalty and contribution promising to give them rewards.
He also introduce Jia Xu to everyone as his new Chief Advisor, Jia Xu greeted everyone and hope they can work well together.
Lie Fan then tell them in 3 days they will do an expedition to Xu Province where Sun Qian and Xu Kai will stay in Luoyang to oversee the n here, The rest will follow him back to Xu Province where they will clean up Xu Province
Huang Zhong will be the Chief Commander of their army and Chao Bo, Choa Bai, and Zang Ba will lead their respective battalion as before
The meetingsted until midnight and everyone goes back to the rooms that were set up for them in Lie Fan''s Manor, Lie Fan goes back to his room andy down on his bed thinking about how his n ising along nicely but he still needs to be in his guard as the situation can suddenly change
3 dayster, in front of Luoyang''s east gate Lie Fan and his army numbering 15.400 menposed of 10.000 Men from the Imperial Army and 5.400 where 2.400 his original men from Huai''An and 3.000 the Yellow Turbans prisoner who have be his permanent soldiers
His Family and Friends apanied him and say their goodbye to him, after that He ordered his army to begin their march toward Xu Province raising the banner of the Han Army and Lie n
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 125 -> 140
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 176.700 -> 256.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 385
VIT: 145
AGI: 152
INT: 165
CHR: 90
WIS: 120
WILL: 95
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 54: Xiapi
Chapter 54: Xiapi
His Family and Friends apanied him and say their goodbye to him, after that, He ordered his army to begin their march toward Xu Province raising the banner of the Han Army and Lie n
They spend 1 month and a half to march to Xu Province, and along the way, they meet up with refugees numbering 5.000 people that lost their viges and small towns thanks to the Yellow Turbans, He brought along with him back to Xu Provigaved giving them 25.000 catty of rations from his system inventory
The refugees were so grateful for the food that Lie Fan provided for them, they follow Lie Fan''s army in a neat line and 300 young men even volunteer to join his army which Lie Fan epted and put under his generals to be drilled
Lie Fan''s destination is Xiapi the Capital of Xu Province and his future seat of power, when they arrived he sees the Yi and Si Rivers that flows through Xiapi which will be used by Cao Cao to flood the city causing Lu Bu to be defeated
Xiapi City Guards saw the army and when they see the banners that showed the Han and Lie words they immediately report to theirmander of the Imperial Army approaching Xiapi
the Commander who knew that the new Inspector''s family name is Lie began to order a subordinate to report it to the Governor of Xiapi while he orders the others to wee Lie Fan
Lie Fan and Jia Xu were riding side by side and when they were near Xiapi they saw themotion where outside the gate there was a party of people waiting for them
Jia Xu immediately knew they were the weing party and told Lie Fan to act natural like he always be but a bit brash like how a general should be to let the nobles underestimate him making a of which family n needed to be taken as a warning to the others
Lie Fan agrees with Jia Xu''s n but he is worried that they still need the Noble ns as they were the backbone of the province administration officials, Jia Xu says that he will handle them and make a n where the Noble n agrees to leave out one family alone
Lie Fan gives his permission to do so and trusts Jia Xu with whatever he does giving him full control over how he will handle the noble family, Jia Xu was pleased that he was fully trusted by Lie Fan and as the Grandmaster of the Oriole he brought alongside some members that he sends to infiltrate the Noble ns residence
Arriving at the Gate, Huang Zhong as the Chief Commander of the Army asks who dares to stop the army of the Inspector Of Xu Province, The Xiapi Commander City Guards hear that replied that they were there to wee the inspector which Huang Zhong orders his army to stop here
Lie Fan alongside Jia Xu and his bodyguards rides their horse to the front and meets with the Commander who seeing how young their Inspector is shocks him and greeting Lie Fan while feels flustered
Lie Fan: "Thank You for receiving me, where''s the Governor of Xiapi?!"
XP Commander: "My Lord, our Governor ising from the governor''s Office as My Lord''s arrival is too sudden!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! Of course, I''m going to do some Inspection today here in Xiapi so led me towards his office!"
The Commander immediately takes a position and leads Lie Fan and his retinue to enter Xiapi while his army is ordered to make a camp outside the city to make them easier to be mobilized in the future
Entering Xiapi, he can see that the city''s condition is mediocre at best and he wanted to at least make it a defense able city where the river can''t be used as a weapon against him in the future
Manymon people were flocking to see who ising to be guarded by the City Guards and led by theirmander, Lie Fan seeing themon people interested in him he smile whileughing loudly at them and wave his hand making the people wave and cheered at him
Jia Xu at the side like the persona that Lie Fan is making for themon people, as no matter how powerful the Noble n is they still need themon people to work for them in every sector they have
When their party is riding toward the Governor''s Castle a carriage suddenly passed by in front of them, The City Guards''mander who was leading them shouted at the carriages to stop and let them pass through first
The Carriage stopped and the person inside open their curtain showing the face of a 20-year-old man, seeing the person inside the carriage the Commander immediately apologize for his tone and requested him to let the Lie Fan pass through first
Jia Xu: "Who is this person that you have to request to him first to let The Inspector Of Xu Province can pass through?"
XP Commander: "Master Advisor, this is Young Master Mi Zhu of the Mi n the leading merchant family in Xu Province"
Lie Fan: "Ah so it''s the Young Master of The Mi n! I''m Lie Fan the Inspector Of Xu Province, son of The Prefect of Huai''An Lie Shang, I met a member of the Mi n named Mi Yu when they visited Huai''An"
Lie Fan hears that it''s Mi Zhu one of the richest men in Xu Province or even China, he immediately introduces himself and doesn''t forget to also tell Mi Zhu that he already meet a Mi n member before
Mi Zhu who was in the carriage was stunned to meet The new Inspector Of Xu Province this young who was younger than him even, and when Lie Fan told Mi Yu''s name he remember that a branch member brought new exotic wine and a Copper Mirror who were so clean that you can see your face clearly from Huai''An
Mi Zhu: "I''m sorry that my carriage is stopping Lord Lie Fans'' travel, I remember before that Uncle Yu brought many things that he got from his trade in Huai''An"
Lie Fan: "Haha! That''s true! Even though my hometown is small but the craftsmen there managed to make things that even the Mi n Merchant can be interested in!"
Lie Fan and My Zhu continue their conversation in the street, Mi Zhu was interested in Lie Fan who were younger than him and already be one of the most influential men in the Empire while Lie Fan wanted to improve his rtionship with the young Mi Zhu
Jia Cu at the side can see that Lie Fan bes excited when he heard the name Mi Zhuand even have a conversation in the middle of the street with him showing the importance Lie Fan puts in Mi Zhu
Jia Xu as the shrewd and sly strategist he is, cutting off the conversation between them suggests to Lie Fan bring Mi Zhu along with them to meet the Governor Of Xiapi
Lie Fan: "That''s a splendid idea, Master Jia Xu! What does Young Master Mi think of this?"
Mi Zhu: "I''m sorry but I have to decline, I have something important to do and also it''s not good to disturb the important conversation between Inspector Lie and Our Governor"
Lie Fan: "Haha okay then, I hope we can meet again sometime Young Master Mi"
Lie Fan and his party continue their trip soon passing Mi Zhu''s carriage and continue heading on to the Governor''s Castle Mi Zhu watches them from the back for a while and then told his driver to continue heading on to their destination
Along the way, Lie Fan was informing Jia Xu how he meets the Mi n member before and notified him of the utmost importance of them having an alliance with the Mi Family as their wealth is number one in Xu Province
Jia Xu understands what Lie Fan means and
His machinations in his mind already began to construct a way to bring their rtionship closer with the Mi n as their wealth can be a backbone for Lie Fan expansion here in Xu Province in the future
After a 5 minutes ride, they finally arrived at the Governor''s Castle where they saw a group of officials waiting for them, Lie Fan and Jia Xu gets off their horses and greeted this group of officials led by Xiapi''s Governor
Xiapi''s Governor: "We at Xiapi''s wee Lord Inspector Lie! My name is Jia You serving as Xiapi''s Governor"
Lie Fan: "Sir Jia You have worked hard this year defending Xiapi and sending troops to Luoyang, I hope that the detailed report of Xiapi Domestic and Military department is ready to be briefed tomorrow?"
Jia You: "O-of course My Lord! We will do exactly as you said!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! That''s great, Master Jia Xu believe me now right that Xiapi''s Governor is a good man just like I said!"
Jia Xu: "My Lord a great foresight that even Jia is envious of the Lord''s talent, Maybe it''s a skill that My Lord has sharpened on the battlefield before"
Jia You and the officials of Xia Pi were happy at first that they received a Young General as their inspector and can be deceived to enjoy the money they got from corruption but hearing that he has an advisor by his side and it looks like an experienced one they began to panic
Lie Fan has the highest position leads them to enter the Governor''s Castle and told Jia You that today he will take a rest first and tomorrow they will do the meeting for the report he asked for, Jia You agrees and promised that tomorrow all the report will be ready for him to read
Lie Fan brought Jia Xu and his Bodyguards to be led by a servant toward the rooms that were prepared for them, he told his bodyguards to guards outside while he has something to be discussed with Jia Xu
Lie Fan: "Master Jia Xu, what do you think if I change Xiapi''s Governor to a better-suited person for the job, they have the talent to hold the position and a veteran in the fields of governing and politics."
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 140
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 256.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 385
VIT: 145
AGI: 152
INT: 165
CHR: 90
WIS: 120
WILL: 95
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 55: Xiapi’s Condition
Chapter 55: Xiapi''s Condition
Lie Fan: "Master Jia Xu, what do you think if I change Xiapi''s Governor to a better-suited person for the job, they have the talent to hold the position and a veteran in the fields of governing and politics."
Jia Xu: "Oh? Who does My Lord think can be assigned as the Governoe Of Xiapi to rece this Jia You?"
Lie Fan: "Chancellor Of Jibei Kingdom, Chen Gui is told to be a wise and excellent person that cares for the people, even though is a demotion from his original position but he is best suited to serve as Xiapi''s Governor and the Chen Family is an old Noble Family here in Xiapi"
Jia Xu: "Looks like My Lord has done his investigation before, this is Chen Gui I have heard of him as he is assigned to be the Chancellor of Jibei and From what I heard of him in the Court I think he is a perfect candidate"
Lie Fan: "Okay then that''s good, as our n tomorrow you will be the one who suggests this Idea and I will act as a good general who listens to his advisor"
Jia Xu heeds Lie Fan''s order and then takes his leave to go to his room to rest to prepare for tomorrow, Lie Fan takes out his book of knowledge and put an entry where he needs to recruit Mi Zhu and Chen Deng who is Chen Gui talented son also like his father
Lie Fan then saw the entry where he put needed to recruit Hua Tuo, seeing as their position is near its hometown and province he takes note to inform Jia Xu to send some Oriole members to contact him
He also uses the Book of Knowledge to search for easy recipes for medicines breakthrough like medicines for curingmon cold symptoms, morphine, and Aspirin
After writing a list of easy-to-make medicines and some breakthrough in how to do surgery correctly, Lie Fan takes his rest for the day to rest his body after a long tiring journey
The Next Day, Lie Fan and Jia Xu apanied by Lie Fan''s bodyguards was walking towards the main hall where they will do the meeting and when they arrived some officials alongside Jia You already waited for them in there
Jia You: "Good Morning Lord Inspector, I hope you have a good rest yesterday"
Lie Fa: "Yes Thank You My rest is very good, so can we start the meeting right now or do we still need to wait?"
Jia You: "We can start immediately Lord! Please take my seat to lead the meeting today"
Lie Fan takes the Governor''s Seat and his left side is Jia You while his right side is Jia Xu, their meeting began with the report on the Agriculture state in Xiapi where they don''t have many thanks to the taxes that the Emperor impose when though it''s already been halved
Lie Fan wanted to implement the crop rotation system here in Xiapi and all of Xu Province but he needed people that can be trusted first in Xiapi''s Government until Chen Gui became the Governor and he will put Chen Deng and Mi Zhu in the administration also
Historical officers that have proven their capabilities then Lie Fan can rest easy letting them hold the project and handle it freely without needing intensive supervision
Jia Xu: "We need to improve the Agriculture in Xiapi immediately so we can sustain the poption and have a surplus of food, what do Inspector Lie think?"
Lie Fan: "Yes! As Master Jia Xu says, I wanted to see new inventions made to improve our Agriculture so the people can eat and the chance of them joining the Yellow Turbans remnant is small"
The Head Of The Agriculture department promised to do so and next the Head Of The Financial Department reported the city treasury is almost empty thanks to the taxes the Emperor requested so they were in dire need of funds to continue sustaining the city expenses
Lie Fan told them to raise more funds by taking a loan from the Mi n and in return they just need to pay 30% of their taxes be it''s trade tax, normal taxes, and also free tariff for their trading caravan to enter Xiapi for 5 years
The Head Of the Financial Department opposed this as this will reduce their ie, Lie Fan told them that the Ie is not only from them and this is more beneficial in the long run and Jia Xu on the side agree with what Lie Fan suggested
Jia Xu also immediately subtly told them that they feel the money they can corrupt will shrink which was immediately denied by The Head Of The Financial Department, the other officials silently red at him not knowing that everything is seen in Jia Xu''s eyes
After that, The Military Commander of Xiapi came forward and reported that they had 15.000 soldiers consisting of 8.000 Infantry, 4.000 Archers, and 3.000 cavalry. As he is the Military Commander at Xiapi, Lie Fan asks for his name which he replies that his name is Ze Rong
Remembering this name looks like Ze Rong joined at Xiapi Administration before he left and became a Buddhist leader that have hundreds of followers before joining Tao Qian again in the future who betrayed the formerter on when Cao Cao attacked Xu Province
Seeing that the man is still upright now and not bing a greedy and bloodthirsty Buddhist leader in the future, Lie Fan believes that he can use this man as General of Xiapi''s army for now and use the eye of Eng Shen to check his attributes alongside Jia Xu''s attribute also
?Ze Rong
STR: 315(Max) VIT: 73 AGI: 75 INT: 57
?Jia Xu
INT: 825 WIS: 140 VIT: 68 CHR: 95
Seeing the maximum word at Ze Rong strength attribute, Lie Fan knows that it means he has reached his potential, and the only way to change it is by using the system which he thinks is not necessary as the items in the store are expensive and he needs to safe his points wisely
Jia Xu''s attributes on the other hand showed the ss of the advisor he is and haven''t reached his full potential yet which he thinks that he will reach if ording to history the year he served under Cao Cao
Lie Fan ordered Ze Rong to keep training the army as they would be usedter as part of his expedition force to clear the remnants of Yellow Turbans that entered Xu Province from the neighboring Yan, Yu, and Qing Province
Ze Rong received the order and promised to train the army, Seeing that the 3 essential departments had reported their report Lie Fan told Jia Xu to handle the rest while he took a walk at Xiapi to see the condition of livelihood in Xiapi
Jia Xu received the order and alongside Jia You he began to oversee the other departments'' reports, Lie Fan on the other hand brought his bodyguards and went to take a walk at Xiapi.
From his close observation, he can see that the people in Xiapi are feeling mediocre at best with their condition and don''t panic about how there is a rebellion before
Lie Fan protected by bodyguards wearing a mask attracted the attention of the people there, pointing and whispering talking about him others thought he was an important person while others think he is a weird man
While walking he saw the Mi n Merchant Shop, seeing this he enters the shop and found out that the store had many guests looking at themodities they were selling
Seeing the price andmodities that they were selling, he thinks that the price is rtively normal with the quality of themodities they were selling, and as he was looking through the merchandise suddenly a person called him from the back
Mi Yu: "Young Master Lie! Oh, I should call you Inspector Lie now, what a surprise to see you here!"
Lie Fan turns around and sees that it was Mi Yu the Mi n branch member he meet at Huai''An that will be his ticket to get closer to the Mi n seeing that maybe in 5-6 years Mi Zhu will seed his father position
Lie Fan: "Sir Mi Yu! What a surprise to see you here well even though this is your Family store, how are you?"
Mi Yu: "I''m good, I''m good, I heard from my nephew that Inspector Lie arrived at Xiapi yesterday and now be the Inspector Of Xu Province at such a young age! I never thought that the Young Master I meet at Huai''An before will be the Inspector of Xu Province!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! I never thought as well that I will be the Inspector Of Xu Province at such Young Age! By the way, what is Sir Mi Yu doing here in the store?"
Mi Yu: "We''ll Ie here to meet one of my old friends Wang Yan, his Teacher is sick so I take him out to cheer him up"
Lie Fan: " I see, then maybe we can have some tea next time to discuss our adventures?"
Mi Yu: "Of Course! Well, then I take M-"
???: "Brother Mi Yu I''m here!"
Both Lie Fan and Mi Yu turn around to see the one calling Mi Yu, Lie Fan saw an early 30 years old man walking towards them with the bearing of a schr apanied by looks like a page follwing the man from behind
Mi Yu: "Ah Wang Yan! Come here and let me introduce you to My friend and our new Inspector Of Xu Province Inspector Lie Fan from Huai''An, I met him before in Huai''An when I''m trading there!"
Wang Yan: "Hello Inspector Lie! I''m Wang Yan a Pce Gentleman in The Imperial Court but I''m taking a break due to the news that My Teacher Yang Ci is sick"
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 140
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 256.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 385
VIT: 145
AGI: 152
INT: 165
CHR: 90
WIS: 120
WILL: 95
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 56: Wang Yan = Wang Lang
Chapter 56: Wang Yan = Wang Lang
Wang Yan: "Hello Inspector Lie! I''m Wang Yan a Pce Gentleman in The Imperial Court but I''m taking a break due to the news that My Teacher Yang Ci is sick"
Lie Fan: "Hello, I''m Lie Fan the new Inspector Of Xu Province nice to meet you, I hope you''re teacher condition will be better"
Lie Fan was thinking that he seems familiar with this name before thanks to his interest in learning about the three kingdoms'' history but his memory doesn''t give many revtions on this name as it may be too minor or his contributioareis too small to make an impact on him to remember it
Mi Yu: "Well then I take my leave first Inspector Lie, Let''s meet tomorrow if you have the time"
Lie Fan: "Of Course! See you then"
Wang Yan: "Wait a minute! Why doesn''t Inspector Lie join us also? If Inspector Lie has the time"
Lie Fan: "We''ll of course but I''m not intruding on your time together right?"
Wang Yan: "Of Course not, is it okay with Brother Mi Yu?"
Mi Yu: "It''s up to you today Wang Yan, today is about you after all"
After hearing that, All of the agreed to go together and walk outside the store talking about Xiapi, Commerce, and the situation of the Empire right now which is downgrading even more thanks to the taxes that the Emperor put for rebuilding the pce
Lie Fan alsomented theck of talent he have to rebuild Xu Province, Mi Yu at the side suddenly says that he can help Lie Fan introduce some people who he considered talented and can help Lie Fan rebuild Xu Province
Lie Fan at the side smiles inwardly as this is what he wishes for as maybe Mi Yu will rmend the Young Mi Zhu to him which help him have an official reason to visit Mi Zhu at the Mi n residence, Mi Yu rmended Wang Yan who was beside them and walking with them right now alongside Mi Zhu his niece
Wang Yan: "Brother Yu I''m just a Pce Gentleman what talent can I have to help Inspector Lie rebuild Xu Province?!"
Mi Yu: "Wang Yan you don''t have to humble yourself, under Master Yang Ci''s teaching you achieve high scores on your academic test, especially in Chinese ssics, with talent like that if you aren''t worthy then many people will be more unworthy than you"
Wang Yan: "Oh learning Chinese ssics is nothing and before taking a break to visit Master, I was promoted to be the Vice Chief Of Staff in the Imperial Court and I changed my name to Wang Lang sorry I forgot to tell you, brother Mi Yu"
Wang Lang?! That''s what was said by Lie Fan inwardly when he finally remembers why he feels he has heard this name, Wang Lang is a very great politician and creates many books but his biggest legacy is his granddaughter Wang Yuanji who will be the Empress of the Jin Dynasty that will seed the Three Kingdom Era
Mi Yu: "Wow! Congrattions Wang Y- I mean Wang Lang! Why don''t we have a drink first to celebrate your promotion?!"
Lie Fan: "That''s true! Sir Wang Lang''s celebration will be paid for by me how is it? And about Sir Mi Yu''s rmendation of you to me I hope Sir Wang Lang can reconsider it as I would like to have you help me rebuild Xu Province"
Wang Yan now Wang Lang promises to consider it while thanking him for his generosity to pay and agrees to Mi Yu''s suggestion to celebrate so they began to walk towards a restaurant that Mi Yu rmends
They arrived at the restaurant named Peony Fragrance and asked for a private room when they enter where a servant immediately led them toward a room, When they enter the room Lie Fan ordered Liu Pi and Bo Cai to guard outside
After taking their seat, Lie Fan ordered some food and requested the most expensive wine they have as they wanted to celebrate, Wang Lang at the side Immediately opposed but Lie Fan says it was okay dismissing his protest
Lie Fan: "While waiting for the food and wine, why don''t we continue to discuss our topics before?"
Mi Yu: "Of course! I almost forgot if Inspector doesn''t remind me after Wang Lang the next person I rmended is my niece Mi Zhu"
Lie Fan: "Oh? I have met with the Young Master of The Mi n but I don''t know if this is purely to help introduces talented people to me or to further increase Mi n''s agenda?"
Mi Yu feels the room''s aura suddenly grow heavier after Lie Fan finished saying that making him panic as he knew what Lie Fan mean and began to exin that he rmended his nephew is pure to help Lie Fan and not to increase Mi n''s prestige or toplete Mi n agenda
Lie Fan of course knew that Mi Yu is sincere and he only does that because he doesn''t want to be seen as too enthusiastic so his chance of being deceived or used in the future by the Mi n is low considering they are a Merchant Family by the end of the day
Wang Lang on the side began to act as a mediator and show his savvy speaking ability like a true politician to mediate and calm Lie Fan down as he also thinks that Lie Fan is angry never thinking for one second that he is deceived by Lie Fan mask
Lie Fan says that he trusts Mi Yu and is sorry to act like that as he needs to be cautious thanks to the position he held now many try to deceive him to receive a position from him which is true when he was still at Luoyang many officials asked for their son or nephew or grandson or brother to be received under him
Mi Yu and Wang Lang understand Lie Fan''s position and say that it was okay as they received the same treatment but from a different ss of people.
When the situation finally seems to cool down suddenly the doors open, and servants bringing food and wine enter the room and ce them on the table
Lie Fan told them to enjoy the food and wine to cool down the heavy aura in the room, they exchanged toast and Lie Fan praises the food even though it taste a bit nd for himpared to the food at Serenity Inn that was serving food from his past lifetime
Enjoying the food and wine, everyone began to feel a bit drunk except for Lie Fan who acted like he was drunk learning from his experience in Wan when got drunk and even though nothing happens he doesn''t like it when he can''t control his body
Wang Lang on the side thanks to the effect of the alcohol began to tell a story about how he met his teacher and thanks to him that he has the position he''s in now with some tearsing from his eye
Lie Fan at the side asks what illness his teacher had and Wang Lang says it''s not an illness but old age catching up to him and due to his old age his resistance against the climate and the situation of the empire pushing him to fall down
Mi Yu consoled Wang Lang telling him that his teacher will feel better now as the rebellion is already put down by the Imperial Army with Lie Fan also participating in the battle putting down the rebellion
Lie Fan at the side agrees and says that the main group of the rebellion has put down only the remaining minor leaders of the yellow turbans in each province to put down as they scatter out to neighboring provinces from the 4 provinces the rebellion broke out
Xu Province is one of the provinces that received many runaways Yellow Turbans, Lie Fan the Inspector of Xu Province received the report and that''s why he wasing here to Xiapi to begin eliminating the remnants
The news makes Wang Lang feels fairer and thanks Lie Fan for his participation in eliminating the rebellion which bes a headache for his teacher, Lie Fan tells him to reconsider his career path as his talents are better served here in Xu Province than in Luoyang
The celebration continues until the evening, Lie Fan sees the time to say goodbye as he still has to coordinate with Jia Xu to persuade Wang Lang to join him as he needs to collect talented people first before the likes of Cao Cao and Yuan Shao who will have the prestige to do so thanks to their family prestige
Lie Fan goes outside the restaurant apanied by his Bodyguards walking back toward Xiapi''s Governor Castle, on the way there Lie Fan saw thex patrol on the street as it''s approaching nighttime and puts it as one of the numerous things that need to be fixed at Xiapi
Arriving at the Castle, Lie Fan envisioned that in the future when the fight for hegemony begins, this castle will be rebuilt for defensive and esthetic purposes but that''s for the future now he needs to clean up Xiapi first then begin to send his army to hunt down the Yellow Turbans
Entering the main hall, Lie Fan saw Jia Xu and Jia Yu discussing a new budget for the city Jia Xu feels their spending is over the limit with the things that need improvement expenditure is not that big
Jia Yu: "But Master Jia Xu if we change the budget then the departments need to revise a new n, especially the Agriculture Department as their n to revitalize the agriculture in Xiapi will be undercut"
Jia Xu: "No matter what Governor, your spending is too big with the size of improvement that needs to be made for Xiapi!"
Jia Yu: "Bu-But this will..."
Jia Xu: "No buts! Do as I say or I will report to the Inspector that all of you are corrupting the City funds!"
Jia Xu''s seat position was facing the door of the main hall and he saw Lie Fan enters with Bo Cai and Liu Pi so that''s why he yell like that to pressure Jia Yu
Jia Yu: "Wha-What?! Master Jia Xu needs to have evidence if wanted to use us that we are taking money from the City Funds!"
Jia Xu: "Oh but I have the evidence which was the ount books of each of you showing that all of you are embezzling the city funds to enrich yourselves"
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 140
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 256.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 385
VIT: 145
AGI: 152
INT: 165
CHR: 90
WIS: 120
WILL: 95
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 57: Cleaning Xiapi’s Goverment
Chapter 57: Cleaning Xiapi''s Goverment
Jia Xu: "Oh but I have the evidence which was the ount books of each of you showing that all of you are embezzling the city funds to enrich yourselves!"
Jia Yu hearing that panicked stood up from his seat and began to yell at Jia Xu that he is bluffing and spreading lies about him and the other officials, especially the high-ranking ones like the head of a department which can cause a massive blow to the city morale
Jia Xu responded by pping his hand and a servant suddenlyes in bringing a tray full of books, Jia Xu takes one with Jia''s name on it and show it to him clearly the numbers of money he has is too much with the sry he had as the Governor Of Xiapi
Jia Yu: "Yo-You thief! How dare you enter our house and steal our ount books! You must have forged it after stealing it!"
Lie Fan: "I''ll be the judge of that, let me see those ount books"
Jia Yu turns around when he hears Lie Fan''s voice and sees Lie Fan at the door walking towards them he began to fall onto his seat knowing that his career is finished as his embezzlement of government funds can''t be hidden anymore
Jia Xu gives the book to him and Lie Fan began to read the ount book, seeing the amount of money that Jia Yu himself embezzled is more than the money he have in his system storage which shows how long Jia Yu umted this wealth
Lie Fan: "Damn you! This is how you repay the people and the Emperor''s trust in you?! Men! Come and put him into the dungeon!"
Jia Yu: "M-My Lord?! Please wait a minute and hear my exna- release me I''m the Governor Of Xiapi! Please have mercy, My Lord!"
Jia Yu was dragged out by City Guards yelling for mercy and a chance to exin himself attracting the attention of the servants there but was ignored by Lie Fan and Jia Xu
Lie Fan asked him how he get this and Jia Xu replied that he send Oriole members that they brought for Xu Province 3 days earlier before they arrive at Xiapi to infiltrate the higher-ranking city officials and search for their main ount books that are hidden from him
Lie Fan praises Jia Xu for his ingenuity and cunning method as this can help them to rece the officials in Xiapi without having to think of a reason to demote or fire them as they have evidence of their wrongdoing that can be used as a handle to control them
Lie Fan asks Jia Xu topose an announcement that Jia Yu have been found embezzling the city funds and was stripped of his position with the investigation team immediately sent to his residence to search for the money''s whereabouts
Jia Xu suggested for Jia Yu be executed while his family is banished from Xiapi with all their wealth stripped from them except 6-month wages from Jia Yu''s position as the Governor Of Xiapi
The punishment can be considered to be not that heavy as they will use this as a lesson to the others that Lie Fan knew what they are doing and give them a chance to either step down from their post or give 80% of their funds that they embezzled back to Xiapi
Lie Fan agrees and hopes that tomorrow the announcement can immediately be publicized he will send letters to the Imperial Prince that held the King title of Pei Kingdom hoping that Chen Gui can be sent back to Xiapi in return he will help his Kingdom to eliminate the Yellow Turbans remnant in his region
Jia Xu goes on to make the announcement and Lie Fan makes the letter so it can be sent today, after spending 1 hour they are finally done making their respective missive and Lie Fan gave his to Jia Xu to be checked
After reading it, Jia Xu found no problem with the letter and Lie Fan calls for a messenger to take this letter and sent it to the Imperial Prince as this is important for the future of Xiapi development
Lie Fan appointed Jia Xu as the acting Governor until Chen Gui arrived at Xiapi if the Imperial Prince approve it and doesn''t need more sway, Lie Fan also tell Jia Xu about Wang Lang and how he can be an asset here in Xu Province
Jia Xu: "I''m undecided about the Lord''s assessment of this Wang Lang but I do know this Yang Ci and his work is some of the best in the recent era"
Lie Fan: "Then why don''t you meet him and assess him yourself he is staying in Xiapi as his teacher''s home is here and maybe you can test him also like helping you in taking care of administrative work"
Jia Xu: "Hmmm fine I can do that, My Lord"
Lie Fan knows the talent that Wang Lang has as he is from the future world so he understands Jia Xu is skeptical of Wang Lang''s aptitude as his position doesn''t help him much in proving his talent
So 3 weeks passed by and Xiapi''s high-ranking government is turned upside down by Jia Xu, the announcement of Jia Yu''s execution and the banishment of his family rmed every high-ranking official as this catch them off guard
Lie Fan apanied by Jia Xu in the morning meeting appointed Jia Xu as the acting governor Jia Xu shows his mastery in intrigue warfare towards them when he showed everyone their ount book and give them the choice that he suggest to Lie Fan before
Many of them choose to give the funds back as they feel that if they stepped down their position will be under more threat as Lie Fan can just wipe them out without any exnation silently to take the money back
Ze Rong who hasn''t gone towards the dark Buddhist path was shocked to see many high-ranking officials embezzling the funds that can be used to pay his soldier better sries and better equipment angering him
Lie Fan saw that he was angry and praised him for not doing the same thing inwardly thinking that maybe this is the cause of his turning to banditry in the future, Ze Rong refused the praise and apologize for not knowing better about this
Seeing his sense of justice isn''t nullified yet, Lie Fan asks for him to join his army outside bringing 10.000 men from Xiapi tobine the army and appointing him as the Commander of the Xiapi regiment
After the morning meeting, Jia Xu began to transform almost all of Xiapi''s administrative work and when Wang Lang visited Lie Fan he was taken to the side by Jia Xu Quoting needed help to finish the administration work
These 3 weeks were full of surprises for Xiapi officials thanks to Jia Xu cleaning up and changing many things that he feels is not efficient for the improvement of Xiapi
But the biggest surprise is when the Imperial prince replied to his letter agreeing about the trade-off and Chen Gui will be sent to Xiapi alongside his family
Lie Fan was delighted when he read the reply and told Jia Xu about it where Jia Xu is happy as he can go back to the easy work of an advisor and strategist, they prepared a weing banquet for Chen Gui
ording to the letter they will arrive in 1 week, as the letter was sent here 1 week ago that means they will arrive today or tomorrow that''s why the preparation for the banquet is done very fast
A bit far from Xiapi, a fleet of carriages flying the banner of the Chen n and Han Dynasty was traveling to Xiapi guarded by soldiers moving at a steady pace
Chen Deng: "Father the Prince is too outrageous! How can ept the request from the Inspector Of Xu Province to send us back to Xiapi?!"
Chen Gui: " Deng''er you know that the Prince hates me for always criticizing him for imposingrge taxes and this is an opportunity for him to get rid of me while having the inspector army clean up his region for him"
Chen Deng: "But Father you''re doing that for his good, can''t he thatrge taxes is one of the reasons that the Yellow Turban rebellion happened!"
Chen Gui ignored what Chen Deng said and keeps telling his son to calm down, taking this as a lesson that not all people they served will have a great mind and open heart and better pray the Young Inspector is like that or at least better than the prince
Chen Gui then turned his head and looks out through the carriage window seeing the blue skymenting how the Han Dynasty is corroding from the inside with foreign enemies like the Xiongnu watching them fall apart
The next day, Lie Fan brought Jia Xu alongside his bodyguards and some high-ranking officials of Xiapi to receive Chen Gui and his family
From afar they saw a fleet of carriages driving toward them, Lie Fan immediately walk out through the gate to receive them even though there is still some distance before they arrived
Chen Gui was informed that people were waiting for them in front of the gate, hearing that he told the driver to drive faster as he don''t know if the people waiting for them is important or not as he doesn''t want to offend anyone in his first day arriving at Xiapi
When Lie Fan saw the fleet arrive in from of them, he shout weing words to receive Chen Gui and his Family
Lie Fan: "Wee Master Chen Gui, thank you foring to Xiapi on this eventful journey from Pei Kingdom and I''m sorry that you have to step down from your position as the Chancellor of Pei Kingdom because of my request"
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 140 -> 145
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 256.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 385
VIT: 155
AGI: 162
INT: 165
CHR: 90
WIS: 130
WILL: 105
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 58: Chen Gui and Chen Deng
Chapter 58: Chen Gui and Chen Deng
Lie Fan: "Wee Master Chen Gui, thank you foring to Xiapi on this event full journey from Pei Kingdom I''m sorry that you have to step down from your position as the Chancellor of Pei Kingdom"
The Carriage doors open and an old man walks down apanied by a young man, Lie Fan seeing the old man knew that he must be Chen Gui while the young man can''t be sure if it''s Chen Deng Chen Gui''s son or just a page that apany him inside the Carriage
Chen Gui: "Thank you for weing us I''m Chen Gui and this is My Son Chen Deng we are grateful to be weed here, may I know who I''m talking with?"
Lie Fan: "Ah yes of course! I''m Lie Fan the Inspector of Xu Province Master Chen Gui, beside me is Jia Xu the Interim Governor of Xiapi and my advisor"
Chen Gui and Chen Deng instantly bow themselves when they heard Lie Fan introduce himself but Lie Fan strode toward them and prevent them from doing so
Lie Fan: "Master Chen Gui is older than me by far and can be considered my Grandfather how can I receive a bow from you"
Chen Gui: "Even though this bone is old but decorum is still needed to maintained and followed"
Lie Fan: "No need, No need I''m the one who needed Master Chen''s help not the other way"
Chen Deng: "But Inspector Lie this is the rule since ancient times that we needed to bow to greet our superior"
Lie Fan: "You are Chen Deng? I have heard that Master Chen Gui''s son is talented and Capable person looks like it''s true from the way you acted Haha!"
Chen Deng rejected the praise and told him that he still has much to learn not unlike Lie Fan who already contributed to the safety and prosperity of the Empire by bringing down the Yellow Turbans
Lie Fan justughs neither denying nor receiving the praise, Lie Fan told them to enter the carriage and continue their conversation at the Governor''s Castle
Chen Gui and Chen Deng agree with his suggestion and then enter their carriage, the Chen n members are sent toward the residence that was already prepared for them by Lie Fan located in the safest district
Chen Gui and Chen Deng under the protection of 30 Lie Fan''s best soldiers from the Guard Battalion follow Lie Fan and his retinue to the Castle, when the party enters Xiapi all noble ns are alerted as this means another n is joining Xiapi''s noble circle
Inside the carriage on the way to the Castle, Chen Gui and Chen Deng have a discussion about Lie Fan where they found that the Young Man is different than the others, especially Chen Gui
Chen Gui: "What do Deng''er think of Inspector Lie?"
Chen Deng: "Inspector Lie is young, younger than me even but the glow in his eyes and the way he carried himself alongside the way he speaks have an aura that I can''t describe"
Chen Gui: "Hohoho that''s because you haven''t seen much of the world and experienced it that''s why you can''t describe people like Inspector Lie"
Chen Deng: "Then Please Father exined it to me"
Chen Gui: "Inspector Lie''s eyes already exin to me the kind of person he is, while he lookspassionate and virtuous I can see the ambition hidden in his eyes like a wolf waiting for its prey"
Chen Deng: "What is the ambition that Inspector Lie had Father?"
Chen Gui: "I don''t what ambition he harbored but from his action, we can see that he cares about the country and that''s the only thing we need to know"
Chen Deng stay silent for the rest of the ride, mulling over what his Father said as he thinks his father hide some details from him, and when he tried to ask again they arrived at their destination
Lie Fan gets down from his horse and helps Chen Gui step out of the carriage when Chen Deng also have step out he led them towards the main hall where he can talk with them
In the main hall, Lie Fan takes the highest seat while Jia Xu at his right, and Chen Gui was told to seat on his left side with Chen Deng sitting on below Chen Gui position with the others taking the seat ording to their ranks
Lie Fan: "Today I will exin the reason why I invited Master Chen Gui from Pei Kingdom with permission from the Imperial Prince here to Xu Province to be the Governor Of Xiapi"
Everyone in the hall instantly eximed and whispering voices are heard, Chen Gui and Chen Deng were shocked as they doesn''t expect Lie Fan will put Chen Gui as the Governor even though the position is lower than chancellor but more stable than thetter
Chen Gui: "Lord Inspector, I have just arrived and don''t have many contributions but being promoted to be Xiapi''s Governor is too unorthodox"
Chen Deng on the other hand stays silent as he feels that his father deserves this position while the other officials immediately speak out and support Chen Gui''s statement
Lie Fan: "Silent!! All of You except our guest don''t have the right to protest the decision I made! Don''t forget what you have done and as for answering Master Chen Gui, your experience is more than enough to be the Governor"
Jia Xu: "What My Lord said is true, Master Chen Gui''s experiences and record have proven that Master Chen is more than qualified to be Governor Of Xiapi"
With Lie Fan and Jia Xu singing side by side, Chen Gui epted the position and from today onwards bes the Governor of Xiapi to the dismay of the high-ranking officials
Chen Deng was assigned to be an agricultural official under him where he will impart knowledge of the crop rotation system to him, Chen Gui, and Jia Xu after this meeting to implement it on Xiapi and slowly all of Xu Province
Chen Deng doesn''t expect that he will have an official position and thanks Lie Fan for the chance, smiling at him Lie Fan then moves toward the next agenda where he will lead his army to wipe out the remaining yellow turbans hiding in Xu Province
All the officials begin to look at one another as they think this is the chance to change their position from passive to active when Lie Fan is gone not knowing that Jia Xu already monitored their residence and when something happens Jia Xu will know
Chen Gui promised to look after Xiapi in Lie Fan''s absence with Chen Deng''s support Chen Gui to repay the trust that he have put towards them and Chen Gui as an old timer already know that there was something wrong with these officials seeing Lie Fan treating them
Lie Fan also put Chao Bo here in Xiapi to act as the militarymander and have military authority to support Chen Gui acting as a buffer for him and a warning to these officials and noble ns to not mess around
With the military support backing him, Chen Gui feels safer governing Xiapi and the safety of his family, after that statement Lie Fan told everyone to leave except for Chen Gui, Chen Deng, and Jia Xu
Chen Gui: "Is there something that Lord wanted to tell us away from prying ears?"
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s true, this is a task for you Master Chen Gui, and your son Chen Deng, In my hometown there''s someone who found a way to revolutionize agriculture and found a system called the crop rotation system"
Lie Fan began to exin the crop rotation system to them, the benefits and how to do it, and what they have to remember and examine.
Chen Gui and Chen Deng''s eyes began to glow as they can already see the benefits of this with their domestic background while Jia Xu see this from a military perspective where they will have more ration and it''s never wrong to have more food
Lie Fan told Chen Deng to lead the project and do it discreetly without those officials know spread the knowledge to the farmers and making them think that it was a good harvest and a blessing from the heavens
Chen Gui and Chen Deng promised to do it discreetly, thanking their cooperation Lie Fan then informed that they will move out in a week bringing his army and 10.000 Xiapi soldier with him starting towards the north and going to the south
After talking about the crop rotation system a bit their meeting finally ended, Chen Gui and Chen Deng left for their residence led by a servant while Lie Fan and Jia Xu have a discussion preparing their logistics for the expedition
Jia Xu: "My Lord with the amount of ration in Xiapi Granary and the ration we brought from Luoyang we canst for maybe 4 months or 5 if we distribute it sparingly"
Lie Fan: "Then how much time do we need to scour almost the entire Xu Province?"
Jia Xu: "5 months is the shortest and the longest is 8 months"
Lie Fan: "With the city treasury not much, we can just resupply at each big city in Xu Province then what do you think?"
Jia Xu: "Then that''s the only way we can have enough supply then so be it, but with the Lord''s ingenious system of crops we will have more food in no time"
Lie Fan justughs and tells Jia Xu to take a rest for today, Lie Fan walks back toward his room telling Sun Tzu if there''s any way to send the ration he has in his storage to the city granary
Sun Tzu says he can transfer the ration to the granary but Lie Fan has to send 10.000 SP for a transaction, the price is not that expensive so Lie Fan pays 10.000 SP to transfer 100.000 rations to the granary
Lie Fan then takes a rest when he arrived in his room, a week passed to begin their expedition and Jia Xu was surprised when he transported the Rations that they have enough for a year thinking that he miscalcted before, and because of this he be more meticulous when trying to do something
__________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 145
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 256.700 -> 246.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 385 -> 395 ( STR Potion)
VIT: 155 -> 165 ( VIT Potion)
AGI: 162 -> 172 ( AGI Potion)
INT: 165 -> 175 ( INT Potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 130 -> 140 ( WIS Potion)
WILL: 105 -> 115 ( WILL Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 59: Langye and Training With Huang Zhong
Chapter 59: Langye and Training With Huang Zhong
Lie Fan then takes a rest when he arrived in his room, a week passed to begin their expedition and Jia Xu was surprised when he transported the Rations that they have enough for a year thinking that he miscalcted before, and because of this he be more meticulous when trying to do something
Lie Fan is amused by Jia Xu''s reaction at the time and will never expect the suffering he will feel in the future thanks to this, it was morning when Lie Fan called for every high-ranking official and military personnel to the main hall
Lie Fan: "Today I will begin my expedition to clear Xu Province from the remnants of the Yellow Turban, I hope you all stay behaved and follow Sir Chen Gui''s orders"
Jia Xu: "Even though My lord and I leave Xiapi, General Chao Bo will act as our eyes and hand here in Xiapi"
All the officials there stay silent after giving their signs of agreement, Lie Fan using his eyes signals to Chao Bo that he is free to give punishment if necessary to help Chen Gui
After Jia Xu finishes speaking, Lie Fan then appointed Chao Bo officially as interim Xiapi Military Commander recing Ze Rong temporarily after that the meeting is dismissed with Lie Fan bringing his retinue riding towards the northern gate of Xiapi
At the northern gate, his army numbering 25.400 was stationed there already in formation and waiting for Lie Fan to arrive
Xiapi Soldiers werecking in experience on the battlefield so they were trained hard by Huang Zhong from the second day they arrived at Xiapi under Lie Fans'' permission
Ze Rong is there supervising the army while waiting for Lie Fan and the others to arrive, this past month Ze Rong admired Huang Zhong''s strength and put himself under him learning his ways
Lie Fan arrived and was weed by the sight of his army that will be his tools to start his hegemony as it''s any minute now that Emperor Ling will suddenly die or the Governor system is introduced back thanks to Liu Yan
Lie Fan step up on the stage that was put up and began to give a speech talking about the win they have defeating the Yellow Turbans and now they will cement that win by clearing their remnants for the safety of their family here in Xiapi
While the speech does not have that impact full but due to the energy from Lie Fan''s 15.400 soldiers he brought from Luoyang everyone feels their morale rise cheering for the defeat of these yellow turbans
Not wanting to waste any more time, Lie Fan walks down from the stage and gets up on Pangu his trusted steed riding up the front of the army with his generals and Jia Xu following him
In the future, this will be recorded in history as Lie Fan''s rise to power bing one of the warlords that have influence as big as Cao Cao and Yuan Shao as he rise through personal work and not from the help of his family
25.400 soldiers began their march led by Lie Fan advancing towards the north where their first stop is Langye the city that acts as a waypoint between Xu Province and Qing Province
As north of Xu Province is Qing Province that most of the Yellow Turbans from Ji and Yan provinces run there so in the northern part of Xu Province they encounter many small groups of Yellow Turbans
Lie Fan ordered Huang Zhong to lead the battle while he and Jia Xu act as a strategist and observe the battle whilemanding the formation if they needed to change direction or form
Lie Fan learn many ways of using military tactics while working with Jia Xu, and Jia Xu also learned modern tactics that can be incorporated with the tactics he used which filled some loopholes or even improved it
Jia Xu doesn''t even shy about using poison to poison the Yellow Turbans well when they encounter Yellow Turbans'' base, Lie Fan agrees to use whatever it is if he can keep his soldier alive and stay fit for battle
When they arrive at Langye, it''s already 2 weeks passed by, and due to the crafty Jia Xu Lie Fan army doesn''t have casualties but injuries can''t be avoided
Langye Governor weed him when he was informed of the Imperial Army that marched toward their city and Lie Fan decided to rest his army for today while inspecting Langye at the same time asking for Information about Yellow Turbans
When Lie Fan apanied by Jia Xu and his bodyguards reached Langye Goernor''s Castle he began a full inspection of the city''s condition asking for reports from each department and Jia Xu will examine it
The condition at Langye is much better than at Xiapi but not by much, due to the insufficient Oriole Members they had Jia Xu concentrate on sending the members to Xiapi and other cities only have small numbers like 1-3 members
So the evidence they gather for corruption is not much and Jia Xu suggested that they focus on the Yellow Turbans first while the Oriole slowly umte the evidence of corruption in each city except for Xiapi
Lie Fan agreed and with Jia Xu finish examining every report, he found some small problems like a small difference in the fund''s number of each report but he act like it was okay as they requested the report suddenly so the report is made in a hurry
After finishing inspecting the reports of each department, Lie Fan ask if there were any Yellow Turbans sighted near Langye or around Langue
The Governor says there is a group of Yellow Turbans numbering 10.000 men or more that was passing through Langye a week ago from Qing Province, maybe seeing the wall that Langye has they changed their target and headed northwest toward the direction of Puyang at Yan Province
Lie Fan thanked the Governor and finish the meeting for today, Lie Fan tells Jia Xu to supervise the Langye government while he will bring the army tomorrow to travel around the vicinity of Langye and even go near the border with Yan Province
Jia Xu: "No My Lord that''s too dangerous, what if something happened and the step you take is the wrong one?"
Lie Fan: " I have Huang Zhong with me, he is a veteran and understands military tactics I will listen to o his advice it''s gonna be okay"
Jia Xu: "Hmm, I trust General Huang seeing the demeanor he had when leading our army into battle, fine My Lord can do that but don''t take too long as we have to continue head to Xiaopei before going south"
Lie Fan: "I understand, I will leave 400 men here as your guard"
Lie Fan walks out of the castle and rides his horse apanied by his bodyguards they ride towards the city''s southern gate when they made out they ride towards the camp where his army is stationed to rest
When he enters themand tent, he saw Huang Zhong imparting some veteran knowledge to Chao Bai, Zang Ba, and Ze Rong who was listening to it seriously
When they heard the tent curtain is opened up, they turned their head and saw Lie Fan standing there looking at them making them get up from their seats and greeting him
Lie Fan: "General Huang is teaching the younger ones today I see Haha!"
Huang Zhong: "The Youngsters have great talent but they needed to temper their minds in battle I hope my experience can be a stone that helps them tempering their minds"
Lie Fan: "I like that! Why don''t we have a duel General Huang since it''s been a long time since we trained together"
Huang Zhong: "Haha! I hope My Lord doesn''t stop training your skills and be too focused on your official duties!"
Lie Fan: "Of Course not! But wait before I forgot Ie here to inform all of you that tomorrow we will travel around the vicinity of Langye and even go near the border with Yan Province to search for Yellow Turbans"
Everyone received the orders and Lie Fan also pointed out sending 400 of their best men to protect Jia Xu, Ze Rong takes that order and walk out of the tent immediately
Lie Fan tells Huang Zhong to wait for him at the training area while he walks out from the tent and walks towards the tent where they store the weapons, getting inside and takes out his halberd from his system storage then walks out from the tent
Holding his halberd, Lie Fan walks towards the training area and sees Huang Zhong already waiting for him there holding his polearm a crescent de on his horse
Huang Zhong: "Haha! My Lord takes your position so we can start, there''s a training armor I got for My Lord to be used whoever touches each other three times is the winner!"
Lie Fan: "Okay I agree! Even though I know I will lose I will give my best!"
Lie Fan wears the armor and riding his horse Pangu takes his position, Huang Zhong as the veteran makes the first move riding towards Lie Fan with his crescent de do an upward sh
Lie Fan receives the attack and can feel Huang Zhong''s strength still overwhelming him but a little lighter than before with the strength he has now, he deflects the attack and thrust his halberd toward Huang Zhong''s chest
Whileughing Huang Zhong use the crescent de handle to hit the pointy end of Lie Fan''s halberd from below to change its direction upward with his head moving sideways
The sound of polearms hitting each other rang across the area attracting the attention of the soldiers toe and watch the training duel between their lord and general
Huang Zhong does a sideways attack which Lie Fan deflects, and Lie Fan counterattacks with a heavy crossways attack, and Huang Zhong does the same making their weapon collide and making a very loud sound, both of their horses feel the heavy blow their body twitching and take a couple of steps backward Lie Fan arm feels a bit sore due to the impact he receives
Lie Fan and Huang Zhong do bout after bout, attacking and defending impressing their soldiers and giving morale to them
Lie Fan''s original soldiers who knew the strength of their lord are even more impressed with Huang Zhong''s strength as they can see that Lie Fan is overwhelmed by Huang Zhong''s attack which shows his prowess
The training continues for about an hour when Huang Zhong defeated Lie Fan with the score of 3 and 1, Lie Fan epted the defeat in front of his soldier with a big heart and evenughed about it while saying that this was a fun experience which then they put their weapons down and walk back towards themand tent together
_________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 145
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 246.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 395 -> 409
VIT: 165
AGI: 172 -> 175
INT: 175 -> 180
CHR: 90
WIS: 140 -> 143
WILL: 115
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 60: Killing Zhang Kai
Chapter 60: Killing Zhang Kai
The training continues for about an hour when Huang Zhong defeated Lie Fan with the score of 3 and 1, Lie Fan epted the defeat in front of his soldier with a big heart and evenughed about it while saying that this was a fun experience which then they put their weapons down and walk back towards themand tent together
Huang Zhong is like the character he read in the novel, old but vigorous and very energetic like new blood having this personality also pushes him to have the strength he has now not stopping training for a single day
Lie Fan: "In the end, I still lost against General Huang which I already predicted will happen but from the looks of it My strength has risen considerably from ourst duel"
Huang Zhong: "I can feel My Lord''s strength has considerable improvement from before, it makes me more rest assured that My Lord can protect yourself on the battlefield"
Lie Fan: "Of course! I don''t want to be a Lord that relied on his subordinate to do some self-defense!"
Huang Zhong: "Hahaha! What My Lord said is a testament that not all Officials are cowards!"
Huang Zhong liked the spirit of Lie Fan andugh out loud, in themand tent Chao Bai and Zang Ba was discussing the duel between Lie Fana and Huang Zhong trading the insight they received
Chao Bai was more focused on the strength and raw power that Huang Zhong and Lie Fan showed what position is vulnerable to be breakthrough by force while Zang Ba saw it from Martial Skills that Lie Fan and Huang Zhong showed
Thisplements the insight they get and can''t wait to train what they learned, Lie Fana and Huang Zhongugh seeing the seriousness between the two, and Lie Fan told everyone to take a rest as tomorrow they will do an expedition
Lie Fan left themand tent apanied by Bo Cai and Liu Pi who also got discussing their insight from the duel, Lie Fan is happy that his generals are improving as when the real opening for the three kingdoms era started well their enemies will be on high levels
In his tent, Lie Fan takes off the training armor and puts his halberd on the weapon stand feeling that his improvement is pretty good with how he never even held a sharp weapon except maybe a knife in his past life
Even though this new world is a bit boring when he has nothing to do like at a time like this except for training or study or reading everything is a bit nd for entertainment except for poetry or watching dances
Knowing that he rarely checked the system store, he sees if there''s something interesting for him to buy considering he got an ample amount of SP to spend
Looking at the store he found some things that interest him like a sleeve arrow and sleeve de design which can help his Oriole when doing an infiltration and Assasination operation in the future
Looking at the price it''s 30.000 SP each, he found it was worth it and buy the two of them spending 60.000 SP on one then storing it in the inventory which allow him to see the sees Anti-aging pills that he received
He also buys a water wheelyout sheet, which will help his crop rotation system as they also need devices to do the farming where the water wheel is an innovation that is even used in modern days paying 15.000 SP
Taking on pill out and seeing that it has the effect that can make his body grow older slower than normal which was an advantage to Generals and strategists alike as that means their bodies can stay younger than their adversaries making them superior
Seeing that he got 5 of these, one is obviously for him while Diao Chan and Ying Yue will receive one also for selfish reasons ''Ahem'' while the rest he will keep for now while thinking like that he swallows the pill not feeling anything
Knowing that the effect will not be shown immediately, Lie Fan then continues enjoying his time reading the book of knowledge and also us Vision Map to see the location of The Yellow Turbans Langye Governor talk about
After doing all these things Lie Fan sees that it''s already nighttime, and feeling a bit hungry he tells Bo Cai to order someone to bring him some food and tea
After enjoying the food and drink in some warm tea Lie Fan feels tired, and his body aching a bit thanks to the duel he did with Huang Zhong so hey down on his bed to sleep
The next day waking up from his sleep due to the sound of his army most likely entering formation, Lie Fan wears his armor from his storage and takes out his halberd also holding it when he walks out from his tent
Bo Cai and Liu Pi are still guarding the entrance of his tent, asking if have they taken a rest yet which they reply yes as they do some shifts with the Guard Battalion
Assure that they were rested, Lie Fan leads them toward themand tent where when he enters everyone is already there waiting for him Huang Zhong who saw Lie Fan enters began to report that the Army is ready to go whenever he wanted to
Lie Fan: "That''s Great! Leave 10.000 men here as a reinforcement for Langye''s military and the rest will follow us to explore the surrounding area"
Huang Zhong: "Who will lead the 10.000 men My Lord? Do we have to leave one of the generals here?"
Lie Fan: "No need, appoint one of your vice generals to lead them, I need our generals with me"
Huang Zhong executed the order and in an hour everything is ready, Jia Xu sent a letter that told him to stay safe and reported that the Oriole is slowly collecting Corruption Evidence here although the corruption is not as bad as in Xiapi
Trusting Jia Xu''s judgment, he told the messenger that to convey his message that he trust him and he can do whatever he thinks it''s needed giving him a free rein
Getting on Pangu, Lie Fan apanied by his retinues lead his army to march east toward Xiaopei, on the way there they saw some viges that were plundered by the yellow turbans dead bodies scattered everywhere
Lie Fan feels angry when he sees this and pushes his army to march faster as from the oath of destruction the Yellow Turbans left either their leader is greedy or not so smart as he leaves evidence for people like him to catch them
5 dayster they arrived at a vige near the border of Yan Province that was under attack by an army of Yellow Turbans numbering around 8.000 people, screams can be heard from the viges, and people fighting can be seen trying to protect their family members
Lie Fan: "Huang Zhong, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba lead your battalions to attack the Yellow Turbans army from behind, alongside Ze Rong, Bo Cai, and Liu Pi will bring the Guard Battalion to rescue the vige!"
Huang Zhong the veteran tells Lie Fan to calm down first which he did so by cursing himself as he let his emotions control him, after calming himself down then he orders Huang Zhong to lead his battalions to shoot arrows toward the yellow turban
Zang Ba will lead the Cavalry to do a lighting attack piercing their formation followed by Chao Bai leading the infantries from behind to begin their attack, after giving the orders Lie Fan brought Ze Rong and his bodyguards leading the Guard Battalion to rescue the vige
Huang Zhong led his archer battalion into a position where they can maximize the most damage, Zang Ba was told by Huang Zhong to charge at the Yellow Turbans after he finished raining down arrows at the Yellow Turbans
The Yellow Turbans that were waiting for their turn to pige or take some women were shot down by arrows raining at them, 4.000 people shooting their arrows led by Huang Zhong caused massive damage
When The Yellow Turbans were panicking and helping their brothers, Zang Ba led 3.000 Cavalry storming down the Yellow Turbans making a beeline towards the front of the Yellow Turbans'' formation
The Yellow Turbans that were panicking from the arrows that shot them, were either shed or stabbed, or trampled by the Cavalries led by Zang Ba
Chao Bai leading 7.000 Infantries began to attack with a war cry leading from the front holding his weapon arge mace, the warcry intimidated some of the Yellow Turbans but the others who did not immediately enter a defensive position
While the battle at that front is brewing, Lie Fan led the 1.000 Guard Batallion that we''re either from Lie Fan''s original battalion and promoted soldiers from another battalion toward the vige with Liu Pi and Bo Cai beside him to protect him while Ze Rong at his front
Reaching the vige they heard women and children cry while men were fighting the yellow turbans to protect the others, As his Guard Battalion is an elite troop Lie Fan told them you get off their horses and attack the Yellow Turbans on foot
Ze Rong led the Guard Battalion while Lie Fan follows from behind protected by Bo Cai and Liu Pi, Lie Fan checked some houses where they heard women and children cry to save them killing some yellow turbans in the process
A swing from Lie Fan''s halberd kills a yellow turban easily due to his strength where he can even decapitate their heads but control his strength to not traumatize the children more
When they reached a big house, Lie Fan heard a woman yelling for someone to stop while augh full of desire follows knowing what will happen without Lie Fan''s order Bo Cai kicked down the door
Zhang Kai: "Who dares to interrupt me Zhang Kai the leader of the Yellow Turbans from having fun!"
Hearing the name Lie Fan knew that this was the Yellow Turbansmander that joined under Tao Qian butter betrayed him alongside Ze Rong by killing Cao Cao''s father Cao Song and taking their wealth causing Cao Cao to invade Xu Province relentlessly killing many people
Lie Fan: "You Yellow Turbans dog! Receive my Halberd that was sent down to punish you!"
Zhang Kai was in apromised situation and when he tried to hold his sword to deflect Lie Fan''s halberd his head was sliced from the top as his sword can''t handle the pressure and broke down killing him immediately, Lie Fan doesn''t even try to recruit him as he is naturally evil and greedy than the Yellow Turbansmander he received that believe in Zhang Jiao''s cause even though they were bandits
_____________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000
Renown: 145 -> 150
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 246.700 -> 176.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 409
VIT: 165
AGI: 175
INT: 180 -> 182
CHR: 90
WIS: 143
WILL: 115
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 61: Wiping Out Yellow Turbans in Xu Province
Chapter 61: Wiping Out Yellow Turbans in Xu Province
Zhang Kai was in apromised situation and when he tried to hold his sword to deflect Lie Fan''s halberd his head was sliced from the top as his sword can''t handle the pressure and broke down killing him immediately, Lie Fan doesn''t even try to recruit him as he is naturally evil and greedy than the Yellow Turbansmander he received that believe in Zhang Jiao''s cause even though they were bandits
*DING!*
[ Congrattions Host for Killing Zhang Kai and Stopping Ze Rong from going down the dark path youpleted the achievement ''No More Cao Cao''s Revenge''
Host Received 200.000 EXP, 250.000 tales, and Ne Of Protection as your reward]
?Ne Of Protection
Ne that can help protect the host from live-threatening injuries once and will be broken when its used to protect the host
Without caring for the rewards, Lie Fan helps the woman up and puts some cloth over her to cover her. The woman was crying while thanking Lie Fan for saving her life to which Lie Fan reply for her to stay here until the battle is over
Leaving the house, Lie Fan guarded by Bo Cai and Liu Pi fights alongside his soldiers to kill the Yellow Turbans in the vige, as this is a small vige that''s why almost all of the Yellow Turbans wait outside for their turns
On the other side, Huang Zhongmands the army as their Chief General when Lie Fan or Jia Xu is not in position, Huang Zhong pinpoint some area that was used by the Yellow Turbans soldier to runaway
From the 4.000 men, he sends 2.000 to support the infantries while the rest continue sniping Yellow Turbans that tried to run away deserting the battle to stop them from forming groups
Chao Bai is like a tiger that hasn''t eaten yet, Using hisrge mace to kill the yellow turbans left and right with a precise hit on their head and Zang Ba led the cavalry attacking from the nk and surrounding the Yellow turbans in one big circle
The Battle ensued for about an hour ending with The Yellow Turbans soldier surrendering leaving 1.000 soldiers from their 8.000 soldiers, When Lie Fan arrive back at the battlefield Huang Zhong is organizing the prisoners
Huang Zhong: "My Lord! It''s good to see that you are uninjured if you are then we are going to receive a long nagging from Advisor Jia"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha with Bo Cai and Liu Pi at my side the chance of me getting injured is low, How is the battle? Do we have any casualties?"
Huang Zhong: "We lost 500 men My Lord with 300 heavy injuries and 1.000 light injuries, we managed to capture 1.000 Yellow Turbans as prisoners and the rest is killed in battle"
Lie Fan: "Bring our dead brothers back to Xiapi to be buried there, their families will receivepensation and do their best to treat our injured brothers"
Huang Zhong heed the orders and everything was done exactly like Lie Fan''s order, the Yellow Turbans were used as a prisoner army like when he was campaigning against The Main army of the Yellow Turbans
The survivors of the Yellow Turbans attack were put under one group, there are only 100 survivors mostly women and children while the rest are elderly people
Lie Fan brought them along back to Langye after they finished cleaning up the area with the dead bodies of the Yellow Turbans ordered by Lie Fan to be piled up and then burned to prevent sickness to be spread
After spending 5 days to finally return to Langye, Lie Fan was told by Huang Zhong that the bodies of their fallen soldiers started to dpose so he ordered them to be buried here in Langye to be remembered as heroes
When Lie Fane back to Langye after putting the survivors in a safe ce, Jia Xu received him at the camp and informed him of how the Oriole have collected enough corruption evidence to either cleaned up the government or hold them under a leash
Lie Fan: "What do Master Jia Xu think we should do?"
Jia Xu: "I think we should hold on to them with this leash like how we make the Xiapi officials give back 80% of the wealth they corrupted from the City funds and have the Oriole watch them from the shadows to monitor them"
Lie Fan: "Then we do as Master Jia Xu suggested, Tomorrow we will hold a meeting at the Main hall to inform them of this, we do the same way we do it like at Xiapi"
The next day, under the evidence that was shown to them Lie Fan and Jia Xu, makes them return the wealth to the city while they still hold their position but with a knife above their head where this evidence can make them lose everything
With the job at Langye done, Lie Fan decided to continue heading south bringing his army to cleanse Xu Province from the remnants of the Yellow Turbans stopping at Xiapi to resupply and then heading towards Xiaopei continued by going to Guangling near Wu Province bing theirst stop
Before leaving Langye, Lie Fan takes 5.000 soldiers from Langue Military resulting in them having 5.000 soldiers from their 10.000 to be included in his army, so he brought 30.900 men with him to begin to explore Xu Province
It can be said that Xu Province is rtively peaceful and not many Yellow Turbans remnants headed to Xu Province as big as the Zhang Kai group, the 30.900 men army intimidated many Yellow Turbans resulting in either total annihtion of them or the surrendering which Lie Fan incorporated them to his army
When they finally reached Xiaopei after a month, Lie Fan''s army needle more supplies thanks to their number increasing making Jia Xu suggested to Lie Fan to cut their armies, Lie Fan not wanting to lose his manpower for future battles denied this at first
Jia Xu argued by saying that it was not worth it to bring an army of this size, so hepromised by suggesting that Lie Fan put his 15.300 men in Xiapi while the rest from Xiapi and Langye military alongside the Prisoners army numbering 17.600 men will be used as their military power to do this job
Lie Fan thought about Jia Xu''s n, he can save his Elite manpower while also training the ''new'' army and even if they died the damage will not be as big as losing his original soldiers
Seeing that Lie Fan finally relented Jia Xu has a sigh of relief as to many soldiers can bring their enter supply down, Jia Xu rmends Ze Rong lead the troops back to Xiapi which Lie Fan agrees with so he convened a meeting exining the n
Ze Rong was happy as he finally was appointed to do something important by Lie Fan, he promised to live up to the trust that Lie Fan gave him which Lie Fan trust that he will do so.
Ze Rong was touched by the trust Lie Fan puts in him and Solemnly swears his loyalty to Lie Fan, Lie Fanughs and says that he already swear his loyalty before but replied to Ze Rong that before is different now he will serve Lie Fan wholeheartedly
Not expecting to have another general at his disposal, Lie Fan happily epted Ze Rong''s loyalty even though his strength will be lower than all of his generals and bodyguards but he need generals like this as a low-middle-ranked general
With Ze Rong leading 15.300 men back, Lie Fan now have 17.600 men plus the 2.000 Yellow Turbans taken as prisoner army having 19.600 men at his disposal and with the army shrinking in size Lie Fan and Jia Xu began toe up with new strategies and using the Vision Map to see the terrain that they will encounter
Lie Fan at Xiaopei prioritizes seeing their defenses as their wall and watch tower if they were in good condition as Xiaopei is the biggest city that acts as a buffer zone between Xu Province and Yan Province where Cao Cao will build its base power
Jia Xu pointed out that due to the geographical condition that Xiaopei is almost a ins area on all sides building a canal for Xiaopei as they don''t have one yet and it can raise Xiaopei''s defense
Lie Fan approved of Jia Xu''s idea butmented the funds Xiaopei has aren''t enough for building one, Jia Xu told him it''s not required to build one right now they can amass the funds and manpower first needed to make the canal
Lamented theck of funds, Lie Fan focused on gathering more manpower by making the Yellow Turbans soldiers surrender which they then can be used as manpower for building structures or as a farmer
After spending time at Xiaopei, He continued south toward Guangling where there they find heavier resistances thanks to Yellow Turbans that originated from Yu Province and Yan Province fled to the southern Xu Province whereck the presence of the Imperial Army spending almost 3 months before he reached Guangling
Needing more manpower forbor, Lie Fan and Jia Xu use tactics such as ambush and cutting off their supply line making them go low on supply until they surrender then the talented ones were incorporated into the prisoner army making his army now numbering 20.600 men and the rest about 5.000 Yellow Turbans was sent to Xiaopei
Under Chao Bai''s supervision and 5.000 soldiers, he escorted the Yellow Turbans there to start ''volunteering'' to build the canal, when Lie Fan reach Guangling he meets with the Governor of Guangling
???: "Hello Inspector Lie, It''s nice to finally meet you at Guangling the lonely city here in Xu Province!"
Lie Fan: "Greetings, while maybe geographically Guangling is the only big city in southern Xu Province but it ys an important role as a buffer zone between Xu and Yang Province"
Jia Xu: "Hello Governor I''m Jia Xu Inspector Lie''s advisor, may I know your name as you haven''t introduced yourself"
Zhang Chao: "I''m sorry for my abruptness, I''m Zhang Chao Governor of Guangling that was appointed by the Imperial Court and Brother Of Zhang Miao the Governor of Chenliu"
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 912.000 -> 712.000
Renown: 150
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 176.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 409 -> 422
VIT: 165 -> 167
AGI: 175 -> 178
INT: 182 -> 186
CHR: 90
WIS: 143
WILL: 115
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 62: Yellow Turbans From Yu Province
Chapter 62: Yellow Turbans From Yu Province
Zhang Chao: "I''m sorry for my abruptness, I''m Zhang Chao Governor of Guangling that was appointed by the Imperial Court, and Brother Of Zhang Miao the Governor of Chenliu"
Lie Fan already expected this man Zhang Chao to be the Governor of Guangling as it matches the timeline where both of the Zhang Brothers will hold this position as they will have to consolidate their influence in the area before they joined Cao Cao and Tao Qian respectively then betraying their lord to join Lu Bu
Lie Fan: "So It''s Governor Zhang, then I wanted you to show each report from your departments to be sent right now for me and my advisor to inspect"
Zhang Chao: "Of Course Lord Inspector! Right away!"
When Lie Fan and Jia Xu enter the main hall, Zhang Chao was approached by a man who gave the same age as him in his middle twenties to talk with him
???: "Brother Zhang, it''s good that you aren''t corrupting the city funds now as our Inspector is here and his advisor is not just a nobody but also with the bearing he has"
Zhang Chao: "It''s great that I listened to you Brother Zang Hong, If I haven''t listened to you then maybe I will lose this position I just got"
Zang Hong: "Brother Zhang can rest assured, I will collect the reports myself and give them to you to be given to the Inspector and his advisor"
Zang Hong is Zhang Chao''s friend and advisor, due to his ingenuity he persuades Zhang Chao to join hands with his brother in the future when to join the coalition against Dong Zhuo which makes them one of the earliest members after Cao Cao
Lie Fan and Jia Xu enter the main hall, seeing the pristine condition of the main hall both of them raise their expectation of the reports under Zhang Chao''s leadership
When Zhang Chao and Zang Jong enter the main hall together, they see Lie Fan and Jia Xu waiting for them with Lie Fan sitting at the Governor''s seat and Jia Xu at his right side showing their position
Zhang Chao: "My lord inspector, these are the reports from the departments here in Guangling that my advisor also Military Commander have collected"
Zang Hong gives the scroll and books he brings to Jia Xu, Lie Fan from his seat takes a look at the advisor sh militarymander that Zhang Chao introduce and knew that this will be Zang Hao that Zhang Chao has as his advisor
Lie Fan: "May I know the name of this gentleman?"
Zang Hong: "My Name is Zang Hong, Inspector Lie thank you foring and gracing our city"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! This is my duty as the inspector of Xu Province that was bestowed upon me by Your Majesty"
Using the eye of Eng Shen Lie Fan wanted to know what attributes Zhang Chao and Zang Hong have as they y an important role in the Cao Cao saga where they dare to betray him and see that they have pretty decent stats
?Zhang Cao
STR: 323(Max) VIT: 70 AGI: 67 INT: 107
?Zang Hong
STR: 450(Max) VIT: 82 AGI: 80 INT: 113
Jia Xu at the side checks the ounts and reports meticulously seeing if there are signs of corruption or moneyundering, Finding that it''s almost clean except for some clerks and high-ranking officials there''s no sign of Zhang Chao corrupting the city funds
Lie Fan that was talking with Zhang Chao and Zang Hong when he was informed of this by Jia Xu immediately Lie Fan praises Zhang Chao and Zang Hong for their honesty and rewarded them by giving them money rewards from the city treasury
Zhang Chao and Zang Hong were relieved that they were not put under any false evidence or ims as they don''t know how Lie Fan and Jia Xu personally is
Lie Fan told Zhang Chao and Zang Hong to keep up the good work, he ask them if they are any reports of Yellow Turbans around here and Zang Hong told them that there is arge group of Yellow Turbans that acted as bandits here raiding a couple of viges near the border with Yu Province
Lie Fan says that he will handle them and asked if they wanted to join him in doing so which Zhang Chao rejected but rmended Zang Hong follow and learn under Lie Fan as his battle experience is much more than the two of them even though they are older than Lie Fan
Zang Hong epted the invitation and Lie Fan told him to meet them tomorrow morning at the western gate of the city as his army is also stationed there, Jia Xu will follow Lie Fan this time as he has nothing to do here in Guangling
Being led to the room where they will rest for the day, Lie Fany down on his bed and thought of ways how to make Zang Hong and Zhang Chao join him as both of these men can be used as Governor and General for overseeing cities
The next day, Lie Fan apanied by his retinue and Zang Hong began their journey toward the border of Xu Province and Yu Province spending a week before they were near the border
When they were near the border they saw some viges and small townships that were sacked by the Yellow Turbans but the dead bodies were not that many
When Lie Fan sends Huang Zhong to ask what happened there, he finds some survivors who described that the Yellow Turbanse and took all their supplies and kidnap some women while trying not to kill many people so they can have as little time as possible to evade an imperial army
They also told Huang Zhong that they were safe before but due to Yu Province being scoured by the Imperial Army the Yellow Gurbans ran here and stayed for a while now they piged viges and small townships for supplies to go back to Yu Province
Lie Fan receiving the reports, immediately orders his troops to advance at top speed chasing this Yellow Turbans group that managed to evade him and Zhu Jun''s army before when they were sent to Yu Province
3 dayster when they arrived at a small township named Jiujiang, They saw that the city was under siege, and Lie Fan held a meeting to how to attack the Yellow Turbans
Putting down Vision Map, Jia Xu loved this mal as it was so detailed and pointed out that from the looks of the Yellow Turbans army they were numbering between 5.000 to 10.000 people which Lie Fan can see surely from the map they were numbered 10.000
Jia Xu told Zang Ba to lead the 1.500 Cavalries each to do a pincer attack from their nk don''t ever stop to have that rhythm, Zang Hong will lead the 7.000 infantries to attack from their rear and Huang Zhong led his 4.000 archers to rain down arrows nonstop
Lie Fan asked where will he be positioned and Jia Xu objected Lie Fan entered the battle personally so his 1.000 Guard Battalion will stay put acting as reinforcement when Jia Xu feels what zone needed reinforcement
Lie Fan feels sad but understands the situation as he has to keep himself safe but he wanted the Yellow Turbans leader to be captured alive as he wanted to meet them
After the meeting, the battle began as Jia Xu have nned, and Zang Hong who was appointed to lead an army for the first time feels a bit nervous Lie Fan seeing that he ordered Bo Cai to apany him
Bo Cai apanying Zang Hong lead the cavalries to attack the yellow turbans from their left nk and Zang Ba attacked from the right nk, followed by Huang Zhong archers raining down arrows continuously before Chao Bai leading his infantry shed with the Yellow Turbans
The Yellow Turbans were a bit more battle-hardened than the average Yellow Turbans they met so the resistance is a bit more than before, seeing the struggle of thebined army of Xiapi, Langye, and Prisoners army Jia Xu send Lie Fan to reinforce Zang Hong who was leading the infantry
Finally having some action to be done, Lie Fan cautiously lead his battalion with Liu Pi beside him attacking the Yellow Turbans from the left nk
The elite guard battalions led by Lie Fan entering the fray change the battle killing Yellow Turbans left and right, when they reached where Zang Hong was they saw Bo Cai having a duel with looks like a Yellow Turbans Commander
Lie Fan: "Zang Hong does the man dueling Bo Cai says his name when he initiated the duel?"
Zang Hong: "Yes Lord Inspector, he called himself He Yi and challenged me at first but Sir Bo Cai epted it as I was nervous"
Lie Fan: "It''s okay it''s normal to be nervous but you have to learn to turn that into gutsiness if you wanted to survive"
Zang Hong: "Yes thank you, Lor-"
???: "You there I''m Going Du Yellow Turbans Commander! ept my de"
When Zang Hong wanted to thank Lie Fan for his encouragement, a Yellow Turbanmander with name Gong Du attacked Zang Hong with a Guandao
Liu Pi at the side received the surprise attack with his Podao, Zang Hong that was almost attacked was shocked and Lie Fan at the side felt ashamed if he doesn''t talk with Zang Hong maybe they will not be ambushed like this telling himself to not repeat it in the future
Zang Hong feels embarrassed to be attacked in front of Lie Fan feeling his honor to be besmirched and told Liu Pi that he will handle this Gong Du, holding his Hu Yagiang(tiger fang spear) recing Liu Pi attacking Gong Du
Lei Fan is at the side watching Zang Hong protected by Liu Pi and his Guard Battalion, helping Zang Hong perfect his martial arts as by strength he already dominated the duel while doing so he saw Bo Cai knocking out this He Yi with the handle of his ive capturing him in the process
Gong Du the Yellow Turban Commander also saw this and felt desperate as his army is also being decimated he shouted that he surrender and told his brothers to put down their weapons, Zang Hong who was attacking Gong Du stopped his swing motion surprised that Gong Du surrenders while Lie Fan told Liu Pi to knock out Gong Du
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 712.000
Renown: 150 -> 153
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 176.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 422
VIT: 167
AGI: 178
INT: 186
CHR: 90
WIS: 143
WILL: 115
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 63: New Bodyguards and Back To Huai’An
Chapter 63: New Bodyguards and Back To Huai''An
Gong Du the Yellow Turban Commander also saw this and felt desperate as his army is also being decimated he shouted that he surrender and told his brothers to put down their weapons, Zang Hong who was attacking Gong Du stopped his swing motion surprised that Gong Du surrenders while Lie Fan told Liu Pi to knock out Gong Du
Zang Hong helped Liu Pi by bringing Gong Du with him, hearing the order to surrender and the defeat of theirmanders the Yellow Turbans finally surrenders one by one valuing their lives
Lie Fan and Huang Zhong organize the surrendering Yellow Turbans and Jia Xu assessed the number of their prisoners as 5.367 while Lie Fan''s army lost 2.657 men reporting this number to Lie Fan
This is the first battle Lie Fan receives heavy casualties and thanks to his high willpower he ovees this situation and told Jia Xu to bury the bodies here to be remembered as heroes that guarded the border
Lie Fan told Liu Pi and Bo Cai to bring the Yellow Turbansmander to his tent to be interrogated, Jia Xu already know about Lie Fan''s bodyguard''s true identities, and seeing how he made them so loyal to Lie Fan he help Lie Fan by prepare 2 heads that will be used as evidence to be sent to Luoyang as Zhang Kai heads before
In his tent, Gong Du and He Yi were tied up and put on the floor where Liu Pi with a bucket of water sshed them with it waking them up
He Yi and Gong Du woke up and starts to shout obscene words to Lie Fan and his bodyguards when they see them, Lie Fan doesn''t care about the insults in this era aspared to his past life it''s nothing
Lie Fan: "Sir Gong Du and He Yi please calm down first, I''m Lie Fan and I have a proposition to make to the two of you"
Gong Du: "So you are Lie Fan?! You are the one who killed our Great Teacher! If I''m not tied up here you would be dead and our revenge for our Great Teacher will be done!"
He Yi: "Teacher Zhang Jiao has died but his dreams still live on with us and we will achieve his dreams of him!"
Lie Fan: "You achieve his dreams by being bandits? Robbing, Killing, and Ravish is the way you achieve Zhang Jiao''s dream? Hahaha, that''s the funniest line I have here heard!"
Gong Du: "That''s the only thing we can do to have supplies and satisfied our soldiers! If you haven''t attacked us at Yu Province we will control Runan!"
Lie Fan: "That dream has long gone when Zhang Jiao can''t control hisrge army and let them from justice fighters to be bandits killing people they trying to protect from so-called evil corruption!"
Gong Du and He Yi stay silent, they knew what Lie Fan means as they can''t control therge numbers of soldiers and monitor them one by one where they turn to banditry away from their just cause
Lie Fan seeing them turning silent began to persuade them how he also wanted to make the world that Zhang Jiao dreamed of, peace and prosperity for all people but doing it in his own way not like Zhang Jiao''s
He Yi the smarter of the two began g ask Lie Fan to just say what he truly wants, no need to sugarcoat it with his aspirations or something h h h
Lie Fan told them that he wanted to recruit them as he was chosen to lead thisnd back to peace and prosperity, he showed them what he showed to his 4 bodyguards before the ''power'' he had
Gong Du and He Yi feel like they just saw something magical like when Zhang Jiao says that they will color thend orange suddenly the orange is there even though it''s because of the sunset
Seeing that He Yi and Gong Du began to believe that Lie Fan was chosen to be the sessor of Zhang Jiao to achievesting peace and prosperity in thend so they swore their oath to help him, Lie Fan used Eng Shen''s eyes to see their attributes
?Gong Du
STR: 337 VIT: 80 AGI: 73 INT: 55
?He Yi
STR: 328 VIT: 76 AGI: 69 INT: 68
Lie Fan is happy that his bodyguards have new people joining their ranks Now he has 6 bodyguards whom he feels are enough, he tells both of them about how they have to use masks for now like when he exins it before to his other bodyguards
Lie Fan makes Huai''An his next destination after they are done in Guangling as he wants to make a mask that symbolizes his bodyguards, so after having HeYi and Gong Du Lie Fan tell them to use a scarf or cloth to hide their faces first
After finishing doing so, Lie Fan when he meets his retinue and Zang Hong back is apanied by 4 bodyguards with varied masks to hide their faces which was kinda funny if you see it
Lie Fan praises Zang Hong for his valor in his first battle and that he has a bright future as a General if he trained more in military tactics and way of life which can contribute much to the safety of Guangling
Zang Hong was happy with the praise and promised to learn military tactics to protect Guangling, After giving Zang Hong the praise Lie Fan decide to go back to Guangling so he orders his general to ready up the army to go back to Guangling to drop off Zang Hong and then go upwards toward Huai''An
Spending a week before they finally reached Guangling Lie Fan decided to immediately continue his journey back to Huai''An, so Zang Hong says goodbye to everyone and hope they have a chance to meet again in the future which Lie Fan promised they will meet again
Leaving Guangling, they march north where they see that viges are growing a bit more prosperous the nearer they are to Huai''An, and in 2 months they finally arrived at Huai''An
In Huai''An there''s a big army camp where Lie Fan 10.000 former Yellow Turbans soldiers are stationed there, it can be seen that they are being trained in formation but Lie Fan doesn''t know who is training them
Lie Fan ordered Huang Zhong to make camp beside the Ex-Yellow Turbans Campground and stationed the soldiers there, also to keep on the lookout for the prisoners as either they will be used as soldiers orbor worker
Jia Xu was amazed by the people he met along the way when they enter Huai''An, people are smiling and had no signs of being malnourished, and children are ying carefreely with no signs of hunger in their faces, not unlike Xiapi and other big cities where you can still see signs of malnourished people and people suffering from taxes
Lie Shang was doing some documents in the main hall when he was told that Lie Fan is back bringing along an army and now heading towards the prefect castle Lie Shang was overjoyed as finally, his son is back and with a position higher than him now
Lie Fan was riding alongside Jia Xu and his bodyguards when they reached the castle they were at the entrance where Lie Shang is waiting for him and wasughing when he sees them
Lie Shang: "I wee Lord Inspector to this humble city of Huai''An"
Lie Fan: "Father! What are you doing please stand up!"
Lie Shang bowed toward Lie Fan to greet him as they were in public and ording to the etiquette the lower rank have yo now before the higher rank which is why Lie Shang does that
When Lie Fan help up Lie Shang suddenly he heard a notification from his system so he opened the system window
*DING!!!*
[Host Completed the Quest ''Have a Higher Status and Power than your Father!''
The host received 1 Golden Package as a reward forpleting the mission before the time limit!"]
?Golden Package
The 1st milestone gift that the host received forpleting the host''s 1st main mission when hee to this world
Astonished by the quest he justpleted, Lie Fan even forgot he received that Quest as he rarely checked the quest list with how busy he has be now and that the system never reminded him of the quest which is fortunate as he can die if his promotion iste by 3 years
Lie Shang brought his son and his retinue entering the main hall and there he began to ask about how Lie Fan is, the condition of his mother, sister, and Ying Yue, and thest praised Lie Fan for his aplishment which of course Lie Fan answered every question and thanked him for thepliment
Lie Fan: "Father let me introduce you to my advisor Master Jia Xu, I invited him to join me when I was appointed by Your Majesty to be the Inspector Of Xu Province"
Jia Xu: "Prefect Lie Shang I''m Jia Xu, Inspector Lie Fan''s advisor in all kinds of things"
Lie Shang: "Haha! Look at you now you can even recruit people to join you, it''s nice meeting you Master Jia Xu please take care of my son and I''m sorry I have to ask but where is Master Sun Qian?"
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian is staying in Luoyang acting as my ambassador there and keeping Mother and the others safe"
Lie Shang feels happy that his son put a trusted person to keep their family safe, Lie Shang wanted to celebrate his son''s arrival back to Huai''An with a banquet but was denied by Lie Fan as he wanted to focus on doing something in Huai''Ab before going back to Xiapi
Lie Shang went along with Lie Fan''s decision and seeing as the time is already evening they decided to have dinner together and then Lie Shang let Lie Fan and his retinue take a rest for today
In his room, Lie Fan decided to sketch the official mask that his bodyguards will wear to be made by the craftsman under the Lie n enterprises using the Book Of Knowledge to search for practical designs that can help protect his bodyguard also
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 712.000
Renown: 153
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 176.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 422
VIT: 167
AGI: 178
INT: 186
CHR: 90
WIS: 143
WILL: 115
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 64: Bringing Back The Tuntian System
Chapter 64: Bringing Back The Tuntian System
In his room, Lie Fan decided to sketch the official mask that his bodyguards will wear to be made by the craftsman under the Lie n enterprises using the Book Of Knowledge to search for practical designs that can also help protect his bodyguard
Lie Fan sketched the design ording to the Japanese iron battle mask with its helmet of course but he make the helmet bit smaller than the original making it a bit ghostly with the colors yellow and ck mixed up
Feeling satisfied with the design he make, Lie Fan put the sketch inside his inventory and go changing his clothes they down on his bed to take sleep for today as a march from Guangling towards Huai''An is pretty far
The next day Lie Fan woke up feeling refreshed after a long sleep, seeing that he have free time and in a friendly territory where he feels secure he decided to continue the cultivation that he abandoned for almost 3 years to prepare himself for the position he has now
Meditating for some time to umte the inner force and opening his meridian, Lie Fan began to do some physical training in his yard like push-ups, hand-to-handbat, and his halberdbat technique to receive the inner power strengthening his body entering through his meridians
Doing all the exercises he knows of to also improve his body strength and endurance as he also neglected physical exercise so it''s like hitting two birds with one stone
Bo Cai and Liu Pi are his bodyguard who was on guard duty just changed their shift with Gong Du and He Yi who was now taking a rest and saw him training they joined him, Lie Fan saw that he was training so they decided to join him in training their skills and strength
Lie Fan approves what they were doing and the three of them continue training untilte morning somewhere between 10 and 11 AM when Lie Fan feels he maybe fill up half of the inner power needed to level up his cultivation
Jia Xu enter Lie Fan''s courtyard and saw that Lie Fan sitting down meditating while Bo Cai and Liu Pi are dueling against each other, shaking his head at them Jia Xu walk forward toward Lie Fan
Jia Xu: "My Lord, Prefect Lie is looking for you at his study saying that he has something important to talk about with you"
Lie Fan: "Alright, let me clean up first and Master Jia Xu can wait for me at my father''s study"
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord!"
Lie Fan goes to take a bath while Bo Cai and Liu Pi clean up the courtyard and then quickly go rinse themselves when Lie Fan is done taking his bath both of them already waiting for him in from of his door
Lie Fan go walk toward his father''s study while reminiscing how far he has grown bing the youngest inspector in History from the son of a prefect, while he feels delighted with what he has aplished but now the situation will grow more serious because they are entering a new chapter
Lie Fan reached his father''s study meeting with Jia Xu who was waiting for him outside together they enter the study meeting with Lie Shang who was drinking tea
Lie Shang: "Fan''er you''re here! Master Jia is here toe and take a sit the both of you"
Lie Fan: " Morning Father, why do you look for me?"
Lie Shang: " It''s like this Fan''er, the 10.000 former Yellow Turbans that you send here to be part of your army is burdening our military granaries as our supply is lower than what we should have"
Lie Fan: " Don''t we have a lot of food supply now thanks to the Crop rotation system that we implemented?"
Lie Shang: "Yes we have but we use that to sustain the city poption, to be used as a trademodity, and the farmers also need to have their portion of the yield"
Lie Fan: "Hmm that''s true, how much do we need to sustain all of the military personnel we have?"
Lie Shang: "60% of what we gain from the farmers, so what should we do?"
Jia Xu: "My Lord If I may, I have an idea that can be implemented"
Lie Fan: "Of Course Master Jia Xu please"
Jia Xu: "Have My Lord and Prefect Lie heard of the Tuntian System?"
Lie Shang was familiar with the system as in the early Han Dynasty it was used butter abolished Lie Fan doesn''t know about it but it sounds familiar to him like he have read about it somewhere
Jia Xu: "My Lord the Tuntian system is where soldiers in peacetime used as farmers and cultivate farnd where all crops that we''re harvested will be used as a military supply that was set by Emperor Wu, we can use the 10.000 former Yellow Turbans to cultivate thend where they will train their body doingbor and raising crops for us"
Hearing Jia Xu''s exnation Lie Fan members this system that was used by Cao Cao where agricultural production in particr was severely disrupted due to the Yellow Turbans rebellion, and poption movements from war-ravaged areas led to massive flows of refugees
Lie Fan: "I see what an excellent system! We should also use this system for the refugees of the Yellow Turbans so that our burden will be reduced and we also receive some crops for them while we provided them the tools at low prices"
Jia Xu and Lie Shang marveled at the idea that Lie Fan gave so together the three of them draw up the system to amodate their situation where then it will be implemented at Huai''An as the testing site where if it proved fruitful thenbined with the crop rotation system Xu Province will be massive crop machine
The three of them draw up the Tuntian system untilte afternoon and then they down the hunger strikes as they haven''t had breakfast yet so after Lie Shang ordered a page to call for the Head of the Agriculture Department the three of them have lunch while waiting for the Head of the Agriculture Department
Lie Shang praised Lie Fan for the marvelous idea of introducing the Tuntian system to the civilian where it was used as a military system in the past, Jia Xu agree with what Lie Shang said as even he hadn''t thought about using it as a civilian system also
Lie Fan smile at both of them while receiving the praise and doesn''t feel ashamed of ripping off Cao Cao''s future idea that he will implement himself as this is the benefit of having a future knowledge
When they finished having lunch, Lie Shang was informed that the Head of the Agriculture Department already waiting for them path the main hall so they walked there to meet him
Arriving at the main hall, the three of them saw the Head of the Agriculture Department waiting for them so they go toward their respective position before Lie Shang informed him of their n
Lie Shang: "I called you here because Master Jia Xu and my son just draft up a new n to counter the crisis of military supply that all of you can''t solve"
HAD: "How can it be?! All of us worked day and night toe up with a new n"
The Head of the Agriculture Department receive the n from Lie Shang and began to read it slowly and meticulously, he was shocked when he the paper containing the n that Lie Fana and Jia Xu made
He knows about the Tuntian system but doesn''t know it can be made bing a civilian system also and if this proves sessful then not only have they managed to solve the emergency but have plentiful crops for them to store
HAD: "Marvelous! Marvelous! What an ingenious way to solve our emergency! Young Lord I mean Lord Inspector managed to blow our mind as always"
Lie Shang: "So do you think the agriculture department can handle this alongside the military department?"
HAD: "Of Course My Lord! Please excuse me as I have to inform the others to prepare for this"
The head of the Agriculture Department hurriedly says goodbye and takes his leave to go back to the Agriculture Office, seeing that he has free time Lie Fan dismissed Jia Xu and spends some time with his father
Lie Fan and Lie Shang spend some time together talking about their family and when will Lie Fan marries Ying Yue to their n as Lie Shang can''t wait to hold his grandchildren and teach them like how he taught Lie Fan and Wannian before
Lie Fan told Lie Shang that he nned to marry Ying Yue here at Huai''An but due to the position he has now he will hold the marriage at Xiapi as the number of guests he needs to invite will be massive and he is afraid that Huai''An can''t amodate the guest
Lie Shang: "Father agrees with your choice Fan''er, Even though Father wants you to hold your wedding here at Huai''An but considering the status you have now it''s better to hold it at Xiapi as the list of guests you will invite will mock you and look down on you if we held it at Huai''An"
Lie Fan: "Father we don''t have to care about what they think, I''m choosing to hold my wedding at Xiapi to amodate the number of guests we will have!"
Lie Shang: "Public opinion is important Fan''er no matter what you think, You will do politics from now on and you must remember that"
Lie Fan: "Okay Father I understand, it''s not that I don''t care about public opinion it''s just their opinion will be worth nothing in a couple of years"
Feeling the situation turning awkward, Lie Fan decided to change the topics and talk about his expedition which Lie Shang is immediately interested in so they spend time together until the evening when they have dinner together and after dinner goes back to their rooms
Before going back to his room, Lie Fan called a trusted page that the Lie n has cultivated to bring his sketch for his bodyguards to the cksmith and craftsman that the Lie n have in their workshop to make 6 of the mask and helmet then he goes back to his room
Lie Fan inside his room decided to cultivate seeing as he doesn''t have anything to do, sitting down on his bed he began to take a deep breath and concentrate on opening his meridian
As his cultivation is called the art of war, there are two ways he can cultivate by practicing his martial arts and physic but also by reading military books with the utmost concentration to embed the energy they have toward his meridian which is what he will do tonight
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 712.000
Renown: 153
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7)
SP: 176.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 422 -> 426
VIT: 167 -> 169
AGI: 178 -> 180
INT: 186
CHR: 90
WIS: 143
WILL: 115
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 65: Back To Xiapi
Chapter 65: Back To Xiapi
As his cultivation is called the art of war, there are two ways he can cultivate by practicing his martial arts and physic but also by reading military books with the utmost concentration to embed the energy they have toward his meridian which is what he will do tonight
Taking out the book of Knowledge, Lie Fan began to read military strategies books from all over the world which can be found inside the book of Knowledge as this can improve his cultivation also maybepile all the knowledge and make a strategy that doesn''t have a single loophole
Lie Fan read all night, the knowledge turns into energy where it was absorbed by his meridians, and in turn, it became inner energy where it joined up together to breakthrough toward thest level of his cultivation
Sweat began to flow down from his head, and the knowledge that turned into energy began to grow rampant inside his meridians as he can feel that it wanted to breakthrough their thin barrier like a sea wave crashing towards rocks slowly eroding it
Feeling his body growing hotter by the minute he knew that he will breakthrough into the highest level of his cultivation any minute now, he uses hisst willpower to force himself through to read the book when suddenly he can feel his body erupting like a volcano erupting
Feeling this he began to use a breathing exercise to control his body and meridian in containing the energy to strengthen his body and mind as he finally breakthrough to thest level of the Art Of War Cultivation
[Congrattion host for achieving the highest level of your cultivation andpleting the achievement ''Attaining Inner Power'', as a reward Host will receive 500.000 EXP, 200.000 SP, and 3 Potions for each attribute except Charm]
Lie Fan: "Finally I reach the maximum level of my cultivation! Tzu can I buy historical cultivation to rece the art of war or do I need to buy a higher level cultivation then I can rece it?"
Sun Tzu: "Host needs to buy higher level cultivation as same level cultivation can''t be reced by the same rank as to stop extortion of its benefits"
Lie Fan: " I see okay then is there any higher level cultivation I can buy with my SP?"
Sun Tzu: " *searching* I''m sorry host but the cheapest mythical level cultivation is 4.000.000 SP"
Lie Fan: " Damn then I need to aplish more quests and achievements,e on Lie Fan you can do it!"
After encouraging himself, Lie Fan feels his body sticky thanks to the sweat and decided to take a bath first then he will end the night so he called for servants to prepare the bath where he clean himself up and theny down on his bed to sleep
3 months passed by when Lie Fan is staying at Huai''An to oversee the progress of the civilian Tuntian system since it was implemented where when it was implemented the same time they nted new crops where they entered a new year and the year now is 185 AD
Lie Fan in that time received his mask and helmet for his bodyguards which their immediate used with iron armor everywhere after it was given to them with 2 remaining for Zhao Hong and Zhang Mancheng who was on mission in Qing Province
As for the Tuntian system the refugees that were taken under the wings of the town were happy that they can contribute back to the protection and food that was given to them so using thest bits of wealth they have to buy the tools needed for them to farm and the one that doesn''t have money was subsidized by Lie Shang administration and they will pay back using the crops that they will harvest
The 10.000 former Yellow Turbans were also put under the military tuntian system and were put on the outskirts of the town as they can protect themselves from danger due to the training they receive and the experience from battle
For the first month, there was some problem where some of the refugees doesn''t understand how the crop rotation system works and do it the old ways fortunately it can still be recovered and turned into how it should be
Receiving that report, Lie Fan decided to go down the field alongside some of the staff from the agriculture department to educate the refugees on how to do the crop rotation system which made the people of Huai''An respect Lie Fan more as he can get along with themon people and doesn''t despise them with the status that Lie Fan have
As for the 10.000 former Yellow Turbans have received education from Lie Fan and the staff beforehand so there''s nothing wrong with the way they tended to the crops but a small group decided to run away but were captured and turned into prisoners forced to look after the crops
When they reached harvest time, even though some of them failed but the crops they received as ''taxes'' and ''payment'' was more than what they received reasonably beforehand proving that the system works and is very effective as they managed to decrease the number of unemployed refugees and also thend that was abandoned byndowners was taken under the government
Seeing that it was very effective, Lie Fan decided to go back to Xiapi and began to prepare to introduce the Tuntian system on arge scale in Xu Province to boost its economic power and agriculture that was efficient also massive to support his army in the future
Lie Shang agrees with Lie Fan''s decision and told his page to ry his order to prepare some of the harvests for Lie Fan to bring back to Xiapi as Lie Fan will station his main army there and he will need supplies to sustain his army
Lie Fan is grateful that Lie Shang gives some of the harvests to him even though hees up with this n to enrich Huai''An and Xu Province is his but Huai''An is also in emergency need of supplies
The day when Lie Fan is going back to Xiapi has arrived and Lie Fan brings his army back with him alongside his retinue, Lie Shang says goodbye to Lie Fan and told him to inform him if he ever needed help
Lie Fan promised and with that, he says goodbye to all of the people who were there to see him off including the refugees who were grateful to Lie Fan as they have given them new hope in life by giving them a job to sustain their families
On the way back to Xiapi, Jia Xu asks Lie Fan why don''t they put Lie Shang as a governor of a big town such as Langye or Xiaopei which can ensure the loyalty of the administration to them
Lie Fan: "While it is true that if we promised My Father to be a governor of Langye or Xiaopei it will be easier to control either town, Huai''An is a special ce and with the development that''s happening right now it will be a major town in the future and also have it''s uniqueness"
Jia Xu: "While it''s true that it will be a major city and can y a vital role in Xu Province due to the development that My Lord has made there, it will only be a port town for trading grains"
Lie Fan: "That''s where you''re wrong Master Jia Xu, Huai''An is the only harbor town big enough in central Xu Province it will be a major trade-in of the North and South, also with the open sea it has we can train the Navy army there without the watch full eyes of other people and make a navy base near Huai''An for easier supply transport and no one will know"
Jia Xu takes a deep thought and agrees with the conjecture that Lie Fan made as he knows the Navy is an essential part of their future conquest in the future especially going south to thend of Wu and Jing Provinces as both of that areas have a capable navy
They spend 2 weeks on the road before reaching Xiapi where they saw the army that was led by Ze Rong under Lie Fan''s order stationed outside in a big army camp the soldiers are in there can be seen training
Ze Rong who was supervising the army saw a big army heading their way and saw the g that was risen was Lie and Han he immediately knew that his lord is back so he hurriedly left the camp to greet Lie Fan at the city gate
Lie Fan''s party reached the city gate and saw Ze Rong who was waiting for them there, Ze Rong greeted Lie Fan weing him back to Xiapi, and reported that he have finished the order that he gave him
Lie Fan praises Ze Rong and orders him to help Huang Zhong station the army and put the supplies they brought into the military granaries to be stored there safely
After giving the order Lie Fan brought Jia Xu and his bodyguards with him to the Governor''s Castle main hall where Chen GUI should be working right now as he wanted to know how Xiapi developed after he leave
Chen Gui at the Castle was working on approving some documents and rejecting some that he thinks is unnecessary or bad when he was informed that Lie Fan is back and waiting for him at the Main Hall
Shocked by the news that Lie Fan is back, Chen Gui stop his work and hurriedly walked to the main hall to meet Lie Fan as his arrival was too sudden and no letter was sent to inform him that he will be back
When Chen Gui arrived at the main hall, he saw his son Chen Deng was conversing with both Lie Fan and Jia Xu talking about some sort of a project to be done
Lie Fan: "Chen Deng so what do you think of the Civilian Tuntian System that I and Master Jia Xu made? And the improvement of the military Tuntian system do you think we can implement it all across Xu Province?"
Chen Deng: "Of Course My Lord! With the result that you said of any evidence that it worked in your hometown, we can immediately carry out the project but the yield we have will not be as much as only Xiapi and Huai''An your hometown is using the Crop Rotation System"
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 17 Years Old (184 AD) -> 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 712.000 -> 212.000
Renown: 153 -> 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 7) -> (level 8)
SP: 176.700 -> 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 426 -> 431 -> 461 (3 Potion)
VIT: 169 -> 174 -> 194 (3 Potion)
AGI: 180 -> 185 ->205 (3 Potion)
INT: 186 -> 194 -> 224 (3 Potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 143 -> 159 -> 189 (3 Potion)
WILL: 115 -> 145 (3 Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 66: Water Wheel Project
Chapter 66: Water Wheel Project
Chen Deng: "Of Course My Lord! With the result that you said of any evidence that it worked in your hometown, we can immediately carry out the project but the yield we have will not be as much as only Xiapi and Huai''An your hometown is using the Crop Rotation System"
Jia Xu: "It''s okay as My Lord doesn''t want to immediately implement the Crop rotation system due to theck of manpower and without enough supervision, it can be used only to ntmodity crops which only makes themon people suffer"
Chen Deng: "What a great insight My Lord have! I will personally oversee the implementation of the Tuntian system in Xu Province so My life can rest assured that it will go the way it is supposed to!"
When Chen Deng finished what he was saying, Chen Gui entered the main hall attracting the attention of everyone there, Chen Gui who entered immediately greeted both Lie Fan and Jia Xu as both of them are his superior
Chen Gui: "Inspector Lie sorry I''mte, I don''t know that Lord Inspector ising back to Xiapi today"
Lie Fan: "It''s okay Master Chen Gui it''s also my fault that I came back without prior notice whatsoever, I just finished exining a new system that we can use to boost the whole agricultural sector in Xu Province to Chen Deng that I hope can be implemented first here in Xiapi"
Chen Gui: "May I know what system Lord Inspector wanted to implement?"
Before Lie Fan can answer Chen Gui, Chen Deng at the side exins the system to Chen Gui cutting off Lie Fan even though it''s impolite, for Lie Fan who is from the future and values the historical talent that will join him doesn''t care about what happened
Chen Gui wanted to reprimand Chen Deng but listening to the exnation that Cehn Deng gave slowly Chen Gui''s attention was turned toward the Civilian Tuntian system and the improved military Tuntian system
Fascinated by the ingenious way of improving the Tuntian system and using it to tackle the refugee unemployment problem that gues Xu Province as they be the first choice of refugees from Yan and Yu province
Chen Gui praises Lie Fan and Jia Xu who improved the old system that was introduced by Emperor Wu to send soldiers to the frontier of conquerednds to cultivate thend turning it into farnd into a new improved system like this
Chen Gui: "I''m sure that if we implemented this across all of Xu Province the people''s suffering will be reduced and their livelihood will improve!"
Lie Fan: "Yes that''s one of the reasons we make this system also to counter the unemployment of the refugees as if we don''t give them work they will turn to banditry supporting the yellow turbans remnant to provide for their family"
Chen Gui was happy that the Inspector he served was considerate and cared for the people who had suffered thanks to the famine and the Yellow Turban plunder which could have helped the rejuvenation of the Han Dynasty even though Lie Fan only did this to build his foundation for the future
After discussing the Tuntian system, Lie Fan asked for a report on how Xiapi''s condition in the past few months when he left for his expedition to cleanse Yellow Turbans in Xu Province, Chen Gui reported the overall development of Xiapi this past few months
Xiapi have an increase in their harvest thanks to the introduction of the Crop Rotation system that has been spread by Chen Deng and under his supervision the farmers have an increase in the harvest every season
Thanks to the increase in crops, Xiapi became the center of crop trading by the merchants and the Mi n worked together with the government thanks to Mi Yu as the proxy between them resulting in an industry alliance where the Mi n controlled the prices of the crops monopoly the market while Xiapi Government reduce their taxes but receive cuts from every trade they made
Chen Gui also tells them to lower the prices of crops that were sold to themon people Fortunately, the Mi n agrees to this trade-off as they receive fewer taxes and control Xiapi''s booming agriculture industry which has an oversupply of crops benefitting the merchants as everyone needs crops right now from themon people to the nobles
With the excess supply of grains, the city is slowly turning prosperous as merchants from all corners of the countrye here to buy grain and with the addition of the Tuntian systemter they will grow even more prosperous
Xiapi has an excess of military personnel thanks to the army that Lie Fan has brought and from the captured yellow turbans that joined the army, but thanks to the Tuntian system that will be adopted they will receive more supplies as they don''t need toyoff the soldiers as they still need them to counter the yellow turbans
As formerce, it''s booming thanks to the agriculture industry where money is flowing into the city inrge amounts and the treasury is filling up which has been used by Chen Gui to rebuild Xiapi
Finishing the report, Lie Fan is satisfied with Xiapi''s progress under Chen Gui and after hearing the report he remembered the water wheel sketch that he bought from the system shop taking it out from the system storage from his sleeve and giving it to Chen Deng
Lue Fan exined the water wheel to him and how it works which can help irrigate the paddy field and farmers can use it to get water for their thirsty crops, The wheels pick up water and then distribute it through channels that run to fields which help them massively
This can also be used to smelt iron to get a furnace very hot as cksmiths need to blow lots of air into the fire, The water wheel helped to pump in the air and keep the mes going strong in which The wheel could also be attached to a huge hammer which would crush rocks or grain.
Chen Deng, Chen Gui, and Jia Xu were amazed at this invention as this can help their production massively by making weapons and flour for bread which have other uses that can be tried with
Jia Xu: "My Lord this is a breakthrough of the century! How can you think of this?! Even though we still need to make it and see if it works but this is amazing!"
Chen Deng: "Lord Inspector is amazing! You can think of the crop rotation system, the newly improved Tuntian system, and this water wheel project which can massively help our farmers and cksmiths in producing their products!"
Chen Gui: "If these water wheels work then Lord Inspector has just revolutionized agriculture and the smithing industry entering Lord Inspector''s name in history with this invention!"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! All three of you are exaggerating, I''m fully assured that it will work if made exactly like what is in the sketch, and let''s make Xu Province a testing site for the water wheel for a couple of years to see if it''s durable and canst long"
Chen Deng hearing Lie Fan answer immediately green with him as this can be expensive if it can''tst long and needs to make new ones every time the old one breaks which will burden the farmers and cksmiths as they will be the main user of the water wheel
Jia Xu: "My Lord I hope that we are the ones producing and controlling the water wheel so it became our weapon to monopoly the prices in the market for these water wheels so it will not be too expensive for themon people"
Chen Gui agrees with Jia Xu''s motion and praises him for his benevolence but Lie Fan who also agrees with it knew Jia Xu''s purpose is to control these so they will be the only ones who knew how to make it and control its distribution to their purposes even if it will be copied by other people they will have the advantage as they are ahead
Jia Xu at side smirk and receives Chen Gui''spliment shamelessly as his true purposes were achieved and with his lord''s discerning mind he will agree as his lord have the same poisonous mind as him
Lie Fan dismissed the meeting with orders for Chen Deng to be the head of a special group that enforces and supervises these two projects that will be implemented in Xiapi and then all of Xu Province promoting him from agriculture officer to the head of a special group that only answers to him
Chen Deng receives the order and gives his gratitude to Lie Fan for his trust in him from the start until now promise to do his orders to the maximum receiving excellent results in both of these projects which can contribute to the revitalization of Xu Province
Lie Fan after giving the order take his leave alongside Jia Xu and his bodyguards who were waiting in front of the main hall to go back to his quarters, Chen Gui and Chen Deng stayed at the main hall discussing the 2 projects together
On the way to his quarters, Lie Fan and Jia Xu were discussing ways how to change the allegiance of the Chen n from the Han Dynasty to Lie Fan solely as their loyalty to the Han Dynasty is high especially Chen Gui who has dedicated his life in serving the Imperial n even bing a chancellor for one of the Imperial Prince
Jia Xu feels that they already see the ugliness of the imperial court now and even how Chen Gui was treated by the Imperial Prince that he served before who only care for themselves and livevishly so they need a new way
Lie Fan nows that the Chen n is very loyal to the Han Dynasty even betraying both Liu Bei and Lu Bu to serve Cao Cao who at the time controlled the Emperor even though they knew that the Emperor is a puppet of Cao Cao but still served him as they believe that Cao Cao is a just man
Chen Deng was a more pragmatic and forthright person than his Father so his loyalty to the Han is based on his Father''s loyalty and can be swayed by how the Han Imperial Family is treating Chen Gui before especially when Chen Gui be the Chancellor of Jibei
Lie Fan proposed to Jia Xu that they swayed Chen Deng first as he have a higher chance to turn his loyalty to him with the right words and suggested also using Chen Deng''s admiration and gratitude to him, if they can make Chen Deng loyal to him then they gave higher chances to make Chen Gui loyal
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 67: Message From Luoyang
Chapter 67: Message From Luoyang
Lie Fan proposed to Jia Xu that they swayed Chen Deng first as he have a higher chance to turn his loyalty to him with the right words and suggested also using Chen Deng''s admiration and gratitude to him, if they can make Chen Deng loyal to him then they gave higher chances to make Chen Gui loyal
Jia Xu on the side began to rack his brains to think of ways how to persuade Chen Deng to turn his loyalty without believing that they tried to break the father-and-son rtionship between him and his father
Lie Fan let Jia Xu handle this as he has more experience in doing a thing like this than him and seeing that it''s already afternoon he decided to have lunch in his quarters so he ordered He Yi to go to the kitchen and send him lunch to his quarter
When the party arrived at Lie Fan''s quarter, Lie Fan told Jia Xu to n carefully no need to rush it just go slowly to not startle the Chen n in turn lose their trust and loyalty losing 2 talented people he need to rely on for his early ns
Jia Xu agrees and takes his leave apanied by Gong Du under Lie Fan''s order to protect Jia Xu as they don''t know if there are political enemies that try to hurt Jia Xu who was his thing tank
In his quarters, Lie Fan is enjoying his lunch alongside his bodyguards who was also eating with him discussing menial things such as the weather and wine tasting which make Liu Pi, Bo Cai, and He Yi realize that Lie Fan is a very easygoing person
While they were eating, suddenly a servant interrupt them and notified Lie Fan that there was a message from Luoyang addressed to him sent by a man named Sun Qian making Lie Fan immediately told the servant to bring the letter in
The servant entered the room and handed Lie Fan the letter which then Lie Fan dismissed the servant, opened the letter, and began to read it carefully in front of his bodyguards as he wanted them to know also that he fully trusted all of them
The letter from Sun Qian described Luoyang''s political situation now in chaos as General He Jin''s faction and the Eunuch''s faction are at all-out war as members from each faction are assassinated or dismissed from their posts or go missing causing the Imperial Court to be in disarray thanks to the maneuver both factions making
Emperor He Jin doesn''t do anything to quell the chaos and only spends his dayvishly overseeing the renovation of his pce while spending time with his concubines letting both factions run amok freely
Sun Qian also said that his family is safe and no one from both faction touched them as Lie Fan haven''t take a public statement about which side Lie Fan supported even though under it both factions think that Lie Fan supported them thanks to Sun Qian''s machinations
Lastly Lie n business in Luoyang is booming and Xu Kai as the leader of Oriole also increasing their numbers slowly infiltrating all corners of Luoyang so now they will know the movement of every heavyweight yer on the court
After finishing reading the letter, Lie Fan told Bo Cai to call Jia Xu to discuss their next step in the chessboard as Lie Fan feels that his force is not ready for the turmoil that will follow if both factions crumble
Jia Xu who was in his room thinking of ways how to sway Chen Deng was informed by Bo Cai that Lie Fan is looking for him to discuss an emergency, so he hurriedly walks back toward Lie Fan''s quarter and entered the room when he arrived greeting Lie Fan then taking a seat across from him
Lie Fan: " Master Jia Xu I just received a letter from Master Sun Qian on the situation in Luoyang, please read it first and then give me your opinion"
Jia Xu takes the letter began to read it carefully and sees the content described in the letter by Sun Qian looks like their initial prognosis is better than what happen right now which they think will happen next year so all of their ns are either thrown out of began earlier than their prediction
Jia Xu: " My Lord while the situation is worrying but it''s not bad enough for us to overthrow our caution, what we need right now is to give a big bait that distracted the attention of both factions so they have a ceasefire"
Lie Fan: "Then what should we do? What kind of baits can we throw out to this group of tigers big enough to attract their attention?"
Jia Xu: "We can push for the Governor position to be reinstated"
Lie Fan: "What?! If I do that all their eyes will be on us and all of our preparation that we have made will be known by them"
Jia Xu: "No My lord it doesn''t have to be us, we can push someone to do it for us on how dangerous the situation in the imperial court is right now"
Lie Fan: "Who is the perfect candidate you think can be pushed to do this? Master Jia Xu understands the machination of the Imperial Court better than I do"
Lie Fan understands what Jia Xu just suggested but he doesn''t like that the governor''s post is pushed right now then the butterfly effect will be too big even though his reborn in this era is already big enough to cause a butterfly effect also he doesn''t think that Liu Yan will want to do it right now
Jia Xu: "The descendant of Prince Of Lu, Liu Yan the Minister of Ceremonies is an able statesman from the Imperial n, and if the member of the imperial n pushing for this post to be reinstated then both factions will think that this is the Emperor moves to strengthen the imperial n which both factions doesn''t want to happen before they control the court"
Lie Fan: "I understand then what should we do to push Liu Yan to request the installment of the Governor post to your majesty?"
Jia Xu: "I''m close with one of Liu Yan trusted advisor Dong Fu and can send him letters describing the horror of the battle between General He Jin''s faction and the eunuch faction which now will implicate members of the Imperial n branch which he will report it to Liu Yan and with Liu Yan self-preservation belief then in 1 year he will do it seeing the worsening situation"
Lie Fan: "Okay then I agree with Master Jia Xu''s n, I give you free rein of this however you see fit and before you leave I have a present for you"
Lie Fan walks up enters his bedroom and takes out the Gu Jar from his system inventory then walks out from his room giving it to Jia Xu describing that this is a jar that has been used by a poison maker before where it''s inside already coated by all kinds of poison that if you make a poison here it will be very deadly
Jia Xu receives the Gu jar and hears what Lie Fan just described began to smirk as he understands Lie Fan''s meanings that he can even kill some people by making poison that even no one knows of is truly a symbol of Lie Fan giving him the freedom to proceed however he wants
Jia Xu: " Thank You My Lord for your trust! Truly I''m not choosing the wrong person to serve under"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha! Master Jia Xu is better at working at his own pace without someone directing you what to do so of course I''m giving you the best situation possible"
As the time is already evening, Lie Fan and Jia Cu apanied by his bodyguards decided to have dinner outside in a restaurant at the same time they surveyed if there was a good location to expand the Lie n industry here so that the Oriole will have their base here
Eating at a restaurant called Spring Chrysantheum, Lie Fan and Jia Xu was eating together with He Yi and Gong Du guarding at outside of their private room while Bo Cai and Liu Pi guard inside the private room
While eating suddenly there''s amotion outside and people are shouting at each other even the sound of jars breaking can be heard attracting both of their attention Lie Fan asks what happened outside to He Yi and Gong Du who was guarding outside
He Yi: *opened the door* "There''s a brawl that happened because of a drunk person My Lord, he is saying that his big brother is prefect of a county and can''t be disrespected by a bunch of hooligans while the person he called big brother is trying to calm him down"
Lie Fan: "Oh? Let''s go outside and see who is this man that causing themotion for his bug brother who was a county prefect"
Lie Fan gets up and walks outside apanied by Jia Xu and his bodyguards together and goes downstairs to see themotion that''s happening
Downstairs a big muscled dark brown-skinned man was yelling obscene words and throwing a wine jar toward a group of people while a thin man with big ears was calming down this man telling him to stop and a tall big with red skin was restraining the brown-skinned man helping the thin man calming the brown-skinned down
Lie Fan seeing these three people immediately know who they are from their physical features and how they act, he forgot that this thin big-eared man was serving a county prefect here in Xu Province before he joined the anti-Dong Zhuo coalition
Lie Fan: " Stop! How can you actwless here in Xiapi?! Are you not afraid of thew that was enforced by the new Inspector that from now on people that cause public unrest will be arrested and put in jail for a week?!"
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 68: The Three Sworn Brothers
Chapter 68: The Three Sworn Brothers
Lie Fan: "Stop! How can you actwless here in Xiapi?! Are you not afraid of thew that was enforced by the new Inspector that from now on people that cause public unrest will be arrested and put in jail for a week?!"
Everyone there immediately stopped even the brown-skinned man who was shouting obscene words and turn their attention toward Lie Fan who was standing at the stair apanied by Jia Xu and a group of men wearing weird masks and weird helmets
Thin Man: " I''m sorry gentleman that My third brother has bothered your dining time, I apologize for his behavior"
Brown-skinned: "Big Brother it was those people who started first how can you apologize?! It should be them who apologized to this man!"
Thin Man: "Third Brother!!"
After hearing the reprimand voice from the Thin Man, the ferocious and foul-mouthed brown-skinned man immediately calm down and not saying any more words surprising everyone there as this Thin Man have such an effect on the brown-skinned man
Lie Fan: "Seeing as the big man has calmed down, Why don''t these three gentlemen follow me upstairs to my private room and owner don''t worry about the damages I will pay for them"
The owner of the restaurant immediately thanked Lie Fan while the Thin Man wanted to refuse but Lie Fan and his group already go upstairs back towards his private room making him and his brothers have no choice but to follow them upstairs
Jia Xu in the private room was confused by Lie Fan''s actions as he invited three strangers, one even proimed the oldest one is a county prefect without evidence backing it up but he trusted Lie Fan''s action as maybe he see something that pique his interest
Lie Fan takes his seat and waits for these three people who he knew but he wanted to confirm it first as if it''s true that he has a pest in hisnd and needs to be taken care of immediately before it grew into a scourge
A knock was heard on the door and He Yi''s voice can hear from the outside saying that the gentleman that he invited had arrived and asked permission to enter which Lie Fan agree to it
The door to the room opened and the thin man alongside his brothers enter the room, he greeted both Lie Fan and Jia Xu first thanking them for paying the damages caused by his brother which he will repay
Lie Fan just waved his hand and told them to take a seat while he pour some tea for the three of them, the thin man take the lead and sit down while his two brothers follow bi lead sitting down on the left and right sides of the thin man
Lie Fan: "May I know the name of your name esteemed gentleman?"
Liu Bei: "I''m Liu Bei, Liu Xuande prefect of Gaotang in Qing Province descendant from Marquis of Linyi and a distant rtive of the Imperial n, this is my Second Brother Guan Yu Guan Yunchang and Third Brother Zhang Fei Zhang Yide"
Hearing the name Lie Fan is happy that his prediction was correct this is the big-eared Liu and his sworn brothers, he doesn''t know why they suddenly in Xiapi when they should be staying in Gaotang but history books and the novels can''t dictate every single thing everyone does as if so the book will be very big
Lie Fan: "Hello Sir Liu Bei, I''m Lie Fan the Inspector of Xu Province and this is my advisor Master Jia Xu we both weed you to Xiapi"
Liu Bei: "So it''s the young Lord Inspector of Xu Province! I apologize for the conduct of my third brother before"
Liu Bei, Guan Yu, and Zhang Fei were surprised that the young man before them was Lie Fan the young Inspector of Xu Province who was promoted thanks to his contribution to the war against the Yellow Turbans even killing the leader of the Yellow turbans
Lie Fan: "I don''t know why Sir Liu Bei came here to Xiapi from Gaotang in Qing Province?"
Liu Bei: "I''m here to visit my friend Jian Yong who stayed here to learn as a schr when we separated as me and my brothers go to war against the Yellow Turbans he take shelter in Xiapi and learn education also"
Lie Fan doesn''t expect Jian Yong is staying here in Xiapi if he knew he will try to recruit him but considering the rtionship between Liu Bei and Jian Yong were childhood friends so it will be just an empty profit where he will not be able to convince Jian Yong due to the bond they had
Lie Fan: "I see, even though Sir Liu Bei is visiting your friends but please refrain from making a scene again as I''m trying to raise public security in Xiapi''
Liu Bei: "Of Course Lord Inspector, Third Brother hurry and apologize to Lord Inspector!"
Zhang Fei: "Lord Inspector I''m sorry for my conduct before and I promised to not repeat it!"
Lie Fan: "Haha okay okay It has passed, how about we eat now? I haven''t finished eating my food when Brother Zhang Fei is causing themotion haha!"
Jia Xu follows Lie Fanughing alongside him making Liu Bei and Guan Yu alsough while Zhang Fei is a bit embarrassed but thenughs out loud, Lie Fan called for a servant and orders more food and wine to serve the three brothers
Lie Fan and Liu Bei began conversing with each other talking about many things especially the condition of the Han Dynasty right now, while the big-eared Liu doesn''t know that Lie Fan is probing him trying to see if he have any intention of Xu Province
Even though Liu Bei looks just and innocent, only he and Cao Cao understand that the Han Dynasty is already doomed from the start but they both walk different oath where Liu Bei use virtue and loyalty while Cao Cao walk the so-called path of chaos
Liu Bei also doesn''t hesitate to betray his benefactors like Yuan Shao and Cao Cao as long as his goal is achieved which is why Liu Bei is the most dangerous Warlord and he is like a cockroach very hard to eliminate
Jia Xu the side stays silent and only talks when Lie Fan give him a topic or stirs the conversation towards him, he feels weir seeing Liu Bei who was saying that he is part of the Imperial n even though a distant rtive but people who were introducing their name like that surely have a grand ambition behind it
Zhang Fei and Guan Yu are at the side eating and drinking wine merrily as they haven''t eaten many foods since their first Yellow Turbans battle, even in Gaotang they don''t eat many foods to save money for the county
After finishing the food Lie Fan invited the three brothers to live in the Governor''s castle as he will provide them with some quarters but Liu Bei refused to say that they will stay with his friend Jian Yong, as he was declined then Lie Fan take his leave alongside Jia Xu and his bodyguards saying goodbye to the three brothers
In Lie Fan''s carriage on the way back toward their residence in the Governor''s castle, Jia Xu began to question Lie Fan about his intention with this Liu Bei as Jia Xu doesn''t have good feelings about this man
Lie Fan: "I have heard of him through some rumors Master Jia Xu, it was said that he and his brothers lead a band I militia defeating Yellow Turbans in Ji and Qin Province, and due to his contribution looks like h was made to be a perfect of Gaotang"
Jia Xu: "Oh? Even though he said that he is a descendant of the Marquis of Linyi a notable member of the Imperial n and son of Emperor Jing he only be a prefect of a county?"
Lie Fan: "Maybe his words are not credible enough and with how chaotic the imperial court is right now maybe those factions don''t want to recognize his ancestry yet even though it is easy enough to check it"
Jia Xu: "So do I need to keep an eye on him, My Lord? I can send the Oriole members to follow him and his brothers to see what they will do while they stay here in Xiapi"
Lie Fan: "Yes keep an eye on them, I want to know what they do every single day until the day they leave Xiapi leave no stone unturned"
With Lie Fan''s order and permission, Jia Xu will send oriole members to follow Liu Bei when they arrived at the governor''s castle, and thanks to Xu Kai recruiting new grille members in Luoyang he send 15 members that arrived in Xiapi before them as reinforcement
With the increase of new members, thework of intelligence they have over Xiapi is more solid as they will know the movement of high-ranking government staff and what are they doing every day
While they were on the topic of the Oriole, Lie Fan remember that he had bought some equipment designs for Oriole members the sleeve arrows and sleeve de design which help the Oriole infiltration by bringing lighter equipment
Taking out from his storage through his sleeve, Lie Fan gives this to Jia Xu and tells him that he buy this sketch from an unknown cksmith back in Guangling which now the cksmith has already gone
He described how this can help the Oriole in infiltrating missions and this weapon is easy to bring also concealed and with the poison, they will have then this is a greatbination even though the downside is all Oriole members have to train in this new equipment
Jia Xu who is known as the Poisonous Strategist in the future of course like this new toy that Lie Fan brings for Oriole and knowing that only their group will have this toy is a bonus as now he will try to concoct some poison in the Gu Jar as he already ordered the servants to capture poisonous bugs and reptiles
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 69: Inviting Hua Tuo
Chapter 69: Inviting Hua Tuo
Jia Xu who is known as the Poisonous Strategist in the future of course like this new toy that Lie Fan brings for Oriole and knowing that only their group will have this toy is a bonus as now he will try to concoct some poison in the Gu Jar as he already ordered the servants to capture poisonous bugs and reptiles
Seeing the sinister smile that Jia Xu has, Lie Fan knows that Jia Xu now truly embarking on the Poisonous strategist route with emphasis on the poisonous, now is the time to expand their medical care as it''s too backward and even though he has but some medicine recipe he still needs someone with the experience
So the next n he has is to invite Hua Tuo to Xiapi and slowly convince him to stay here training new doctors and also making breakthroughs in the medical field with the recipe he bought from the system
ording to his memory, Hua Tuo was from Qiao County in Pei Commandery, and he studied Chinese ssics throughout Xu Province before choosing to practice medicine, then he began to journey between Xu, Yu, and Yang Provinces to treat sick people but he rtively stayed in his hometown of Qiao County which located in Yu Province
When they arrived back at the Governor''s Castle, Lie Fan, and Jia Xu go back to their respective quarters after saying goodbye to each other to take a rest
Lie Fan in his quarters wrote a letter of invitation to Hua Tuo describing how he is sick and need some treatment as he has gone to many doctors and all of them can''t treat him, even though its a lie but this is the only way he can invite Hua Tuo
Lie Fan then give this letter to He Yi and Gong Du, he tasked both of these men to send the letters to Hua Tuo and act as his escort bringing some small groups of soldiers also to protect Hua Tuo
He ordered the both of them to leave tomorrow at dawn and to be polite when they invite Hua Tuo to not offend him which can be detrimental to his eptance of the invitation
After giving the letter, Lie Fan cleaned up and then take sleep to end the day full of surprises where he finally meets the legendary Shu Han Emperor Liu Bei who he thinks is a hypocrite as he rather beat his son that was saved by Zhao Yun due to afraid losing Zhao Yun not caring for his dead wife that followed him everywhere
The next morning, He Yi and Gong Du had already gone with a small group of 25 soldiers to invite Hua Tuo. Jia Xu was informed of this by Lie Fan when he asked about the whereabouts of these 2 men and heard what Lie Fan ordered for them to do the agreed as they need a skilled medical practitioner
Lie Fan: "So how is it Master Jia Xu, have you found a way how to persuade Chen Deng?"
Jia Xu: "I think the best way is to exin to Chen Deng how the Han Dynasty is failing and even with the Yellow Turbans defeated the Imperial n still livingvishly even worse than before and corrupt officials controlling the Court it shows that slowly the Han Dynasty is falling, loyal and just officials is thrown out like his father who was immediately released by the Imperial Prince which is sad"
Lie Fan: "Hmm I agree we can attack from this point, also put how this proves that the Han Dynasty system itself was the cause of its downfall and with the people losing trust in the Emperor only revering people that were kind to them like how he introduced the Crop Rotation System"
Jia Xu: "I agree My Lord, I will try to slowly approach young Chen Deng and begin to put seeds to turn his loyalty towards you"
2 months passed by in the blink of an eye, for thest 2 months Lie Fan is overseeing the production of the water wheel and the implementation of the Tuntian system here in Xiapi which worked wonderfully
When the water wheel was introduced it caused an uproar in the agriculture industry and Smithing industry as this machine can help them increase their productivity and also make their job easier to do
Merchant ns are immediately interested in it and try to buy some for their Industry but under Lie Fan maniption they entered a so-called waiting list and if they wanted to receive their order sooner then they have to increase their payment
For a while a craze for the water wheel is happening in Xiapi, farmers and cksmiths that are not affiliated with the merchant ns were given priority to receive the water wheels first with some subsidized help from the government
The introduction of the Tuntian system also lessen the burden of Xiapi in feeding the refugees and decreasing the crime rate that happens in Xiapi, themon people is happy as finally their life is on track and all of it they credited to Lie Fan the young Inspector that was said to be ordering for all this to happen
Chen Deng as the head of both projects receives attention from themon people, the noble ns, and the merchant ns, many from the high society try to induce him in giving them the water well but he immediately scolds them which caused a small incident where a nobleman is offended and ps Chen Deng
Lie Fan hearing the news immediately ordered for that man to be captured and put in prison for a year without a chance to lessen his time, even when his family leaderes to beg for his release Lie Fan doesn''t give them face as he wanted to show his authority also to this nobles that he is the highest authority in this province, not them
Chen Deng was touched by this and that''s when Jia Xu slowly put all of the bad things that gue the Han Dynasty, especially people like that everywhere disrespecting and even killed just officials such as themselves and they were lucky that Lie Fan is their Inspector
Chen Deng who was still angry with the nobleman and full of grievance for how his father is treated began to listen to Jia Xu and agree with him how they are lucky that Lie Fan is their Inspector as he treats them respectfully and cares about the people suffering which already been proven with some of the projects he handles for him
Jia Xu can see that Chen Deng''s resentment towards the Han Dynasty is slowly growing thanks to the seeds that he nted in Chen Deng, slowly Chen Deng began to change his reverence toward the Han Dynasty not as high before and only care for the people
Chen Gui as his father can see that Chen Deng''s spirit in revitalizing the Han Dynasty is not that big anymore and only focus on helping the people which confused him as to why Chen Deng suddenly changed but he can''t chastise as Chen Deng still have thepassion of helping the people
Lie Fan was working at his office at the Governor''s Castle when suddenly Jia Xu enters the room to bring a message to Lie Fan
Jia Xu: "My Lord, an Oriole send me a message that He Yi and Gong Du managed to persuade Hua Tuo now they are on the way to Xiapi estimated to arrive in 15 days as they enter the border of Xu Province now heading this way"
Lie Fan: "That''s Great! Prepare quarters for Hua Tuo and prepare 2 buildings where one is for medicine storage and the other will be a medicine facility"
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, do we need to prepare anything else?"
Lie Fan: "Yes, search 10 people between the age of 16 to 20 that was interested in learning medicine and let them read medicinal books before Hua Tuo arrive to prepare them to be his helper"
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord! By the way, Chen Deng''s loyalty toward the Han Dynasty looks like have hit rock bottom as he captured some officials from the agriculture department extorting the farmers and put them in jail, I think the time hase for My Lord to persuade him"
Lie Fan: "Are you sure Master Jia Xu? I will not do it before you''re 100% sure that he will follow us."
Jia Xu: "I''m 100% sure My Lord, as after capturing them he wanted to execute them immediately but his Father wanted to put them on trial, and Chen Deng was upset as the evidence has shown that they were guilty
but some family members of the officials petitioned to put them on trial and even try to give Chen Deng money which disgusted him even more as he feels he will only receive resentment from the people."
Lie Fan: "Okay then that''s great! Master Jia Xu, please handle the preparation I just requested for us to greet Hua Tuo while I meet Chen Deng."
Jia Xu obeys telling Lie Fan that Chen Deng is in his office and then takes his leave, Lie Fan on the other hand put down his pen and walks out of his office walking towards a building that was reserved for Chen Deng and his team that answers only to Lie Fan
Arriving at Chen Deng''s office, he can hear that Chen Deng is arguing with what looks like his Father Chen Gui where he was indignant that those officials were only put in jail and not executed as they were extorting and intimidating people to give their crops
Lie Fan knocks on the door and announces himself to the 2 people inside making the argument between them stopped a rustling sound was heard when the door opened showing Chen Deng and his Father
Chen Deng: "My Lord! Please enter I''m sorry I don''t know that you will visit my office and heard the argument between My father and Me just now"
Lie Fan: "Hahaha it''s okay Brother Deng, Ie here to check on you as I was told by Master Jia Xu that you captured some officials working for the agriculture department that extorted and intimidated the farmers and I''m here to support you punishing them"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 70: Chen Clan Swore Loyalty
Chapter 70: Chen n Swore Loyalty
Lie Fan: "Hahaha it''s okay Brother Deng, Ie here to check on you as I was told by Master Jia Xu that you captured some officials working for the agriculture department that extorted and intimidated the farmers and I''m here to support you punishing them"
Chen Deng: "Yes! Thank you for your support My Lord, please convince my father to execute them rather than put them in jail"
Chen Gui: "Deng''er it''s not that Father doesn''t support you, but if we executed them the Noble ns will cause a ruckus and we still need their support"
Lie Fan: "Yes what Master Chen Gui said is true Brother Deng, I also wanted to execute them but if the noble ns cause a ruckus it will halt the great progress we are making here in Xiapi as they have the influence to do so."
Chen Deng stays silent for a while hearing what Lie Fan said and after a couple of seconds he finally relents but he wanted them to stay pretty long in jail as he understands that to do politics they need to be flexible its just his emotion controlling him before
Chen Gui the side stays silent and sighs in relief that his son finally stopped advocating for execution, but seeing how Lie Fan said what he said before to Chen Deng but Chen Deng immediately agrees while with him they argue confusing him
Lie Fan: "While Master Chen Gui is also here, why don''t you join us as I have something to talk about with Brother Deng."
Chem Gui agrees and inside Chen Deng''s offices, the three of them take a seat, and Lie Fan now is gambling as he can see that Chen Deng will agree with his invitation while he wanted to strike Chen Gui now as he''s emotions unstable thanks to arguing with his son
Lie Fan: "It''s like this, the thing I wanted to talk about with the 2 of you especially Brother Deng is not allowed to be talked on the outside of this room"
Chen Deng and Chen Gui nod their heads thinking that Lie Gan maybe have a new project or there''s something bad happening in the Capital as they know that Luoyang now is in chaos
Lie Fan: "Since little, I had seen the suffering of themon people and how corrupt our officials exploiting the system for their interest which My Father tried so hard to quell but his influence is only in my hometown so I promised myself that I strive to be a person like my Father and reach a high position that can help more people"
Chen Gui: "Your Father is a great man Lord Inspector and he must have been proud of what you have achieved so Far"
Lie Fan: "Thank You Master Chen Gui; that''s why I work hard and study hard to achieve the position I have now but the higher I goes I know that whatever I do will just be a speck of water drop on the ocean so I changed my objective my purpose"
Chen Deng and Chen Gui suddenly feel some sense of pressure but at the same time maism radiates from Lie Fan which Chen Gui feels when he meets the former Emperor before Emperor He Jin
Lie Fan: "What needs to change is the system and the people controlling it without changing anything as it allows them to livevishly and who do the 2 of you think hold this power?"
Chen Deng: "Of Course, it''s Your Majesty! He is the- wait! My Lord is not saying what I think you meant right?"
Chen Gui the side understand what Lie Fan meant and began to feel angry but at the same time hopeless as a young and talented person like Lie Fan either lose faith in the Han Dynasty or let the power cloud his mind
Lie Fan: "Yes, what both of you think is what I meant. The Han Dynasty will inevitably fall, look at the condition of our people and now with the aftermath of the Yellow Turbans their livelihood turns even worse! And what does the Emperor do hmm? He raises high taxes and renovates the Imperial Pce! *bang*!"
Lie Fan with all his might acts as how indignant he is with the situation that''s happening right now in the Han Dynasty even pping the table to convince both Chen Deng and Chen Gui, Chen Deng the younger one of the two feels his blood boil when he heard what Lie Fan said
Chen Gui on the other hand stays solemn but can''t refute what Lie Fan just said as all of that is the truth even Lie Fan sugarcoats it a bit which makes Chen Gui believe that Lie Fan is not clouded by power but lose faith in the Han Dynasty
Chen Deng: "What My Lord said is true! How can your majesty renovate the Imperial Pce by raising high taxes and destroying the hope of the people?! What if another rebellion happens like the Yellow Turbans which still gue ournds today?!"
Chen Gui: "What Lord Inspector said is true and I feel what the both of you feel but please may Lord Inspector get to the point of what you wanted to say?"
Lie Fan is not shocked that Chen Gui can see through some of his words but seeing that he''s not angry and talking amiably right now shows that Chen Gui starting to be influenced by the words he said
Lie Fan: "*ahem* then it''s like this, I and my closest retinue have prepared ns and expected the downfall of the Han Dynasty, we wanted to control when it began by building our power base that''s is Xu Province as with how chaotic Luoyang right now it''s a matter of time before another chaos happen across our country"
Chen Deng: "Wait, so what''s My Lord doing right now purely for your benefit?!"
Lie Fan: "Of Course not Brother Deng, I also care for the people and my project is hitting two no three birds with one stone which helps us solve unemployment, and food crisis, and boost our productivity!"
Lie Fan: "What I wanted now is inviting both of you to this journey together, I need the help of both Brother Deng and Master Chen Gui to rebuild ournd and prepare ourselves for the Chaos that will happen"
Chen Gui: "So My Lord has lost hope in the Han Dynasty and now tries to rebel?!"
Lie Fan: "I''m not rebelling Master Chen Gui, but preparing for the chaos that will ensue"
Chen Deng: "Father, what My Lord said is right! What has the Han Imperial n done for us is nothing but humiliation and alienation, if it''s not for My lord''s invitation maybe Father will be just dismissed from your post as Chancellor at Jibei!"
Chen Gui stays silent contemting things in his mind as he doesn''t know what to choose, his loyalty to the Han is still there he can see that his son choice to stand at Lie Fan''s side if he chooses to stand against Lie Fan then their rtionship will be broken
Lie Fan can see that Chen Deng already choosing his side but he waited for his Father''s response and which shows Chen Gui''s face that he was conflicted don''t know what to choose
Lie Fan: "Master Chen Gui, a good bird choose the tree he stayed, and history only remembers the winners not the losers"
Chen Deng: "Father, I know our n has wholeheartedly served the Han Dynasty but just like My Lord said a good bird chooses the tree he stayed on and now our tree is corroding from the inside and will fall anytime"
Chen Gui: *sigh* "The Chen n swore its loyalty to My Lord, I hope My lord stayed true to his oath, and if not we will choose a new tree.''''
Lie Fan hearing thatugh out loud in joy as the Chen n finally submitted to him increasing the number of talented people at his disposal, He promised Chen Gui that he will stay true to his aspiration and began to exin the ns he made with Sun Qian and Jia Xu
Chen Gui and Chen Deng were shocked and terrified when they heard the length of time the n that Lie Fan and his retinue made as this shows they are the only yer on the chessboard that no one knew pushing the others to fight while he stand still in the shadow
The Chens are happy that they decided to side with Lie Fan as the n shows how terrifying they are, pushing the downfall of the Han Dynasty by inciting the faction fight and trying to push for the Governor post to be reinstated but letting others do the dirty work
The talk between the three of them stayed untilte afternoon and seeing the time they decided to have lunch together to cultivate their rtionship also symbolize the submission of the Chen n
Jia Xu was invited to eat alongside them, and Lie Fan officially introduce the true role of Jia Xu which is his think tank his and his bodyguards want to remain anonymous but they are skilled martial experts with 2 of them on a secret mission
Jia Xu can see that Lie Fan managed to recruit the Chen n to their side so he began to socialize with them to strengthen the internal rtion in the Lie Fan force
The lunch goes well with Chen Gui and Chen Deng''s minds more open to the cause they are working on right now, helping Lie Fan stabilize Xu Province before the chaos that Lie Fan said will happen
After lunch, 15 days go by and the day Hua Tuoes to Xiapi has arrived. Lie Fan apanied by Jia Xu alongside his bodyguards wait for them at the city gate, they see from afar a group of peopleing which they anticipate to be Hua Tuo that was escorted by He Yi and Gong du
Lie Fan prepare himself to greet the legendary doctor that was called the Father Of Medicine in modern Chinese even though much of his knowledge had lost destroyed over time
The Caravanes closer and closer until He Yi and Gong Du saw that Lie Fannis waiting for them at the gate so they stopped when they''ve reached the gate greeting Lie Fan, Lie Fan wave his hand answering their greeting and walk closer to the carriage to greet Hua Tuo but when he walks to the side he saw another carriage behind the carriage that brings Hua Tuo
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 71: Hua Tuo And Cai Yong
Chapter 71: Hua Tuo And Cai Yong
The Caravanes closer and closer until He Yi and Gong Du saw that Lie Fannis waiting for them at the gate so they stopped when they reached the gate greeting Lie Fan, Lie Fan wave his hand answering their greeting and walk closer to the carriage to greet Hua Tuo but when he walks to the side he saw another carriage behind the carriage that brings Hua Tuo
Lie Fan: "Greetings Master Hua Tuo, I''m Lie Fan the Inspector Of Xu Province thank you foring here to Xiapi."
The carriage curtain opened and a 40-year-old man''s face was shown, giving Lie Fan a smile
Hua Tuo: "Thank You for receiving me, Lord Inspector. I''m Hua Tuo and of course, I wille as Lord Inspector invites me saying that you have some sort of incurable illness."
Lie Fan: "Haha! Let''s talk about this inside, driver please drive the carriage safely"
Hua Tuo thanked Lie Fan for his concern and Lie Fan smiled at him and then tell the driver to continue driving, Lie Fan goes back and enter his carriage alongside Jia Xu while his bodyguards get up on their horses protecting Lie Fan''s carriage.
Lie Fan told He Yi who hase back to guard Lie Fan now that they have enters the city and ask who''s carriage is following them
He Yi: "My Lord, inside the carriage, is a schr named Cai Yong. Hees with us because he was invited by Master Hua Tuo as he was sick and Master Hua Tuo was treating him when we found Master Hua Tuo in his hometown"
Lie Fan: "Cai Yong?!"
He Yi: "Yes My Lord"
Lie Fan says thank you and told him to go back to his duty then closed his curtain, Jia Xu who was in the carriage also heard what He Yi said and was shocked as he doesn''t expect to meet Cai Yong
Jia Xu: "Do what I heard true My Lord? Cai Yong is here in Xiapi? Isn''t there a rumor that he was in hiding in thend of Wu?"
Lie Fan: "I was shocked too, I didn''t expect that Cai Yong is following Hua Tuo here to Xiapi but considering that he is sick it is normal for him to follow Hua Tuo if his sickness can only be cured by Hua Tuo"
Jia Xu: "My Lord I think this is a chance for us to have a closer rtionship with him, Cai Yong has a great influence in the court and the Cai n behind him also has a considerable influence in Luoyang Noble Circle. Even though he lost against the eunuchs but his influence is still there."
Lie Fan: "I agree, I wanted to meet Cai Yong and Wang Yun when I''m in Luoyang but unfortunately I only meet Wang Yun now with Cai Yong here I can build my rtion with him"
While Lie Fan and Jia Xu are talking the carriage came to a halt and both of them get out of the carriage as they have arrived at the Governor''s Castle, getting down They saw Hua Tuo also get down from his carriage and a 50-year-old man getting down from the other carriage
Lie Fan as the host greeted Hua Tuo again and Hua Tuo introduced Cai Yong to him saying that Cai Yong needs treatment that''s why he follow him here to Xiapi
Cai Yong: "I''m Cai Yong leader of the Cai n, it''s an honor to meet you Lord Inspector Of Xu Province. Everyone says that Lord Inspector is valiant and cares for the people I can see now why everyone says that Haha!"
Lie Fan: "Sir Cai Yong is jesting, how can I bepared to Sir Cai Yong who has contributed much literature to the Empire"
Cai Yong: "Haha you''re slick young man, I''m sorry that I have to bother you as I have to receive treatment for Master Hua Tuo"
Lie Fan: "No no it''s okay, Sir Cai Yong can stay here as long as you need. Now then Master Jia Xu please show Sir Cai Yong his quarters while I bring Master Hua Tuo with me"
Jia Xu walks up and with a hand gesture leads Cai Yong to enter the Governor''s Castle to be shown the room he will stay in, While Lie Fan brought Hua Tuo along with him to the study room apanied by his bodyguards
In the study, Lie Fan asks Hua Tuo to take a sit and he sits across from Hua Tuo and then takes out the medicine forme he buys before from his inventory from his cab
Hua Tuo: "Now then why don''t Lord Inspector tell me the symptoms that you feel for me to do a diagnosis."
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry Master Hua Tuo the truth is I''m not sick and have other intentions of inviting you here."
Hua Tuo: "What?! Lord Inspector, please don''t joke as my time is precious to cure sickness"
Lie Fan: "I''m not joking Master Hua Tuo, I invited your here because I wanted to work with you"
Hua Tuo: "Work with me? I''m sorry but I don''t serve officials, my talent is to be used for all kinds of people that needed treatment"
Lie Fan: "No no it''s not like that Master Hua Tuo, it''s more of a partnership between us, and the reason I wanted to do that is that I receive this from a hermit in my hometown Huai''an before which can be proven useful in the medical field"
After Lie Fan finish saying that he takes out the medicine forme and in down on the table showing them to Hua Tuo for him to read
Hua Tu who received the forme began to read them and when he read about penicillin, Morphine, aspirin, and curingmon cold symptoms Hua Tu was shocked as this can greatly help him in treating many patients
Hua Tuo: "Lord Inspector where do you meet the hermits that give you this, we need to find that man as he has a brilliant mind in medicine!"
Lie Fan: "I don''t know where he is now, when he gave me this he ask for a boat and then he leave going towards the open seas"
Hua Tuo: "*sigh* another great mind is gone but his contribution is immeasurable, with this alone he has breakthrough many medical questions in years!"
Lie Fan: "I''m willing to give Master Hua Tuo all of this for free in exchange for Master Hua Tuo to stay in Xiapi and opening a hospital here in partnership with my administration"
Hua Tuo stay silent and began to contemte, what Lie Fan just gave is very beneficial for curing his patients, and if they managed to make this thinge true, especially this penicillin at the same time he can feels that his freedom will be restricted but exchange for all of this not bad
Lie Fan sees that Hua Tuo is thinking about his choices and he stayed silent not influencing him in any sort of way as he knew only with those Hua Tuo can be convinced to stay
After a couple of minutes, Hua Tuo gets his head up and sees face to face with Lie Fan
Hua Tuo: "Lord Inspector is very crafty, You know that I will choose to stay now with these and cooperate with Lord Inspector"
Lie Fan: "Ahaha then I wee Master Hua Tuo, you can rest easy that your family will be brought here escorted by my most trusted men. Now why don''t we talk about the kind of hospital we will make"
Hua Tuo: "Then I thank My Lord for your consideration, let''s just make the hospital normally made but bigger than before, as long as it has a big room and enough for me to treat patients."
Lie Fan: "While it''s good to be big but I don''t want it to be made normally, I wanted the hospital to stay very clean and the workers and doctors there need to have special clothes when working"
Hua Tuo: "I agree with the statement that the hospital has to be clean, but why do the workers, doctors, and I have to wear special clothes?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course to prevent the sickness from being transmitted outside the Hospital"
Hua Tuo: "Oh? Why does Lord Inspector think like that, as long as our face is covered everything should be fine"
Lie Fan: "*Ahem* no Master Hua Tuo, the truth is the hermit left me one more paper that caught my interest and when Master Hua Tuo agrees to stay I will show it to you"
Lie Fan takes out a paper from his system through a cab and inside it was a theory about Germ and bacterial which is the main cause of contagious disease not foul odor or miasma
Hua Tuo reading the paper was immediately hooked by this theory and when he read it he began to believe that the theory is true as the symptoms and how important is it to stay clean and sterile with every tool in the hospital especially one used for surgery
Hua Tuo was fascinated by this and Immediately agree with Lie Fan''s proposal, he gave Lie Fan full authority on how the hospital will be made while he will experiment with making medicine and testing this theory
Lie Fan seeing that was happy as he got the Father of Medicine at his side and with his knowledge of modern medicine in the Book of Knowledge everyone''s livelihood will raise several times
Lie Fan: "Wait, Master Hua Tuo, before you leave may I ask something?"
Hua Tuo: "Of Course, what is it, My Lord?"
Lie Fan: "Do you know Master Zhang Zhongjing?"
Hua Tuo: "Zhang Zhongjing? Of course, I know that old man is the only person I respect and befriended in the medical field. Why, does My Lord also interested in inviting that old man? If so maybe I can help as that Man is very good at medical theory than I do"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 72: Meeting Mi Zhu and Wang Lang
Chapter 72: Meeting Mi Zhu and Wang Lang
Hua Tuo: "Zhang Zhongjing? Of course, I know that the old man is the only person I respect and befriended in the medical field. Why, is My Lord also interested in inviting that old man? If so maybe I can help as that man is much better at medical theory than I do"
Lie Fan: "Haha! Master Hua Tuo can see through me at first nce, Yes I like to invite Master Zhang Zhongjing to join Master Hua Tuo here in Xiapi. I hope Master Hua Tuo can help me."
Hua Tuo: "I can help My Lord, but the man has an official position in Changsa and I think he will not ept the invitation if we don''t give him much benefit"
Lie Fan: "Haha! That''s easy Master Hua Tuo, I''m the inspector of Xu Province, and the official position is easy for me to make! I can make a new department just for medicine and make Master Zhang the head of that department."
Hua Tuo nodded his head when he heard what Lie Fan said and promised to invite Zhang Zhongjing personally to entice him with the official position and the medicine forme alongside theories that he surely would be very interested in
Lie Fan thanked Hua Tuo for his help and promised to build the best hospital for him then they took their leave together with Hua Tuo visiting Cai Yong to continue his treatment
Jia Xu was waiting for Lie Fan in the main hall and when he saw Lie Fan entering he began to ask will Hua Tuo stay in Xiapi
Lie Fan: "It''s done, Master Jia Xu! Master Hua Tuo will stay in Xiapi and open a hospital in partnership with our administration, Please prepare the building that we have and make it very clean and wash it several times Also bring the 10 people to meet Master Hua Tuo"
Jia Xu: "That''s great My Lord! Congrattions on receiving another talent at your disposal, I will send some oriole members to take care of the hospital and I will personally ensure the 10 people will be Master Hua Tuo students or helpers in person"
Lie Fan: "Haha with Master Jia Xu beside me I can rest easy knowing that everything will work out perfectly!"
Lie Fan is assured with Jia Xu here handling everything, seeing that he has free time he decides to supervise the establishment of Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern in disguise of course
Lie Fan brings his bodyguards but before leaving he tells them to use farmer hats with silk cloth attached to them to hide their faces and store their masks and helmets to not attract attention as everyone already knows the characteristics of his bodyguards
In the street of Xiapi, Lie Fan is strolling with his bodyguards doing some survey on the restaurant and tavern that he can buy personally but the one doing the transaction is his bodyguards
When reaching the town square, it was busy full of people either buying things from the stall or sightseeing with their family
In the town square, he sees a restaurant that is pretty big with expensive designs but has no customers which immediately attracts his attention so he decides that maybe this will be the Xiapi branch of Serenity Inn
Entering the restaurant he saw Mi Zhu the future Master of the Mi n alongside Wang Lang and Mi Yu sitting there eating together
Lie Fan: "Brother Mi Yu! Brother Wang Yan! And Young Master Mi what a coincidence to meet you here, I hope I''m not interrupting your gathering here"
Mi Yu: "Ahh Inspector Lie, pleasee and join us. The truth is this is not a celebration b-"
Wang Yan: "Brother Yu let me say it myself to Inspector Lie, the truth is today is a banquet for my teacher."
Lie Fan: "Oh I''m sorry to hear that Brother Wang, I''m sure your teacher is happy now in heavens and proud to have a student like you"
Wang Yan: "Haha thank you Inspector Lie and I have changed my name now to Wang Lang. Pleasee and join us I''m sure my Master will be ecstatic knowing that a person with you''re stature joined his mourning banquet."
Lie Fan agrees and takes a seat beside Mi Yu, he begins to eat and converse with them especially Mi Zhu as this man can be the future financial minister, and having Mi n one of the richest ns in thend on his side is also a great bonus
Mi Zhu: "Lord Inspector, what brings you to this humble restaurant? I thought that no one would enter as there''s no customer in the restaurant today"
Lie Fan: "Oh I came in here because I was attracted by it and I thought that the owner was going to sell it so I wanted to ask if he was selling the restaurant and buy it"
Mi Zhu: "Oh? Does Lord Inspector is interested in making a business now?"
Lie Fan: "Oh no, I bought it for my friend he asked me if there''s a prominent location here in Xiapi for his restaurant if so he asked me to buy it for him and he will repay me"
Mi Zhu: "I see, then what does Lord Inspector think of this restaurant?"
Lie Fan: "The location is good in the town square so much traffic will pass through it and with the building design it has now attracted people''s attention easily and only needs good food to make the customerse back!"
Mi Zhu: "I didn''t expect that Lord Inspector has a business mind, I admire you."
Lie Fan: "Haha it''s nothing, My motheres from a merchant n and she taught me about business from a young age as doing politics is the same as doing business my mother always said!"
Everyone at the tableughed hearing what Lie Fan said and Mi Zhu agreed with what Yu Yan said, Business is the very essence of political negotiating and persuading just like you''re in the market
Mi Zhu: "Then if Lord Inspectors is interested then I can help you buy it for your friend at a friendly price of course."
Lie Fan: "Oh? Does Young Master Mi know the proprietor of this fine establishment?"
Mi Yu: "Ahaha Lord Inspector of course Young Master knew, he is the owner of this building."
Lie Fan: "Aiya I forgot that the Mi n has many properties in Xiapi, forgive me forgive me."
With Mi Zhu gives the green light for Lie Fan to buy the building, he asks Mi Zhu how much is price Mi Zhu wants which he replies 100,000 tael and no negotiation needed as this is cheaper than the market prices
Lie Fan doesn''t care about how much is it as collecting money is very easy with the help of the system through quests and achievements but he pretends he needs to ask his friend which Mi Zhu agrees
Lie Fan: "Brother Wang, now what will you do as your teacher have rested in peace now?"
Wang Lang: "I don''t know, I''m thinking of going back to Luoyang and resuming my post but I will be too far to visit his tombs."
Lie Fan: "Then why don''t Brother Wang join my administration? With Brother Wang''s talent a position in my administration is easy to get and safer than in Luoyang as the Court is now in chaos thanks to the battle between General He Jin''s faction and the eunuch faction."
Mi Yu: "Wang Lang I agree with what Lord Inspector said, it''s safer to work under Lord Inspector in Xiapi than in Luoyang. You have brought your family here so why don''t you stay here and resign from your post in Luoyang."
Wang Lang stayed silent, he was tempted as Lie Fan already hinted this several times before to him when they met and with Jia Xu also bringing him to help him do some administrative work but he was still reluctant to lose the position he worked so hard for
On the other hand, what Lie Fan said is true as the Luoyang political scene is now in chaos and he doesn''t want his family to be implicated, thinking about it with a heavy heart he finally agrees to Lie Fan''s invitation
Lie Fan: "Haha! Trust me, Brother Wang has made the right choice! I will wait for Brother Wang to send in your resignation and assign you as a Supervisor in the Personnel Department!"
Wang Lang: "Thank You My Lord for your generosity"
Mi Zhu: "Haha know we have to drink again to celebrate Brother Wang''s new position under Lord Inspector!"
Together they enjoyed more wine tomemorate Wang Lang''s new post under Lie Fan, After filling their stomach and feeling a bit tipsy they ended the small banquet
Before leaving Wang Lang promised to contact Lie Fan when he resigned from his post in the Imperial Court as he needed to go back to Luoyang to do so
Mi Yu helps Wang Lang to go back to his mansion, while Lie Fan is walking with Mi Zhu in the town square to look for some fresh air
Lie Fan: "Young Master Mi, you''re young and in full spirit have you ever thought of joining the government and bing an official?"
Mi Zhu: "I have that thought Lord Inspector but I don''t want to neglect my family business now with my father already old age."
Lie Fan: "Fufu, that''s not a problem for Young Master Mi and the Mi n as I''m sure that Master Mi will be very happy and proud that his son is now an official which can help him boost Mi n''swork."
Mi Zhu: "Haha! Are Lord Inspector inviting me to work under you same as Brother Wang before?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course! I have heard the talent that Young Master Mi had since young and Master Mi''s most talented son since Little already helped Master Mi in doing some ounting."
Mi Zhu: "Looks like Lord Inspector has already investigated me deeply even knowing about me helping my father do some ounting since childhood as no one knew about this except my closest family members, Does Lord Inspector that confidence in my talent?"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 73: Collecting Weapons Schematics
Chapter 73: Collecting Weapons Schematics
Mi Zhu: "Looks like Lord Inspector has already investigated me deeply even knowing about me helping my father do some ounting since childhood as no one knew about this except my closest family members, Does Lord Inspector that confidence in my talent?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course! You''re very suited to work in the Financial Department! With your talent, it will be not long before you will achieve a high position there!"
Mi Zhu: "Haha then let me think about it Lord Inspector."
Lie Fan: "Take the time you need as long as you like, If you want to ept my invitation then you can just visit me in the Governor''s Castle."
Lie Fan and Mi Zhu walk together apanied by Lie Fan''s bodyguard from afar, checking market stalls and the people''s condition and how they feel about the market prices
Lie Fan apanied Mi Zhu to his carriage and decided to part ways there as time was already evening, seeing that the market sts closed down and looked like there was a curfew at night time
Mi Zhu: "Lord Inspector before leaving I have a question I wanted to ask."
Lie Fan: "Please."
Mi Zhu: "Yesterday a man named Jian Yong who was a friend of mine came to visit me alongside a man named Liu Bei and his 2 brothers, Are you familiar with this name?"
Lie Fan: "Liu Bei! I have met him before in a restaurant, his brother caused quite amotion haha! Why do you ask?"
Lie Fan in his heart was swearing all kinds of swear words he knew, he didn''t expect Liu Bei to approach Mi Zhu even though Jian Yong was the one who introduced them together
Mi Zhu: "Then what do you think of this person?"
Lie Fan: "Virtuous, calm, and benevolent but hidden behind it is an ambition that''s burning like a fire that will never die shining so bright but its brightness can blind someone."
Mi Zhu: "I see, then how does Lord Inspector describe yourself?"
Lie Fa: "Hmm, I like to describe myself as a chess yer. I like to make every move carefully and consider the big picture."
Mi Zhu nods his head and says goodbye to Lie Fan enters his carriage, Lie Fan salutes him and then walks alongside his bodyguards back to the governor''s castle to take a rest
Lie Fan is thinking of buying Mi Zhu restaurant as he doesn''t need to spend too much money to renovate it which is a plus even though he has plenty of money but he knows that in the future his expenses will skyrocket to fund his soldiers
He neededrge funds for siege weapons and weapons that could give an advantage to his army like the Chu-Ko-Nu which is the repeater crossbow that Zhuge Liang made to improve the old crossbow which gave Liu Bei''s army an advantage, especially with Liu Bei''s territory in the Land of Shu which protected by mountains
Strolling back toward the Governor''s Castle, he saw the walls that separated the city from the castle which also shone his mind to make the trebuchets that could help him in sieging a city, with the book of knowledge in his hand he could collect all type of schematics he wanted so he hurried up back towards the castle
When he arrived back, he called for Jia Xu and Chen Deng to meet him as he wanted to discuss this with them. The two of them have military minds with Jia Xu rich in experience and Chen Deng still a green leaf but can give a new perspective
Lie Fan goes to the Governor''s Study and sits there while waiting for Jia Xu and Chen Deng to arrive he takes out the book of knowledge to begin searching for advanced weaponry that can help him and is easy to make for the craftsman of this era
Lie Fan began to search for Chu-Ko-Nu schematics first and began to copy them onto a book which would contain all the schematics in the future, He copied the design, the steps to make it, and what materials he needed
If Lie Fan craftsman could make the Chu-Ko-Nu way before invented by Zhuge Liang then the advantage would be on his side even though it would eventually be copied by the other warlords as who doesn''t want to have such an amazing weapon
He also searches the recipes to make gunpowder to be used as a bomb in the future, as the bomb they have right now is too weak only an alcohol bomb which has a small impact in destroying stone walls, It also can help him make an artillery weapon called The Nest Of Bees which was made in the 11th century by the Chinese when they experimented with gunpowder and rockets and mostly used by the Ming Dynasty
It consisted of hexagonal tubes filled with dozens of rocket-tipped arrows, the tubes would broaden at the top to aid in the dispersal of the arrows once the nest opened. This weapon could fire off more than two dozen arrows at a time in the same direction, with thousands of these deployed at the same time can rain death upon the enemy.
If the gunpowder can be made, he also can make the Fire Lance which was a spear-like weapon thatbined a bamboo tube containing projectiles and gunpowder. When fired, a charge ejected the projectiles, sometimes darts, a few meters away.
He also copied ballistas and counterweight trebuchets for siege weaponry, which can be used as the city defense but also sieging other cities. Lastly, when he wanted to close the Book of Knowledge he saw the arched saddle which could boost the effectiveness of his cavalry
Even though saddles have been used long even since the domestication of horses, a saddle with a higher pommel and cantle prevents a rider from being thrown from his horse in battle. The arched saddle enabled knights to wield spears andnces underarm, rather than overarm, which prevented their charges from turning into pole vaults or dismounting them to allow riders to charge on a full gallop and gave birth to shock cavalry
When Lie Fan finished copying the arched saddle, Jia Xu and Chen Deng arrived and entered the study. Lie Fan seeing that closed the book of knowledge and put it in the inventory while doing movement of putting the book in a drawer
Jia Xu and Chen Deng each stand in front of Lie Fan waiting for his instruction, Lie Fan told them to take a seat as the discussion they had would take a long time so it''s better for them to sit down.
Lie Fan: " I called for both of you today because I found someone with a brilliant mind, he doesn''t want to be revealed but he chose our side and gave me this book."
Jia Xu took the book and began to read what was contained inside it, Chen Deng beside him read it together with Jia Xu, and the both of them were shocked by it as it contained schematics and recipes of weapons they had never known
Chen Deng: "My Lord this is an amazing schematic of weapons and siege weapons! If our craftsman can make this ording to what it described then we will be invincible!"
Chen Deng: "I agree with what Little Deng said, but I''m more curious about the person who gave this to My Lord. Are My Lord sure that he is truly on our side and not on the Han Dynasty or other people?"
Lie Fan: "I''m sure as I have investigated this man with the help of my bodyguards, he can be trusted and he has a grudge against the Emperor as his family died due to the starvation problem that happened leading to the uprising of the Yellow Turbans."
Jia Xu: "A man that has nothing to lose and is influenced by revenge is a man that we can trust as long as his target is not us, but as a precaution do I need to send some oriole members to keep him in check?"
Lie Fan: "No need Master Jia Xu, we need to trust him as he gave us this trove of weapons that we can use against our enemy in the future. So what do we need to make first from this list?"
Chen Deng: "I think we need to focus on this arched saddle first My Lord as tho can help our Cavalry on the battlefield and elerate the time needed for the cavalry unit to march!"
Jia Xu: " I agree with what Little Deng said, also This Chu-Ko-Nu can boost the firepower capabilities of our archers and even maybe make specialized units consisting of archers using chu-ko-nu."
Lie Fan agrees with what both Jia Xu and Chen Deng said as amazing the gunpowder and siege weaponry, they needed a long time to make them as perfect as it can while the arched saddle and Chu-Ko-Nu could help them immediately which maybe can be made in one year
Jia Xu: "My Lord if this gunpowder can be made then I rmend making this Nest Of Bees, from what it described this can be more effective than raining down arrows on enemies in formation."
Lie Fan: "I agree Master Jia Xu, but we better use them when the Han Dynasty falls so our enemy will not force us to relinquish this knowledge!"
Jia Xu: "I Agree My Lord, so who will My Lord appoint as the supervisor to supervise the making of these wonderful weapons?"
Lie Fan thinks of sending these schematics to Huai''An under the supervision of his Father, as Huai''An is far from popted areas which can help them hide this beautiful weapon and arge area that they can use to try these weapons. Also, experienced and senior members of the Oriole there can help keep an eye on this project
Jia Xu and Chen Deng agree with this as they needed secrecy for this to be made, the fewer people who know about this project the better the chance of their enemy knowing about it almost none as only trusted people know about this.
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461
VIT: 194
AGI: 205
INT: 224
CHR: 90
WIS: 189
WILL: 145
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 74: Planning Some Moves
Chapter 74: nning Some Moves
Jia Xu and Chen Deng agree with this as they needed secrecy for this to be made, the fewer people who know about this project the better the chance of their enemy knowing about it almost none as only trusted people know about this.
Jia Xu knows the importance of this project so he drafted a letter to the Oriole members living in Huai''An to prevent rumors from going out when they began to try the weapons and siege weapons that we''re made especially Gunpowder that can make a loud sound when exploded
Chen Deng on the other hand began to learn a little from Jia Xu, so began a mentor and mentee rtionship between Jia Xu and Chen Deng. Chen Deng originally was a talented youngster with now under the tutge of Jia Xu can improve his talent far more than the original Chen Deng have
Chen Gui who was working on the main hall received reports from his page that he sent called for Chen Deng that his son was in a meeting with Jia Xu and Lie Fan in the study, he didn''t dare to disturb them and the entrance was tightly guarded by Lie Fan''s bodyguard.
Chen Gui nodded his head and dismissed him, Chen Gui stood up and stepped out walking towards the study where he wanted to know what they were discussing as maybe he could contribute his knowledge with the experience he had.
At the study, after they finished discussing the weapon''s schematics they continued their discussion by talking about the hospital and medical warehouse that right now was being built for Hua Tuo and theing Zhang Zhongjing if he agrees to Hua Tuo''s invitation.
Lie Fan: "Master Jia Xu, how is the progress for the hospital and medical warehouse that I requested?"
Jia Xu: "It''s going smoothly My Lord, I have supervised their progress and ensured that it goes ording to what you requested. I also ask for Little Deng''s help in collecting a small group of farmers to cultivate herbs and medicinal nts that will be needed."
Chen Deng: "Yes, I already prepared a small group of special farmers to cultivate the herbs and medicinal nts. I also requested some animal breeders to breed animals that have some medical value to help us supply the hospital and medicine warehouse."
When Chen Deng finished talking, a voice came from the entrance which was Liu Pi''s saying that Chen Gui was there and asking for permission to enter the study and Lie Fan granted.
Chen Gui enters inside and greets everyone in the room then proceeds to take a seat on a chair that was pointed to by Lie Fan for him. Lie Fan was happy that Chen Gui came as he had something to discuss with him.
Lie Fan: "Master Chen Gui is here! I wanted to ask you how the overall progress of our agriculture since the introduction of our policies and projects here in Xiapi?"
Chen Gui: "It''s going well My Lord, Since the first result that was shown before it continues to slowly grow higher resulting in more harvest each season! Right now we have a surplus of crops that are stored for emergency purposes."
Lie Fan: "That''s great! Right now we don''t need a surplus of crops, what do the three of you think we should do with the surplus?"
Jia Xu, Chen Gui, and Chen Deng were thinking about what they should do with these crops '' surplus, Chen Gui still thought it better for them to store it as they would never know when they would need these crops in the future.
Chen Deng on the other hand thinks it''s better to sell them to other cities or give them to other cities here in Xu Province as they have lower agriculture production than Xiapi for now.
Jia Xu said to give this to the Emperor as a tribute to show ''loyalty'' to the Emperor, receiving merits and maybe they will receive some rewards from the Emperor. No matter if it''s a big or small reward, it can help Lie Fan disguise himself as a loyal minister raising his profile in the Imperial Court and at the same time subtly reminding his existence
Chen Gui when hearing Jia Xu''s ns immediately agrees with him as this can promote the image that Lie Fan is a benevolent leader and show to the Court that he is neutral but he has the power and influence to make those factions think twice before deciding to deal or invite him
Lie Fan: "Okay then we do as Master Jia Xu says, Even though other cities don''t have much surplus than Xiapi at least it is something we can use and another season will end with another harvest so tell them to send the surplus here to be collected and sent towards Luoyang."
Jia Xu: "I think My Lord should send the tribute personally, I think it''s time to maybe invite Master Xun You personally and establish our underground faction in Luoyang that was ''loyal'' to the Emperor"
Lie Fan: "Hmm I agree, then next month we will do so and Master Jia Xu will follow me back to Luoyang as I need you there. Master Chen Gui and Brother Deng, please keep an eye on Xiapi and Xu Province as a whole Master Chen Gui will be My representative administering Xu Province."
Chen Gui: "Yes My Lord, I will not let you down."
Chen Deng: "Rest easy My Lord, With My Father and me here in Xu Province everything will be fine!"
Lie Fan: "I''m rest assured that both of you are here, maybe while I''m gone the two of you can invite Brother Wang Lang to enter our administration and help the both of you."
After Lie Fan finishes talking, he uses Eng Shen''s eyes to see both Chen Deng''s and Chen Gui''s attributes while waiting for their response.
?Chen Gui
INT: 675(Max) WIS: 110 VIT: 48 CHR: 78
?Chen Deng
INT: 535 WIS: 88 VIT: 78 CHR: 75
Chen Gui nodded his head when Lie Fan told them to try and invite Wang Lang, he had heard of this man here in Xiapi who was filial toward his master and had a talent for personnel administration having him could reduce the burden share between him and his son as for now only the both of them can be trusted by Lie Fan and looks like Wang Lang was also trusted by Lie Fan
The meeting ended on that note and Lie Fan dismissed them to prepare for the tribute collection, Lie Fan feeling that he would stay in Luoyang for a while decided to visit Hua Tuo to say his itinerary and if Zhang Zhongjin visited to halt his stay here in Xu Province until hees back
Lie Fan walked toward Hua Tuo''s quarters apanied by his bodyguards and when he arrived he heard Hua Tuo talking with what sounded like Cai Yong about Cai Yong''s illness that had been cured and he could leave Xiapi at anytime
Lie Fan hearing this was surprised because if Cai Yong left them his chance to get closer to him and the Cai n would be gone losing him a capable talent to work in education or the rite department as he was an expert in both fields and with the connection the Cai n have it will help him enormously in Luoyang.
Lie Fan knocked on the door and made known to Hua Tuo that''s it him visiting, Hua Tuo was inside his quarters talking with Cai Yong and heard that allowed Lie Fan to enter the room.
Lie Fan entered inside and saw Hua Tu and Cai Yong both sitting down on their stools with a circr table at the center, Lie Fan greeted the both of them and took a seat on one of the stools.
Hua Tuo: "Inspector Lie what a surprise, is there a reason why you visited me this afternoon?"
Lie Fan: "Yes Master Hua Tuo, maybe in a month or two I will go back to Luoyang bringing tributes for Your Majesty so I wanted to ask for your help when Master Zhang Zhongjing finally visited Xiapi that you halted him from going anywhere and stayed in Xiapi until I came back."
Hua Tuo: "I see, I will not promise anything but I try to do my best as that old man is stubborn. How is the progress on the hospital and medicine warehouse?"
Lie Fan: "Rest assured Master Hua Tuo, it''s going smoothly and will finish in a month. While waiting Master Hua Tuo can continue experimenting with the medicine recipes I gave to you before."
Hua Tuo hearing that immediately became ecstatic, he exined that even though he had tried to replicate some of it and failed it broadened his mind on how medicine can be made. The failed products are defective and he doesn''t want to experiment with them afraid of unknown side effects.
Cai Yong at the side was surprised to see Hua Tuo talking with such gusto, while staying with Hua Tuo he had never seen Hua Tuo talking so excited as he always had this calm and cool demeanor.
He began to be more interested in Lie Fan even though he didn''t really understand what the both of them talking about but it was definitely because of Lie Fan that Hua Tuo was so excited. He was also stunned to hear that Zhang Zhongjing was invited by Hua Tuo toe here in Xiapi.
Cai Yong: "I''m sorry to interrupt the conversation between Master Hua Tuo and Inspector Lie Fan, I wanted to excuse myself to go back to my room."
Lie Fan: "Wait Master Cai Yong! I have something I wanted to discuss with Master Cai Yong."
Cai Yong hearing that sat back down and gestured with his hand for Lie Fan to tell him what he wanted to discuss with him.
Lie Fan: "Master Cai Yong why don''t you stay here in Xiapi? I know that Master Cai Yong left the Capital because of the eunuchs and hid in the Land Of Wu but it''s a waste of Master Cai Yong''s talent and not safe with bandits alongside the Yellow Turbans remnant roaming thend."
Cai Yong: "I''m stunned that Inspector Lie knows my situation so detailed, I''m honored by your invitation but I don''t want to implicate Inspector Lie with the wrath of those eunuchs."
Lie Fan: "No need Master Cai Yong, I''m the Inspector Of Xu Province and one of the most influential people in thend with the Emperor and the three excellencies above me, those eunuchs don''t dare to touch me now with their factions fighting against General He Jin factions. So what does Master Cai Yong think of my proposal?"
Cai Yong goes silent and begins to think about what Lie Fan said, he indeed goes into hiding to hide from the eunuchs to not implicate his family and his daughter whom he left in the Capital, living in hiding in thend of Wu is indeed very dangerous and he needs his wit to stay alive and it''s boring as he doesn''t have anything to do so Lie Fan proposal is very tempting
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 461 -> 471 (STR Potion)
VIT: 194 -> 204 (VIT Potion)
AGI: 205 -> 215 (AGI Potion)
INT: 224 -> 234 (INT Potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 189 -> 199 (WIS Potion)
WILL: 145 -> 155 (WILL Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 75: Bringing Tribute Back To Luoyang
Chapter 75: Bringing Tribute Back To Luoyang
Cai Yong goes silent and begins to think about what Lie Fan said, he indeed goes into hiding to hide from the eunuchs to not implicate his family and his daughter whom he left in the Capital, living in hiding in thend of Wu is indeed very dangerous and he needs his wit to stay alive and it''s boring as he doesn''t have anything to do so Lie Fan proposal is very tempting
Hua Tuu on the side can see that Lie Fan is trying to make Cai Yong stays in Xiapi as he is interested in the talent that Cai Yong has and Hua Tuo feels it''s not bad having a friend here stays in Xiapi at least it will not be boring.
Hua Tuo: "Brother Cai, it''s true what Inspector Lie said thend is very dangerous right now with bandits and Yellow Turbans remnant going rampant, only Xu Province is safe thanks to Inspector Lie''s initiative to clean up Xu Province"
Lie Fan hearing that Hua Tuo is also persuading Cia Yong began to feel happy as this is definitely a scenario that he never predicted that Hua Tuo is helping him persuade Cai Yong to stay.
Cai Yong: "We''ll If Inspector Lie feels that I''m not a burden for you living here in Xiapi then I will stay and spend some time with Master Hua Tuo here to reinforce my body."
Lie Fan: "That''s great! I hope that Master Cai Yong can help give my subordinate some pointers in dealing with administrative things when you have the time and are willing to do so of course."
Cai Yong gave a smile and nodded at Lie Fan''s request, Hua Tui on the side also happy that he had a friend to talk with in Xiapi so with Cai Yong staying in Xiapi for a while Hua Tuo also exined some things that he would do here in Xiapi including his partnership with Lie Fan.
Lie Fan is at the side watching the two of them talk and slide some words here and there, at the same time using Eng Shen Eyes he tries to see the attributes both of them Possess.
?Hua Tuo
INT: 585(Max) WIS: 112 VIT: 50 CHR: 74
?Cai Yong
INT: 570 (Max) WIS: 105 VIT: 62 CHR: 80
Both of them have decent stats, but Hua Tuo will never be an advisor as he is a walking medicine that needs to be fully utilized ording to his talent which is curing sick people. Cai Yong will be a great administrator and advisor to him, and also an able domestic minister especially in the education and the rite department.
While the both of them haven''t officially sworn loyalty to him, eventually they will do so as sooner orter the powder keg in Luoyangbwill explode and maybe he will be the one to push it so it will explode providing a perfect smile cover for him to do his own thing.
Cai Yong: "Inspector Lie, May I ask for your help to escort my n from Luoyang toe here to Xiapi when you finish your business in Luoyang?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course Master Cai Yong, please draft a letter with your signature and maybe some code that only your family knows so that they will not be suspicious of me and trust me as I was sent by you."
Cai Yong: "Haha! Thank You Inspector Lie, I will give you the letters as soon as possible."
Lie Fan: "It''s not a big problem, I also wanted to bring My Family Luoyang toe here and live in Xiapi as Luoyang became more chaotic thanks to the war between the 2 factions."
Both Hua Tuo and Cai Yong agree with what Lie Fan said, Even though Cai Yong has run to hide from the Eunuchs but he still keeps tabs on the situation in the Imperial Courts to see what the situation is there. Hua Tuo has some doctor friends working for the Health Ministry in Luoyang so he also knows the news.
After talking for a bit Lie Fan decided to take his life and go back to his quarters, if you''re asking how Lie Fan doesn''t sleep in his own mansion in Xiapi even though he is the Inspector of Xiapi it''s because the mansion is under renovation as it''s was used by the former Governor of Xiapi and designed tovishly so it''s will be turned back to the old design as it will attract attention of others if he doesn''t do that.
One month passed by, and Lie Fan was told that the tributes had been prepared and ready to be sent. He ordered for the emissary of each city to be rewarded as they marched here to Xiapi without rest, especially Guangling who was the farthest.
The Hospital and medicine warehouse construction has been finished, Lie Fan came to the location and inspected both buildings. The hospital is perfect, a 3-story building with arge lobby and que for each room, The second floor is the doctor''s room, and the third floor is room for people like Hua Tuo and the medicine storage.
Hua Tuo and Cai Yong followed Lie Fan when he inspected the hospital, Hua Tuo was satisfied with it as this was the biggest hospital he ever made and with the 10 apprentices or helpers he should say given by Lie Fan to help him at the same time teaching them the hospital can operate normally.
The medicine warehouse is located behind the hospital protected by Oriole and City Guards, it''s like a modern warehouse where its room was designated to store each type of herb or medicinal nt and animal materials.
Lie Fan is wearing his armor and bringing his halberd atop his horse waiting for the final inspection of his party before they march bringing tributes of crops to Luoyang, his party consists of 3.000 Soldiers to protect him and the tributes alongside Huang Zhong as his general, his bodyguards, and Jia Xu.
When the inspection was done and everything was ready, Lie Fan led the party to march toward Luoyang. Chen Gui and Chen Deng were sending him off as both of them knew that when Lie Fan returned from Luoyang that means the chaos would truly begin.
On the way towards Luoyang, when Lie Fan''s party entered Yu Province they met with groups of bandits and Yellow Turbans remnant that they defeated easily. Lie Fan can see that Yu Province is still full of Yellow Turban remnants so he thinks of petitioning the Emperor to let his army enter and clean them up so they can be taken as prisoners and forced to work under the Tuntian System.
As he is now bringing tributes to the Emperor, Lie Fan decides to execute the Yellow Turban remnants to not show him down. When they passed through Yu Province and entered Yan Province Yellow Turban remnant numbers were smaller than in Yu Province with the groups they were facing.
Lie Fan spent more than a month before he reached Luoyang, Lie Fan stationed his army outside the gate and entered the capital apanied by 100 soldiers to bring the tribute, His bodyguards, and Jia Xu rode towards the Imperial Pce.
When he arrives at the pce, Lie Fan is shocked as he is told that the Court has just started as the Emperor has just arrived at the court. Lie Fan snickers as looks like Emperor Ling began to enjoy hisvish life more and more forgetting his duties which is great as he will not keep the 2 warring factions in check.
Lie Fan waited in front of the pce for a while as the court was still in session, he waited for 2 hours before it ended and he coulde inside bringing some soldiers holding chests full of crops while his bodyguards and Jia Xu waited outside.
Imperial Guard: "Inspector Lie Fan of Xu Province has arrived!"
All the people at the court were shocked to hear that the Young Inspector came here to Luoyang, at Military Officials line Zhu Jun, Huangfu Sing, and Lu Zhi were happy to see this nephewe back to Luoyang while at the civil officials line Xun You and Wang Yun was ecstatic that Lie Fan finallye back as that means they can discuss their ns again and can invite Lie Fan to join He Jin''s Faction.
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan The Inspector Of Xu Province greets Your Majesty The Emperor!"
Emperor Ling: "Haha Inspector Lie hase, please stand up. What brings Inspector Lie back to Luoyang?"
Lie Fan: "I came here bringing tributes of crops from the People of Xu Province as a sign of gratitude for Your Majesty''s mercy at the tax that was imposed on Xu Province!"
Emperor Ling: "Haha! Good, looks like Inspector Lie has worked hard in revitalizing Xu Province so that the people can give their crops to Us."
Everyone at the court sees that Emperor Ling is happy with the ''tribute'' that Lie Fan brings to him, He Jin who was standing at the front in the Military Officials line bes more satisfied with Lie Fan and whispers to his allies to find ways to invite Lie Fan to join their faction
Zhang Rang who was standing at the side of Emperor Ling was satisfied with Lie Fan''s tributes as Emperor Ling would give this to the eunuch to handle which they can take some for their personal use, he was thinking of inviting him to his faction to fight against He Jin.
Lie Fan: "Your Majesty, I wanted to petition something to Your Majesty!"
Emperor Ling: "What do Inspector Lie wanted to petition to me?"
Lie Fan: "I requested the approval of His Majesty allowing me to lead my armies in Yu Province to help the officials there in eliminating Yellow Turban remnants!"
Emperor Ling: "Inspector Lie truly cares for the people, I allowed Inspector Lie to do so! Inspector Wang, I hope you can cooperate with Inspector Lie."
Wang Yun who was called out replied that he would cooperate with Lie Fan to help him eliminate Yellow Turban remnants, he knew that this was Lie Fan''s chance to gain more merit which he would dly help as they were on the same side.
After that when Emperor Ling wanted to leave the Court suddenly a 50-year-old man standing in the civil official''s line called for Emperor Ling saying that he had something he wanted to petition to him, Everyone at the court turned his heads toward this person and Lie Fan also turned his head when heard the name of this person from people whispering behind him he knew he will see a good show
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 471 -> 491 ( 2 STR Potion)
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 76: Luoyang Undercurrents
Chapter 76: Luoyang Undercurrents
After that when Emperor Ling wanted to leave the Court suddenly a 50-year-old man standing in the civil official''s line called for Emperor Ling saying that he had something he wanted to petition to him, Everyone at the court turned his heads toward this person and Lie Fan also turned his head when heard the name of this person from people whispering behind him he knew he will see a good show
???: "Your Majesty Please Wait!"
Emperor Ling: "Hmm? Imperial Brother Liu Yan is there something wrong?"
Liu Yan: "Your Majesty I have a n that can help Your Majesty in eliminating the Yellow Turban remnants faster!"
Emperor Ling: "Oh? Please Imperial Brother enlighten Us and this Court."
Liu Yan: "Please Your Majesty reinstate the post of Province Governor recing Inspector Post making it the true head of the province with the Inspector as the supervisor!"
When Liu Yan finished saying that everyone at the court was shocked and all of them spoke at the same time, some supporting Liu Yan, some disagreeing with him, and some were just shocked.
Lie Fan on the other hand put his head down and smirked, he never knew that the senile old man requested this when he just arrived back at Luoyang which surprised him that such a coincidence happened. While he is surprised he decides to stay on the sideline and watch the whole show.
Emperor Ling: "Imperial Brother! The Governor''s post was demolished long ago due to its ineffectiveness and people with bad intentions leading uprisings one after the other!"
Liu Yan: "I know Your Majesty, but with how dysfunctional the Imperial Army has be and the provincial officials except for Inspector Lie don''t have the brains and guts to do what he does!"
The other Inspectors who were also in Luoyang and were present in the Court hearing felt insulted, one after another saying that Liu Yan also doesn''t have what it takes like Lie Fan even though he is the Inspector Of Yi Province but never set foot there
The Imperial Court was in chaos for a while like in the market, the officials were arguing whether they needed the Governor''s post to be reinstated or not. Emperor Ling was sitting on his Imperial Throne with a clouded face thinking about the matter as the more these officials said no the more he wanted to do it.
Lie Fan was also staying silent, watching the whole opera''s ongoing. He saw Dong Zhuo who was recently appointed as Governor Of Tianshui arguing with Ding Yuan the Governor Of Jinyang and Lu Bu''s first Adopted Father, Xun You and Wang Yun were discussing with what looked like Civil Officials on He Jin''s side.
While observing these people who are arguing with each other, due to the uncontroble situation the neat line of each side was no more as they were scattered Lie Fan was approached by Cao Cao who came to stand on his left side.
Cao Cao: "Look at all of these people, they were arguing for things that they will only approve if it benefits them and the group they are."
Lie Fan: "Brother Cao talks the truth, but I agree with what Master Liu Yan says as Grand General He Jin doesn''t send Imperial Armies to help the people eliminate the Yellow Turbans remnant."
Cao Cao: "Oh? Looks like Little Brother Lie''s heart is bigger than I thought Haha!"
Lie Fan hearing what Cao Cao saidughed alongside him, he knew Cao Cao would grow suspicious of him and it was okay as Cao Cao was an essential character for the Anti Dong Zhuo Coalition tounch.
Emperor Ling on the Imperial Throne didn''t answer the call of his eunuchs to quell the Court until he finally made up his mind about what decision he had to make, He stood up and tried to shout telling all the officials to stay silent but did not work as Emperor King voice is too low.
Lie Fan who stood in front of him saw that and helped Emperor Ling shouting for everyone to be silent as his Majesty wanted to speak, Lie Fan''s voice was loud and powerful after leading armies on the battlefield.
Emperor Ling was grateful for Lie Fan''s help and liked Lie Fan more as he felt that only Lie Fan this young man respected him as the Emperor and cared for him as he was so devoted to him not realizing that he trusted the biggest snake of them all in this court.
Emperor Ling: "Thank You Inspector Lie for helping me, I have made my decision today officially that the Governor Post to be reinstated Immediately! Governor will be the head of the Province while the Inspector will act as the Supervisor of the Province!"
Everyone in the Court grows restless, some are happy and decide to rmend people from their faction while the loyalist to the Han is disappointed and protests the decision.
Emperor Ling: "Due to Imperial Brother enlightening me and helping me solve this problem, he will be appointed as the Governor Of Yi Province, and due to the big contribution that Inspector Lie Fan has made to this court he will be appointed as the Governor Of Xu Province! The remainder positions of the Governors and Inspectors will be announced tomorrow!"
This announcement immediately threw the Imperial Court into a bigger chaos than before, many felt that Emperor Ling had made a rash decision and hoped that he calmed himself down before deciding who would have the position.
Emperor Ling doesn''t care for their plea and announces that the court has ended, he gets up from the throne and is apanied by his eunuchs and the Imperial Guards leaving the Court. Liu Yan and Lie Fan the biggest winners in the room decided to take a united stand for a while to face the hungry wolves in the court.
While the situation is getting more and more out of hand, Lie Fan is approached by a group of people consisting of Xun You, Wang Yun, Zhu Jun, Lu Zhi, and Huangfu Song who help him get out of the court.
Outside the Court, Jia Xu and Lie Fan''s bodyguards can hear the situation inside so they join up with the group and leave the Imperial Pce heading towards Lie n estate. Lie Fan and Jia Xu enter Wang Yun''s carriage with Wang Yun and Xun You, while Zhu Jun and the others enter Zhu Jun''s carriage with Lie Fan''s bodyguards riding their horses protecting them.
Lie Fan''s horse Pangu was being led by one of Lie Fan''s bodyguards with a rope, together This group of people rides fast to reach the Lie n estate.
Sun Qian who was in the Estate was informed by Oriole Members that Lie Fan had arrived at Luoyang and now heading back to the estate after going to the Pce. Hearing the news he was ecstatic, he informed Xu Kai of this so the both of them weed Lie Fan.
Lie Fan''s family wasn''t informed of this news as Sun Qian received reports that it looked like something happened at the pce causing Lie Fan to hurry back toward the Lie n estate.
When Lie Fan and his group arrived at the Lie n estate, Sun Qian and Xu Kai were at the entrance weing all of them which the both of them were excited to finally meet with Lie Fan again.
Lie Fan was also happy that he finally met them again after so long, he told both of them to follow him and the others toward the main hall. Lie Fan ordered his bodyguards to lead the n Guards to surround the main hall guarding them from intruders while using whistles to signal the oriole members.
Yu Yan and Ying Yue who heard themotion walked out of the embroidery room and saw Lie Fan leading a group of people toward the main hall, Both of them were delighted that Lie Fan was back but seeing how everyone was walking fast and the guards were encircling the main hall they decided to greet Lie Fanter.
In the main hall, tension can be felt with Lie Fan sitting at the host chair with Jia Xu and Sun Qian standing beside him while Xu Kai is behind Lie Fan''s back.
Lie Fan: "Everyone I know that my promotion needs to be celebrated but with what happened at the court now, I think we need to prepare ourselves as big changes will be made in our country''s politicalndscape."
Wang Yun: "I agree with Inspe- I mean Governor Lie said, Your Majesty has growncent, and with how chaotic the court is right now General He Jin''s Faction will battle again with the eunuchs to snatch the position for their Factions."
Jia Xu: "AhaAha, Isn''t Master Wang Yun also a member of General He Jin''s Faction, I don''t know if you will report what we talked about here with the other members of your faction."
Wang Yun: "You?! How dare you use me!"
Zhu Jun: "Okay, Okay enough no need to fight. Master Jia Xu, I think we can trust Master Wang Yun as he also doesn''t want the Court to be in Chaos."
Lie Fan: "The truth is why I decided toe back to Luoyang In addition to bringing tribute for His Majesty, I also wanted to establish an underground faction here in Luoyang to bnce the power shared in the Court."
Jia Xu, Sun Qian, and Xu Kai already knew of this n while the other was shocked as it looked like Lie Fan wanted to show his fang silently to these people announcing himself.
Wang Yun began to grow uneasy as this was not what he expected but if Lie Fan''s Faction was more controble than He Jin''s Faction he was happy to join not knowing that Lie Fan was using this as a stepping stone to explode the powder keg.
Lie Fan: "My Faction will only work on one true goal and that is the safety of the people, we ensure that the fight inside the court doesn''t impact the livelihood of the people."
Wang Yun: "Then what about the situation at the Imperial Court?! Do we just stand and let them fight each other until it grows uncontroble?! We should be the ones helping the Emperor in calming down these 2 factions and secretly eliminating the Eunuchs! As they were the reason that all this chaos happening in the first ce!"
______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 77: Family Reunion
Chapter 77: Family Reunion
Wang Yun: "Then what about the situation at the Imperial Court?! Do we just stand and let them fight each other until it grows uncontroble?! We should be the ones helping the Emperor in calming down these 2 factions and secretly eliminating the Eunuchs! As they were the reason that all this chaos happening in the first ce!"
Wang Yun has grown impatient with the passive movement Lie Fan has had this past year, he wants Lie Fan to use the power and influence he has to support the Emperor in this time of crisis. Lie Fan on the other hand is not stupid as he knows that if he announces support for the Emperor both factions will target him.
Lu Zhi: "Master Wang Yun please calm down, I''m sure that Little Lie has ns that he has considered doing."
Lie Fan: "Yes what Uncle Lu saying is true, I have made some ns that we will do to face the increasingly worse situation in Luoyang."
Jia Xu: "Let me exin the first part of the n that My Lord has made as a contingency. We will let General He Jin Faction and The Eunuch Faction fight, but we will help both factions silently in the shadow to bnce the court while raising the Emperor''s prestige to suppress both sides."
Zhu Jun: "Helping both sides is easy, but how do we raise the Emperor''s prestige that is already *ahem* in shambles?"
Lie Fan: "Your Majesty wanted to live carefree and free of trouble from the court, the only way for him to have that life is by controlling the court and he must need some help to do that."
Everyone inside the study is quiet, thinking about what kind of help the Emperor needs for him to do that as the situation is getting out of hand and most of the Court''s influential people are already either supporting the faction of their choices or staying neutral.
Xun You can be counted as one of the smartest people in the room alongside Jia Xu began to think outside of the box and suddenly something clicked in his head, It is outrageous and maybe Lie Fan either be targeted by both sides or he will be curried favor.
Xun You: "Does Governor Lie think of helping The Emperor by bing some sort of a special enforcer for Your Majesty?"
Lie Fan: "Bingo! That''s true Master Xun You, While there''s a chance I will be targeted by both sides but considering that I''m neutral and have the influence and military power I think they will not antagonize me and force me to either side."
Wang Yun: "That''s a very suicidal n, Why don''t we just dere our stances and join General He Jin''s sides in eliminating the Eunuchs"
Zhu Jun: "While it''s true General He Jin is trying to eliminate the Eunuch it''s not because he cares for others but for his and his cronies'' agenda that they had."
Huangfu Song: "Yes even though me, Old Zhu, Old Lu, and Master Wang Yun are in General He Jin''s faction but we are not in the inner circle and can''t do anything that influences the movement that the faction will do."
Both Xun You and Wang Yun wanted to oppose this statement but both of them were smart people and knew that what Zhu Jun and Huangfu Song saying was true, There is a rumor that General He Jin doing this to help his sister Empress He having her son put as the Crown Prince
Lie Fan: "Okay I know everyone now is either infuriated or disappointed with how the situation is right now, I think it''s better that we end this here today and maybe meet up the day after tomorrow at the Serenity Inn."
Everyone there agrees with Lie Fan''s opinion and agrees to meet the day after tomorrow at Serenity Inn a new restaurant that was booming with customers in the past year not knowing that it was part of the Lie n enterprise
Lie Fan offered for them to eat dinner today with him and his family but everyone denied the offer as they didn''t want to interrupt the time Lie Fan spent with his family as they knew that Lie Fan hadn''t met them for a year
Lie Fan apanies them and walks outside toward the entrance gate, Lie Fan feels happy that he has some allies that he can trust here in Luoyang. ying schemes with the old foxes at the Imperial Court is not that easy and thanks to him having Jia Xu and Sun Qian at his side at least he can counter their each move
Lie Fan watches Xun You leaving with Wang Yun, he can see from Xun You''s facial features that he is tired of what''s happening right now proving that the seeds Jia Xu nting are blossoming now into a tree with roots that grasp his consciousness.
After all the guests left, Lie Fan walked back towards the main hall where Jia Xu, Sun Qian, and Xu Kai were waiting for him.
Lie Fan: "It''s been a long time since the four of us were together, I will spend time with my family today so the three of you can enjoy your free time."
Jia Xu: "Thank You My Lord you can rest easy and spend your time with your family, We will prepare contingency ns for our next steps if we ever encounter unexpected problems."
Sun Qian and Xu Kai groan at the same time, both of them can be considered to be young and spirited wanting to spend their free time doing other things. Lie Fa seeing this chuckled while Jia Xu red at the both of them wanting to discipline both of them.
Lie Fan left the three of them and walked outside of the main hall, he asked a ying maid where are his mother and Ying Yue which the maid replied that the both of they were in the Embroidery room.
Lie Fan thanked her and walked towards the embroidery room where he met Wannian ying with Snow who had now already grown so big ahead of him. Wannian who was ying with Snow saw that Snow was running in another direction making her turn her head and see Lie Fan walking towards her surprising her.
Wannian: "Big Brother!!! You''re back!!!"
Wannian who saw Lie Fan began to run toward him happily and Lie Fan who saw that stop walking told her to not run too fast afraid that she would fall down.
Wannian and Snow together pounced toward Lie Fan hugging him, Lie Fan crouched down to receive the hug that was given by the both of them.
Yu Yan and Ying Yue who were doing embroidery heard themotion outside the room hearing theugh of Lie Fan and Wannian, Both of them turned their head facing each other and showing a smile knowing that Lie Fan had done his meeting. The two of them put down the needle and string standing up from their stool proceeded to walk outside to meet Lie Fan.
Outside, Lie Fan and Wannian are teasing Snow together when they see Yu Yan and Yue Ying walking together toward them. Lie Fan who saw his mother and Ying Yue stop teasing Snow with Wannian, stopped hugging Wannian and stood up walking toward them.
Yu Yan was the first one to hug Lie Fan, she had missed her son who always worried her since 3 years ago when Lie Fan decided to lead soldiers in exterminating bandits.
Yu Yan: "You little bastard finally decided toe back, don''t you know how worried me and Yung Yue are?!"
Lie Fan: "Alright Alright, it''s my fault that I have been not filial to you this past year. Now that I''m back I will spend more time with you m- Ahh Mother why do you hit me!"
Yu Yan: "You and your sweet mouth, don''t think that I don''t know that you have be more busy now that you are back in the Capital."
Lie Fan justughs upon hearing that, he feels sorry that he spends less time with his family and especially Ying Yue. But if he doesn''t do what he does know his family can only be at the whims of the old foxes.
Lie Fan released his hug and turned toward Ying Yue who was watching from the side with eyes that showed so much affection and love while looking at him, Lie Fan walked toward her and took both of her hands holding it tightly.
Lie Fan: "Yue''er I''m back, I''m sorry that I was gone for so long and made you worried about me, I''m sorry that I can''t keep my promise to marry you as many things are happening right now that distracted me ."
Ying Yue who was listening to Lie Fan began to shed some tears, for her Lie Faning back was already the biggest gift for her.
Ying Yue: "I-It''s Okay H-husband, you can c-continue do what y-you need. Our m-marriage can wait, as long a-as you have m-me in your heart I-I can wait. Y-youing back was already m-my biggest gift to m-me."
Lie Fan sees Ying Yue trying to talk while crying and stuttering The words she is saying make his heart hurt, Lie Fan puts down the hand he is holding and hugs Ying Yue tightly while rubbing her back.
Yu Yan seeing the situation calls for Wannian to follow her and Snow who sees that Wannian is following her mother runs to catch up with his little master.
Ying Yue was holding Lie Fan''s chest while trying to stop her tears, She knew that Lie Fan was destined to do great things since they were kids so that''s why her dream was to be the ce that receives Lie Fan back home with warmth and Love.
Lie Fan releases the hug and seeing how Ying Yue is trying to stop crying is painful but too cute at the same time, the snow shite face turning red especially the little nose and the lips that open and close to breathe.
Lie Fan seeing the red and little lips can''t stop the feeling of kissing it and so he does it, he kisses Ying Yue with passion and longing. Ying Yue who was kissed by Lie Fan was surprised at first but then closed her eyes and followed Lie Fan''s movement.
Lie Fan tasting the cherry again after so long can''t stop and begins to invade Ying Yue''s lips with his tongue, Ying Yue opens her lips willingly and the two tongues duel trying to express their longing and affection towards each other, Lie Fan that misses and feel sorry for Ying Yue and Ying Yue who misses and relieved that Lie Fan is back.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 78: Spend Time With Family
Chapter 78: Spend Time With Family
Lie Fan tasting the cherry again after so long can''t stop and begins to invade Ying Yue''s lips with his tongue, Ying Yue opens her lips willingly and the two tongues duel trying to express their longing and affection towards each other, Lie Fan that misses and feel sorry for Ying Yue and Ying Yue who misses and relieved that Lie Fan is back.
Their kiss continues for a long time until Ying Yue feels that she can''t breathe anymore and uses her right hand to hit Lie Fan''s chest to signal him to stop as she can''t breathe.
Lie Fan who received the signal released the locked lips and the shining threads attached to him and Ying Yue are the only evidence of the passionate kiss that they have
Lie Fan: "Wife, why are you hitting me I haven''t had enough yet!"
Ying Yue: "I can''t breathe that''s why I signal you to stop Husband and it''s in the middle of the day what if we are seen by the servants or your retinue."
Lie Fan: "Aiyoo all of them are busy and no one will pass through here at this time, why don''t we continue it hmm?"
Ying Yue hearing that can only smile at this side of Lie Fan that he showed only to his family, she takes his hand and holds it tightly trying to assure herself that Lie Fan is here and she is not hallucinating.
Ying Yue: "Mother and Wannian are waiting for us in the dining room, now that you''re back we have plenty of time to spend together so let''s spend this time with Family okay?"
Lie Fan nodded his head and after positioning their hands to afortable position, together they walked towards the dining room where Yu Yan and Wanniang were waiting for them to eat dinner together.
Lie Fan''s bodyguards are watching from a distance so as to not disturb their lord''s personal time, Lie Fan and Ying Yu enjoy other small time together walking while enjoying the sight of the Lie n Estate Garden that Yu Yan personally takes care of.
Arriving at the dining room, Lie Fan and Ying Yue enter together greeted by the sight of Yu Yan scolding Wannian who was sulking while sitting on her stool hugging Snow.
Lie Fan: "Mother why are you scolding Wannian? Does our little princess do something bad?"
Yu Yan: "Of Course she is! You and your Father are always spoiling her, now Look she dares to go out ying with Snow and meet up with other children! What if something bad happens to her!"
Lie Fan: "Wannian why do you go out without Mother and Sister Ying Yue''s permission?"
Wannian: "It''s because Wannian feels bored only ying with Snow and Sister Ying Yue that''s why Wannian sneaks out and goes to y with other kids! Wannian doesn''t tell mother or sister Ying Yue because Wannian knows that Wannian will be closed by Mother"
Lie Fan: "What if something happens to you, next time you have to ask Brother, Mother, and Sister Ying Yue permission okay?"
Wannian: "Okay Big Brother! Big Brother is the best!"
Lie Fan and Ying Yue seeing the cute smile showing from Wannian can only chuckle while Yu Yan shakes her head, Her Husband and Son can only pamper and spoil the little princess. She feels bad for the future husband Wannian going to have as he has to face Lie Shang and Lie Fan.
Lie Fan and Ying Yue take a seat beside each other, Lie Fan pours down some tea telling his Mother to calm down and forgive Wannian as she is still a little girl while asking how she knows that Wannian sneaked out to y.
Yu Yan: "I''m her Mother of course I knew, her skirts this past few weeks have been dirty all over! Wannian asks Mother Who have you been ying with?"
Wannian: "I yed with many friends! But my favorite is Big Brother Liu! He is smart and knows many things that even Wannian doesn''t know!"
Lie Fan who was drinking his tea heard what Wannian said and spit his tea out shocking everyone at the table, Ying Yue pats Lie Fan back while Lie Fan was coughing shocked by Wannian statement.
Lie Fan: "Big Brother Liu? Big Brother only thought that Wannian called Big Brother Big Brother."
Wannian: "It''s different! Big Brother is Wannian''s family and Big Brother Liu is Wannian''s friend! He always ys with me and also brings treats for Snow!"
Lie Fan feels suffocated thinking that his little sister is close to a boy, Ying Yue, and Yu Yan seeing the interaction between the two siblings can only smile.
Dinner passed by withughter and was full of warm radiating, Lie Fan had a full nice meal after a long time of tasting nd food at Xiapi. After dinner, Yu Yan had a private talk with Lie Fan at the study to talk about the n business.
Yu Yan: "Fan''er, Our business is blossoming here in Luoyang. Our delicacies and wine are top-quality goods that were searched by all sses of people!"
Lie Fan: "That''s great Mother! But I''m pretty sure that you called me here not to report the profits we received from our business."
Yu Yan: "My Son is sharp as always, While our business is blooming many spies are trying to get the recipe for our Wine. Especially now that Bronze Mirror has started to be sold here in Luoyang, more spies areing to know our knowledge."
Lie Fan: "Do they know that the Lie n are the master behind the shadows Mother?"
Yu Yan: "Fortunately Xu Kai and Sun Qian do a great job covering our identity with counter-espionage is the words they used."
Lie Fan breathes a sigh of relief because if these people know that Lie Fan is the owner of the hottest restaurant andmodities in Luoyang then either they force him to join or kill him and take control of his enterprise.
Lie Fan told his Mother that he would bring her and everyone to Xiapi when his business here in Luoyang is done as it''s safer there, Yu Yan agreed with Lie Fan''s idea and told him that he is the head of the n when his Father is not here to do so.
Both of Them hugged each other and Lie Fan escorted Yu Yan back to her quarters then Lie Fan turned back to his quarters to sleep. Reaching his quarters he sees Ying Yue waiting for him, seeing her brings a smile to Lie Fan especially how she grew more beautiful and her innocent eyes heal his tired heart.
Lie Fan: "Wife! What brings you here in the night, Do you want to do something naughty hmm?"
Lie Fan asked Ying Yue while raising his eyebrows and giving a smirk, Ying Yue was shy when Lie Fan asked her that and showed a fist to Lie Fan like a harmless kitten trying to paw its master.
Ying Yue: "Husband! You''re being naught again, I know you wanted to do that but I hope we can wait until our marriage I''m sorry."
Ying Yue put her head down after saying that afraid that Lie Fan would be angry, Lie Fan seeing that smiled and understood that women in this era could be said more conservative should we say.
Lie Fan said it was okay he could wait and take Ying Yue''s hand together entered Lie Fan''s bedroom and Lie Fan told Ying Yue to lie down to sleep with him, he promised to not do anything he just wanted to hug Ying Yue to sleep.
Ying Yue was shy but acquiesced to Lie Fan''s demand and together the both of them slept while Lie Fan hugged Ying Yue with moonlight shining on the room.
The next morning, Lie Fan was woken up by the movement beside him and when he opened his eyes he saw Ying Yue opening the door and sheepishly talking with someone who from the sound of the voice was Sun Qian.
Ying Yue turned her head to see Lie Fan and saw that he had woken up, she smiled at him and gestured that Sun Qian was looking for him. Lie Fan groans and gets up from his bed, changes into new clothes, and walks out of the room.
Sun Qian who was waiting for Lie Fan outside saw Lie Fan walking out, he greeted Lie Fan and apologized for disturbing him early this morning but a guest was waiting for him at the west wing where only close friends are received.
Lie Fan said goodbye to Ying Yue and was apanied by Sun Qian, He Yi, and Gong Du walked toward the west wing, Lie Fan asked Sun Qian who was visiting him this early morning.
Sun Qian answered that Xun You hade here and looked for Lie Fan, he said that he had something important to discuss with Lie Fan and both of them must meet.
Lie Fan nods his head and together they arrive at the west wing, Lie Fan can hear sounds of conversation between Jia Xu and Xun You exchanging academic intellect and debating some morals and ethics in doing their assignment.
Lie Fan enters the room and both Jia Xu and Xun You stand up greeting Lie Fan, Lie Fan receives their greetings and gestures to both of them to sit down while he takes his ce.
Lie Fan: "Good Morning Master Xun You, what brought you here early morning to meet me?"
Xun You: "I''m sorry for disturbing your rest Governor Lie, Iing here in the early morning because I wanted to reply or give my answer about the subtle invitation you''re giving me."
Lie Fan hearing that realizes that Xun You will answer the long-awaited subtle invitation that he and Jia Xu have been giving to him since the time that Xun You nted the seeds of doubt about the Han Dynasty by Jia Xu and aggravated further by Sun Qian.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 79: Xun You Joining and Visiting Wang Yun
Chapter 79: Xun You Joining and Visiting Wang Yun
Lie Fan hearing that realizes that Xun You will answer the long-awaited subtle invitation that he and Jia Xu have been giving to him since the time that Xun You nted the seeds of doubt about the Han Dynasty by Jia Xu and aggravated further by Sun Qian.
Lie Fan: "Of course please Master Xun You, the floor is yours to speak."
Xun You: "I came here today to ept your subtle Invitation, Governor Lie, I understand now that the Han Dynasty will not live on even You one of the most influential people right now can''t change that and only focus on lessening the suffering of the people when it happens and I don''t want to stay in a sinking boat when the bigger and better boat is inviting me to join on their boat."
Jia Xu: "Are you sure that you aremitted to serving My Lord? As we don''t want you to still have an ounce of loyalty to the dying Han Dynasty, an affection for the dynasty who watched you grow up is fine but if you are loyal to it while knowing it was corroding from the inside then no."
Xun You stays silent and Lie Fan lets Jia Xu and Sun Qian of course handle this as both of them are much better at doing this than him, why have an amateur that is lucky enough to recruit Jia Xu like him doing it while there''s a professional like Jia Xi and Sun Qian.
Sun Qian: "I can vouch for Master Xun You, he has been talking with me ever since My Lord and Master Jia Xu left for Xu Province, he felt that Master Wang Yun even had his hidden agenda after joining General He Jin Faction alongside him."
Jia Xu: "Of Course, Master Wang Yun has his hidden agenda, I intercepted a letter from the Imperial Doctor thatmunicates with him and he already knew that the Emperor was critically ill."
Xun You: "What?! The Emperor is ill?!"
Jia Xu: "Yes, hisvish and indulgent lifestyle is taking a toll on his body, and growing older also doesn''t help his organs."
Xun You: "Then that means any minute now the chaos can happen! Your Majesty hasn''t even appointed his sessor yet!"
Lie Fan: "That''s why we should act as Your Majesty''s supporters and let him have an easy mind choosing his sessor, after that we will leave Luoyang under the pretense that the Yellow Turbans remnant is acting up again in Xu Province."
Xun You: "That means we are stirring up the pot and let chaos loose?! What about the people of Luoyang?!"
Lie Fan: "Rest easy Master Xun You, When we leave I will give an ultimatum that if even a single innocent life is taken they will be considered my enemy and I will join the opposite faction to destroy them."
Jia Xu and Sun Qian both nodded their head indicating that they agreed with what Lie Fan just said, Xun You is relieved that Lie Fan and his advisors have thought about all kinds of scenarios that can happen.
Lie Fan: "Then will Master Xun You now feel relieved to ept my Invitation andmit 100% to me?"
Xun You: "Xun You sees The Lord!"
*DING!!!*
[Congrattions Host for recruiting Xun You one half of the Xun n prodigypleting the achievement ''The Humble and Loyal Advisor Of Wei'' receive 300.000 taels, 200.000 EXP, 3 potions of each attribute, and 1 Brass telescope alongside its schematic]
Lie Fan received the rewards happily and having a telescope is a great help in coordination on the battlefield, Advisors like Jia Xu and Xun You will be more terrified if they can receive signals from far away.
Lie Danughs happily and gets up from his seat to help Xun You stand up from taking a knee to swear his loyalty, While doing so he checks Xun You''s attributes.
?Xun You
INT: 755 WIS: 132 VIT: 78 CHR: 89
Having another great advisor such as Xun You boosted the capability of his think tank group massively and the number of tactics also ns that came out were more diverse as Xun You is a conservative person and prefers safer ns to be executed.
Lie Fan: "With Master Xun You are now at our side, then we can do so many things faster and reduce Master Jia Xu''s burden also Haha!"
Xun You: "My Lord''s praises are too high, Master Jia Xu can handle everything single-handedly and still provide better results than me."
Lie Fan: "Master Xun You are too humble, with the talent that you have, and Master Xun You are still young your future achievement will be limitless!"
Xun You only bowed when Lie Fan praised him, with Xun You joining there''s a position reshuffle for Lie Fan advisors. Xun You was appointed as Lie Fan''s Military Advisor which was Jia Xu''s former position and Jia Xu now bes the Main or Head advisor of Lie Fan Think Tank while Sun Qian still holds the position of Foreign Rtions Advisor.
After the meeting, Lie Fan invited everyone to have breakfast together tomemorate Xun You joining Lie Fan banner, Lie Fan led them towards the dining room where he informed the butler to tell his family to eat at the East Hall as he needed to go do something with his revenuester on.
In the dining room, Lie Fan orders the servant to bring some wines for them to drink and toast to Xun You after enjoying the delicious cuisine that was prepared for them. Lie Fan told everyone that he wanted to visit Wang Yun as he was their only key to knowing the hearts of other neutral officials.
Jia Xu and Xun You agree with Lie Fan as the neutral faction can be called the loyalists that supported the Emperor, they were squished from both sides by General He Jin and The Eunuch Faction as they didn''t have a figurehead strong enough to lead them.
Sun Qian gives some of his insight as he is ordered to lobby many officials when Lie Fan leaves for Xu Province, He was close with some of the Neutral Faction and can persuade them to join Lie Fan''s Faction turning the Neutral into ''loyalist'' Faction but walking under Lie Fan''s thumb.
After Breakfast apanied by his bodyguards and Think Tanks, Lie Fan boarded his Carriage and drove toward Wang Yun estate. On the way to Wang Yun Estate, he can see the condition of the people of Luoyang is depressed especially the lower-ss people who were squashed by the noble and merchant ss.
Arriving at Wang Yun''s estate, Lie Fan and his retinue get out of the carriage and Sun Qian informs the guard of Lie Fan''s identity describing that Lie Fan wants to see Wang Yun.
The Guard hearing Lie Fan''s Identity immediately allowed them to enter and wait at the Main Hall while He told the other guard to inform Wang Yun that he had a guest who wanted to see him.
Lie Fan and his retinue walk toward the Main Hall and wait there, while one of the guards asks a passing servant where Wang Yun''s position is right now and tells him that he is having breakfast right in the dining room.
The Guard arriving at the dining room saw that Wang Yun and Diao Chan had just finished eating their breakfast, He Informed Wang Yun that Lie Fan was visiting and looking for him saying that he wanted to meet Wang Yun.
Wang Yun was surprised that Lie Fan visited him this morning as he thought Lie Fan would spend his time with his family today so he told the guards to inform them that he would arrive at the Main hall in a couple of minutes.
Diao Chan at the side hearing that Lie Fan is visiting her eyes begin to glow as she finally can probe what feelings she has toward Lie Fan is it only curiosity or something more and if Lie Fan feels the same way as her
Wang Yun stands up from his stool and when he wants to go towards the Main Hall he remembers that Diao Chan his adopted daughter is interested in Lie Fan which he thinks can be used to make a marriage alliance between his n and Lie Fan.
While he doesn''t like the prospect of his only daughter bing Lie Fan''s 2nd wife maybe there''s a chance to make her be the Main Wife even though Lie Fan already introduced Ying Yue to him before.
Wang Yun: "Chan''er, help Father serve some tea for our important guest."
Diao Chan: "Yes Father, what kind of tea leaf does Chan''er need to use to receive our guest?"
Wang Yun: "Use the tea leaves that Father received from the Emperor that Father stored at the warehouse as a reward for Father''s services."
Diao Chan nodded her head and proceeded to walk toward the warehouse apanied by her personal maid, Wang Yun after talking with Diao Chan go walk towards the main hall.
Lie Fan and his retinues are talking about some misceneous topics when Wang Yunes and greets them all apologizing that he waste to greet them as he have just finished breakfast.
Lie Fan says it''s okay and that he understands as hees to visit Wang Yun without informing him and at the time when people were having breakfast. Wang Yun told everyone to take a sit then he sat in the main chair because he was the host while Lie Fan sat on his right side as the most esteemed guest.
Wang Yun: "Governor Lie may I know the reason why are you visiting me today? Tomorrow we will meet alongside the others, is there something that you want to talk about privately?"
Lie Fan: "Yes Master Wang Yun, I wanted to know have any officials that aren''t announcing their position to join both factions and stay neutral have ever visited you?"
Wang Yun: "Yes they have, They ask me for advice to please both factions and they are generally the type of people who see work as more important than socializing and that''s why I also protect them as they are the backbone of why the Imperial Court is still functioning to this day."
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 212.000 -> 12.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 80: Marriage Alliance?
Chapter 80: Marriage Alliance?
Wang Yun: "Yes they have, They ask me for advice to please both factions and they are generally the type of people who see work as more important than socializing and that''s why I also protect them as they are the backbone of why the Imperial Court is still functioning to this day."
Lie Fan: "I see, then do you think Master Wang Yun can invite these people to meet me the day after our meeting with Uncle Zhu Jun and the others at Master Wang Yun''s estate?"
Wang Yun: "Of Course, let me send some letters to them after this. Governor Lie can rest assured that they wille especially for the chance to meet you as for them you are the same as them a neutral official but with more power and can socialize."
Lie Fan nods his head, Jia Xu and Xun You at the side ask Wang Yun about some of the quirks or personalities of some of the officials that wille when suddenly Diao Chan and her personal maids enter the main hall bringing some tea.
Lie Fan sees Diao Chan and is attracted by the more mature and beautifulplexion after hest met her a year ago, Lie Fan and Diao Chan''s eyes meet together and both can see the fascination and admiration from both eyes.
Diao Chan serves the tea for Lie Fan while her personal maids serve the tea for his retinue, Lie Fan is attracted by how beautiful Diao Chan is but he knows that this feeling is only fascination and he doesn''t want to get close to other women only because they are beautiful as that can bring his own downfall in the future just like Dong Zhuo and Lu Bu fallen to the beauty trap.
Diao Chan while pouring the tea can see the admiration in Lie Fan''s eyes but deep she can see that Lie Fan doesn''t have the perversion gaze other people have when they see her and Lie Fan even takes his gaze back to continue talking with Wang Yun.
She began to feel more curious about Lie Fan, a young man with a high position and power who acted with prudence without a sense of superiority opposite of nearly all Young Noble in Luoyang she meets who were arrogant and self-righteous with the position and power their parents have not their own.
Diao Chan and the maids after pouring the tea stand back behind the person they poured, Lie Fan sees something wrong with the way Wang Yun''s eyes look like it was glowing with craftiness.
Wang Yun: "Then this is the only reason that Governor Lie came here to my house? To ask how is the mood condition of the neutral officials and scheduling a meeting to meet them?"
Lie Fan: "Yes, is there something that Master Wang Yun wanted to discuss with me?"
Wang Yun: "Haha yes I do, but I don''t know if Your Advisors can give us some privacy?"
Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian look at each other with suspicion in their eyes, While Wang Yun is an important part of their ns and can be considered close friends they have decided to cut off Wang Yun if he ever grows berserk.
Lie Fan: "Oh? There''s no need for them to leave, Master Wang Yun can just talk openly here among trusted people."
Wang Yun: "We''ll then, how does Governor Lie think of my adopted daughter Diao Chan?"
All the people in the room were shocked, Jia Xu Xun You and Sun Qian immediately knew the true purpose of Wang Yun saying this but the benefits that Lie Fan received from marrying Diao Chan except for having a beautiful wife Lie Fan received nothing else worth it while Wang Yun will receive all kinds of benefit.
Diao Chan was in a bit of a dilemma, she was both happy and angry at Wang Yun. Marrying a man like Lie Fan that handsome, powerful, and respects boundaries with women just like what Lie Fan has shown but this is not the way she wants to be done.
She wanted to know Lie Fan a bit more and confirm the feelings she felt toward Lie Fan whether it was liking or just curiosity. She could feel the gazeing from everyone in the room except Lie Fan and began to blush.
Lie Fan was so surprised that he didn''t respond to Wang Yun for a while he is not experienced enough in dealing with old foxes but that doesn''t mean he can''t know what other intentions there are behind some words.
He would lie if he said that he didn''t feel happy that he could marry Diao Chan but he didn''t like what expectations Wang Yun had that followed from the marriage.
Lie Fan: "Master Wang Yun, Miss Diao Chan is one of the most beautiful and gracefuldies I have ever met but why do you suddenly ask this question?"
Wang Yun: "Haha! I feel that Governor Lie already knows what I meant! How do you feel about marrying my adopted daughter Diao Chan and bringing our family closer?"
Lie Fan: "I''m honored that Master Wang Yun sees me in such high regard that Master Wang Yun considering marrying Miss Diao Chan to me but as Master Wang Yun knows the position of my Main Wife has been reserved ."
Wang Yun: "My Adopted Daughter is more suited to be your main wife, she has the upbringing and background that are far more suited to be your main wife! I''m not saying that Miss Ying Yue is bad and unsuitable for you but her upbringing and background are not worthy of bing the main wife of a Governor."
Lie Fan who hears that bes so angry that he ms the table shocking everyone, While he understands the importance of the background and upbringing a woman needs to marry he is disgusted by the way Wang Yun is trying to make their rtionship closer
For him, Ying Yue will be his main wife as she apanies him and always understands never to throw a tantrum when he doesn''t give her much attention because of the things needs to do.
Ying Yue already feels undeserving of being with him which makes him heartache, He finally pushes her out of the mindset that makes her feel unworthy of being with him, and if this was heard by her Lie Fan doesn''t know what would happen to YingYue''se psychology.
Lie Fan: "What do you mean that she doesn''t deserve the position of my main wife?! I have considered you a close family friend due to the rtionship you have with my father and who you helped me, but don''t you ever say that she is unworthy of bing my main wife!"
Everyone in the room sees Lie Fan angry for the first time, Jia Xu and the others know that Wang Yun has touched the dragon''s reverse scale. Wang Yun was furious to be treated that way but he understood Lie Fan''s actions in doing so.
Diao Chan on the other hand like Lie Fan more because of this, she can be considered a close friend of Ying Yue since the banquet and she will feel disgusted and hate Lie Fan if he agrees to her bing the main wife while Ying Yue bes the 2nd.
Wang Yun: " *ahem* I understand that you''re angry Governor Lie and I apologize for the words that I said but it''s the truth."
Lie Fan: "I don''t care what kind of prestige or benefits the woman that I cherished and decided to marry brought for me, I can aplish that myself! Unfortunately, I have to decline this union as I don''t want to make Miss Diao Chan feel forced and reluctant to marry me."
Wang Yun: "Diao Chan do you feel forced to marry Governor Lie, Aren''t you interested in Governor Lie?"
Lie Fan who heard that turned his head and his eyes began to observe Diao Chan''s exquisite facial expression to see if what Wang Yum said was true.
Diao Chan felt the burning stare Lie Fan was giving her and her heartbeat suddenly elerated faster than before flustering her and making her blush.
Diao Chan: "Father, while it''s true that I''m interested in Governor Lie but I don''t want to marry Governor Lie if Sister Yue''s position is taken by me. I hope that Father can reconsider this."
After Diao Chan finished saying that Lie Fan who observed Diao Chan saw the looks of attraction in Diao Chan''s eyes and he felt relieved that Diao Chan also supported Ying Yue so he began to admire her personality and for the first time other women than Ying Yue make his heart feels curious.
Wang Yun: "*sigh* If that''s how Chan''er thinks then Father follow what you want, Let''s reconsider this union at ater date when Governor Lie feels to bring it up. I also apologize for the words that I said beforehand"
Lie Fan: "It''s okay I understand Master Wang Yun''s intention but I hope this will not happen again in the future."
Lie Fan can see that Wang Yunpromises with the situation and takes a step back, he is also surprised that Wang Yun takes a step back due to Diao Chan which is very rare in this era when the daughter''s opinion is heard except the father dotes and love his daughter too much.
Jia Xu: "Then I think I can say that our discussion has ended?"
Lie Fan: "Yes it has, thank you Master Wang Yun for your hospitality today and I''m sorry for shouting at you before."
Wang Yun waves his hand to tell Lie Fan that he understands and is not offended even though he was a bit offended but he should swallow the bitter pill rather than destroy the rtionship between them.
Lie Fan and His retinue stand up and say goodbye to Wang Yun and Diao Chan, Lie Fan leads his retinue to leave Wang Yun''s Main Hall when suddenly he hears Diao Chan calling for him saying that she have something to talk about with him
(AT: Don''t forget to leave your vote on the auxiliary chapter for voting I released yesterday!)
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 81: Promise and Visiting Cai Estate
Chapter 81: Promise and Visiting Cai Estate
Lie Fan and His retinue stand up and say goodbye to Wang Yun and Diao Chan, Lie Fan leads his retinue to leave Wang Yun''s Main Hall when suddenly he hears Diao Chan calling for him saying that she has something to talk about with him
Lie Fan told Jia Xu and the others to wait for him outside near the Carriage, then he turned his head and gestured toward Diao Chan to say what she wanted to say.
Diao Chan: "Governor Lie, can we speak at a more private ce?"
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry if it''s too private I don''t want rumors to fly around and research your name, Does Master Wang Yun estate have arge garden? Maybe we can talk there."
Diao Chan''s heart was shaken by Lie Fan''s attention toward her reputation, every other Noble she met would immediately jump at the chance to spend private time with her without caring for her reputation if it''s known outside.
Diao Chan led Lie Fan toward therge garden where Wang Yun cultivated exotic ornament nts, only Wang Yun and Diao Chan alongside some appointed servants allowed to take care of the garden so many servants never walked past the garden unless had to.
Diao Chan: "Is this ce good enough for Governor Lie?"
Lie Fan: "It''s an open space and people can see whatever we are doing so it should be okay, Miss Diao Chan doesn''t have to call me Governor you can call me by my name."
Diao Chan: "Then I called you Brother Lie Fan is it okay?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course! Then what does Miss Diao Chan want to talk about with me?"
Diao Chan: "First I wanted to apologize for my Foster Father''s behavior, and I''m also shocked by the announcement he suddenly made without even telling me that he decided to do so."
Lie Fan nods his head to show that he understands and epts Diao Chan''s apology, while Wang Yun doted on his only daughter but in front of interest, Wang Yun can sacrifice anything like how he uses Diao Chan to do the Honey trap knowing that Diao Chan reputation will be tarnished.
Diao Chan: "Now that is clear, I wanted to ask you do I have your permission to test my feelings?"
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry What does Miss Diao Chan mean by testing your feelings?"
Diao Chan: "I wanted to know what kind I feelings I have for you, Is it just a curiosity or something more? I know that Brother Lie Fan feels the same, I can see it in your eyes."
Lie Fan was stunned by how frank Diao Chan was and a very perceptive individual, He also feels curious about his feelings as there is a bit of a heartbeat but he doesn''t want to jump at the chance as that may only be a momentary feeling.
Lie Fan: "*ahem* this test Miss Diao Chan saying, can you describe it more to me how do you mean by test?"
Diao Chan: "We will spend time together like strolling at the market together or I visit your estate and vice versa."
Lie Fan: "Well I can ept that but people will talk about how we are seen together, will Miss Diao Chan be burdened by it?"
Diao Chan: "I don''t care about what a bunch of immature youngsters talking bad about me in the Noble Circle."
Lie Fan: "While you don''t care, Your Father and I care about your reputation. Are you sure you want to do this?"
Diao Chan: "Yes I''m sure! Can Brother Lie Fan promise me this?"
Lie Fan: "Well okay then I promise to cooperate with you, if we have feelings for each other then what will we do?"
Diao Chan heard Lie Fan asking and began to blush, of course she felt that if they had feelings for each other then they should be married.
Diao Chan: "We decide about that in the future! Let''s see what the future holds for us!"
Lie Fan: "Okay then, let''s end this here for today. It''s not good for your snow-white skin to be exposed to the sun for too long."
Diao Chan smiled at Lie Fan, She always felt that Lie Fan gave extra attention to her with the words he was using but now she knew that just the personality he had when talking with people he considers his friends.
Lie Fan escorted Diao Chan back to the main hall where her maids were waiting for her, Lie Fan then said goodbye to Diao Chan and told her that she could visit anytime but he couldn''t promise that he would be avable anytime.
Diao Chan watches Lie Fan back until he can''t be seen from the main hall, she feels her favorability toward Lie Fan always goes up every time he says or does something that almost all Noble that try to get close to her never do or care about her feelings.
Lie Fan who left the Wang Yun estate, saw his retinue waiting for him beside the carriage he walked there and apologized to everyone for making them wait for him. Jia Xu and the others said that they understood and didn''t feel wronged to wait for him.
Entering the Carriage, Lie Fan told them their next destination was they would visit the Cai n as Cai Yong told him to bring the Cai n along when they left Luoyang. Jia Xu agrees to do this as early as possible to give the Cai n time to prepare the things they need before leaving Luoyang.
Xun You and Sun Qian agree with Jia Xu''s view, the three of them think that the Cai n may be a bit stubborn and doesn''t want to move from Luoyang even though Cai Yong has given Lie Fan a letter that exins he asked Lie Fan to help him pass this to the Cai n.
Jia Xu received information about the Cai n from Xu Kai, Xu Kai had infiltrated and investigated almost all Noble n in the Capital which brought an enormous information trove for Jia Xu and the others to see if there were things they could exploit.
The information described that while Cai Yong is leaving Luoyang to hide from the eunuchs, the Cai n was under the leadership of his daughter Cai Wenji with some elders of the n acting as a council to help Cai Wenji in operating the n.
Unfortunately Cai Wenji is a woman, and even though she is very intelligent and known to have the same talent as her father in poetry she is ostracized by the elders council that is now operating the Cai n for their personal interest.
Jia Xu suggested to go probe this elder''s council first and then if they don''t receive the treatment they expected they can go contact Cai Wenji when though she is ostracized she is the only main line of the n except for her Father so she has the same influence or even more than the elder''s council.
Lie Fan is satisfied with how Xu Kai is improving since he left him in Luoyang with Sun Qian, he has brought Oriole new members that can be trusted and expanded thework in Luoyang massively which helps them in nning their moves.
He also brought in beggars and small-time gangsters as honorary members to act as their ears in Luoyang, the beggars and small-time gangsters don''t know that they are part of a big organization to collect information.
Lie Fan and his retinue arrived at Cai n Estate, the building was elegant and sophisticated living up to the reputation Cai Yong have as a schr and poetry master.
Everyone gets out of the carriage and Sun Qian told the guards about Lie Fan''s identity and exins that they wanted to meet with Cai Wenji and the elder''s council that leads the n on Cai Yong''s behalf as they bring a message from Cai Yong that needs to be conveyed to them as soon as possible.
The guards hearing that escort Lie Fan and his retinue to the main hall, he treated Lie Fan with respect as Lie Fan''s position is even higher than Cai Yong so they don''t want to bring more cmity towards the n with the eunuch already pressuring the n.
Lie Fan and his retinue waited there while the guards informed the Elders of his arrival and ask them if he should also call for Cai Wenji.
Cai Bo: "No need to call for her, she is a woman and can''t lead our n, call for the other elders to hurry and meet me at the main hall to receive Governor Lie."
The guards salute him and go on his way to tell the other elders, Cai Bo is the oldest member among the elders apanied by his servants hrrueidhurried walks towards their main hall to greet Lie Fan as who in the capital doesn''t know about the Young and Powerful Governor.
At the main hall, Lie Fan told Jia Xu and Sun Qian to speak on his behalf while he and Xun You will only speak when the elders bring the conversation towards them or they need to add more words.
Cai Bo arrived at the main hall and saw Lie Fan sitting on the highest Chair which was supposed to be for the head of their n or his representative to sit which Cai Bo take this as an insult to his status but he only can swallow his feelings inside as he can''t afford to offend Lie Fan
Cai Bo: "This old bone Cai Bo greets Governor Lie and his entourage, what brings Governor Lie here to our Cai n''s humble estate?"
Lie Fan: "Elder Cai Bo can take a seat, I was told that the Cai n was led by a council of leaders so let''s wait for the others."
Cai Bo can only take the 2nd highest chair as Kie Fan has already taken the most important chair for himself, he sees that after Lie Fan finish saying that he doesn''t even nce at him or try to have a conversation with him which infuriated him as no one ever treated him this way even if those people have a higher rank than Cai Yong.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 82: Cai Clan Turmoil
Chapter 82: Cai n Turmoil
Cai Bo can only take the 2nd highest chair as Kie Fan has already taken the most important chair for himself, he sees that after Lie Fan finishes saying that he doesn''t even nce at him or try to have a conversation with him which infuriates him as no one ever treated him this way even if those people have a higher rank than Cai Yong.
Jia Xu can see the dangerous hint radiating from Cai Bo''s eyes, he inwardly sneers at how this old man can act that way toward Lie Fan as if Lie Fan wants all of Cai n can be executed except for Cai Yong''s daughter and mes in on the eunuchs to hide his traces.
Sun Qian: "Elder Cai Bo, please excuse Governor Lie as he is tired from his journey and busy schedule yesterday after returning from Xu Province."
Cai Bo: "Hohoho, it''s okay I understand. May I know the name of this gentleman?"
Sun Qian: "I''m sorry I forgot to introduce myself, I''m Sun Qian, one of Governor Lie''s advisors. Beside me is Master Jia Xu and beside Govermor Lie is Master Xun You."
Cao Bo: "So it''s Master Sun Qian, I have heard of Master Sun Qian''s name the man who represented Governor Lie Fan in Luoyang when he left for Xu Province."
Sun Qian nodded his head and He continued talking with Cao Bo with Jia Xu helping Sun Qian bring up some topics while they waited for the other elders toe.
After waiting for about 10 minutes finally, all the elders came here and took their seats. There are about 6 of them including Cao Bo who was their leader.
Cao Bo: "Everyone is here Governor Lie and Master Sun Qian, Can we now know what''s the reason for Governor Lie visiting our n today?"
Sun Qian: "It''s like this Elder Cao Bo, My Lord has met your n Head Master Cai Yong and Master Cai Yong has decided to take shelter in Xu Province from the Eunuchs and has asked for My Lord to take the Cai n with My Lord back to Xiapi."
Cai Elder 2: "You mean that n Head has ordered us to relocate the n from the Capital to Xiapi?! Our n will lose all of our foundation and connections here in Luoyang!"
Cai Bo: "I''m sorry Master Sun Qian I don''t mean to doubt Governor Lie Fan considering the reputation he has which is just and honorable but do you have some proof indicating that it''s Our n Head that asked Governor Lie Fan to do this?"
Sun Qian turned his head towards Lie Fan and Lie Fan who had taken out Cai Yong''s letter from his inventory to his sleeve pocket took the letter out and gave it to Sun Qian to be given to Cai Bo.
Lie Fan: "This is the letter containing Master Cai Yong''s handwriting that he has given to me and telling me to show it to everyone here if they doubt me and are suspicious of my motive, I think everyone here knows Master Cai Yong''s handwriting and he told me he has given codes that only members of Cai n that knew."
Cao Bo and the elders take a turn reading the letter, all the elders including Cao Bo can see that this is Cai Yong''s handwriting and see that Cai Yong ordered them to follow Lie Fan leaving the already chaotic Luoyang when Lie Fan decided to leave.
Cao Bo and the elders look at each other and they can see that they don''t want to abandon what they have built here in Luoyang after Cai Yong leaves, they have already sided with He Jin in the battle against the Eunuch and they feel that they would be safe.
Cao Bo: "Even though it is the order from the n Head, we will discuss this first Governor Lie as his decision to abandon Luoyajg without thinking of the n resources is too abrupt, and the effect on our n is too enormous.
Jia Xu: "How can you all ignore the order of the Head of your n?! Master Cai Yong already ordered all of you to follow Governor Lie and you still want to have a discussion not following the order?!"
Jia Xu ying the bad cop scolded Cao Bo and the other elders, Lie Fan and his retinue can see that Cai Yong''s influence in the mind of these elders are already decaying and the only way to ensure Cai n cooperation is through Cai Yong''s daughter that was excluded from the decision making by the elder''s council.
Cao Bo: "Haha... Master Jia Xu, it''s not that we don''tply with the order of the n Head but his decision will impact the livelihood of our entire n."
Sun Qian: "Calm Down Master Jia Xu, I''m sure that the elders needed to discuss this with the Young Lady as she is the only line from the main n except for Master Cai Yong."
Cao Bo and the elders can only nod their heads to agree with Sun Qian''s statement, they know that Lie Fan doesn''t support both He Jin and the Eunuch. Many see him as the leader of the Neutral people who also don''t support both sides.
Lie Fan actually can see that these people are reluctant to follow him, he is thinking of killing them all and giving the decision-making power to Cai Wenji who is excluded by the elders that lead the n in her name before she reaches adulthood.
Lie Fan can only grunt and says that he is waiting for their answer in 3 days and he hopes that they give him the answer he wants as he doesn''t want to disappoint Cai Yong. After giving this statement he and his retinue left the Main hall.
Cao Bo and the elders seeing Lie Fan leaving began to sit at their designated chairs in the main hall to discuss the "Lie Fan situation".
Cai Elder 4: "Eldest Brother we can''t agree with Governor Lie Fan and Cai Yong, When Cai Yong left the n and put Cai Wenji as his representative with us the elders advised her he left us a massive problem, and now after we strengthened the position of our n he ordered us to follow Governor Lie Fan to leave Luoyang?!"
Cao Bo: "Calm down 4th Brother, Of course we should not agree with that proposition but what can we do? Governor Lie Fan now is one of the most powerful people inside and outside the Court, General He Jin and the Eunuchs are trying to invite him to join their side we can''t offend him as the eunuch can use this move now that we are in General He Jin faction!"
Cai Elder 3: "What Elder Brother saying is true, now our only way is trying to stall our answer for Governor Lie Fan while we report this to General He Jin."
Cai Elder 5: "I agree with what the 3rd Brother and Elder Brother said, we can''t offend Governor Lie Fan. Even though he is young, his influence and power can''t be dismissed especially how adored he is by the Military Generals and Officials!"
Cai Elder 2 & 6: "I also agree with the 3rd Brother and Elder Brother!"
Cao Bo decided to discuss this with He Jin tomorrow maybe with this they can invite Lie Fan to side with He Jin and Cai n will be rewarded as He Jin has let his intention to invite Lie Fan known to all members of his Faction.
What Cao Bo and the rest of the elders know is that some of the maids who are serving them tea right now are Oriole members who were assigned by Xu Kai to monitor the Cai n and what they are discussing right now will be known by Lie Fan.
Lie Fan and his retinue leave the Cai n estate and enter the Lie n Carriage, inside the Carriage Lie Fan tells Sun Qian and Jia Xu to find ways to meet with Cai Wenji while Xun You monitor the situation in He Jin Faction.
Jia Xu: "My Lord why don''t we just make them disappear and put Lady Cai Wenji as the only decision-maker in the Cai n."
Sun Qian: "We can''t do that Master Jia Xu, we will offend General He Jin and his faction!"
Jia Xu: "Of Course I know about that, we do it silently! We have Oriole members who were trained with new gear and poison to do it."
Lie Fan: "Actually I''m also thinking the same thing as Master Jia Xu, but let''s hold that thought Master Jia Xu at least until we can meet with Lady Cai Wenji first."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord."
Jia Xu does this to help Lie Fan as he can see that he wants to do that when Cao Bo and the elders are trying to swindle their way out of epting Cai Yong''s decision to move out the Cai n from Luoyang.
Lie Fan was contemting ways to allow Cai Wenji to overpower the elders and let her control the Cai n, Even though it was considered to be bizarre for women to lead a n at this time at least Lie Fan would be Cai Wenji''s backer to ensure her position until Cai Yong came back.
Sun Qian and Jia Xu, 2 people with different outlooks on doing things were put together to find a way to meet Cai Wenji. Jia Xu is thinking of eliminating the monitors put by the elders, while Sun Qian thinks is better to not startle the snake and meet Cai Wenji in the open like how the Noble Ladies meet up.
Jia Xu feels that Sun Qian''s n is feasible but their time is not that much, Jia Xu gives an alternative where they send Oriole members to be the monitors and report to the elders as Jia Xu was told that the monitors only give their reports by giving scrolls by putting it in a book.
Sun Qian agreed with the idea and now another problem hase out, getting Cai Wenji out of the Estate is also another problem as even though oriole members have infiltrated the Cai n estate, the Cai Wenji movement was monitored by the elders even though the monitors will be gone but Cai Wenji leaving out on the open is too conspicuous.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 83: The Founding Of A New Faction In Luoyang
Chapter 83: The Founding Of A New Faction In Luoyang
Sun Qian agreed with the idea and now another problem hase out, getting Cai Wenji out of the Estate is also another problem as even though oriole members have infiltrated the Cai n estate, Cai Wenji movement was monitored by the elders even though the monitors will be gone but Cai Wenji leaving out on the open is too conspicuous.
While both of them are thinking of a way to get Cai Wenji out, Xun You tells them that they can take Cai Wenji out by the Kitchen Supplies Wagon thates in and out every day. They can use the empty barrels and bribe the guards to look the other way and put a woman acting as Cai Wenji staying in her room.
Jia Xu and Sun Qian feel that is feasible if the guards can''t be paid off they can just eliminate him or knock him out or change the guard''s rotation with some Oriole members slipped inside to guard the back entrance.
Lie Fan let his advisors do the strategizing and scheming, even though he had future knowledge but his brain capability was below all people in this carriage. Even though Sun Qian was higher than him, Lie Fan could only give some ideas from the future that could be implemented by them.
They arrived at Lie n estate and got down from the carriage, Lie Fan told them to also prepare for tomorrow''s meeting where they would create their Faction to bnce the battle in the Imperial Court between He Jin and the eunuchs. If they can make Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi join their side many neutral officials will join them.
Jia Xu, Sun Qian, and Xun You heed Lie Fan''s order and tell him that they will organize everything to perfection Lie Fan doesn''t have to worry about anything and Lie Fan can spend some personal time with his family.
Lie Fan thanked them and he left them to do their things while he walked inside and went towards Ying Yue''s room as he wanted to hold her about the promise or agreement between him and Diao Chan. He doesn''t want Ying Yue to feel left out and unimportant to him, so she should know about the decision he made to interact with more women.
In Ying Yue''s room, Ying Yue was doing some embroidery on a handkerchief making flower designs on it. She wanted to give this to Lie Fan so that he could bring a piece of her anywhere he goes as a Good luck charm.
Ying Yue was smiling happily when the embroidery was finally finished and when she turned her head to put down the needle, She saw Lie Fan standing in at the door looking at her with a smile.
Ying Yue: "Husband! Since when you are standing there?"
Lie Fan: "Not too long, I don''t want to disturb the beautiful moment I''m seeing hehe. What are you making so serious and smiling beautifully?"
Ying Yue: "I''m making this for your husband, a handkerchief with the chrysanthemum flower for you considered it a lucky charm for you."
After Ying Yue finishes saying that she blushes as she is shy, this is the first time she is proactive and gives Lie Fan something. Lie Fan who heard that can only give a warm smile and warm gaze that melted Ying Yue.
Lie Fan approaches her and takes the handkerchief from her, Seeing the exquisite embroidery Lie Fan feels a bit guilty as Ying Yue makes him a token of love while informing her that maybe there will be another woman beside her in the near future who will be his wife.
Lie Fan: "Wife, actually I came here because I have something I wanted to tell you."
Ying Yue: "Hmm? What is it, husband?"
Lie Fan: "I just came back from Master Wang Yun''s estate and met Miss Diao Chan, she told me that she wanted to uncover the feelings she has for me. If it''s love she wants to marry me and I agree to that arrangement."
Ying Yue hearing that felt like a thunderbolt shooting her, She knew that someday this would happen but not this fast and certainly not before she was married to Lie Fan. She knew that Diao Chan had some feelings for Lie Fan, from the first day they met she could see the tension between her and Lie Fan.
Lie Fan seeing the pale Ying Yue immediately panicked, he didn''t know what to say as he didn''t have experience with women in his previous life.
Lie Fan: "Wife if you don''t agree with this, I will immediately cut off all contact with Miss Diao Ch-"
Ying Yue: "No need H-husband, I knew that this would happen someday I''m just surprised. As long as I still have a position in your heart you can do anything you want."
Lie Fan sees the sacrifices she made so that she can still be with him pains his heart, he can only hug her kiss her forehead, and inwardly make a promise to himself that he can abandon all his wives except Ying Yue as she has been with him and apany him sacrificing her feelings for him.
Yong Yue felt the warm hug and the kiss on the forehead warm her heart, even though she was pained by the revtion that Lie Fan had given her she knew that this would happen someday and she had to go through it so she could be with Lie Fan forever.
Both of them continued spending their time together hugging each other and seeing the birds from the window until they were told that dinner had been served and Yu Yan alongside Wanniang was waiting for them in the dining room.
When they arrived at the dining room, Yu Yan could see that something was bothering Ying Yue because of how absent-minded she was and staying silent throughout the dinner. She determined to talk with Ying Yue to ask if something was bothering her tomorrow.
Dinner was not as joyful as before, Lie Fan seeing this can only sigh and let Ying Yue process her feelings. He can feel the using eyes his mother gave to him so after saying goodbye to everyone he goes back to his room to rest for tomorrow.
The next morning, Lie Fan wakes up and takes a bath. While taking was bath he remembered Ying Yue''s pale face and shook his head to get him out of his dilemma focusing himself on today as this today would be one of his most ambitious moves he take.
Lie Fan after his bath immediately goes to meet his retinue and bodyguards together leaving the Lie n estate and going towards the Serenity Inn, the designated location for their meeting today as Serenity Inn is the only safe ce that was secured from prying eyes.
Arriving at the Serenity Inn, Lie Fan and his retinue go towards the 3rd floor where only VIP members of the Serenity Inn can enter. Today the floor was booked by him so only he and his guest can enter the 3rd floor.
Lie Fan takes his seat and begins to talk with Jia Xu, Sun Qian, and Xun You to talk about the foundation of the faction he will establish.
Lie Fan: "So what do we need to prepare for the establishment of our Faction?"
Jia Xu: "Yesterday the three of us discussed what we need to do for the Faction that My Lord led personally can establish a foothold here in Luoyamg. Firstly after our establishment, I hope that My Lord personally invited the neutral officials as only My Lord has the reputation that this Neutral official respects and will follow."
Sun Qian: "Secondly after we have enough members, My Lord can announce My Lord''s Factions to both He Jin and The Eunuch. My Lord has taken the piece of pie left on the table where the remaining officials join My side and begin to contradict the movement that was made by both factions to ''help'' the Emperor."
Xun You: "Lastly My Lord will announce your Support subtly to The Emperor to ensure that the Court will go smoothly and from there we can carry favor with The Emperor until My Lord is trusted by The Emperor. From there our movement will be more open and easy as we will act as the Emperor''s protector and ignore both factions while pushing them to fight while we wait bing the fisherman that will reap the benefits."
Lie Fan: "Excellent! We will do what the three of you said!"
Lie Fan was ecstatic as with these 3 men, he now didn''t have to n his movement wasting his energy and time. When They were talking, Lie Fan was informed that his guests had arrived and he told them to bring them in.
Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, Lu Zhi, and Wang Yun enter the private room at the same time. It''s a coincidence that the four of them arrived together which was fortunate as they didn''t need to wait anymore.
Lie Fan stands up to greet them and proceeds to tell them to take their seat. Zhu Jun who saw how dignified Lie Fan was now still couldn''t believe that the boy he had met before had grown to be a person more powerful than him in 2 years and Lie Fan still showed some potential to advance in ranks.
Lie Fan: "Greetings everyone, thank you for sparing your time for our meeting today. Today we will discuss the establishment of our Faction which has the purpose of protecting and stabilizing the Imperial Court! So do I have the support of Generals and Masters thate here today?"
Zhu Jun: "Of Course Little Lie! I alongside Old Huang and Old Lu support the establishment of Your Faction! We will help you rally support with the Military Generals and Officials!"
Wang Yun: "Governor Lie will always have my support since the time when you revealed the scheme those eunuchs have done in the Court!"
Lie Fan: ''That''s great! So now let it be known today that the Baohuzhe (AT:Protector in Chinese) Faction is established! With I Lie Fan as the leader and General Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi alongside Master Wang Yun and Xun You be Inner Council members! Let the Heavens and Earth help our noble goal to protect the people and the Han Dynasty!"
(AT: With the number of Yes votes I received for the Idea that Y4RN1 gave to me! Then it will happen in the future chapters! Thank you to everyone that have spared their time to vote!)
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 84: Baohuzhe First Movement
Chapter 84: Baohuzhe First Movement
Lie Fan: ''That''s great! So now let it be known today that the Baohuzhe (AT:Protector in Chinese) Faction is established! With I Lie Fan as the leader and General Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi alongside Master Wang Yun and Xun You be Inner Council members! Let the Heavens and Earth help our noble goal to protect the people and the Han Dynasty!"
Everyone cheers at the deration that was made by Lie Fan, except for his advisors they don''t know that Lie Fan is making his first step of bringing down the Han Dynasty. Lie Fan raises his ss of wine and makes a toast tomemorate this asion saluting everyone in the room.
After the toast, they began to have their first official meeting to discuss how Baohuzhe would start their first movement in bringing stability to the Imperial Court. Xun You stand up attracting attention from everyone in the room except for Lie Fan and his retinue don''t know that Xun You have joined under Lie Fan.
Xun You: "Now that Baohizhe has been established, I hope that we can begin to expand our members to face off against General He Jin and The Eunuchs Faction as our number is too small to give some sort of pressure."
Zhu Jun: "I agree with Master Xun You''s words, You can rest assured that my son will also join Baohuzhe, and with the contacts I alongside my friends have in the military we can receive many members."
Jia Xu: "I''m sorry General Zhu Jun but I hope the members that as invited have a clean background and do not bring something that can bring us down."
Lu Zhi: "Master Jia Xu rest assured, with this old man still standing the people that we invite will have a clean and trusted background."
Lie Fan seeing this nods his head, while Zhu Jun and Huangfu Song are straight military men with frank personalities Lu Zhi is a military schr sh General who leads his army behind the table and can read people so they can rest assured with Lu Zhi standing beside these two.
Wang Yum: "I will bring the Civil Schrs that stand neutral to our side, Rest assured that these people can be trusted, and even though some of their ranks are not high but they are the backbone of each ministry."
Sun Qian: "Master Wang Yun and General Zhu Jun I hope that My Lord can help invite the more important people you are trying to recruit to reassure them that My Lord is now ying his role in the court and they have a strong backer."
Zhu Jun: "Of Course! Some of these old generals that I will invite have long wanted to meet Governor Lie so you can rest easy that if it''s him that invited those old bones personally then the chance of them ounting is very high!"
Lu Zhi: "That''s true, Military Schrs also admired Governor Lie on how he did his military tactics before meeting Master Sun Qian and Master Jia Xu. They say that Givermor Lie brings a new perspective to military strategies."
Wang Yu: "That''s great, some of the higher-ranking civil officials are already old and their courage is not as big as the younger ones so with Governor Lie they will have the courage to join having a strong backer!"
Lie Fan: "Haha thank you for the trust all of you put in me, Just say the time and ce you make with them and I will follow to invite them. Master Xun You I hope you will help Master Wang Yun invite the lower-ranking Civil Officials and General Huangfu Song assisting General Zhu Jun in inviting the younger generation of generals."
Everyone in the room agreed with the first movement they would make, even though the people in this room had high influence and power but they admitted that their quantity was too small to have a face-to-face battle with one Faction let alone two.
Jia Xu: "After we have enough members, Our next step is to show our presence in the Imperial Court and suppress both factions to earn support from Your Majesty which will help us tremendously in gaining more support from the other officials and legitimize our Faction as the loyalist faction!"
Everyone gives a voice of support to Jia Xu''s statement, as Jia Xu can be said to be Lie Fan''s think tank and he must have congregated a n of action for Baohuzhe under Lie Fan''s order.
Lie Fan sees the atmosphere of the room is full of positivity and tells his bodyguard to order the servants to bring in their food and have a feast today as tomorrow they will begin their movement that will shock the Capital.
Liu Pi who heard Lie Fan''s orders from outside the room called for the servants to bring the food that had been ordered beforehand by Lie Fan, delicacies after delicacies entered the room and with its beautiful fragrance raising the appetites of the people in the room.
Everyone enjoyed the food together and toast after toast was made, when the feast ended everyone went home a bit tipsy. Lie Fan while feeling tipsy is thinking of buying something from the system that can help him negate this feeling in the future as drinking is also an important part of negotiating something.
A week passed since the establishment of Baohuzhe, and Lie Fan apanied by Jia Xu visited numerous estates of Civil and Military Officials to invite them personally to join Baohuzhe, Wang Yun and Zhu Jun gave him the time and addresses of each heavyweight official needed his invitation.
Lie Fan movement in the capital made big waves and attracted the attention of both Factions, He Jin and Zhang Rang as leaders of their Factions began to grow weary of the movement Lie Fan was making as he was seen visiting many of the Neutral Officials This past week.
Both of them feel threatened by the movement Lie Fan is making as they feel that Lie Fan is doing this under Emperor He Jin''s order, no matter how bad Emperor He Jin''s lifestyle he still has the brain of an old fox but is toozy to do anything and only care about his enjoyment.
That''s why he gave much authority to He Jin his brother-inw and Zhang Rang making them a powerful presence in the Court more powerful than the three excellencies who in theory have higher ranks than them. They send their spies to flow Lie Fan movement but so far none of them havee back increasing their suspicion more.
Lie Fan knew the movement made by both He Jin and Zhang Rang with Jia Xu reporting to him how the Oriole managed to identify and kill spies that followed him or his family members. Oriole''s capabilities can''t be underestimated now with new equipment and poison provided by Jia Xu they were a menace to the people of this era who hadn''t met specially trained intelligence forces.
Lie Fan hopes that the Oriole can reach the level of the Japanese Ninja who was very effective in Japanese culture and left a very big presence with how they act inspiring modern martial artist to learn their training.
Lie Fan this past week was also informed that Diao Chan visited the Lie n estate several times but he was too busy inviting new members for Baohuzhe so Diao Chan met Ying Yue instead, Lie Fan was covered in cold sweats when he first heard this as he was afraid that Diao Chan presence will make Ying Yue aggrieved.
He feels his headache thinking about both Baohuzhe and the situation between him, Ying Yue, and Diao Chan. Lie Fan knew if Diao Chan and him truly together then more women woulde as he tasted the sweetness of having more than one woman.
Today was the day Lie Fan and Baohuzhe announced his presence at the court, Lie Fan greeted his mother and Ying Yue on the way out saying goodbye and telling them to have lunch without him as he woulde back at night.
Boarding his carriage alongside Jia Xu and Sun Qian, His bodyguards guard the carriage from four sides on top of their horse guarding Lie Fan along the way to the Pce.
At the Pce, Wang Yun and the others are waiting for Lie Fan as they will enter together to announce their presence and support Emperor He Jin in stabilizing the Court receiving.
This group of people attracted the attention of others, especially He Jin who was nked by Cao Cao and Yuan Shao as they knew that these people were the most frequently visiting Lie Fan and having contact with him.
Cao Cao admired Lie Fan that he could make these important people wait for him and shake his heads as they stood on opposite sides, Yuan Shao on the other hand sneered at how pathetic they were thinking how they following a young kid who knew nothing about the court machinations.
When Lie Fan arrived he saw them waiting for him, Shaking his head he got off his carriage and was apanied by Jia Xu and Sun Qian approached them to say hello and enter the Imperial Court together.
Wang Yun, Xun You, Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi seeing that Lie Fan has arrived position him at the front of the group attracting the attention of other officials who areing to attend the Court, some feel that Lie Fan leading a group of people is like seeing a tornado that will cause more Chaos in the already chaotic Luoyang while the other feels like Lie Fan will finally put an end to this situation as he is the only one with Military power and high influences that ''still'' loyal to the Emperor.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 85: Baohuzhe Show It’s presence
Chapter 85: Baohuzhe Show It''s presence
Wang Yun, Xun You, Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi seeing that Lie Fan has arrived position him at the front of the group attracting the attention of other officials who areing to attend the Court, some feel that Lie Fan leading a group of people is like seeing a tornado that will cause more chaos in the already chaotic Luoyang while the other feels like Lie Fan will finally put an end to this situation as he is the only one with Military power and high influences that ''still'' loyal to the Emperor.
Lie Fan showing an imposing aura led the group to enter the Imperial Court, Inside the Court every official turned their head when they were either informed or saw Lie Fan''s group entering the court.
He Jin saw Lie Fan leading a group of people, and when he saw that 3 of the most influential generals in the Military were following Lie Fan he felt a sense of crisis for his position in the military that he was proud of as the eunuch had a small influence there.
Even though he is the Grand General but his influence can''tpare to these 3 generals and Lie Fan as they were hailed as the heroes who managed to quell the rebellion especially Lie Fan who managed to behead Zhang Jiao.
He Jin: "Mengde and Benchu, the two of you have some strings you can pull in the military Use them to ensure important members stay in our Faction as by the looks of it Zhu Jun, Huangfu Sing, and Lu Zhi have chosen to side with Lie Fan."
Yuan Shao: "Grand General rest assured, with the influence of the Yuan''s four-generation high-ranking civil officials these people will choose to stay on our side!"
Cao Cao: "Benchu We better not underestimate Governor Lie Fan looking down on his heritage and age right now his influence is veryrge, especially in the military and now with the 3 Heroes that quell the rebellion their influencesbined can control the military easily."
Yuan Shao: "Humph! Cao Mengde you think too highly of this Lie Fan, I don''t see anything special in him everyone is thinking too highly of him."
Cao Cao can only shake his head and doesn''t exin any further, he knows his childhood friend is too stubborn and thinks of himself as the best, especially with his background and someday he knows that will be his downfall.
Lie Fan observes the situation inside the Court trying to see the dynamics between the officials are there any loopholes he can exploit to his advantage, primarily between the people surrounding He Jin as they are the people who will y significant roles in the Three Kingdoms.
He can see Cao Cao and Yuan Shao who were speaking with He Jin, for him He Jin and Yuan Shao are not a big threat as the first one was just a greedy man trying to raise the background of him and his sister while the second one is just a stubborn egoistic fool who never listened to his advisors.
His biggest threat is even bigger than the big-eared Liu is Cao Cao, who understands how to y psychological warfare and knows when to do the push and pull method. If only he agreed with Hua Tuo''s method to cure his illness maybe he would be the biggest winner in the three kingdoms and not the Sima n.
Lie Fan and Cao Cao have eye contact when both of them identally look at each other, and both of them nod their heads in acknowledgment as both of them have met and cooperated with each other in battle before.
No one saw the interaction between the two of them and after the nod of acknowledgment both went back to doing their own thing, Lie Fan told everyone to go toward their position and waited for Emperor Ling to arrive then they would begin their operation for today.
Lie Fan as a Governor should have been standing in the Civil Officials'' line but due to his court rank as a general and the military background he hailed from he stood in line with the military officials at the front with the rank he has.
Everyone in the courtroom doesn''t wait long for Emperor Ling to arrive, When Lie Fan sees Emperor Ling after so long he sees that he has grown a bit more haggard and skinner than before proving that his illness is true increasing the chance of Emperor Ling supporting Baohuzhe.
Everyone: "We Humble Officials receive Your Majesty!"
Emperor Ling: "Everyone at ease, let''s begin our weekly Court immediately as We have important matters to attend to after this."
Zhang Rang: "The Ministry Of Personnel can begin to report for this week!"
Lie Fan shakes his head Emperor Ling is still the same and Zhang Rang without even a cue from Emperor Ling begins to dictate who can report first pping Emperor Ling in the face but with how Emperor Ling ''dotes'' on the Eunuch they will never receive hard punishment at most being reprimanded by him.
Subsequently, 2 hours pass by and all the Ministry have given their weekly report now is the time for officials to raise their concerns or petition about something to Emperor Ling. Lie Fan began to seize this chance to show the presence of Baohuzhe and also to overshadow everything that came after him.
Lie Fan: " Lie Fan The Governor Of Xu Province see Your Majesty Emperor Ling!"
Emperor Ling: "Greetings Governor Lie Fan, how''s your week aftering back here in Luoyang?"
Lie Fan: "Thank you for your concern Your Majesty, I feel happy that I can spend time with my family again! Without the blessing from His Majesty, I would never returned alive from suppressing the Yellow Turban remnant in Xi Province!"
Emperor Ling: "Haha! Governor Lie Fan is as eloquent as always, Governor Lie Fan can say what you want to say."
Lie Fan: "At first I apologize to Your Majesty about some things that I would say! Your Majesty aftering back from Xu Province I see that our court has turned into chaos disrespecting Your Majesty and not caring for the people! I''m here today to take a stance and help Your Majesty in scolding these people who dare to do things interrupting Your Majesty!"
Uproar can be heard across the Imperial Court, everyone doesn''t expect that Lie Fan will p both factions in the face reprimanding them for causing chaos and not reporting Emperor Ling.
Both He Jin and Zhang Rang''s faces turn grey when they hear what Lie Fan says, They know something will happen because Lie Fan visited many neutral officials before, and seeing what happened now looks like he is recruiting people to support his cause.
Emperor Ling on the other hand when he heard what Lie Fan said was surprised at first but then became pleased as finally there was someone who cared about his wellbeing and tried to help him stop the fight between his brother-inw and the eunuchs who he thought as his parents.
He Jin: "Governor Lie Fan, please watch what you are saying, The imperial court is peaceful and serene don''t cause turmoil to happen!"
Zhang Rang: "What the Grand General saying is true, Governor Lie Fan are you trying to cause unrest in the Imperial Court?!"
Lie Fan: "Your Majesty I don''t need to borate any further! I hope that Your Majesty can be rest assured to do something as this retainer will help Your Majesty solve your problems!"
Lie Fan, He Jin, and Zhang Rang began to argue right there, Everyone began to watch the three-way battle between the powerful figure in the Court. Emperor Ling watched the argument between the three with amusement and he also thought of how Lie Fan is showing his loyalty by pping He Jim and Zhang Rang in the face.
He felt that finally he found someone that could help him bnce the Imperial Court as he realized that he couldn''t stop the scuffle between He Jin and Zhang Rang as he saw them as family so having a third figure in the court that loyal to him at least can ensure the stability of the Imperia Court for the time being before he found some solution especially with his growing illness.
Emperor Ling: "Presumptuous! How could the three of you dare to argue before Us?! What Governor Lie Fan saying is true, I hope now everyone can stop and focus on doing their duty don''t cause chaos in the Court!"
Everyone understands that Emperor Ling now is taking his stance in this matter and prohibiting this from continuing, he also subtly implies everyone to stop or there will be a consequence and also shows his support for Lie Fan in this matter.
Lie Fan and his supporters heard the support Emperor Ling had for Lie Fan assured that Emperor Ling was pleased with how Lie Fan handled this matter but on the surface, he still had to scold him for arguing with He Jin and Zhang Rang.
He Jin and Zhang Rang on the other hand want to strangle Lie Fan right then and there, while both have a long enmity between each other for the first time they feel the same. Now that Lie Fan has shown his fangs both respectively begin to think about halting the machinations of their Faction to appease Emperor Ling.
Emperor Ling after saying that stands up and deres that the Court has ended for today telling everyone to go do their duty, then leaves the court alongside Zhang Rang and his attendants.
Everyone salutes Emperor Ling and when he leaves, the Imperial Court turns into a market with people talking loudly and arguing. He Jin who felt his prestige to be attacked by Lie Fan began to approach Lie Fan nked by Cao Cao and Yuan Shao.
Lie Fan who is now surrounded by his Inner Circle saw this and also walked toward He Jin nked by Jia Xu and Xun You, Other officials who saw this began to stop talking one after the other focusing their attention on the confrontation between 2 bigwigs.
He Jin: "I always thought that Governor Lie Fan would nevere out and stay hidden at your estate like a mouse but looks like I was wrong and underestimated Governor Lie''s calctions, especially on this matter! I don''t know if Your Majesty is making the right choice inviting another tiger to enter the mountain!"
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155 -> 165
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 86: No Chapter For Today
Chapter 86: No Chapter For Today
I''m sorry everyone but there is no chapter for today, Writing new chapters, college, and working part-time have taken a toll on my brain. I will rest for today and bring you a new chapter tomorrow as my stockpile has been emptied. I''m sorry for the inconvenience! I hope everyone understands ??
Don''t worry I will not ghost everyone! I wanted to end this novel to proof I can at least do something to myself!
Chapter 87: 87.Relationship
Chapter 87: 87.Rtionship
He Jin: "I always thought that Governor Lie Fan would nevere out and stay hidden at your estate like a mouse but looks like I was wrong and underestimated Governor Lie''s calctions, especially on this matter! I don''t know if Your Majesty is making the right choice inviting another tiger to enter the mountain!"
Lie Fan: "Grand General''s words are too unsightly, you should have been a role model for all Generals and Military Officials. But what you have done in the past year hasn''t shown the correct behavior of a General Of the Han Dynasty, especially being the Brother In Law of Your Majesty."
He Jin: "Haha! Governor Lie truly lives up to their reputation, as a young and hot-headed General who cares for the people and Our Empire. But sometimes turning a blind eye is also a skill a general has to have."
Lie Fan and He Jin trading verbal words, all officials that haven''t left the Court see the battle of the nerve between two of the three bigwigs at the Court.
All the people who supported either Lie Fan or He Jin began to stand behind the people that they supported. In the future, this will be known as Lie Fan''s first step in reaching his hegemony and is debated as one of the most important parts of Lie Fan''s step to conquer thend.
Of course, this is for the future. Right now Lie Fan and He Jin stand face to face like two tigers that will have a duel while the people who support each side either snort or re each other.
Lie Fan: "Then let''s see who will win this battle, I truly hope that Grand General doesn''t underestimate me and Baohuzhe."
He Jin: "Baohuzhe? Who''s Baohuzhe?"
Lie Fan: "The name of the Group I created to support Your Majesty and help the people that suffer from the squabble that happened before."
He Jinughed out loud, he truly thinks that Lie Fan is only good at the battlefield by creating a name for his Group that he created. Cao Cao who stands behind He Jin thinks the other way, naming a group of people thate together brings them closer and gives a sense of closeness to the members.
Cao Cao truly thinks Lie Fan is a genius of this era, a Genius that he wanted to befriend and kill at the same time. Having him as a friend is a blessing while having Lie Fan as an enemy is a nightmare.
Lie Fan can only smile at He Jin''sugh shaking his head and swinging around leading his supporters to leave the Imperial Court.
What Cao Cao doesn''t know is that Jia Xu and Xun You who will be members of his Think Tank in the future now work under Lie Fan that he doesn''t even know their existence yet.
Lie Fan leading his supporters walks out from the Imperial Court and walks down the steps together. He talked with Wang Yun and Zhu Jun who were standing beside him telling them to guard against He Jin''s attacks and recruit the lower-ranking officials as they are important parts of his next step.
Lie Fan says his goodbye to everyone when they reach the Entrance of The Pce, Everyone either boards their carriage or walks back to their estate.
Lie Fan enters his carriage alongside his advisors and his bodyguards ride their horses to protect the carriage from 4 sides. Lie Fan told the driver to go back to his estate, for him doing battle of wits with old foxes is more tiring than having a battle.
He was beginning to think about letting Jia Xu and the others do this for him and he will only receive results. No matter how much knowledge he has about the future, his experience in doing this is none.
Now that he has people serving him capable of doing this, he just became a figurehead and sometimes does his part. 20 minutester Lie Fan arrived back at His home, he got down from his carriage and was surprised to see Diao Chan with her handmaiden walking toward him.
Lie Fan: "Miss Diao Chan what brings you here?"
Diao Chan: "What? Brother Lie Fan forgot about his promise to me?"
Lie Fan: "It''s not like that, I''m just surprised as it''s already afternoon so I don''t expect you wille today. Does Master Wang Yun know about you leaving the house?"
Diao Chan: "Haha, I feel happy that Brother Lie Fan is thinking of me. My Father will know that I am leaving to visit Sister Ying Yue when he arrives back home"
Lie Fan can only smile at Diao Chan''s reply of not informing Wang Yun about her going out, Lie Fan invited Diao Chan to enter the manor with him followed by Diao Chan''s handmaiden and his retinue.
Lie Fana and Diao Chan walk side by side entering the beautiful garden that Yu Yan and Ying Yue take care of together. Both of them began to exchange some misceneous topics about the weather and how beautiful the garden was.
Lie Fan also talks about some interesting things from the future that he altered so it rtes to the sense of this era. He also tells about some jokes that he still remembers from the future, Diao Chan finds it amusing that Lie Fan while still busy knows about things like this.
For a while,ughter can be heard from the garden attracting the attention of servants and maids that pass by. They were surprised when they saw Lie Fan talking with a beautiful and elegant woman making some of the maids that are close to Ying Yue feel bad for her.
Wannian who was ying with snow also saw this scene when she wanted to visit Ying Yue to ask if she wanted to y with her. She saw a beautiful sister talking with Lie Fan even touching his shoulder when sheughed and immediately ran to report this to Ying Yue.
Ying Yue right now is in the tea room alongside Yu Yan, Yu Yan likes to drink tea at this time so Ying Yue always apanies her. Yu Yan also thinks this is the perfect chance for her to ask Ying Yue about her quietness yesterday.
Yu Yan: "Yue''er can Mother ask you a question?"
Ying Yue: "Mother can ask Yue''er anything and Yue''er will try her best to answer it."
Yu Yan: "Is there something wrong? Why have you been so quiet since yesterday? Are you fighting with Fan''er?"
Ying Yue who heard this began to tremble a bit and tighten her his on the teapot she was holding. Yu Yan saw this small movement and instantly knew she hit the nail in the coffin.
Yu Yan: "So it''s Fan''er who caused you to stay quiet since yesterday, that brat must have done something wrong! Tell Mother what he has done to you and Mother will help you find justice."
Ying Yue feels warm with the care and consideration Yu Yan is giving to her. She was an orphan who was taken in by the Lie n and was lucky to be noticed by Lie Fan bing a childhood friend.
Yu Yan and Lie Shang treat her well and never look down on her, allowing her to y with Lie Fan and even taking care of her which is why she is scared that they will know the rtionship she and Lie Fan have as she doesn''t want to lose the parent future she had.
Fortunately, both of them epted and even supported the rtionship she had with Lie Fan. They even tell her to tell them if Lie Fan ever treats her badly they will teach Lie Fan a lesson in her name.
Ying Yue: "It''s not my Husband''s fault Mother, I just need time to take in the news he gave to me."
Yu Yan: "Oh? What news is it that hit you so hard? Does he have another woman outside and want to abandon you?!"
Ying Yue: "No Mother! My husband will never abandon me I trust the love he has for me, it just looks like I will have a wife sister in the future..."
Yu Yan who heard this felt like lightning had hit her, even though she at first supported Lie Fan having more than 1 wife but seeing how Lie Fan and Ying Yue interacted with each other she thought that they would be just like her and her husband.
Yu Yan: "That bastard! Yue''et don''t be sad let Mother take care of him for you, don''t be sad okay?"
Ying Yue: "No don''t do that Mother, Yue''er understands that my Husband will be an outstanding man. I only need some time to be alone and take it all in."
Yu Yan seeing the sad smile Ying Yue giving to her can only shake her head and sigh, She can''t do anything more than just scold Lie Fan as Lie Fan is already an adult and can make his own decisions.
Yu Yan stood up and took a sit beside Ying Yue, patting her back and half hugging her. She can onlyfort her and give words of encouragement, she can''t say that she understands what Ying Yue is feeling as she can be said to be one of the fortunate women to have a husband that only have 1 wife in this era.
While Yu Yan isforting Ying Yue, Wannianes running in followed by Snow. Both Yu Yan and Ying Yue were startled when Wannian suddenly barged in. Seeing the udylike manner Wannian has, she closes her little daughter.
Wannian doesn''t care about Yu Yan scolding her, she jumps up and down shaking her hand to stop Yu Yan from talking. Yu Yan seeing the strange movement her daughter is doing stops talking surprised by her daughter''s movement.
Wannian: "Mother! Sister Yue! I just saw Big Brother talking with a beautiful woman in the garden! They wereughing happily!"
Yu Yan and Ying Yue are both surprised when they hear this, Yu Yan stands up and walks toward the garden. Ying Yue on the other hand just has a sad smile on her face and does not dare to follow Yu Yan as she isn''t ready to see the picture that Wannian just described.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 155 -> 165
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 88: 88.Diao Chan and Ying Yue Conference
Chapter 88: 88.Diao Chan and Ying Yue Conference
Yu Yan and Ying Yue are both surprised when they hear this, Yu Yan stands up and walks toward the garden. Ying Yue on the other hand just has a sad smile on her face and does not dare to follow Yu Yan as she isn''t ready to see the picture that Wannian just described.
In the Garden, both Lie Fan and Diao Chan are still strolling the garden talking happily not knowing that Wannian has reported them. Both of them don''t expect that they have the same way outlook on life, while for Lie Fan this is nothing special as in his previous life this is normal but for Diao Chan this is such a special thing.
She doesn''t expect Lie Fan who she thinks will have a machismo view but turns out he not only cares for Ying Yue like a jewel in his hand but also pampers her and lets her do anything she wants as long as it''s not immoral and breaks thew.
Diao Chan yearns to be free, not to be controlled by her adoptive father. She never hated Wang Yun, she cared for her father and always listened to him being a filial daughter. However, year by year she was told to learn this and that to be the best nobledy in Luoyang.
She feels tired with this way of life, learning after learning. Embroidery, cooking, literature, singing, dancing, and many more like a puppet made by her father. Seeing and hearing how Lie Fan treated Ying Yue, she began to yearn for that treatment from Lie Fan also.
Diao Chan: "Brother Lie Fan, next time why don''t we just take a stroll outside? I feel bad for my little sister Yue, doing this behind her back coveting her husband."
Lie Fan: " *ahem* The truth is Miss Diao Chan, I already told Yue''er about our arrangement."
Diao Chan: "What?! Why didn''t you tell me, little sister must be feeling heartbroken right now! And what if after this we don''t have feelings for each other and you only hurt your rtionship with my little sister!"
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry for beingte telling you this, I just don''t want to hide this from her and when she knows from other people it will hurt her more and misunderstand our purpose for other things!"
Diao Chan who heard this feels that what Lie Fan said is not wrong, but she still feels guilty about Ying Yue. She held her first and softly hit Lie Fan, venting her dissatisfaction with Lie Fan''s straightforward attitude.
Lie Fan who felt the soft fist hitting him in the chest, looked down on Diao Chan who putting her mouth in displeasure and felt for the first time that Diao Chan is very cute. His height is 178 Cm which is considered above the average height in ancient China and still can grow more, Diao Chan and Ying Yue have the same height about 155 Cm which makes them look petite in his eyes but very cute.
Lie Fana and Diao Chan''s eyes meet, and for the first time both of them can see the small attraction in each other eyes. Both of them blushed at the same time and turned their head, not knowing that all of this was seen by Yu Yan and Wannian from afar.
Yu Yan who saw this could only sigh, she knew her son very well because that look was the same one she saw when Lie Fan was first attracted to Ying Yue. Wannian on the other hand doesn''t understand the situation that happening before her eyes, she only hides behind her mother and follows suit with what her mother is doing.
Yu Yan: "Okay you little princess, what are you doing behind mother''s back?"
Wannian: "To hide! So that Big Brother and beautiful sister don''t see Wannian peeking at them like Mother!"
Yu Yan was stupefied and didn''t know if she wanted tough or cry at her little spoiled princess, she flicked her forehead and took her hand, and began walking towards Lie Fan and Diao Chan.
Lie Fan and Diao Chan still feel a bit awkward but with a bit of a heartbeat, suddenly heard people walking towards them. When they turned their head they saw Yu Yan holding hands with Wannian who was being followed by snow from the back walking towards them.
Diao Chan who saw Yu Yan began to feel a cold sweat on her back, she didn''t expect that she would meet Yu Yan in a situation like this. Lie Fan, on the other hand, can only give an awkward smile with eyes that plead to his mother to not say anything bad.
Yu Yan approaches both of them and stands in front of them, Looking towards both of them I silently then sigh.
Yu Yan: "Mother will not interfere in your life Fan''er it''s your choice, but Mother only hopes that you can be more considerate toward both Yue''er and Lady Diao Chan''s feelings."
After saying this, Yu Yan nodded her head and gave a smile to Diao Chan then held Wannian little hand turned back, and gave a space for Lie Fan and Diao Chan as she had never been there.
Lie Fan who listened to his Mother''s words understood what she meant. She supports whatever Lie Fan doing, if he wants to have more wives she supports him. She only hopes that he be more attentive and considerate to the feelings of his wife-to-be and the future woman who will be his future wife.
Diao Chan also understood the underlying meaning of Yu Yan''s words and felt warmth in her heart as Yu Yan obstructed them but told Lie Fan to care more for Ying Yue and her emotions, especially if there were more women in the future which she knew will happen as a man as perfect as Lie Fan is almost none in this era.
Even though she still feels that the feelings she has now are still amambigou, she hopes that this ambiguousness can be cleared sooner to not harm the emotions of many people.
Diao Chan: "Brother Lie Fan, can I meet my little sister Yue? I have something I want to talk to her about."
Lie Fan: "Yes you can but please understand if she doesn''t want to meet or speak with you right now."
Diao Chan: "Of Course Brother Lie Fam, I can''t imagine the emotions she is having right now and can only ask for forgiveness and discuss something."
Lie Fan brings Diao Chan to Ying Yue''s room, when they approach the room Lie Fan feels nervous. What if Ying Yue doesn''t want to see him and regrets the rtionship between the two of them, he feels panicked for a bit and Diao Chan who was beside him can see the panic shes across Lie Fan''s face.
Diao Chan felt funny when she saw that, the imposing and easygoing Governor Lie is panicking right now because of his romantic life.
Arriving at Ying Yue''s room, Diao Chan told Lie Fan to stay back and that she would enter alone. Lie Fan nods his head and sees Diao Chan knocking at the door asking Yikg Yue for permission to enter.
Ying Yu who was sitting silently was surprised to hear Diao Chan''s voice and asked if she could enter her room, feeling a bit flustered she replied to Diao Chan that she allow her to enter the room.
Diao Chan opened the door and the first thing she saw was the flustered but calm face of Ying Yue, She entered the room and closed the door behind her then walked towards an empty seat near Ying Yue and sat down beside her.
Diao Chan: "Little Sister Yue..."
Ying Yue: "Sister Diao Chan, why do you suddenlye to my room? Aren''t you spending time with Brother Lie Fan right now?"
Hearing a bit cold and alienated voiceing from Ying Yue, she gave a relieved sigh. At least there is still room to maneuver and repair the broken bridge between them.
Diao Chan: "I''m sorry little sister is won''t mean to hurt you, but you already know about the ambiguous feelings I have for Brother Lie Fan since the day we met."
Ying Yue: "I know Sister Diao Chan, but it does mean I will wee you with Jan open arms immediately I still need time to let it sink in and ept it."
Diao Chan: "I know that''s why I came here to apologize and to talk about something with you rting to Brother Lie Fan."
Ying Yue: "I can''t ept your apology for now but I understand, What does Sister Diao Chan want to talk about?"
Diao Chan takes a deep breath, trying to construct the words so they do not offend and hurt Ying Yue''s feelings more. She wanted to help Ying Yue walk out from this deep gulf of heartbreak and teach her the outlook a wife of a noble will have.
Diao Chan: "If Brother Lie Fan and I agree to be with each other after finding the answer to our ambiguous feelings, the two of us will be sisters in the future and support each other Is that okay with you?"
Ying Yue: "Of Course, I feel happy that I can be a sister to Sister Diao Chan but not now, why does Sister Diao Chan bring this up?"
Diao Chan: "If we be sisters in the future, we will be the wife of one of the most influential and powerful men in the Empire. What if the same situation happens in the future, I can see that Brother Lie Fan listens to your opinion and is considerate of your feelings how about we work together to ensure that the woman is not a harmful person?"
Ying Yue: "Why do we have to do that? I''m sure that the woman that my Husband epts is a virtuous and nice person, just like Sister Diao Chan that''s why I can ept it even though it''s a bit hurtful."
Diao Chan feels sad at the naive thinking that Ying Yue has because of what will happen if she is a bad woman and make her life turns to hell, also she feels a bit happy because this shows the pure kindness Ying Tue has which bes one of the attractive points Ying Yue have.
_______________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 165
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 89: 89. Faction Layout
Chapter 89: 89. Faction Layout
Diao Chan feels sad at the naive thinking that Ying Yue has because of what will happen if she is a bad woman and make her life turns to hell, also she feels a bit happy because this shows the pure kindness Ying Tue has which bes one of the attractive points Ying Yue have.
Diao Chan: "Of course, we can trust Brother Lie Fan''s judgment, but what if Brother Lie Fan believes the lies some woman told? If Brother Lie Fan''s backyard is full of fighting, wouldn''t he be embarrassed pointed out by other people that he can''t keep his own family in peace, then how he would lead his people."
Ying Yue: "Wh-what Sister Diao Chan said makes sense, but will Brother Lie Fan believe us?"
Diao Chan: "I don''t know about me, but he will definitely listen to you Little Sister! Maybe he can sacrifice all the women he has in the future, not you. You''re the apple of his eye you know, Sister is a bit jealous of the treatment you receive."
Ying Yue: "Sister!"
Ying Yue who heard that began to blush a bit embarrassed but her heart was full of sweetness, The concern that Diao Chan said for her maybe right now would not be an issue but in the future, it would be so she needed to help Lie Fan in coordinating the back yard.
She knows that she is too naive and her self-confidence is not that high, but she will learn in the future some necessary skills. Diao Chan also can help, she has been trained in many nobledy manners and intrigue which for Ying Yue the perfect candidate to rece her when she is not around.
Ying Yue: "Then I hope Sister Diao Chan can be with My Husband and help me learn how to do that."
Diao Chan: "Little Sister... Thank you for your sacrifice."
Ying Yue and Diao Chan both looked at each other with a warm smile, they knew that Ying Yue still felt pained with the revtion. However, Ying Yue also knew that it had happened so why didn''t she close herself to Diao Chan to evaluate the new women that maybe wille in the future.
Both of them continue talking with each other, about how Diao Chan began to have the ambiguous feelings she has now for Lie Fan. How Ying Yue began to love Lie Fan and the start of their rtionship. Women are truly fascinating, at first They are awkward and have a tendency to fight, but now suddenly they be best friends almost like a sister.
Lie Fan who was waiting outside, began to grow impatient as Diao Chan hadn''t got out yet. For him, both of them are special, even though he doesn''t know what kind of special Diao Chan is for him. At least if it''s not love, he wanted to protect her from her original fate married to Lu Bu and being told as a vixen.
He walked back and forth until suddenly the door opened and Ying Yue with Diao Chan walked out hand in hand. Lie Fan seeing this was stunned, as he didn''t expect that both of them woulde out. Seeing how close they were now and Ying Yue smiling not like before, Lie Fan''s heart began to calm down and happy seeing the smile Ying Yue had.
Lie Fan: "Umm Wife! Miss Diao Chan! This is...?"
Ying Yue: "Husband, why you you still call Sister Diao Chan miss? She called you brother, of course, you have to call her sister!"
Lie Fan: "W-well T-that okay! I listened to my wife! Wife & Sister Diao Chan what are you both talking about inside?"
Diao Chan: "You can''t know for now, at least when we managed to resolve the ambiguous feeling between us, Right little sister?"
Ying Yue nodded her head in support of Lie Fan, seeing this happening he could only smile and shake his head. It''s not that he can''t force them if he forces them they will say it but he doesn''t want to destroy the delicate rtionship that managed to be restored.
Ying Yue and Diao Chan both give Lie Fan a smile that radiates innocence but he knows that the two of them are nning something for sure. Ying Yue and Diao Chan say goodbye to Lie Fan and both walk together leaving Lie Fan Standing there.
Lie Fan can only sigh, it''s his fault that he pampers Ying Yue now she is like this he can''t bear to hurt her more. He can only watch Ying Yue and Diao Chan walking together hand in hand toward the garden. Lie Fan ps his hand and suddenly 2 oriole memberse out wearing maid clothes.
He ordered them to keep an eye on Ying Yue and Diao Chan, protect them both and if anything happened he would execute them. Both oriole members receive the orders in a cold sweat and follow Ying Yue and Diao Chan.
Lie Fan then decided to go towards the southern courtyard where he designated a room as the meeting room for his think tank, he knew that at this time his three think tanks were putting together new ns to begin their fight against both He Jin and Zhang Rang.
Arriving at the meeting room, he heard the voices of Jia Xu, Sun Qian, and Xun You discussing together. He entered the room and saw three of them talking with city maps of Luoyang, putting together 3 different colors of many circle pieces on the map.
Lie Fan: "Three Masters are working very hard, Don''t forget to take a rest and fill your stomach. I don''t care if we lose but losing even one of you can be disastrous."
Sun Qian: "My Lord is here, thank you for Your care, My Lord. Don''t worry even if I and Brother Xun are a workaholic, Master Jia Xu will always remind us to eat in his own ways of course!"
Jia Xu: "Little Sun you can''t speak ill of me, Thank you for your care, My Lord. Don''t worry about me here these two will be safe. Why don''t Master Xun You exin what we are doing here?"
Xun You who heard this turned his head and nodded in gratitude to Jia Xu, he is a neer and needs some merits. He knew Lie Fan trusted him highly so he wanted to give that trust back by donating his talent more.
Xun You: "It''s like this My Lord, as you can see on the map. I alongside Master Jia Xu and Brother Sun have assembled a map that shows the bnce of power held by our faction and the others."
Xun You exin with his hand pointing towards each side, what surprised him and the others was the position controlled by each faction is amazing. Lie Fan leading Baohuzhe controlled both civil officials and military officials who lived in the southern part of Luoyang and even nearing the center where the pce was.
He Jin controlled the Western side where the old noble n''s residences were located, Noble families like the Yuan and Cao with their connections alone supported many members of the He Jin Faction. Zhang Rang on the other hand controlled the East side, he and the 9 attendant built their mansion there, and the officials that they either promoted or bribed put their residences there.
This baffled everyone as this coincidence was too big, but this also helped them know from where they would begin ensuring the peace in Luoyang acting as peacekeepers until Emperor Ling died.
Xun You: "Our first n is to bring together the Merchant, Landlord, and Big Farmer ns. We will ensure their support to receive logistical supplies to ensure the engine of our Faction keeps running. This also closes the potential for them to join other Faction."
Lie Fan: "That''s good I agree, also Please help me ensure that Sima n Head Sima Fang Prefect Luoyang joins our side as they were still reluctant before."
Jia Xu: "Yes My lord, me and Little Sun will handle Sima Fang. I was acquainted with Sima Fang, his first son Sima Lang is a talented youth, and having them join under My Lord can help you greatly."
Lie Fan was pleased by Jia Xu''s initiative, he knew that Jia Xu could read his kind and that he wanted to have Sima n join under him, not his Faction. However he makes a small mistake, what he is interested in is not Sima Lang but his brother Sima Yi. Sima Yi is still young and if he can put him under his thumb ensure his loyalty to him and not let him marry Zhang Chunhua then there will be no Jin Dynasty in the future.
Lie Fan: "That''s great Master Jia Xu, with Sima Fang supporting us Luoyang will be like our yground as he is the Prefect. This is a top priority so please do it as soon as possible."
Jia Xu + Sun Qian: "Yes My Lord!"
Lie Fan: "Master Xun You, please continue your exnation."
Xun You: "Yes My Lord, After ensuring logistic support we will begin to gather the people of Luoyang''s support by giving them food and clothes. This will raise your reputation even further and reduce the suspicion the Emperor has on My Lord as you''re not fighting for power with the other factions."
Lie Fan actually can see through this n, he likes this n because the Emperor will like him more and the people will support him. What the others don''t know right now is that themon people are very important, yes the nobles are the backbone of the Empire but themon people are the engines that help the backbone.
Xun You: "Next with the support of the people, we will begin bncing the Imperial Court condition. Both He Jin and Zhang Rang will find trouble with us and fight with each other, we will suppress them to an extent that when Emperor Ling dies they will explode and full-scale war will break out between them while we have long gone falling back to Xiapi but using the Oriole fanning the me from afar."
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 165
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 90: 90. Political Movement
Chapter 90: 90. Political Movement
Xun You: "Next with the support of the people, we will begin bncing the Imperial Court condition. Both He Jin and Zhang Rang will find trouble with us and fight with each other, we will suppress them to an extent that when Emperor Ling dies they will explode and full-scale war will break out between them while we have long gone falling back to Xiapi but using the Oriole fanning the me from afar."
Lie Fan: "Good! Good! The three Masters have made such great ns, each with room for us to adapt. When Our timees, The three Masters will receive your rewards!"
Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian bowed in gratitude towards Lie Fan. They feel they have chosen the right tree now and only need to do their part to make the tree grow bigger and stronger.
Lie Fan also emphasizes the importance of bringing in Sima n into the fold. They are very important and y crucial parts in controlling Luoyang. He also hopes that Sun Qian and Jia Xu can help persuade Sima Fang to follow them back to Xiapi, or at least their nsmen including his sons.
Jia Xu promised to persuade Sima Fang that he could bring in Sima Fang as their Sima n is not strong enough to face He Jin or Zhang Rang as they are still an upstart Noble n.
From then on, Lie Fan also joined up with the three of them in nning their moves. Luoyang now is a powder keg in the making, waiting to be exploded when Lie Fan wants it. He also asked Jia Xu for Oriole to keep an eye on Doing Zhuo, especially now that his merit has been used and he was promoted.
Dong Zhuo now controls Xiliang, and with Li Ru on the helm, it''s a matter of time before he controls Xiliang perfectly. Xiliang Cavalries can be said to be one of the best in thend, Lie Fan is not ashamed to say that his Guard Battalion is still below them.
Both Jia Xu and Xun You were confused, they asked Lie Fan why they needed to keep an eye on Doing Zhuo. Lie Fan replied to them that while Dong Zhuo is a greedy and arrogant bastard, he is not a fool and is very ambitious. Li Ru his son-inw is also not a low-ss advisor, but a very experienced and cunning one.
Jia Xu and Xun You both were surprised that Li Ru received such high praise, It''s normal that they are surprised as they didn''t know in the future that Li Ru''s tactics himself hold off the Coalition. If not because of the beauty trap that Wang Yun used on Lu Bu and Dong Zhuo, maybe it''s the coalition that will fall.
Heading towards the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, the crouching tigers and hidden dragons will rise up. That''s why Lie Fan is consolidating his political and military power, the chances of those talents picking him will rise.
The Four of them are discussing their n untilte afternoon, If it weren''t for a servant that disturbed them to inform Lie Fan that Diao Chan is leaving maybe they would have continued until the evening. Lie Fan takes his leave and tells them to take a rest.
Lie Fan was led by the servant to the entrance where Diao Chan and Ying Yue were saying goodbye to each other. Lie Fan approached them and both of them turned their head towards his direction.
Lie Fan: "Sister Diao Chan, why don''t you stay for dinner and then go back?"
Diao Chan: " I can''t Brother Lie Fan, My Father is waiting for me so I have to go now. Remember to take good care of Little sister Yue okay?"
Lie Fan: "Why Of Course! I always take good care of my wife, then allow 2 of my bodyguards to walk you home."
Ying Yue: That''s right! Sister Diao Chan even though the sun still shines it''s better to be safe than sorry. With your beauty, many hooligans will try to make some problem and if something happens My Husband can only cry."
Lie Fan feels like a thunderstruck him, How could his innocent and demure Wife now tease him?! In front of her many people no less!
Seeing the dazed Lie Fan still in shock, Ying Yue began to blush while Diao Chan nudged her praising her for her bravery. Diao Chan knew if Ying Yue had been braver, Lie Fan would have been in her palm in some ways.
Diao Chan apanied by her handmaiden, He Yi, and Gong Du takes her leave. Ying Yue who saw that Diao Chan her backbone had left began to feel even more shy, before Lie Fan could even say anything she already run away leaving him behind.
Lie Fan seeing this can only smile, knowing that Diao Chan is the one teaching Ying Yue to do those bold things. Lie Fan told a servant to tell the kitchen to begin to prepare the food for dinner.
Lie Fan is in his study, looking at the vision map and seeing the movements of the Yellow Turban remnant in the Han Dynasty. He sees that in Qing Provincerge amounts of Yellow Turbans are gathering, and he hopes that Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong have entered the high-ranking Yellow Turbans there.
If they managed to be one, he could expect to have another army hidden in his sleeve. Then he turned his head towards Xu Province, he looked towards Xiapoei where the moat was being made. He can see that I was taking shape in the map, which means the progress is going well.
He hopes that it can finish by this year, so he can have Chao Bai back leading his infantry. Lie Fan is also trying to remember exactly the birthce or the area of Famous generals who haven''t shown themselves. The likes of Dian Wei, Xu Chu, Zhang He, and many more, who doesn''t want to have them.
While thinking he was interested by a servant, telling him that dinner is ready and his family is waiting for him. Lie Fan takes the vision map and puts it into his inventory. In the dining room, Lie Fan sees that the chair beside Ying Yue is empty so he sits right there.
Yong Yue saw this and began to blush remembering the things he had done before, she could only timidly put some food in Lie Fan''s bowl making him smile. All this is seen by Yu Yan that are d their rtionship is growing back to before.
In the blink of an eye, a month has passed by. Lie Fan who was leading Baohuzhe in fighting an intrigue war recruited the merchants,ndlords, and big farmers to join their side. Especially if their residences are in the southern part of Luoyang, this movement is being fought back by both He Jin and Zhang Rang.
They realize that Lie Fan is amassing Financial power, and they also do the same thing in their area but they are toote as some already epted Lie Fan''s invitation. With the financial power Baohuzhe had Lie Fan sent his members to do some charity work helping the people with food, clothing, and shelter.
Lie Fan erected a Refugee Shelter for refugees whoe to Luoyang and Soup Kitchen to feed them. This action immediately raises his rapport with the people, they feel that his benevolence knows no bounds.
While the merchants,ndlords, and bug farmers'' hearts are bleeding seeing the money they donated to the cause will never returned, at least they also improve their reputation and have backing in Luoyang.
Lie Fan now is watching the shelter from afar inside his carriage when suddenly a bird enters and drops a letter, Lie Fan opens it, and inside is a message telling him that Sima Fang is visiting his residence.
Lie Fan immediately told the driver to return to Lie n Estate, Jia Xu managed to make Sima Fang visit him meaning that the chances of them joining his side were high.
At the Lie n Estate, Jia Xu and Sun Qian are receiving Sima Fang for Lie Fan. Sima Fang''s visits were unexpected by both of them, as Sima Famg didn''t give any subtle signs when they visited him a couple of times.
Jia Xu: "Brother Fang what a surprise! You should have told me that you will visit Governor Lie Fans estate!"
Sima Fang: "Haha! Sorry, Brother Jia for my unexpected visit. I visited Governor Lie to thank him for the help he has given thisst month to the refugees and the people of Luoyang, his help lessened the burden on my administration."
Jia Xu: "Governor Lie always cares for the people, that''s why he does this and the bonus of Brother Fang administration burdens to be less is just a hidden benefit."
While Jia Xu and Sima Fang were talking, Lie Fan arrived back at the Lie n Estate and hurried towards the main hall where Sima Fang was received.
Entering the main hall, Lie Fan''s arrival attracted the attention of the people in the room. Sima Fang stands up when he sees Lie Fan enter and apologizes to him for his sudden visit making him hurry back to wee him.
Lie Fan waves his hand telling him it''s not a problem, Lie Fan tells Sima Fang that his visit is unexpected but a happy one as he has many things he wants to talk about with him.
Lie Fan: "Prefect Sima, why have youe to visit me?"
Sima Fang: "Governor Lie Fan should have guessed the reason for my visit, even though the Sima n is not strong but our influences in Luoyang can''t be underestimated."
Lie Fan: "Haha! Of course I have never underestimated the Sima n, rather I admire your n! I have heard that you have 2 sons who were a genius, Sima Lang and Sima Yi. Master Jia Xu and Master Sun Qian should have told you that I wanted to let both of them to study under Master Jia Xu, Master Xun You, and Master Sun Qian?"
(AT: I''m sorry everyone for not updating yesterday! I was having a trip with my friends going hiking on the mountains! Sadly signals are hard there and my phones got wet so I turned it off! Fortunately it can be fixed after going down so I can update now! Sorry for the inconvenience!")
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 165 -> 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 91: 91. Sima Clan Joining Baohuzhe
Chapter 91: 91. Sima n Joining Baohuzhe
Lie Fan: "Haha! Of course, I have never underestimated the Sima n, rather I admire your n! I have heard that you have 2 sons who were a genius, Sima Lang and Sima Yi. Master Jia Xu and Master Sun Qian should have told you that I wanted to let both of them study under Master Jia Xu, Master Xun You, and Master Sun Qian?"
Sima Fang was surprised, he never thought that Lie Fan had a great interest in his son''s talent and even had 3 great Schrs in 3 different schools Military, Political, and Foreign Affairs to teach them.
Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qan''sn names are now being talked about by the noble circles in Luiyang. These three men can be said to be the masterminds behind Lie Fan''s campaign, 3 obscure and almost unknown except for Jia Xu who has proven some of his skills are now being praised as a rising talent in the capital.
Sima Fang: "I was honored by the interest Governor Lie has for my son''s talent, And having my sons be taught under the three masters is an enormous honor to us. But I don''t know what the Sima n has to pay for such a rewarding honor?"
Lie Fan: "Haha! A man who can be the prefect of Luoyang is certainly not untalented, Prefect Sima Fang should have known what you should do and also the benefits outside of your sons?"
Sima Fang: "Sima n has always stayed neutral in Luiyang, we always stand ready to answer the call of Your Majesty. I don''t want the already chaotic situation to be more chaotic with the Sima n joining Baohuzhe, I fear for the safety of my n."
Listening to this, Lie Fan makes eye contact with Jia Xu and Sun Qian. His position now can''t give promises easily but with a middleman like his advisors, it can be done.
Jia Xu: "Brother Fang, don''t worry about the safety of your n. Baohuzhe will always protect its members and if your Family member''s safety is threatened then you can''t send them to Xiapi!"
Sun Qian: "What Master Jia Xu said is right, Master Sima Fang can send your family to Xiapi. Xiapi can be said to be Governor Lie Fan''s seat of power, Your family''s safety will be guaranteed there as the security in Xiapi is topnotch under Governor Lie Fan''s administration."
Truthfully Sima Fang was tempted by the benefits his n would receive, as he knew that his benefits were better than many members of Baohuzhe proving the importance of the Sima n to Lie Fan.
But sending his family to Xiapi can be said to be sending them to be a hostage, even though Lie Fan''s reputation is outstanding people never knew the effect of power can change towards a person.
Lie Fan can see that Sima Fang is still struggling to make a decision and there''s even sign of hesitation. Sima n joining under him can be said to be long-term benefits, training Sima Lang and Sima Yi both can ensure the next generation of Lie Fan''s think tank.
He doesn''t want to lose this handle, Lie Fan is afraid that the Sima n will do some schemes like the one that managed to overthrow Cao Wei. He wants to make sure that Sima Yi will never do those things and be absolutely loyal to him.
Lie Fan: "Master Sima Fang, do you truly think staying neutral will save you and your n at this time? His Majesty has given Baohuzhe his support and we can be said to be the loyalist Faction to help His Majesty in stabilizing the Imperial Court. So I advise you to pick your decision wisely as there is no turning back."
Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian can hear the impatience in Lie Fan''s words. This is the first time that Lie Fan has been impatient waiting for someone''s decision. Both Jia Xu and Xun You were especially surprised as the two of them can be said to subtly declined Lie Fan many times.
Sima Fang can hear the warning in Lie Fan''s words, he closes his eyes and sighs as he knows that joining Baohuzhe is a better choice than either He Jin or Zhang Rang at least his family will be protected.
Sima Fang: "Then let it be known the Sima n will show their support towards Baohuzhe and Join Baohuzhe in their noble cause!"
Lie Fan: "Remarkable choice! Rest easy Master Sima Fang, The benefits that are promised to you and your n will be given. I hope that both of your sons can begin their tutoring under the three masters as soon as possible."
Sima Fang: "Thank You, Governor Lie, I feel so grateful for the opportunity Givermor Lie has given to both of my sons. I don''t know where should I send them for the tutoring."
Jia Xu at the side answered this for Lie Fan, he said to Sima Fang that he could send both of his sons here to the Lie n estate. Lie Fan has given a room in the northern courtyard to be some sort of a ssroom to amodate the learning that Sima Lang and Sima Yi will receive.
Lie Fan now feels easy that Sima n joined Baohuzhe, as having them truly join him can be done slowly. He has many ways to slowly make them join his cause, especially now that he can influence the minds of the Sima n''s next generation.
As the Sima n has officially joined Baohuzhe, now it''s Xun You turned to fill in Sima Fang on some of the ns that will be done. Baohuzhe''s next ns need the cooperation of Sima Fang as the prefect of Luoyang, building more shelters and soup kitchens in Luoyang, especially in He Jin and Zhang Rang spheres of influence.
Xun You told Sima Fang to station more Cuty Guards over there to help protect these establishments, the ones in Lie Fan''s sphere of influence can be protected by the Soldiers Lie Fan brought from Xiapi.
This also needs Sima Fang''s support, allowing Lie Fan soldiers to enter Xiapi under the need for more soldiers to increase the City''s security. This is the tough one as this can be seen by Emperor King to be a provocation to his prestige, He Jin and Zhang Rang will surely try to stop this from happening.
Sima Fang was sweating when he heard that he would help Lie Fan soldiers to enter Luoyang, this could harm his career and he immediately refused. Jia Xu on the side begins to help in persuading Sima Fang, he tells Sima Fang to rest easy as Emperor Ling will be told by Lie Fan about this in the name of uprooting the nobles led by He Jin and Zhang Rang''s influences.
Lie Fan''s position in Emperor Ling''s heart can be said to be very high, before can be said to be below Zhang Rang but with his actions this past month now he is the most trusted one in Emperor Ling''s heart.
Once Emperor Ling highly trusted someone he would listen to all advice that was given by that person. This can be proven by how Zhang Rang and his cronies managed to control the Imperial Court, now they only need Sima Fang to agree to help them and Lie Fan will floor this to the Emperor.
Sima Fang takes notice that Emperor Ling will support this n and begins to rest easy, at least his career will not end as the burden it will cause to his administration that''s another matter. As long as Emperor Ling gives the green light, his position will be stable so after some thinking Sima Fang finally agrees to this n.
Sima Fang''s eptance brings happiness to Jia Xu and the others, they have nned to use Lie Fan soldiers to protect the Souther Luoyang and use the Cuty Guards to disturb the business under both He Jin and Zhang Rang''s Faction. Once the people see that City Guards are either investigating or shutting down a business their trust in that business will go down.
Their meetings ended after Sima Fang''s agreement, Lie Fan wanted to invite Sima Fang to have lunch with him and his family but was refused by Sima Fang as he wanted to go back to his residence to inform his n of their new oath that was taken.
Lie Fan praises his Think Tanks, saying that their contribution to his powerbase will be rewarded heavily by him. For now, he rewarded them 50,000 taels each which was an enormous sum but was small for the Lie n as with the industry they have now it will not be long before they can be considered a very rich n below the four merchant ns.
The meeting between Lie Fan and Sima Fang doesn''t go unnoticed by He Jin and Zhang Rang, Their spies can''t enter the Lie n estate but they can observe from outside. Sima n carriages are also under the watchful eyes of He Jin and Zhang Rang as they also wanted this man to join their side.
In He Jin''s grand mansion, He Jin is having a meeting with his inner circle. They have been discussing countermeasures for Lie Fan movement this past month. Lie Fan and his Baohizhe entering the fray have caused massive losses for He Jin and Zhang Rang''s faction.
He Jin: "Does no one have a n to stop Lie Fan?! You all graduated from the Imperial College but can''t even think of a single n to stop that upstart with his group of ragtag?!"
Yuan Shao: "Calmed down Grand General! I''m sure that Lie Fans are just lucky for now, I was preparing a foolproof n alongside the advisors of my n and I promise to share it with you after it''s finished!"
He Jin: "Haha! I can rest easy now that the Yuan n will be helping me find a way, The four generations of high-ranking civil officials n truly live up to its name! But I hope this n is foolproof or the Yuan n''s glorious name alongside its achievement will end at this generation!"
Yuan Shao: "Rest easy My Lord! My Father and Grandfather''s advisors are some of the brightest minds in the Empire!"
Cao Cao who was sitting beside Yuan Shao can only shake his head, The moment Lie Fan entered the theater of war between He Jin and Zhang Rang he knew it would be a bloody fight. He Jin and Yuan Shao''s sense of superiority will be the main cause of whatever ns they have.
Cao Cao is only waiting for He Jin to be truly desperate before he gives his opinion as he knows that He Jin looks down on him so he will not listen until he is truly desperate. For now, he only will watch He Jin''s Faction going down until He shows up as it''s Angel to help them and at the same time make his friend and rival Yuan Shao embarrassed losing to him.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 92: 92. Capital Turmoil
Chapter 92: 92. Capital Turmoil
Cao Cao is only waiting for He Jin to be truly desperate before he gives his opinion as he knows that He Jin looks down on him so he will not listen until he is truly desperate. For now, he only will watch He Jin''s Faction going down until He shows up as it''s Angel to help them and at the same time make his friend and rival Yuan Shao embarrassed losing to him.
While He Jin with his inner circle is gathering to discuss countermeasures, Zhang Rang gathers up the 9 attendants after not meeting up for a long time due to them being found out working together with the Yellow Turbans.
Zhang Rang gathered up these allies but also can be called enemies as each of them only cares about their benefits, While he is also greedy at least he can see the bigger picture that''s why he wanted to scold Feng Xu and Xu Feng that they don''t tell the Yellow Turbans to burn the letters.
He can feel that Emperor Ling began to alienate him and Zhao Zhong for a bit, and some of their advice or rmendations are turned away which never happened before. This was bad for him and the eunuch factions as their livelihood depended on Emperor Ling''s blind trust in them.
Zhang Rang: "Everyone, I gather you all today to tell everyone that we need to stop aggravating both He Jin and Lie Fan to gain Emperor Ling''s trust back, Or we demolish both of them quickly before Emperor Ling stop trusting us."
Zhao Zhong: "What Attendant Zhang said is true, Your Majesty has turned away some of our advice which has never happened before. This shows that Lie Fan has managed to gain Your Majesty''s trust and is growing stronger day by day so either we stop to grow back Your Majesty''s trust or do some drastic measures."
The other 8 attendants'' face turn grim, this is the biggest crisis they have encountered together as a group. Since Emperor Ling began his reign, they have controlled the Imperial Court like it''s their own backyard, and now that Emperor Ling has begun to doubt them all of their power and wealth can be gone in a matter of seconds.
Guo Sheng: "Then we have to take drastic measures! If we stop now, even if we are safe the power and wealth we have will still be gone as either Lie Fan or He Jin will control the court now!"
Jian Shuo: "I agree with attendant Guo, if it''s He Jin we still can take back the power. But if it''s Lie Fan who controls the court, it will be a matter of time before either we are reced or assassinated by him."
The attendants except for Zhang Rang and Zhao Zhong also agree with Guo Sheng and Jian Shuo, surrendering from the battle meaning either they get a wolf or a tiger in the court. The wolf can still be in easily as it''s a single wolf, but the tiger is harder and very hungry which will be hard to y.
Zhang Rang and Zhao Zhong as the de facto leaders of the Eunuch Faction are more level-headed than the rest, at first They want to take a step back and grow back Emperor Ling''s trust but what Guo Sheng and Jian Shuo just said is also urate.
Finally, after exchanging whispers between them, Zhang Rang agreed to take some drastic measures and he hoped that all attendants could deploy their rtives and family members who have positions of power to begin their attack.
Zhao Zhong suggested attacking He Jin''s side first to eliminate hidden danger in their backyard. Attacking Lie Fan first consumes more money and time which can open a window of opportunity for He Jin to enter, attacking He Jin''s first also allows them to absorb the money and power they have umted.
All 10 attendants agreed with their n, and Zhang Rang dismissed everyone except for Jian Shuo whom he told to stay.
Zhang Rang: "Attendant Jian, I need your help in a small matter."
Jian Shuo: "What does Attendant Zhang need help with?"
Zhang Rang: "I wanted Attendant Zhang to stay beside Prince Liu Xie, I can see that Your Majesty favors him more than Prince Liu Bian. Prince Liu Xie has a high chance of bing Crown Prince so we need to move fast and the only attendant I trust besides Attendant Zhao is Attendant Jian."
Jian Shuo hearing this immediately agreed to help Zhang Rang, Only a fool will denied this chance to be the eunuch than stand beside the Emperor like Zhang Rang.
Zhang Rang was satisfied by Jian Shuo''s answer and told Jian Shuo to prepare for his appointment.
This month can be said to be a very turbulent time for Luoyang, The Aggressive movements from the Eunuch Faction take Luoyang by storm. Many officials from He Jin''s side are either demoted or dismissed from their posts under the influence of the Eunuch and their rtives.
He Jin who knew this was very angry and fought back against the attack made by the Eunuchs, leaving Yuan Shao''s n to take on Lie Fan thrown out. Cao Cao at this time began to rise, he also didn''t expect that the Eunuch would suddenlyunch such an aggressive attack but handling them was easier than Lie Fan so he took this chance to at least be trusted by He Jin.
Lie Fan and Baohuzhe also receive reports of the sudden all-out attack between both Faction, Lie Fan is amused by the sudden war as he doesn''t expect that his movement a month before caused them to panic to such a degree.
Jia Xu and Xun You suggest that he enter the pce and have a talk with Emperor Ling to persuade him to do something to handle this, rather than him as this can damage Emperor Ling''s stature and prestige which will offend him.
Lie Fan agrees with this and the next day after Jia Xu and Xun You suggest this he embarks on his carriage to talk with Emperor Ling, telling him a n that can help them achieve big benefits for Lie Fan and Baohuzhe.
Lie Fan''s visit to the pce and meeting with Emperor Ling was known by He Jin and Zhang Rang, They sent people to inquire about the context of their discussion but none of the people they sent came back.
They don''t have to wait for long as after the meeting between Lie Fan and Emperor Ling ended, suddenly 2 Imperial Edicts came down One is for He Jin Faction and One for The Eunuch''s Faction.
The edict for the eunuch contains orders for Song Dian and Bi Lan part of the 10 attendants to
Oversee new construction projects, including a new pce hall, fourrge bronze statues, four giant bronze bells, and water-spouting animal sculptures with the support of Zhang Rang, Zhao Hong, and the rest of the attendants.
On the other hand, the edict for He Jin''s Faction contains an order for He Jin as the Grand General of the Empire to overseerge-scale military training of the Han Army helped by all Generals and military officials stationed under him to prepare for arge scale military festivals in Luoyang as a celebration for the defeat of the Yellow Turbans.
These 2 edicts causedrge-scale storms in the capital, both requiring enormous amounts of money that the treasury didn''t have after the war. Even the tax that Emperor Ling ordered before for the pce renovation only small amounts are left.
The next day after the edicts came down, He Jin and Zhang Rang both suggested Emperor Ling not do this as this would cause massive damage to their economy and even cripple the economy. They also told him to not listen to Lie Fan as he is only young and doesn''t understand the big picture only knows how to fight in wars.
Emperor Ling: "Stop! Don''t nder Governor Lie Fan, he doesn''t suggest this to me. This is my idea and Governor Lie even advised me not to do this, Isn''t this what both of you suggested to me before to have these 2 thing to be done? Now there is a valid reason for 2 of these to be donememorating the defeat of the rebellions!"
Everyone at the court was shocked including Baohuzhe members, as they all thought that Lie Fan suggested Emperor Ling do this to divert the attention of both factions ending the all-out war as they have orders to do.
He Jin and Zhang Rang''s faces grew ashen, while this 2 edicts helped them achieve some merit this also restricted them as their attention was diverted from the already full-blown war between them. Reluctantly they step down and take the Orders that were given.
What they don''t know is that Lie Fan is the initiator of this happening in the first ce, when Lie Fan meets Emperor Ling he uses some subtle words to imnt this in Emperor Ling''s mind. He uses words on how under Emperor Ling they managed to defeat the highest rebellion that was ever seen in the history of the Han Dynasty.
Praising Emperor Ling as the best Emperor who led the Han Dynasty under turbulent times, his prestige and luck from Heaven both helped the Han Dynasty stay afloat to satisfy his ego and the low self-confidence he had, then saying how sad it was that this will only be recorded in history books.
When Emperor Ling heard those words, he also began to regret how his achievement would only be remembered in books and would be forgotten after a hundred of years had passed, he wanted this generation to revere him and future generations to remember his greatest achievement that''s how the festival and pce edict was handed down as spending money is the only way he knew tomemorate this.
Lie Fan who was standing in front of the military official''s line, nked by Jia Xu and Xun You was permitted to stand behind by Emperoe long after Lie Fan''s request at the meeting smirked a while all of this happened and exchanged words with Jia Xu and Xun You how smart they were ining up with this n which makes them the only winner in this battle.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 93: 93. Meeting Cai Wenji
Chapter 93: 93. Meeting Cai Wenji
Lie Fan who was standing in front of the military official''s line, nked by Jia Xu and Xun You was permitted to stand behind by Emperoe long after Lie Fan''s request at the meeting smirked a while all of this happened and exchanged words with Jia Xu and Xun You how smart they were ining up with this n which makes them the only winner in this battle.
Even though He Jin and Zhang Rang backed down from persuading Emperor Ling, people who truly cared about the Han Dynasty like Wang Yun and Dong Cheng pleaded to Emperor Ling to hold the building of a new pce as for the Military Festivals, it can be done but on a smaller scale.
Emperor Ling ignored the plea from Wang Yun and a bunch of loyalists, he demanded that both He Jin and Zhang Rang do their new duties immediately. The loyalists can only stay silent after the orderes out, fearing for darker times for the Han Dynasty.
Emperor Ling was the type of Emperor who asionally heeded good advice from his subjects but was not consistent in doing so. That''s why loyalists like Wang Yun and Dong Cheng often found it frustrating to try to convince him on policy issues because he only listened to them when he wanted to.
Emperor Ling dismissed the Daily Court meetings, he told every of his subjects to go and continue doing their duties. Zhang Rang the most favored eunuch of Emperor Ling, helps Emperor Ling go back to his chamber.
The Imperial Court began to grow rowdy with Emperor Ling was gone, and the pressure was on all of them to collect the money needed to do 2rge-scale projects. Lie Fan rounds up the Baohuzhe members and leads them out from the Imperial Court.
Wang Yun feeling discontent with Emperor Ling''s behavior reprimanded Lie Fan for not trying harder to persuade Emperor Ling, Jia Xu, and Xun You help Lie Fan by saying that no matter how Lie Fan eloquently persuades Emperor Ling when Your Majesty has made up his mind nobody can change it.
Lie Fan: "Master Wang Yun, you have to understand my position. I was just favored by Emperor Ling and I hope that in the future Master Wang Yun consider the tone you''re using when speaking to me in public."
Dong Cheng who joined Baohuzhe because of Wang Yun subtly pats Wang Yun''s arm, reminding him to not be brash as Lie Fn is of higher rank than them. Wang Yun who realized this apologized to Lie Fan due to his behavior.
Lie Fan waves his hand telling Wang Yun it''s okay, he knows that inside Baohuzhe itself there are 2 groups one led by Lie Fan and the other a group of hardcore loyalists led by Wang Yun and Dong Cheng.
He already told Jia Xu to send the Orioles to infiltrate the other them, he doesn''t want the tripartite to be broken as then he can''t control the overall situation. Jia Xu sends Xu Kai the leader of the Orioles as he will never be swayed, a hardcore supporter of Lie Fan that was trained since he was a child.
Separating from Baohuzhe members, Lie Fan alongside Jia Xu and Xun You returned to the Lie n estate. Lie Fan brought Jia Xu and Xun You into the study, inside the study Jia Xu informed Lie Fan that Wang Yun was beginning to be an uncontroble factor in their n.
Xun You: "My Lord even though I respect Master Wang Yun but what Master Jia Xu just said is true, Master Wang Yum dared to chastise you in front of all members of the Imperia Court which is uneptable, and now alongside Doing Cheng creating a faction inside Baohuzhe gathering hardcore loyalist of the Han Dynasty which severely restrict our movement in the future."
Lie Fan: "There is nothing we can do to Wang Yun for now as he is still an important chess piece for us, Just restrict his movement within Baohuzhe and utilize Oriole to infiltrate their group."
Jia Xu and Xun You don''t understand why Wang Yun is very important, as Lie Fan''s influence is now bigger than him. What they don''t understand is Wang Yun is important because he will be the leader of the movement that eliminates Dong Zhuo in the future.
Dong Zhuo retreated to Chang''An under the protection of his army and Lu Bu was very hard to kill, even though Lie Fan would not let Diao Chan be used by Wang Yun which was an important piece to destabilize the rtionship between Dong Zhuo and Lu Bu by the believe than Wang Yun can find another way.
While they were sitting in silence, Sun Qian entered the study in an excited mood.
Sun Qian: "My Lord! There''s a letter addressed to you from the Cai n Young Lady!"
Lie Fan: "Really?! Bring it here!"
Lie Fan receives the letter from Sun Qian, he opens the letter and begins to read it loudly to everyone in the room to hear.
The letter contains how Cai Wenji knows about the visit Lie Fan made before and his purpose in visiting the Cai n, She apologizes as she can''t meet him because of the elders and hopes that they can meet today in the serenity Inn as the security of her estate is low and with the n that Xun You have to bring her out can be done as the guard who guards the back entrance are her people.
Luckily today is also the day the Cai n resupply their kitchen with new supplies, so their Kitchen Supplies Wagon will be going out to buy new supplies.
Xun You: "Then I prepare the transport for Lady Cai My Lord. Master Jia Xu, please lend me some Oriole members who were an expert in disguise to help me take over the Cai n wagon."
Jia Xu: "Okay, follow me I will give you some of the best that was working in the residence."
Jia Xu and Xun You leave the meeting room together, leaving Lie Fan and Sun Qian there.
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian, you follow me to meet Lady Cai. Master Jia Xu and Master Xun You are too notable, let''s disguise ourselves to not let He Jin and his underlings know that we are meeting the Young Lady Cai as the Cai n elders already join He Jin''s faction."
Sun Qian: "Yes My Lord, I have roamed thend before so I have somemon clothes and hats that we can use. Also, My Lord your bodyguard is well known in the Capital so it''s better to also disguise them as my Lord''s safety can''t bepromised."
Lie Fana and Sun Qian dressed themselves as civilians, Lie Fan also told his bodyguards to change their clothes leave their armor, and bring swords leaving their personal weapons in the residence.
Lie Fan and Sun Qian alongside his Bodyguards go to Serenity Inn first to wait for Cai Wenji who will be escorted here through the Kitchen Supply Wagon.
Lie Fan and Sun Qian wait in a private room on the 3rd floor, even though they are disguised Oriole members recognize him so they escort them to the 3rd floor where Lie Fan''s personal private room is. After waiting for almost 2 hours, suddenly the door was knocked from the outside with a rhythm code that was used by Oriole to tell that they were allies.
Liu Pi and Bo Cai opened the door, outside of the room ady was standing there alongside 2 maids. Lie Fan seeing the beautiful face knew for sure that this was Cai Wenji, Even though she was beautiful her beauty was still below Diao Chan and Ying Yue who had vinated him.
Lie Fan: "Lady Cai Wenji, pleasee in and have a seat. Don''t worry you are safe here, my bodyguards are very experienced and no one can spy on us here."
Cai Wenji entered the room alongside her handmaidens and took a seat opposite Lie Fan.
Cai Wenji: "Greetings Governor Lie Fan, thank you for agreeing to meet me even though it''s so sudden. My purpose in meeting Governor Lie is to verify the letters my Father told Governor Lie Fan to give to us."
Lie Fan: "Of Course! Here are the letters, my subjects managed to take it back from the hand of the elders. Fortunately, they are not that smart and burned the letters."
Lie Fan takes out the letter Cai Yong wrote and gives it to Cai Wenji, Cai Wenji reads the letter for a couple of minutes and then closes it.
Cai Wenji: "This is my Father''s handwriting and the code that was used by the members of the Cai n. As My Father has ordered the Cai n to follow Governor Lie Fan to Xiapi, I will heed my Father''s orders but unfortunately, I was excluded from the decision-making of the n by the elders."
Lie Fan: "Don''t worry Lady Cai Wenji, we will help you in taking care of the elders. What you should do is convince whom you think is an important or integral member of your n to rise again. Convince them to follow you and let us do the rest."
Sun Qian: "Lady Cai, what My Lord has just said is true. If you need any help in convincing the members you think are important to the n, you can send a letter to us and we will help you from the outside."
Cai Wenji stayed silent for a while, thinking if she should truly trust Lie Fan. Even though the letter contains Cai Yong''s handwriting and Cai n''s code, this can be forged even though the chances are very low.
However, she can''t just ignore her father. What if the letter is truly from him and due to her hesitation they can''t meet again.
Lie Fab: "Lady Cai Wenji, I can see that you do not entirely trust us yet. I understand your reluctance to believe us, but I hope you also consider that I don''t benefit from anything whatsoever exterminating your n."
Cai Wenji who heard this raised her head and looked toward Lie Fan''s eyes, she could see that Lie Fan was serious and sincere in saying that. Cai Wenji sighed and decided to believe her gut feelings, She nodded her head and told Lie Fan that she would do her best to convince Important members that can help the Cai n be rebuild in Xiapi.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 94: 94. Reforming Cai Clan
Chapter 94: 94. Reforming Cai n
Cai Wenji who heard this raised her head and looked toward Lie Fan''s eyes, she could see that Lie Fan was serious and sincere in saying that. Cai Wenji sighed and decided to believe her gut feelings, She nodded her head and told Lie Fan that she would do her best to convince Important members that can help the Cai n be rebuilt in Xiapi.
Lie Fan is d that Cai Wenji agreed, because if she also refused then force would be the only way Lie Fan could bring the Cai n which would sour the rtionship between him and Cai Yong.
Cai Wenji: "Governor Lie Fan, I hope that the elders can stay alive as ast gift from us for the service they have given to the Caln all these years."
Lie Fan: "Rest assured Lady Cai Wenji, we also don''t want to shed unnecessary blood as it will bring more attention. I only hope that the leaders can be reasoned with and listen to me if not the I''m sorry."
Sun Qian who was listening to the conversation between Lie Fan and Cai Wenji reminded them of the limited time they had, Seeing as they didn''t have more things to talk about Lie Fan and Cai Wenji decided to end their discussion for the day.
Cai Wenji was escorted by Gong Du and He Yi under Lie Fan''s order to board the Kitchen Supplies Wagon to go back to Cai n''s residence.
Lie Fan and Sun Qian stayed in the private room waiting for He Yi and Gong Du toe back and then went back to his residence.
Lie Fan: "Master Sun Qian, prepare a separate meeting with the Cai n elders. Let''s leave Cai Bo for thest and sway the other 5 first. Cai Bo is the leader among them with the biggest greed but also the most level-headed one so we just take all the power and money he has without swaying him."
Sun Qian: "Cai Bo is indeed the head of the group, but if we exclude him I don''t know if we can handle the other 5 elders as easily with Cai Bo."
Lie Fan: "It''s okay Master Sun Qian, as long as their power is stripped off they aren''t a threat anymore and if they continue to be a nuisance just put an end to them with He Jin handwriting all over it."
Sun Qian is silent for a while and says his agreement to Lie Fan''s words while talking Gong Du and He Yie back reporting that Cai Wenji had safely boarded the Wagon and was escorted by the Oriole.
Hearing the report, Lie Fan and Sun Qian stand up and leave Serenity Inn to go back to Lie n Estate. From then on, Sun Qian alongside Jia Xu put together a meeting time for each separate Cai n elders for Lie Fan.
Each of the Cai n elders receives letters of invitation from Lie Fan, saying that he wants to meet them personally. While waiting for each of their replies, Lie Fan spends his time with Ying Yue and Diao Chan.
Since the time that Diao Chan and Ying Yue mended their cracked rtionship, whoever Lie Fan is spending time with the other one wille. Lie Fan who wanted to spend each personal time with them separately can''t do it thanks to them making it a group time.
Lie Fan who was still feeling ambiguous about Diao Chan began to feel that his feelings were something more thanks to Ying Yue for always pushing Diao Chan toward him, creating coincidences like one time when it should be Ying Yue whom Lie Fan hugged from behind because she asked to meet him but it turned out was Diao Chan.
Lie Fan and Diao Chan are surprised when that happens, but it brings them closer together raising their rtions massively.
Lie Fan was spending time with Diao Chan and Ying Yue in the garden, enjoying nature and beautiful scenery when Sun Qian told him that some of the Cai n elders had replied.
Lie Fan followed Sun Qian toward the meeting room where Jia Xu was waiting for him there, 3 out of 5 Elders replied saying that they would meet him while the other 2 hadn''t sent their reply yet. Jia Xu tells Lie Fan that the 2 elders reported his invitation to Cai Bo, which means that Cai Bo knew their activity trying to say the elders.
Knowing that their n can be found out by He Jin anytime now, Lie Fan orders for Jia Xu to use their connection for Cai Bo and the 2 elders to be stripped down from the post they have in the government and send Oriole to steal all their wealth even the emergency out.
Lie Fan also tells Sun Qian to meet with the other 3 elders in his name, as he doesn''t want to meet them anymore knowing that they now are just a burden waiting to be thrown out.
The moment when the edict of Cai n elders Cai Bo and the other 2 elders was out, The Cai n was in turmoil as it came so suddenly. He Jin who received this report doesn''t think much of it, thinking that the old bastard''s corruption was found out, and decides to focus on preparing the Military Festival informing his supporters to not ept the meeting request from them.
The other 3 elders who decided to ept the invitation met with Sun Qian in the Serenity Inn, they swore to support Cai Wenji as the interim n Head and follow Lie Fan to Xiapi under Cai Yong''s order. They feel safe thinking that fortunately, they epted the invitation not knowing that in the future they will be excluded from the position of power in Xiapi and Cai n itself.
Zhang Rang who heard about the tragedy that happened at Cai n doesn''t even care as he thinks that the family of his political enemies will fall and feels happy about it happening, doesn''t investigate it further.
Cai Wenji who gained the support of the remaining 3 elders, house arrested Cai Bo and the 2 elders deprived of their position in the elder council. Cai Wenji began to reform the n, cleansing it of the corruption and nepotism that happened because of the elder''s council before.
Lie Fan as promised helped Cai Wwnji in reforming the Cai n, With the amount of money the Lie n has now thanks to its industry fund Cai Wenji doing her reform and lending Sun Qian to Cai Wenji to win over the rest of the Cai n members that don''t want women to lead them.
The Noble of Luoyang who heard what''s happening at the Cai n doesn''t even care as the Cai n without Cai Yong for them is nothing but a headless dragon.
Lie Fan began to spend his time rxing after the Cai n had been subdued. He spends his time with his family and Diao Chan, he also goes towards the Oriole headquarters under the Eternity Inn to meet with Xu Kai as he hasn''t had a chance to talk with him the bit who he took has risen up to be an excellent spy.
Xu Kai as the leader of Oriole which can be said to be the most elite Intelligent Organisation is very busy, he needs to sort the reports that have been gathered from Luoyang and Xu Province. Lie Fan''s sudden visit surprised him and made him happy as he saw Lie Fan as his big brother and his lord.
Xu Kai: "Big Brother! What a surprise! West time saw each other when you just came back from Xu Province and after that, we became so busy we couldn''t meet each other!"
Lie Fan: "That''s true, now that I have time I wanted to visit and check on you. Seeing how busy you are with the number of documents on your table, I just want to remind you not to forget to take a rest and collect some smart oriole members to help you organize the reports."
Xu Kai: "Don''t worry Big Brother I have scheduled a timetable for my work and rest time, let''s talk about some other things maybe the condition in Xu Province for example!"
Lie Fan and Xu Kai spend some time together, Lie Fan sees Xu Kai as his little brother so he allows some personal closeness from Xu Kai.
After meeting with Xu Kai, Lie Fan alongside his Think tank began to put their focus on He Jin and Zhang Rang''s Faction preparing for their retaliation. Lie Fan''s Think Tank Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian were very busy with their official duties, their duties to Lie Fan, and teaching the Sima n young generations.
Lie Fan met with the young Sima Lang and Sima Yi when they began their tutoring under his Think Tank. Both of them showed exceptional talents, especially Sima Yi whom Jia Xu and Xun You acim as having an Extraordinary talent.
Lie Fan of course is not surprised by thepliment Jia Xu and Zun You give to Siam Yi, even though Sima Yi is still a child ( 6 years old) he has received some education from his Father and former tutor opening his adolescent mind. He told Jia Xu and Xun You to instill some form of loyalty in the minds of Sima Lang and Sima Yi so that they would serve him in the future.
Sima Lang on the other hand also deceive some praise from Jia Xu and Sun Qian saying that even though his talent is worse than his brother they can''t bepared as their talent is in different fields. Sima Lang''s talent leans more toward domestic policies and administration, while Sima Yi is also talented in that but his focus is more toward Military strategy and Intrigue.
Lie Fan can''t wait for both of them to reach adulthood and begin to serve him, Sima Lang is short term and Sima Yi is long-term. Lie Fan has nned for Sima Lang in 3 or 4 years to be a clerk under Jia Xu and Xun You to umte experience and hone his talent.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491
VIT: 204
AGI: 215
INT: 234
CHR: 90
WIS: 199
WILL: 155
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 95: 95. Rumor Of Emperor Ling Is Sick
Chapter 95: 95. Rumor Of Emperor Ling Is Sick
Lie Fan can''t wait for both of them to reach adulthood and begin to serve him, Sima Lang is short term and Sima Yi is long-term. Lie Fan has nned for Sima Lang in 3 or 4 years to be a clerk under Jia Xu and Xun You to umte experience and hone his talent.
Lie Fan enjoys what can be called free time for him, He begins to train and hone his intelligence now that he has time. Even though the manual training effect is slower than drinking a potion, he also wants to familiarize his body movement so he will not be rusty.
2 weeks passed by in the blink of an eye, Baohuzhe as the protector of the people continued their charity helping refugees and the people of Luoyang. Due to therge number of people from Luoyang poption and refugees, the crime rate began to rise due to the unemployed people.
Lie Fan led Baohuzhe into a meeting to discuss this problem, even though the city guards and Lie Fan''s army patrolling the city due to therge number of people identifying the criminal is very hard like finding a needle in a haystack.
Luoyang and Han Dynasty treasury itself is almost empty due to the projects that were being done, Lie Fan hoped that everyone could find a way to reduce the number of unemployment in Luoyang which could decrease the number of crimes beingmitted.
Jia Xu and Xun You first have a private meeting with him asking him if they should use the Tuntian system here in Luoyang, reducing the number of unemployed people and receiving numerous crops from the taxes that they paid.
Lie Fan disagrees as he doesn''t want people to know his methods at least until the Anti Dong Zhuo alliance begins, he wants to have a veryrge headstart from other people and if the Tuntian system is introduced it will not be long before all corners of Han Dynasty will use it which reduce the chance of Han Dynasty falling.
Jia Xu understands Lie Fan''s sentiment and agrees with his consideration, Xun You on the other hand a bit disappointed as he cares for themon people but understands Lie Fan.
Baohuzhe members such as Wang Yun and Dong Cheng said that the only way they can reduce the number of unemployed people is by sending them to other Cities as Luoyang can''t hold for long feeding arge number of people that the numbers are still increasing day by day.
Militaries Man led by Zhu Jun gave their opinion saying that it could be used to increase the amount of military personnel the empire had which immediately received opposition from the civil officials as increasing the amount of the army meant the military budget had to be increased which would impact the almost empty treasury.
Lie Fan who led the meeting was having a conversation with his advisors, while they couldn''t introduce the Tuntian system that doesn''t mean they can''t make the people nt crops in the area outside of Luoyang.
This wasn''t a system and as usual, the government could lend the framing tools which they would pay with crops as some form of tax, the rest of the crops could be used by them for personal use. Jia Xu agrees with this one but changes some of Lie Fan''s ideas, about how they make the people from a group to do farm work.
They will work under the affiliatedndlords and big farmers in Luoyang who have sided with Baohuzhe, this can be some sort of benefit for them and help reduce the amount of unemployment and hunger. As long as these 2 can be tackled, shelter can be done slowly and even the people can build themselves a but to live beside the farnd.
Lie Fan and Xun You agree with this, giving some form of benefits to thendlords and big farmers are a great way to keep them on their side especially when their resources are being used for shelters and soup kitchen.
Jia Xu who got Lie Fan''s approval immediately by this idea to all the members of Baohuzhe, Everyone was silent at first and after some time thinking that Jia Xu''s n could work especially the crops which could be used where 25% being distributed to the people and 75% being split in half for taxes and the rest for thendlord and big farmers.
Everyone gives their support to Jia Xu''s n, Lie Fan begins to act seeing that Jia Xi''s n is agreed upon by everyone. He ordered Jia Xu to bring some of the Baohuzhe members to visit thendlord and big farmers, and said that until the first harvest, the upkeep for the people would be paid by Baohuzhe.
Some of the Baohuzhe members hearing this wanted to disagree but were seen by Lie Fan and continued saying that if Baobuzhe doesn''t help then the n will not go through as the amount of benefits thendlord and big farmers receive will be too small.
The members who wanted to disagree shut their mouths as they knew if they still opposed Lie Fan after his exnation then they could be ostracized from future meetings. Witnessing the number of people who wanted to disagree growing smaller Lie Fan is pleased, as they have found a way out of their problem the meeting was dismissed by Lie Fan.
Before everyone scattered leaving, Lie Fan also hoped that they could help reduce the number of crimes happening especially the Military officials and generals as sooner orter crime rings and syndicates could rise if they didn''t take care of it quickly.
Going back to Lie n Estate, Lie Fan was apanied by Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian sitting in a pavilion drinking tea while rxing together. Lie Fan likes to do this and take his subordinates along with him as rest is also important to keep a healthy mind and body.
While enjoying tea together, suddenly a servantes and gives a piece of paper to Jia Xu and then leaves the area. Jia Xu who received this began to open it and read the contents of the letter, reading it Jia Xu''s eyes turned wide making everyone including Lie Fan curious about the content of the letter.
Jia Xu: "My Lord the Oriole is reporting that Emperor Ling is sick and this news has just been spread in the Noble Circles, Zhang Rang and the eunuch should have known about this and they tried to hide it."
Lie Fan: "Haha looks like Emperor Ling''s body can''t stand the mboyant lifestyle he has had since his reign and we have known this before thanks to the Imperial Doctor I bribed, I don''t know who decided to spread this matter that will grow like a wildfire. Looks like he doesn''t want Luoyang''s political stage to be calm, I don''t know if this is a smokescreen for something else."
Xun You: "Then what should we do My Lord? Now that all noble know that Your Majesty is sick they will grow restless especially He Jin knowing that they can move their pieces."
Lie Fan: "Let them be, they only know that Emperor Ling is sick and not what kind of illness he has. Keep this for as long as we can, because if they know the race for putting a crown prince will begin."
Jai Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian agree with what Lie Fan said. The matter of putting a crown prince
can be said to be a prelude to battle, with each side choosing the prince they will support and a battle to glorify the name of the prince they support will begin.
If The Emperor is still healthy, the battle can be minimized, sabotage and schemes will be on a minimum scale. But if everyone knows that Emperor Ling doesn''t have a long time to live then it can be a civil war not to put a crown prince but a new Emperor on the throne.
Lie Fan: "Jia Xu tightens the monitor on the Noble''s household, I want to know the reaction of every novel in Luoyang especially one in He Jin''s Faction."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord!"
True to Lie Fan''s prediction, the rumor that Emperor Ling is sick began to spread like wildfire in Noble''s circle. Everyone began to grow restless, it didn''t matter for now if the illness was terminal or not because the Emperor hadn''t picked a crown prince yet.
He Jin who heard the rumor that Emperor Ling was sick visited the Pce to meet his sister Empress He to rify if the rumor was true, because If it was true then he alongside his supporters began to prepare to support his Nephew Liu Bian to be the crown prince even though he is still young about 9 years old.
He Jin doesn''t want Zhang Rang and the eunuchs to support the younger Liu Xie who was known to be Emperor Ling''s favorite. Entering the pce, He Jin requested to meet his sister Empress He and was brought toward the Imperial Harem by a maid to meet Empress He.
Empress He was waiting for her brother on a terrace apanied by her handmaidens eating fruits and enjoying the sun. He Jin who arrived at the location saw his sister and greeted her formally because she was the Empress.
Empress He: "Everyone leaves us be, I wanted to talk alone with my Brother."
With Empress He''s order, all maid that was assigned to apany her left the terrace leaving the 2 of them alone.
He Jin: "Sister, is the rumor true? That Your Majesty is sick?"
Empress He: "Yes it''s true Brother that Your Majesty is sick, I don''t know what illness his Majesty has but he told me that it''s just a small illness it will go away."
He Jin: "Then you haven''t sent some people to investigate it? What if Your Majesty''s Illness is terminal? Don''t you want your son to be the crown prince and then Emperor of Han Dynasty? What if those damned eunuchs managed to persuade Your Majesty to put Liu Xie as the Crown Prince?!"
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 491 -> 508 (1 Potion)
VIT: 204 -> 219 (1 Potion)
AGI: 215 -> 228 (1 Potion)
INT: 234 -> 247 (1 Potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 199 -> 209 (1 Potion)
WILL: 155 -> 165 (1 Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 96: 96. He Jin’s Military Festival
Chapter 96: 96. He Jin''s Military Festival
He Jin: "Then you haven''t sent some people to investigate it? What if Your Majesty''s Illness is terminal? Don''t you want your son to be the crown prince and then Emperor of the Han Dynasty? What if those damned eunuchs managed to persuade Your Majesty to put Liu Xie as the Crown Prince?!"
Empress He began to grow solemn when she heard that Liu Xian could be out as the crown prince, She knew that Emperor Ling favored Liu Xian than Liu Bian because He felt that Liu Bian was unfit to be emperor because he was frivolous and unable tomand respect.
Liu Xie was born from Beauty Lady Wang (AT: that''s a title in the Chinese harem during the Eastern Han Dynasty) whom Empress He considered her arch nemesis because she managed to give birth to Liu Bian who was the only son of Emperor Ling and suddenly Liu Xi was born making the session that will certainly fall into Liu Bian to change.
Beauty Lady Wang was then poisoned by Empress He in her jealousy and the motherless Liu Xi was raised by his grandmother Empress Dowager Dong, which is why Emperor Ling also paid more attention to Liu Xie due to Beauty Lady Wang''s death.
Empress He: "Then what should we do Brother? I want My son to be the one on the throne! Not the son of that bitch Lady Wang!"
He Jin: "We have to support Liu Bian, I bring him with me to participate in the Military Festival showing his face to the people and the officials. Let him gain some support from others and slowly we will change Your Majesty''s perception of Liu Bian, if that doesn''t work then we can only fight with Zhang Rang to not let them seed in putting Liu Xie as the Crown Prince."
Empress He: "I will support whatever you do Brother, but how about Lie Fan the Governor Of Xu? His influence is also on par with you and Zhang Rang in the Court, who''s side will he be on?"
He Jin: "I don''t know, I hope that at least he stayed neutral but I don''t think that will happen as he knew that whoever was on the throne put either me or Zhang Rang He will feel threatened because we can manipte the Emperor."
Empress He and He Jin were putting up a n to ensure Liu Bian''s portion as the Crown Prince was secured, He Jin wanted to exterminate the 10 Eunuchs but Empress He didn''t allow that due to past help from the Eunuch she could have her position now.
He Jin was irritated by this because he knew that the eunuch would be a big thorn even if Liu Bian became the emperor so he decided to kill the eunuch without telling his sister, even if his sister was angry at least her son would be the Emperor.
Zhang Rang and the eunuchs received the news about He Jin''s visit to his sister, they knew that the Grand General was definitely nning something to take advantage of the situation that was happening right now.
All of them have a headache as to who spreads the news about Emperor Ling''s sickness, they intentionally block news about Emperor Ling''s sickness to ensure that Liu Xie will be positioned as the Crown Prince and they can be the regent which will raise their power more in the Han Dynasty.
Now that the news has been spread outside, they also anticipate the movement of other forces and try to stop the news from spreading anymore but it''s toote.
The news of Emperor Ling''s sickness keeps spreading and even the people of Luoyang know now that their Emperor is sick. Some were rejoicing as maybe he would die and they receive a better Emperor, while the others weren''t cheerful when they heard this as they were afraid that a war would happen thanks to the session line that isn''t clear yet.
Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern as the number one ce to visit became exclusive ces for this information to keep spreading, Lie Fan told Jia Xu to purposefully amplify the speed of the news being spread. If this news is being spread even outside of Luoyang, maybe people like Dong Zhuo will begin preparation for something that he can take benefit of.
For about 2 weeks the news kept being discussed by all sses of people in Luoyang, to divert the attention of the people He Jin finished the preparation for the Military Festival in a short amount of time as Liu Bian stage to raise his prestige.
Lie Fan as the Governor Of Xu Province, General Of The Left, and a Hero who Suppress the Rebellion was invited to attend the Military Festival, he brought Jia Xu and Sun Qian with him to attend but he was surprised when he saw that he was seated beside He Jin and a 9-year-old boy.
Lie Fan: "Lie Fan General Of The Left greet Gran General He Jin!"
He Jin: "Haha General Lie hase, Before taking your seat let me introduce you to Marquis Of Shi Imperial Prince Liu Bian!"
Lie Fan: "General Lie Fan greets Your Highness Princ Liu Bian! I beg your forgiveness for not greeting your Highness!"
Liu Bian was still a small child but thanks to education and some lectures from He Jin beforehand, he at least can act receiving Lie Fan and forgiving him which of course helped by He Jin at the side.
Lie Fan and his advisors know now why he was seated here, not beside Emperor Ling and Empress He with who should have been Liu Xie sitting on another patio. He Jin wanted to make Lie Fan seen supporting Liu Bian the eldest to be the Crown Prince which Lie Fan didn''t have a problem with because many officials chose Liu Bian because he is older and He Jin at the side was helping him.
Many officials saw this including Baohuzhe members, They were confused at first as Lie Fan never notified them that he supported Liu Bian but they kept their doubts or confusion for now as they could ask himter.
The Military Festival began, Han Imperial Army marched through in front of the pce. Infantries, Archers, and Cavalries were shown with excellent formation, impressing the people who were watching it.
Many people enjoyed it but not all, Lie Fan is one of them as the formation of his soldiers is more excellent than what was shown thanks to the knowledge he has from the future. After the soldier''s parade was over, Imperial Generals next came forward to have a dueling contest in which the champion would be crowned as The Strongest General in Han Army.
Many young generals and veterans signed up to enter the contest, Lie Fan saw some of the attributes that these generals had, and the highest was only on par with Liu Pi when he first joined Lie Fan. This also shows the quality of Han generals was poor and some of the strong generals were under themand of people like Ding Yuan, Gongsun Zan, and Dong Zhuo people who guarded the border against the Mongols tribe.
Huang Zhong and Lie Fan''s bodyguard wanted to sign up at first but Lie Fan sent them orders to not do that as he wanted to hide them, Huang Zhong can be said to be his biggest trump card for the war in the future so he doesn''t want anyone to know him yet. While his bodyguard''s capability was unknown to Noble of Luoyang, he wanted to keep it that way until Anti Dong Zhu alliance began.
Lie Fan watches duel after duel, he wants to watch it in peace but He Jin at the side of course will not let this happen. He makes Liu Bian and Lie Fan have a conversation, talking about which general will win and making Lie Fan talk about some of his exploits to Liu Bian making Liu Bian admire Lie Fan.
Lie Fan who was still talking with Liu Bian was suddenly patted on the shoulder by He Jin.
He Jin: "General Lie Fan, I have long heard about your prowess in battle! Why don''t you be the hidden challenger and challenge thest standing general after the contest?!"
He Jin''s loud voice attracted everyone there even Emperor Ling who was on the other Patio heard it, Emperor Ling immediately agreed with his brother-inw''s suggestion and hoped that Lie Fan would agree.
Seeing that he was put in a trap by He Jin doesn''t have much choice but to agree, Emperor Ling is satisfied by his agreement promising him a reward if he wins the duel. Jia Xu and Sun Qian who was behind Lie Fan actually thought that this was a good chance for Lie Fan to showcase his prowess, raise his prestige, and even get some reward from Emperor Ling.
Thest duel finally ended and a Veteran General by the name of Zou Jing won the duel, He Jin who saw this stood up and Liu Bian who was beside him stood up as well. Liu Bian whispered some words to He Jin and He Jin began to speak which can be seen that He Jin was the one who made this happen.
He Jin: "General Zou Jing, congrattions on winning the duel! Your Majesty The Emperor and Your Highness Prince Liu Bian congratted you on your win! But Your Majesty has a surprise challenge for you, I don''t know if you ept this challenge?"
Zou Jing: "This Humble General will ept whatever Chalkenger Your Majesty gives to me!"
He Jin: "Great! Then to decide who was the strongest General in The Han Army, Your Majesty invited the General Of The Left and the Governor Of Xu Province Lie Fan to duel the winner!"
Lie stood up after He Jin finished reading and saluted Zou Jing as a sign of respect and acknowledgment to him.
He Jin''s statement immediately surprised everyone both nobles andmon people they didn''t react at first but when they saw Lie Fan standing up, The people immediately cheered when they heard that Lie Fan would participate in the duel. the nobles eximed to one another as they knew that Lie Fan hadn''t participated before and this meant that they finally could see if the rumors were true about Lie Fan''s prowess in the war.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 508
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 97: 97. Duel And The Race For Crown Prince Began
Chapter 97: 97. Duel And The Race For Crown Prince Began
He Jin''s statement immediately surprised everyone both nobles andmon people they didn''t react at first but when they saw Lie Fan standing up, The people immediately cheered when they heard that Lie Fan would participate in the duel. the nobles eximed to one another as they knew that Lie Fan hadn''t participated before and this meant that they finally could see if the rumors were true about Lie Fan''s prowess in the previous war.
Lie Fan salutes Emperor Ling and Empress Hework leaving the terrace, apanied by his bodyguard walks down towards the arena. Xun You and Jia Xu were left on the terrace, both of them were better in there with protection from Imperial Guards.
Everyone can''t wait to see Lie Fan in action, both nobles andmon people have heard tales of his prowess before.
Lie Fan arrives at the outer ring of the arena where a weapon rack full of all kinds of weapons and a stable boy with a horse waiting for him. Lie Fan without wasting any time takes a Halberd from the rack and gets up on the horse that rides toward the center of the arena under the apuse of many people to meet face to face with Zou Jing.
Arriving at the center of the arena, Lie Fan and Zhou Jing salute each other. Lie Fan uses the eye of Eng Shen to see Zou Jing''s attributes.
?Zou Jing
STR: 285 VIT: 83 AGI: 75 INT:71
Zou Jing''s stats are some of the best he has seen so far in the Imperial Army, but his attributes are only on par with Liu Pi when he recruited the Zhang Brothers before.
Lie Fan: "General Of The Left of the Han Army Lie Fan!"
Zou Jing: "General of the Han Army Zhou Jing!"
He Jin: "Both generals have greeted each other! Please turn back and position yourselves! Under my order, the duel between General Lie Fan and General Zou Jing will begin!"
Lie Fan and Zou Jing both turned back to ride their horse toward the edge of the arena, Momentum also ys a big factor in a general duel that''s why they were positioned like this. shouts of support for Lie Fan can be heard anywhere, making Zou Jing a 30-year-old veteran general a bit jealous.
He Jin seeing that both of them have reached their position, shouts for them to prepare themselves, and the countdown from 3 to 1 is heard He Jin and a loud start makes Lie Fan and Zou Jin both ride fast toward each other.
Zou Jin using a guandao yelled a battle cry and swung it toward Lie Fan which looked somewhat dangerous due to the momentum of his horse. Lie Fan seeing this immediately raised his halberd and using the momentum from his horse, received Zou Jing''s attack.
When both of their weapons hit each other, a resounding metal sound can be heard across the arena. Zou Jing''s hand feels a bit sore after his attack parried by Lie Fan attributing it to the momentum that Lie Fan got from his horse.
After the first sh, Lie Fan and Zou Jing began to swing their weapons heavily toward each other. The sound of a Halberd and a Guandao hitting each other can be heard by many people and everyone was watching the duel with bated breath so focused that no one was speaking.
Lie Fan actually feels that he can end this duel in a short time but he doesn''t want everyone to know his true strength, so he prolongs the duel between him and Zou Jing.
Zou Jing who is receiving a sh attack from Lie Fan parried it and can feel that Lie Fan didn''t use all of his strength, infuriating him as he thinks that Lie Fan is looking down on him. So with a shout, he suddenly made a stabbing movement toward Lie Fan''s head, seeing Everyone was shocked but Zhang Rang and He Jin secretly hoped that Lie Fan was hit by this move.
Lie Fan evades the attack easily and seeing that Zou Jing dares to try to harm him intentionally makes him furious, so he uses all of his strength to swing his halberd so hard that Zou Jing who is still surprised that Lie Fan evades his sneak attack gets hit on the left abdomen.
Zou Jing was knocked down from his horse and felt pain in his left abdomen when he touched it he could see some blood, fearing that the wound was fatal he opened his armor and saw that it was only a small cut but the blunt damage was so heavy that his left abdomen turned a bit blue.
The Arena was still very silent, everyone was still shocked by the turn that happened. Emperor Ling was the first who wake up from his shock and stood up from his silence pping his hand loudly while praising Lie Fan for his prowess and truly worthy of the title of Strongest General In The Han Army waking everyone up from the trance and began to cheer Lie Fan.
Lie Fan replied to Emperor Ling''s praises saying that there are still many strong warriors out there and he can''t bear to receive this title. Emperor Ling was very happy as he had such a strong and loyal general who was still very young, he awarded Lie Fan with 100,000 taels and appointed him the honorary title of Bodyguard Of The Heir Apparent (Crown Prince).
When themon people heard this, they cheered Lie Fan louder as they thought that Lie Fan protecting the future Crown Prince would be very safe and maybe influence Lie Fan to be a better Emperor in the future.
He Jin and Zhang Rang who heard this instantly heard a bell ringing in their thoughts, Lie Fan bing the honorary protector of the Crown Prince is a very influential position. He can influence the crown prince and persecute anyone who he thinks is a threat to the crown prince, but fortunately, it was still an honorary appointment not full-time.
While the 2 of them feel alerted by this, they also think of putting their respective prince to be the crown prince faster because it means they at least have a momentary alliance with Lie Fan.
Lie Fan who heard Emperor Ling''s appointment stepped down from his horse and kneeled receiving the mandate from Emperor Long, saying loudly that he was honored by Emperor Ling to trust in him. All of the nobles saw this and began to feel that Lie Fan could threaten the position of the old noble''s household that was rooted in Luoyang with his arrival because of how fast he was rising through the ranks.
Lie Fan stands up saying how grateful he is for Emperor Ling''s trust, and walks toward Zou Jing and extends his hand towards him to help Zou Jing stand up. Zou Jing who saw this was confused but still took Lie Fan''s hands and when he managed to stand up he heard Lie Fan''s voice.
Lie Fan: "You''re lucky that our weapon has been blunted and can''t prate the armor deeply so I forgive your transgression from before but if you ever show your face in front of me you will be dead."
Zou Jin: "Y-Yes I-I''m sorry Governor Lie Fan, I was affected by the situation before."
Lie Fan after hearing Zou Jing doesn''t say anything just salutes him and gets up on his horse ride back towards the weapon rack to put the halberd back. The duel between Lie Fan and Zou Jing was the end of the Military Festivals, everyone went back home still talking about how strong Lie Fan was.
After the Military Festival ended, He Jin and Zhang Rang began to maneuver their movement again in the court to pull in support for their prince. For a while, the names of Liu Bian and Liu Xie kept being said in the court when Emperor Ling hadn''t arrived.
Some support Liu Bian due to him being older and being 1st in line for the throne, while others support Liu Xie even though he is too young but he can''t be reached and molded as a good crown prince easier to teach than Liu Bian who have inherited some of his Father manners.
Lie Fan and his Baohuzhe inner circle don''t participate in this race to put a crown prince, Lie Fan himself personally knows from the future that Emperor Ling won''t appoint a VrCrownrince because he is afraid that if it''s Liu Xie his brother-inw will be offended and with his influence cause some trouble. He also never considered Liu Bian as Crown Prince material so his chance of bing a crown prince was very low.
So every time a court meeting ensued, He Jin and Zhang Rang took this chance to keep persuading Emperor Ling to appoint a Crown Prince as now that one of the honorary titles surrounding the Crown Prince had been appointed.
When this happened, Emperor Ling kept changing his face while in deep thought. He also feels angry because he can be considered to be Young and his subjects were hurrying him to appoint a crown prince like he would be dead shortly.
Emperor Ling knows that he is sick, but how bad his sickness isn''t told by the Imperial Doctor as he is afraid that he will be beheaded as there is no cure for his sickness, only medicine to support his body but with the lifestyle Emperor Ling have it''s only matter of time before he dies.
Lie Fan and Baohuzhe also convened to have a meeting, to discuss which prince they think is better to be the Crown Prince. All members except for the inner circle were arguing trying to point out that it was Liu Bian or Liu Xie who was a better Crown Prince than the other. Lie Fan who heard the arguing keeps going was slightly irritated and mmed his hand on the table beside him.
Lie Fan: "What are you all arguing about?! Liu Bian and Liu Xie are still kids who haven''t even reached 10 years old yet! None of them truthfully qualify for the position of Crown Prince as they are still too young. Liu Bian''s personality can still be changed and Liu Xie can be taught but his young brain will not receive knowledge much because he hasn''t understood life!"
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 175 -> 185.
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 508
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 98: 98. Honey Scheme
Chapter 98: 98. Honey Scheme
Lie Fan: "What are you all arguing about?! Liu Bian and Liu Xie are still kids who haven''t even reached 10 years old yet! None of them truthfully qualify for the position of Crown Prince as they are still too young. Liu Bian''s personality can still be changed and Liu Xie can be taught but his young brain will not receive knowledge much because he hasn''t understood life!"
The room was silenced instantly when Lie Fan reprimanded them, no one dared to respond to his statement cause what he was saying was true. Both princes are still too young to understand the power and responsibility that came with bing a Crown Prince.
They didn''t want another Emperor Ling to be on the throne as that meant the end of the Han Dynasty, The Young Emperor Ling was controlled by the eunuchs and became a stepping board for them to be more powerful.
Both He Jin and Zhang Rang have the same ambition, to use the Crown Prince to expand their power and influence which was a threat so everyone decided to stop talking about this topic for now.
Lu Zhi as a respected Schr and Military Official bes the middleman to ease up the atmosphere. Lie Fan decided to end their meeting and invited everyone to have a feast today to increase their closeness to each other.
The Banquet was held at the Serenity Inn of course on the 3rd Floor where the whole floor was reserved by Lie Fan. Everyone was eating and drinking and having a good time, but some sort of group divergence can be seen as the hardcore loyalists of the Han grouped up together.
Wang Yun and Dong Cheng, the most influential among all the hardcore loyalists drank some wine together sit alone on the corner. Both of them are talking about Lie Fan''s position in this situation, as the two of them can see that Lie Fan has some sort of hidden intention in all of this mess with the moves he''s been doing.
Dong Cheng: "Old Wang what do you think Governor Lie Fan''s true intention is? With the position and influence he has now, he can stop this squabble in an instant!"
Wang Yun: "Truthfully I can''t see through him anymore, I don''t even know if his true intention since the beginning was pure or not. He is young but has the mind of an old fox, I''m afraid that if he really wants to control the Empire right now is an easy thing for him hahhh..."
Dong Cheng: "That''s true, I thought at first that he is a hot-blooded youth trying to protect his country. His rise to the top, I''m afraid that all of that may be under his calction."
Wang Yun who is going to drink his wine stops for a moment, If what Dong Cheng said is true that Lie Fan calcted everything then maybe there''s a way that can throw all of his careful nning out.
Dong Cheng who wanted to pour more wine into his cup saw that his old friend was in deep thought, he patted Wang Yun on the back to get him out of his thought.
Dong Cheng: "Old Wang! What are you thinking so seriously, even the wine in your hand hasn''t been drunk yet!"
Wang Yun: "I was thinking some kind of a n, a n that can maybe entangle Lie Fan to our chariot but I don''t know how big the consequence of this n will be."
Dong Cheng: "Ho? What is it? We need ingenious moves to tackle our current problem."
Wang Yun: "What do you think of a honey trap n?"
Dong Cheng who was drinking spurt out the wine that just entered his mouth, coughing heavily shocked by what Wang Yun just said.
Dong Cheng: "Honey trap?! Are you sure about this? Even if the n was sessful, the consequence is unimaginable!"
Wang Yun: "Yes, no matter how strong his will is at the end of the day he Is still a young man. He and my adopted daughter have been very close these past few months and maybe we can use that."
Dong Cheng: "Old Wang you''re so ruthless! Even you can sacrifice your daughter just like that? What about her feelings? Will se even cooperate with this!."
Wang Yun: "For the continuation of the Han Dynasty, no matter the price it all will be worth it. She doesn''t have to know about this, one of her handmade is a trusted piece I put beside her, and we can use a strong aphrodisiac to influence them."
Dong Cheng stared at his old friend, he didn''t expect that he would stoop so low. Maybe this Dong Cheng now is bbergasted by Wang Yun''s action, but his counterpart in the other life supported this n to make Dong Zhuo fall.
Wang Yun doesn''t care about the way his old friend sees him, so he begins to take Doing Cheng alongside himing up with the perfect n to pull this perfectly.
Lie Fan doesn''t know that Wang Yun, the man that he still trusts and sees as an uncle and also maybe a future father-inw is putting up a trap for him. Now he is receiving the older and influential officials under the Baohuzhe banner alongside Jia Xu and Sun Qian, Xun You goes back to the Lie n residence to teach his ss.
The feaststed until evening, Lie Fan who had bought an anti-drunk pill with 10,000 SP before the feast didn''t get drunk while many Baohuzhe members went home in a drunk state. The pill effect was for a lifetime which was a good bargain for him as drinking is part of the culture right now.
Lie Fan apanied by his bodyguards and advisors goes back to the Lie n residence, when his group arrives back at the residence they see Xun You talking with Sima Fang while Sima Yi and Sima Lang enter their carriage.
Lie Fan gets down from his carriage attracting the attention of both Sima Fang and Xun You.
Xun You: "Good Evening My Lord."
Sima Fang: "Good Evening Governor Lie Fan, I''m sorry that I can''t join today''s meeting as I have an important duty I have to attend to."
Lie Fan: "Good Evening, no need to apologize Master Sima Fang Official duties first then Baohuzhe. It''s already evening, and the two children must have been tired from learning all day you should go back now."
Sima Fang said goodbye to Lie Fan and Xun You, entered his carriage, and told the driver to start going back to Sima n''s residence. Lie Fan goes back to his room, takes a bath, and then takes a rest for today as performing in from of old foxes is rising mentally.
The next day, Lie Fan was training with his halberd in his courtyard when suddenly he received words that Diao Chane to have a chat with him. Lie Fan told the servants to bring Diao Chan to the terrace connected to his room while he cleaned himself up.
Diao Chan led by a servant to the terrace apanied by one of her handmaidens today brought apartment putting it on the table when they arrive at the terrace.
Diao Chan: "Excuse me, can I ask for tea to drink together with Brother Lie Fan?"
Servant: "Of Course My Lady, I will bring it for you right now."
Xing''er: "My Lady I will follow him and serve the tea for you and Young Master! I will help mydy praises about the food you make for Young Master while serving the tea!"
Diao Chan: "Xing''er has grown more brave right now, you can volunteer yourself to help me be closer to Brother Lie Fan. Okay, you can go but be careful okay?"
Xing''er promises to be careful and follow the servant toward the kitchen when the two of them are gone Lie Fan just finished cleaning himself up and went to the terrace to meet with Diao Chan.
Seeing Diao Chan bringing apartment, he feels curious about what Diao Chan brought for him. Diao Chan sees Lie Fan approaching with some sweat on his forehead, She stands up and takes out a handkerchief wiping it for him.
Feeling the gentle movement and the closeness between them, Lie Fan''s heart was beating, and feeling a bit awkward he made a fake cough to hide his embarrassment as he wasn''t brave enough to be bolder to Diao Chan like he was with Ying Yue.
Diao Chan sees that Lie Fan is shy so she just smiles and finishes wiping the sweat on Lie Fan''s forehead. She took Lie Fan''s hand and brought him to sit beside her.
Diao Chan: "Brother Lie Fan, I brought some dishes that I cooked myself for your breakfast today. I hope that you can be honest if it''s good or not."
Lie Fan: "Food made by Sister Diao Chan herself?! Then I can''t wait to taste it but without tasting it I already know that it tastes good!"
Lie Fan''s enthusiasm gives Diao Chan bolsters her confidence in her food, She opens thepartment and takes out 3 dishes which consist of chicken meat, some vegetables, and beef alongside rice.
Lie Fan breathes in on the scentsing out from the food that is good raising his appetite, he receives the chopsticks from Diao Chan and begins to taste each dish Diao Chan made for him.
Diao Chan on the side scrutinizes Lie Fan''s face to see if there are any bad responses from her dish, seeing that Lie Fan eating happily and even putting some food in her bowl makes her sure that her food tastes good which makes her very happy.
While Lie Fan and Diao Chan eating happily and talking about some daily topics, Xing''er Diao Chan''s handmaidens are in the kitchen alongside the servant from before to take tea for Lie Fan and Diao Chan.
Servant: "Sister this is the tea, it''s warm a perfect temperature to drink after eating."
Xing''er: "Thank You Brother! I can take care of it alone, you can continue to do your duty!"
Xing''er takes the tray filled with cups and teapots leaving the kitchen, when she just leaves the kitchen she searches for a secluded ce takes out a small cloth bag filled with white powder, and pours in on the tea while mumbling by herself.
Xing''er: "I hope you forgive me My Lady, I''m not doing this because I want to but I''m paying back the favor Master Wang Yun gave to me when he helped me cure my father''s sickness by giving me arge amount of money and he said that he will absolve the debt if I do this for him. I hope you understand my position, My Lady."
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185.
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 376.700 -> 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 508 -> 510
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 99: 99. Accident Happened
Chapter 99: 99. ident Happened
Xing''er: "I hope you forgive me, My Lady, I''m not doing this because I want to but I''m paying back the favor Master Wang Yun gave to me when he helped me cure my father''s sickness by giving me arge amount of money and he said that he will absolve the debt if I do this for him. I hope you understand my position, My Lady."
Xing''er poured all of the white powder into the teapot and threw the cloth bag, then held the teapot and spun it to let the powder mix with the tea. After putting the teapot back on the tray, Xing''er takes a deep breath to soothe her emotion then picks up the tray and walks towards Lie Fan''s quarter.
Lie Fan and Diao Chan was eating happily together not knowing that they have entered a web made by Wang Yun, Lie Fan feels that Diao Chan''s effort arerger than his which put him to shame as Diao Chan was braver than him in this regard.
Diao Chan who put some vegetables in Lie Fan''s bowl felt the gentle gaze from Lie Fan, Her heart was beating fast and she could feel that her cheek was a bit hot.
Diao Chan: "What are you doing looking at me like that, continue to eat the food while it''s still warm."
Lie Fan: "I just feel that Sister Diao Chan is very beautiful today."
Diao Chan hearing thepliment can''t stop her mouth from smiling, She just rolls her eyes at him and with her hand tells Lie Fan to continue eating his food. Lie Fan seeing that Diao Chan was shy due to hispliment can''t help but chuckle and continue eating the food in his bowl.
After the banter between the two of them, Xing''er arrives bringing the tea for them to drink. She put down the tray and arranged the cup for Lie Fan and Diao Chan.
Xing''er: "Young Master and My Lady, do you want to drink the tea now?"
Lie Fan: "It''s okay we can pour it ourselves, you can go and have some free time rest assured yourdy is very safe in here."
Xing''er: "But..."
Diao Chan: "It''s okay Xing''er, You always follow me and apany me doesn''t have much free time you can enjoy it for today just don''t go too far okay."
Xing''er hearing that feels like a burden just lifted from her shoulder, as she is thinking of ways to excuse herself but both Lie Fan and Diao Chan created the opportunity for her. After taking ast look at Diao Chan, she put down the teapot and excused herself from leaving the terrace.
Xing''er turned around saying goodbye to Diao Chan in her heart, When she left the Lie n residence she was walking for a while when suddenly a man with a mask stood in from of her. He gave her a cloth bag full of money and told her to leave the city to go back to her hometown.
She takes the money and since that day no one has ever seen her again, meanwhile, Lie Fan and Diao Chan don''t know about all of this still enjoying their time together. After finishing all the food, Diao Chan pours down the tea for her and Lie Fan.
Diao Chan: "The color of the tea is a bit light it looks weird."
Lie Fan: "Maybe it''s a new tea leaf that my Mither just bought, she likes to collect rare tea leaves to brew. Let''s take this chance to try it for her and give our thought on how it tastes."
Diao Chan believes Lie Fan''s words, she takes her cup and Lie Fan also takes his cup both of them drink it together at the same time. Lie Fan after finishing drinking the tea feels that it tastes a bit weird and asks Diao Chan how the tea taste to her.
Diao Chan also feels that the tea tastes weird, so she pours the tea again on her and Lie Fan''s cup to taste it again. Both drink together and agree that it tastes weird, they think that it may be how it tastes or being kept wrong by the chef.
After drinking the tea for the second time, Lie Fan and Diao Chan tidied up the dishes brought by Diao Chan putting them back in thepartment. While tidying the tes and chopsticks, both of them suddenly felt a bit hot but they thought it was due to the weather.
Finishing tidying the dishes Lie Fan and Diao Chan began to feel their body is growing hot every minute, Lie Fan began to feel that something was wrong but he couldn''t put in his mind what was wrong.
Diao Chan began to feel something itchy and hit at the same time growing on her lower body, Her mind began to blur and she felt thirsty so she drank more of the tea to quench her thirst. Lie Fan due to his high willpower can still handle the stimtion on his body, he sees Diao Chan acting weird after finishing drinking the tea and wants to take off her outeryer.
Lie Fan sees this and holds her hand from doing so and chastises her for doing so.
Lie Fan: "Sister Diao Chan what are you doing? You can''t do that in the open and I''m also here."
Diao Chan: "My body feels hot Brother Lie, I''m so thirsty and the tea can''t quench my thirst..."
Diao Chan whose hand was holding Lie Fan looked up at him and before finishing saying her words, saw Lie Fan''s lips, and something in her mind told her that it could help her quench her thirst.
Lie Fan who stands face to face with Diao Chan can see Diao Chan''s eyes are different from before, and when he wants to ask her his mouth is suddenly blocked by something soft and slippery thing invades his mouth.
Lie Fan''s willpower shut down when he was kissed by Diao Chan and felt the soft lips of the aggressive invader, his body and mind couldn''t hold down the fort anymore he began to invade back the soft lips.
Diao Chan feeling Lie Fan reciprocating her began to grow more active, Both of them hugged each other and kissed passionately without care that they would be seen by someone. Fortunately, everyone knows that Diao Chan is visiting Lie Fan, so the servants steer out of the way and Lie Fan''s bodyguards don''t follow him.
The kiss grew more and more passionate with time passing by, Diao Chan felt that her thirst wasn''t quenched yet but she needed to breathe so she pulled out of the kiss after struggling for a bit.
A shining line can be seen connecting their lips, Lie Fan who sees the defenseless and seductive Diao Chan with her messy clothes can''t stop the rampaging fire.
He picks her up in a princess hug and brings her towards his room closing the door on the terrace, his mind now can''t think of anything but Diao Chan who is in front of her, and Diao Chan who drinks the tea more than Lie Fan carry more fire in her body.
Lie Fan gets his clothes off revealing his perfect muscled body from working and training his martial arts, Diao Chan seeing that feels the fire in her body grow stronger also takes her clothes off. Both seeing the birthday suit of each other for the first time cut off theirst consciousness.
A battering ram and a castle gate were battling each other, inside Lie Fan''s chamber sometimes the sound of heavy grunts and some high pitch cries could be heard from the room, the Sun was even a bit shy from listening to the sound hiding behind the clouds as the cry keeps continue louder and louder.
Two hours passed by when the sound in the room finally stopped, Lie Fan and Diao Chan were asleep holding each other with Diao Chan sleeping on Lie Fan''s chest. Both of them were sleeping when suddenly Lie Fan''s room door was knocked and Lie Fan who had been freed from the previous effect woke up feeling his head aching.
Lie Fan then began to feel something wrong, he felt something pressing his body like it was on top of him and when he looked down he was shocked by what he had seen.
Diao Chan was sleeping soundly on top of him hugging his body with a serene face that sometimes flinched like she was in pain. Lie Fan began to panic for a bit and try to remember what had happened before but the sound of doors being knocked disrupted him.
Lie Fan puts down Diao Chan from his body gently onto his bed, seeing the ''battlefield'' describing the condition of his room makes his head hurt even more. Taking his clothes from the floor and then wearing it, he goes toward the door to see who is knocking opening it with a small gap.
Bo Cai: "My Lord, I''m sorry for disturbing your rest but Master Wang Yun is stopping in saying that Lady Diao Chan hasn''te back home yet and now looking for her."
Lie Fan: "Okay, tells Wang Yun that Diao Chan is going out to the market with her handmade and wait for me at the study."
Bo Cai receives the order and leaves bringing the message to Wang Yun, Lie Fan closes the door and knew that something is amiss but he doesn''t know what is wrong.
Lie Fan walks back toward his bed and sits on the side of the bed. He sighed seeing the red-colored sheet, knowing that they definitely did it. Lie Fan began to try to remember what had happened before now that there was no distraction.
He only remembered that after eating the dishes Diao Chan brought they drank some tea and from there the memories were a bit blurry which meant that someone drugged them both.
Lie Fan knew that the food was safe nothing wrong with it, Diao Chan was the one who made it and if she wanted to drug him then she would do it a long time ago. The only problem then was the tea, it could be either Diao Chan''s handmaiden Xing''er or the kitchen staff in his residence.
Even though Oriole is put inside the servants that serve his n, only half of them are Oriole members and the other half are people hired from outside due to the small number of Oriole members before.
While thinking about who is the mastermind behind this and thepromised security in his residence he heard a small moaning from Diao Chan and Diao Chan''s eyes slowly opened.
Lie Fan: "Sister Diao Chan have woken up?"
Diao Chan: "Brother Lie Fan my head hurts, huh? Wh-what happened?! Why am I on your bed without clothes?! Angg~"
Diao Chan who woke up seeing Lie Fanined about her headache, but when she saw that she was on Lie Fan''s bed without her clothes on began to panic, and when she wanted to get out of bed she felt pain in her lower body.
Lie Fan seeing this hurriedly helped her slowly position her body to sit upright on the bed and use the nkets to cover up her body.
Lie Fan: "Sister Diao Chan don''t panic take a deep breath and listen to me, what do you remember after we finish eating the food you make?"
Diao Chan: "I-I only rem-remember that we drank the tea Xing''er brought for us and then everything was blurred!"
Lie Fan sighed and put Xing''et as the culprit that drugged them both, but what he wanted to know was the mastermind behind all of this as she definitely would not do it alone.
Diao Chan was trembling and seeing the solemn look on Lie Fan''s face, her body was trembling as she was afraid that Lie Fan thought she was the one who caused all of this to happen. While she is emotional, she is not stupid and knows from the way Lie Fan talks that they were drugged causing both of them in this situation now.
Diao Chan: "Bro-Brother Lie Fan you have to believe me, I''m not the one who does this!"
Lie Fan: "Shusshh, it''s okay Sis- no I can''t call you sister now. It''s okay Wife, I know that you are not the one who did this don''t worry I will take responsibility for what happened. We can slowly cultivate our feelings in the future okay?"
Lie Fan seeing how emotional Diao Chan is with her body shaking and her eyes showing how frightened she is, makes his heart feel pain so he hugs her and pulls her into his arms while saying those words gently and patting her back tofort her.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185.
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 510
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 100: 100. Oriole Being Shown To The World
Chapter 100: 100. Oriole Being Shown To The World
Lie Fan seeing how emotional Diao Chan is with her body shaking and her eyes showing how frightened she is, makes his heart feel pain so he hugs her and pulls her into his arms while saying those words gently and patting her back tofort her.
Diao Chan silently sobs while being hugged by Lie Fan, After a few minutes she finally calms down and realizes that she doesn''t wear any clothes. Her face burns bright red and she pushes Lie Fan away, using the nket to cover her body again.
Lie Fan seeing this also embarrassed while coughing turns his head, Diao Chan who sees this feels her heart warm even though they have done it rtionship-wise they shouldn''t have reached this level yet.
Lie Fan who turned his head in embarrassment suddenly remembered Wang Yun is waiting for him, he stands up and go towards his wardrobe taking out new clothes to change into while all of his movement was seen by Diao Chan.
Diao Chan: "Brother Lie Fan what are you doing shocking me suddenly standing up like that."
Lie Fan: "I was informed before that Your Father is here, he was asking why you haven''t gone home yet which is suspicious now that I think about it as Your Father never worried when youe to my residence."
Diao Chan: "M-My Father?! Why did hee here? He should have known that I came to your ce and it''s only been 3 hours since I left home, Usually, he never even looks for me when he knows I''m here."
Lie Fan: "Let''s not think about that for now, do you think you can walk Wife?"
Diso Chan: "Wi-Wife? Yes I can walk Brother but maybe limping as it hurts, and Why are you calling me wife We-"
Lie Gan: "Of course, I called you my wife because of what just happened, I will take responsibility and from now on you should call me Husband when we are alone for now and also we have to exin this to Ying Yue."
Diao Chan feels her face burning, she can only nod her head in acknowledgment not hearing Lie Fan''sst sentence. Lie Fan went to the other side of the room to change and told Diao Chan to wear her clothes, it''s fortunate that her clothes were located on the bed backrest and doesn''t get dirty from the intense movement on the bed before.
Lie Fan leaves the room first waiting for Diao Chan outside, after a few minutes he hears movement walking towards the door. Lie Fan opened the door and met with Diao Chan who was walking slowly due to the pain aftereffects of their incident, Diao Chan held Lie Fan''s arm to help her move.
Together they walk slowly toward the study, Every servant that passes by sees them walking like this and doesn''t feel there''s something suspicious as they always walk like this before, especially in the garden. In the study, Wang Yun is waiting for Lie Fan while drinking the tea served to him.
Wang Yun knows that Lie Fan and Diao Chan should have finished doing it, and calcted the time he came here to the Lie n''s residence to catch them red-handed using it to take hold of Lie Fan the unstable factor of the enigma in the power struggle.
It pained him deeply to use his daughter like this, but for the future and continuity of the Han Dynasty, he was forced to do it. Lie Fan has been appointed as the honorary bodyguard of the heir apparent, increasing his influence on the Imperial Court.
Wang Yun was too deep in his thought that he doesn''t realizes that Lie Fan and Diao Chan is walking in together. Lie Fan help Diao Chan sit down on a chair beside Wang Yun, then he calls out Wang Yun taking him out of his thinking.
Lie Fan: "Master Wang Yun, I''m sorry that I''m a bitte I was picking up Lady Diao Chan on the Market."
Wang Yun: "It''s okay Governor Lie, I''m just worried that Diao Chan hasn''t told me that she will go out today and when I went to find her she wasn''t in her room."
Diao Chan: "What?! But Father I told Xing''er to tell you that we are going out when I was preparing the dishes for Governor Lie Fan."
Lie Fan sees the conversation between Diao Chan and Wang Yun, he was examining Wang Yun''s face to see if he acts suspiciously or shows something.
He feels that even if Xing''er doesn''t tell Wang Yun which was weird at the same time, how a servant doesn''t follow the order of her Master and with Wang Yun''s connection in Luoyang he can search for Diao Chan''s whereabouts in a short amount of time.
Maybe he is too overly suspicious but he just feels that Wang Yuning here and his story is weird but he keeps it to himself for now. He will look into this, Oriole will be sent to all corners of Luoyang.
On the other hand, Wang Yun is examining Diao Chan to see if his n truly works. When Diao Chan was talking and positioning her body on her chair, he saw that she was flinching with her face trying to hide that she felt pain.
Wang Yun: "Now that I have found you here with Governor Lie Fan I can rest easy, why don''t you call for Xing''er here I want to ask her for an exnation."
Diao Chan nodded her head and Lie Fan who knew that Diao Chan had a hard time walking, stood up and called Bo Cai to call for Xing''er toe to the study as Diao Chan and Wang Yun are waiting for her.
Lie Fan, Diao Chan, and Wang Yun were talking with each other, Lie Fan and Wang Yun are trading subtle inquiries to test each other. They talked for quite some time but Xing''er was noting, so Lie Fan stood up and told Liu Pi to call Bo Cai as they had waited for some time and Bo Cai hadn''t brought Xing''er.
Continuing to wait for a few minutes, Liu Pi and Bo Cai entered the study bringing bad news. Bo Vai reported that everyone in the mansion hadn''t seen Xing''er and an entrance guard told him that Xing''et had left the residence and hadn''te back yet.
Hearing this Lie Fan and Diao Chan were sure now that Xing''er was the one who put the aphrodisiac, Diao Chan was shocked and sad by the betrayal Xing''et had done to her while Lie Fan instantly told Bo Cai to call for Jia Xu.
Lie Fan promise to Diao Chan and Wang Yun that he will find Xing''et, for now, he suggests that they go home and wait for the news that he found her. Wang Yun agrees with Lie Fan''s suggestion and in his heart feels relieved that he has told Xing''er to leave Luoyang immediately to go back to her hometown.
Diao Chan holding Wang Yun''s arm walked together toward the Wang n carriage to hide her condition from Wang Yun, she purposely walk slowly and talked about the scenery in Lie n''s garden. Wang Yun who knows Diao Chan purposely doing this follows her lead while also indulging her to relieve the guilt that''s growing inside of him.
Lie Fan doesn''t escort Diao Chan and Wang Yun, after seeing them walk away from the study he walks straight toward the ssroom where Jia Xu and the others are teaching right now. He was even more suspicious than Wang Yun ept heartily his decision.
In the ssroom, Sima Yi and Sima Lang were being tutored by Xun You while Jia Xu was examining reports from Oriole when suddenly Lie Fan entered the ss attracting everyone''s attention there.
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry that I disturbed your ss Master Xun You, I have something urgent to discuss with Master Jia Xu."
Xun You: "It''s okay My Lord, you can talk with Master Jia Xu outside to not disturb the ss."
Lie Fan: "Of Course! Master Jia Xu, please follow me outside."
Jia Xu acknowledged Lie Fan''s order, put down the scrolls, and followed him outside. Lie Fan and Jia Xu walk together in silence toward the meeting room, Jia Xu can see that Lie Fan has something in his mind, and from his bodynguage he is enraged about something.
Arriving at the meeting room, Lie Fan exins what just happened excluding the intimate parts, saying how he and Diao Chan were drugged with aphrodisiac and the one who did it was Diao Chan''s handmaiden named Xing''er who now had run away after saying that Lie Fan ms his hand to the table.
Jia Xu: "Please stay calm My Lord, I will send the oriole to search for her trace immediately but I think she is only the tool, and from my reports all of Lady Diao Chan''s handmaidens were handpicked by Wang Yun and Lady Diao Chan''s treated them like a sister which means that the mastermind is somewhere out there."
Lie Fan: "Then find it! I don''t care if all of Luoyang was turned upside down, Utilize all of Oriole in Luoyang and see who Xing''er has seen these past few weeks! Also, this means that our security has beenpromised and from now on all the servants will be reced by Oriole members!"
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord! Don''t worry My Lord, right now you need to appease Lady Diao Chan as she must have been traumatized because of this happening to her."
Lie Fan hearing Jia Xu''s words agrees with him, and he decides to visit Diao Chan tomorrow and spend time with her.
After that conversation between Lie Fan and Jia Xu, the Luoyang noble''s circle and the bourgeoise circle were in a full-scale panic as they were infiltrated by a group of ck-masked people asking for someone named Xing''er, have they seen her and talked with her or had any contact with her.
Luoyang was searched thoroughly by Oriole under Xu Kai and Jia Xu''s lead, this was the first time in the Han Dynasty that they had seen such an organized operation of people breaking in searching for information about someone.
Xing''er''s name was being talked about across all Noble and Bourgeois sses, They were hoping that the Oriole search toe out or someone who caused them to do thise out and give them an exnation.
Wang Yun and Dong Chen who were meeting up in Wang Yun''s residence also heard about this phenomenon and they for the first time feel fear towards Lie Fan, they don''t expect Lie Fan to have subordinates with this kind of masterss expertise and how brazen Lie Fan is sensing them not caring about the mastermind which was them to know.
Lie Fan also began to feel that beggars and street urchins were an important part of the information group, fortunately Some of the Oriole members were part of this group so he also utilized them to research the streets of Luoyang.
Lie Fan and Oriole''s unscrupulous method causes Luoyang to be in disorder, entering and exiting Luoyang Noble and Burgeoise''s residence with a high level of security easily alerting even the Pce which Emperor Ling called for more Imperial Guards to patrol the area.
After a few days of searching, eventually Lie Fan received a report from Jia Xu that one of the Oriole members that were assigned to Wang Yun''s residence received word from the maids there that Xing''et meet with Wang Yun the day before her disappearance. They don''t know what Xing''ee and Wang Yun are talking about but they knew before that Xing''er was given money to cure the illness that her parents have.
Receiving this report, Lie Fan was immediately sure that Wang Yun was the mastermind behind all of this. He was confused as to what caused Wang Yun to do this. Yes, they have their differences but he treated him closely like an uncle even a future father-inw. now Lie Fan is on his way to meet with Wang Yun in his residence apanied by his bodyguards and Jia Xu.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185.
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 510
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 101: 101. The Break Of a Relation and a Faction
Chapter 101: 101. The Break Of a Rtion and a Faction
Receiving this report, Lie Fan was immediately sure that Wang Yun was the mastermind behind all of this. He was confused as to what caused Wang Yun to do this. Yes, they have their differences but he treated him closely like an uncle even a future father-inw. now Lie Fan is on his way to meet with Wang Yun in his residence apanied by his bodyguards and Jia Xu.
Jia Xu can see that Lie Fan is in a state of confusion and anger, He following Lie Fan right now is to try and mitigate the consequences that can happen due to Lie Fan''s Actions.
He and the rest of the advisors know that they can''t persuade Lie Fan right now, what Wang Yun has done directly broke Lie Fan''s bottom line which also confused them as to what caused Wang Yun to do this.
Wang Yun just needs to wait and Lie Fan will have an affinity with Diao Chan, the outsiders can see that it''s only a matter of time before it blossoms but what Wang Yun did can destroy that flower bud.
Arriving at Wang Yun''s residence, Lie Fan and his entourage get out of their carriage and Wang Yun''s n guard allow them to enter as it''s Lie Fan thinks that he wanted to visit Diao Chan just like the days before.
Lie Fan told them that he wanted to meet with Wang Yun and that he will wait for him at the Main hall as he have something he wanted to discuss with Wang Yun face to face.
The guard obviously listened to Lie Fan''s words and go to notify Wang Yun, not knowing that this maybe can be thest time Lie Fan will visit Wang Yun''s residence if anything goes wrong. Lie Fan brought his entourage to sit in the main hall and wait for Wang Yun, the guard that went to notify Wang Yun immediately go to Wang Yun''s study.
Inside the study, Wang Yun was meeting with Dong Cheng and several core members of the hardcore loyalist faction. They are now discussing ways to increase their influence inside Baohuzhe, Wang Yun and Dong Cheng do this to try to suppress Lie Fan''s power in Luoyang.
They have seen how Lie Fan grasped Luoyang, having a group of ck-clothed people infiltrating Luoyang to search for Xing''er. This show of power that only both of them can see frightened them to the core, What if Lie Fan decided to assassinate the entirety of the Court Officials purging them to let him be the only powerful person in the court.
They of course don''t dare to tell anyone about the existence of the ck-clothed group yet, at least until they manage to make Lie Fan join their side consolidating loyalist power in the court. After that, they will try to at least dismantle or minimize Lie Fan''s influence when the loyalists and Emperor Ling manage to take control of the court.
Their discussion was suddenly interrupted by Wang Yun''s guard bringing news that Lie Fan visited Wang n:a residence and wanted to meet with Wang Yun. Excel the other loyalists, Wang Yun and Dong Chen began to have a bad feeling as to why Lie Fan suddenly visited.
Wang Yun stood up and tell everyone to continue while he will meet with Lie Fan, Dong Cheng asked Wang Yun if he wanted somepany to meet Lie Fan which he declines. If Lie Fan''s visit is because of his honey trap, then he doesn''t want to implicate Doing Cheng so as to not let the Loyalists lose two of their leaders.
In the main hall where Lie Fan alongside his entourage is waiting for Wang Yun, Oriole members that were ced in the Wang n give reports to Jia Xu about the secret meeting.
Jia Xu reading this rys the message to Lie Fan, and Wang Yun the one Factor they always think will be stable grew unstable and now be a very big thorn in their side.
After reading the message, Lie Fan crumpled the paper and put it in his pocket. While Lie Fan do this movement, Wang Yun entered the main Hall and when Wang Yun meets face to face with Lie Fan the tension in the room grew to the point suffocated the servants that follow behind Wang Yun bringing tea for Lie Fan.
Wang Yun let the servants serve the tea first, and after they finish he told them to leave. He also ordered that no one could enter the main hall until he said so, he didn''t want the servants to hear what they were talking about and gossip with each other which could let people outside the Mansion know.
Wang Yun: "Governor Lie Fan what a surprise! Usually, you go meet with My daughter straight away, and suddenly now you wanted to meet me. It''s not that you wanted to propose the engagement between YouHaha Chan''er right haha!"
Lie Fan: *bang* "Wang Yun stop your hypocrisy! I trusted you as a close friend of my father and never treated you with disrespect! I even treat you like a father-inw due to my rtionship with your daughter and now you ensnare I alongside your own daughter in aplicated mess!?"
Lie Fan seeing Wang Yun acting like they can''t hold his anger, mmed the table beside him causing a small hole due to the strength he put in. Jia Xu and the bodyguards were shocked by Lie Fan''s sudden outburst but they kept quiet to let Lie Fan let out the things inside him that brewing for so long.
Wang Yun hearing this close his eyes and sighed, off all the scenarios he doesn''t expect that Lie Fan will found out this fast at least until Lie Fan and Diao Chan''s marriage he will slowly reveal to Lie Fan.
Wang Yun: " Maybe it''s too abrupt, but this is the only n that I can think of to not let you grow astray from our first aspiration when we meet for the first time! Don''t think that sacrificing my own daughter doesn''t hurt me, but for the sake of the Han Dynasty I can even sacrifice my own life and as my daughter, she also has to y her part in protecting the Han Dynasty!"
Lie Fan: "You beast! How could you say without a single remorse? She was trembling in fear, scared when she opened her eyes and saw the situation that wasid out across her eyes! For the Han Dynasty? Don''t you see that it is already dying and nothing you can do to stop it! She is your own daughter god damn it! What if you abandoned her easily because she is adopted? Is that the reason?!"
Wang Yun: "No matter her origin, She is My daughter and I don''t abandon her! She is doing her part in keeping the Han Dynasty future and Dying?! Don''t be naive Lie Fan, you''re young but maybe you haven''t heard of the phrase the lean camel is still bigger than the horse! I''m a fool for trusting you in the beginning, Now you have shown your true goal and I will stop you and all the others from reaching what you truly want!"
Lie Fan and Wang Yun were in a shouting match, People outside the main hall can hear it but due Wang Yun''s order no one dared to enter. Diao Chan was informed by her handmaiden that Lie Fan visited the Wang n''s residence ande here to see Lie Fan heard the shouting in the main hall.
When she wanted to enter to see what was going on as she was familiar with both Wang Yun and Lie Fan''s voices was stopped by the guards under Wang Yun''s order that no one can enter, Diao Chan can only hold her hand together waiting anxiously outside.
Inside the Main Hall, Lie Fan who was bbergasted by Wang Yun''s action grew even more impatient facing the mad loyalists of Han. He threw a teacup from the table towards the floor, breaking it into pieces.
Lie Fan: "Tell me the reason why you do this?! Is there no other way huh?! Why do you have to hurt her like that and betray both of our trust in you?!"
Wang Yun: "You wanted to know why? Because you have grown so powerful, I was scared that your power has changed you and it looks like it has, or maybe that is your true face since the beginning."
Lie Fan: ''Haha! Just for a dying Han Dynasty, you broke our 2 years of friendship and trust! Then hear this Wang Yun, from now on you and those little group loyalists of yours were kicked out from Baohuzhe! Go and make your own Faction topete with He Jin and Zhnag Rang!"
Wang Yun who heard this tremble slightly, He and Doing Cheng was nning to increase the members of Loyalist in Baohuzhe but Lie Fan cut them off and even kicked them out. This is even more precarious than the situation he had when he battled with the Eunuchs.
Lie Fan after saying this doesn''t have many words left to say Sit down while taking deep breaths to calm himself, Jia Xu on the other hand hears Lie Fan''s decision he can''t reverse it as Baohuzhe is Lie Fan''s small kingdom.
Jia Xu: "Master Wang Yun, you don''t need to think that you can invite the officials and bourgeoise to Baohuzhe. Excluding your loyalists group, we have consolidated them to My Lord''s side and all of you are just ying in the palm of My Lord this whole time so please just enjoy your retirement."
Wang Yun who hears this is like a nail in the final coffin and coughs out some blood due to the heavy blow he is receiving. Lie Fan and his entourage doesn''t care about this, they stand up and leave the main hall leaving Wang Yun there alone.
Lie Fan left the Main Hall and saw Diao Chan waiting outside anxiously He went toward her, and Dioa Chan saw this hold Lie Fan''s hand when he was in front of her.
Diao Chan: "Brother what''s going on? Why have I heard you and My Father shouting?"
Lie Fan: "It''s hard to exin sister, for now Just follow me as it''s not safe for you here."
Diao Chan: "What? Follow you where and why is it not safe here, there''s My Father and a group of guards of course it''s safe here."
Lie Fan: "Do you trust me?".
Diao Chan''s eyes meet with Lie Fan''s eyes full of gentleness and solemnity, sucked in the whirlpool of that eye nods her head to indicate that she trusts Lie Fan. Lie Fan seeing this holds her hand and takes her alongside him to leave the Wang n''s Mansion, Diao Chan''s two remaining handmaidens saw this and in panic follow them.
After Lie Fan visits Wang n''s estate, the shocking news spread in Luoyang that Lie Fan as the leader of Baohuzhe kicked out Wang Yun, Dong Cheng, and 30 people out from Baohuzhe. Everyone including He Jin and Zhang Rang was surprised when this news was made out, as everyone knew how close Lie Fan and Wang Yun''s is these past 2 years.
Wang Yun and Dong Cheng alongside the 30 people made a new Faction named the Han Dynasty Protector, their purpose is supporting the Emperor in tackling the situation that was happening in the Court now. Luoyang''s politicalndscape has a drastic change again, from splitting into 3 groups now 4 with Wang Yun''s Faction managed totch onto Emperor Ling''s protection.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185.
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 510
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 102: 102. Emperor Ling Fainted, Chaos Erupt
Chapter 102: 102. Emperor Ling Fainted, Chaos Erupt
Wang Yun and Dong Cheng alongside the 30 people made a new Faction named the Han Dynasty Protector, their purpose is supporting the Emperor in tackling the situation that was happening in the Court now. Luoyang''s politicalndscape has a drastic change again, from splitting into 3 groups now 4 with Wang Yun''s Faction managed totch onto Emperor Ling''s protection.
He Jin and Zhang Rang were the happiest people on the court right now, They didn''t care that the politicalndscape changed again. Lie Fan and Wang Yun split up means the influence of Baohuzhe in the Court was reduced, and Wang Yun became easy prey to kill if not because of Emperor Ling''s protection.
No one knew the reason Lie Fan tear his face at Wang Yun except for Lie Fan, Lie Fan''s advisors, Wang Yun, and Doing Cheng. When Lie Fan''s announcement passed by, he announced that Wang Yun is a horrendous person and worse than a beast because at least a beast doesn''t eat its cub.
Everyone in the middle to upper ss in Luoyajg discussed what Lie Fan meant, The main actor Lie Fan now thinking about how to exin this to Diao Chan then Ying Yue in his room. Diao Chan Yue is now staying in the Lie n residence and is now being apanied by Ying Yue, Diao Chan''s spirit has recovered a little thanks to Ying Yue and Lie Fan apanying her.
Diao Chan just managed to get out from the shadow of being betrayed by her handmaiden whom se trusted like a sister, and Lie Fan is afraid that Wang Yun is the mastermind behind their ident will stimte her even more.
Diao Chan has been asking him the reason why he told her to live here and every time Lie Fan gives a random excuse, he feels that if he continues to hide it the rtionship between him and Diao Chan will blow up due to the prolonged duration he was kidding this from her.
Lie Fan decides to tell Diao Chan the truth, along with Ying Yue at least so he hopes that the two of them can look after each other. Due to his temper, hepletely broke off with Wang Yun but he never regret doing it.
Leaving his room, he walks toward the gazebo in the garden where Diao Chan and Yung Yue always like to spend their time together in there. Diao Chan and Ying Yue sitting together on the gazebo rxing their minds with the beautiful scenery, Yung Yue can see that Diao Chan acting weird these past few days like something bothering her and she feels guilty about something.
Ying Yue: "Sister Diao Chan, can you tell me what''s wrong? You have been acting weird since you came and lived here under Husband''s request."
Diao Chan: "Little Sister, it''s not that I don''t want to tell you but it isn''t the time yet. When the time is right, me and Brother Lie Fan will tell you together."
Ying Yue: "Husband also knows? Then Wh-"
Lie Fan: "I know about what?"
Ying Yue feels left out trying to protest but Lie Fan arrives at the gazebo and hears what Ying Yue asked, feeling intrigued hearing that he knew something he decided to ask.
Diao Chan seeing Lie Faning here gives a warm smile and loving eyes since the ident that happened to them even though it''s a disaster brought them closer together and pierced that piercing that thin paper that separated them.
Ying Yue hearing Lie Fan''s voice turned around and showed a loving smile, she changed her seat and told Lie Fan to sit between her and Diao Chan. Lie Fan takes the seat thinking that it''s more convenient that he act as the buffer zone between them with the things he wants to say.
Lie Fan: "Come on why don''t you tell me I know about what hmm?"
Ying Yue: "I don''t know, you have to ask Sister Diao Chan about that as it looks like only my Husband and Sister Diao Chan is the one who knows Hmph!"
Lie Fan seeing the rare cute puffer face of Ying Yue pouting can''t stand the cuteness, he rubs Ying Yu''s head and touches her nose in a spoiling manner. Ying Yue receives Lie Fan''s spoiling gestures happily thinking that it''spensation for her being excluded.
Lie Fan: "Looks like I know what Sister Diao Chan talking about, Suster Diao Chan I think now it''s a good time to tell Yue''er."
Diao Chan: "Are you sure? If you feel it''s time then okay, it''s better early than hiding it for too long."
Ying Yue: "What is it so serious, I have never seen Husband and Sister Diao Chan talking seriously in front of me before, It looks like this is a big secret!"
Lie Fan takes Ying Yue''s hand takes a deep breath and then begins to tell her what happened these past few days, how He and Diao Chan were drugged with Aphrosidiacs by Xing''er Diao Chan''s handmaiden making them sleep together and now they are looking for the mastermind that make Xing''er do that.
Ying Yue who was happy at first begins to feel the world around her tearing apart, She never thought that something like this could happen and even though her heart hurts she knows she can''t me the 2 of them because they were drugged.
Ying Yue''s eyes began to drop some tears, seeing Lie Fan take her in his arms and Diao Chan apologizing to Ying Yue repeatedly saying it is her fault that something like this happened. Lie Fan hears Diao Chan saying that pains him, as at the end of the day he must protect the two of them from something like this but he failed.
Ying Yue: " *sobs* Si-sister Diao Chan you do-don''t have to apo-apologize, it''s not your and husband''s fault that something like this happened. How can people be so cruel doing this? Has husband found out the mastermind?"
Lie Fan: '' Yes I have, but I want Sister Diao Chan to take a deep breath first."
Lie Fan released Yung Yue from his arm and turned his head towards Diao Chan saying this with a grave tone, Diao Chan''s heart began to panic as she felt that she would find something that would crash her world but she still followed Lie Fan''s request taking a deep breath.
Lie Fan: "Sister Diao Chan, the one who told Xing''er to put the aphrodisiac in our tea is hah... Your Father Master Wang Yun, I''m sorry."
Diao Chan: "Wh-What? Yo-You''re lying, hollow Could My Fa-father do that?! Tell me you''re lying or I heard wrongly!"
Diao Chan who heard about this felt like her whole world crumble, Wang Yun her spiritual support for many years the one who instructed Xing''er to do this caused her to almost copse.
Ying Yue who heard the shocking news shocked to the core, she didn''t expect that Diao Chan''s father was the one who did this. Seeing that Diao Chan almost fainted, Lie Fan held her in his arms worrying about her mental condition.
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry Sister Diao Chan, I also don''t expect Master Wang Yun to be the culprit behind all of this, this is the reason why I told you to stay here for a while."
Diao Chan can only cry silently, she feels that she only wants to be alone right now and Lie Fan seeing her condition can only hold her in his arms. Ying Yue is at the side, forgetting about her own emotions helping Lie Fan give Diao Chan a voice of support to help her calm down.
After crying for a while Diao Chan fell asleep due to mental exhaustion, Lie Fan brought her to her room and told Ying Yue to apany Diao Chan for a while as he needed to keep an eye on the Imperial Court right now with the sudden changing of itsndscape.
Yung Yue agreed and hugged Lie Fan for a while to keep her mind healthy, Lie Fan kissed her on the forehead and released her from his arms. Today is the day for another court meeting to discuss the famine caused by the war and heavy taxes, only Luoyang and Xu Province can be said to be stabilized and recovering from the famine.
Lie Fan goes straight to the Imperial Court with Jia Xu and Xun You alongside his bodyguards after putting Diao Chan in her room, today is an important part for him to show off his fangs at the court to stabilize the restless mind of the 2 old foxes He Jin and Zhang Rang.
The Court begins with Emperor Ling entering the court with a slightly pale face, no one notices this except for Lie Fan who was told by Jia Xu. Seeing Emperor Ling''s condition, Lie Fan knew that it was only a matter of time before his illness truly struck him which meant his escape n back to Xu Province wasing soon to be carried out.
Emperor Ling: "Today it''s to discuss the severe condition that hit our country, especially the provinces that were ravaged by the rebels."
He Jin: "Your Majesty, we need to enforce order to the people. We are doing our best to help them but they also need to be patient and not cause riots or even turn towards the path of crime."
Wang Yun: "Your Majesty! What the Grand General saying has some merit but giving sticks without the carrot is just punishment, Why don''t we open the Imperial Reserve Granary or the Military Granary to give to the people?"
He Jin: "Master Wang Yun! How dare you sacrifice Important Military supplies and Your Majesty''s food!"
Wang Yun and He Jin are arguing against each other, and Zhang Rang as a eunuch doesn''t have much to say in the Court unless The Emperor ordered them to talk so he doesn''t join this discussion.
Emperor Ling: "Okay Okay Enough! I don''te here to listen to the argument between the 2 of you, Governor Lie Fan what do you think we should do?"
Everyone''s attention immediately turns toward Lie Fan, Lie Fan is picked out from the crowd by Emperor Ling and walks a step forward from his position answering Emperor Ling.
Lie Fan: "Your Majesty, what both Grand General and Master Wang Yun said have merits but theyck the flexibility. Give the people some grains, the nobles of the Empire surely have enough money or grain to give to the people, while it''s not enough to keep them full but at least they will not be starved and then we enforce thew to pick out the bad fruits from the group"
Lie Fan''s words caused a big controversy, All of them can be said to be part of the Noble except the General some of them are grassroots. Lie Fan''s idea hurt their interest and forgetting his influence everyone is condemning him.
Emperor Ling actually liked this idea as that meant Noble''s power as a group declined, and the Imperial Authority rose but that meant he was offending people who would support his son causing them to even rebel.
Emperor Ling''s brain suddenly felt a stinging pain, and his body was trembling no one saw this happening until suddenly Emperor Ling fell off his Throne and fainted.
Everyone immediately panicked when they saw this, Zhang Rang and some eunuchs immediately called for the Imperial Doctor toe while they brought Emperor Ling back.
Emperor Ling had fainted while overseeing the Court shocking the Capital, From nobles tomon people everyone knew this news. The people feared another war with the sudden health decline of Emperor Ling, while the nobles began to prepare to put a Crown Prince by force.
He Jin, Zhang Rang, and Wang Yun began to have a big debate on the next day, everyone arrived at the Imperial Court again to see Emperor Ling''s condition but Zhang Rang informed them that Emperor Ling haven''t awakened yet.
This sparks He Jin to propose a crown prince be put in to help Emperor Ling in overseeing the Empire, Empress He can help the Crown Prince with a regent be appointed among the upper-ranking officials.
Wang Yun hearing this instantly opposed He Jin, saying that Emperor Ling is still healthy he only needs rest and He Jin is trying to rebel by putting a Crown Prince without Emperor Ling''s consent. He Jin argued that even if there is no Crown Prince, they still need a figurehead to be appointed to lead them as they don''t have a chancellor.
Zhang Rang knew He Jin would say this so he acted as Emperor Ling''s voice denied him the chance, saying that everyone only needed to do their duties while Emperor Ling was recuperating.
This caused a three-way debate between the three of them, Lie Fan only watched on the sidelines knowing that the Big Ship of the Han Dynasty had half of its body sunk. Different from everyone''s expectations of him joining in, Lie Fan stayed on the sidelines and let this happen as his time to leave Luoyang wasing and he didn''t want to be highlighted by anyone.
__________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 510
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 103: 103. Last Year In Luoyang
Chapter 103: 103. Last Year In Luoyang
This caused a three-way debate between the three of them, Lie Fan only watched on the sidelines knowing that the Big Ship of the Han Dynasty had half of its body sunk. Different from everyone''s expectations of him joining in, Lie Fan stayed on the sidelines and let this happen as his time to leave Luoyang wasing and he didn''t want to be highlighted by anyone.
The dispute between He Jin, Zhang Rang, and WangYun is not pointless actually. The government needs a leader, even if there''s no Emperor at least the Crown Prince or someone appointed by the Emperor to act on his behalf with his consent.
Zhang Rang didn''t want a crown prince to rise to disrupt the Eunuch''s political power that they are amassing right now with Emperor Ling''s condition, He Jin wanted to take this chance to push Liu Bian''s ascension be the Crown Prince of the Han Dynasty, and Wang Yun doesn''t want both He Jin and Zhang Rang gaining more power so he tries to stop them.
Lie Fan doesn''t care about them as long as they don''t provoke him, Now he is preparing to leave Luoyang and there are many things he needs to prepare. His industry in Luoyang, Oriole''s future in Luoyang, and the evacuation of the Cai n need to be organized which he predicts take some time at least 2 months.
The Court ended with no oue gained, Emperor Ling didn''t wake up from his illness means that it was an open season at the court. Corruption began to run more rampant, except for Wang Yun''s Faction and Baohuzhe everyone is enriching themselves more in preparation for the political battle of for the Position of Crown Prince.
Due to Lie Fan''s butterfly effect, the battle at the court started early and Emperor Ling''s illness hit its peak due to the court struggle. Lie Fan returned to the Lie n residence to begin the preparation for his family, as he wanted to send his family first back to Xu Province.
Luoyang''s situation is bing more dangerous, he doesn''t want his focus to be diverted to protecting his family and facing the court situation. In the meeting room, Jia Xu and Xun You approve Lie Fan''s n, They rmend Sun Qian who has known Lie Fan family longer than them to apany them.
Lie Fan assigned Gong Du and He Yi to apany his family, taking 1,000 men from his army under Huang Zhong to escort his family. When he is assigning Gong Du and He Yi, Lie Fan remembered Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong who were in Qing Province right now infiltrating Yellow Turban remnants stationed there.
Lie Fan told Jia Xu and Xun You about this as only Sun Qian knew about this, and he sent Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong to recruit yellow turban soldiers to be his army. Xun You is a bit reluctant to ept rebels but Jia Xu instantly praises Lie Fan as this move will help them have free soldiers at their disposal.
Jia Xu: "While this ingenious move can bring infamy towards you My Lord, with the Han Dynasty crumbling it''s not much of a problem as long as you care about the people, the only ones who willin in the end are your enemies."
Lie Fan: "Don''t worry no one will ever know, When the Yellow Turban remnant rises in Qing Province we can send troops to help and incorporate them smoothly."
Xun You: "A good n My Lord, but what makes you so sure that the Yellow Turbans will rise again?"
Lie Fan: "Because they either wanted to avenge Zhang Jiao or they saw an opportunity to be rich, we need to keep an eye on Yellow Turban activity in Yan, Qing, and Yu provinces Master Jia Xu."
Jia Xu: "Don''t worry My Lord, I will replicate some of the Oriole in Luoyang that have infiltrated smaller and middle-level Nobles to enter those provinces. Thanks to My Lord''s enterprise, we have arge amount of money to expand Oriole''srger, and right now we are training thest batch."
Lie Fan was happy with that, he also told Jia Xu to let the Oriole members open Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern at the capital of each province. This will help them to umte capital for their operation and also for Lie Fan, he will coordinate with his mother to send some members from his Merchant Caravan to help the Oriole members.
The meeting ended and Lie Fan went toward the Dining room as it was time for Lunch, everyone was waiting for him there. Yu Yan at first was a bit cold toward Diao Chan, but after knowing what her origin and happened to her she immediately changed to be loving and gentle epting her into the family.
Lie Fan arrives at the dining room and sees how his family interacts with each other in full harmony, he is happy seeing this as he doesn''t want his family to hate each other. He sits in between Diao Chan and Ying Yue, Lie Fan slowly bing the head of the Lie n even though his Father is still healthy.
Yu Yan consents to Lie Fan turning into the Head of the n, at least it can help her have more time with her husband and take care of Wannian together.
Lie Fan: "Mother, Chan''er, and Yue''er I have something to inform you all."
Yu Yan: "What is it? Don''t tell me that you will bring another girl to our family this fast."
Diao Chan who still feeling the pain of betrayal and Ying Yue who was eating her food, hearing what Yu Yan said instantly raised their head together and red at Lie Fan while each of their hands pinched Liw Fan''s waist from each side.
Lie Fan feeling the pain in his waist begins to rify the situation while crying without tears at his mother''s usations.
Lie Fan: "No Mother how can you say that, I wanted to inform the three of you that I have decided to send everyone to Xiapi as it was safer there and Luoyang will only grow more and more unsafe."
Yu Yan: "What? If we were sent to Xiapi, then how about you? Who will apany you here?"
Lie Fan: "I will stay here to oversee some things and in 2 months in the new year I will follow everyone back to Xiapi."
Ying Yue: "Husband you have to stay safe okay? And what about Sister Diao Chan is it okay for her toe with us?"
Diao Chan who heard this bowed her head, holding the chopstick in her hand tightly. She really wanted to follow Lie Fan, but she understood if Lie Fan sent her back to Wang Yun because they aren''t married yet and it can cause a scandal.
Lie Fan hearing this question from Ying Yue raised his hand and flicked Ying Yue''s forehead, making her yelp in pain holding her forehead.
Lie Fan: "Don''t you hear what I just said, Of Course, Chan''er ising with you and Mother. She is part of our family now and sending her back to Wang Yun will only hurt her even more."
Diao Chan: "I-I really can follow everyone, Brother Lie Fan?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course! And what Brother Lie Fan, you must call me Husband now, and I will call you Chan''er because if I call you wife then Yue''er will also feel like being called."
Diao Chan blushed heavily and lowered her head to hide her shyness, Ying Yue hearing this was happy as even though Diao Chan came between her and Lie Fan she also thought of Diao Chan as her own Older Sister.
Lunchtime passed by filled with joy and Diao Chan managed to get out slowly from her sorrow, Lie Fan prepared the carriage and supplies for his family after finishing lunch. He called for Huang Zhong outside Luoyang toe in as he wanted to coordinate with him and helped Gong Du and He Yi to receive a token that allowed them to lead Lie Fan''s soldier.
Huang Zhong arrived at the Lie n residence bringing the token to be given to Gong Du and He Yi, He also asked Lie Fan if he needed to follow them back to Xiapi or wait alongside him here in Luoyang. Lie Fan replied for him to stay as when they go back to Xiapi, they have a ce to stop by as he wanted to meet with someone.
Huang Zhong heeded his order and when he wanted to return to the Army Camp, Lie Fan ordered him to stay and let his vicemanders supervise the army. He Yi and Gong Du will be gone, Lie Fan feels his safety to bepromised so he makes Huang Zhong stay here as the residence will be empty anyway after his family is gone.
Three days passed by and Lie Fan finished the preparation needed for his family to go towards Xiapi. Yu Yan, Wannian, Ying Yue, and Diao Chan broader the carriage that was prepared for them, and under the protection of Gong Du and He Yi they left the Lie n residence towards Luoyang''s western gate where the 1,000 Soldiers waiting for them.
With his family leaving Luoyang, Lie Fan feels at ease doing anything he wants to do. He sent Xun You to the Cai n''s residence to inform Cai Wenji and the Cai n to organize everything they needed in 2 months When the new year arrived, they would leave Luoyang alongside him.
Lie Fan and Jia Xu began to coordinate Baohuzhe, Lie Fan tried to persuade the bourgeoise to slowly leave Luoyang in 1 or 2 years. He hinted at them to maybe go to Xiapi to meet him and he will help them relocate to the big cities across Xu Province as Luoyang will be unsafe to their safety and business.
Many of the big bourgeoisie were not persuaded, thinking that Lie Fan was only bluffing as he wanted their money, while the middle and small bourgeoisie was on the fence as they had more prospect of believing Lie Fan than staying here in Luoyang. The downside is they have to start from scratch which can hurt them financially but they have more room to grow than in Luoyang being squeezed by the big guys.
Lie Fan''s purpose in doing this is to reduce the amount of wealth that Dong Zhuo will receive when he ransacked Luoyang, yes he will still have arge amount of money from the Imperial Treasury and Tomb but at least he will not have as many as he should have.
Lie Fan also can use this as a chance in investing at his province, spreading it can help Xu Province economically as a whole and maybe be the richest province thanks to it. Baohuzhe members don''t know that Lie Fan will leave Luoyang, except for Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi whom he notified using the reason that Yellow Turban is beginning to run rampant again.
Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi were also bright talents before the Eastern Han Dynasty downfall, Lie Fan asked them to stay safe as Luoyang was bing unsafe politically and if they ever left Luoyang they could go to him in Xiapi.
Oriole members were told to stay in Luoyang by Lie Fan under Xu Kai''s leadership, they would continue spying on Luoyang and sending their reports to Jia Xu.
He still stationed Oriole at Luoyang so he could have eyes and ears here, also so that when the time Dong Zhuo ransacked Luoyang he could send them to take the Imperial Seal at the well that Sun Jian found the Imperial Seal..
Lie Fan''s busyness in organizing many things with Jia Xu and Xun You made 2 months pass by in the blink of an eye, They entered a new year and the day that Lie Fan left Luoyang arrived. Lie Fan hoped that Emperor Ling could hang on for at least a year, He wanted He Jin and Zhang Rang to truly tear down the Court and then Emperor Ling could pass away as at that time no one could take a step back.
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (185 AD -> 186 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 510
VIT: 219
AGI: 228
INT: 247
CHR: 90
WIS: 209
WILL: 165
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 104: 104. Trying to Recruit Cao Cao’s Future E-Lai
Chapter 104: 104. Trying to Recruit Cao Cao''s Future E-Lai
Lie Fan''s busyness in organizing many things with Jia Xu and Xun You made 2 months pass by in the blink of an eye, They entered a new year and the day that Lie Fan left Luoyang arrived. Lie Fan hoped that Emperor Ling could hang on for at least a year, He wanted He Jin and Zhang Rang to truly tear down the Court and then Emperor Ling could pass away as at that time no one could take a step back.
Emperor Ling woke up from hisa 5 days after Lie Fan''s family left for Xiapi, The deteriorating situation at the court made Emperor Ling decide to enjoy his life ignoring the court. When he knew that Lie Fan would leave for Xu Province, Emperor Ling asked him to return as fast as he could.
Lie Fan gives him an empty promise, this is thest time he will meet Emperor Ling and he doesn''t want to return to Luoyang until the Anti-Dong Zhuo Alliance. He knew that this year at Liang Province the Qiang People would rebel, and Han Sui and Ma Teng who would join the Qiang people would gain control of Liang Province.
They were granted military titles to appease them as the Central government (Han Dynasty) failed to suppress them, Lie Fan wanted this rebellion to happen and seed. This weakened the Han Dynasty further, and his departure from Luoyang reduced the chance of him being appointed to lead the suppression army.
He only wished that Tao Qian died in that battle so that he would not be appointed as Inspector Of Xu Province as he had a high chance of being appointed. Tao Qian is too righteous and he will undo some of his improvement, he can send Oriole to assassinate him in battle which he still thinking about whether to do or not.
Lie Fan leaving Luoyang was known by the whole Capital, and the people of Luoyang were sad that he was leaving because they felt that only he was the one who cared for them. Boarding his carriage with his advisors, they went towards Luoyang West Gate, he was being sent off by the people telling him to stay healthy.
Lie Fan opens the curtains and waves toward them, he tells them to continue to do their best and not to worry that the kitchen soup and all kinds of help that Baohuzhe gives to them will continue even if he leaves Luoyang.
Arriving at the West Gate, Lie Fan saw his 2,000 men waiting for him and the carriages of the Cai n numbering between 10 to 20 were also waiting for him. Jia Xu family, the Jia n also there with only 6 carriages as they are not a big household.
Lie Fan gets off his carriage and lets Jia Xu alongside Xun You ride this carriage he walks towards Pangu. Jia Xu and Xun You have resigned from their post at the Imperial Court, shocking everyone, especially the Xun Family. Xun You resignation was not expected by the Head of the Xun Family, Xun You was told to go back and resume his position but he refused putting him and his family at odds.
Seeing now that Jia Xu and Xun You turned out to follow Lie Fan to Xu Province, they resigned from a Court official just to be a Province Official which makes them confused. Riding his horse, Lie Fan led his soldiers alongside Huang Zhong, Liu Pi, and Bo Cai They began their ride to Xiapi.
Huang Zhong: "My Lord, before you told me that we will visit a ce first before continuing towards Xiapi."
Lie Fan: "Yes that is true, We will go towards Vity of Shangqiu at Jiwu County Yan Province. I have intel that there''s a talented general residing there and the rumor is that his strength is unmatched."
Huang Zhong: "Hoh? Haha! This Old General will help My Lord confirm if the intel were true! Please don''t me this old bone if he injured the man My Loed was interested in meeting."
Lie Fan shook his hand in amusement, he remembered that the man he was looking born at that ce and if he was lucky enough to meet him, his base strength would increase tremendously. Fortunately, they will pass by Jiwu County as it borders Xu Province near Xiapoei so they don''t have to detour looking for another path to Xiapi.
Lie Fan and his group spent almost a month on the road before they reached Shangqiu, The Yellow Turban remnant is still active across Yan Province but they don''t dare to attack due to the numbers of Lie Fan men.
Lie Fan decided to also stay at Shangqiu for a couple of days, he wanted to let his soldiers rest, and some of Cai n''s members stoppedining about how their bodies first everywhere. He lets the Cai n members and the Jia Xu family stay at the Inn, He brings Liu Pi and Bo Cai to a tavern to ask for some information.
Lie Fan and his bodyguards attract everyone''s attention at the tavern, Lie Fan with his expensive clothes and his bodyguard''s unique masks makes them the the center of attention. Lie Fan doesn''t care about people looking toward him, he walks toward the Tavern Keeper.
Lie Fan: "Boss, I was looking for someone and I hope you have news about this man."
Tavern Keeper: "I''m sorry but our tavern doesn''t engage in this kind of thing."
Hearing the Tavern Keeper''s words, Lie Fan takes out a pouch filled with money and puts it on the table. The Tavern Keeper instantly changes his demeanor, taking the pouch he promised to help Lie Fan.
Lie Fan: "I hear that he was known as a local hero, he helped a family in Xiangyi County assassinate a corrupt official named Li Yong, Do you this man?"
Li Yong: "Oh! You''re searching for Dian Wei! He was a frequent visitor of my Tavern, he shoulde this night looking for a drink. In the day he works as a City Guard Captain so he only has free time at night, You cane again when the sun sets and you should be able to meet him."
Lie Fan: "Thanks, Boss! Here another one as a bonus!"
Lie Fan throws another pouch toward the Tavern Keeper, and then he leaves the tavern. Yes, that''s right, the Man he is looking for is Dian Wei and he doesn''t want this great star to die young thanks to Cao Cao can''t stop his lower body. Lie Fan and his bodyguards go toward the Inn where the Cai n members and the Jia Family reside to meet with Jia Xu and Xun You.
At the Inn, Lie Fan eats lunch alongside Jia Xu and Xun You then he spends some time with them discussing the current situation of the Han Dynasty. Right now the Capital should have received news about the Liang Province rebellion and sent Zhang Wen, Huangfu Song, Dong Zhuo, and Tao Qian as the mainmanding Generals to suppress it.
Jia Xu: "My Lord''s intuition was true! Thanks to My Lord telling me to send some Oriole Members there to scope the situation, we would never have known that the Qiang People would rebel, holding it from starting for almost a year, and manage to suppress the news from reaching Luoyang!"
Lie Fan: "It''s not intuition if Master Jia Xu and Xun You also focused on those tribes, you would recognize that they would surely use this chance to rebel as the Han Dynasty is weak."
Xun You: "Then why should we stop it from happening for almost a year My Lord? That means it should have started 2 years ago at 184 AD and a year ago the news reached Luoyang."
Lie Fan: "Because I want to destabilize the Luoyang Politicalndscape further, and now with the Liang Province rebellion happening it will be more chaotic as the news of the rebellion arrives in Luoyang."
Jia Xu and Xun You marvel at the way Lie Fan can see the bigger picture, what they don''t know is Lie Fan is only using the knowledge he has from the future to set up the situation. They spend time talking with each other until the evening, seeing the sun is already gone Lie Fan brings his bodyguard towards the Tavern he visited before.
At the Tavern right now, a muscr stalwart man with a bald head was drinking alongside a group of people. The tavern keeper sees him approach him and tells him about how some people are looking for him at midday.
Dian Wei: "Huh?! People are looking for me?"
Tavern Keeper: "Yes, he is a young man apanied by 2 weird-looking masked man who looks like his bodyguard. He even knew about the Li Yong incident and asked me about it."
Dian Wei: "A Brat is looking for me? Humph! Let hime, if he dares to mess with me I will break him in two!"
The people around Dian Wei cheered hearing him saying that, raising their jars of wine toward him. The tavern keeper can only shake his head, Dian Wei is a smart man but when he is drinking his emotions are over the top which stimtes him to do something reckless.
Lie Fan entered the tavern weed by this scene, he saw the Tavern Keeper standing beside a table where a big muscr bald man was sitting. Seeing this man, Lie Fan immediately knows that he is Dian Wei due to his physical feature that is very recognizable.
He walked toward that table, apanied by Liu Pi and Bo Cai who branded Dian Wei as a a very strong man due to the intense aura he had. They were afraid that they couldn''t protect Lie Fan as they were considerably weaker than Dian Wei, and they felt that only Huang Zhong could match up to Dian Wei.
Dian Wei who wasughing, saw Lie Fan approaching him with two weird masked men following him.
Lie Fan: "Are you Sir Dian Wei?"
Dian Wei: "Humph! Yes, I am! Who are you, little boy?"
Liu Pi and Bo Cai who heard this immediately offended by Dian Wei''s remarks, Lie Fan is their lord and an insult to Lie Fan is an insult to them. Lie Fan knew a bit about Dian Wei''s temper, so he ordered Liu Pi and Bo Cai to stand down as he didn''t want to cause a scene.
Lie Fan: "Let Me Introduce Myself, I''m the Governor Of Xu Province and General Of The Left Lie Fan! I think Sir Dian Wei should know who I am."
Dian Wei and everyone hearing this were immediately shocked, they didn''t expect the young man standing in front of them to be Lie Fan. Everyone has heard of this Young Governor, who managed to pacify the Yellow Turbans and even killed the leader Zhang Jiao.
Dian Wei: "You''re Lie Fan?! Haha! I heard of you when I joined the subjugation force against Yellow Turbans in Yan province! But what can you prove that you''re really Governor Lie Fan, Many people can say that but only one man can prove that identity!"
Lie Fan isn''t surprised that Dian Wei doubted him, he takes out the token symbol that was Governor of Xu Province alongside the token of him as The General Of The Left. Dian Wei seeing this knew that it was authentic, as he had a token of his position as City Guard Captain so he could see the symbol of the Han Dynasty which was carved on the side.
Dian Wei: "This small captain greets Governor Lie Fan, I apologize for my disrespectful attitude before!"
Hearing Dian Wei, everyone at the tavern immediately bowed as Lie Fan is a man whom they Would never have met if not because of Dian Wei. Lie Fan told them to stand up and continue doing what their are doing, he asked Dian Wei to follow him outside as he had something we wanted to talk about with him.
Lie Fan: "Sir Dian Wei, I came here from Luoyajg with only one purpose and that is to invite you to join me."
Dian Wei: "May I know the reason for Governor Lie Fan to try and recruit me?"
Lie Fan: "Someone told me about you, about what you have done, what you have aplished on the battlefield, and your prowess. I have been intrigued to meet you since then, but I want to see the prowess that was described to me! How about you have a duel with my general tomorrow morning?"
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 13
Next Level: 12.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 510 -> 520 (Potion)
VIT: 219 -> 229 (Potion)
AGI: 228 -> 238 (Potion)
INT: 247 -> 257 (Potion)
CHR: 90
WIS: 209 -> 219 (Potion)
WILL: 165 -> 175 (Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 105: 105. Dian Wei vs. Huang Zhong
Chapter 105: 105. Dian Wei vs. Huang Zhong
Lie Fan: "Someone told me about you, about what you have done, what you have aplished on the battlefield, and your prowess. I have been intrigued to meet you since then, but I want to see the prowess that was described to me! How about you have a duel with my general tomorrow morning?"
Dian Wei: "A duel with a general that was arranged by Governor Lie himself, Dian Wei feels honored and would be a fool to not ept it!"
Lie Fan: "That''s great! You can go towards the Western Gate tomorrow morning and meet me there, My army is stationed there so you will not miss it."
Dian Wei: "Then I will meet Governor Lie there tomorrow! I will prove my prowess to the Governor to prove that I''m worthy of your interest!"
Lie Fan and Dian Wei agreed to meet tomorrow after breakfast, Seeing that his purpose had been aplished he told Dian Wei to return to hisrades. Dian Wei salutes him and then turns his body, entering the tavern and leaving Lie Fan with his bodyguards.
Lie Fan returns to the Inn, where he meets Cai Wenji and her handmaidens also returning from their trip. Cai Wenji''s beauty can be said to be below Diao Chan and Ying Yue, but her elegance is more refined than theirs.
Lie Fan: "Lady Cai, I hope that you bring protection in the future when you go out. A beautiful and gracefuldy like you can be a target."
Cai Wenji: "I will remember what Governor Lie Fan said, in the future, I will bring some guards alongside me. I just searched for some inspiration, maybe I can create a poem while resting."
Lie Fan: "Lady Cai''s dedication to the arts is such an example to us all indeed, Master Cai Yong will have his sessor in the future!"
Cai Wenji thanked Lie Fan for hispliment, Lie Fan then said goodbye to her as he didn''t want to make others think that he was interested in her. Seeing Lie Fan going upstairs, Cai Wenji felt fortunate that Lie Fan took his leave first. She didn''t want to have much contact with the opposite gender, to honor the three obediences and four virtues when se had a husband in the future.
Lie Fan took his rest after entering his room, The next day he was woken up by Jia Xu who told him that it was time for breakfast. Remembering that he had an appointment, Lie Fan freshened himself up and quickly changed his clothes.
At the Inn diner, Jia Xu and Xun You have reserved Lie Fan a seat at their table. Food was already served when Lie Fan joined Jia Xu and Xun You, they ate together under the protection of Liu Pi and Bo Cai who had already eaten breakfast.
Lie Fan: "Master Jia Xu Master Xun You, after breakfast, follow me to our army camp outside I have an appointment there."
Jia Xu: "An Appointment My Lord? Who will we meet there? General Huang?"
Lie Fan: "No, yesterday I explored the city and heard rumors of a person with enormous strength and a sense of justice. I searched for this man and managed to meet him, I invited him today to have a duel with General Huang Zhong to see if the rumor is true."
Xun You: "My Lord ns to recruit him under your banner if the rumor were true then? But even if he has enormous strength, can he really win against General Huang?"
Lie Fan: "General Huang Zhong can test him and see if he has the potential, no matter if he wins or loses or even a draw I will still recruit him!"
Jia Xu and Xun You just looked at each other and agreed toe with Lie Fan, They finished eating breakfast, and Lie Fan boarded a carriage alongside Jia Xu and Xun You Together they went towards the army camp.
Huang Zhong in the army camp was leading morning exercises for the soldiers when a soldier suddenly approached him and informed him that a man was looking for Lie Fan. Hearing this Huang Zhong goes outside of the army camp and sees a stalwart muscr bald man holding a double dagger Axe-Ji in each hand.
Dian Wei and Huang Zhong sized up each other, and both of them deduced that the man in front of them was strong and had the aura of an ultimate warrior. When they are sizing up each other, Lie Fan''s carriage approaches the entrance of the army camp.
Lie Fan when he gets down from the carriage, sees this image of Dian Wei and Huang Zhong sizing up each other. For him, this was such an exciting picture as in history the two of them never met each other. He uses the eye of Eng Shen to see Huang Zhong and Dian Wei''s stats topare the two of them who are stronger.
?Huang Zhong
STR: 803 -> 810 VIT: 200 -> 203 AGI: 214 -> 216 INT: 100 -> 105
?Dian Wei
STR: 795 VIT: 235 AGI: 179 INT: 85
Seeing the statsparison, in theory, Huang Zhong will win but the difference in their strength is not much. Huang Zhong''s stats will be bnced between being a general and a warrior, Dian Wei on the other hand is more suited to be a general who truly leads from the front a warrior with unmatched strength.
Dian Wei hasn''t reached the prime age of a warrior, he is only 26 this year ( born 160 AD) he has more room to grow than Huang Zhong who will pass his prime in a decade. Huang Zhong and Dian Wei turn their head toward Lie Fan''s direction and they immediately salute him when they see that it''s Lie Fan who arrived.
Lie Fan: "General Huang Zhong! Sir Dian Wei! Looks like the two of you have met each other, General Huang this is the person I told you and Sir Dian Wei this is my general whom you will duel. How is it? I heard that when strong warriors meet each other, you can judge if they are worthy opponents or not."
Huang Zhong: "Haha! So this is the man My Lord told me, Dian Wei is it?! I''m Huang Zhong from Nanyang!"
Dian Wei: "Dian Wei of Shangqiu! Old Man I can see that you are strong, but you will grow old sooner orter and Governor Lie Fan will need a new recement for you!"
Huang Zhong: "Haha! You little brat, these bones may be old but I can still teach you a lesson!"
Huang Zhong and Dian Wei began to taunt each other, Lie Fan seeing this stopped them and told them to settle this with a duel. The two warriors immediately prepare their weapons, Dian Wei with his dual dagger axe-Ji and Huang Zhong with his Guandao both get on the horse prepared for them.
Lie Fan, Xun You, and Jia Xu watch from afar, the duel between Huang Zhong and Dian Wei also attracts amotion among Lie Fan''s soldiers as they want to see who is brave enough to challenge Huang Zhong.
Huang Zhong: "Brat, I have promised My Lord to test your strength! Show me your full strength or I will inform My Lord that you are not worthy of joining him!"
Dian Wei: "Humph! I wanted to go easy on you seeing as you are an elder, alright Then let me show Governor Lie Fan my prowess! Hya!!!!"
After Dian Wei finishes saying that, he rides his horse at full speed toward Huang Zhong with his double dagger axe-ji in the attacking position. Huang Zhong also rides his horse when he sees Dian Wei ride towards him, He raises his Guandao and does a powerful downward sh to Dian Wei when he enters his range.
Dian Wei realized that he was at a disadvantage with his range shorter than Huang Zhong''s, so he changed from attack to defending with his dual dagger axe-ji do a cross form. The impact of their weapons shing was so loud, that the city guards at the gate heard the impact.
Dian Wei receiving Huang Zhong''s move, pushes Huang Zhong''s Guandao and uses one of his dagger axe-ji to attack Huang Zhong managing to leave a cut mark on his armor. Huang Zhong immediately distances himself and does a piercing attack on Dian Wei which manages to be parried by Dian Wei before leaving a cut mark on his cheek.
Huang Zhong and Dian Wei continued their duel, attack after attack was done by each of them. Jia Xu and Xun You were impressed by Dian Wei, they see with their own eyes someone who can fight with Huang Zhong on par.
Lie Fan can see that Huang Zhong and Dian Wei be more and more excited each time their opponent manages to receive their attack, They have already done 200 movements in total and there''s no sign of stopping. Just like he predicted, even though in theory Huang Zhong would win Dian Wei can stand toe to toe with Huang Zhong due to his endurance.
When they reached 350 moves, Lie Fan thought it was enough as he could see the duel between the 2 generals who said can rivaled Lu Bu in their prime.
Lie Fan: "Okay that''s enough! General Huang Zhong, Sir Dian Wei! Both of you can stop now!"
Hearing Lie Fan, both of them stopped their movement at the same time. Dian Wei''s dagger axe-ji stopped right before touching Huang Zhong''s abdomen, while Huang Zhong Guandao stopped before touching Dian Wei''s shoulder.
Both of them see the admiration for each other in their eyes,ughing loudly Both of them lower their weapons and toward Lie Fan.
Huang Zhong: "My Lord! The rumor about this brat is true! My old bones can still hold against him now but in 10 years, he will definitely overpower me! My Lord has truly found a hidden tiger Haha!"
Dian Wei: "Governor Lie Fan and General Huang Zhong are jesting. If this is truly abat between the two of us, he will manage to kill me before reaching 300 moves"
Lie Fan: "Haha! The two of you are too humble, I have seen many generals in my time serving in the Imperial Army and I can boldly say that the two of you defeated all the generals I have ever met!"
Huang Zhong and Dian Wei were proud to hear Lie Fan''s appraisal of the two of them, Lie Fan told the soldiers to take the horses back and then he brought everyone entering the main tent.
Lie Fan: "I have seen your prowess, Sir Dian Wei! Then are you willing to join me and bring peace to ournd?"
Dian Wei: "My Lord, Dian Wei willing to follow the honorable Governor Lie Fan onto the battlefield and bring peace to our country!"
*DING!!*
[Congrattions Host Forpleting the achievement ''The Three Kingdom E''Lai'' by recruiting Dian Wei to be your General
Received 95.000 SP, 10 strength potion, and 300.000 EXP ]
Lie Fan hearing this was ecstatic, didn''t care about his reward, and walked toward Dian Wei who was on his knees telling him to stand up while happily saying that Dian Wei was his E''Lai now due to his ferocity and bravery.
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 13 -> 14
Next Level: 12.000 -> 1.212.000 -> 912.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8)
SP: 366.700 -> 461.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 520
VIT: 229
AGI: 238
INT: 257
CHR: 90
WIS: 219
WILL: 175
ATR Points: 0 -> 10
Chapter 106: 106. Arrive Back At Xiapi
Chapter 106: 106. Arrive Back At Xiapi
Lie Fan hearing this was ecstatic, didn''t care about his reward, and walked toward Dian Wei who was on his knees telling him to stand up while happily saying that Dian Wei was his E''Lai now due to his ferocity and bravery.
Huang Zhong: "Haha! What My Lord said is not too far from the truth! This brat is still in his mid-twenties but his strength is already at this level,bined with his ferocity saying that he is the E''Lai of our time is not wrong Haha!"
Dian Wei: "My Lord and General Huang Zhong''spliments are too high for me, How can I bepared to the legendary E''Lai?! There are many people stronger than me, where will I put my face if they heard what My Lord said."
Dian Wei is actually a simple-minded man, but it doesn''t mean that he is ignorant of the world he only does what his heart wants. Embarrassed Dian Wei scratched his head, Lie Fan on the other hand in his heart agreed there were many strong people but on the level of Dian Wei maybe only Lu Bu, Guan Yu, Huang Zhong, and Zhao Yun.
Jia Xu and Xun You just listened to the conversation between the three men, They weren''t martial artists but when they heard what Lie Fan said they agreed with him. They already see Dian Wei''s ferocity and bravery firsthand, they feel that Lie Fan may be chosen by Heaven to truly restore peace due to his Heaven''s luck gaining talent after talent under him.
Lie Fan: "Ah Yes I almost forgot! General Dian Wei this is Master Jia Xu and Master Xun You, The two of them are the brains behind our military and you should always listen to what they say!"
Dian Wei: "Dian Wei have seen Master Jia Xu, Master Xun You! I hope to learn much under the supervision of Master Jia Xu and Master Xun You!"
Jia Xu: "General Dian Wei joining under Our lord truly shows that Heaven blessed My Lord! Not only did he gain General Huang Zhong, but now he also has General Dian Wei! I''m afraid that even without the strategy from me and Xun You, the two of you can win the battle easily Aha-Aha."
Xun You: "I agree with what Master Jia Xu said about Our Lord blessed by Heaven, but no matter how strong General Huang Zhong and General Dian Wei are, at the end of the day they are only one man and can be defeated by overwhelming numbers or a meticulously nned strategy!"
Jia Xu hears Xun You can only sigh, Everyone can see that he is joking but this man is so straight that he takes it seriously. Lie Fan justughs seeing this, this is one of the reasons why Jia Xu likes Xun You as he can feel at ease near him.
Managed to achieve his purpose on this trip, Lie Fan told everyone to prepare everything they needed and ordered Dian Wei to also bring his family as they would relocate to Xiapi as it''s safer there. Dian Wei is touched that Lie Fan cared for the safety of his family, and he promised to repay this kindness as not many high-ranking officials care for the families of his subordinates let alonemon people.
2 dayster, a Large fleet of carriages was assembled again in a straight line. Cai n carriage and Jia n carriage with the new addition Dian Wei''s family carriage, Dian Wei brought his parents and parents-inw alongside him so there are 2 carriages.
Lie Fan also meets Dian Wei''s son Dian Man who is only 8 years old, While his strength is lower than his father he is perfect as a bodyguard which he thinks can be included in the future as the only maskless Bodyguard.
Dian Man was promoted due to his father, but It can''t be denied that he protected Cao Cao with care throughout his entire life before he died and then continued protecting Cao Pi. His contribution to therge-scale picture is not worth mentioning but protecting 2 leaders of Wei without a single ident showed his prowess and contribution to the smaller-scale picture.
Together they continued their journey to Xiapi, 20 dayster they reached Xiao Pei where arge moat surrounding Xiao Pei was being built. From the look of it will be finished in 3 months, Chao Bai who was stationed there was recalled to follow Lie Fan returning to Xiapi.
The 5,000 former Yellow Turbans soldiers will continue their work under the supervision of Xiao Pei Governor and Chao Bai''s subordinate who was picked to lead the 5.000 soldiers stationed here to keep an eye on the Yellow Turbans. Chao Bai was happy that he was finally recalled, he thought that Lie Fan had forgotten about him.
After recalling Chao Bai, Lie Fan and his group continue their journey to Xiapi. Everyone except for Lie Fan''s soldiers, Huang Zhong, Jia Xu, and Chao Bai was amazed by how the people they encountered were happy and had no signs of malnourishment.
Look at the people of Shangqiu before, only people with official rank and merchants can eat until they are full. Themon people only can eat small pieces at a time to save it, they only eat to not feel hungry which deprives them of the nutrition.
They know that famine has struck the country due to the uprising from the Yellow Turbans which made many farmers join them, leaving the crops unattended and can''t be harvested because they died.
10 dayster they reached Xiapi, At the Governor''s Castle Chen Gui, Chen Deng, Sun Qian, and Chao Bo were waiting for Lie Fan. Since they entered Xu Province, Chao Bo has been informed by Oriole members working as a courier through letters saying that it was from Jia Xu.
Lie Fan and his group arrived at Xiapi''s Western Gate, and his 2,000 soldiers were incorporated back into the army camp under the leadership of Huang Zhong, Dian Wei, and Chao Bai. Cai n, Dian Wei''s family, and Jia Xu''s family were escorted toward the residences that had been prepared for them in the Official district.
The row of carriages entering Xiapi attracted many people''s attention, but seeing Lie Fan at the helmmon people cheered while the upper-ss people didn''t dare to do anything as they didn''t want to offend this man.
Upper-ss people were sensitive to the changing political situation, Lie Fan''s rise to power in the court was known here in Xiapi alongside his military power here in Xu Province except for stupid and crazy people no one dared to disturb him.
After escorting everyone back, Lie Fan told Jia Xu and Xun You that he wanted to rest first and for them to go to the Governor''s Castle and give updates on the situation to the others there. Jia Xu and Xun You take their leave to go to the Governor''s Castle, Lie Fan brings his bodyguards toward the Lie n residence here in Xiapi.
When he left for Luoyang, Lie Fan ordered the former Governor''s Official residence to be renovated as it didn''t suit his taste, and all the expenses were paid by the enterprise he built across Xu Province. Now his family has a new and bigger home here in Xiapi, he decided to renovate it also because it will be the symbol of his power in the future.
Arriving at the magnificent Mansion, it was 2 times bigger than the one at Luoyang and it will be his property in 2 or 3 years. Entering his home, He sees Diao Chan, Ying Yue, and Wannian ying with Snow who has grown bigger in therge garden.
He can see that Diao Chan''splexion has improved a lotpared to before and heaves a sigh of relief. Diao Chan who was taking some breath, turned her head and saw Lie Fan standing at the entrance with his bodyguards.
Surprised by this, Diao Chan at first thought that she was hallucinating so she rubbed her eyes. Seeing that Lie Fan still standing there and even giving her a warm smile and opening his arms, for the first time Diao Chan runs toward Lie Fan and hugs him tightly. Ying Yue who was attracted by Diao Chan''s sudden movement saw this and joined Diao Chan in hugging Lie Fan.
Diao Chan + Ying Yue: "Husband you''re back!"
Lie Fan: "Haha I''m back! Do my wives miss me?"
Diao Chan: "Of Course we are, I was afraid that you didn''t want me anymore since our ident."
Lie Fan: "Chan''er how can I not want you, you''re my wife now and only woman with this title is missed by me!"
Diao Chan and Ying Yue giggle at the same time, On the way to Xiapi both Diao Chan and Ying Yue''s bond has grown stronger. They act as spiritual support toward each other, Ying Yue helping Diao Chan get out of her nightmare and Diao Chan helping Ying Yue be more confident in herself.
Wannian who saw this also joined in, She protested that her big brother and big sisters ignored her and didn''t hug her. Lie Fan saw this and thought that his sister had grown cuter, he picked her up and hugged her, saying that he would never ignore the little princes of their family.
Lie Fan''s return was weed by a feast under Yu Yan''s mandate, the family eats lunch together happily. Lie Fan gives special care to his wives, he puts their favorite food in their bowls putting almost all of his attention to them.
Seeing this scene makes Yu Yan miss her husband, she thinks that it may maybe better if she returns to Huai''an to apany her husband as they haven''t seen each other in a long time. The only thing holding her back is Wannian, she is afraid that if she leaves her here, her big brothers and sisters will spoil her.
After their feast, Lie Fan goes to his quarters to take a rest. He cleaned himself and changed into clean clothes, Sitting on his bed he suddenly remembered about the Golden Package he received a long time ago when he finished the west to reach a higher position than his father.
Opening his inventory, he clicked on the golden package and opened it to see what he would receive seeing that it was said to be a milestone which intrigued him.
*DING!!!*
[ Host has opened the Golden Package, receiving God-level cultivation Yin Yang Separation by Pangu, 150.000 SP, 1.000.000 taels, +3 CHR, 20 Cultivation Pills, Personalized Force Banner, and 500.000 EXP]
?Yin Yang Separation
The fraction of Power that was left by Pangu after separating Heaven and Earth, to maintain the barrier of Sky and Land absorbing the energies of the world.
+22 STR. +18 VIT, +15 AGI, +12 INT, +10 WIS
?Cultivation Pills
Pills that were made in the Alchemy Cauldron of Heaven, eating it can help the Host in their cultivation collecting energy of the world faster.
?Personalized Force Banner
The Force Banner that was bestowed by Heaven, has arge area effect that raises the morale of the army and boosts theirbat power as long as the Army morale is high.
Lie Fan was super excited seeing the lucrative rewards he received, especially the God-level cultivation. He doesn''t need to search forrge amounts of SP now, he remembered from the system store that this is the number 2 God cultivation below Jade Create The Heaven.
Lie Fan immediately reced his cultivation method, saying goodbye to Sun Tzu''s Art Of War that had apanied him for so long with Ying Yang Separation. He then ate a cultivation pill and began to cultivate, Increasing his power is more important than his rest so he wants to increase his cultivation at least to level 1.
[AT:I see that the PS support has been going downtely, I don''t feel everyone has to be obliged to give PS But it''s also some kind of moral support for me making RTK, I enjoy making it but sometimes it can get especially hard with how the sometimes IRL stuff keeps happening
I hope that everyone gives their sincere opinion if they feel that my pace is too slow or too many fillers or it''s too cringe so I can improve it!
I just want to voice out my heart and this isn''t to force everyone to give their PS or looking for pity! ??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 912.000 -> 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Art Of War (level 8) -> Yin Yang Separation (level 0)
SP: 461.700 -> 611.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 520 -> 525 -> 535 ( 1 Potion)
VIT: 229 -> 239 (1 Potion)
AGI: 238 -> 248 (1 Potion)
INT: 257 -> 262 -> 272 (1 Potion)
CHR: 90 -> 93
WIS: 219 -> 229 (1 Potion)
WILL: 175 -> 185 (1 Potion)
ATR Points: 10 -> 0
Chapter 107: 107. The Search Of Talent Begun
Chapter 107: 107. The Search Of Talent Begun
Lie Fan immediately reced his cultivation method, saying goodbye to Sun Tzu''s Art Of War that had apanied him for so long with Ying Yang Separation. He then ate a cultivation pill and began to cultivate, Increasing his power is more important than his rest so he wants to increase his cultivation at least to level 1.
Yin Yang Separation is different from Sun Tzu''s Art Of War, Sun Tzu''s Art Of War absorbs energy from anything that has the essence of the military and war-rted things. Yin-Yang Separation absorbs the energy of the world, taking it from Yin and Yang so he has to do Taichi Exercises. Fortunately, when he reced his cultivation the knowledge of Taichi was ingrained in his mind.
He takes 1 cultivation pill and swallows it before he goes to his courtyard and begins to do Taichi. He began to concentrate, taking a deep breath to achieve tranquillity and peace of mind. When he does that, he can feel the world''s energy rising and circling around him. It doesn''t enter his body because his meridians aren''t open without him doing the Taichi exercises.
After a couple of minutes passed by, He began to do taichi movement. He began to do slow intentional movements, which were gentle and different from the martial arts of this era which were aggressive. He remembered that Taichi in the future will be known for its benefit in mental and physical health, and he was thinking that this could be spread across his domain in the future.
World energy began to enter the opened meridian in his body, Yin and Yang began to take hold in his center meridian and began to spin absorbing the energies. Thanks to the effect of the cultivation pills, the volume of the energy being absorbed increased and higher in quality. He feels that, if he does this for a couple of hours at least he can reach level 1.
Lie Fan doing Taichi in his courtyard was seen by Liu Pi and Bo Cai who were guarding his quarters entrance, They were waiting for He Yi and Gong Du toe and switch their shift. Lie Fan''s unique movement intrigued them but seeing how serious Lie Fan was they didn''t want to disturb him.
4 hours passed by, Gong Du and He Yi reced Liu Pi and Bo Cai. Lie Fan can feel that he has reached a bottleneck and any minute now he can pierce through theyer and level up, but thisyer resistance is very high which makes sweats pour out like he was taking a shower.
Lie Fan suddenly feels the Yin and Ying in his center meridian stop spinning, it shines so bright, and a pir of light shoots out toward his mind. When the pir of light enters his mind, it transfers massive energies from the brain to all of his body through the nerves.
Feeling the power coursing through his body, Lie Fan opened the attributes window and saw that he had reached level 1. He was happy that he finally reached level 1, doing the same taichi movement over and over again is mentally exhausting but thanks to his high willpower he can push this through.
He also sees this as a test of his willpower and a way to temper his willpower, seeing that it''s already evening Lie Fan takes a shower and changes to clean clothes. He then goes towards the dining room, he is very hungry after the cultivation and his body needs nutrition.
Everyone is already eating dinner when Lie Fan arrives at the dining room, actually Yu Yan orders a servant to call Lie Fan for dinner but she is informed that Lie Fan is training so Yu Yan and the others eat first. Fortunately, they just started eating so Lie Fan could join in and have dinner with his family, Diao Chan and Ying Yue served him some of his favorite foods.
Lie Fan always enjoys spending some time with his family, especially the 2 women who will be his wives in the future. He really wanted to have a marriage ceremony for the two of them, but there''s always something to do before and now maybe he can slip in time before Emperor Ling died.
After Dinner, Lie Fan enjoyed some quality time with Diao Chan and Ying Yue, talking about menial things and sweet words to each other. Because of his cultivation, Lie Fan is very tired so he only be with them for a short time and then go back to his quarters to sleep.
The next morning, Lie Fan eats breakfast alone and then apanied by Liu Pi and Bo Cai goes to the Governor''s Castle. Today every civil official under him will meet him after a long trip he has into Luoyang. On the way there he heard people talking about the Hospital that he made, saying that the doctors there especially Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin are divine doctors who can cure any illness.
Lie Fan was happy that the Hospital had bore results, After being done with civic duties he visited the hospital to meet with Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin as they would be his tools to advance the medication of this era.
Arriving at the Governor''s Castle, he was received by Chen Gui and Chen Deng. Chen Gui was happy that Lie Fan was finally back, he informed Lie Fan that everyone was waiting for him and a special guest was waiting for him.
Intrigued by this, Lie Fan entered the main hall where his advisors and subject waiting for him. Inside the main hall, there were Jia Xu, Xun You, Sun Qian, and the special guest Wang Lang who was helping the Chen n in doing administration for Xiapi.
Lie Fan: "Brother Wang Lang what a surprise! Why are you here?"
Wang Lang: "I have heard that Governor Lie Fan hase back to Xiapi, Ie here to greet an old friend and also give respect to Governor Lie of course."
Lie Fan: "Haha! I heard that you helped Master Chen Gui and Brother Deng in doing administration, Thank you for helping them as the people I trust to handle Xiapi are only them."
Wang Lang: "It''s a small matter, helping Master Chen Gui actually helped me distracted from the matter of my master and I also learn many things from him that I haven''t learned from my Master."
Lie Fan was pleased to see Wang Lang slowly integrated into his circle, it would not be long until he pledges his talent to him. Lie Fan ordered everyone to take a sit while he went and sat down at the main chair. First, he asked Chen Gui and Chen Deng to give their reports on Xiapi and Xu Province as a whole.
Xiapi and Xu Province as a whole have a collective increase in their Agriculture and Economy, with the Tuntian System already going perfectly and the newly introduced Water Wheel increasing the harvest of crops. The Crafting industry especially cksmiths also has a big increase in their production thanks to the Water Wheel that helped them.
Crafted products and Crops enter the market faster and more abundant, reducing prices in the market as a whole and increasing the livelihood of the people. The Merchants don''t protest with the cheaper market prices than before as they actually have an increase in their revenue due to selling their product outside of Xu Province.
Slowly they are eradicating the Famine disaster in Xu Province and many people receive jobs to support their families reducing the crime rate, Xu Province especially Xiapi is slowly but surely growing to prosperity. Lie Fan hearing the reports praised Chen Gui, Chen Deng, and Wang Lang as they managed to make this happen.
Xu Province began to recover from the uprising, and Yellow Turbans'' chance to rise again in Xu Province was lower each day. When the Warlord era starts, while everyone is having a headache with their territory he can with here deciding his move as everything is ready.
Jia Xu: "My Lord, what Master Chen Gui and the others have aplished has helped you tremendously but to keep this going you will need far more people than us."
Xun You: "What Master Jia Xu said is correct My Lord, My Lord needs to begin inviting talents that reside here in Xu Province and nearby provinces to pledge their allegiances to you."
Lie Fan: "What Master Jia Xu and Master Xun You saying are true, We need more talents to spread it equally across Xu Province to help Master Chen Gui. Actually, there is one person who we can ask if he is willing to serve me. Brother Wang Lang, are you interested in working for me?"
Wang Lang: "Me?! Is Governor Lie Fan sure? I indeed helped Master Chen Gui and Brother Chen Deng but I just helped them supervise small administration matters."
Chen Gui: "Wang Lang, you don''t have to humble yourself. It may be a small matter but thanks to your help me and my son managed to focus on therger task which benefits us now, Your help manages to keep us from being distracted doing another task, and you have done it in perfection!"
Wang Lang right now feeling happy and nervous, Lie Fan and Chen Gui''s interests to him are apliment and a burden at the same time. He is afraid that in the end, he will disappoint Lie Fan and Chen Gui.
Lie Fan: "Brother Wang Lang, You don''t need to be afraid of failure. Failure can be turned into a lesson and every talented person has felt the feeling of failure and turned it into a tempering machine to grow stronger and better."
Wang Lang: "Then Wang Lang have seen My Lord, I will serve My Lord to the best of my ability!"
Lie Fan: "Haha! Good Good, Bro- no Master Wang Lang''s position will be the same as Brother Chen Deng, you will help Master Chen Gui in overseeing Xiapi and Xu Province!"
Wang Lang: "Yes My Lord!"
Wang Lang for Lie Fan is just a mid-upper-ss talent, what he truly values is the future generation of his n. His son and granddaughter are also great talents that can be used, it can be said that he is buying one item and gets two for free.
Lie Fan then asks everyone, how can he spread the message that he is recruiting talented people without the Imperial Court and major political yers knowing. Jia Xu told Lie Fan that he could use rumors and stories circling in the area, at least they can verify if it''s true or not then they will try to recruit them.
Xun You agree with this, Maybe Sun Qian as Lie Fan''s foreign advisor can be sent to recruit them. Sun Qian agreed with Xun You and volunteered himself to do that task, Lie Fan hearing this agreed with Xun You motion. Then Lie Fan asked a native of Xu Province such as Chen Gui and Chen Deng if they knew talented people or had heard about them in Xu Province.
Chen Gui: "I have someone I know My Lord, He doesn''t reside in Xu Province but in Xuchang in Yan Province. He is also from the Chen n and can be considered a distant rtive, his name is Chen Ji and from what I heard his son Chen Qun is also a genius, he was told can bring their n to prosperity."
[AT: Wow I was shocked that the PS suddenly increased so many, I''m thankful for the support that everyone is giving and I hope that I can live up to it so your continuing support is repaid! ??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 0) -> (level 1)
SP: 611.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 535 -> 557
VIT: 239 -> 257
AGI: 248 -> 263
INT: 272 -> 284
CHR: 93
WIS: 229 -> 239
WILL: 185 -> 187
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 108: 108. Mi Clan Cooperation
Chapter 108: 108. Mi n Cooperation
Chen Gui: "I have someone I know My Lord, He doesn''t reside in Xu Province but in Xuchang in Yan Province. He is also from the Chen n and can be considered a distant rtive, his name is Chen Ji and from what I heard his son Chen Qun is also a genius, he was told can bring their n to prosperity."
Chen Ji and Chen Qun, Lie Fan are only familiar with the name Chen Qun. Chen Qun was one of the people who advised Liu Bei to not seed Tao Qian, as whoever controlled Xu Province at the time would be besieged by enemies from all sides.
Liu Bei ignored that advice and true to what Chen Qun said, Liu Bei in the end lost Xu Province to Cao Cao and had to escape to Jing Province. Seeking protection for Liu Biao, he brought tens of thousands of refugees with him which were a burden if you see it practically.
Chen Qun was a very loyal man and he was also the reformer of the Nine-Rank System which became a standard system until the Song Dynasty, even the future Qing and Ming Dynasties incorporated it. Japan and Korea also adopted simr systems, which can be said that he was a very prominent figure in history.
Lie Fan: "Then send an invitation to them, Master Sun Qian please visit them personally. Master Chen Gui''s rmendation can never be considered average by us!"
Chen Gui: "My Lordpliment makes this old man ashamed, I just rmend them ording to what I heard through the Chen n channels."
Lie Fan: "Sometimes it''s true that information can be exaggerated, but they are noble ns so they will not embellish it grandly. As long as he has the talent, then it''s okay to be recruited."
Sun Qian was jotting down the names of Chen Ji and Chen Qun name on a paper, alongside their hometown as he would make a list of people he had to personally visit. Lie Fan''s weakness right now is theck of a domestic administrator he can trust, bringing in this talent can help him promote Xu Province to a greater height.
Jia Xu at this time also suggested Lie Fan stop including titles such as Master or General, as his position is vastly above them. It''s to draw a line between him and his subjects, even if they are older. If it''s outside of Lie Fan subjects, you can include that title as a show of respect.
Everyone aside from Lie Fan agrees with what Jia Xu says they are his subjects, and the ethique not only allows Lie Fan to call them by their name but enforces this to create his prestige. Lie Fan doesn''t agree at first but finally relents under the pressure of his subjects.
When Lie Fan finishes talking, a servant enters the main hall and informs them that the Young Master of the Mi n wants to have an audience with Lie Fan. Lie Fan allowed Mi Zhu to enter, My Zhu''s sudden visit intrigued him. He wanted to know what moves the Mi n wanted to make now seeing as in Xiapi they are the most influential n when though a merchant n.
Unknown to Lie Fan, Mi Zhu''s sudden visit is because the Head of the Mi n which is Mi Zhu''s father suddenly falls sick with a deadly illness. However, thanks to Lie Fan advocating for the advancement of medicine and building a hospital Mi Zhu''s Father''s life was saved, He feared for his life and the endless wealth he hadn''t enjoyed yet so he wanted to step down.
Mi Zhu''s father is afraid that if he steps down, Mi Zhu won''t be able to handle the branch members who will protest. That''s why he sent Mi Zhu to cooperate with Lie Fan, as a test and also ayer of protection for him and the Mi n.
Mi Zhu enters the main hall, he sees Lie Fan and familiar faces between the officials Wang Lang which surprised him for a bit. Mi Zhu is determined to show his father that he is ready to lead the n, They are the main line but due to his Father having him at an older age some of the elders dare to contradict them.
Mi Zhu: "Mi Zhu of the Mi n have seen Governor Lie Fan, thank you for giving your time to meet me, Governor."
Lie Fan: "Brother Mi Zhu, we can be considered a friend so of course I have time to meet you. What brings you here today to meet me?"
Mi Zhu: "I''m here on behalf of My Father wanted to thank Governor Lie Fan, Thanks for your action in building a hospital, advocating better medicines, and inviting doctors such as Master Hua Tuo My Father can be cured of a deadly illness."
Lie Fan: "That''s incredible! Give my regards to your father, I''m just doing this for Xu Province as a whole, not just a group of people. I''m happy that due to my actions, the better medicine we have the longer the chances of our livelihood."
Mi Zhu: "Governor Lie Fan truly cared for the people, then next I wanted to represent My Father to have a cooperation or am alliance you should say between your administration and our n."
Lie Fan was happy hearing this, he turned his eyes toward Jia Xu to see if he had heard something about the Mi n. Jia Xu shakes his head indicating that Oriole hasn''t sent some reports, which means that Mi Zhu and his father are either the only two who know or it''s a spur-of-the-moment decision that they immediately do.
Lie Fan: "Oh? a cooperation? What kind of cooperation are you saying, Brother Mi Zhu? My administration indeed needs your help but that doesn''t mean we are desperate as we can still handle the situation."
Mi Zhu: "My Father even though he has been cured of his illness, he decided to step down from his position in a year or two. I was appointed to seed him but the elders of the other branches are rioting, they don''t agree with My Father''s decision. so we need a vote of confidence should we say from Governor Lie Fan to endorse me in return we the My n will support all your policies toe of course after we read them through."
Xun You: "Excise me, Young Master Mi the conditions you gave to us aren''t favorable. Yes, we need your help, but you need our help more than we need your help so this cooperation isn''t bnced. Our policy is for the betterment of Xu Province, Merchant n only cares about your profits."
Mi Zhu: "We indeed care about profits, because that''s our life, and no need to worry me and My father have reached an agreement that even if our yearly profit were cut 35% for the support of Governor Lie it''s worth it."
The heated exchange between Mi Zhu and Xun You was informative, to say the least, Lie Fan knows that the Mi n needs his endorsement in the changing of their Head. For Lie Fan having Mi Zhu there exactly like history is the only profitable move, now he can use this to leverage against them.
Lie Fan: "Okay Xun You, I understand your concern and I appreciate it. Brother Mi Zhu, we can negotiate this deal, Why don''t I receive only 10% of your yearly profits and you join my administration to be my Financial advisor?"
Everyone was confused by this move, Of course, they understood that Lie Fan wanted to garner support from one of the wealthiest ns in thend but having Mi Zhu as his financial advisor was a surprising move.
Mi Zhu himself was shocked, only Lie Fan knew about the future Mi Zhu was an expert negotiator, full of bright ideas, and people-oriented which helped him in many negotiations. Without him, Liu Bei would never have had power after losing Xu Province to Lu Bu and then Cao Cao.
Mi Zhu: "Financial Advisor? I think Governor Lie Fan have many more qualified man for this than me, I thank Governor Lie Fan for thinking so highly of me."
Lie Fan: "Then there''s no cooperation needed between me and the Mi n, I have long admired Brother Mi Zhu since Uncle Mi Yu told me about you. You''re young but you managed to double the ie of Mi n when you took over Mi n stores in Xu Province. This proves that you''re an expert negotiator and have a keen sense of money and people."
Mi Zhu hesitated, he and his father had never foreseen this scenario. This actually benefits him and the Mi n more, but in exchange, they tie themselves to Lie Fan''s chariot. They as merchants are more sensitive to world-changing events than everyone, as they have to protect their interests and choose who to support.
Choosing Lie Fan is not a bad idea actually, but as merchants, they like to have more than one choice. Lie Fan now has a handle on them, without him, Mi Zhu and his father will lose their position. On the other hand, Lie Fan doesn''t care who leads as long as they don''t hinder his purpose.
Mi Zhu: "Hah... Governor Lie Fan leaves me no room to maneuver, I agree with your condition as this actually benefits us more. Mi Zhu has seen My Lord!"
Lie Fan: "Great Mi Zhu! Having you join me will help in our Financial and economic policies in the future!"
*DING!!!*
[Congrattions Host forpleting the Quest ''The Coin Maestro Of Shu'', receiving 1.000.000 Taels, 100.000 SP, and 10 Longevity Jade Nes]
?Longevity Jade Ne
The Wearer of this ne will receive protection against curses and disease, allowing them to be healthy and fit all of their life until old age.
Lie Fan was happy with the gift of this jade ne, which can protect his family and subordinates from illness prolonging their life. Lie Fan uses the eye of Eng Shen to see what kind of stats young Mi Zhu has.
?Mi Zhu
INT: 568 WIS: 78 VIT: 80 CHR: 88
Mi Zhu''s stats are not bad, his stats will rise up when he bes older and has more experience. With mentors like Jia Xu, Chen Gui, and Xun You maybe he will reach new heights than his future self.
Mi Zhu after being appointed by Lie Fan to be his financial advisor and join the ranks of Lie Fan''s Think Tank, Mi Zhu excuses himself to report back to his father about the development that has just happened.
Lie Fan was super happy today, 2 domestic advisors will join him and others wille. He dismissed the meeting and told everyone to go back to their duties, Lie Fan was then apanied by Liu Pi and Bo Cai decided to visit the hospital.
In the hospital, Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin are doing experiments on a medicine called aspirin when they are informed of Lie Fan''s visit to the hospital. Lie Fan when he arrived, was happy seeing that the hospital was clean and the people that he gave to Hua Tuo had been trained as a doctor or nurse.
This is what Lie Fan wants, having more doctors with experience gained from learning under Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjing can help him promote medical advancement I''m all over Xu Province, opening a branch in big to small cities.
Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjing came out from their b'', Hua Tuo was ecstatic when he met Lie Fan as the medical knowledge given to him was true. Even though they can only replicate some of the effects, this has helped tremendously in curing patients.
Zhang Zhongjing was behind Hua Tuo, observing Lie Fan whom he met for the first time. He has heard of Lie Fan''s fame and reputation, whether it''s from Hua Tuo or rumors he can see that Lie Fan is truly happy with how the hospital is and truly supports this idea.
He was afraid that this was just a cover that Lie Fan made to invite him and Hua Tuo to his city. Before they were a traveling doctor, going to city after city to cure people, and now they decided to stay in Xiapi due to Lie Fan''s medical paper that he said was given to him by a hermit.
[AT: the chapter for today! Thank you for everyone''s support!??
Don''t forget to give your PS and add it to your library if you like RTK!]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1)
SP: 611.700 -> 711.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 557
VIT: 257
AGI: 263
INT: 284
CHR: 93
WIS: 239
WILL: 187
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 109: 109. The Old Generations of Talent
Chapter 109: 109. The Old Generations of Talent
He was afraid that this was just a cover that Lie Fan made to invite him and Hua Tuo to his city. Before they were a traveling doctor, going to city after city to cure people, and now they decided to stay in Xiapi due to Lie Fan''s medical paper that he said was given to him by a hermit.
Lie Fan: "Master Zhang Zhongjin, we finally meet! Thank you for epting our invitation to Xiapi!"
Zhang Zhongjin: "It''s my honor to be invited by Governor Lie Fan, the paper you have given to us is truly magnificent! Those medical theories have truly opened my mind, I was honored to be able to participate in the advancement of medicine in our era!"
Lie Fan: "Haha! Master Zhang Zhongjin and Master Hua Tu working together will surely break through the limitations of medical care in this era and bring it to a new height!"
Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin were happy with Lie Fan''spliments, even though they are humble but who doesn''t love being praised. Lie Fan takes out 2 of the Jad Nes and gives them to them, he doesn''t want to lose the bright minds in the medical field of this era due to illness that hype can contract through patients.
Giving it to them is also a form of investment, as long as they live they will only die due to old age, and they can train more and more doctors and hopefully experts in the medical field that can rece them in the future as he can''t lead the medical field because it''s not his expertise.
Lie Fan: "Master Hua Tuo and Master Zhang Zhongjin, this is a gift from me to the two of you. It''s said that it can bring good luck and protection from disease so always wear it, itpliments well with the job the two of you have Haha!"
Hua Tuo: "Thank You, Governor Lie Fan, It''s our honor to receive such an expensive gift from you."
Zhang Zhongjin: "This gift is too precious, I''m just a normal doctor no need for such a gift."
Lie Fan: "It''s okay Master Zhang Zhongjin just take it, think of this as anotheryer of protection. If you don''t ept it I will feel offended by your gesture."
Zhang Zhongjin can only ept the ne after hearing what Lie Fan said, Lie Fan is satisfied with this and then asks for a report on how the Hospital is doing right now. Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin give Lie Fan a tour of the hospital facilities, They exin that patients is increasing each day, and due to their high rate of sess, the hospital''s reputation is increasing each day.
Lie Fan is satisfied with this, he also hopes that Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin can give the people whoe more knowledge about how important it is to be clean. Wash yourselves at least once a day, clean the dishes with hot water, and keep your house clean.
Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin agree, that spreading knowledge about how importance it is cleanliness is the first step to preventing diseases from spreading or reproducing. Lie Fan also hopes that they can help train a new generation of doctors and nurses, as they will be spread across Xu Province, and also help reduce the burden the two old men have.
After a long tour and discussion between the three of them, Lie Fan was rest assured to leave the hospital to the hands of the two of them. Lie Fan returned to his residence, and he was surprised by the carriage of the Cai n parking in front of his residence.
Lie Fan entered the residence and he was informed by a servant that Cai Yong and his daughter Cai Wenji were waiting for him at the main hall, Lie Fan hurriedly walked towards the main hall as this is another talent he can use as a writer for his decree joining him as Master of Writing.
Cai Yong and Cai Wenji are apanied by Ying Yue and Diao Chan, Yu Yan slowly lets them be hostesses even though they aren''t married yet to Lie Fan but Yu Yan does this to train them. Everyone in the circle who knew about Lie Fan already knew about Ying Yue and the newly added Diao Chan.
Lie Fan entered the main hall and saw this scene, seeing Ying Yue and Diao Chan together receiving Cai Yong and Cai Wenji felt his heart filled with warmth.
Lie Fan: "Master Cai Yong and Lady Cai Wenji, I''m sorry that I''mte to receive the two of you. I just came back and was informed of the two of you waiting for me."
Cai Yong: "It''s okay Governor Lie Fan, Ie to visit you to say my gratitude to you. My daughter has told me about what transpired after I left Luoyang, and thanks to your help she managed to control the Cai n back and brought most of the members here to Xiapi."
Lie Fan: "It''s what I should do, Master Cai Yong asked me to help deliver this letter and I can''t just stand by and let those elders destroy your hard work and let a beautiful maiden like Lady Cai Wenji be swallowed by those wolves and be controlled as a pawn they can sacrifice."
Cai Wenji blushed a bit when she heard what Lie Fan said, she felt a bit happy when Lie Fan said she was beautiful and he didn''t want her to be sacrificed. She immediately changed her expression to not let anyone see it, She knew that there was no chance between her and Lie Fan as her father would never agree for her to be a 3rd Wife.
Cai Yong was satisfied by what Lie Fan said, he began to appreciate this young governor more and more. He can rest easy that at least there''s a bright mind in this generation to seed in the responsibility of keeping the peace of the Han Dynasty.
If only he wasn''t engaged or still single, maybe he could be a matchmaker to him and his beloved daughter, but knowing that not only does he have 1 woman but 2 he doesn''t want his daughter to be in a household full of scheming between the women, especially about future heirs.
Lie Fan: "Haha! Why doesn''t Master Cai Yong stay and enjoy some tea with me, Lady Cai Wenji can be apanied by Diao Chan and Ying Yue to enjoy the scenery in our garden. I have a good quality tea leaf from his majesty given to me as a reward."
Cai Yong: "Governor Lie Fan truly knows how to make this old man agree, Ji''er you go with Lady Diao Chan and Lady Ying Yue. Father will stay here with Governor Lie Fan, I will call you when we will go back."
Diao Chan and Ying Yue take Cai Wenji away, they are happy with this opportunity as they want to befriend this gentle and elegantdy. Diao Chan has learned court etiquette but she isn''t on the same level as Cai Wenji, they hope they can learn from her.
Lie Fan and Cai Yong go toward the study room, The study is very big with all kinds of books that have been ordered and put there. Lie Fan also bought some good paintings to be put as decoration there, Cai Yong was a schr, artist, and literature lover like how the study room is decorated.
Lie Fan ordered a servant to bring the tea leaves he stored in the storage, Lie Fan asked Cai Yong to sit down and together they began to talk about menial topics until suddenly Lie Fan asked Cai Yong if he ever wanted to go back to Luoyang to resume his old position.
Cai Yong: "The truth is Governor Lie Fan, I truly wanted to go back and resume my position serving Your Majesty and the people. But with its condition is there right now, I think I can''t go back especially now that the roots of my n have been changed and put here in Xiapi."
Lie Fan: "Master Cai Yong actually can continue serving Your Majesty and the people of Han, but you don''t work on the Imperial Court but somewhere else."
Cai Yong: "Somewhere else, Governor Lie Fan means serving under your administration here in Xiapi?"
Lie Fan: "Haha yes! Master Cai Yong truly has a keen sense, My administration truly needs a good writer who can write words with elegance and knows how to organize them so people can understand the message clearly."
Cai Yong was pondering about Lie Fan''s invitation, he was thinking of epting it because serving under Lie Fan''s administration can be said to be the most worry-free.
He has seen the policies and how Xiapi and Xu Province administrations work, under Lie Fan''s leadership and instigation he has changed the government structures in Xu Province. He eliminated corrupt officials and reced them with talented and honest officials.
It can be seen from the number of people he appointed, Chen Gui and his son Chen Deng were some of the best officials he had seen in this era. They were flexible and knew how to y politics correctly, they also founded new policies which helped Xu Province as a whole slowly recover from famine and the consequences of the war.
Cai Yong: "Then may I know what will be part of my assignment?"
Lie Fan: "Almost like your old ones Master Cai Yong, Writing eulogies, announcements, memorial inscriptions, editing and coting text, and all things like that. Of course, you would not be working alone you only will do the most important one or something urgent that needs to be handled immediately."
Cai Yong: "I don''t know if these old bones can handle so many things but I will try to do my best."
Lie Fan: "Marvelous! Then Master Cai Yong from now on your official position is the Master Of Writing and Ceremony, You directly served under me and your departments will handle all of Xu Province. I have nned for a public library to be open in the future, I don''t know if Master Cai Yong agrees to this?"
Cai Yong was stunned by what Lie Fan said, he didn''t expect Lie Fan to have such a bold idea. Maybe almost all nobles will never care about such a move, but this can threaten the hegemony that the nobles have over themon people which is reading and writing.
Cai Yong: "Such a n was honorable Governor Lie, but can you handle the consequences it will bring towards you and your administration?"
Lie Fan: "Hah... Just think of this as me saying nonsense, oh Herees the tea I''m sure that Master Cai Yong will love this."
Lie Fan diverts the subject to end its discussion, he knows the consequences will be massive but he wants to destroy the dominance the nobles have so that they can feel threatened and Imperial Power can rise for him in the future of course.
Lie Fan and Cai Yong spent some time drinking tea and talking about literature, and then they ended their discussion. Lie Fan walks together with Cai Yong towards the garden, Upon reaching there Cai Yong calls for Cai Wenji saying that it''s time for them to go back.
The three women, Diao Chan, Ying Yue, and Cai Wenji have grown closer while waiting for Lie Fan and Cai Yong. They promised to go out together sometime or visit each other, Lie Fan finds it truly fascinating no matter whether women of this era or the future they can bond so fast.
Lie Fan escorted them to their carriage and watched it leave until it was gone. Lie Fan found that today was truly fruitful, he managed to get Wang Lang and Mi Zhu to truly serve under him while the old timers like Hua Tuo, Zhang Zhongjing, and Cai Yong who were still loyal to the Han Dynasty slowly being coaxed to change their loyalty of course subtly.
Lie Fan returned to his residence where Diao Chan and Ying Yue were waiting for him in the garden, Lie Fan took them to eat lunch together as it was time and he hoped that in the future everything would go as smoothly as today. Lie Fan doesn''t know that shortly, dark clouds will enshroud his dream as something unexpected always happens.
[AT: Here it is today''s chapter! I hope everyone enjoys it! And thank you for your support that RTK was put on Ongoing Originals! I hope many new readers will join us on this journey together!??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1)
SP: 711.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 557
VIT: 257
AGI: 263
INT: 284
CHR: 93
WIS: 239
WILL: 187
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 110: 110. Discussing Marriage
Chapter 110: 110. Discussing Marriage
Lie Fan returned to his residence where Diao Chan and Ying Yue were waiting for him in the garden, Lie Fan took them to eat lunch together as it was time and he hoped that in the future everything would go as smoothly as today. Lie Fan doesn''t know that shortly, dark clouds will enshroud his dream as something unexpected always happens.
Lie Fan spends lunchtime together with his family, he begins to think about marrying Ying Yue. He wanted to give Diao Chan a wife title also, but ording to the culture and customs of this time he could only have one wife and the rest were concubines.
No matter if he called her the second wife, the outside world still se her as a concubine, and Diao Chan of course knew this. That''s why Wang Yun and Cai Yong were reluctant in marrying their daughter to him, Cai Yong stay tried while Wang Yun keep pushing for it subtly until he blundered.
Lie Fan after lunch met with his mother and brought this up, Yu Yan agreed with Lie Fan''s intention to marry Ying Yue and told him that Diao Chan would understand. She also told him that what matters to Diao Chan, in the end, is how Lie Fan and his family perceive her so he doesn''t have to care about how the outside talks.
Yu Yan was happy that Lie Fan decided to marry Ying Yue this year, but seeing as Ying Yue had lost her family at a young age Yu Yan prepared her dowry for her so she would not be dishonored. For the betrothal gifts, Yu Yan and Lie Shang will prepare them together for Lie Fan as only parents were allowed to do this.
Yu Yan told Lie Fan to talk about this with Ying Yue and Diao Chan, telling him to leave while she handled everything perfectly and sent a letter to his father to inform him of his intention.
Lie Fan can only shake his head at Yu Yan''s enthusiasm, he leaves Yu Yan''s quarters and goes towards the Embroidery room where they know Ying Yue and Diao Chan always spend their time in there after lunch.
Ying Yue and Diao Chan are now doing some embroidering together happily while talking about some advice they had from Cai Wenji, about how to be more elegant and proper as ady of the household should be. They were talking when Lie Fan entered the room, they were surprised and then happy as Lie Fan decided to spend time together.
Lie Fan takes a seat between them, he is sweating because he doesn''t know how to say it without hurting Diao Chan''s feelings. Diao Chan will probably understand and should have known as this was learned by her since young under Wang Yun''s tutge, but it doesn''t mean she will not be hurt when she heard this.
Ying Yue: "Husband what''s wrong? Why are you sweating so much? Today isn''t that hotpared to yesterday."
Lie Fan: "Yue''er and Chan''er, I came here to talk about marriage with the two of you."
Ying Yue+Diao Chan:" Marriage?!"
Ying Yue and Diao Chan began to blush heavily, their faces were so red that if it was a movie there was smokeing from the top of their heads.
Lie Fan seeing how they reacted thinking that they were too cute, stroked both of their heads feeling his nervousness go down. He takes a deep breath and takes each of Diao Chan and Ying Yue holding it tightly.
Lie Fan: "Chan''er you know about the tradition our people have, there can only be one legal wife which will be Yue''er, and the others even if they have the same festivity marriage ceremony can only be a concubine. I want you to be my second wife but we can''t change it, maybe in the future when I''m more powerful I will change that tradition."
Diao Chan: "Husband I understand clearly about our tradition, My Ex-stepfather has put all of this since I was young. I''m happy that I can be with you, nothing else matters. Yes maybe I feel a bit hurt but I understand and I will wait for the time when I can be your 2nd wife."
Lie Fan: "Chan''er....."
Lie Fan is touched by what Diao Chan said, he takes her in his arms hugging her. Ying Yue on the side stayed silent, she knew that Diao Chan had sacrificed much more than she, so she let Lie Fan and Diao Chan share some personal intimacy.
After hugging Diao Chan for some time, Lie Fan released her from his arms. He then turned towards Ying Yue, She would be the main star of the wedding so he wanted to inform her that after her wedding it would be Diao Chan''s turn.
Lie Fan: "Yue''er, after our marriage ceremony a few dayster, will be the marriage ceremony of Me and Chan''er."
Ying Yue: "It''s okay husband, Sister Diao Chan has sacrificed everything from her family and even purity for you, And she is also like a sister to me so I''m happy to share my day with her!"
Lie Fan: "I don''t know what I have done in my past life to deserve the two of you, I promise that I will always love and protect you to repay what you two have sacrificed for me."
Diao Chan and Ying Yue smile with full warm love to Lie Fan, They spend time together talking about the guests they will invite and who will be Ying Yue''s guardian to rece her parents who have long gone.
Lie Fan was thinking of asking Hua Tuo to take Ying Yue as her goddaughter or adopt her if he wanted. Hua Tuo has his own family but they are still in his hometown, Lie Fan is considering moving them here to Xiapi. To at least cure the old man''s loneliness, Ying Yue can be his goddaughter which also benefits Lie Fan.
They spend time together until evening, enjoying dinner just the three of them. Yu Yan and Wannian eat in the dining room while they eat on the terrace in Lie Fan''s quarter. After dinner, they separated with Lie Fan using this time to cultivate and Diao Chan Ying Yue went back to their quarters.
Lie Fan takes another cultivation pill and swallows it, he goes to the middle of his courtyard and begins to take a deep breath to concentrate. Slowly entering tranquility, and feeling how peaceful his mind is Lie Fan feels the world''s energy begin to gather around him.
Dong taichi movements, the Yin and Yang in the center of his meridian began to spin and absorb the world energies around him. He can feel how much world energy he needs, andparing it when he needs to reach level 1 is like feeling a bucket of water to now a big tub that we used to take a bath.
Lie Fan did the taichi movement for almost 5 hours, The time now reaching midnight as you can see the moon is almost at the top of his head. He was sweating due to mental fatigue, he wanted to push on but he decided to stop for now as he needed rest and he could feel that he managed to fill a quarter of the tub which meant he needed to do this 3 or 4 times before reaching level 2.
Lie Fan cleaned himself up, taking a hot bath that he ordered the servants to prepare, and after wearing new clean clothes hey down on his bed and went to sleep.
The next morning, Lie Fan eats breakfast alone and goes to the Governor''s Castle to do his duty for the day. Lie Fan wants to inform his advisors of his decision to marry Diao Chan and Ying Yue, The marriage ceremony at this time was considered to be sacred especially if it was high-status people who were going to marry.
At the Governor''s Castle, Lie Fan goes towards his office has been prepared for him since he became the Inspector of Xu Province and now have been renovated to match his new status. There he called for Jia Xu, Xun You, Sun Qian, Chen Gui, My Zhu, and Cai Yong They can be said will be the backbone of his government.
While waiting for them toe, Lie Fan opened up the scrolls that were put on his table. There are reports of the city''s production, the crime rate, and some policies that he needed to mark if it''s allowed or not. While reading the piles of scrolls one by one, suddenly he read a very interesting concept that had been submitted by Mi Zhu.
He didn''t expect that it hadn''t been a day since Mi Zhu was in office and he had submitted a proposal. The ideas he proposed are also familiar to Lie Fan, Mi Zhu proposed the concept of the Night Market. He was actually surprised as in China, the concept of the Night Market was introduced during the Tang Dynasty which was hundreds of years in the future.
While it can''t be denied that before the Tang Dynasty, there must have been people who also submitted or thought about this idea, the sess was during the Tang Dynasty which even received strict sanctions by the Tang Dynasty. Leading towards the end of the Tang Dynasty, the restrictions were lifted because of Economic Expansions.
Lie Fan has an understanding of the concept of Night Market, at least he is assured that it will be a sess because he has the power to have a high level of security and administration power to allow it. The only problem is the curfew that has be part of the culture and epted by all people, he needs to discuss this with his advisorster.
He put this scroll down and saw Jia Xu and Xun You had already arrived, he greeted them and told them to wait for the others to arrive. 5 minutester, everyone that Lie Fan called for is standing in front of him waiting for him to speak.
Lie Fan: "Everyone, today I called you here because I have something important I want to announce. I have decided that it''s the right time this year to marry Ying Yue and Diao Chan, we will have two separate marriage ceremonies. I hope Master Cai Yong will help me make the announcement and preparation for the ceremony."
Everyone: "Congrattions My Lord/Governor!"
Cai Yong: "Governor, I will begin to prepare everything that is needed for the ceremony. Because we will have two marriages, I hope that the auspicious dates will be informed to me shortly."
Lie Fan: "Haha Thank You everyone, Okay Master Cai Yong I will inform you of the dates when My Mother has gone to see the monks."
Jia Xu: "My Lord, have you considered how many guests you will invite to your wedding banquet?"
Lie Fan: "Because we are far away from Luoyang, Your Majesty will note but he definitely will send Imperial Envoys as his representative. The inner circle of Baohuzhe, some of the important Baohuzhe members, and close friends of the family are the people who I will invite"
Sun Qian: "My Lord, your marriage can be said to be an important event so we need to invite even some of your political enemies like He Jin."
Lie Fan: "They will note, but I''m sure that they will send some emissary to congratte me and some gifts. Sun Qian and Jia Xu can make the list first of Important members of Baohuzhe and send it to me."
Jia Xu and Sun Qian heed Lie Fan''s order, and Mi Zhu steps forward and asks Lie Fan how big of a budget needs to be prepared for the ceremony and banquet. Lie Fan didn''t know about the cost of the ceremony, he wanted it to be grand so he told Mi Zhu to coordinate with Cai Yong.
As for the Banquet, the wines will be ordered from his hometown Huai''An where the beer and fruity wine have be a household name in Xu Province. For food, He wanted Mi Zhu to invite the chefs from Serenity Inn to be the head chef and coordinate the Kitchen staff.
Mi Zhu while listening to Lie Fan, began to calcte the cost in his mind and suddenly he had a bright idea that would push the Mi n to be one of Lie Fan''s closest and trusted supporters.
Mi Zhu: "My Lord, for the ceremony and banquet I have an idea. The Mi n is willing to pay for all the expenses of My Lord''s marriage event and even make it grander."
Lie Fan: "Oh? Then what does the Mi n expect from me for doing this favor? I think It will not be a free meal."
Mi Zhu exins that he and the Mi n just wanted to support him, The Mi n has a veryrge amount of money anyway and he hopes that doing this can bring them closer. Lie Fan was skeptical of this, as he understood if he was in Liu Bei''s situation who was endorsed as he had lost hisnd but Lie Fan had more power and money than Liu Bei in the early stage.
[AT: The chapter for today! I hope everyone enjoys it because your enjoyment is also a support! ??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1)
SP: 711.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 557
VIT: 257
AGI: 263
INT: 284
CHR: 93
WIS: 239
WILL: 187
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 111: 111. Night Market Project
Chapter 111: 111. Night Market Project
Mi Zhu exins that he and the Mi n just wanted to support him, The Mi n has a veryrge amount of money anyway and he hopes that doing this can bring them closer. Lie Fan was skeptical of this, as he understood if he was in Liu Bei''s situation who was endorsed as he had lost hisnd but Lie Fan had more power and money than Liu Bei in the early stage.
Mi Zhu can see that Lie Fan is suspicious as to why he wants to endorse him by paying for the expenses, Jia Xu on the side also sees the situation. Hemented that Mi Zhu is still too young, he doesn''t arrange his words persuasively and make it so that Lie Fan doesn''t lose face.
He can see that Lie Fan will take this opportunity, his n and the city treasury don''t need to pay anything for the ceremony and banquet, but the way he says it makes it that Lie Fan can''t pay and needs his help.
Jia Xu: "My Lord, maybe what Mi Zhu saying is that the Mi n hopes to bear the expenses of your Marriage to repay the favor you have shown to the Mi n since you were assigned as the leader of Xu Province. From the market cooperation, and now how Mi Zhu was appointed as your personal Financial Advisor and Mi n still in unity thanks to your support."
Mi Zhu: "Yes what Master Jia Xu said is true My Lord, I''m still too inexperienced I hope that My Lord isn''t offended by my words!"
Lie Fan: "Haha, so that''s how it is. It''s okay Mi Zhu You can learn under many masters here, you''re future prospects will be higher and in the future, you will bring Mi n to a higher level!"
Mi Zhu was relieved that Lie Fan didn''t misunderstand him, He decided to learn more about the political intrigue and how to speak as how you speak in business and politics is certainly different.
Lie Fan is happy to receive the help, in the future the Mi n will be absolutely tied off his wagon. Liu Bei who is still a small prefect will never receive the chance to have Mi Zhu support, as the Mi n can be wiped out by him if they dare to do it. It''s better to lose some of his reputation than lose talent to big-eared Liu
After informing everyone of his decision to hold his wedding, Lie Fan brought up Mi Zhu''s ideas for the Night Market. Lie Fan told everyone that Mi Zhu''s idea was a breakthrough to expand economic superiority.
Mi Zhu was surprised and touched that Lie Fan supported his idea, he had brought this up to his father before, and his father said that it was a great way to expand their grasp on the market but they had to face the government which is a big no-no on his father textbook.
Lie Fan takes the scroll and gives it to Jia Xu to read, he tells Jia Xu to give it to the other when he is done reading it. Lie Fan told Mi Zhu to exin his idea while the others read the proposal he submitted.
Mi Zhu: "Everyone, I thought of this idea when I was going back home one night from attending my store and saw that all the restaurants were already closed when I was looking for dinner. Many of my workers are alsoining among them, that they have to cook when they go home even though they are tired from working all day. I then thought, what if there''s a market that sells foods and many things just like in the day that''s why I submitted this to My Lord."
Chen Gui: "Then we will vite the curfeww that has been ced since forever by our ancestors that has be part of our culture, how can we change that? Many people will definitely oppose it."
Sun Qian: "Master Chen Gui if I may, I think the people will not oppose it but some schrs and nobles who were stuck in the past will oppose it. I think Master Mi Zhu''s idea is revolutionary and as long as we can control it, everyone will slowly adapt to the new condition."
Jia Xu finished reading Mi Zhu''s proposal, he gave it to Xun You who was standing next to him to read. Jia Xu likes the idea that was submitted by Mi Zhu, if this Night Market is slowly implemented all across Xu Province with the help from Lie Fan''s government, then this can be their province specialty that others can''t follow because Lie Fan is more tolerant and open-minded than the others high ranking people.
Cai Yong: "But this has been our tradition for centuries, it''s to keep people from doing crime and protecting them. If we allow Night Market, then we will change our traditions and how safe is it for the people? What if thieves and gangster thugs run rampant on this night market?"
Jia Xu: "Master Cai Yong, I think that tradition has its time to be changed, just like now it''s the right time to slowly implement it. For security reasons, I''m sure that with the number of soldiers My Lord has, they can be used as guards with shift-implemented and this also can be used to train their senses to differentiate between an intruder or not."
Mi Zhu: "Yes what Master Jia Xu said is true, For the safety of the people Mi n will also sponsor some trusted mercenaries to be guards. If the results of our trial in Xiapi are satisfying, I''m sure that many merchants will flock to our province raising our economic foundation and strength."
Lie Fan sees the debate between old ways and new ways among his advisors, as a leader he can rest assured that his subjects are fighting or debating among themselves. This proves that they truly work for the betterment of Xu Province, not just bing a yes man and silently scheme behind his back.
The reason also he likes Mi Zhu''s n is that maybe in 1 or 2 years Xu Province will be flooded by middle and small merchants'' ns, Having 2 separate markets day and night also reduces thepetition between the local merchants and the neers. Too muchpetition is also not good, as it can backfire like him losing control of the market or sabotage will be rampant.
Lie Fan: The truth is, I and Jia Xu have persuaded arge part of middle and small Baohuzhe bourgeoise members toe to Xiapi in a year or two. Having a Night Market will help reducepetition, and maybe we can be more profitable so that when the neerse, the local merchants can take the more profitable market."
Mi Zhu: "What a stunning move My Lord, your vision of the market truly astounds me. If they reallye to Xu Province, then our market will be smaller, and having a new cake will definitely help in splitting the market."
Cai Yong: "Governor, isn''t this move will damage the prosperity of Luoyang?"
Lie Fan: "No, I saved them from the chaotic situation in Luoyang. Luoyang now is a war zone between He Jin, Zhang Rang, and Wang Yun, Emperor Ling is growing weaker by the day after he suddenly fainter due to his illness. The big merchants have sided with each faction including mine Baohuzhe, They will definitely swallow the smaller merchants when the chaos bes too big so by doing this I save them."
Cai Yong isn''t too convinced by Lie Fan''s rhetoric, but he knows when he loses the ground. He can see that except for him, all the others supported Liw Fan''s actions and even encouraged it, especially Jia Xu who helped Lie Fan in convincing the merchants.
He just thought of this move as Lie Fan life saving grace to this merchant, he knew how brutal it is thepetition in Luoyang. If they lose their position and money, they can be sold as ves or the males will be killed while the women be prostitutes.
Xun You, Sun Qian, and Chen Gui have read Mi Zhu''s proposal while the exchange between Lie Fan, Cai Yong, Mi Zhu, and Jia Xu is happening. They also agreed with this n especially when they heard how there could be an inflow of merchants from Luoyang entering Xu Province.
Seeing that everyone agrees with Mi Zhu''s proposal, Lie Fan ordered Mi Zhu to work together with Wang Lang and Chen Deng to have a trial here in Xiapi. As for the curfew, Lie Fan agreed that this keeps the cities safe from intruders so he proposed that the time for curfew be dyed for 3 hours to 9 PM.
At 9, the gate will be closed but the Night Market can continue until midnight. At dawn between 5 Am and 6 Am, the city gate will be opened and people cane and go under the supervision of the guards. Each gate will have a checkpoint from now on, so soldiers will be stationed there and not city guards anymore.
Everyone agrees with Lie Fan''s decision, this Xiapi''s government enters a busy stage again. Mi Zhu, Chen Deng, and Wang Lang make a small group with influential merchants to discuss the dividends of who got this part and who is willing to participate in this trial.
Lie Fan, on the other hand, helps his either in preparing the betrothal gifts and dowry for his marriage. Lie Fan also meets up with Hua Tuo, to discuss his eptance of taking Ying Yue as his daughter or adoptive daughter. Hua Tuo at first refused, on the grounds that he didn''t deserve to be the godfather of Ying Yue.
Lie Fan lobbied Hua Tuo, he also brought him modern techniques and modern knowledge of acupuncturepiled in one book. The acupuncture of this era is still units in its infancy, which means that the chance of failure and irreparable damage is very high so he hopes to use this to persuade Hua Tuo to agree.
Ying Yue sometimes alsoes along with Lie Fan to meet Hua Tuo, to increase the rtionship between Yiing Yue and Hua Tuo. Ying Yuees from a humble background, so she knows what work is and since meeting with Hua Tuo, she has been interested in learning medicine.
Hua Tuo was happy knowing Ying Yue wanted to learn medicine, and from there, it changed Hua Tuo didn''t be her godfather but her teacher. Due to the way in Chinese culture where your teacher is also your secondary parents, Lie Fan''s purpose was achieved in a different way than he expected.
Lie Fan allows Ying Yue to learn, but he doesn''t allow her to help in the hospital. She will be the wife of the Xu Province Governor, no matter what her status is way abovemon people. It is also not safe and he doesn''t want her safety to bepromised.
Ying Yue learning medicine is actually good for his family, at least they can have someone in their household that knows medicine and can do a first aid. While Ying Yue is learning medicine, Diao Chan bes interested in poetry and ying musical instruments so she always visits Cai Wenji.
Lie Fan doing all of these things and silently a month passes by, The preparation for the Night market is going well and the trial can be started anytime. Yu Yan visited a monk in the temple and asked for 2 auspicious days for Lie Fan''s Marriage, She was told that the 26 of the next month and the 6 the month after that were his auspicious days.
[AT: New Chapter for a new week! I hope everyone enjoys this chapter!??
What should Lie Fan Navy ships consist of?]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1)
SP: 711.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 557 -> 567 (1 Potion)
VIT: 257 -> 267 (1 Potion)
AGI: 263 -> 273 (1 Potion)
INT: 284 -> 294 (1 Potion)
CHR: 93
WIS: 239 -> 249 (1 Potion)
WILL: 187 -> 197 (1 Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 112: 112. Navy Plan
Chapter 112: 112. Navy n
Lie Fan doing all of these things and silently a month passes by, The preparation for the Night market is going well and the trial can be started anytime. Yu Yan visited a monk in the temple and asked for 2 auspicious days for Lie Fan''s Marriage, She was told that the 26 of the next month and the 6 the month after that were his auspicious days.
Yu Yan informed Lie Fan of this and told him to immediately send his invitation to the guest he chose and announce it so everyone would know that Lie Fan would marry. Fortunately, Cai Yong has drafted up the marriage announcement, it only needs to be copied and spread across Xu Province.
The invitation has been drafted, only need the date of the wedding will be held. Lie Fan has entrusted Jia Xu with the wedding invitation, Using Oriole will be faster than ordinary envy as Oriole''s endurance is much higher, and trained mentally to be less fatigued.
When the invitation was being sent, Cai Yong spread the announcement papers saying that Lie Fan would hold 2 weddings with separate dates to inform the people of Xu Province of this matrimony. The People of Zu province were happy to hear that Lie Fan going to marry, they were talking about who are the 2 women lucky enough to catch Lie Fan''s eyes.
The nobles and merchants of Xu Province were boiling when they heard the news, They began to prepare gifts to be sent for people who were not invited, and for people who were invited other than preparing gifts also bought new clothes to be used on the wedding.
Ying Yue and Diao Chan also began to be taught by Yu Yan, for them to always remember the Three obedience and Four virtues. She also told them to be patient and understanding when Lie Fan is busy, as he is the most powerful man in Xu Province.
Lie Fan is also barred from meeting Ying Yue and Diao Chan before the wedding of Yu Yan, Lie Fan can onlyugh in bitterness at being barred from meeting his future wife. As to the condition of Ying Yue and Diao Chan''s family, some of their marriage steps were skipped.
Like the proposal and birth dates, Lie Fan thought that this would only hurt the feelings of the two women. Even though in truth Hua Tuo can substitute for Ying Yue''s Father, he also thinks that it''s troublesome as he thinks it''s unnecessary.
Lie Fan persuaded Yu Yan for some time before she agreed, Lie Fan also felt to not need a matchmaker as he already matched with his wife-to-be. As for the bride''s wealth (Betrothal Gifts) and the wedding gifts, Lie Fan has ensured that the money he got from his business for almost 3 months of profits is included.
Now these 3 months of profits are not only from the Xu Province area, Luoyang, and Some parts of Yan Province and Qing Province but also sent their profits so it was a massive amount of money. The businesses he had in Yan Province and Qing Province were built by Oriole members under his permission of course.
They have begun to infiltrate these 2 neighboring provinces, so they need a safe house to hide which is why Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern were built beside from collecting money. Due to being barred from meeting Ying Yue and Diao Chan, Lie Fan spent most of his time in his office where he either read reports or proposals from his subjects.
Mi Zhu, Chen Deng, and Wang Lang requested to meet him when he was in his office, he allowed them to enter the room and ask why do they want to meet him. Is there a problem with the Night Market project because they were always conducting something at this time.
Mi Zhu: "No it''s not like that My Lord, We wanted to inform you that the Night Market project is ready to enter the trial phase and it can be done tonight. I wonder if My Lord wants to inspect it personally with us?"
Lie Fan: "That''s great! I will go with the three of you, I want to see with my eyes if this project is sessful with the amount of resources we have put into it. By the way, have the people been informed of the changes in curfew and about the night market being held?"
Mi Zhu: "Yes they have been informed My Lord, this morning I have sent some of the messengers to put the announcement on the city board across Xiapi."
Lie Fan: "That''s good, Then let''s meet at my residence and we inspect the night market together in my carriage."
Chen Deng: "Then Master Mi Zhu and Master Wang Lang can follow My Lord, I will go and lead some city guards to supervise the security in the field to see what needs to be improved or changed."
Lie Fan: "Good initiative Chen Deng! Then you can do that if you need any help the soldiers outside the city can also be used for this. Xiapi City Guards need a new training n, Master Chen Deng can also help inspect theirbat skills, and if they are not up to the task, then I will assign Chao Bo or Ze Rong to be their temporary leader."
Chen Deng agrees with Lie Fan''s order, he promises to inspect it personally and will send the report to him. Before Mi Zhu, Wang Lang, and Chen Deng leave Lie Fan''s office, Lie Fan gives a reminder that the Night Market preparation has to be perfect as tho is their only chance to change something that was being held for centuries.
A mistake and everything they had worked hard for a month would be gone in just a day or less, so he hoped that he see it work perfectly or just normally so they could have a chance to back their im.
Mi Zhu promised that everything would be perfect, he used the Mi n''s Influence to stabilize the other merchant''s ns and make sure that no scamming or overpriced would happen.
Lie Fan trusted Mi Zhu, but this was the young Mi Zhu and not the Mi Zhu who had served Tao Qian so Lie Fan promised Mi Zhu that if this could work perfectly then the endorsement he and his n waiting for would be given to him immediately.
Mi Zhu and his group left Lie Fan''s office, Lie Fan continued his work approving or rejecting proposals that were submitted. Lie Fan feels his eyes tired, he never read this many words in his entire life in one day.
Lie Fan works for 3 hours before he decides to stop, seeing that it''s already noon he calls for a servant to bring him lunch. Lie Fan opened his book of knowledge while waiting for lunch, He decided to research the type of ship that was advanced but could be made in this era.
Han Dynasty developed a ship design called A Junk, which further evolved to represent one of the most sessful ship designs in history. This design waster adopted by Western countries, the Dutch and Portuguese around 1570.
Lie Fan began to copy the most advanced design it had, he took seven designs from Admiral Zheng He''s expedition from thergest to the smallest. Zheng He can be called one of the most famous Chinese navy Admiral, he alonemanded seven naval expeditions sponsored by the Ming government to establish a Chinese presence and extend the tributary system to the maritime nations in Southeast Asia.
While looking at the designs, his lunch was served by the servants. He put down the book of Knowledge and ate his lunch first, he will need the energy when he begins to copy some of the designs.
Lie Fan also takes note to begin hiring shipwrights and send them to Huai''An, where it will be his dockyard hidden from the eyes of others. All of the ship''s designs he copied were ocean-worthy, so his naval power in this era was unmatched at least in terms of ship endurance and capability.
He took the Treasure Ship the ship used by Admiral Zheng He which would be used bymanders of his navy, Horse Ships for carrying tributes and repair materials, Supply Ships for supply, Troops Transport Ships, Fuchuan Warship, patrol boats, and Water Tankers can hold fresh waters worth a month.
2 hours passed by after he finished copying every design, and he felt that his hand would fall off after doing all that. He will give time to let his shipwright experiment, for now, he can use the ships of this era as he does not need to expand to Wu.
Lie Fan called for Jia Xu and Xun You, from all of his advisors he put these two on the highest level so he will always call them. Jia Xu and Xun You were working in their offices when servants came and told them that Lie Fan ordered them toe to his office.
Jia Xu and Xun Youe to his office, there Lie Fan tells Liu Pi to close his doors as this conversation is top secret. Lie Fan gives Jia Xu and Xun You the ship''s design and begins to speak.
Lie Fan: "Jia Xu, Xun You I have bought some ship designs from a traveling caravan in Huai''An in the past. Now that Xu Province is going on the right track, economically and logistically I think it''s the right time to begin our n to make Huai''An our secret dockyard."
Jia Xu: "My Lord, I''m not a master at this kind of thing but just from the design I can see that it''s very advanced and only a genius can make this. But, are you truly sure to begin our dockyard n in advance?"
Lie Fan: "Of Course, I have heard of rumors among the fishermen and ship captains that harbor in Huai''An before that southeast of Yang Province (Wu) there''s a mysterious ind. If our ships managed to be built, I was nning to send expeditions there and build a navy base there."
Xun You: "My Lord is nning to make it a secret navy town, I think that''s a feasible n as we can train and build ships secretly there. That''s if this ind is truly there and not a myth among the fishermen and ship captain."
Lie Fan: "Xun You is truly keen on Military matters, Yes That''s true a secret navy base there can help us attack Yang Province whenever we want. But the expedition will be sent when everything is 100% ready, medicines and logistics will be needed as we are exploring an unknown frontier where maybe there will be people living there."
Jia Xu: "Looks like My Lord has already made a vision for the future of our navy, then I and Xun You will help My Lord to the best of our ability."
Lie Fan nodded his head, he then ordered Jia Xu to send oriole members to contact and poach shipwrights from Jing Province and Yang Province. Xun You were afraid that they would offend the newly appointed Governor of Jing Province Liu Biao, While he is not afraid, the risk of their n now is higher.
Jia Xu''s response to Xun You says that Liu Biao''s control over Jing is still not absolute. Oriole is trained to do this kind of thing, so Xun You can rest assured that they will choose death over betrayal.
Jia Xu assured Lie Fan that it could be done, but he needed time as their reach in Jing Province and Yang Province were very small with the concentration on Yang and Qing Province right now. Lie Fan told him that he had given him 1 and a half years to do it, as more than that would set back some of their navy ns.
[AT: New Chapter for today! ?? What does everyone think of the ships that I chose?]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1)
SP: 711.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 567
VIT: 267
AGI: 273
INT: 294
CHR: 93
WIS: 249
WILL: 197
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 113: 113. Progress
Chapter 113: 113. Progress
Jia Xu assured Lie Fan that it could be done, but he needed time as their reach in Jing Province and Yang Province were very small with the concentration on Yang and Qing Province right now. Lie Fan told him that he had given him 1 and a half years to do it, as more than that would set back some of their navy ns.
Jia Xu promised to not pass the deadline, Jia Xu and Xun You can see that Lie Fan has an ambitious n for their future Navy. Xun You promised to help, using his old contacts in Luoyang to bring some shipwrights from there. Lie Fan agrees for him to do so, but under the condition that no one will know of this.
Lie Fan: "Then it''s just that for now, this n is to be kept secret from everyone. As for the resources needed to poach those shipwrights, Jia Xu you can take them from the Serenity Inn and Dragon''s Fang Tavern."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, but what if Madam Yu knows about this?"
Lie Fan: "If she knows I will be the one who handles her, rest easy and just do it silently. By the way, Jia Xu I hope that you and Chen Deng can send the reports on our progress on the weaponry I gave to youst year."
Xun You: "Weaponry My Lord?"
Jia Xu: "Yes Master Xun You, before you agree to serve Our Lord, he gave to me and Chen Deng some schematics of advanced weaponry and saddle, I will show it to you when the reportse in."
Lie Fan: "Ah right, Jia Xu include Xun You in this group. He is an expert on military things and maybe can give a new perspective."
Jia Xu heeds Lie Fan''s order and Xun You is grateful to Lie Fam as he is trusted to be included in this top-secret project. He can see that Lie Fan truly likes to prepare for the future, he doesn''t know how many steps he will take to his enemies in the future.
Jia Xu and Xun You then leave Lie Fan''s office, It can be said that they are in a peaceful time but their work is increasing day by day but they neverin as this shows them that they have chosen the right path.
Lie Fan stopped working and went back to the quarters where he stayed in the Governor''s castle, Lie Fan stayed here until his wedding was held because he was barred from meeting his future wives so why not just stay here until the wedding is held.
Lie Fan changed to moremon clothing If he ever decided to get down from his carriage, he and the others could hide themselves in the crowd. The Night Market project is very important to his economic n for the future, If the trial in Xiapi is a sess then he can implement this in all of Xu Province which will make more money circte in the market.
Lie Fan left his quarters, apanied by his bodyguards who also had changed their clothes, boarded his carriage, and drove towards his residence to meet up with Mi Zhu and Wang Lang.
Lie Fan waited inside his carriage in front of his residence, Now it was already 6 pm, and Lie Fan saw that the streets needed more light, they needed morenterns or torches now that the Night Market would be held.
Lie Fan ordered He, Yi, telling him to go to the City Guards'' HQ and told them to put more torches and ornterns on the streets. They can buy or borrow he doesn''t care, he wants at least people can be safe when they walk away from the Night Market back to their home.
He Yi rides his horse and goes towards the City Guards HQ, Lie Fan waited for 30 minutes before Mi Zhu and Wang Lang finallye. Mi Zhu and Wang Lang boarded his carriage, and together they go towards the market area.
In the market, people are captivated by the night market. It can be said to be more crowded than in the morning, people can see new types of attractions and entertainment, and Lie Fan has sent some of the peddlers under his Merchant Caravan to sell new things.
Mask, cotton candy, and night market games from his past life. This is a chance for him to also collect money, and this also helps people to be attracted to visit the Night Market again in the future and be happy to spend his money.
He only needs fireworks which can be his main attraction, if his people manage to make the gunpowder then everything is perfect for the Night Market, as for opposition to people stuck in their old ways he gives them some time to change or he will help them change personally.
Wang Lang: "How do you think My Lord? The Night Market now is full of people! From the number of people here now, looks like everyone is intrigued by our announcement and decided toe by!"
Mi Zhu: "New types of attractions and snacks are also emerging, like this cotton candy My Lord. I have tried some and this can be a very popr product! The main ingredient is sugar, and I have seen how they made it, it''s very easy and simple."
Lie Fan: "Really? Then in the future, if Night Markets can continue, I will bring my wives to try some. Wang Lang, the number of people is important but whether are they willing to spend money is more important. If they only visit and don''t buy anything, we will receive less tax ormissions which means the amount of money circting will not be as much as we want."
Wang Lang listened to Lie Fan''s words and give a shy smile, he doesn''t understand the core purpose of this project which is making money. He only used the number of people and immediately determined that their project was a sess.
Lie Fan ordered his driver to circle the area, he wanted to see if there was any trouble. He sees his soldiers patrolling the area, which assures him of the security in the market. He wants to be the only controller of this big cake, he will eliminate thugs or Mafia that dare to take a bite of this.
After spending some time, Lie Fan decided to leave as there was nothing he needed to see anymore. Mi Zhu and Wang Lang get off from his carriage, as they have decided to stay in the Night Market until its closing time. Lie Fan returns to his quarters in the Governor''s room, cleans himself up, and takes a rest for today.
The next morning, he woke up and after doing his morning routine he went to his office. Lie Fan sat down and began to read some of the reports on his desk when Jia Xu entered his office, Jia Xu gave him a scroll and when he opened it he saw that it was a report progress of some of the weaponry he had given to Jia Xu and Chen Deng.
Jia Xu: "My Lord as you can see in the report, the arched saddle and the Chu-Ko-Nu have been sessfully made. Now it has entered the trial, our craftsmen are testing it to see if it''s practical and if there is anything they need to change."
Lie Fan: "Good, If the trial period is over and the results are great, immediately order it to be mass-produced. They can improve thebat capability of our cavalries and archers, hmm? The gunpowder still needs some more time huh."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, we need more time as it''s not easy to make it. We have invited some alchemists to help us produce it and we are a step closer every day to finding the rightbination to create it, The schematics only tell us the ingredients, and no specific amount is told."
Lie Fan: "It''s okay, continue to experiment and find the rightbination. Are the ballista and counterweight trebuchet in progress? How long do I need to wait before I see it?"
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, maybe in 3 to 4 months you can see the final product. The craftsmen said that they need to assemble each part delicately to ensure that it can work when they tested."
Lie Fan: "Good, the ballista can be put in our ships in the future improving itsbat capability. Let them also try putting it on the ships we have, and see if our ships can hold the weight."
Jia Xu nodded and remembered it, he thought that Lie Fan''s idea of putting ballistas on the ships was a good one as then their ship had its own weapon to attack or defend. After giving his reports, Jia Xu left Lie Fan''s office to send Lie Fan''s ideas to the craftsmen.
Lie Fan sighs after Jia Xu leaves his office, he truly needs an advisor that was an expert on this. He then remembered Liu Ye, the genius engineer advisor under Cao Cao. He began to try to remember where Liu Ye was born, he was also part of the Imperial Family as he is a direct descendant of Emperor Guangwu via Emperor Guangwu''s seventh son Liu Yan.
As he can''t remember, Lie Fan opened the Book of Knowledge and searched for Liu Ye''s birthce. It was recorded that he was born in Shou County Yang Province in 167, his age is 19 years old this year and is fit to serve as an advisor to him.
Lie Fan then closed the Book of Knowledge and put it back in his inventory, he rose from his seat and alongside his bodyguards left the Governor''s Castle and went towards the army camp. There he met with Chao Bo who was the sub-leader of Oriole, he wanted to send Chao Bo to meet with Liu Ye and his family.
Chao Bo: "My Lord! Youe here looking for me, is there anything I can do for you?"
Lie Fan: "Chao Bo, I have a mission for you, this mission requires your hidden identity. I want you to go to Shou County in Yang Province and search for a young man named Liu Ye from the Liu Family. I want to invite you toe and serve as one of my advisors if he gives a condition, as long as it''s doable you can do it."
Chao Bo: "Yes My Lord! Does Master Jia Xu know about this?"
Lie Fan: "No he doesn''t know about this for now, I will tell him when the time is right don''t worry. Being some Orioles alongside you as well, if he can relocate his family to Xiapi even better!"
Chao Bo: "Yes My Lord! I will go to Shou County tonight after I informed the others that I have some personal assignment given by My Lord so they will not search for me!"
Lie Fan: "Good! Be careful on the way there Chao Bo, I don''t want to lose you or trade your life so I can get Liu Ye."
Chao Bo was touched by Lie Fan''s words, he promised to do it carefully and not risk his life. Lie Fan and Chao Bo talk for a while, Lie Fan then takes his leave and returns to his quarters in the Governor''s Castle.
A month passed by in the blink of an eye, The Night Market project was sessful and Lie Fan allowed it to be held every day for opposition Lie Fan coerced them to agree. Lie Fan now feels nervous, as in 3 days it will be his wedding to Ying Yue which is his first marriage in 2 lifetime.
[AT: Sorry that the update is not on time! I was busy doing many things today and just got home then remembered that I haven''t updated yet sorry!]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1)
SP: 711.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 567
VIT: 267
AGI: 273
INT: 294
CHR: 93
WIS: 249
WILL: 197
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 114: 114. Marriage
Chapter 114: 114. Marriage
A month passed by in the blink of an eye, The Night Market project was sessful and Lie Fan allowed it to be held every day for opposition Lie Fan coerced them to agree. Lie Fan now feels nervous, as in 3 days it will be his wedding to Ying Yue which is his first marriage in 2 lifetime.
Lie Fan has ordered for the security of the city to be on max level, Every checkpoint at the City Gate to be raised to the maximum and everyone that goes in and out of the city needs to be checked. Oriole''s assigned to every part of the city that''s vulnerable to being sneaked in, he doesn''t want spies to manage to enter Xiapi.
All of his advisors are helping him handle his duties, he was told that he needs to prepare himself for the wedding and give himself a holiday. Lie Fan is just like his Father but he doesn''t know it yet, they both were workaholics and can''t stay still.
Lie Fan decided to meet with Yu Yan, and they both decided to hold the worship ceremony in Lie n''s residence. Ying Yue will go and stay at Hua Tuo''s residence, where he as the groom will pick up the bride at Hua Tuo''s residence and exchange betrothal gifts and dowry that have been prepared.
Yu Yan told him that tomorrow, Lie Shang would arrive at Xiapi from Huai''An bringing some things that would be included in the betrothal gift. Lie Fan almost forgot about his father, fortunately, his mother will never forget about him. Yu Yan knocked his head when she saw Lie Fan''s surprised face, how could he forget about his own Father.
Lie Fan can only give Yu Yan a bitter smile, he escapes his Yu Yan lecture. He goes back to his quarters in the Lie n residence, he doesn''t have anything to do as his marriage preparation was done by Yu Yan and Lie Shang ording to the traditions.
Ying Yue has gone to Hua Tuo''s residence, Yu Yan has sent some of her handmaidens along with her to help Ying Yue prepare her wedding outfits. Diao Chan was also sent there, to apany Ying Yue and help her reduce the nervousness before the wedding.
Lie Fan decided to go cultivate, he doesn''t have anything to do anyway why not just cultivate? He takes 3 cultivation pills and swallows one, then he begins to do Taichi movements.
2 days passed by, and he spent 2 days cultivating and managed to break through to the second level of Yin Yang Separation. He can''t stop being amazed about feeling the powerful flow of Yin and Yang coursing through his body. He has predicted that with Yin Yang separation he is near to the strength of Dian Wei and Huang Zhong.
Lie Fan using his SP, buys anti-aphrodisiac pills for 5.000 SP. He remembered this because he was afraid that his drink was tempered again, like with Wang Yun''s scheme even though in return he got Diao Chan.
Because tomorrow is the wedding, he can''t oversee the preparation of the ceremony but he can oversee the security needed. Thanks to Chen Deng, the City Guards'' capability was strengthened due to him seeing that their capability was not good enough.
Lie Fan sent Ze Rong, who had been learning under Huang Zhong to take control of the City Guards for a while. He told Ze Rong to train the City Guards like when he was training the tens of thousands of Yellow Turbans.
Lie Fan supervised the training for today, The City Guards were shaped up, and officers who entered the city guards through bribery or nepotism were kicked out. The ones who had the skills were demoted and told to begin again from the bottom, Many small noble ns'' interest was harmed but they didn''t dare to protest as it was Lie Fan''s order.
Lie Fan: "Tomorrow will be the most important event in Xiapi, the Marriage of I the Xu Province Governor Lie Fan! If you do your duty above and beyond, you will receive a bonus!"
City Guards: "Hoahhh!!! Long Live The Governor!"
Lie Fan: "But if even one of you fails in your duty, not only will you not receive a bonus but all of you will be punished! Ze Rong will be yourmander until my wedding ends, the one who has the best merit will be provided to rece Ze Rong!"
Every City Guards bes more enthusiastic, as a promotion to bemander is a chance of a lifetime for them to improve the condition of their family. After supervising the City Guards, Lie Fan returned to the Lie n residence and Lie Fan spent some time with Lie Shang.
Lie Shang is proud that his son will marry 2 of the most beautiful women he has ever seen, and also be one of the most influential people in thend at such a young age. Lie Shang and Yu Yan give Lie Fan some guidance on the marital life he will enter, especially when he will have 2 women bing his wife.
Yu Yan: "Fan''er you have to remember to treat Ying Yue and Diao Chan the same If you favor the other even if they have a very good rtionship it can be broken because you favored one."
Lie Fan: "Of course Mother, even though Ying Yue will always be my favorite, I understand that your backyard needs to be stable for you to aplish many things."
Lie Shang: "I as your father give yourst guidance before you be a man and form your own family, Don''t ever forget about your family and neglect them due to your duty. I have seen many great men''s families fall apart because they neglected their family members, which caused either divorce or affairs."
Lie Fan agreed with Lie Shang and promised to always remember the guidance that Lie Shang and Yu Yan had given to him all these years. Lie Fan begins to feel mncholic, Lie Shang and Yu Yan are the ones who give him family warmth and love when hees to this world.
He got down on the floor and kowtowed the two of them, thanking them for all the things they had done for him. Yu Yan seeing this began to have watery eyes, turned her head, and wiped it while scolding Lie Fan making her cry because what if her eyes were swollen tomorrow.
Lie Shang told Lie Fan to stand up and go back to his room to rest, tomorrow would be a big day for him and he needed all the energy he could get as it would be a busy day.
Lie Fan gives them another kowtow then stands up and returns to his room to rest. Lie Fan after lying down on his bed, began to feel excited as tomorrow finally he could also have a family of his own and he will never be truly alone in this world.
The Next Day, Xiapi enters a festivity mood. The people of Xiapi have woken up and began to flock to the street to see Lie Fan''s entourage that will pick up the bride. Lie Fan woke up in the early morning hours, After washing himself and making sure he had cleaned Lie Fan changed into his wedding attire with the help of a couple of servants.
Lie Shang and Yu Yan also wake up and change their clothes when Lie Fan has finished changing into his wedding outfit. Yu Yan immediately praises her son''s handsomeness when she sees him, Lie Shang on the other hand says that he receives his handsomeness from him.
Wannian the little girl has also changed her clothes, bing a cute little princess making Lie Fan can''t stop pinching her face and making Wannian giggle. The betrothal first has been prepared and all the servants are ready to bring them, Lie Fan is walking to his pnquin and sees that his bodyguards volunteered to be the bearer.
Lie Fan is touched by this and tells them that their loyalty to him will be repaid, it''s sad that two of his bodyguards can''te and join his wedding due to their duties. Lie Fan goes and sits at the pnquin, his bodyguards then go to each side of it and pick it up.
Lie Fan''s entourage then moved toward Hua Tuo''s residence. Chao Bo, Chao Bai, Dian Wei, and Huang Zhong be the guards of his entourage leading it on the front. Lie Fan''s family stayed at the residence, waiting for Lie Fan and Ying Yue to return to do the vowing ceremony.
People who watch Lie Fan''s entourage pass by, are saying their congrattions and wishing him a happy marriage. For them, Lie Fan is the one who helps them improve their life and make sure that they are well-fed and have a job.
Lie Fan''s entourage spent 15 minutes before they reached Hua Tuo''s residence. There Hua Tuo apanied by Zhang Zhongjing and Cai Yong, receives Lie Fan and entourage. Lie Fan bowed towards Hua Tuo, giving respect to Hua Tuo and a symbol of promise that he would treat Ying Yue well.
Lie Fan then gives the betrothal gifts to Hua Tuo, and in exchange, Hua Tuo gives them the dowry that had been sent to his residence by Lie Fan where Hua Tuo puts a bit more from his personal pocket.
Once all the goods were exchanged, Hua Tuo told the handmaidens to bring Ying Yue here. Ying Yue who had worn her wedding dress and her face became more beautiful with the delicate makeup, put on the red veil and less by the handmaidens to the main hall.
There Lie Fan and Ying Yue finally see each other after a month of separation, Even though Lie Fan can''t see Ying Yue''s face he is sure that today her beauty eclipsed the flowers that bloom today. Ying Yue on the other hand, was fascinated by how handsome Lie Fan was in his wedding outfit.
Lie Fan then takes Ying Yue from Hua Tuo''s residence, Ying Yue enters a carriage that was prepared for them and then they return to Lie n''s residence. Arriving at the residence, Lie Fan and Ying Yue both hold a red cloth strap with a red-like flower made from cloth in the middle separating them.
Together they walk inside the residence and go to the main hall under the apuse of Lie Fan''s subjects and guests of the wedding. They entered the main hall, where Lie Shan and Yu Yan were seated waiting for them. Lie Fana and Yu Yan walk to them and then stand in front of them.
Jia Xu: "We will begin the ceremony! First now to the Heaven, Second bow to the parents, andstly bow towards each other!"
Lie Fan and Yu Yan do each step carefully under Jia Xu''s guidance, and when they finish bowing to each other they know that finally, they be official husbands and wives. Ying Yue then was brought to their boudoir room had been prepared to wait for Lie Fan there after the wedding banquet was done.
Lie Fan as the groom begins to receive all of the people thate to his wedding personally, it was a custom that the grooms receive all the toast that was given to him. Thankfully he has swallowed the anti-drunk pills, Zhu Ran and all of the Baohuzhe members who were invited toast him many times but they were the ones who were drunk in the end.
His generals especially Huang Zhong and Dian Wei also toast Lie Fan until they were the ones who be drunk, Because of this banquet Lie Fan became well-known for having an iron stomach and staying sober while hundreds of his guests be drunk making him the only one standing.
[AT: Our New Chapter of the day! ??
I want to tell everyone that tomorrow I''m going on a trip where the inte connection is pretty bad, so I don''t know if I can update a new chapter! But rest easy if I can''t update tomorrow, the day after tomorrow 2 chapters will be updated! ??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 1) -> (level 2)
SP: 711.700 -> 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 567 -> 589
VIT: 267 -> 285
AGI: 273 -> 288
INT: 294 -> 306
CHR: 93
WIS: 249 -> 259
WILL: 197
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 115: 115. Wedding Night (18+)
Chapter 115: 115. Wedding Night (18+)
His generals especially Huang Zhong and Dian Wei also toast Lie Fan until they were the ones who be drunk, Because of this banquet Lie Fan became well-known for having an iron stomach and staying sober while hundreds of his guests be drunk making him the only one standing.
Lie Fan was receiving toast from the guests, seeing that he wasn''t going to get drunk and the time for him to enter the chamber hade. A servant with a high-pitched voice announces it is time for Lie Fan to enter the boudoir chamber, All of the guest cheers loudly under their gaze Lie Fan leave the hall.
In the chamber, Ying Yue has prepared the wine that will be drunk by the newlyweds. Ying Yue feels very shy and nervous, She will finally spend her first night with Lie Fan and is also worried that Lie Fan will be so intoxicated that he will just go to sleep.
Ying Yue after finishing pouring the wine into each cup, Lie Fan opened the door to the room and closed it tightly behind him. Ying Yue who heard this movement turned a bit stiff, but she proceeded to sit on the wedding mattress that was prepared for them.
Lie Fan walks slowly and sees Ying Yue sitting down waiting for him with her red veil still hiding her face, Lie Fan walks toward her with a smile and sits down beside her. Ying Yue stood up and took the 2 cups full of wine, One was given to Lie Fan and they toast each other drinking all of it in one gulp.
Lie Fan takes Ying Yue''s cup and puts down both of the cups on the table, Lie Fan then turns around and lifts the veil covering Ying Yue''s face. Seeing the charming and alluring face hidden under the veil, the bright red lips, snow white face with red blush, and the charming eyes with red tips on each side of the eyes.
Lie Fan was fascinated by Ying Yue''s beauty, and Ying Yue who saw this gave him a shy smile before she could speak she was kissed by Lie Fan full of hunger. Lie Fan began to aggressively attack Ying Yue''s small mouth and managed to pry it open.
Both of them were kissing for a long time,
their tongues went deep inside their
mouths as they tasted each other''s saliva. Ying Yue can only receive Lie Fan''s attack and slowly adapt to it, Lie Fan begins to help Ying Yue take off her outeryer which Ying Yue in turn shyly takes off Lie Fan''s outeryer in return.
Lie Fan stopped kissing Ying Yue, seeing Ying Yue''s glistening and wet eyes add more charm to the already alluring face. Lie Fan picks up Ying Yue in a princess hug and puts her on the bed slowly while both of them look into each other''s eyes.
Lie Fan began to take off more of Ying Yue''s clothes until nothing remained in her body, Seeing the full round snow-white breast Ying Yue had Lie Fan''s big spear which was slowly standing up began to rise instantly.
Ying Yue was very shy, covering her face and closing her eyes, Seeing this Lie Fan took off the rest of his clothes. Ying Yue opened her little fingers, peeking at Lie Fan''s muscled six-pack body, slowly going down seeing the erect spear and began to feel intimidated at how big it was as it entered her small body.
Her face grows even redder and she closes the gap in her fingers, She feels that her lower body bes hot, and her gate begins to feel moist. Lie Fan seeing Ying Yue''s lower body, slowly put his fingers on Ying Yue''s burning cave.
Ying Yue: "Ahh!"
Lie Fan: "Shushh.. It''s okay wife, Rx your body and enjoy my massage, if it''s hurt you can tell me okay?"
Ying Yue: "O-okay *moan* husband *moan*, I feel it bes weird but good *moan*"
Lie Fan hears Ying Yue''s breathless and enchanting voice, his fingers be faster in their movement causing Ying Yue who has hidden her face with her hand let out a loud gasp and moan, Both of her hands hold Lie Fan''s arm while she was writhing.
Lie Fan kisses Ying Yue again, and their tongbeginegan to wrestle each other aggressively, Ying Yue''s moans are muffled thanks to Lie Fan, and suddenly Ying Yue stops the kiss and lets out a loud cry while her body squirms and her legs sped Lie Fan''s hand on her lower body.
Ying Yue never thought that she could feel this good in the world, After she stops squirming Lie Fan gets his hand out from Ying Yue''s cave. Seeing the glistening fluid, Lie Fan shows it to Ying Yue whose face blushed even more while hammering Lie Fan''s chest weakly.
Lie Fan smiles and uses the fluids in his finger, he smears it all over his big spear, and Ying Yue who sees this knows whates next and shyly opens her legs showing the damp cave with fluids running down.
Lie Fan began to position himself below Ying Yue, holding both of her legs and after telling Ying Yue to take a deep breath he slowly pushed the spear to enter the cave. Lie Fan and Ying Yue felt their body electrocuted when all of the spears entered the cave, Ying Yue felt a pain she never have felt before but gritted her teeth.
After letting Ying Yue''s body adjust to the pain, Lie Fan began to move slowly while Ying Yue gasped from feeling some pain and slowly changed to crying full of pleasure. Lie Fan began to move faster and faster due to the pleasure and stimtioning from hearing Ying Yue''s voice.
The sound of Lie Fan and Ying Yue''s bodies smacking against each other was heard throughout the room alongside moans and grunts, It''s not until 2 hourster that it''s finally settled down and Lie Fan hugged Ying Yue to sleep.
The next day, Lie Fan woke up from his sleep and felt a weight on his chest. He looked down and saw Ying Yue''s head makes his chest as her pillow. Remembering what happenedst night, Lie Fan began to smile and kissed Ying Yue''s head affectionately.
Ying Yue was woken up by the kiss, She opened her eyes slowly and when she tried to move her body stinging pain came from her lower body. Hearing Ying Yue''s gasp, Lie Fan put his hand on her waist signaling to her to not move her body.
Lie Fan: "Good Morning Wife, Don''t move your body as you will feel the aftereffects of our workoutst night haha!"
Ying Yue: " *hits the chest* Husband! *gasp*"
Lie Fan: "Okay, okay I''m sorry. Let''s just continue sleeping, no one will dare to bother us anyway."
Ying Yue: "B-but what if Mother and the others wait for us?"
Lie Fan: "I''m sure that Father and Mother will understand, now why don''t we sleep or we can continue our workout fromst night hmm?"
Ying Yue: "Husband!"
Ying Yue blushed heavily when she heard what Lie Fan said, She hit Lie Fan''s chest again causing Lie Fan tough and kiss her small lips.
Lie Fan and Ying Yue spend their time in their wedding room until the afternoon, Lie Fan helps Ying Yue walk toward the bathroom and they wash together under Lie Fan''s insistence. After washing their body, Lie Fan and Ying Yue put on new clothes and together they go to the dining room to replenish their body with food.
Lie Fan and Ying Yue spend some sweet and personal time together, In about 10 days or so Lie Fan will hold another wedding with Diao Chan so he cleared his schedule to apany Ying Yue.
Lie Fan after tasting the forbidden fruit that he remembered unlike the previous one, began to coax Yung Yue into doing it almost every day. Ying Yue had never felt her body so exhausted in her entire life, but she always relented under Lie Fan''s attack and hoped that maybe they could have a small treasure together due to this in the future.
Yu Yan every day brews some supplements and soups for Lie Fan and Yu Yan, She hopes that the two of them will give her grandchildren shortly, Lie Fan and Ying Yue can only drink the soup under Yu Yan''s insistence.
Lie Fan personally hoped that Ying Yue would not get pregnant, at least until the health care of this era could ensure the safety of both Ying Yue and their future child.
Because of this aside from apanying Ying Yue, Lie Fan began to copy medical knowledge about maternity, and obstetricians'' knowledge that can be implemented in this era.
Lie Fan also put some medicines that can help babies and their expecting mothers, Of course, everything that was copied was the only ones that could be made with the technology of this era.
He could only slowly push the technology of this era because if he handed out all technology knowledge to push it, it could backfire and maybe there would never be inventions in the future.
After copying it, he sent this to Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjing in the hopes that they could help train new generations of midwives. In the blink of an eye, 10 days is not a long time passed by very fast.
Tomorrow will be the wedding of Lie Fan and Diao Chan, Ying Yue visits Diao Chan to apany her as Diao Chan will not have her family on her side. Lie Fan has asked Diao Chan before in thest if she wanted to have a new adoptive family but she has been traumatized by Wang Yun''s actions and doesn''t want to have another family except for Lie Fan and Ying Yue.
Yu Yan and Lie Fan have prepared a betrothal gift for Diao Chan, They wanted Diao Chan to enter Lie Fan''s family honorably as without betrothal gifts or dowry presented it would be dishonorable and could affect her reputation.
Because it will be a concubine wedding, the wedding ceremony tomorrow will not be as big as it can affect Ying Yue''s status as the wife but it will be more festive than all concubine marriages in Xiapi.
Lie Fan was sleeping alone tonight on his quarters, Tomorrow will be his wedding to Diao Chan so in regards to Diao Chan he sleeps alone tonight. Ying Yue understands Lie Fan''s actions and supports his decision to do so.
[AT: Yesterday Chapter that was promised! As for tomorrow chapter, I will update again in couple of hours as I haven''te back yet from my trip! ??
This is my first time writing adult stuff, I hoped its not to cringey!??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 2)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 589
VIT: 285
AGI: 288
INT: 306
CHR: 93
WIS: 259
WILL: 197
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 116: 116. Gunpowder Finally Been Made!
Chapter 116: 116. Gunpowder Finally Been Made!
Lie Fan was sleeping alone tonight on his quarters, Tomorrow will be his wedding to Diao Chan so in regards to Diao Chan he sleeps alone tonight. Ying Yue understands Lie Fan''s actions and supports his decision to do so.
The next morning, just like the wedding ceremony and rituals that were done by Lie Fan during his wedding to Ying Yue, Lie Fan changed into his wedding attire after taking a bath. As Diao Chan doesn''t have a family to represent her and doesn''t have a family house, she stays in the Lie n''s residence which makes some people gossip but only mild gossip.
Because Diao Chan lives at the Lie n''s residence, she was put in the farthest courtyard at the residence. Lie Fan decided to not use a pnquin, but Diao Chan used the pnquin to substitute for her carriage. The pnquin is closed from each side, like a small carriage but being lifted by people.
Lie Fan walks apanied by his bodyguards, generals, and an entourage of servants bringing the betrothal gifts, As this is happening inside Lie n''s residence the people of Xiapi can''t see the spectacle but nheless give their congrattions by standing outside.
The City Guards and Lie n Guards were standing outside in a line, they established a perimeter so that themon people weren''t standing too close to the residence entrance. Many of the guests came one by one, The amount of guests invited for this wedding was much lower and they were either friends or rtives not as spectacr as Ying Yue''s wedding guests.
The wedding steps are almost the same as Ying Yue''s and Lie Fan''s wedding, the part that makes it different is there are no exchanges but Lie Fan gives the betrothal gifts to Diao Chan''s representatives.
This will be used as Diao Chan''s personal wealth in the future as it should be, As for dowry the Lie n has arge amount of money and Lie Fan himself has arge amount in his inventory.
Lie Fan and Diao Chan thene together to the main hall where Lie Shang, Yu Yan, and Ying Yue are waiting. Ying Yue only came to see the homage ceremony, Lie Fan and Diao Chan bowed to heaven & earth, To Lie Fan''s parents, and to each other.
After the ceremony was done, Diao Chan was brought to their boudoir chamber. Lie Fan receives guest toast after toast of wine from the guest, his generals are determined to make him drunk but they are defeated by Lie Fan who is already immune to alcohol.
When the time for Lie Fan enters the boudoir chamber, Just like before everyone in the room cheers Lie Fan, and some of them even envy Lie Fan a bit as he can marry 2 beauties in the span of 10 days. Lie Fan enters the boudoir and Diao Chan has prepared the wine that they will drink together.
Diao Chan''s beauty is different from Ying Yue''s, she is more mature and sexy while Ying Yue is the innocent beauty type. Diao Chan is shy but not as shy as Ying Yue, she and Lie Fan already have their first night even though both of them don''t exactly remember how it goes.
Lie Fan and Diao Chan both helped each other take off their clothes, Lie Fan and Diao Chan then kissed each other hungrily with their tongues battling and tasting each other saliva. Lie Fan hugged Diao Chan up and brought her to the bed, he blew the candle that lit up the room and used the nket to cover the two of them.
Gasps, moans, and grunts can be heard in their wedding room, and the sounds are louder than the night Lie Fan and Ying Yue spend together. The moon and stars in the sky hid themselves behind the clouds, too shy because of hearing the sounding out.
The next morning, Diao Chan woke up and saw Lie Fan''s sleeping face She couldn''t help but kiss him on the cheek. Lie Fan actually has woken up from his sleep, he wanted to enjoy his time hugging Diao Chan in her birthday suit and enjoying the feeling of two coconuts in his body.
Feeling Diao Chan kiss his cheek, Lie Fan opened his eyes and turned the situation around. Diao Chan was surprised and before she could react, Lie Fan was already above her, Seeing the smirk on his face Diao Chan blushed.
Lie Fan: "Chan''er have from naughty, you dare to sneak attack me now."
Diao Chan: "Wh-what sneak attack?! Can''t I kiss my husband''s face?"
Lie Fan: "Chan''er forgot about what happenedst night? Do I need to remind you who was begging to stop?"
Diao Chan blushed even more hearing Lie Fan''s words, remembering how aggressive Lie Fan wasst night and how she begged for him to stop but Lie Fan''s offense grew even heavier. Lie Fan seeing Diao Chan''s red face, can''t help but kiss her little nose because of how cute she is.
While they were frolicking with each other, suddenly a knock came from the outside, and a servant''s voice could be heard from the other side.
Servant: "My Lord, I''m sorry for disturbing you but there''s an urgent letter requiring your attention."
Lie Fan: "What urgent letter?! Didn''t I tell everyone that I will have a 5-day holiday, All my duties were given to Jia Xu and Xun You while I''m gone!"
The servant outside the room doesn''t dare to answer hearing Lie Fan''s loud voice. Diao Chan saw that Lie Fan was irritated because their time was interrupted, While she felt warm because of this she also didn''t want to disturb Lie Fan''s important work.
Diao Chan: "Husband, it''s fine you can go and see the content of the letter. What if it''s truly important and requires your attention?"
Lie an: "But..."
Diao Chan: "*kiss* It''s okay Husband, your duty is important to our Province and you can still spend time with me after your work is done."
Lie Fan: "Chan''er, I promised to spend some time with you after I am done with this. You will receive the same treatment as what Yue''er receives don''t worry."
Lie Fan kissed Diao Chan''s forehead, after telling the servant to wait outside Lie Fan hugged Diao Chan for some time and then got up to change into new clothes. He then went outside the room and closed the door right behind him, The servants kept looking down afraid that Lie Fan would fire him.
Lie Fan: "Where is the letter?"
Servant: "Here My Lord."
Lie Fan: "Okay you can leave, next time don''t disturb me!"
The servant like receiving a mandate from heaven, went out immediately while Lie Fan opened up the letter to see who it was from. When he read the content of the letter, he was surprised and then thrilled by what he read.
It turns out that it was a letter from Jia Xu, Jia Xu informed him that the gunpowder was sessfully made and he gave a secret location where he and Chen Deng apanied the alchemist and craftsman involved in this project to test it.
Lie Fan immediately called for Liu Pi and Bo Cai to follow him, for He Yi and Gong Du each were ordered to protect his wives while he went out. Lie Fan and two of his bodyguards take their horse from the stable, apanied by 10 of Lie n''s most elite guards they ride out towards the outskirts of Xiapi where there''s a forest where Jia Xu and the others waiting for him.
When they arrived, Lie Fan saw that there was a vige in the forest, turns out this was a hideout made for the alchemist and craftsman to make and test the weaponry. There he meets with Jia Xu alongside Chen Deng and asks them when they built this vige, doesn''t he order it to be made in Huai''An before.
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, it was in Huai''An before but considering that it was too far for me alongside Chen Deng to go out and do weekly or monthly checkups, we decided to make a hideout here don''t worry Oriole most elitebatant was stationed here."
Lie Fan: "Huh... Inform me next time, I thought there was something wrong with Huai''An. Okay then show me the Gunpowder, I want to see it myself!"
Jia Xu and Chen Deng brought Lie Fan to the alchemist and craftsman who was entrusted with this project. The Alchemist shows Lie Fan the dark powder that was made from abination of Charcoal, sulfur, and saltpeter.
Lie Fan wasn''t sure that this was the gunpowder he wanted but he gave it the benefit of the doubt, Lie Fan told them to demonstrate it as he wanted to see if it would truly explode.
The craftsman takes out a small bamboo tube he made, puts the gunpowder in the alchemist made inside, and closes the lid. At the center of the lid, there''s a little string being put there. The craftsman lights it up with a fire burning from a torch and throws it towards a tree far from them.
At first, there was no reaction, thinking that it was a failure Suddenly a loud bang was heard shocking everyone hearing it. Lie Fan and his entourage were surprised, but the alchemist and the craftsman were happy that it was a sess even though it also surprised them.
They see the location of the tree after the fog of smoke is gone, they see that the tree lost most of its lumber and will fall any second. Seeing this effect, Lie Fan instantlyughs out loud and ps loudly about the sess the gunpowder truly is.
Lie Fan: "Good! Good! Both of you will be rewarded 100,000 taels each! Also, two of you were promoted to be the leader of a new group that will specialize in gunpowder!"
Alchemist+Craftsman: "Thank You, My Lord!"
Lie Fan: "Jia Xu and Chen Deng, two of you have seen the effect of this gunpowder, what do you think?"
Jia Xu: "It was magnificent my lord! If all of our army and Oriole were equipped with this, we would be truly unstoppable!"
Chen Deng: "Like Master Jia Xu said My Lord, it was magnificent, and if we can use this domestically it can help us with our mining and excavating more ores!"
Lie Fan: "Haha! Now both of you know why I put this as our main priority, now that it has been made just like the two of you have exined the mining sector and military sector will receive the most. Now prepare to pool some resources from our channel to help us produce this massively!"
Jia Xu and Chen Deng be more invigorated after seeing the result of gunpowder, it is the first time they see such a powerful device that can be used as a weapon and tool for mining.
Lie Fan having seen the results of the gunpowder, ordered the alchemist and the craftsman to work on the Bee Killer project next as the main priority as gunpowder is their mainponent. He receives double happiness today by marrying Diao Chan and the sessful Gunpowder.
[AT: The promised second update! I''m sorry a bitte for it as I just arrived home, and I can update it, Sorry for the wait! ?? I hope everyone can give me some time for tomorrow''s update!]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 2)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 589
VIT: 285
AGI: 288
INT: 306
CHR: 93
WIS: 259
WILL: 197
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 117: 117. 1 Year Later, Qing Province Yellow Turbans Remnant Rebellion!
Chapter 117: 117. 1 Year Later, Qing Province Yellow Turbans Remnant Rebellion!
Lie Fan having seen the results of the gunpowder, ordered the alchemist and the craftsman to work on the Bee Killer project next as the main priority as gunpowder is their mainponent. He receives double happiness today by marrying Diao Chan and the sessful Gunpowder.
Lie Fan also told the group that safety is number one, he can let resources be exhausted but the talent can''t be harmed as it can''t be reced. The alchemist and the craftsman were touched by Lie Fan''s care, they promised to prioritize safety and that Lie Fan would see the results of their research with high quality guaranteed.
Lie Fan then turned to Jia Xu and Chen Deng, he wanted this vige''s safety to be upgraded to the highest level. Elite soldiers from his army, especially the Guard Battalion can be put here as guards, around 300 people are enough as they only need to be cautious of bandits and spies As for the Yellow Turban remnant there''s almost none left in Xu Province.
Jia Xu and Chen Deng thought that the Guard Battalion was the most elite army under Lie Fan''smand, they couldn''t be wasted doing guard duty but Lie Fan objected to their objection saying that it was still a time of peace and it also helped the Guard Battalion sharp themselves in some way.
After that, Lie Fan goes towards the makeshift shooting ground where the craftsman is trying the Chu-Ko-Nu. The Chu-Ko-Nu is a repeating crossbow, they can fire many bolts which can be said to be a cold weapon-era machine gun. Lie Fan took on the prototype and tried it himself, the firepower and uracy were outstanding when Lie Fan shot it to the target.
Lie Fan feels like a kid who receives a new toy, For Lie Fan this prototype is already good enough but when he tries to empty the ammo suddenly it jammed. The group of craftsmen immediately apologized to Lie Fan, They managed to make the Chu-Ko-Nu but every prototype had its ws and every time it managed to be improved another w came up.
Lie Fan doesn''t care about this, he tells them that every project has its ws which was thest step they knew beforepleting their project. Lie Fan tours the vige, he also sees the construction of the ballista and trebuchet which are in progress being built slowly. This big artillery will be his ultimate weapon in bringing down cities and passes like Hu Gate.
After the tour was done, Lie Fan returned to Xiapi and there he began to spend his time with Diao Chan who was waiting for him. Now that Lie Fan already has his own family, Lie Shang and Yu Yan decide to return to Huai''An while Wannian the little princess is put under Lie Fan''s care.
Wannian listened to Lie Fan more than to Lie Shang and Yu Yan, Even though Lie Fan spoiled her the most he was also the strict one. Yu Yan sometimespromised when Wannian acted cute, but Lie Fan would neverpromise and punish Wannian if she acted unbing of her status and didn''t listen to her elders.
Lie Fan wasn''t really with Lie Shang and Yu Yan''s decision without consulting with him, especially leaving Wannian with him which means that he was responsible for her education. Lie Shang and Yu Yan have already decided and nothing Lie Fan did or said will change their decision, In the end, Lie Fan reluctantly agrees.
Lie Fan through Diao Chan and Ying Yue invited Cai Wenji to the Lie n''s residence, he hoped to talk with her about bing a tutor for Wannian education, and at the same time, Diao Chan and Ying Yue could also chat with their only friend in Xiapi.
Lie Fan: "Lady Cai Wenji, thank you for agreeing to meet me."
Cai Wenji: "Both Lady Ying and Concubine Diao invited me to meet with Governor Lie, They said that you''re looking for a tutor for the Little Mistress."
Lie Fan: "Yes I am, Lady Cau Wenji is the only renowned female schr I have ever known, I will rest assured that Wannian can learn under your teaching."
Cai Wenji actually has a lot of free time after the Cai nes to Xiapi, Almost all of the Cai n members entered Lie Fan''s administration, and their members are now spread all across Xu Province.
After some thinking, Cai Wenji epted this appointment as she had nothing to lose and she also could meet with her friends more often. 1 month has passed since the marriage ceremonies and Lie Fan has be notoriously known to be protective of his wives, all the people who wanted to meet them were checked and screened thoroughly.
With Wanniang having a tutor now for her education, Lie Shang and Yu Yan leave Xiapi the next day and go back to Huai''An. Wannian the little princess cried when Lie Shang and Yu Yan left, Lie Fan could only hug her in his arms and tell her that she could visit them anytime or vice versa.
1 year passed since that day, and the Han Dynasty entered a period of chaos again. Emperor Ling''s health deteriorated badly and Four Factions in Luoyang began to fight for powers, Baohuzhe in just one year had lost sight of their original purpose, and the inner council had been mutinied. Zhu Ran, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi lost their position, and Baohuzhe is now led by a group of old officials who wanted to have more power.
When Lie Fan received this report, Lie Fan and his advisors had actually foreseen this to happen. Lie Fan is the head figure, Now that he is gone the old foxes who only see interest in their eyes decided to take power into their own hand. Lie Fan ordered the Oriole stationed in Luoyang to keep Zhu Jun, Huangfu Song, and Lu Zhi to keep them safe from any harm.
Sima Fang the Prefect of Luoyang and head of the Sima n saw that Luoyang was bing more unstable now that Baohuzhe had lost all of its founders, He began to prepare for anything that could happen and even prepared for his family to be sent out from Luoyang any minute the powder keg explode.
In the one year that passed by, Chu-Ko-Nu was perfected without any ws, and the official performance was watched by Lie Fan and all of his trusted subjects. The Generals led by Huang Zhong were ecstatic when they saw this new weapon, Huang Zhong as a master of archery could see that soldiers equipped with this weapon didn''t need extensive training to be expert archers and a new battalion could be formed.
Gunpowder was also demonstrated, and everyone was surprised by the powerful explosion they had never seen before. The bomb that they have ever seen is a Molotov bomb made from wine and alcohol, As for Bee Killer is in progress as it''s not easy to create something with a vtile ingredient.
Ballista and Trebuchet have also been built, but they are still under testing especially the trebuchet as they need to calcte its trajectory to the fullest, Lie Fan is very satisfied with the progress that was being shown by his R&D department. The arched saddle also has been mass-produced, now all of his cavalries have been equipped with one, and normal saddles are sold cheaper to themon people.
When Lie Fan and his retinue thought that it would be a calm year except for Luoyang''s constant turmoil, suddenly a piece of news came that in Qing Province a rebellion of Yellow Turbans remnant numbering 200,000 rose up under Zhang Rao''smand.
Kong Rong the Chancellor of Beihai immediately led the Imperial Forces under hismand to repel the Yellow Turbans, he lost the battle and was besieged in Duchang so he sent letters asking for help. Kong Rong knew that the famed hero and warrior, Lie Fan the Governor of Xu Province was his neighbor so he became his first choice.
Taishi Chi his strongest general and one messenger managed to break through the blockade, Taishi Chi was sent to Lie Fan and the messenger went to the Chancellor of Pingyuan which is Liu Bei. Because of Lie Fan, the history trajectory changed beforehand Taishi Chi met with Liu Bei and had a chance to cross paths but under his butterfly effect, it did not happen.
Taishi Chi rode to Xiapi without rest, When he arrived at Xiapi all of the people in Xu Province already heard of the rebellion that a happening in Qing Province. Lie Fan is also curious about Taishi Chi, a general who can be said died early. So when he heard that Taishi Chi hade under Kong Rong''smand, he allowed Taishi Chi to meet him.
Taishi Chi: "Governor Lie Fan, I came here to ask for help and reinforcement! My Lord Kong Rong was now being besieged in Duchang and in dire need of reinforcement!"
Lie Fan: "General Taishi Chi, rest assured that I will personally lead the forces under me to help Chancellor Kong. Why don''t you take a rest first, and tomorrow we will set off to Duchang!"
Jia Xu: "Wait a minute My Lord! Xu Province is now unstable and in dire need of soldiers to protect our borders, If we send soldiers to help Chancellor Kong Rong what if the Yellow Turbans in Xu Province secure to rebel again?!"
Taishi Chi: "Governor Lie Fan, if what this sir has said is true then you don''t need to send your soldiers, Rest easy as we have also requested the help of Chancellor of Pingyuan Liu Bei."
Lie Fan: "No! Jia Xu, you know that the Yellow Turbans remnant in Xu Province will never have the chance to rise up again due to our policies, General Taishi Chi rest easy that my soldiers will be led by me to help Chancellor Kong!"
Taishi Chi was happy that he managed to enlist the help of the Xu Province Governor, Lie Fan the only governor who still retained arge number of soldiers thanks to his cleaning up the Yellow Turbans remnant in his province. What Taishi Chi doesn''t know is Lie Fan not only retained his soldiers but increased them in preparation for the battle for hegemony.
Jia Xu saw the excitement on Taishi Chi''s face, he knew the purpose of his previous contradiction with Lie Fan had bore fruit. Lie Fan and Jia Xu understand each other perfectly, Jia Xu can see that Lie Fan is interested in Taishi Chi so he does this skit.
Taishi Chi was led to a guest room, In the room food and water were prepared for him so he could eat and drink and then take a rest. Lie Fan on the other hand called for Huang Zhong and ordered him to assemble 50,000 soldiers which were almost all of his private soldiers to prepare to march to Duchang in Qing Province.
Huang Zhong heeds the order, he asks if Lie Fan will participate in the battle and receives an affirmative from Lie Fan. When Huang Zhong tried to persuade him, Lie Fan waved his hand indicating that he had decided. Lie Fan wanted to try the power he had umted through intense cultivation and drinking the potions he had.
[AT: Chapter for today! ?? I''m sorry for not updating yesterday, I''m suddenly sick after returning from the trip. Fortunately, the 2 chapters I promised can be updated but yesterday I couldn''t even get out of my bed sorry for the inconvenience!??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 18 Years Old (186 AD) -> 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 185 -> 205
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 2) -> (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 589 -> 633 -> 753 (12 Potions)
VIT: 285 -> 321 -> 331 (1 Potion)
AGI: 288 -> 318 -> 328 (1 Potion)
INT: 306 -> 330 -> 349 (1 Potion)
CHR: 93
WIS: 259 -> 279 -> 289 (1 Potion)
WILL: 197 -> 207 (1 Potion)
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 118: 118. Saving Private Kong Rong
Chapter 118: 118. Saving Private Kong Rong
Huang Zhong heeds the order, he asks if Lie Fan will participate in the battle and receives an affirmative from Lie Fan. When Huang Zhong tried to persuade him, Lie Fan waved his hand indicating that he had decided. Lie Fan wanted to try the power he had umted through intense cultivation and drinking the potions he had.
Huang Zhong returned to the army camp and began assembling 50,000 soldiers. Dian Wei, Zang Ba, Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Ze Rong Lie Fan''s top general fathered on the main tent. They want to know the reason Huang Zhong suddenly raised the troops aftering back from meeting Lie Fan.
Huang Zhong exined to them that 200,000 Yellow Turban remnants rose up in Qing Province, and Kong Rong the Chancellor of Beihai asked for help as he was now besieged in Duchang. Everyone was excited as this was a chance to gain merit, especially for Dian Wei and Ze Rong who can be said neers in the ranks.
It may be weird why none of the generals ask Husng Zhong if their 50,000 soldiers can defeat 200,000 Yellow Turbans because each and every one of them has participated in the battle against the Yellow Turbans in their own way and knows how weak thebat capabilities of the Yellow Turbans.
They only have the advantage of numbers, numbers are important but without proper training and equipment sooner orter they will be defeated. Lie Fan''s war engine began to light up, people of Xiapi knew that Lie Fan would send soldiers to Qing Province to exterminate rebels there.
The many youths of Xiapi mored to volunteer to join the Army, Lie Fan let Huang Zhong choose 1,000 of the best youths and form a battalion under hismand. Huang Zhong at night reported to Lie Fan that they could only muster 40,000 as the other 10,000 were stationed in Xiaopei.
Lie Fan ordered for them to be called back, he forgot that 10,000 were in Xiaopei asborers for the finished most being built for Xiaopei Defences. Xiaopei now be more defensible from future attacks, especiallying from Yan or Yu Province.
Thinking that this could dy them in helping Kong Rong, Lie Fan called for Jia Xu to use the Orioles to inform the 10,000 soldiers from Xiaopei to immediately march to Langye while they waited for them there.
After Huang Zhong and Jia Xu left his residence, Ying Yue and Diao Chan who heard Lie Fan would go to battle were afraid for his wellbeing. Ying Yue is not as nervous because she has experienced this feeling of waiting for Lie Fan toe back from battle, Diao Chan on the other hand even cries a little afraid that something could happen to Lie Fan.
Lie Fan feels warmth and distress at the same time, he is afraid of what will happen to both Ying Yue and Diao Chan if he falls in battle, especially from his political enemies. Lie Fanforted both of them and promised to protect himself and he will bring his bodyguards along with him so they can be rest assured.
That night tofort both of his wives, Lie Fan makes the three of them sleep together in his quarters. No adult things, just sleep together in the same room. Diao Chan and Ying Yue each sleep beside him, and Lie Fan in the middle hugs the two of them tightly while saying words offort.
The next morning, Lie Fan woke up from his sleep and he got up from his bed lightly. Lie Fan adorned his armor after taking a bath, he kissed Ying Yue and Diao Chan on the forehead After that he took out his halberd from inventory and then together with his bodyguards went to the stable on Lie n residence and went on their horses.
At the northern gate of Xiapi, 30,000 soldiers have been assembled in their formation waiting for Lie Fan, Huang Zhong the highest-ranking general is leading the army at the front of the formation. Lie Fan''s advisors who followed him to the battle were Jia Xu and Xun You, the rest stayed at Xiapi to handle the government.
Lie Fan riding Pangu goes to the front of the formation, his battalion The Guard Battalion now numbered 5,000 men is waiting for him there alongside 1,000 youth from Xiapi who be a battalion under hismand. Chao Bai is themander of 13,000 infantries, Huang Zhong is themander of 7,000 archers, and Zang Ba is themander of 13,000 cavalries.
Chao Bo and Ze Rong are leading 2,000 men of the logistical battalion, and Dian Wei is assigned to his Guard battalion bing his second inmand. Jia Xu and Xun You are protected by Oriole members so they have their own personal protection.
Lie Fan: "Everyone! Today we are advancing to the Qing Province to help our brothers who were besieged by Yellow Turban remnants that dared to rise again! Let''s show them why we are the menace to Yellow Turbans in our previous wars and subjugations, making them never even think to rise again!"
Everyone: "Hoahh!!!"
Lie Fan: "Then let''s march! Whoever contributes the highest merits will be rewarded handsomely!"
Lie Fan''s army morale rose through the roof, especially when they heard they could receive a handsome reward for whoever contributed the biggest merit. Lie Fan led the march of his army, They spent a week before arriving at Langye where 10,000 soldiers from Xiaopei arrived the next day when Lie Fan stationed his army to rest.
Now numbering 51,000 men Lie Fan led them to Duchang spending 3 weeks before they reached the outskirts of Duchang. Along the way, they encounter groups scattered yellow turbans army, numbering between 3,000 to 5,000 men.
Lie Fan allowed his armies to ughter them and in the end, they captured 5,000 yellow turbans whom Lie Fan turned into the prisoner army as a meat shield for his armies.
Jia Xu and Xun You predicted that because Beihai hasn''t fallen yet and Kong Rong is still alive fighting in Duchang the 200,000 are now not united under onemand and scattered throughout Qing Province.
Jia Xu has also sent words to the Oriole members who keep an eye on Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong to incorporate the armies they managed to recruit. Taishi Chi follows Lie Fan''s army and is stationed alongside Dian Wei, The two men immediately hit off with their brash personalities inbat and sense of justice.
Lie Fan stationed his army on the outskirts of Duchang waiting for Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong to bring the reinforcements should we say of the Yellow Turbans they managed to recruit. In themand tent, Lie Fan takes out the Vision Map and puts it on the table.
Jia Xu and Xun You love the detailed map that Lie Fan has of the Country. Lie Fan can see on the map that Kong Rong now only had 20,000 troops and was being besieged by 100,000 Yellow Turban in the small city of Duchang.
The rest of the Yellow Turbans are scattered throughout Qing Province, and he can see that a group of 10,000 yellow turbans are marching towards their location. Lie Fan can see that Zhang Macheng and Zhao Hong are the leaders as they are his subordinates so at least they will have 66,000 soldiers alongside 20,000 of Kong Rong bing 86,000.
Lie Fan and his army waited for 2 days before Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong finally arrived bringing 10,000 Yellow Turbans to incorporate into his army alongside a Yellow Turban general named Guan Hai. Lie Fan was happy that they brought Guan Hai, he could be assigned to be his bodyguard.
Lie Fan immediately assembled his army and they marched to Duchang, on Duchang Kong Rong led his army to defend Duchang against the besiegement of the Yellow Turbans. He is now waiting for his reinforcement toe Fortunately, Duchang is stocked with plenty of supplies and the Yellow Turbans are inexperienced and under-equipped for siege battle.
When Kong Rong and his 20,000 men fought against the 100,000 Yellow Turbans, suddenly rains of arrows crashed down on the Yellow Turbans. Kong Rong''s army and the Yellow Turbans were surprised by this, The Yellow Turban''s nk then was attacked by 15,000 cavalry, and on the horizon Lie Fan''s banner could be seen with infantries and archers marching.
The Yellow Turbans immediately separated 50,000 of them under their leader Huang Shao, The Qing Yellow Turbans had 2 leaders which was Zhang Rao and Huang Shao who both had experience in militarymand.
The 15,000 cavalry that attacked the Yellow Turbans'' nk was a 5,000-guard battalion under Lie Fan''s lead and 10,000 Cavalries under Zang Ba. While the yellow turbans were organizing 50,000 soldiers to face Lie Fan''s army, their nk was under heavy attack by Lie Fan''s cavalries.
Lie Fan now has reached a new height of his power, With Dian Wei they sliced through the Yellow Turban soldier easily like a paper. Lie Fan and Zang Ba both lead their respective battalion to pierce through the Yellow Turbans'' formation and turn around before they reach the Duchang walls.
Lie Fan''s cavalries have used the arched saddle and their horses are covered with medium armor so they don''t have casualties but they receive injuries. Kong Romg who saw their reinforcement had arrived, led his soldiers to fire all of their arrows and even drop heavy things at the Yellow Turbans who were under the wall.
Lie Fan and Zang Ba led their battalion returning to the safety. Huang Shao who has managed to group up 50,000 yellow turbans led them to face off against Lie Fan''s 66,000 soldiers. Lie Fan walks to the front of his army formation and shouts to the Yellow Turbans.
Lie Fan: "All of you, I''m Lie Fan Governor Of Xu Province! You all should have heard about me! I ordered you to surrender yourself and you can live! You should have known what happened to the Yellow Turbans who faced me and my army in battle!"
Huang Shao: "So it''s you Lie Fan! We will avenge Master Zhang Jiao''s death, we will offer your blood to him in our sacred ceremony! Prepare yourselves!"
The Yellow Turbans and Lie Fan''s Army prepared themselves, and under the order of Lie Fan and Huang Shao respectively, the respective infantries battalion of both armies began to face off. Lie Fan''s infantries march under a neat formation and high discipline, while the Yellow Turbans just run wildly to attack Lie Fan''s infantries.
[AT: Our chapter update for today! ?? Sorry for thete update everyone!]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 205
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 119: 119. Fight Againts Qing Yellow Turbans
Chapter 119: 119. Fight Againts Qing Yellow Turbans
The Yellow Turbans and Lie Fan''s Army prepared themselves, and under the order of Lie Fan and Huang Shao respectively, the respective infantries battalion of both armies began to face off. Lie Fan''s infantries march under a neat formation and high discipline, while the Yellow Turbans just run wildly to attack Lie Fan''s infantries.
Chao Bai alongside Guan Hai led 25,000 infantries to the Yellow Turbans infantries, The Yellow Turbans soldiers who were incorporated from Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong were stationed at the front before the prisoner''s army. Their formation is a bit loosened than Lie Fan''s trained infantries but they will do the job as a meat shield.
Before the sh between the infantries happened, Huang Zhong led 15,000 archers to shoot their arrows. Their target is the Yellow Turbans who will sh with their infantries, 15,000 arrows rained down on the Yellow Turban.
Huang Shao is an experienced militarymander, he saw that the enemies were shooting their arrows and told his soldiers to raise their shields. Unfortunately, the Yellow Turbans formation is scattered, and the order isn''t received by all Yellow Turbans.
The Yellow Turbans who didn''t receive the orders, were shot down by the arrows raining upon them. Huang Shao instantly ordered the archers he had to shoot the opposite Infantries, The Yellow Turbans archers were only 5,000 out of the 50,000 men under Huang Shao''smand.
Their arrows do massive damage to the meat shield that was prepared by Lie Fan, while Lie Fan''s main infantries all raise their shield while they keep advancing. The sh was inevitable, Zhang Rao the other Yellow Turbans leader hastened their attack on Duchang where Kong Rong''s army put up a heavy fight against him.
Chao Bai and Guan Hai tear apart the Yellow Turban soldiers, while the infantries follow behind them. The Yellow Turbans who saw Guan Hai and former Yellow Turbans who joined Lie Fan''s side were confused, due to their distraction they received massive casualties.
Huang Shao who wasmanding the Yellow Turbans from the center, received a report from a Yellow Turban soldier beside him that there were Yellow Turbans who had sided with the enemy. Huang Shao was shocked if there were Yellow Turbans who joined the enemy his soldiers had high chances of doing the same.
While the infantries are fighting, Huang Zhong is givenmand by Lie Fan to handle this theater. Lie Fan brings the Cavalry Battalion and Guard Battalion to attack the Yellow Turbans who were besieging Duchang.
Lie Fan now guarded by 8 bodyguards, leads the Guard Battalion from the front alongside Dian Wei They attack the left nk while Zang Ba attacks the right nk. Lie Fan is using the old tactic he used when he fought against the Yellow Turbans before.
Zhang Rao''smand tent was in panic, enemy cavalry attacking them in a vulnerable position where siegedders were put alongside the walls and their makeshift battering ram was a vulnerable target.
Zhang Rao: "Bastards! Ling Yu and Gu Yao, lead the brothers at the right and left nk to stop the cavalries! That ipetent Huang Shao can''t even hold off the Imperial Armies!"
Ling Yu: "Brother, I received a report that the leader of this army is Lie Fan the one who killed our Big Brother Zhang Jiao! Can our army truly defeat him?! He and the other Imperial Generals managed to defeat 2 million of our brothers before!"
Gu Yao: "What Ling Yu is saying true Brother! Why don''t we pull back and recover our strength?!"
Zhang Rao: "Bastards! Our only choice now is to take control of Duchang and take Long Rong as our hostage! Do you really think if we retreat, these Imperial Dogs will just let us go?! Now go and do my order!"
Ling Yu and Gu Yao immediately leave themand tent, and Zhang Rao now is looking at the map in front of him. He was arrogant before seeing the pieces of Yellow Turban besieging Duchang, but now many of those pieces are put in another location to hold off the main army of the Imperials Reinforcement.
Ling Yu and Gu Yao both led the right and left nks, They managed to halt the onught caused by Zang Ba''s battalion and Lie Fan''s Battalion. Cavalries without mobility are just sitting ducks, Yellow Turban soldiers began to swarm the cavalries under the leadership of Ling Yu and Gu Yao.
Zang Ba and his 15,000 cavalries struggle against the swarm, and only Zang Ba is the powerhouse in his battalion while on Lie Fan''s side, there''s Dian Wei and his bodyguards so his side fighting points are lower. Lie Fan sees the precarious situation, he doesn''t want to lose many cavalries as they are the hardest to train.
Lie Fan and Dian Wei led the Guard Battalion through the front, Using the crazy strength both of them have they managed to break through the swarm tactics, and the Guard Battalion who saw the gap made by Lie Fan and Dian Wei pushed through that gap.
Gu Yao was in awe seeing that Lie Fan and Dian Wei both used brute strength to punch through the swarm tactic he deployed, He could feel his legs shaking as he knew that those two weren''t his opponent not even close. The weird masked soldiers guard Lie Fan tightly, he even feels intimidated by them.
Gu Yao ordered the Yellow Turbans to hold their position and keep Lie Fan in ce, Gu Yao is just like a Soviet general in World War 2 sending its troops to charge to their death. The Yellow Turbans under Zhang Rao and Huang Shao are formed through bandits, thugs, and deserters, and the rest are farmers who still believe in the cause.
The Yellow Turbans who have criminal backgrounds like bandits and thugs began to drop their weapons and run away, who dared to face Lie Fan and Diam Wei who is like a meat grinder right now. Gu Yao killed the people who tried to run away, at least their bodies could be obstacles to the horses that''s what he thought.
Lie Fan and Dian Wei slowly gain more and more momentum, Thanks to many Yellow Turbans not daring to cross paths with the two of them the Guard Battalion finally manages to push through and gain momentum to help Zang Ba and his battalion albeit with some casualties.
Gu Yao who saw this cursed under his breath, and led the Yellow Turbans on the left nk to chase Lie Fan and his battalion. Zang Ba and his cavalries began to suffer some losses, While they were trained and experienced their armor was not as hard as infantries. Facing arge number of enemies and without mobility, some of the men were stabbed here and there.
Zang Ba''s heart was in pain seeing one by one some of his men fall, they were battle-hardened veteran who was very valuable. Zang Ba knows that if he doesn''t manage to find a gap or make one, they will be picked one by one by the Yellow Turbans. Ling Yu who saw that his tactic worked was ecstatic, he personally went up to the front and joined the melee.
Ling Yu is more arrogant and hot-headed than Gu Yao, he is themander but lets his emotions cloud his judgment. Ling Yu and Zang Bae face to face, Zang Ba sees that this man is different from the rest and is protected. Thinking that he finally found a gap he began to advance toward Ling Yu''s location.
Following Zang Ba, the cavalries began to advance slowly while shing Yellow Turbans left and right receiving counterattacks from them also. Ling Yu saw that the cavalries were heading toward his location, filled with reckless courage after killing a singled-out cavalry he led his men to attack the cavalries.
Zang Ba and Ling Yu enter a duel, When they sh against each other Lie Fan and Dian Wei with the Guard Battalion finally arrive at their location. Seeing Zang Ba is dueling against a weaker opponent, Lie Fan lets that happen while he and Dian Wei separate the Guard Battalion and using momentum clean up the Yellow Turbans surrounding the cavalry battalion.
Lie Fan''s arrival helped lessen the burden of the Cavalry Battalion, The cavalry battalion followed Dian Wei and Lie Fan to search for momentum, and at that moment Zang Ba managed to sh Ling Yu killing him. The Yellow Turbans at the right nk losing its leader began to grow chaotic among its rank.
Gu Yao who saw the left nk suddenly on the verge of copse felt something wrong, he hastened his speed, and before he arrived Lie Fan led the Cavalry Battalion and Guad Battalion to escape the encirclement. They were heading toward his location and before Gu Yao could put up a fight, Dian Wei using his twin halberd beheaded Gu Yao.
Kong Rong saw that the Yellow Turbans who were besieging them were in chaos, He allowed the 20,000 soldiers under hismand to open the gate and help Lie Fan''s armies. While the situation on the battlefield is very chaotic, from their north 5,000 infantries are marching toward the battlefield.
It was Liu Bei and his sworn brothers, They marched day and night to help Kong Rong but when they arrived they were weed by the sight of the Yellow Turbans slowly losing their ground.
Liu Bei: " Second Brother, Third Brothere let''s hurry! Looks like Governor Lie Fan''s army has arrived,e Even if our number is small we still need to help Governor Lie Fan!"
Zhang Fei: "Bug Brother looks like we are toote, If wee sooner maybe we will receive bigger merit!"
Liu Bei: "Shush! How could our 5,000 men defeat 100,000 Yellow Turbans?! Governor Lie Fan and Chancellor Kong Rong are loyal subjects of the Han Dynasty which we should help!"
Zhang Fei was silent after being reprimanded by Liu Bei, Guan Yu can only shake his head at the impulsive and hit-headed Zhang Fei which suits his position as the youngest. Huang Zhong who was leasing the archer''s battalion saw an army marching toward the Yellow Turbans.
When they grew closer he knew that they were allies, the banner of Han was hoisted alongside a Liu banner. They joined up with Chang Bai infantry battalion and together cleaned the infantries under Huang Shao. Huang Shao saw that he would lose, so he led his remaining men retreating to themand tent.
The Yellow Turban who was abandoned by Huang Shal to fight to the death began to surrender one by one, they knew they were losing the battle and better to live than die. Chao Bai meets up with Liu Bei, Guan Yu, and Zhang Fei whom he asked to follow him to attack the Yellow Turbans who were besieging Duchang right now.
Huang Zhong and his archer battalion alongside the logistic battalion under Chao Bo and Ze Rong round up the prisoners, At the other theater Lie Fan and Zang Ba respectively lead their battalion breaking through from the left nk and getting out from the sea of Yellow Turbans.
They put some distance from the battlefield, Seeing that Chao Bai was advancing toward the Yellow Turbans, Lie Fan knew that the end of the battle was near. Lie Fan told Zang Ba that when the infantries ss with the remaining Yellow Turbans, they will attack theirmand tent to capture their leaders.
[AT: Our Update Chapter for today!??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 205
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 120: 120. Qing Province Yellow Turbans Defeated
Chapter 120: 120. Qing Province Yellow Turbans Defeated
They put some distance from the battlefield, Seeing that Chao Bai was advancing toward the Yellow Turbans, Lie Fan knew that the end of the battle was near. Lie Fan told Zang Ba that when the infantries ss with the remaining Yellow Turbans, they will attack theirmand tent to capture their leaders.
Zhang Rao and Huang Shao are now in themand tent, and both are arguing against each other trying to decide whether to retreat or continue fighting against the inevitable.
Zhang Rao: "We have to keep attacking Duchang! If we can gain Kong Rong as hostage we can be saved from this predicament Huang Shao!"
Huang Shao: "Goddammit! Open your eyes, Zhang Rao! We are losing more and more men, the enemies are approaching each minute to our location! Avenging Brother Zhang Jiao can''t happen if we lose all of our hard work for 3 years!"
Zhang Rao: "No! We have to keep fighting, If you want to be a coward and escape then go! Just know that the Yellow Heaven and Brother Zhang Jiao will not wee you!"
Huang Shao: "Ptuii! What Yellow Heaven?! If it existed we shouldn''t have been defeated and Brother Zhang Jiao shouldn''t have been in!"
Zhang Rao: "Bastard! Go and Leave! Don''t evere back, you traitor!"
Zhang Rao was enraged by what Huang Shao said driving him away, Huang Shao who was more level-headed and pragmatic knew that they would lose so bringing the men loyal to him he abandoned themand tent.
Zhang Rao who was still angry, flipped the table in front of him scattering all things on the table. The Yellow Turbans around him began to doubt if they should follow Zhang Rao or not, as they could see that he be unstable since they were losing they''re against the Imperial Army
Huang Shao collected the things he had and after gathering 3,000 men who were his hardcore followers, they left the area not knowing that Lie Fan had caught sight of them leaving the battlefield trying to head east.
Lie Fan told Zang Ba to stick to the original n, while he and Dian Wei led the Guard Battalion to intercept the Yellow Turbans who were trying to escape as maybe one of their leaders was there.
Lie Fan and Sian Wei left the Guard Battalion chasing the escaping Yellow Turbans, Huang Shao who didn''t know that they were being chased was trying to to cover their movement from being noticed by Lie Fan''s army.
Huang Shao: "Come on everyone! Don''t let the enemies notice our movement, we have lost this battle and will never recuperate from it. Let''s just be vagabonds and bandits at the same time, I heard that Yan Province is easy to take on!"
Everyone: "Okay Brother!"
Huang Shao: "That''s Great, now le- what?!"
Huang Shao who wanted to inspire his followers more, suddenly found that they were being surrounded by cavalries from all sides. Seeing the person riding the majestic horse in front of him, he knew that they were doomed as he never expected that they would meet Lie Fan.
Lie Fan saw the Yellow Turban Commander who had a shouting match against him previously, he never expected that he would catch a big fish that trying to escape his.
Lie Fan: "All of you surrender and you will live! If not I and my battalion will squash you like the bunch of bugs that you are!"
Huang Shao: "Governor Lie Fan, please let us go! We promised that we would not do anything immoral again in our lives, right brothers?!"
Lie Fan: "Humph! Do you think you can lie to me?! I have heard of your n to be a vagabond and bandit in Yan Province, now Either surrender or taste our de!"
Many of the Yellow Turbans began to drop their weapons, Huang Shao who saw this knew that his chance to escape from small to none. In the end, he was thest one to drop his weapon. Lie Fan asked him who was his name and Huang Shao replied to his question by telling him his name,
Lie Fan who heard Huang Shao''s name was surprised, that Huang Shao would be a warlord in the future which shows at least he has potential. Lie Fan asks Dian Wei to take the 1,000 Guard Battalion and escort Huang Shao and the 3,000 Yellow Turbans to Huang Zhong.
After Dian Wei left escorting the prisoners, Lie Fan brought the remaining Guard Battalion and his bodyguards to reinforce Zang Ba and The Cavalry Battalion. Now bing the main battlefield, Chao Bai with the Three Sworn Brothers continues advancing towards themand tent.
Many of the Yellow Turbans put up a fight, but only a small part of them surrendered which confused them as the ones who surrendered were bandits or thugs while the farmers were the ones putting up a fight. Kong Rong''s 20,000 soldiers managed to get out from the gate, They began to clear up the Yellow Turbans under the wall and bring down the siegedders.
Zang Ba who arrived at themand tent of the Yellow Turbans began to storm it, Zang Ba and some soldiers entered themand tent to capture the leader of the Yellow Turban. But when they entered they were shocked, they saw Zhang Rao had sliced his throat and the Yellow Turbans inside were already dead.
Zang Ba beheaded Zhang Rao and took his head as proof, Raising the head outside he began to shout to the Yellow Turbans to surrender while riding his horse around the battlefield. Hearing that their leader had been killed, the Yellow Turbans'' resistance began to grow weaker until thest remaining resistance was wiped out.
Lie Fan who arrived at themand tent alongside the Guard Battalion received the report that they had won the battle, he heaved a sigh of relief as finally, the number of casualties on his side would stop increasing. Letting the Guard Battalion to rest, he saw Liu Bei and his brothers alongside Chao Bai heading towards him.
Kong Rong who was leading the defense in Duchang finally can get out of Duchang, seeing the field full of dead bodies he just shakes his head hoping that this is thest rebellion that will happen in his time. Protected by a bunch of soldiers, he rode out towards the Yellow Turbansmand tent as he saw that many people were gathering there.
Lie Fan and Liu Bei met again after a year, Liu Bei was still the same Chancellor of Pingyuan while Lie Fan became Governor from Inspector, Lie Fan greeted Liu Bei with an attitude befitting his status.
Lie Fan: "Master Liu Bei we meet again, Thank you for helping my soldiers in fighting against the Yellow Turbans and allowing us to break the deadlock."
Liu Bei: "Ins- Governor Lie Fan is jesting, it''s the duty of loyal subjects of Han to help each other defeat the enemies of Han. I''m sure that many people will do the same as what I did."
Lie Fan: "Master Liu Bei is too humble, With what''s happening right now in the Capital, they don''t even have the foresight to see that the Yellow Turbans have remnants that are still scattered and even the Imperial Armies are now in a deadlock against the Rebels from Liang!"
Liu Bei stayed silent, he knew that the condition of Han right now was pretty bad. There''s a rumor that the Xiongnus and Wuhuan tribes are bing active again and sincest year Liang Province rebellion hasn''t quelled even Imperial General Ma Teng joined the side of the rebels.
Lie Fan after saying that just look at Kiu Bei''s facial expressions, it can be seen that Liu Bei cared for the Han Dynasty but power can change people and he doesn''t know if Liu Bei will change his aspiration from saving Han to bing the Emperor of Han.
Even if his aspirations are still the same, his subjects in the future would surely want him to be the Emperor. Kong Rong arrived breaking the silent situation between Lie Fan and Liu Bei after their conversation.
Kong Rong thanked Lie Fan and Liu Bei for answering his call for help, they were the only 2 people he knew who could help him defeat the Yellow Turbans as they were heroes from the Former Rebellion War.
Kong Rong: "Governor Lie Fan if not for your timely arrival, I don''t know if I and my army can hold on!"
Lie Fan: "It''s thanks to General Taishi Chi, If not for him telling us shortcuts to arrive at Duchang I''m afraid that we will bete."
Kong Rong: "Haha Taishi Ci is truly a loyal general, with his talent he can defeat the Yellow Turbans. I''m too ipetent to have such a great man, I''m too focused on following conflict teachings to improve the domestic conditions and forgot about military matters that the number of armies we have is small."
Liu Bei: "Master Kong Rong it''s not wrong to improve domestic conditions to raise the livelihood of the people, it''s just we don''t expect the Yellow Turbans remnant will rise again."
Lie Fan: "Master Kong Rong don''t be disheartened, I''m also focused on improving the domestic situations of Xu Province, and if not for me bringing the Armies that I led in the previous war cleaning up the Yellow Turbans remnant in Xu Province my situation will also be not so good."
Lie Fan and Liu Bei consoled Kong Rong, for Liu Bie because he is apassionate man while Lie Fan consoled Kong Rong so he may have a chance to take Taishi Ci from his grasp. When Kong Rong was defeated by Cao Cao, Taishi Ci joined up with Liu Yao and went south toward the Land of Wu where they settled there and were defeated by Sun Ceter on.
Rather than having the Sun n receive a powerful general, why doesn''t he take Taishi Ci right now while he still has the chance. It can be said that Kong Rong has paid back the favor he owed, Xu Province is abundant with resources so he doesn''t need Kong Rong''s pitifulpensation.
While the three leaders of each army are discussing together, Huang Zhong and Taishi Ci who were givenmand of 1,000 youth under Lie Fan''smand arrived at the formermand tent of the Yellow Turbans.
Huang Zhong brought Taishi Ci alongside him as he liked the spirit this young man had, also he led the 1,000 youths that were given to him by Lie Fan with perfectmand and no casualties as they became fishermen who took advantage of the situation.
Huang Zhong and Taishi Chi reported that from the 100,000 yellow turbans sieging Duchang 84,500 are dead as they round out the survivors numbering 15,500 men. Such a big number of dead people shocked Kong Rong who is a schr and statesman, who is not a militarymander.
Lie Fan told Kong Rong to rest as he would handle the prisoners, Kong Rong was ashamed as Lie Fan had helped him and now he even cleaned up the leftovers. He now owed 2 life favors to Lie Fan, he knew that Beihai was poorer than Xu Province so he didn''t know whatpensation he should give to Lie Fan.
Seeing Taishi Ci standing there with Huang Zhong his brain suddenly clicked, While Taishi Ci is young and powerful he is still a beach young man. He can lend Taishi Ci to Lie Fan for some time whereas Taishi Ci can also train under the experiencedmanders under Lie Fan.
Kong Rong tells Lie Fan about his idea saying that this is the only way he can pay the life-saving favor he owed to Lie Fan while Liu Bei will receive some supplies. Liu Bei on the side felt his heart bleeding, Lie Fan received a general while he only received some grains and money even though he also needed the supply.
[AT: Our Chapter update for today! ??]
________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 121: 121. Returning To Xiapi
Chapter 121: 121. Returning To Xiapi
Kong Rong tells Lie Fan about his idea saying that this is the only way he can pay the life-saving favor he owed to Lie Fan while Liu Bei will receive some supplies. Liu Bei on the side felt his heart bleeding, Lie Fan received a general while he only received some grains and money even though he also needed the supply.
Taishi Ci who heard what Kong Rong said protested as he didn''t want to abandon Kong Rong, Kong Rong persuaded Taishi Ci saying that this was also his chance to learn under Lie Fan and all the generals and advisors Lie Fan who had military experience.
Lie Fan doesn''t expect Kong Rong will ''lend'' him Taishi Ci, of course, he epts this and he even gets 15,500 men forbor or bing farmers or soldiers. Kong Rong was happy that Lie Fan epted his idea, he invited both Liu Bei and Lie Fan to Beihai to have a banquet there to celebrate their victory.
Liu Bei happily epted, thinking that Beihai was not far from Pingyuan and his soldiers could eat for free reducing his supply burden also increasing his connection. Lie Fan on the other hand refused the invitation, saying that he had an urgent matter to attend to in Xiapi and he also had to handle the prisoners.
Kong Rong''s happiness was reduced the moment Lie Fan refused, even though of canceled the banquet but Liu Bei already agreed so he could only go on. Lie Fan''s refusal also surprised Liu Bei, he thought that this was a great opportunity to grow closer to Kong Rong more freely as Lie Fan would not attend the banquet.
Lie Fan, Liu Bei, and Kong Rong spend some time talking together before Lie Fan takes his leave. Lie Fan leaves themand tent, alongside Huang Zhong, Taishi Ci, and his bodyguards Lie Fan leads his Guard Battalion to group up with his army where they are now guarding the prisoners.
Lie Fan was delighted, his harvest for talents was not small. He got Guan Hai, Huang Shao, and most importantly Taishi Ci who sooner orter will join himpletely. Guan Hai and Huang Shao can join the ranks of his bodyguard, making it 8 people with a General strength guarding him.
Unbeknownst to Lie Fan, in Xiapi right now Sun Qian and Chen Gui are receiving two important guests that Lie Fan invited through Sun Qian multiple personal visits since a year ago. If he knows about the existence of these people, he will feel like flying to heaven.
Chen Gui and Sun Qian were surprised when they heard that the 2 people suddenly came to Xiapi, As the highest-ranking officials right now both of them had the task of receiving and holding them to stay in Xiapi until Lie Fan arrived from his expedition in Qing Province.
Back to Lie Fan in Qing Province, Lie Fan decided to let his army rest for a day before returning to Xiapi. He called for all of his bodyguards to bring Huang Shao and Guan Hai to themand tent, All of them knew that Lie Fan would do so after bringing Huang Shao and Guan Hai they guarded themand tent tightly.
Huang Shao who was tied up to a rope was sitting on the ground, while Guan Hai standing still in front of Lie Fan feeling nervous. Lie Fan uses the eye of Eng Shen on the 2 of them from the moment they enter the tent.
?Huang Shao
STR: 392 (Max) VIT: 90 AGI:82 INT: 112
?Guan Hai
STR: 386 (Max) VIT: 88 AGI: 79 INT: 60
He was satisfied with the stats both of them had, and after seeing their stats Lie Fan called for all of his bodyguards to enter themand tent as he wanted to see their stats improve also. He takes to check the attributes of all of his generals except for Huang Zhong and Dian Wei.
Liu Pi, Bo Cai, Zhang Mancheng, Zhao Hong, He Yi, and Gong Du entered themand tent after assigning the Guard Battalion to guard the entrance of the tent. Lie Fan uses the eye of Eng Shen to all six of them.
?Liu Pi
STR: 295 -> 356 (Max) VIT: 83 -> 85 AGI: 78 -> 80 INT: 71 -> 72
?Bo Cai
STR: 308 -> 386 (Max) VIT: 87 -> 90 AGI: 84 -> 86 INT: 74 -> 76
?Zhang Mancheng
STR: 280 -> 372 (Max) VIT: 83 AGI: 75 INT: 76 -> 88
?Zhao Hong
STR: 273 -> 308 (Max) VIT: 71 -> 73 AGI: 70 -> 73 INT: 43 -> 48
?Gong Du
STR: 337 -> 361 (Max) VIT: 80 -> 84 AGI: 73 -> 76 INT: 55 -> 57
?He Yi
STR: 328 -> 342 (Max) VIT: 76 -> 79 AGI: 69 -> 73 INT: 68 -> 70
Lie Fan seeing their attributesughs out loud surprising everyone in the tent, he was satisfied with the stats his bodyguard had. In the future main generals with their stats will be sprouting like grass, he considered that the yellow turbans were the first generations of general talents that sprouted heading to the end of Eastern Han.
Huang Shak and Guan Hai both thought that there was something wrong with Lie Fan''s brain, the others on the other hand thought it was normal for Lie Fan to act like this as he was personally selected by heaven to lead them to eternal peace.
Lie Fan: "Guan Hai, you have contributed tremendously by helping Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong in recruiting 10,000 Yellow Turbans to join my side which is not a small feat. Huang Shao, you are a misguided militarymander who believes in the teaching of Zhang Jiao and joined the wrong path."
Huang Shao: "You bastard! How dare you say Big Brother Zhang Jiao''s teaching is a misguided way! And you Guan Hai, how could you betray us and join the ranks of these Imperial Dogs!"
Guan Hai: "Huang Shao watch your mouth! What My Lord just said is the truth! Zhang Jiao''s teaching is misguided and Brother Mancheng and Brother Hong have shown me the right path of teaching that both of them receive from My Lord!"
Huang Shao was stunned for a second and thenughing maniacally, he cursed Lie Fan saying that he tried to copy Zhang Jiao to make the Yellow Turbans serve him. For Huang Shao who has a military background, being disgraced by a corrupt official Zhang Jiao''s teaching is a salvation for him who was in the darkness.
Everyone in the tent frowned when they heard Huang Shak cursing Lie Fan except for Lie Fan, Guan Hai who was near Huang Shao pped the back of Huang Shao''s head making him stopughing for a moment.
Lie Fan raised his hand, indicating to Guan Hai to stop. Lie Fan doesn''t expect Guan Hai already be so loyal to him, looks like both Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hing have the skills to be preachers in the future if they ever need another career after retiring from being his bodyguards.
Lie Fan: "Huang Shao, it''s the truth that Zhang Jiao''s teaching is a misguided way. If it''s not a misguided way, how could heaven allow Zhang Jiao to be in and the Yellow Turbans to be defeated!? It''s because Heaven already chose me to bring eternal peace to thisnd!"
Huang Shao: "Hahaha! You''re delusional ho- Wh-what?!"
Huang Shao who wanted to curse at Lie Fan suddenly stopped in shock, he saw Lie Fan taking a book out of nowhere and his halberd beside him was suddenly gone. Then Lie Fan does the opposite, the book is gone and the Halnerd is in his hand now. Guan Hai who saw this for the first time was also shocked, he never expected that Lie Fan also knew magic.
As for the others, they already know Lie Fan''s magical power, and seeing it happening again in front of them strengthened their belief and loyalty towards Lie Fan. Lie Fan was satisfied by the reaction he received from everyone in the tent.
Lie Fan: " How is it, Huang Shao?! Do you believe me now?! This is the power the heavens bestowed upon me! Follow me and you will realize the dream that was buried deep in your heart!"
Huang Shao: "My dream? How can a disgraced man like me have a dream?!"
Lie Fan: "Every person deserves a second chance, Join me and receive your salvation and rebirth as a new person with a new purpose!"
Huang Shao and Guan Hai heard Lie Fam''s passionate words, Guan Hai''s loyalty and conviction to Lie Fan was renewed while Huang Shao''s heart finally believed what Lie Fan said and agreed to serve Lie Fan.
Huang Shao and Guan Hai were told to cover their faces, and Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong were also told to do that as their mask and armor would be given when they arrived at Xiapi. After everything is done, Lie Fan returns to his personal tent and takes a rest.
Leading a battalion and fighting for almost a day
He was a bit tired, it''s all thanks to his high vitality stats that he only feels a bit tired. Lie Fan let his Generals alongside Jia Xu and Xun You handle the army and prisoners, The casualties will be reported tomorrow to him For now he wanted to eat and then take a rest.
The next day, Lie Fan was woken up by Jia Xu and Xun You who were waiting in front of his tent, Lie Fan immediately told them toe in. Jia Xu and Xun You enter the tent, They report the number of casualties they have is 10,000 men mostly infantries and the cavalries with archers have the lowest casualties. As for the Yellow Turban bing a meat shield only 1,000 of them survived which can be an elite soldier.
Lie Fan''s heart was pained by the amount of losses, he could see from the wars before that the number of troops in this reality was much higher than the amount he read in history. He just med it on history uracy, sometimes the amount mentioned in history can be embellished by the winners either to look strong or achieve the unimaginable.
Lie Fan gets out of his tent with Jia Xu and Xun You, he sees that everything is ready and he only needs to wait for his tent to be loaded onto the logistic battalion wagon.
Lie Fan and his army began their march back to Xiapi, along the way they encountered yellow turbans again from the other 100,000 men that had scattered in Qing Province. Lie Fan captured another 5,000 men making him have 20,500 prisoners.
Lie Fan and his army arrived back at Xiapi after a month, there the army and prisoners were handled by his generals. Lie Fan brought Jia Xu and Xun You alongside his bodyguards to the Governor''s Castle.
There Sun Qian and Chen Gui weed them back, Sun Qian informed Lie Fan that important guests had been waiting for him since thest month that he had to meet. Lie Fan asks who is it and Chen Gui just says that it is from a Chen n also like him.
____________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 122: 122. Chen Ji and Chen Qun
Chapter 122: 122. Chen Ji and Chen Qun
There Sun Qian and Chen Gui weed them back, Sun Qian informed Lie Fan that important guests had been waiting for him since thest month that he had to meet. Lie Fan asks who is it and Chen Gui just says that it is from a Chen n also like him.
Lie Fan was confused for a second, he could not remember about knowing another Chen n. He asks where they are now and Sun Qian tells him that they are in a guest quarter provided for them right now. Lie Fan brought Sun Qian, Jia Xu, and Xun You alongside him to meet with these 2 people that he totally forgot who it was.
Lie Fan with his retinue walked towards the guest quarters, there he saw two people one was an old man who looked like in his sixties and the other one was a young man in his twenties. From their bearing, they are a schr and if he is lucky maybe they can be an addition to be his advisors Lie Fan approaches them and greets the two of them, he introduces who he is and apologizes for making them wait so long.
He exined to them that he had to go out and lead his army to help Kong Rong Chancellor Of Beihai who was being besieged by a returning Yellow Turbans. The old man and the young man both stand up, and they greet Lie Fan back, the old man replies that he understands and even supports what Lie Fan is doing.
Theying here also can be said to be free from officials who came to appoint him a position in the imperial court which he always rejected because he didn''t want to go to those deep waters.
Lie Fan: "That''s great that two respected guests understand the reason I can''t greet the two of you and make you two wait for a month. This is a bit embarrassing but may I know the names of two esteemed guests?"
Old Man: "Haha it''s okay Governor Lie Fan, you have many duties to attend to and even go out to fight which is more than what my son has done in his lifetime. I''m Chen Ji son of the just deceased Chen Shi and the current patriarch of Xuchang Chen n, and this is my only son Chen Qun. We came here under Master Sun Qian several times visit to our residence to invite us here."
Lie Fan: "Ah yes! Master Chen Ji and Master Chen Qun! Thank you for finally agreeing toe here, I have long heard of Master Chen Ji''s name and how Master Chen Qun''s talent is not worse or even more than Master Chen Ji and Master Chen Shibined."
Chen Qun: "Governor Lie Fan''spliment is too big, you don''t have to listen to the exaggerated words that are circting outside."
Lie Fan: "It will be me who judges if it''s exaggerated or not, for now, I choose to believe what the outside and Chen Gui said!"
Chen Ji: "Looks like Old Gui has said several things that may be a bit exaggerated, I hope Governor Lie Fan is not offended when both of me and my son don''t truly live up to those words."
Lie Fan: "Haha both Master Chen Ji and Master Chen Qun are too humble, please take your sits. I have ordered the kitchen to prepare century-old tea leaves I just buy for everyone here to try."
Chen Ji and Chen Qun returned to their seats, and Lie Fan alongside his retinue joined them. Lie Fan takes a seat beside Chen Ji, while Jia Xu sits beside him, and both Sun Qian and Xun You stand behind Lie Fan.
As for Lie Fan''s bodyguards, only Liu Pi, No Cai, He Yi, and Gong Du are here guarding, as the rest are going to bemissioned for their armor and helmet so they are not allowed to roam the area. Lie Fan introduced Jia Xu and Xun You to the Chens, as for Sun Qian the two of them already know who he is.
While waiting for the tea, Lie Fan and Jia Xu both work together talking about some menial topics, before slowly working towards bugger topics like the situation in the capital right now.
Lie Fan: "Master Chen Ji and Master Chen Qun, I want to say I''m sorry to hear that Master Chen Shi has just passed away, while I haven''t had the chance to meet Master Chen Shi I have heard a saying about Master Chen Shi that is ''Better to have your punishment increase, than to be foundcking by Master Chen''."
Chen Ji: "Ah yes, that is what the people in our hometown are saying about My Father. Due to the eunuchs that caused the Disasters of the Partisan Prohibitions, My Father was fired from his position in the Imperial Court so he lived a life of a hermit in our hometown."
Chen Qun: "Grandfather was wronged because of those damned eunuchs! How could they be still alive while Grandfather passed away because of the suffering that is caused by them?!"
Chen Ji: "Qun''er! You are in the presence of Governor Lie Fan, how could you act like that preposterous! I''m sorry Governor Lie Fan for how unbing my son acted."
Lie Fan: "No No it''s okay, I understand and sympathize with what both Master Chen Ji and Master Chen Qun feel. 3 years ago, Your Majesty invited every single partisan who was fired or exiled toe back, it looks like Master Chen''s family doesn''t ept the invitation."
Chen Ji smiled ruefully and shook his head, he exined that the reason they refused was that Chen Shi was already dissatisfied and disappointed in the Imperial n. They also know the reason that they were invited back is because Emperor Ling is afraid that they will be joined by the Yellow Turbans.
That caused massive protests among the partisans that were invited back, many chose to ept but some refused like them. Jia Xu agrees with some of the words being said by Chen Ji, He knew the condition at the time was already chaotic and Emperor Ling did so under the Eunuch''s persuasion.
Chen Qun doesn''t hide his distaste for the Eunuchs but after the previous outburst he bes more refined in showing his distaste, he speaks out about how the legal system and the government systems have been corrupted by the eunuchs and need to be changed to a new one but first, the eunuchs have to be kicked out from power.
Lie Fan agrees with what Chen Qun said, he has actively done so in Luoyang where the situation at the time was in his favor. But unfortunately, Emperor Ling didn''t deprive them of their power and silently protected them. He can only undermine and restrict their power, they even nned to eliminate He Jin which was known and caused massive turmoil with He Jin now fighting back.
Chen Ji and Chen Qun both have heard some of Lie Fan''s exploits in Luoyang, they appreciate Lie Fan''s eagerness to put the Eunuchs out of power but it doesn''t matter if at the end of the day Emperor Ling protected them. At this time the tea finally came, which allowed everyone to calm themselves while drinking the tea.
Chen Ji: "Governor Lie Fan, we have tried many things and exchanged many insights. Now I want to know what is the reason that you invited both me and my son toe to Xiapi?"
Lie Fan: "It''s like this Master Chen Ji, Xu Province right now is in dire need of talented people to rebuild from the disasters caused by The Yellow Turbans and the internal corruption that has been happening for so long. I wanted to invite the two of you toe and be an official here in Xu Province."
Chen Qun: "Governor Lie Fan I''m interested in your proposal but my decision is the same as my father''s, if he agrees then I also agree, and if he refuses then I also refuse."
Lie Fan: "Of Course Master Chen Qun, at least I know that you are interested."
Chen Ji: "Governor Lie Fan, truthfully I personally have refused many Imperial appointments because I have the same outlook as my father. But seeing how you have worked hard for the betterment of the people and go against the Eunuchs just like my father beforehand, I ept your proposal but under one condition that is our family is safe."
Lie Fan: "That''s Great! Don''t worry Master Chen Ji rest assured that your entire family will be safe! Actually, I can have them all be escorted to relocate here in Xiapi or any other cities of your choice."
Chen Ji and Chen Qun feel that Lie Fan''s idea is worth being epted, they can''t rest easy knowing their n is left in Xuchang without the two of them to lead them. Their n is not as big as Chen Gui''s Chem n, they are pretty small so without the two of them they are vulnerable.
Chen Ji epted Lie Fan''s idea and both of them gave their gratitude to Lie Fan for thinking about their family, Lie Fan just waved his hand saying that they were now his subjects and deserved full protection including their family to repay their hard work in the future. At this chance, Lie Fan uses the Eye of Eng Shen to see their stats.
?Chen Ji
INT: 600 (Max) WIS: 120 VIT: 55 CHR: 80
?Chen Qun
INT: 560 WIS: 100 VIT: 72 CHR: 85
Chen Ji + Chen Qun: "We see the Lord!"
Lie Fan: "Rise two of you, Chen Ji will be assigned as the Governor of Xiaopei, and Chen Qun you will be assigned to be a Supervisor in the Writing Department, you also will be my Advisors in Politics and Law."
Chen Ji and Chen Qun don''t expect that the position they hold will be this high, bing a governor of a township and Lie Fan''s personal advisor is a high position as this means they enter his circle of influence which they have higher chances to be promoted when he was promoted in the future.
After this, Lie Fan made a toast with tea to wee both Chen Ji and Chen Qun. Jia Xu, Xun You, and Sun Qian intensely get themselves closer to Chen Ji and Chen Qun, the three of them agree that in Lie Fan''s think tank group, they need to have a close rtionship with one another.
They agree with this in the hope that everyone can be more open to expressing their opinions or ideas, strengthening their bonds and also helping stabilize the internal politics inside Lie Fan''s administration.
After the toast, Chen Ji informed Lie Fan of a rumor he heard before leaving Xu Chang from Luoyang. Due to the closeness between Luoyang and Xu Chang, the information or rumors in Luoyang spread faster to Xuchang.
Chen Ji: "My Lord, I heard of rumors that the Xu Province Inspector Position Your Majesty has assigned someone to fill the position as for who it is I only heard that he served in the Liang province rebellion subjugation, I don''t know if you have heard of this or not so I decided to inform you about this."
____________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 123: 123. Inspector Of Xu Province Arrived!
Chapter 123: 123. Inspector Of Xu Province Arrived!
Chen Ji: "My Lord, I heard of rumors that the Xu Province Inspector Position Your Majesty has assigned someone to fill the position as for who it is I only heard that he served in the Liang province rebellion subjugation, I don''t know if you have heard of this or not so I decided to inform you about this."
Lie Fan: "I haven''t heard of this news Chen Ji, thank you for informing me about this. Are you sure that this information is reliable?"
Chen Ji: "Yes My Lord, I heard this from my connections in Luoyang. The Liang Province subjugation is not doing great and I have heard rumors that they will pacify the Iqng people and the traitors who joined their side with official positions."
Lie Fan: "This fools! How could they lose against the Qiangs?! This will further unstable our position in the northern frontier, I''m afraid that the Xiongnu and Wuhuan people will begin to do some movement also. Jia Xu, please investigate who is the one who bes the inspector of Xu Province and see how bad the oue from the failure of subjugation in Liang Province."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, My Lord I''m afraid that the sudden assignment of the empty Inspector Position is a maneuver by our political enemies in Luoyang."
Xun You: "I agree with what Master Jia Xu said, there are 3 people with the biggest suspicion right now. That is General He Jin, Zhang Rang, and Master Wang Yun, the three of them have the highest influence in the Imperial Court right now and there is also a chance that this is the plot of the three of them topletely exclude My Lord from Luoyang."
Lie Fan stayed silent, this is a headache to think about. The problem is he has grievances with all three of them, the biggest problem is if it''s just like what Xun You said that the three of them work together. While Luoyang''s influence will be insignificant in the future, right now he still has some interest in Luoyang that needs to be protected.
He has extensive spiderwebs from Luoyang to Xiapi, but unfortunately, the speed of the information to arrive still needs more time. Lie Fan is thinking of finding a way to make the speed of information from Oriole members arrive at headquarters faster.
Chen Ji and Chen Qun aren''t involved heavily in the political situations in Luoyang, so they don''t know that Lie Fan also has grievances with He Jin and Wang Yun also. Since Chen Shi was ousted from his position in the Imperial Court, they only paid attention to Xuchang and the rebellion when it broke out.
Jia Xu knows this and exins it to them in the shortest and most direct exnation, knowing that Lie Fan is standing opposite against 3 political heavyweights they know this scheme is not small. They have heard of Lie Fan''s exploits and seeing how Lie Fan was conducting himself, they were sure that Lie Fan was on the right side.
Lie Fan spent some more time with Chen Ji and Chen Qun before leaving, they told them to not worry about their family as he would send his trusted bodyguards to lead his soldiers to escort their family. He also tells Chen Ji that he can rx and not begin his duty until their family arrives, Chen Ji and Chen Qun are very grateful to Lie Fan for this.
Lie Fan leaves the guest quarters, and Lie Fan orders Sun Qian to cooperate with Jia Xu, and begins to transition the position of Xiaopei''s Governor to Chen Ji slowly. While the current Xiaopei''s Governor corruption is the smallest, Xiaopei is too important to be left to a person like him.
He told Jia Xu to help him be assigned as a prefect of a small township near Xiaopei, which is the biggest gift concession he can make so that he will not cause trouble. Xiaopei will slowly turn into a fortress town, actually not just Xiaopei but Lang Ye and Guangling will also be turned into a fortress.
They are the entrance to Xu Province with the main road connecting them with cities outside of Xu Province, in the future Lie Fan envisions making Xu Province imprable so that his dynasty can live on for several hundreds of years with how safe Xu Province is from outside attack.
Lie Fan separate ways with his advisors, and he returned to the Lie n residence. Ying Yue and Diao Chan have already waiting for him since they received the news that Lie Fan has returned. Seeing Lie Faning back safely, both of them approach him and hug him left and right sandwiching him between them while saying how thankful they are that Lie Fan is unharmed.
Lie Fan hugged both of their waists, he kissed the top of their heads saying that hee back home. Wannian also heard of the return of her big brother, she ran towards Lie Fan and hugged him tightly asking how could he go out to y for so long without bringing her.
Hearing this, Lie Fan knew that Ying Yue and Diao Chan were afraid of making Wannian anxious about him so they lied to her. Lie Fan picked up the continued-growing Ying Yue, seeing how her cute face slowly transitioned to be a beauty his heart silently thought to begin to prepare protection for her.
Wannian face is almost like the little sister he left with his mother from his previous life, that''s why he always pampered her and agreed to almost everything she asked of course with some precaution so that she would not be too spoiled.
Lie Fan brought them to the dining room, where he asked the kitchen staff to preparevish dishes as he missed the taste of home cooking. Eating rations and unspiced food during his military expeditions is one of his hell. While waiting for food, they talk about family things and Wannian sometimes chimes in.
Lie Fan asks how is Wannian progressing under Cai Wenji''s tutoring Wannian, Diao Chan answers by saying that Wannian always listens to Cai Wenji and does all of her tasks and homework. She also begins to learn how a nobldy should act, embroider, and y musical instruments.
Ying Yue thenined to Lie Fan, she said that Wannian only listened to Cai Wenji and was sometimes afraid of her not because Cai Wenji was scary, but because she can be aloof and stern when she was angered so Wannian was afraid of seeing Cai Wenji when she makes a problem but she never listened to both Ying Yue and Diao Chan.
Lie Fan gently reprimanded Wannian, saying to her that she needed to listen to Ying Yue and Diao Chan she he was not at home. Wannian just looked down and apologized, promising to listen to Ying Yue and Diao Chan. Lie Fan patted Wannian head and at that time the food was served to them.
After eating lunch, Wannian went to her room to study under Cai Wenji. Lie Fan spends his time with Ying Yue and Diao Chan, Lie Fan feels bad for not spending more time with them due to his busy schedule. They continue to spend time together until night when suddenly Diao Chan pushes Ying Yue to apany Lie Fan tonight.
Ying Yue was surprised by Diao Chan''s actions, and when she realized Diao Chan''s tricks she was already in Lie Fan''s arms like amb entering the wolf''s den.
The next morning, Lie Fan woke up from his bed with Ying Yue sleeping soundly beside him, maybe because he was pent up due to fighting and not spending the night with his wives, he was a bit aggressive and roughst night making Ying Yue to be exhausted.
Lie Fan hugged Ying Yue tightly, wishing that time would always be peaceful like this. A month passed by since Lie Fan returned to Xiapi, he had sent Guan Hai and Huang Shao to bring 2,000 soldiers and escort Chen Ji and Chen Qun families to Xiapi, and right now they should have arrived at Xuchang.
The Chu Ko Nu''s are now in mass production, and Lie Fan slowly equipped his Guard Battalion with this and also made a Crossbow Battalion which will be under Chao Bo''smand. He assigned 5,000 men to be Crossbowman, so it will be 10,000 Chu Ko Nu''s in production.
As for gunpowder''s weapon progress, the alchemist and craftsmen are working together to find the perfect material to build the fireworks. Lie Fan hoped that they could seed faster so that he could have another trump card in his hand in the future.
Bomb production is slow due to its vtile nature, there have been some idents where it exploded and killed craftsmen. Lie Fan has ordered his family to bepensated and his family will be taken care of by the government due to his bravery and contribution.
The hospital is in full swing, Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjin have managed toplete training a batch of young doctors. Lie Fan sent them to the big cities in Xu Province, where the local governments were told to help and amodate whatever they needed.
While everything is going on the right track, one is not, and that is the information about who will be the Inspector Of Xu Province. Looks like the Oriole''s eyes and ears areprised of Wang Yun who knew of their existence and keep the name out of anyone''s mouth by allowing only high-ranking officials who knew.
Lie Fan could only wait for the person to arrive and not for long the small finally arrived at Xiapi, when Lie Fan heard that the Inspector Of Xu Province had arrived and wanted to meet him, Lie Fan told the guards to bring him to the main hall.
His most trusted advisors Jia Xu and Xun You were alongside him, they wanted to know who the person assigned to try to checkmate them.
Seeing the person who entered the room, Lie Fan doesn''t know who he is but Jia Xu and Xun You know him. Jia Xu mouthed the words to Lie Fan and when he read the words, Lie Fan was shocked as it looked like the heavens like to y like this sometime.
Tao Qian: "Tao Qian Inpspecfor of Xu Leovince has met Governor Lie Fan. Thank you for receiving me while our position is equal, In terms of powers I''m below you so I hope we can cooperate and bring Xu Province to prosperity."
Lie Fan: "Haha so it''s Master Tao Qian, ites as a surprise to me that Master Tao Qian was assigned to be an Inspector in a Xu Province and not be a Governor elsewhere."
Tao Qian: "Governor Liw Fan is joking, my small contribution to the subjugation of Liang Province is not worth bing a Governor."
Lie Fan: "Of course, it''s not worthy! How Coukd Master Tao Qian and the others of the Imperial Army subjugate one province!"
Jia Xu: "My Lord please calm down, Inspector Tao Qian I''m sorry for My Lord''s sudden outburst. He was just disappointed that the expedition to subjugate the rebels failed and med himself for being more involved in the war."
Tao Qian''s face is a bit scrunched and green, this is the first time that someone shouted at him like this. He could only swallow the bitter pill and give a smile saying that Lie Fan doesn''t need to me himself as he was busy eliminating the Yelow Tuebans. He doesn''t want to break face with Lie Fan so fast, he wants to slowly umte influence.
____________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 124: 124. Talking With Tao Qian
Chapter 124: 124. Talking With Tao Qian
Tao Qian''s face is a bit scrunched and green, this is the first time that someone shouted at him like this. He could only swallow the bitter pill and give a smile saying that Lie Fan doesn''t need to me himself as he was busy eliminating the Yelow Tuebans. He doesn''t want to break face with Lie Fan so fast, he wants to slowly umte influence.
Tao Qian doesn''t realize that his maneuver will not work, all major cities are under Lie Fan''s influence and grasp. The small townships and viges all need the major cities to survive, his chance to raise his influence is almost none.
Jia Xu has built solidworks across Xu Province, Oriole members will definitely keep an eye on Tao Qian for 24 hours. If Lie Fan''s secrets werepromised, then they could only either make him disappear or conjure evidence that he broke a heavyw.
Lie Fan: "Master Tao Qian must be tired after a long ride from Luoyang, Sun Qian told Chen Gui to prepare a residence for Master Tao Qian befitting his position and escort him there so that he can take a rest."
Sun Qian: "Yes My Lord."
Lie Fan: " Master Tao Qian while waiting we can enjoy some tea together, maybe you can talk about how the Liang Province Rebellion subjugation force failed?"
Tao Qian: "Of Course Governor Lie Fan, I hope that you be more understanding to us who serve in the subjugation and that the enemy we are fighting against is different than the Yellow Turbans."
Lie Fan and Wang Yun trade barbed words against each other, for Lie Fan no matter how kind Tao Qian actually is in his eyes he is now a thief looking to steal his position. Tao Qian now can be considered a puppet with the puppeteer pulling his strings from Luoyang, as for who is it it can be He Jin or Zhang Rang or Wang Yun, or the three of them altogether.
Sun Qian left the main hall to meet with Chen Gui, to discuss the residence perfect for Tao Qian so that they could keep an eye on him and also not near important establishments.
Jia Xu and Xun You both apany Lie Fan in talking with Tao Qian listening to his part of the narrative about how the Liang Province subjugation force failed to put down the rebellion.
Huangfu Song was assigned as the leader of the subjugation who oversaw the force sent to quell the rebellion, he was sent to be in charge of the defense of Chang''an however he didn''t have immediate sess and was impeached by the Eunuchs after just four months.
A high minister named Zhang Wen was appointed to rece Huangfu Song, under Zhang When were himself, Dong Zhuo, and Sun Jian. Leading 100,000 soldiers they began tounch some attacks against the multi-ethnic group thatunched the rebellion.
Zhang Wen doesn''t have the experience and skills to handle such arge army, so Dong Zhuo treats him with disdain while He and Sun Jian can only advise Zhang Wen.
Because of Dong Zhuo, they achieved great victory, but soon after Zhang When caused them to have a setback and can''t continue to follow up the victory Dong Zhuo achieved before which will be known as the Battle Of Meiyang which broke their chances.
Next the newly assigned Inspector of Liang Province, Geng Bi decided tounch a major offensive attack against the rebels but Fu Xie Grand Administrator of Hanyang tried to dissuade him as they didn''t have enough military support.
Fu Xie failed, and Geng Bi led his army to attack the Longximandery which was captured by Han Sui one of the rebel leaders. Geng Bi appointed a corrupt official Chen Qiu to supervise causing many people to be dissatisfied with him.
When Geng Bi''s army reached the city of Didao capital of Longxi, his army mutiny killed both Geng Bi and Cheng Qiu. All of the mutineers joined Wang Guo a rebel leader based in Didao under Ma Teng, a major general under Geng Bi''s lead.
After that they attacked Hanyang, killing Fu Xie and Both Ma Teng and Han Sui making Wang Guo their leader, together they raided the areas around Chang''an and extended their sway all over Liang Province. Zhang Wen was then dismissed from his post because of this.
Right now, Huangfu Song is Guarding Chang''an alongside Dong Zhuo numbering 40,000 men. There are rumors that Wang Guo will attack Chenchang, a gateway to Chang''an so they were assigned there now.
Lie Fan: "So it''s the ipetence of the Zhang When and the Eunuchs that caused us to fail to subjugate the rebels. Now we can only be on the defensive, I believe that with General Huangfu Song the rebels will not seed in taking down Chenchang."
Tao Qian: "In truth, Governor Lie Fan was one of the candidates to rece General Huangfu Song when he was impeached, but at the time you left Luoyang bringing your troops to quell the Yellow Turbans remnant in Xu Province that rose again."
Lie Fan: "Humoh if only those damned eunuchs don''t impeach General Huangfu Song, the situation will be much better than the current one we have."
Tao Qian: "There are rumors that the reason Gene Huangfu Sing was impeached was because of you Governor Lie."
Lie Fan: "Nonsense! Master Tao Qian, please say your words clearly, while it''s true that I have a very close rtionship with General Huangfu Song, this is not a reason to impeach General Huangfu!"
Tao Qian snickered silently, thinking that at the end of the day, Lie Fan was still a young man who didn''t truly understand political intrigue. Tao Qian didn''t know that Lie Fan was acting, he knew that Huangfu Song was being impeached he was one of the reasons.
But even without him, Huangfu Song will still be impeached so those rumors must be spread by the eunuchs. Tao Qian was happy thinking that he managed to enter Lie Fan''s head but it was the opposite when Tao Qian was the one who entered Lie Fan''s trap.
Sun Qian arrived with Chen Gui at this time, they reported that Tao Qian''s residence was ready for Tao Qian to stay in. Tao Qian hearing this stood up and said goodbye to Lie Fan and everyone there, then he was escorted by Sun Qian and Chen Gui to the residence that was prepared for him.
After Tao Qian left the main hall, Lie Fan suddenly threw his teacup shocking everyone there especially the maids who wanted to clean up the tea sets. Tao Qian the wily old fox, at the end of the day no matter how kind someone is at the end they are a politician who cares about their interest.
Jia Xu: "My Lord please calm your anger, Tao Qian is trying to make you angry and be controlled by your emotions. We all know that your rtionship with General Huangfu Song is not a big chip to make him be impeached."
Lie Fan: "I know, I just want to vent my anger. Nobody like him dared to y with us, let''s teach him a lesson slowly. I want all of his servants to be oriole members, keep an eye on him."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord rest easy, now we also need to make sure that Tao Qian doesn''t know about our secret project."
Xun You: "Don''t worry, I already made sure that the city guards patrol around the southern Xiapi City Gate and the forest to be a danger zone as there are tigers and packs of wolves roaming there."
Lie Fan: "Good at least the old man will not go there himself, by the way, Jia Xu how is the progress on the sea project?"
Jia Xu stayed silent, the maids and servants in the main hall were all Oriole members. Seeing Jia Xu looking at them, they knew that couldn''t listen to this conversation and left the main hall.
He exined the progress of their sea projects, the craftsman and shipwrights were working together on building the ships ording to the design. Some of the parts are new things they have never seen before, fortunately, there is a diagram on how to make it.
Lie Fan nods his head, he understands that building ships is not a trivial matter. Just the size itself was already a headache, it was okay for the slow progress as they still had time before naval dominance was needed.
Lie Fan hoped that the secretness of the project would be kept tight, and Oriole members at Huai''An would concentrate on the secret harbor they make. Huai''An is under the Lie n''s control, so it''s okay to just leave several members to guard against external spies.
After this Lie Fan leaves the main hall apanied by his bodyguards, Jia Xu and Xun You resume their duties as normal. Lie Fan''s destination is the Army Camp outside of Xiapi where all of his generals and soldiers are staying.
Lie Fan wants to see the stats of his generals except for Huang Zhong and Dian Wei who he has just seen before. Ze Rong''s strength has already maxed, while Chao Bai, Chao Bo, and Zang Ba haven''t reached their full potential yet.
Arriving at the army camp, Lie Fan saw the three of Chao Bai, Chao Bo, and Zang Ba training under Huang Zhong and Dian Wei teaching. He was satisfied that the three of them still focused on training their strength.
The three of them are called Lie Fan''s Three-Head of Terror by the soldiers, each of their battalions works together perfectly inflicting terror on the enemies. Lie Fan uses the Eye of Eng Shen to see each of their stats.
?Chao Bo
STR: 212 -> 480 VIT: 75 -> 83 AGI: 88 -> 94 INT: 90 -> 108
?Chao Bai
STR: 227 - 510 VIT: 90 -> 103 AGI: 65 -> 69 INT: 68 -> 70
?Zang Ba
STR: 235 -> 518 VIT: 90 -> 101 AGI: 77 -> 90 INT: 78 -> 82
Seeing their stats, he was assured that they had more potential than his bodyguards so their strength would be higher which could keep them safe on the battlefield.
Lie Fan greeted all of them, stopping them from their training. Seeing Lie Fan, all of them saluted him immediately and Huang Zhong asked Lie Fan if there was something urgent for them to do seeing that hee here himself.
Lie Fan waves his hand, it can be considered an urgent thing but it''s not a mission. Or task for them. He just wanted to inform them personally about Tao Qian''s situation and see them training while enjoying some fresh air and not the stuffy ones in the office.
____________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 125: 125. Bu Zhi
Chapter 125: 125. Bu Zhi
Lie Fan waves his hand, it can be considered an urgent thing but it''s not a mission, Or task for them. He just wanted to inform them personally about Tao Qian''s situation and see them training while enjoying some fresh air and not the stuffy ones in the office.
All of Lie Fan''s generals nod their heads and express their awareness of the situation. Huang Zhong turned his head and ordered Chao Bo to hide all of the Chu Ko Nu''s they have, from now on they will change to training with it at night increasing their eye vision at the same time.
Chao Bo took the order and left immediately heading toward the location of the Crossbow battalion. Huang Zhong asked if there was any order announcement that Lie Fan wanted to convey to them.
Lie Fan: It''s not an order, I just want to ask how the condition of the Yellow Turbans that we captured right now?"
Huang Zhong: "The 20,500 prisoners we have are now under physical training my lord. Their training is to increase their endurance, that''s why they were assigned under the Tuntian System."
Lie Fan: "Good idea Huang Zhong, farming increases their endurance alongside normal physical training. The harvest also can be the military own ration, food keep up the good work!"
Huang Zhong: "Actually My Lord this is not my idea, it''s what Master Jia Xu told me to do!"
Lie Fan: "That is also good work, you listened to my advisors. By the way, where is Ze Rong?"
Huang Zhong tells Lie Fan that Ze Rong right now is supervising the 20,500 prisoners. Hemended Ze Rong saying that he was perfect to be a logistics officer, Chao Bo''s skills in handling logistics were worse than Ze Rong which propelled him to be the logistics officer in Lie Fan''s army.
For Huang Zhong, Chao Bo is better for leading an archer-based battalion like him. Now that he is the general of the crossbow battalion, Ze Rong will be the general of the logistics battalion.
Lie Fan doesn''t want to meddle too much in the army structuremand under Huang Zhong, except for promotions and rewards he thinks his generals have a better understanding of who is better suited in each position.
After some small coordination with Huang Zhong to hide some of their military secrets from Tao Qian, Lie Fan also told them about the situation of the Liang Province rebellion. Everyone there was surprised that the situation had reached such a point.
Lie Fan hoped they keep up their martial arts training and also increase the intensity of the soldier''s training regiment. Of course, the soldiers also needed some sufficient rest time. He hoped that the soldiers also began to have families to increase the amount of the Xu Province''s poption.
After that Lie Fan left the army camp, with his bodyguards he returned to Xiapi and divided to visit his industries here. The Lie n has grown significantly since they built the business they have right now.
The copper mirror business has been expanded to Xu Province''s major town, they have a warehouse and a production line in each town making the whole of Xu Province''s upper sses slowly have Copper Mirrors. Many merchants tried to copy their technology but they failed in the end.
Lie Fan is slowly turning Xu Province into his money-making machine, he is nning to introduce soap and shampoo which will be a daily necessity. Entering the Serenity Inn, Lie Fan was weed by the bustling restaurant full of all kinds of people.
Lie Fan walks towards the cashier as he wants to meet the manager, suddenly he bumps into a person who crosses paths with him. Lie Fan''s bodyguard immediately springs into action, trying to defend Lie Fan.
Everyone at the Inn sees the well-known bodyguards of their governor talking out their swords, protecting someone in the middle wearing a hat with fabric covering his face. The person that Lie Fan bumped into was surprised but quickly turned calm put up a neutral face and apologized when he saw the soldiers getting their swords out.
Lie Fan: "I''m sorry sir are you okay? I don''t mean to bump into you, my hat blocked some of my vision."
Man: "I''m sorry sir I don''t mean to bump into you, I was too focused on my thoughts."
Lie Fan: "No no no it''s okay, it''s not your fault it was an ident. As an apology, Why don''t we clear this up by having a meal? I will pay for it."
Man: "Of course sir, If by eating a meal together we can clear up the misunderstanding then of course."
Lie Fan tells him to follow him upstairs toward a private room. Hearing that Lie Fan could even enjoy an expensive private room, he knew the man he bumped into had a high social status or arge amount of money.
Lie Fan and his bodyguards followed by the man go up to the second floor, the waiter assigns them a private room at the corner of the floor. Lie Fan enters the room alongside 2 of his bodyguards and the man, while the rest of his bodyguards wait outside the room.
Lie Fan: "Please have a seat, I have ordered some tea and light foods for us to enjoy."
Man: "Thank you, sir I should say that this is the first time I have entered the private room on the second floor of Serenity Inn. You must have a high status or very rich sir."
Lie Fan: "Haha! You could say that I have both, now where are my manners? Let me introduce myself, my name is Lie Fan Governor of Xu Province. May I know your name?"
Lie Fan introduced himself to the man, he took off his head and showed his face. The man was surprised to hear what Lie Fan said, especially seeing the familiar faces he saw on the drawing he had seen on the notice board before.
Man: "Governor Lie Fan what an honor to meet you. I''m Bu Zhi from Huaiyin, I''m just a humble farmer by day and a humble schr by night."
Hearing the name, Lie Fan feels familiar as he has heard of this name before. A family named Bu, suddenly Lie Fan remembered. Bu Zhi is a rtive to Bu Lianshi, the future empress of Wu and Sun Quan''s most favored concubine. Bu Zhi is also a very significant official in the Wu which proved his talent.
Lie Fan: " From Huaiyin? It''s pretty far from Xiapi, what brings you here Sir Bu Zhi?"
Bu Zhi: "I came here to buy some supplies Sir Governor, the central ins are turning chaotic and I n to relocate to Jiangdong."
Lie Fan: "The Central ins are indeed turning chaotic but Xu Province is very safe! I see no reason for you to replicate to Jiangdong."
Bu Zhi: "It''s not that I don''t trust Sir Governor, but as a schr, I can see that the situation in our capital is worrying."
Lie Fan was impressed by Bu Zhi''s intuition, his background is very humble but he is a hard worker and capable of putting up with indignities. From the looks of it, he is still young, maybe around 18 to early twenties. If he can grab this guy, his advisor''s pool will increase and he can spend his time more freely.
Lie Fan: "Then what do you n to do if you relocate to Jiangdong? The conditions there are much poorer than here in Xu Province. Corrupt officials are rampant and bandits are everywhere, the local government only cares about its own pockets and and even works together with bandits."
Bu Zhi: "I will live far from all of that Sir Governor, I will continue as a humble farmer and continue to read as a schr at night."
Lie Fan: "The truth is Sir Bu Zhi, I think our encounter is a fate under heaven''s will. I can see that you''re a talented young man and our age seems to be the same. Why don''t I give you a job under my administration and live here in Xiapi?"
Bu Zhi: "Sir Governor I''m truly honored! But we just met and even if it is fate under heaven''s will, I don''t think that my abilities will live up to your standard."
Lie Fan: "If you never try when will you ever know if it''s up to my standards or not? I can see that you are very dedicated to farming, a position in my Agriculture department is a good choice for you."
Bu Zhi was touched by this, all the people in his hometown said that he learning to be a schr every night after a hard day of work in the field is wasting his time.
Lie Fan who was a hero and a very talented person praised him that he has talent and was willing to give him a tform to showcase it, thinking about what Lie Fan said about Jiangdong and thinking that he finally had a chance to live his dream he decided to take it.
Bu Zhi: "My Lord I truly appreciate the chance you have given to me, I will try to live up to your expectations!"
Lie Fan: "Haha rest easy Bu Zhi, I will introduce you to my think tank groups, each of them is a top-ss advisor in their own field."
Bu Zhi: "My Lord I think I''m not qualified to enter this elite group, I''m from a humble background and they are at least from a very respectable family."
Lie Fan: "Nonsense! Since the time you entered to be my subjects, all of your backgrounds are the same that is subject to me Governor of Xu Province."
Bu Zhi can only nod his head, this is the first time he sees different upper-ss people, not the ordinary upper ss but the top of the cream. Lie Fan assigned Bu Zhi as an agriculture advisor because of his background working as a farmer.
Even though he knew in the future Bu Zhi would also show his talent in the military field, right now Bu Zhi needs to umte experience and learn under bigwigs such as Jia Xu and Xun You. After that, the meal was served and they knew each other better.
Lie Fan learned that Bu Zhi has a rtive in his hometown, a couple who have a 4-year-old daughter named Bu Lianshi. Hearing the name Bu Lianshi, Lie Fan was sure that he got the Bu Zhi that would serve Wu even bing it''s fourth Imperial Chancellor.
Lie Fan used the Eye of Eng Shen to see the kind of stats that Bu Zhi had right now, so he could at least expect how big his early contribution would be.
?Bu Zhi
INT: 487 WIS: 82 VIT: 77 CHR: 79
Bu Zhi''s stats are the lowest among his advisors, even Wang Lang and Cai Yong have higher stats in intelligence than him. But they are much older than him and have umted more experience so it''s understandable, the distance between their stats is also not much and Bu Zhi will catch up.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 126: 126. Wannian Kidnapped?!
Chapter 126: 126. Wannian Kidnapped?!
Bu Zhi''s stats are the lowest among his advisors, even Wang Lang and Cai Yong have higher stats in intelligence than him. But they are much older than him and have umted more experience so it''s understandable, the distance between their stats is also not much and Bu Zhi will catch up.
Lie Fan receiving another talent under his belt is very happy, maybe if there are otherworlders who saw how many talents he has umted they will say that Lie Fan has so much talent under him.
The truth is this is only a very small fraction of talents in the three-kingdom era, even if he sniped some from the future Wei, Wu, and Shu they would have arge pool of talent much bigger than Lie Fan.
That''s why Lie Fan was trying hard to recruit talents before the Anti-Dong Zhuo alliance broke out, because at that time talents began to show themselves answering the call to crusade against Dong Zhuo.
Lie Fan and Bu Zhu enjoyed eating the food, they never expected that an ident would make them have a Lord and Subordinate rtionship. After the meal, Lie Fan told Bu Zhi to pack some of his stuff and wait for him at the Governor''s castle.
He gave Bu Zhi a small token that symbolized his authority so that he would not be chased out of the building. After separating, Lie Fan finally meets up with the manager of the Serenity Inn. He asks for a situation update and the financial condition.
Xiapi Serenity Inn branch has be a hotspot and a ce you have to visit in Xiapi, even though Huai''An is the birthce of Serenity Inn and other major towns have their branch, the Xiapi branch is the most famous thanks to its strategic location and the biggest building with most exquisite decorations.
Their financial situation is green across all boards, seeing the very good financial condition he was thinking of investing it to make soap and shampoo.
This will also reduce the chance of people getting sick, as bacteria and viruses have a lesser ce to breed. Which will reduce the chances of a gue happening, without proper equipment a gue is very hard to handle.
Lie Fan leaves the Serenity Inn, and he goes towards the Governor''s Castle where Bu Zhi is waiting for him. When he arrived there, he saw a wagon full of things parked beside the entrance, he saw Bu Zhi standing there with a calm demeanor not caring about people''s gazes directed at him.
Bu Zhi saw Lie Fan in the distance and he saluted him, Lie Fan brought Bu Zhi alongside him to meet with Chen Gui who at this time of the day always called for all of Lie Fan''s advisors to have weekly meetings which was a perfect chance to introduce Bu Zhi.
In the private meeting room, all of Lie Fan''s advisors gathered to discuss the progress of Xu Province as a whole. Lie Fan is always invited to this meeting, but sometimes he joins sometimes not as the topics can be the same for 3 consecutive weeks so he gets bored.
Chen Gui is the leader of the meeting, even though if decided through ranks Jia Xu and Xun You are much higher than him, Chen Gui is an elder whom everyone respects which makes sense that he leads the meeting.
Chen Gui: "It''s good that everyone is here, today we will discuss the matters concerning Tao Qian. I think everyone knows what kind of a threat Tao Qian poses to our lord''s stability in Xu Province."
Chen Deng: "The sudden arrival of Tao Qian disrupted some of our ns, the water wheels project is going smoothly and has been implemented so we can only let Tao Qian know of it."
Jia Xu: Chen Deng don''t worry, Tao Qian is isted frommunicating with the outside world. His letters will be screened by the Oriole which everyone should have known about it''s existence."
Chen Qun: "My Lord truly has a terrifying mind, he can think of making such powerful underground forces that will help us tremendously."
Sun Qian: "Yes so that''s why I hoped that since everyone now knew about its existence, we kept quiet and never talked about it with everyone outside of this room not even your family."
While everyone is talking suddenly the door is opened silencing the room, and when Chen Gui wants to avoid whoever opens the door he sees that it''s Lie Fan followed by a young man behind him.
Lie Fan: "Everyone, I''m sorry for disturbing your meeting. I have a special announcement that wanted to tell all of you, and this is the perfect time as all of you are gathered in this room. I introduce to you your newrade Bu Zhi, who will be assigned to the agriculture department, and will help Chen Deng in managing our special agriculture group."
Bu Zhi: "Greetings everyone, I''m Bu Zhi I hope for everyone''s guidance in the future."
Everyone in the room returns Bu Zhi''s greeting, they are already ustomed to Lie Fan''s entric ways of recruiting talents as almost all of them are recruited in the same way. People like Jia Xu, Xun You, Sun Qian, Mi Zhu, and Wang Lang received more or less the same way they were recruited by Lie Fan.
After this little asion, Chen Gui continued the meeting. Everyone stopped talking about Oriole as there was a neer, at least until they felt that Bu Zhi was trustworthy then Bu Zhi could be told about Oriole.
Lie Fan left the room as he didn''t want to disturb the meeting of his advisors, sometimes the subjects couldn''t talk honestly or freely because they were in the of their lord.
Lie Fan returned to his office, where he began to do some documents that needed approval or reports that he was to be read. While working suddenly Liu Pi entered and told him that the Lady and Lady Concubine were here to visit him.
Hearing this Lie Fan was surprised as his wives nevere to visit him, he told Liu Pi to let them in. Ying Yue and Diao Chan entered his office together, they brought a basket which attracted Lie Fan''s attention as he smelled some food.
Even though he had just eaten, he just had some light foods which can be considered snacks with how high his metabolism is now.
Lie Fan: "Yue''er and Chan''er what brings the two of you here? Is there something wrong at home?"
Ying Yue: "Nothing happened Husband, we just want to deliver your lunch. We have tried learning to cook some new dishes, we brought some here for you to try our new delicacies!."
Diao Chan: "What Little sister said is true, Husband you have to try some of the foods that we make. I can guarantee that it''s edible and doesn''t take bad!"
Lie Fan: "Okay then I listen to Chan''er''s guarantee, If it is not edible or tastes bad I will punish the two of you hehe."
Ying Yue and Diao Chan both blushed, remembering how aggressive Lie Fan was and sometimes asked them to try some position that made them shy. Seeing how they reacted, Lie Fan justughed and told them to sit on the terrace as Lie Fan''s office is located on the 3rd floor and has a good view of Xiapi.
There Diao Chan and Ying Yue began to put the basket on the table and put the dishes on the table. Lie Fan goes and puts his hand on the handrail, he watches how Xiapi is slowly recovering and even has signs of expanding outside the city, which means they will need to build newyers of walls in the future.
Ying Yue called for Lie Fan toe and taste the dishes she and Diao Chan cooked, Lie Fan turned around and sat on the middle stool with Ying Yue and Diao Chan on both of his sides. Lie Fan tastes the food and it''s delicious, he eats happily while praising both Ying Yue and Diao Chan.
Ying Yue and Diao Chan are happy seeing Lie Fan enjoying the food, and hearing him praising them for how good it is. While enjoying the food together, suddenly Bo Cai barges in ruining the moment.
Lie Fan: "Bo Cai! How dare you barge in and interrupt my private time with my wives?"
Bo Cai: "I''m sorry My Lord, but news from the residence that Little Madam was kidnapped!"
Lie Fan: "What?! How could someone barge into my residence withyers andyers of protection?! Are you all so ipetent?!"
Diao Chan: "Husband right now it''s not the time for you to scold Bo Cai, Let hurry and go back and see how could it happen!"
Lie Fan realizes that what Diao Chan said is true, and he tells Liu Pi and Bo Cai to guard Ying Yue and Diao Chan on their way back, while he brings the rest of his bodyguards to quickly go to his residence. Lie Fan also told Liu Pi to inform Jia Xu of this and told Jia Xu to lock down the city.
Lie Fan then sprinted towards his horse in the stable, and together with his bodyguards, they rode back to Lie n''s residence.
Arriving there, he saw Cai Wenji crying trying to be calmed down by her handmaidens at the entrance while the Lie n guards were on alert. Lie Fan gets down from his horse and asks Cai Wenji and everyone there, how could his sister be kidnapped.
Guard: "It''s like this My Lord, Lady Cai Wenji brought the little Madam outside. Little Madam wanted to but a candied haws, out of nowhere a rider with ck clothes snatched her from Lady Cai Wenji. we tried to rescue little madam but it''s toote."
Lie Fan: *smack*"Imbecile! Since the moment she steps her foot out of this gate, all of you should have guarded her! it''s your damn job to protect my family members! Now go and search the entire city, I want her to be found safe and sound if not all of your heads will be gone!"
All of the Lie n''s guards immediately separated into groups, they began to search the entire city looking for Wannian. Lie Fan turned his attention to Cai Wenji who had calmed down a little.
Lie Fan: "Lady Cai Wenji, why would you bring her outside to buy candied haws? I thought you were strict and never indulged your students."
Cai Wenji: "I-I''m not, I just want to reward her forpleting a hand embroidery. I never thought that something like this could happen."
Lie Fan: "Hah... Okay, Lady Cai Wenji should stay here in my residence for a while, I''m afraid that maybe the kidnapper''s potential target is you and they used Wannian as bait."
Cai Wenji: "Okay Governor Lie Fan, I''m sorry that this happened, it''s all because of me..."
Lie Fan: "No need to me yourself Lady Cai Wenji, it''s your kindness to Wannian and someone decided to spoil that moment. Rest assured that I will find my sister if it means I will turn Xiapi upside down if that''s what I have to do!"
At this time at Xiapi, a lockdown was being put down at the City Gates. All men under Lie Fan''smand, whether it''s City Guards, Lie n''s Guards, Oriole, or his army began to search the entire city. The people wanted to protest at first, but after hearing the reason for the lockdown they began to cooperate even helping.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 127: 127. Safe and Sound
Chapter 127: 127. Safe and Sound
At this time at Xiapi, a lockdown was being put down at the City Gates. All men under Lie Fan''smand, whether it''s City Guards, Lie n''s Guards, Oriole, or his army began to search the entire city. The people wanted to protest at first, but after hearing the reason for the lockdown they began to cooperate even helping.
Jia Xu as the Oriole''s grandmaster told all Orioles in the city to search every corner of Xiapi, even the slums and noble''s house to be searched. Oriole''s connections like beggars and street urchins are also being used, they will be paid for every information they have on Wannian location.
Diao Chan and Ying Yue arrived 20 minutes after Lie Fan, both heard the reason for how Wannian could be kidnapped. Lie Fan''s reasoning on how maybe the kidnapper''s target is Cai Wenji and Wannian''s bait is also feasible.
Both apany Cai Wenji who is traumatized and thinks that everything happens because of her, Bing Yue and Diao Chan know how much Cai Wenji loves Wanniang thinking of Wannian as her little sister.
Lie Fan told his wives and Cai Wenji to stay indoors, and he left Liu Pi, Bo Cai, and Guan Hai to protect them. Lie Fan brings his other bodyguards back to the Governor''s Castle. In the main hall, all of his advisors are waiting for him.
Lie Fan entered the main hall and sat in his chair, he began to order everyone to think of ways to search for his sister faster. He also gives his suspicion that maybe the kidnapper''s target is Cai Wennji and Wannian is just a bait or bonus.
Lie Fan thinks of this because he remembered that Cai Wenji would be kidnapped in the future when the Xiongnu managed to enter Han territory in 194 or 195 AD, Lie Fan is suspicious that maybe because of his butterfly effect the kidnapping could be done at this time.
Cai Wenji is a beautiful and elegantdy, 17 years old this year she can be considered a ripe apple. Even though she is Cai Yong''s daughter, many people are not that afraid of Cai Yong even though he can be considered an important official while Wannian is Xu Province''s Little Princess which could not be offended.
Jia Xu: "My Lord don''t worry, Orioles have spread thes through all of Xiapi. Gates, walls, and even an area 3 kilometers from Xiapi have Orioles members running around."
Lie Fan: "I need results by the end of today! I don''t care what kind of ns or ideas you will use, I allow them all if it means you can find my sister!"
Chen Gui: "My Lord don''t worry, the kidnappers are surely still in Xiapi. The Gates were closed down minutes after the incident, and the kidnapper needed to change his clothes before he could go out of Xiapi."
Chen Deng: "Don''t worry My Lord! I will personally lead the investigation to search for Little Madam. I do have some suspicion, what if this is Tao Qian''s ploy like a smokescreen for something that he will do?"
Xun You: "What Chen Deng said could be true, but I think Tao Qian is not too stupid to do this so early after arriving at Xiapi. The time also doesn''t add up, I think that My Lord''s suspicion has a higher chance than this is Tao Qian''s ploy."
Lie Fan: "It''s no matter if it''s Tao Qian''s ploy or a kidnapping gone wrong, I want my sister to be found today safe and sound! Jia Xu the Orioles are also responsible for this ident happening, I want their training to be raised for a couple of months as punishment."
Lie Fan told everyone to think of a n when suddenly Tao Qian came into the main hall. Everyone was immediately surprised when they saw him, Lie Fan was surprised by how brazen he was entering the main hall without even letting the guards outside announce to ask for permission.
Lie Fan: "Inspector Tao Qian, where''s your decorum and manners? How could you just barge in without asking for permission?!"
Tao Qian: "I''m sorry Governor Lie Fan, I hurried here after I heard what happened to your sister. I was thinking that maybe you need some help in handling government affairs for today."
Jia Xu: "No need Inspector Tao Qian, Governor Lie Fan has us to help him handle his affairs. Inspector Tao Qian can just focus on your own affairs, I think Inspector Tao Qian should familiarize yourself with your own position first and handle some of your own affairs."
Tao Qian thought that maybe he could take advantage of the situation, knowing that Lie Fan''s emotions could be disordered thinking of his sister. He doesn''t know who made this incident, but he was thankful thinking that he can benefit from it.
Tao Qian''s action makes Lie Fan''s anger reach a new height, he almost curses Tao Qian and tells his bodyguards to capture him but Jia Xu manages to pitch in first. Jia Xu knew Lie Fan couldn''t control his emotions if it was his family which was his inverse scale.
Lie Fan takes a deep breath while Jia Xu handles Tao Qian, he knows that if he imprisons Tao Qian this matter will reach the Imperial Court at lightning speed. His enemies will use this chance either to undermine his power and influence or even make a problem to demote him.
Especially Zhang Rang, the eunuchs specialize in causing high-ranking officials to be demoted, exiled, or even executed. Fortunately, he has top-ss advisors who can help him handle this situation.
From this, he knows that Tao Qian is not the mastermind behind this incident. He only hopes that all of his men can find Wannian trace, especially Oriole who was trained to be an expert at this craft.
Tao Qian on the other hand knowing that he couldn''t take advantage of the situation, decided to stay and act helpful trying to see how the situation would unfold.
Time is approaching night time and there''s still no news, Lie Fan''s patience is nearing its limit, and when everyone thinks that they need to wait until tomorrow suddenly a guardes in.
Guard: "My Lord, we have found traces of a child that match Little Madam''s description. It was said that people saw her at the biggest brothel in the entertainment district!"
Lie Fan: "What?! So why don''t all of you go and investigate it if it''s true?!"
Guard: "It was also that one of the biggest merchants in Xiapi controlled this brother so we don''t dare to act recklessly."
Mi Zhu: "If it''s like that then it was the brothel under Fang n. I will negotiate with the Fang n My Lord, for the safety of Little Madalm is number one and I think it''s better if My Lord leads the investigation."
Lie Fan: "Okay Mi Zhu you do that if the Fang n dares to give trouble. Uproot them and share the wealth between the other merchant ns, including yours."
Everyone was surprised by what Lie Fan said, it looked like they had to raise the importance of Lie Fan''s family to the highest level. What Lie Fan said can be seen as a provocation to the entire merchant circle of Xiapi, but with Lie Fan''s sharing the benefits everyone will keep silent.
Lie Fan followed by his bodyguards, Jia Xu, and Tao Qian who wanted to join in the fun led the Citu Guards towards the brothel. Lie Fan also has signaled to Jia Xu, to send the Oriole inside to ensure Wannian safety.
When they arrived at the Brothel, Lie n''s Guard was waiting outside attracting the attention of all people who passed by or customers who entered the brothel. The captain can be seen arguing with what looks like the madam of the brothel.
Lie Fan''s arrival interrupts this exchange, the madam knowing that Lie Fan himself arrived at the scene begins to panic. Lie Fan doesn''t do much talking, he only says that they will go to an official investigation as there are clues that his sister was inside.
The Madam wanted to protest, saying that it would disturb her customers. Lie Fan only said that if she didn''t want her establishment to be closed then she better cooperate.
Lie Fan then sent all the City Guards and Lie n Guards on the scene to enter the brothel, because the time was already evening and the sky had turned darker no one noticed Oriole entering through the roof.
Lie Fan himself entered the lobby which also acted like a restaurant, people were panicking at the scene, and most of the customers wanted to leave. But when they suddenly saw Lie Fan, all of them just sat down nicely afraid of attracting the tiger''s hunger.
All of the customers are either nobles, schrs, merchants, or the younger generation of those groups. All of them at least know what Lie Fan looks like, knowing what has transpired to Lie Fan''s sister in the afternoon all of them don''t dare to cause trouble.
While Lie Fan and his retinue including Tao Qian are waiting, suddenly on the 3rd floor there is amotion. All of the City Guards and Lie n Guards on the 3rd floor go toward the room where themotion happened.
Lie Fan also brings his retinue with Tao Qian following behind towards the room on the 3rd floor when he is near the room he hears the sounds of his guards capturing someone, and the crying sound of a girl can be heard
Lie Fan immediately entered the room, he saw Wannian being tied and was taken out by one of the n''s guards from a cab. On the other side of the room, a young man aged maybe in his mid-twenties was being held by his guards.
Lie Fan immediately rushed to Wannian, and using his trend he managed to free up Wannian. Wannian saw her brother cry even louder, Lie Fan hugged her harder and patted her on the back saying it''s okay now brother is here.
Lie Fan: "Who is he?! Is he the culprit who kidnapped my sister?!"
Guard: "We don''t know yet My Lord, but his reaction when we try to open the cab was very suspicious. He tried to stop us and even threatened to report us, saying that he was the heir of the Fang n and that his father was close with you My Lord."
Lie Fan: "Fang n heir? So what?? Interrogate him right away right here, I want to know who paid him or what his intention was in kidnapping my sister!"
Jia Xu: "My Lord let me handle this, with some of my subordinates I''m sure that we can make him talk faster."
Lie Fan nods his head, allowing Jia Xu to do so as the poisonous strategist''s name is not a joke. Maybe in the game, novel, and historical documents in the future, he was described like that because of his cunningness but Lie Fan truly sees how poisonous Jia Xu truly is.
He knows Poison, and torture methods, and will do anything to achieve his goal, This kind of man is willing to do anything without caring for morals which would be good if he was on your side. After waiting for 20 minutes, Jia Xu came out form the room.
Wannian was asleep in Lie Fan''s hand, seeing this Lie Fan was distraught as Wannian could be mentally scarred because of this experience. Crying and aboard of what would happen takes arge amount of energy, especially for children.
Jia Xu: "I have found out the reason My Lord, the Fang n heir has fancied Lady Cai Wenji. He has confessed his love to her but is rejected, he feels humiliated and decides to hurt Lady Cai Wenji by kidnapping Little Madam whom he knew that Lady Cai Wenji thought as her sister."
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 128: 128. Consequence
Chapter 128: 128. Consequence
Jia Xu: "I have found out the reason My Lord, the Fang n heir has fancied Lady Cai Wenji. He has confessed his love to her but is rejected, he feels humiliated and decides to hurt Lady Cai Wenji by kidnapping Little Madam whom he knew that Lady Cai Wenji thought as her sister."
Lie Fan: "What?! Does this bastard think that Wannian is some sort of item he can just steal and then return her? Does he not know who Wannian is and who''s her family?"
Jia Xu: "From what he said, he already knew but he thinks it will be wless, and after a week or less he said that he will give back Little Madam to us."
Lie Fan: ''Humph! Lady Cai Wenji is an honored guest of my n and tutor of Wannian. From now on assign protection for her, bodyguards from Lie n''s Guard or the City Guard''s."
Cai Wenji is the Daughter of Cai Yong, he wants to slowly assimte the Cai Ckan to be his subjects. If because of the Fang n, his n breaks down because of how unsafe Xiapi is, he will execute all generations of the Fang n.
Cai n is irreceable, while the Fang n is receable. This incident woke Lie Fan up, he needed to clean up the inner problem that still gued his government, or set an example everyone would stay in line as no matter how big of benefits they received their base was still in Xu Province.
The Fang n Heir, named Fang Jiao now is writhing in pain inside the room. He regrets provoking Lie Fan and doesn''t listen to his father''s warning to never offend him, but thinking about Cai Wenji, his thirst for her is unquenched, and desires to take her down.
Lie Fan told Zhang Mancheng and Zhao Hong to bring the sleeping Wannian back to his residence and let Diao Chan and Ying Yue take care of her. Lie Fan entered the room and saw Fang Jiao slithering in pain.
Lie Fan: "Fang n Heir, Fang Jia you truly have some nerves to kidnap my sister. Just for a woman, you do such a stupid thing."
Fang Jiao: "I-I''m sorry Governor about your sister, B-but?! How could that harlot refuse my confession?! She should have been proud that a guy like me confessed to her!"
Lie Fan: "Humph! Let me tell you, Lady Cai Wenji is to be my concubine, and you want to put your oily hands on her?! Hehe.."
Lie Fan was trying to prolong his suffering, by saying that the woman he fancied already belonged to another man. But Jia Xu and Fang Jiao misunderstood him, thinking that Lie Fan already imed Cai Wenji.
Fang Jiao was shocked and felt resentment and bitterness in his heart, Lie Fan already had 2 beautiful women be his wives and he still wanted more. Jia Xu, on the other hand, raised Cai Wenji''s level of importance to be the same as Diao Chan and Ying Yue.
Lie Fan and Jia Xu heard amotion in the lobby, an Oriole member walked in and said that the Head of the Fang n had arrived. Lie Fan sneered, the Fang n days in Xiapi are over with their riches will be taken.
He decided to execute all members of the Fang n, he didn''t want his already great reputation to be tarnished. Even though he can rewrite history in the future, the people will not fully support him which can cause some problems with his policies.
Lie Fan takes a sword from an Oriole member, He approaches Fang Jiao and shes his neck with the sword. Fang Jiao was holding his neck, with disbelief in his eyes at how Lie Fan killed him even though his Father had arrived.
Jia Xu was not surprised by this, even if they decided to not Execute or take Fang n''s riches they still needed to show an example to others. The Oriole cleaned the room and one of them beheaded Fang Jiao and took his head wrapping it with a big cloth.
The body was disposed of, and the head already in a cloth was being held by the Oriole member. Lie Fan and Jia Xu alongside the oriole member leave the room, they go downstairs to meet with the Head of the Fang n who is arguing with some of his men.
Fang Zhu, The Head of the Fang n and Fang Caravan right now is panicking. His only son and heir to the group, he doesn''t know what''s wrong in his brain that he dared to kidnap the sister of Xu Province Governor Lie Fan.
He regrets spoiling the bastard right now, not only did he put himself in great danger also dragged the n alongside him. When he heard the news that it was his son, and he was found at theirrgest brothel he immediately ran over abandoning the negotiation with Mi Zhu.
Lie Fan''s political maneuver and cleaning in Xu Province have been seen by all, he wanted to rule Xu Province with an iron hand. Many officials and merchants have fallen to his maw and their riches were distributed to others, receiving hush money and keeping their mouths shut.
This interest group has been formed, and now his n can be the next one. While he was arguing with one of the city guards, he saw Lie Fan approaching him with Jia Xu Lie Fan''s most trusted advisor and servant holding a cloth bag.
Fang Zhu: "Governor Lie Fan, I apologize for what my son has done. It''s my fault as his parents that I failed to educate him and caused this big mess, please spare him, Governor, I willpensate for all the damages he has caused."
Lie Fan: "Hmph! He has traumatized my sister, and no amount ofpensation can alleviate the pain caused to her! He even confessed that doing so because he was infatuated with Lady Cai Wenji and did this as an act of revenge as she turned him down, a scum like him doesn''t deserve to live!"
After saying that, Lie Fan gestured to the servants to show what was inside the cloth bag to Fang Zhu. Fang Zhu sees the servants open the cloth bag, and his eyes grow wide in grief and hatred seeing the head of his son.
Fang Zhu let out a cry of pain, taking the cloth bag from his, and tears streamed down his face. Lie Fan has grown stoic with this kind of thing, his Willpower, and how he has seen many things happening in war-tornnd this is nothingpared to that.
Lie Fan: "This is the consequence of what your son has done, and the properties of your n will be confiscated. Your n is reduced to work under the new owner of your properties, your wealth a quarter of the will be taken aspensation."
Fang Zhu: "Governor Lie Fan that''s enough! Is my son''s death not enough for you?! The rest of my n are innocent, why do you implicate them?!"
Lie Fan: "me yourself for your ipetence in educating your son, how foolish of a son you have offending me and kidnapping my sister. Now your can can only be an example, of what will happen to those who offend me!"
Lie Fan finished saying his words, and he ordered everyone to follow him back. They leave Fang Zhu who is still grieving the loss of his son, apanied by his guards alone at the brothel.
Tao Qian saw all of this, he began to fear this young man whom he underestimated at first. His methods were cold and calcted, he also didn''t hesitate to do what he wanted. He began to wonder if his choice in epting this assignment was a good one, as now he was stuck between two rocks. He sighed and left the brothel, walking towards his residence to rest.
The upper circle of Xiapi immediately heard the news, and the older generations began to discipline their younger generations. Telling them to never offend Lie Fan, as an interest group has been formed and the unity has been broken with Lie Fan splitting up the benefits or interests
Fang n is an example, Fang n is one of the biggest merchant ns in Xiapi second to the Mi n. They were based in Xiapi, and their goods circted across all of Xu Province but now they had lost everything and all of its allies didn''t even step in to help.
This is because they knew that Lie Fan would split the cake, and all of them would receive some one way or another. It''s better for them to just sit down and shut their mouth, receiving the slice of the cake given to them as they don''t want to be the next Fang n.
Now each n is wary of each other, afraid that they will be sacrificed. Lie Fan''s cruel method of separating the unity, and even if the Fang n still have their wealth, it will surely go down the drain if they can''t change their lifestyle.
They can''t even leave the Xu Province, as they are forced to beborers who were paid to the new owner of their properties that were given to others.
Lie Fan arrived back at his residence, and the security of his residence was upgraded with more Lie n guards deployed in the perimeter. It''s already nighttime, Lie Fan told Jia Xu to return and tomorrow with Mi Zhu to split the cakes.
Lie Fan entered his residence with his bodyguards, he was mentally tired today because of worrying about his sister. He began to think about allocating one of his bodyguards to each of his wives and his sister.
Entering his room, he saw Ying Yue sitting on the bed waiting for him. Ying Yue stood up when she saw Lie Fan, helping him take off his robe. Ying Yue told Lie Fan to wash himself first, the bath was already prepared for him.
Lie Fan goes to take a bath, and Ying Yue pours some tea for Lie Fan to drink. 15 minutester, Lie Fan finished his bath and returned to his room with clean clothes, drinking the tea that was given by Ying Yue to him.
Lie Fan: "Thank You Yue''er, how is Wannian?"
Ying Yue: "Husban don''t worry, Sister Diao Chan is apanying Wannian with Lasy Cai Wenji. Both of them take turns taking care of Wannian, while I was assigned to take care of you by sister Diao Chan."
Lie Fan: "Hah that''s good, Wannian needs more of our attention. I''m afraid that she is traumatized by what just happened, let''s apany her to y this week."
Ying Yue agreed with Lie Fan''s words, she hugged him telling him not to worry and to take a rest. Tomorrow they will go and see Wannian together, Lie Fan being hugged by Ying Yue feeling her soft body and smelling her fragrance changed his attention to her.
He picks her up causing Ying Yue to give a small cry surprised by Lie Fan''s action, when she looks up and sees Lie Fan''s eyes filled with desire her face begins to heat up knowing what Lie Fan will do next. Lie Fan brings her to the bed, and sounds of grunts and moans can be heard from the room, after some time they finally stop as they wee a new day.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 129: 129. A Surprising Accident and Fang Clan Not Giving Up
Chapter 129: 129. A Surprising ident and Fang n Not Giving Up
He picks her up causing Ying Yue to give a small cry surprised by Lie Fan''s action, when she looks up and sees Lie Fan''s eyes filled with desire her face begins to heat up knowing what Lie Fan will do next. Lie Fan brings her to the bed, and sounds of grunts and moans can be heard from the room, after some time they finally stop as they wee a new day.
Lie Fan woke up feeling refreshed today, putting Ying Yue down gently from his chest onto the bed, Lie Fan stood up and did some stretching before taking a bath and putting on clean clothes.
Ying Yue was still sleeping, seeing the rosy cheek but exhausted face, Lie Fan was a bit embarrassed because of how he treated herst night. After kissing Ying Yue on the forehead, Lie Fan slips away and goes to Wannian room to check up on her.
On the way there, Lie Fan meets Snow who is ying in the garden. Snow has truly grown up and its size was like a Siberian husky from his previous life. Seeing Snow approaching him, Lie Fan kneeled and rubbed his head.
Snow was happy from the rubs enjoying it happily, Lie Fan inwardly scolded himself about forgetting that he had snow. Snow knows Wannian scent and is very familiar with it, it can help him yesterday when searching for Wannian.
After giving some more rubs, Lie Fan stands up and continues his way to Wannian''s room. Snow follows him and walks alongside him, Lie Fan gives it another pat thinking that Wannian should feel very happy seeing Snow.
Lie Fan reaches Wannian''s room, he tells Snow to wait for him outside and he enters the room. Lie Fan approached Wannian bed and saw a figure with her back to him, sleeping soundly with a nket covering her body.
Assuming that it was Diao Chan who apanied Wannian, Lie Fan reached the bed and saw Wannian still sleeping hugging a doll that was made by Yu Yan on the other side of the bed. Lie Fan put his hand on Diao Chan''s head and kissed her on the top of her head, which made Diao Chan tremble.
Lie Fan strokes Diao Chan''s head, thinking that she is slowly waking up. He also helps her put on more nkets, the air is a bit cold today and he is afraid Diao Chan will be sick.
Lie Fan: "Chan''er you have woken up? Thank you for apanying Wannian, tonight will be your turn to apany me okay? Let Yue''er apany Wannian today."
Diao Chan?: "Ah! U-um I-I''m sorry b-but I''m n-not Lady D-Diao Chan."
Lie Fan after saying that heard the somewhat familiar sound but not Diao Chan''s voice. Surprised, Lie Fan took a step back and saw the figure turning her body. Seeing the face Lie Fan was surprised, he didn''t expect that it was Cai Wenji and not Diao Chan.
Cai Wenji''s face is dyed red, shy, and embarrassed to be treated in such a way by Lie Fan and to be misidentified as Diao Chan. Her heart also envied Diao Chan and Ying Yue, experiencing how gentle and kind Lie Fan was in treating his wives.
Cai Wenji: "I-I''m sorry Governor Lie Fan, at midnight Lady Diao Chan switch with me in guarding Wannian."
Lie Fan: "No No it''s okay! *ahem* I also like to apologize for treating you like that, I didn''t mean to do that to you as I thought you were Diao Chan."
Cai Wenji: "It''s okay Governor Lie Fan, it''s just that I envied Lady Ying Yue and Lady Diao Chan to have such a gentle and loving husband."
Lie Fan was a bit shy and turned his head, doing some fake cough to hide his shyness. Cai Wenji was also shy, thinking of her bold words and feeling flustered the seeds that she tried to bury deep down began to sprout again.
The awkward moments between the twosted for 3 minutes before being broken down by Wannian who began to wake up, Both Lie Fan and Cai Wenni saw and heard Wannian movements and sounds both turned their heads to Wannian.
Wannian who opened her eyes, saw Cai Wenji and Lie Fan who were looking at her. Seeing them, Wannian began to cry again making Lie Fan and Cai Wenji flustered. Cai Wenji hugged Wannian while patting her back, and saying some gentle words to her.
Lie Fan stopped his movement seeing Cai Wenji calming down Wannian, the sun shone bright entering the room, and Cai Wenji''s gentle face while calming down Wannian made him somewhat mesmerized.
Cai Wenji felt the somewhat hot gaze from Lie Fan, her face turned red again but continued focusing on Wannian. After some time Wannian finally calmed down, breaking free from Cai Wenji she opened her hands to Lie Fan asking for a hug.
Lie Fan of course approached her and hugged her, picking her up while trying to make herugh. Cai Wenji was surprised by Lie Fan''s sweet and gentle movements, the calm-headed and sometimes stoic Xu Province leader also had this side that was shown only to his family.
Cai Wenji began to burn up again and dyed her face red, thinking what if Lie Fan also showed this side of his to her and treated her as a family also. While immersing in her world, suddenly she heard a door open and saw Lie Fan bring Wannian outside.
Snow who is sitting down at the front of the door, saw Lie Fan and Wannian walking outside. It began to bark happily and circle Lie Fan and Wannian. Wannian began to smile andugh happily, seeing Snow''s antics and shaking her body telling Lie Fan to put her down.
Lie Fan puts Wannian down, he sees Wannian and Snow begin to y happily together. Lie Fan began to heave a sigh of relief, at least Wannian could slowly forget about her incident with Snow on her side.
While watching Wannian, Lie Fan isn''t aware that Cai Wenji is already standing by his side standing there alongside him watching Wannian.
Jia Xu who was approaching Wannian''s room after being informed by Oriole''s members that Lie Fan had woken up and gone to Wannian''s room saw this scene. Seeing this he was assured that raising Cai Wenji''s level of importance was the right choice.
Jia Xu approaches them and gives several coughs, Lie Fan who was watching Wannian breaks free from his trance and is surprised that Cai Wenji is standing at his side.
His instincts which have been tempered in battle should have picked up Cai Wenji''s presence, while feeling confused he turned his head towards Jia Xu who was waiting for his response.
Lie Fan: "Jia Xu good morning, what brought you here so early? Is there something that needs my attention?"
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, the Fang n is refusing to hand over their properties. They even hired some mercenaries and put them on their properties, threatening to put up a fight even burning their properties."
Lie Fan: "Humph! Looks like Fang Zhu is as stupid as his son, I have given him a way out to retain almost all of his wealth and can still work and receive wages. Also, there are mercenaries foolish enough to ept this task?"
Jia Xu: "While they are foolish My Lord, the rewards offered to them are very high which for these mercenaries is an offer that they can''t refuse."
Lie Fan: "Why can''t these fools just ept their fate, what''s the reaction of the people we promised to receive the cake?"
Jia Xu: "Mi Zhu is handling them right now My Lord, they are meeting at the main hall at the Governor''s Castle."
Lie Fan: "Fine let''s go there, Lady Cai Wenji, please take care of Wannian."
Cai Wenji heard what Lie Fan said and promised to take care of Wannian. Lie Fan and Jia Xu alongside 4 of Lie Fan''s bodyguards head towards the Governor''s Castle. On the way there, they heard people talking about the Fang n.
Talking about how the Fang n''s young master kidnapped Wannian and was beheaded because of doing so, and now employing mercenaries causing some unrest by protecting their properties with force and disturbing people who want to go on with their daily lives.
Arriving at the Governor''s castle, Lie Fan and Jia Xu entered the main hall and were greeted by the scene of Mi Zhu alongside Chen Gui and Xun You are receiving 10 people who are the representatives of the interest group.
Mi Zhu: "Everyone please be patient and wait for us to handle the Fang n, you will receive your slice of the cake so please be patient."
A: "Master Mi Zhu, it is not that we don''t trust you and Governor Lie Fan but Fang n is a local snake and they are arge merchant n with connections all over Xu Province."
C: "That''s True, we are just afraid that we will not receive the slice that was promised to us because of what the Fang n is doing right now."
Lie Fan: "Then what will all of you do hmm? Xu Province is my garden and no matter how big Fang n is, they are living in my yard. All of you just sit still and be patient, what I promised would be given to you!"
The hall turned silent when they heard Lie Fan''s voice, the young man in his twenties intimidated all of these people who were already in their forties or older.
Lie Fan sits in his seat, faces everyone, and looks at the faces of each one of the representatives. This group of people needed to be given an example, The Fang n is the right target for how they refused Lie Fan''s kindness.
So in front of all these people and his advisors, Lie Fan ordered that the Fang n be stripped of all of their wealth and properties. The older generations aged 20 and above are to be executed and the younger generations below 20 be put in captivity alongside the women of the Fang n.
They will be ves and be part of the Labor forces under Lie Fan''s administration. The males aged between 16 and 20 will be put as part of construction workers and farmers, while the women also with the same age range will be tailors making clothes for the soldiers and washing dishes for the soldiers.
Lie Fan''s sets of orders surprised everyone, this time the Fang n is truly finished. Even if the younger generation of Fang n survives, they don''t have the chance to get revenge and be part of Lie Fan''s freebor force. This was also a warning to them, that this would happen to those who opposed or offended Lie Fan.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753
VIT: 331
AGI: 328
INT: 349
CHR: 93
WIS: 289
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 130: 130. The End Of An Era
Chapter 130: 130. The End Of An Era
Lie Fan''s sets of orders surprised everyone, this time the Fang n is truly finished. Even if the younger generation of Fang n survives, they don''t have the chance to get revenge and can only be part of Lie Fan''s freebor force. This was also a warning to them, that this would happen to those who opposed or offended Lie Fan.
Jia Xu cupped his hand and left the main hall to convey his message to the City Guards, The Interest Group just stayed silent after hearing Lie Fan''s announcements. Lie Fan still needs them, maybe in the future when themoners have more ess to education, he can bnce their power.
The Noble and Merchant groups have an advantage over the millions ofmoners, which is a chance for education and of course, wealth that was passed down from generations of ancestors, Lie Fan is only afraid of the bacsh it will do to his administration.
Themoners still needed time before to cultivate, and the Noble''s and Merchant''s still had the upper hand. At least before his regime has absolute power, he will not implement this n.
Outside the Governor''s Castle, Lie Fan''s orders were being executed. Fang n''s properties were snatched by force under Jia Xu''s oversee, the Fang n began to panic due to the heavy retaliation from Lie Fan.
The mercenaries were either dead or surrendered, and the surrendered mercenaries were sent to the prisoner''s army camp. Fang n''s residence was surrounded in just 2 hours by the City Guards under Jia Xu''s leadership.
Fang Zhu walks out to the entrance, cursing and condemning Lie Fan for what he has done. While saying that, suddenly he was stabbed in the back with a sword surprising everyone. A man, maybe aged between 25 and 30 was the culprit and a member of the Fang n.
After the sword was pulled out from his chest, Famg Zhu turned around and saw the man he always bullied in the n due to him being born from a lowly maid and his father. While spitting out blood from his mouth, Fang Zhu pointed his hand toward this man trembling and then copsed.
Jia Xu was surprised by this turn of events, he didn''t expect that Fang Zhu would be killed at the hand of his member. Jia Xu told the City Guards to storm in and take all people captive except for this young man, a man like this one can be used by his Lord.
Approaching this young man, Jia Xu introduced himself to him and asked for his name. The young man introduced himself as Fang Yue, he hoped that he could join Lie Fan''s army as he had been obstructed from joining since the time Kie Fan arrived at Xiapi for the first time.
Jia Xu patted him on the shoulder, saying that his dream would be granted due to his contribution to killing a traitor and fugitive. Screams and shouts can be heard inside the Fang n residence, Jia Xu and Fang Yue ignore the sound.
Both of them waited for some time before a city guard came out and reported to Jia Xu that everything had been done ording to Lie Fan''s order. All the generations aged above 20 except for women have been killed, the restprised women and people aged 20 and below left alive.
Jia Xu ordered the City Guards to send them to the concentration camp that was built outside of Xiapi, putting them there for now waiting for further notice from Lie Fan.
Jia Xu then borough Fang Yue alongside him to meet Lie Fan, by this time the meeting between Lie Fan and the Interest group should have ended. Bringing Fang Yue to the Governor''s Castle, Jia Xu leads him to Lie Fan''s office.
Lie Fan is inside his office, reviewing and approving documents when suddenly the door is knocked and Jia Xu announces his presence. Lie Fan told Jia Xu toe in, and seeing that there was another figure alongside Jia Xu surprised him.
Lie Fan: "Who is this man you brought Jia Xu? Don''t tell me that you found your illegitimate son!"
Jia Xu: "My Lord is jesting, I''m only in my forties how would I have a some aged in his thirties? Let me introduce to you this is Fang Yue, it''s thanks to his help that we managed to eliminate the Fang n faster."
Fang Yue: "Greeting My Lord, I''m Fang Yue from the Fang n that you eliminated. I wanted to join your army ever since you came to Xiapi, but that idiot Fang Zhu obstructed me saying that he would be embarrassed that a member of his family is joining the army."
Lie Fan: "Hmph that Fang Zhu is an idiot all right, who are you to Fang Zhu?"
Fang Yue: "Fang Zhu is my elder brother you can say, but we are born from a different mother. His mother is thedy and my mother is only a maid."
Lie Fan nods his head, a resentment like this can be a sword when the n is not stable. But hearing Fang Yue''s name he felt familiar, Lie Fan told Jia Xu and Fang Yue to sit down while he took out the book of knowledge from his inventory through the deskpartment.
While talking with Jia Xu and Fang Yue, Lie Fan began to search for Fang Yue''s name and found that he is a general under Wang Kuang in the future who will be killed by Lu Bu when dueling him with a single blow.
Lie fans looked up and used the Eye of Eng Shen on Fang Yue, he wanted to see the stats Fang Yue had. A general that was sent to duel Lu Bu, at least his strength is not low by any means and it''s just Lu Bu that is too overpowered.
?Fang Yue
STR: 613 (Max) VIT: 92 AGI: 84 INT: 79
Lie Fan is surprised by his strength, at least he is more powerful than Chao Bo, Chao Bai, and Zang Ba for now. He is much older than them, but their experience is higher than Fang Yue.
Lie Fan: "Fang Yue you have made a big contribution by killing Fang Zhu, don''t worry you will not branded as a kin murderer. Due to this, you will be assigned as the vicemander of my infantries under Chao Bai."
Jia Xu: "My Lord! Isn''t the position you assigned to Fang Yue too high? He doesn''t have sufficient experience inmanding an army."
Fang Yue: "My Lord what Master Jia Xu said is true! I only know how to swing my weapon and martial arts, as formanding an army I don''t know anything about it."
Lie Fan: "Don''t worry you two, Fang Yue you just need to clear under Chao Bai. Just follow Chao Bai, learn from him, and umte experience slowly "
Seeing that Lie Fan''s decision can''t be budged, Jia Xu relented and allowed Lie Fan to do so. For him Lie Fan''s choice in putting people in their assigned position was never wrong, so he decided to trust Lie Fan.
Fang Yue was touched by Lie Fan''s trust, even though his n and nephew hadmitted such a big crime against him he still trusted him. Fang Yue stands up from his seat and kneels before Lie Fan, swearing that he will learn and live up to Lie Fan''s trust.
Nodding his head in acknowledgment, Lie Fan told them to leave his office as he had matters to attend to. Jia Xu and Fang Yue both leave Lie Fan''s office, Jia Xu then guides Fang Yue toward the army camp to meet with Lie Fan''s other generals.
Since that meeting, 3 months passed by and Lie Fan managed to breakthrough through his cultivation through one level.
Xiapi has been calm since the Fang n incident, Wannian is recuperating greatly and Cai wenji visited Lie n''s residence almost every day. Since the ident between the two of them, Lie Fan and Cai Wenji have always been a bit awkward when the two of them meet each other.
Ying Yue and Diao Chan notice this, but they stay silent for now as maybe they can be wrong. Wannian didn''t notice this, she was happy every day as Cai Wenji whom she was sometimes afraid of always yed with her now.
All ongoing projects were going smoothly, The firework was finallypleted and Lie Fan went to the test site far away from Xiapi so that Tao Qian didn''t notice it.
Seeing it fly upwards and explode like the one he knows, Lie Fan is happy to conclude that this is the perfect firework. Lie Fan ordered the craftsmen and alchemist to mass produce the fireworks, and to begin incorporating the fireworks into the Nest of Bees and Fire Lance.
Lie Fan also gives them a new weapon schematics he found, an artillery weapon that fires fire arrows named Hwacha which was made by the Koreans to fight against the Japanese expansion in the 15th century.
Lie Fan didn''t want to introduce canons and muskets, at least in his era as then general personal strength would not be that important, and the chance of him dying would increase due to friendly fire or a misfire.
The hwacha can be put on fortresses and ships, and even in the future, he dreamed of putting these on the great walls of China. So they could halt the advance of the Mongols, and maybe even conquer them and eliminate Genghis Khan''s birth tribe.
After returning from the test site, suddenly he received 2 pieces of news that shocked thend from the Oriole at Luoyang. Emperor Ling died, and Liu Bian Emperor Ling''s eldest son was instilled on the throne by He Jin and his Faction as the Emperor named Emperor Shao.
The Eunuch''s n to put Liu Xie as the Emperor failed, Jian Shuo who was entrusted by Emperor Ling to put Liu Xie as the Emperor is now regrouping with the eunuchs.
The other news is, that before Emperor Ling''s death a month ago, the Liang Province rebellion war had ended with the rebels bing the victors. They were given a special position and controlled Liang Province with Ma Teng and Han Sui as the strongest warlord in the area.
Emperor Ling''s death shocked Lie Fan, he thought that at least next year was the earliest time for Emperor Ling''s death to happen. Seeing that it came faster than he predicted, Lie Fan called for all of his advisors and generals for a meeting at the Governor''s Castle.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 4) -> (level 5)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 753 -> 775
VIT: 331 -> 349
AGI: 328 -> 343
INT: 349 -> 361
CHR: 93
WIS: 289 -> 299
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 131: 131. Sima Lang and Sima Yi’s Arrival to Xiapi
Chapter 131: 131. Sima Lang and Sima Yi''s Arrival to Xiapi
Emperor Ling''s death shocked Lie Fan, he thought that at least next year was the earliest time for Emperor Ling''s death to happen. Seeing that it came faster than he predicted, Lie Fan called for all of his advisors and generals for a meeting at the Governor''s Castle.
Lie Fan holds the meeting at the main hall, where he has assigned his bodyguards and Oriole members to guard the main hall from unwanted intruders. Because what they will discuss here is top secret and no one can know except the ones who were invited to the meeting.
All of his subordinates arrived at almost the same time, Lie Fan then told everyone about the news he received from Luoyang. Liang Province news doesn''t surprise them, as it''s inevitable that they will lose this rebellion war due to how uncoordinated it is.
Emperor Ling''s death is the one who surprised them, this meant that the Han Dynasty entered a new chapter of the power struggle which centered on Luoyang. This means that the central government is weak and Lie Fan can exploit the system now.
Huang Zhong: "My Lord, this is the perfect time to expand our army! The Imperial Court right now is in turmoil, let''s use this chance to strengthen our position more!"
Jia Xu: "No General Huang, we can''t openly expand it. He Jin now controls the court, even though there''s a struggle between He Jin, the Eunuchs, and Wang Yun that doesn''t mean that their attention on us will be halted. It will be more intense as Lie Fan is the only Governor strong enough to contend with the current Central government."
Xun You: "What Master Jia Xu said is true, Tao Qian is still here on Xiapi so our movements are monitored. Even if Oriole has been on the lookout to intercept the letters or people, they are humans in the end and mistakes can happen."
Lie Fan: "I agree with both Jia Xu and Xun You, right now they will be more obsessed with monitoring my activity. Just keep doing our day as usual, we wait for the result of the power struggle at the court."
Everyone was confused by what Lie Fan said, Jia Xu and Xun You the brightest minds under Lie Fan were also confused. It''s a foregone conclusion now that He Jin is the ultimate power at the Court with Liu Bian no Emperor Shao was instilled on the throne.
Chen Qun asked Lie Fan what''s the reason Lie Fan said to wait for the results, isn''t the result shown with He Jin winning. Lie Fan exined to them that even if He Jin wins, the power struggle between He Jin''s faction and the Eunuchs will not subside but will be more intense.
Jia Xu then became enlightened, it''s not that Lie Fan is smarter than them but he knew through history. Jia Xu who is enlightened asks Lie Fan, if is it because Emperor Ling didn''t appoint Liu Bian but the little brother Liu Xie and entrusted him to the eunuchs that''s why the power struggle will not stop at this time.
Lie Fan nods his head indicating what Jia Xu said is true, everyone is surprised by this revtion and all of Lie Fan''s advisors are talented in their ways and understand the opportunity this represents for Lie Fan.
As long as Lie Fan doesn''t trespass on Luoyang, Lie Fan''s status as the Governor of Xu Province will not be shaken. As the strongest provincial government among the 13 provinces, no matter who became the Emperor they still needed Lie Fan''s support as in their eyes Lie Fan was loyal to the Han Dynasty.
Chen Gui: "Then My Lord, we need to send our tribute to Luoyang to gift the newly enthroned Emperor. Therger the amount of our tribute, the calmer people at the Imperial Court of our presence."
Sun Qian: "I agree with Master Chen Gui, I volunteered myself as My Lord''s envoy!"
Lie Fan: "What Chen Gui just said is true, we need to send tributes. Then Sun Qian will be my envoy alongside Bu Zhi, Fang Yue and Ze Rong both of you will apany them as their protection brings 2,000 men with you. Set out towards Luoyang in 3 days, we don''t need to be the first but can''t be thest to arrive."
Fang Yue and Ze Rong immediately up to receive the order, both of them have learned many things from experienced generals like Huang Zhong so this time is more of a test of their aptitude and skills. Bringingrge amounts of tributes can attract the attention of bandits and yellow turban remnants.
Next Lie Fan ordered the training of the army to be increased, and all major towns except for Xiapi needed to increase the number of soldiers they had. This is to prepare for the inevitable rise of Dong Zhuo, Lie Fan will bring his main army with him so he can''t leave Xu Province without experienced soldiers.
Lie Fan appointed Chao Bo and Chao Bai for this assignment, they will split Xu Province in half and supervise the eastern and western parts each. All of Lie Fan''s advisors agree with this move, except that Mi Zhu as Lie Fan''s financial advisor heart bleeds to increase the amount of money needed to be spent for the military expansion.
Chen Deng and Wang Lang''s assignments are still the same, they will supervise the Tuntian system and Xu Province agriculture as a whole. There is never enough for how much supplies need to be stored, especially at times like this.
As for the rest of his advisors and generals, Lie Fan told them to continue their usual duties but be more alert than before. After saying that, Lie Fan dismissed the meeting but told Huang Zhong and Dian Wei to stay.
Everyone began to leave except for Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, Lie Fan told them to step forward as what he was talking about was a secret that only the three of them could know and no one else.
Lie Fan: "Huang Zhong, Dian Wei the reason that I told the two of you to stay back is because I have something that can help strengthen our men!"
Huang Zhong: "What is it, My Lord? Is it some kind of tonic or a new type of exercise?"
Lie Fab: "It''s some kind of tonic, Master Hua Tuo and Master Zhang Zhongjing together made this recipe and gave it to me saying that it has the effect of increasing the results of our men''s training."
Lie Fan takes out his strength potion, he consults with Sun Tzu before asking if the potions he has can be used by other people than him. Sun Tzu replied by saying that it can only be used by people with stats below 100 to ensure that Lie Fan will not abuse the potions.
While Lie Fabmented that Sun Tzu had barred this perfect exploit before he could even use it, he then thought of his soldiers and where they could use it as their strength is below 100.
He has 8 left in his inventory, his soldiers are tens of thousands so he decides to let Huang Zhong and Dian Wei pour 8 of these into the water tank that they used for storing the water used to drink.
After giving 8 of his strength options to Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, Lie Fan dismisses the two of them, and Lie Fan decides to go back home and spend the rest of the day with his family.
The next day, Lie Fan is having breakfast with Ying Yue, Diao Chan, and Wannian when suddenly a servantes in and tells Lie Fan that Jia Xu is waiting in the main hall with a young man and a boy with the surname Sima.
Lie Fan was surprised, having a feeling that he already knew who was waiting for him, Lie Fan told the servant to borough them to his study and served them some snacks and tea to wait for him to finish his breakfast alongside his family.
The servant left the dining room, Lie Fan then continued to enjoy having breakfast with his wife and sister. 20 minutes passed by and Lie Fan finished his breakfast, Lie Fan stood up and went towards his study where Jia Xu and 2 Sima members were waiting for him.
Arriving at the study, Lie Fan saw Jia Xu with Sima Lang and Sima Yi waiting for him. Seeing the 2 younger generations of the Sima n he was surprised as they shouldn''t be here and go towards their rtive.
Lie Fan: "Sima Lang and Sima Yi, it''s been a year more or less since we have met, and the two of you have grown bigger!"
Sima Lang: "Governor Lie Fan is still the same as ourst meeting, thank you for allowing us to meet you."
Lie Fan: "No need for a thank you, you''re the student of my advisors and the son of my friend. So what brings the two of you here to Xiapi?"
Sima Lang: "We are here to escape the chaotic Luoayng under My Father''s demand, so I alongside my brother hoped to stay in Xiapi as this is the safest ce in all of thend right now."
Lie Fan: "If it''s under your father''s demand, should you have gone to your rtive or kinsman?"
Jia Xu: "Let me help answer this My Loed, Sima Lang foresaw that chaos would break out in his hometown so he decided to go here as there is Me, Xun You, and Sun Qian their teachers here."
Lie Fan: "Sima Lang is what Jia Xu said true?"
Sima Lang: "Yes Governor Lie Fan, we also hoped to learn more under the tutge of Master Jia Xu, Master Xun You, and Master Sun Qian. I will work as a farmer so rest assured that we will not ask for any money for our expenses."
Lie Fan nods his head, he actually doesn''t care if the Sima Brothers borrow some money for living expenses. He was ecstatic that Sima Lang and Sima Yi divided to stay in Xiapi, this meant that in the future they would join his administration.
Cao Cao will not have the chance to recruit them, Sima Fang and Cao Cao''s rtionship is also not as close as in history where Cao Cao would favor Sima Lang and Sima Hi due to Sima Famg appointing Cao Cap as head of Luoyang security.
Lie Fan received the Sima Brothers happily, he told them to just focus on their studies and even told them to stay in his residence as he had more than enough room for them.
Sima Lang wanted to refuse, but under Lie Fan and Jia Xu''s persuasion, he finally relented. Sima Lang was touched by the kindness shown by Lie Fan and Jia Xu to him and his brother, he vowed to repay this kindness in the future and taught his brother to also do the same as him.
So from today, the Lie n residence has an additional 2 members that is Sima Lang and Sima Yi. Lie Fan informed Ying Yue and Diao Chan of this, telling them to treat kindly like a brother, especially Sima Yi. Wannian the little princess on the other hand is happy that she has a ymate now.
Sima Yi was born in 179 AD while Wannian was born in 178 AD, she is one year older than Sima Yi. Wannian began to pester Sima Yi every day to y with her, she should have been the older sister but never acted like that Sima Yi on the other hand is more mature than her due to the education he receives.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 5)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 775
VIT: 349
AGI: 343
INT: 361
CHR: 93
WIS: 299
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 132. The First Naval Prototype
132 132. The First Naval Prototype
Sima Yi was born in 179 AD while Wannian was born in 178 AD, she is one year older than Sima Yi. Wannian began to pester Sima Yi every day to y with her, she should have been the older sister but never acted like that Sima Yi on the other hand is more mature than her due to the education he receives.
The Lie n residence now is livelier than before with the arrival of the two brothers, SimabLang and Sima Yi began to be tutored again by Jia Xu, Xun You, and Suna Qian. Sometimes Chen Qun and Cai Yong joined in as guest tutors, increasing the knowledge they learned.
Sima Lang and Sima Yi In the original history Sima Lang and Sima Yi alongside his brothers who joined them alongside the rest of the Sima nrgely sustained themselves by living as farmers, fending off local groups of bandits while studying diligently during their free time.
Studying in their free time already makes Sima Lang and Sima Yi be an incredible advisors, I don''t know how they will be under the tutge of many talented people. Especially Sima Yi the once-in-a-lifetime genius, the future arch-enemy of Zhuge Liang receiving a higher quality education from Jia Xu and Xun You in military strategy and domestic matters.
Sima Lang has also sent a letter to his Father Sima Fang in Luoyang, telling him that they changed their course from Henei to Xiapi so he tried to persuade Sima Famg to send the rest of the Sima n to take shelter in Xiapi for now at least until Luoyang is safe again.
After the arrival of the Sima brothers, Lie Fan decided to sponsor the building of an Academy for the noble and merchant n''s future generation. In their Lie Fan envision they will be indoctrinated with values and loyalty toward Lie Fan, at leastying down the seeds to ensure their loyalty in the future.
Schrs withmon backgrounds can get schrships or sponsored by someone can enter the Academy also, Lie Fan will slowly convert this to be a school where schrs from all kinds of backgrounds can receive their education. For a public school, Lie Fan halted this project until the Warlord era started when people like him had absolute control just like an Emperor in their own territory.
Today Lie Fan is observing Wannian taking her ss after asking Cai Wenji''s permission, the reason for Lie Fan doing this is that Wannian has bezier after having a ymate at the mansion. She doesn''t do her homework and even at one time skips her ss to go and ask Sima Yi to y with her.
Lie Fanughed angrily when he heard about this, he reprimanded the little rascal and decided to observe her in the ss for today. He doesn''t want her sister to be an insufferable stupid spoiled girl, it doesn''t matter if she is spoiled but she has to be educated and elegant.
Cai Wenji: "Wannian have you done your Math homework that I gave to youst week?"
Wannian: "Yes Teacher! It''s not easy but Big Brother helped me in solving some of the problems!"
Cai Wenji: "That''s great, but remember to not just remember the answer, but also the process of how you could find the answer okay?"
Wannian: "Yes Teacher! That''s what Big Brother also told me! If I only remember the answer and don''t understand the method then I can never answer the question!"
Cai Wenji nodded her head to show that she agreed with what Lie Fan said, while this was just amon answer to teach to a student she didn''t know why she found what Lie Fan said this past few months endearing to her since their incidents.
Especially now that Lie Fan was sitting at the back to keep an eye on Wannian, Her heart beat very quickly, and was nervous every time Lie Fan''s eye passed by her. Lie Fan, on the other hand, sees the graceful and elegant Cai Wenji teaching Wannian gently fascinated him.
He can feel the ambiguity and strong attraction between them since that incident. If what makes Ying Yue attractive is her innocence and Diao Chan is her beauty, then Cai Wenji is her elegance and gentleness that even Wannian the rascal listened to Cai Wenji.
While this situation continues between the two of them, Jia Xu enters the room and after saluting Cai Wenji he approaches Lie Fan and whispers something to him. Lie Fan hearing what Jia Xu said was surprised and then became ecstatic, he stood up and said his goodbye to Cai Wenji and Wannian leaving the room with Jia Xu.
Lie Fan and Jia Xu walk together heading toward the embroidery room, Jia Xu informs Lie Fan that the prototype for the Fuchuan warship has beenpleted. Right now it is entering its trial test and Lie Fan was invited to see the trial, the shipwrights and craftsmen named this prototype the Ocean Conqueror.
Lie Fan now wanted to tell both Ying Yue and Diao Chan that he would leave for Huai''An, this was the most important project under him right now. Arriving at the embroidery room, he saw Ying Yue and Cai Wenji doing some embroidering together while talking about misceneous things
Lie Fan called for the two of them, Ying Yue and Diao Chan turned their head and saw Lie Fan standing at the door with Jia Xu behind him. Both of them stood up and walked toward Lie Fan, asking him if there was something he wanted to tell them seeing as he visited them here.
Lie Fan told them that he would leave Xiapi and go to Huai''An for a while as he had something to do there, he would leave 5 of his bodyguards here to protect them and Wannian while he is gone. Ying Yue and Diao Chan both tell Lie Fan to be careful and take care of himself, also asking Jia Xu to keep an eye on Lie Fan.
Lie Fan kissed both of them on the forehead and then said goodbye to the two of them. Lie Fan told Huang Shao and Guan Hai who is with him right now to stay alongside Bo Cai, Liu Pi, and Zhang Mancheng, while Zhao Hong, Gong Du, and He Yi will follow him to Huai''An.
Lie Fan leaves the strongest bunch of his bodyguards to stay at Xiapi, while he brings the weakest along with him. He wanted to let them stay here to guard his family after thest incident, and with the strength he has now as long as he stays cautious, no one can harm him.
Lie Fan with Jia Xu, Zhao Hong, Gong Du, He Yi, and the 500 Guard Battalion head out toward Huai''An, they spend 2 weeks before arriving at Huai''An. Lie Fan sends Jia Xu with 100 soldiers to his father and mother to inform them of his arrival, while he and his bodyguards go to the secret dockyard that is made for his project.
5 kilometers south of Huai''An, there''s a dense forest which was a perfect cover for Lie Fan''s backyard, when he reached there Lie Fan saw the Fuchuan Warship prototype docked and some craftsmen were doing some maintenance. Fuchuan warship was around 165 feet long or 50,292 meters,
Lie Fan was in awe seeing the warship, this can be considered to be his masterpiece to conquer morends for his future empire. Medieval Japan and Korea could only bow to these ships, even the entirety of Southeast Asia could only bow to him in the future.
Lie Fan while observing the ships was approached by a group of shipwrights and craftsmen, they greeted Lie Fan respectfully knowing who he was and that the schematic of the ships they had was from Lie Fan. Because of Lie Fan, they could continue their dream of building something magnificent, the other ships were in progress and they couldn''t wait to finish their prototype.
Shipwright: "My Lord you have arrived! We will begin with the test, ording to the schematics we have asked for 300 sailors from Huai''An to be the momentary crew for our test."
Lie Fan: "This is great! Ensure that everything is working perfectly so that we do not have any idents."
Shipwright: "Yes My Lord! Come everyone we have to show the best for Governor Lie Fan!"
Everyone there gives a cheer, 300 sailors begin to board the ship, and the sails are released. The weather for their test is good with a strong wind and bright sun with no signs of rain happening anytime soon.
Lie Fan stands at the forefront, watching the anchor slowly being raised, and after it''s done it slowly sails with the help of the ocean currents and the wind. Seeing that it was sailing smoothly leaving the dockyard, everyone gave a cheer while Lie Fan stayed silent watching the Ocean Conqueror.
Ocean Conqueror is sailing calmly towards the open sea, seeing that it would not sink and there''s no problem even after sailing for some time Liw Fan finally sighs a breath of relief. The sess of the Ocean Conqueror Fuchuan Warship prototype means that the other ships will have much faster progress due to simrities between the ship''s projects.
At this time Jia Xu finally arrived, and seeing the Ocean Conqueror sailing made Jia Xu more assured of Lie Fan''s future dominance. This ship is the biggest he has seen in his life with Lie Fan''s weaponry like Ballista and Hwacha Lie Fan established naval superiority over his enemies for a long time.
Jia Xu: "Congrattions My Lord, another project of yours is finished, and our n can continue as scheduled!"
Lie Fan: "Haha! Now we only need to wait for each ship to be finished and we can slowly mass-produce them. Recruit more shipwrights Jia Xu, and go north to Qing Province so we would not attract Liu Biao''s attention."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, but recruiting more shipwrights will burden our finances. We have many expenses My Lord, should we halt some of the projects?"
Lie Fan hearing what Jia Xu said bes silent, his projects need a lot of money, especially for the wages and materials of each project. Realizing this, Lie Fan began to think about introducing soap and shampoo, maybe something new as well to collect the money needed for his projects. As for his personal money, sorry he needed it to pay for his family''s expenses, and why use his money when he could use the province treasury.
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 5)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 775
VIT: 349
AGI: 343
INT: 361
CHR: 93
09:17
WIS: 299
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
Chapter 133: No Chapter Today
Chapter 133: No Chapter Today
Im sorry everyone for today and tomorrow theres no update as i have an event in my university and i be part of the organizer. I will continue the update the day after tomorrow!
Chapter 134: 133. Soap and Shampoo Project
Chapter 134: 133. Soap and Shampoo Project
Lie Fan hearing what Jia Xu said bes silent, his projects need a lot of money, especially for the wages and materials of each project. Realizing this, Lie Fan began to think about introducing soap and shampoo, maybe something new as well to collect the money needed for his projects. As for his personal money, sorry he needed it to pay for his family''s expenses, and why use his money when he could use the province treasury.
Making Soap and Shampoo is not that hard, many traditional ways are very easy to do in this era. He only needs to collect the ingredients needed, which means some of the projects need to be halted first as he needs to raise the money needed.
Lie Fan: "Told everyone that from now on except for one of the ship projects and the Gunpowder projects, halt the development of others projects and halt the production of the Chu-Ko-Nu and Saddle for now."
Jia Xu: "My Lord if we wanted the productions, I''m afraid that many of our men will not receive Chu-Ko-Nu and arched saddle reducing thebat capabilities and we will have limited stock of them."
Lie Fan: "It''s a small price to pay, we needed to collect some money for a new money-making project. Make sure that the ship project that isn''t halted is the treasure ship, it has thergest cargo holds which was essential for transporting our logistics and soldiers."
Jia Xu: "Yes My Lord, then how about the payment of the Shipwrights, Craftsmen, and Alchemists we have collected?"
Lie Fan: "Pay them ordingly to their original wages, but tell them to have their own farm or maybe join the Tuntian System as their food subsidize will be halted for now."
Jia Xu: "I agree with that My Lord, I think the money-making project My Lord has will be very sessful like our wine and copper mirror that helped us sustain the projects My Lord has."
Lie Fan nods his head, soap and shampoo will make an entirely new industry that no one can imitate him. He will be the sole controller of this industry for a while and have a monopoly over the industry, arge amount of money will enter his pocket and potentialpetitor is very low.
After congratting the Shipwrights and Craftsmen, Lie Fan gives them bonuses do the sessful Fuchuan Warship project. Lie Fan then with Jia Xu and his bodyguards alongside his 1,000 soldiers go back to Huai''An.
Lie Fan stayed in Huai''An for a while, he spent some time with his Father and Mother while also looking through the Book of Knowledge technique for making soap and shampoo.
The cold process of soap making is the oldest way of making soap, he found out that he has tobine fat or oil (animal or nt-based) with sodium hydroxide lye and then blend in addition of essential oils and colorants as required. This treatment causes a chemical reaction called saponification which takes up to 48 hours
Sodium hydroxide lye called lye water is made by leaching ashes in water, usually using white wood ashes which China has abundant. Lie Fan immediately copied the technique, for fats, he will use animal fats as it''s easier to look for.
He also decided to open up arge ranch to house pigs, cows, and chickens which can help him have his own meat source and collect animal fats at the same time. This can help him reduce the expenditure in the long run as he has his own supply of animal fats.
As for shampoo, he decided to use the techniques used by ancient Greeks and Romans where they used a variety of ingredients to make shampoo. Lye water mixed with olive oils, herbs, and ys is the primary usage, it''s almost the soap as the soap-making technique.
Collecting all of this information, he called for his mother and Jia Xu to meet him in his Father''s study. There he exined to them this idea, saying how this would change the people''s livelihood increasing their health and at the same time bringing themrge amounts of money.
For nobles and merchants ss, they can be sold with different soaps and shampoos which have a lovely scent that they can mixture with herbs and flowers. Yu Yan and Jia Xu are reading the scrolls which contain the recipe and technique needed to make soaps and shampoos.
Yu Yan who has a merchant instinct instantly recognizes that this will be a huge sess, more than the copper mirror and wine industry they have now. They can make this smaller, not as big as the one described in the recipe, or make a big one and cut it into small pieces.
This will help in ensuring that the industry will not reach an impasse as everyone already has soaps and shampoos, then the soaps and shampoos they but it''s not finished yet which makes people not buy soaps and shampoos until it''s finished.
Jia Xu: "My Lord, these soaps and shampoos are such a great way to reduce the chance of sickness from bing an epidemic. I''m sure that this will be a huge sess, Nobledies and merchantsdies will immediately buy it knowing that it can make them smell fragrant and their skin smooth."
Yu Yan: "Fan''er I don''t know how you managed to get this or even if this is your own idea, I even wanted to have this thing immediately for my usage. I see that it needs arge amount of animal fats and White wood, don''t worry since I returned to Huai''An I have expanded our enterprise controlling all of Huai''An''s industry."
Lie Fan: "Mother! What a great surprise, then I will give this project to you to handle. I will stay in Huai''An for some time to help you with some of the menial tasks, after that I will return to Xiapi."
Lie Fan, Yu Yan, and Jia Xu then began to coordinate together to begin building the soap and shampoo industries. Lie Fan was surprised that what Yu Yan said was true, the entirety of the Huai''An industry now had the presence of Yu Merchant Group bing the biggest Merchant in Huai''An.
All of the merchant''s ns either became a partner, merged into the Yu Merchant Group, or were eliminated. Now Lie Shang and Yu Yan controlled the lifeline of Huai''An, making their position more secure than ever, and the resources Huai''An had could be invested in the Soap and Shampoo project.
This means that Lie Fan doesn''t have to spend a single dime on expenditures on ingredients, the Huai''An ranch industry and fishing industry alone can sustain the project in its early phase. Lie Fan spent almost a month in Huai''An before he managed to make a foundation for projects that could start anytime.
Due to his position now as Xu Province Governor, he can''t spend a long time away from Xiapi for now until the central government is truly paralyzed. Lie Fan and Jia Xu bid their goodbyes to Lie Shang and Yu Yan who will handle the soap and shampoo-making project with the help of the Oriole through the shadow.
Lie Fan and his party spent 3 weeks before they arrived at Xiapi. His return to Xiapi was immediately known by everyone there, especially the nobles and merchants. Lie Fan brings Jia Xu to the Governor''s Castle where he called for Chen Deng, Mi Zhu, Wang Lang, and Bu Zhi to meet him in his office.
When everyone arrived, he immediately informed them about the soap and shampoo project that was underway right now in Huai''An. He also informed them about why he halted all of the ongoing projects, especially the one that is in development and in production.
Except for the Tuntian System which self sustained, everything is burning money, and before the new project brings in money everything needs to be hated due to the already heavily burdened financial situations they are in.
Mi Zhu as Lie Fan''s Financial Advisor sighs a breath of relief and agrees with Lie Fan''s decision. At the same time, he was intrigued by the New project Lie Fan had, after reading the documents containing information about the new project he was sure that this project could help them alleviate the burden on their finance.
Lie Fan is not surprised that Mi Zhu can see the potential of the soap and shampoo market, so he assigned everyone in the room to help his mother handle this new project seeing as their project had been stopped for now.
They can take a turn in visiting Huai''An every month if soaps and shampoos be a hotmodity, then they can begin to sell this all across Xu Province and then slowly all parts of the country. Chen Deng will be the first person to go to Huai''An, he will go to Huai''An next month.
As for the others, they can divide who''s turn will be next after Chen Deng. He hopes that this project can be finished as fast as possible so that he can use the profits to continue his entire project to be resumed, as the time for Doing Zhuo rise is getting nearer and he slowly can''t use the original trajectory due to his butterfly effect.
[AT: I''m sorry everyone that this chapter is shorter than usual, after handling the event at my university I got a bit sick. I got a fever and my head is a bit dizzy that''s why I can only make this much for today sorry!]
_________________________________
Name: Lie Fan
Title: Yellow Heaven Subjugator
Age: 20 Years Old (187 AD)
Level: 14
Next Level: 412.000
Renown: 215
Cultivation: Yin Yang Separation (level 5)
SP: 706.700
ATTRIBUTE POINTS
STR: 775
VIT: 349
AGI: 343
INT: 361
CHR: 93
WIS: 299
WILL: 207
ATR Points: 0
The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and
continue reading tomorrow, everyone!